Table of Contents

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

Form 20-F

 

 

(Mark One)

REGISTRATION STATEMENT PURSUANT TO SECTION 12(b) OR (g) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

 

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020

or

 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

or

 

SHELL COMPANY REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number: 1-10409

 

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

England and Wales

(Jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

Broadwater Park,

Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR

(Address of principal executive offices)

Nicolette Henfrey

General Counsel and Company Secretary

+44 (0) 1895 512000

companysecretariat@ihg.com

 

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Trading Symbol(s)

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

American Depositary Shares
Ordinary Shares of 20340/399 pence each
 

IHG

IHG

 

New York Stock Exchange

New York Stock Exchange*

 

 

* Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Securities registered or to be registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Securities for which there is a reporting obligation pursuant to Section 15(d) of the Act:

None

Indicate the number of outstanding shares of each of the issuer’s classes of capital or common stock as of the close of the period covered by the annual report:

 

Ordinary Shares of 20340/399 pence each   187,717,720

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act:    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

If this report is an annual or transition report, indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934:    Yes  ☐    No  ☑

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days:    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    Yes  ☑    No  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or an emerging growth company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer      Accelerated filer  
Non-accelerated filer      Emerging growth company  

If an emerging growth company that prepares its financial statements in accordance with U.S. GAAP, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to
Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  ☑

Indicate by check mark which basis of accounting the registrant has used to prepare the financial statements included in this filing:

 

US GAAP  ☐

  

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by

the International Accounting Standards Board  ☑

   Other  ☐

If “Other” has been checked in response to the previous question, indicate by check mark which financial statement item the registrant has elected to follow.

 ☐ Item 17       ☐ Item 18

If this is an annual report, indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act):

Yes            ☐                     No            ☑

(Applicable only to Issuers involved in bankruptcy proceedings during the past five years).

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed all documents and reports required to be filed by Sections 12, 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 subsequent to the distribution of securities under a plan confirmed by a court.

  ☐    Yes      ☐No

 

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

    

Our purpose

is to provide

True Hospitality

for Good.

It shapes our culture, brings our brands to life

and represents a commitment to make a difference

every day to our people, guests and communities,

and to protect the world around us.

Engaging with a wide range of stakeholders,

together we work towards common goals and help

ensure we create shared value for all.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO   See pages 22 to 33 for more information on how we work with our stakeholders.
      

 

LOGO

Front cover

Our Lights of Love social media campaign became a beacon of hope for the industry in 2020,

with hundreds of hotels globally creating light hearts in their windows

and colleagues doing the same with their hands.

 

    

 


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

    

Contents

 

    

 

    

Strategic Report
2   2020 in review
4   Chair’s statement
6   Chief Executive Officer’s review
8   Industry overview
10   Our brands
12   Our business model
16   Our strategy
22   Section 172 statement
24   Our culture and responsible business
34   Our risk management
42   Viability statement
43   Key performance indicators (KPIs)
47   Performance
47   Key performance measures (including Non-GAAP measures) used by management
52   Group
56   Regional review
58   Americas
61   Europe, Middle East, Asia and Africa (EMEAA)
64   Greater China
Governance
74   Chair’s overview
76   Our Board of Directors
80   Our Executive Committee
82   Governance structure
83   Board activities
83   Board meetings
84   Director induction, training and development
85   Board effectiveness evaluation
86   Audit Committee
91   Responsible Business Committee
92   Voice of the Employee
93   Nomination Committee
94   Statement of compliance
96   Directors’ Remuneration Report
Group Financial Statements
114   Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
122   Independent Auditor’s US Report
126   Group Financial Statements
133   Accounting policies
146   Notes to the Group Financial Statements
Additional Information
212   Other financial information
219   Directors’ Report
224   Group information
236   Shareholder information
244   Exhibits
245   Forward-looking statements
246   Form 20-F cross-reference guide
248   Glossary
250   Useful information

The Strategic Report on pages 2 to 71

was approved by the Board on 22 February 2021.

Nicolette Henfrey, Company Secretary

 

 

IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   1


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

2020 in review

 

 

LOGO

    

 

       

A response

shaped by

our purpose

 

   

 

 

Shareholders and investors

 

The impact of Covid-19 on our industry has led to difficult but unavoidable decisions to protect IHG in the short and long-term. We’ve had to make savings, protect cash and thoughtfully align our cost base to a longer period of lower demand, while still protecting investments in future growth.

 

 Fee business costs reduced by ~$150m in 2020 through reductions in discretionary costs, temporarily reduced salaries and redundancies

 

 Targeted ~$75m of fee business costs to be sustainable into 2021, while still investing for growth

 

 Reduced gross capital expenditure by over $100m, with investment focused on high-priority growth areas

 

 Suspended dividend payments

 

 Increased liquidity and extended debt maturities

 

LOGO See page 33

 

    

In an unimaginably challenging year, we’ve worked tirelessly to care for our stakeholders, protect our business and ensure our purpose of True Hospitality for Good is felt even in the toughest of times – all while ensuring we’re ready to grow strongly in a recovery.

 

 
     

 

Financial performance

L

  ike every company, our plans and expectations for 2020 were transformed by Covid-19. The global response to the pandemic, including lockdowns, travel bans and border closures, has impacted the lives of billions of people, severely damaged economies and posed    

Global RevPAR

(52.5)%

2019: (0.3)%

 

Net system size growth

+0.3%

2019: +5.6%

the biggest challenge our hospitality industry has ever faced. For IHG, a 52.5% reduction in RevPAR led to operating profit from reportable segments falling by 75%.

 

We’ve committed to responding quickly with great care and thought, doing what’s right to support our guests, colleagues, hotel owners and communities, keep our business protected and help our industry recover. On these pages, and within this year’s Annual Report, you will see some of the actions we have taken in response to the pandemic and to ensure the right foundations are in place for a successful recovery and continued growth.

   

 

Total gross revenue in

IHG’s Systema

$13.5bn

2019: $27.9bn

 

 

Total revenue

$2,394m

2019: $4,627m

 

We know things will take time to improve, but as vaccinations roll out and the world feels confident to rediscover travel, we’re ready to deliver clean and trusted stays.

 

We’re focused on ensuring IHG and our hotels can outperform as demand returns, and we continue to sign and open new properties around the world. Looking to future growth, our pipeline of 1,815 hotels represents 11% of the industry, with ~40% already under construction.

   

 

Revenue from

reportable segmentsa

$992m

2019: $2,083m

 

 

    

Operating (loss)/profit

$(153)m

2019: $630m

   

 

Operating profit from

reportable segmentsa

$219m

2019: $865ma

 

 

    

Basic EPSb

(142.9)¢

2019: 210.4¢

   

 

a  Use of Non-GAAP measures: in addition to performance measures directly observable in the Group Financial Statements (IFRS measures), other financial measures (described as Non-GAAP) are presented that are used internally by management as key measures to assess performance. Non-GAAP measures are either not defined under IFRS or are adjusted IFRS figures. Further explanation in relation to these measures can be found on pages 47 to 51 and reconciliations to IFRS figures, where they have been adjusted, are on pages 212 to 216.

b  Adjusted EPSa 31.3¢ (-90%); 2019: 303.3¢.

     
     

 

2   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

LOGO

Our people

With Covid-19 completely changing daily life, we’ve tried to be there to help all our colleagues.

 

    Latest guidance, clear procedures and training have prioritised the safety of our hotel teams and kept them feeling supported

 

    Mental health, wellbeing and parenting resources provided to employees working remotely, alongside increased communication

 

    Recharge days were introduced for corporate employees working under intense pressure

 

    An emergency support fund was created for employees significantly impacted by temporary furlough or reduced hours

 

    A job centre and alumni network were established to offer displaced hotel and corporate colleagues ways to stay connected and pursue employment opportunities

 

     LOGO     See pages 26 to 28

LOGO

Hotel owners

Faced with temporary closures and low demand, our owners, many of whom are small business operators, have looked to IHG for advice, support and flexibility.

 

  Supplier discounts, fee relief and flexible payment options have all helped protect our owners’ cash flow

 

  New operational guidance offered to support performance, including evolved brand standards and digital services

 

  Tailored hotel-reopening and recovery toolkits developed alongside targeted marketing campaigns to drive demand

 

  Operational changes identified to improve profitability in a low-demand environment

 

  Close collaboration with governments and trade bodies on need for sustained industry support

 

     LOGO   See pages 31 to 32
 

 

LOGO

Our communities

We’ve shown how important our thousands of local communities are to us by helping those in need.

 

    From nurses to delivery drivers, we’ve accommodated frontline workers and helped travellers quarantine

 

    We’ve provided the homeless with a safe place to stay and created care packages for the vulnerable

 

    We’ve surprised frontline workers with free stays and offered discounted Heroes Rates for all

 

    Working with our charity partners, we’ve funded vital work from supporting foodbanks to rebuilding communities hit by wildfires

 

     LOGO   See page 29

LOGO

Our guests

At a time of great uncertainty, we’ve ensured guests can trust IHG for flexibility, consistency and cleanliness.

 

  Flexible cancellation policy for 2020 allowed guests to cancel stays up to 24 hours before arrival

 

  A Book Now Pay Later offer has provided comfort if plans change

 

  Status and points expiry protected for our loyalty members

 

  Our commitment to the highest cleanliness standards in our hotels was reflected in the launch of our IHG Clean Promise

 

  Introduced Meet with Confidence programme for corporate clients to prioritise safety, wellbeing and booking flexibility

 

  Leveraged technology to promote a safe and clean stay through cleanliness checklists and the roll out of contactless digital check-in

 

     LOGO   See pages 31 to 32
 

 

LOGO

 

 

2020 in review   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   3


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Chair’s statement

    

    

 

 

LOGO

    

T  

 

he Covid-19 pandemic gripped the world in 2020, changing lives and challenging economies, societal norms and the existence of many businesses. Without doubt, hospitality was one of

 

the sectors hardest hit, and our success this year has been defined as much by our financial health and strategic progress as it has by our ability to offer clarity and care during an unprecedented crisis.

 

Border closures and restrictions designed to slow the spread of the virus have presented the travel sector with its greatest ever challenge. The World Travel & Tourism Council estimates as many as 174 million jobs have been lost, as businesses have closed or been forced to reduce staff and costs, with entire supply chains feeling the knock-on effect.

 

No pre-prepared response could have matched the magnitude of the situation. Instead, organisations will have learnt if they were equipped to manage such a crisis or not, and I am proud of IHG’s principled response, which has been guided by our purpose of True Hospitality.

 

Indeed, the experience has outlined the importance of purpose, giving new meaning to our potential to effect positive change, and highlighted the growing expectation that we must deliver that change in a challenging world. We have therefore evolved our purpose from True Hospitality for everyone, to True Hospitality for Good – still committed to looking after all those we interact with, but now more focused on the difference we can make to our people, guests, communities and planet.

 

We have strived to do the right thing for every stakeholder. As a global company, our asset-light, fee-based, predominantly franchised model, and industry-leading position in upper midscale, means that while Covid-19’s impact on our business has been severe, there is also a level of resilience. Nevertheless, working back from the initial peak in April, when one in six of our hotels were closed and global occupancy was at historic lows of ~20%, we have had to focus on costs and target pockets of leisure and business demand to help maintain cash flow in difficult circumstances.

 

Ensuring our business remains robust has, of course, been important, but there are many other dimensions to consider, not least the anxiety this crisis has caused colleagues, or the help that our owners – many of whom are small or medium enterprises – have

 

 

 

 

“ Reflecting what we’ve

learnt and what’s

needed to succeed in

an evolving environment,

we entered 2021 with

a refreshed strategy.”

 

    

   

 

 

4   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

needed to keep their businesses alive. Our guests have also turned to us for enhanced safety and flexibility, and the communities our thousands of hotels are a part of have needed our compassion and support during an extremely challenging time.

Leading through adversity

Working intensely on so many fronts has placed huge demands on our leadership and teams. Testing IHG’s strategy, business model and management, this period has illustrated the importance of strong governance and the benefits of our recent business transformation, designed to inject pace, clarity and empowerment into our daily work. These elements have helped us respond to many unique challenges, including temporarily closing and reopening hotels, implementing new cleanliness and safety procedures, reviewing brand standards, reimagining services and operations, pausing priority programmes and accelerating others.

The role of the Board has been to support and constructively challenge – recognising a need for quick decisions but avoiding short-term reactions and maintaining a longer-term perspective that protects the assets and talent needed for future value creation. The importance of this approach increases immeasurably when decisions affect people, and every effort was made to minimise the impact on jobs as a result of preserving cash and adapting to a vastly changed operating environment.

Equally, our decision to suspend dividend payments was not made lightly. The Board will consider future dividends once visibility of the pace and scale of market recovery has improved. In keeping with our trusted reputation, we have updated shareholders regularly on all actions taken to protect liquidity, focusing on resilience and long-term growth prospects.

Acknowledgment must go to Chief Executive Officer Keith Barr and his leadership team for showing the required mix of control, flexibility, transparency and humanity that has characterised IHG’s response and given the business clarity over how it should function, execute and communicate.

Learning and adapting

There is an old adage that says what doesn’t break you makes you stronger, and while everybody wishes this pandemic to be over,

it has offered us some important lessons. We’ve demonstrated the agility needed to succeed in a fast-changing industry, while our teams have been more customer-centric than ever before, thinking like our guests and owners and delivering faster, more effective services and solutions as a result. Working remotely so efficiently at a corporate level has also invigorated discussions on where and how we work in the future.

Reflecting what we’ve learnt and what’s needed to succeed in an evolving environment, we entered 2021 with a refreshed strategy that preserves our business model and growth aspiration but refines the priorities that guide our actions. Our priorities include an increased focus on customer centricity, as well as our commitment to our environmental, social and governance responsibilities through a priority to care for our people, communities and planet. Linked to this, is our new 10-year responsible business plan, Journey to Tomorrow, and, having engaged as a Board and through its Committees on both elements, I am confident our strategies provide the direction needed to grow successfully and sustainably in a competitive market.

Board refreshment

To support that growth, I place great importance on ensuring our Board represents a rich mix of backgrounds and experiences, and we saw several changes during the year, as part of an ongoing commitment to assess capabilities and succession plans.

Both Malina Ngai and Luke Mayhew stepped down after valuable contributions in their three and nine years respectively, and we welcomed four new Independent Non-Executive Directors in 2020. Arthur de Haast joined in January, bringing more than 30 years of capital markets, hospitality and sustainability experience; Sharon Rothstein joined in June, bringing more than 25 years of senior experience at global companies; Graham Allan joined in September, bringing 40 years of strategic, commercial and brand experience; and Duriya Farooqui joined in December, bringing more than two decades of expertise in strategy, transformation and innovation, and a passion for responsible operations and diversity. Additionally in February 2021, the Board approved the appointments of Richard Anderson and Daniela Barone Soares as Independent Non-Executive Directors with effect from 1 March 2021, and accepted the resignation of Anne Busquet, who will step down from the Board at the AGM.

In 2020, we saw diversity, and in particular, ethnic diversity, brought into sharper focus, as part of important conversations internationally around social equality. Diversity and inclusion is a cornerstone of IHG’s culture, and while we’re proud of our achievements, we accept we must do more to instil equality at every level of the business and better represent our communities. We have introduced additional commitments, including driving gender balance and doubling under-represented groups across our leadership, alongside delivering projects that prioritise employee wellbeing and advance our work on human rights.

Thank you

While we know recovery will take time, we have shown our ability to operate adeptly through uncertainty and to evolve. The events of 2020 have underlined the growing importance to our industry of tailored, responsive experiences and operations, driven not only by strong brands and hotels, but also sophisticated technology and data, and a truly customer-centric mindset. As we navigate the intricacies of a global recovery, continuing to improve in these areas at pace will be crucial to performance and growth.

Looking to the future, our industry’s long-term prospects remain attractive, driven by factors including population growth, rising wealth in emerging markets, and consumer appetite to travel and stay in branded hotels. The ability to maintain and develop scale positions in key markets and segments is crucial to capitalising on this – however, quality growth must always come before quantity.

This has truly been a year like no other. I want to thank Keith and his leadership team for their tremendous hard work and the way they continue to navigate uncertain times with such strategic clarity and operational agility. I would also like to offer my respect and admiration to every hotel and corporate colleague for tackling 2020 with such care and commitment, and thank our owners for their confidence in IHG, as we look to a brighter future together.

    

LOGO

Patrick Cescau

Chair

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Chair’s statement   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   5


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Chief Executive

Officer’s review

    

 

 

LOGO

    

 

“Globally, we’ve worked

as a team with such

speed and compassion

– leading, learning and

listening to keep

colleagues and guests

feeling safe, protect IHG

and our owners, and

support our industry”.

 

 

LOGO

e arrived in 2020 on the back of a record year of openings and real momentum behind the growth of our brands in a thriving industry. Our clear strategy and the changes made in recent years were enabling us to move faster, accelerate our growth and take advantage of new opportunities. The arrival of the Covid-19 pandemic has since presented enormous challenges for travel and tourism, and for IHG. Yet, in spite of this, the thoughtful, swift and decisive actions of so many dedicated colleagues have helped us emerge a stronger company.

 

The enormity of this crisis means very little has escaped its impact. From socioeconomic challenges to mental and physical health, it has touched everyone’s life, and as a company, it has shifted how we’ve worked together, partnered with our owners, and looked after our guests and communities.

 

Globally, we’ve worked as a team with such speed and compassion – leading, learning and listening to help keep colleagues, guests and communities feeling safe, protect IHG and our owners, and support our industry. We’ve seen past the barriers of remote working and physical distancing to find ways to work together closer than ever before. I am immensely proud of how everyone from our leadership, corporate teams and reservation offices, to our owners and hotel colleagues have helped IHG and those around us through such difficult times, including our frontline workers and people in need. Collectively, we provided not just hospitality but True Hospitality for Good.

 

 

Our 2020 journey

People’s appetite to explore, rest or work on their travels hasn’t changed, but understandably their confidence in when it’s safe to do so has, and we’ve had to respond. To help keep colleagues and guests feeling safe, we quickly aligned new training and operating procedures with guidance from world health bodies. We further enhanced our IHG Way of Clean programme with new science-led protocols, backed by an IHG Clean Promise and Meet with Confidence offer. We also accelerated the rollout of technology enhancements such as digital check-in, introduced flexible cancellation and booking options, and protected points and status for our loyalty members.

 

Working with governments and authorities, some of our hotels switched focus to accommodate nurses, doctors and other frontline workers. Others supported the

 

 

 

 

 

6   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

    

 

 

 

homeless, and many have provided meals and care packages for the vulnerable in their communities.

 

Our hotels have also needed IHG’s care. Many are small businesses, whose owners have faced real hardship as occupancies have fallen and created significant cost and cash flow pressures. We’ve supported them by reducing operating costs, redefining brand standards, renegotiating with suppliers, temporarily reducing fees and offering flexible payment terms. Knowing a recovery will take time, much of that work continues, in partnership with the IHG Owners Association and individual owners. In parallel, we’re collaborating with peers and governments to ensure continued financial support for our industry and to increase the pace at which travel safely resumes and plays its vital part in economic growth.

 

Ensuring there is business continuity amid so much change has been crucial, requiring both the right technology and a commitment to work with greater agility and decisiveness. As many of our corporate and reservation teams have worked remotely, we’ve supported them with mental health and wellbeing resources, flexible working arrangements and regular communication. Speaking more often to all employees and in smaller virtual circles has allowed me to answer questions and understand challenges in a way that’s brought us closer as an organisation and must be maintained.

 

In an environment where RevPAR more than halved in the year, IHG’s financial health has been a key focus too, balancing what’s needed to protect the business, while continuing to invest in future growth. We moved quickly to adjust existing debt agreements, access increased liquidity and protect our cash flow by suspending dividend payments, controlling capital expenditure and reducing fee business costs by $150m. It is a measure of the resilience of IHG’s business model that we were able to generate positive cash flows in this most challenging of years. Looking ahead, around half of the cost savings are expected to be sustained into 2021.

 

While we prioritised savings in non job-related areas, difficult choices were also made to reduce teams and operations in line with demand. Support sites and a hardship fund were set up for employees who unfortunately had their hours reduced or went on furlough, and we launched an alumni network with access to like-minded employers for employees sadly leaving us.

 

 

There have been some hard moments, but we’ve tried to ensure we can look back on our decisions knowing we had the best intentions. It means so much that in our November survey, 88% of corporate employees felt we had made responsible choices in our response to the pandemic, and 86% felt we’ve looked after their wellbeing. Equally, many owners have told me how much they’ve valued the way in which we’ve stood beside them.

 

Business strength

The shape of recovery continues to differ by market. Structurally, we’ve benefitted from several factors, including being principally domestic focused in key markets like the US; having less exposure to heavily hit groups and meetings business; and having leading brands like our Holiday Inn Brand Family in the upper midscale segment, where demand has historically been more resilient during a downturn. With this foundation, we’ve used data and analytics to target pockets of ongoing leisure and business demand, and worked closely with our hotels to deliver safe and consistent experiences, which has led to industry outperformance in key markets.

 

We’ve worked hard to drive performance, however, the impact of such a significant fall in demand is reflected in operating profit from reportable segments declining 75% to $219m. After taking into account the System Fund result and exceptional items, we reported an operating loss of $153m. Looking longer-term, the confidence we share with our owners is illustrated in another 285 hotel openings in 2020 and an average of almost one signing a day into our pipeline, with an increasing number of conversions. Our Holiday Inn® Brand Family remains a growth engine, accounting for half of all signings and ~60% of openings in the year. More broadly, our global pipeline of 1,815 hotels represents an 11% share of the total industry, showing the significant growth potential ahead. Other achievements include taking voco to the US and Greater China, our first Atwell Suites property breaking ground, and bringing avid® to Mexico and Canada.

 

Evolving our strategy

Prior to 2020, we had step-changed the pace of our growth and, with a recovery in mind, we must resume what was working successfully, retain valuable lessons from this period, and ensure our future growth plans reflect what’s important to our stakeholders and brands. To this end, we’ve refreshed both our corporate and responsible business strategies.

 

 

 

From how we build demand for our brands and deliver seamless digital experiences, to always putting ourselves in the shoes of a guest or owner, or the way we care for our people, communities and planet – our refreshed strategy puts a sharper focus on our services, products, returns and reputation. In a competitive marketplace, it’s vital we operate with this clarity and ensure that what we prioritise helps better leverage our scale and systems to grow our customer base, increase signings and in turn drive high-quality, industry-leading net rooms growth.

 

Critical to the work we do to care for our people, communities and planet will be ambitious 10-year targets in our new responsible business plan, Journey to Tomorrow. This builds on our achievements from our 2018-2020 programme and will push us further as an employer, within our communities and in minimising our environmental impact.

 

The future

The rollout of vaccines is extremely encouraging for everyone and of course vital to our industry’s recovery, but we know it will take time. I’m confident that our business model and strategy, which builds on the investments made in recent years to expand our brand portfolio and enhance our ways of working, puts IHG in a strong position to outperform the industry as it returns to full strength.

 

In my more than 20 years with IHG, I cannot recall a time of such togetherness, which is all the more remarkable when considering the pressure everyone has been under. On behalf of the Executive Committee and myself, I want to express our sincere gratitude to all our corporate and hotel colleagues for their hard work, energy and understanding, and to our owners for their partnership and commitment.

 

I know everyone at IHG passionately believes the world is there to be explored, and as a company and alongside our owners, we will continue to work hard towards better times.

 

LOGO

Keith Barr

Chief Executive Officer

 

LOGO

 

 

Chief Executive Officer’s review   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   7


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Industry overview

    

    

 

T  

 

he Covid-19 pandemic led to hotel occupancy across the globe falling to historic lows in 2020, as lockdowns,

travel bans and physical distancing measures were introduced to limit the spread of the virus. The impact on hospitality has been severe, though longer-term, the fundamental desire to travel for business or leisure continues to underpin the industry’s growth prospects, illustrated by sustained new hotel openings and signings.

The ~$240 billion hotel industry remains fragmented, with 53% of rooms affiliated with a global or regional chain. Branded hotel penetration is expected to continue to grow. Conversions from independent to branded hotels typically increased following the last downturn as owners sought the

benefits of a branded system. Consumer expectations in key areas such as technology, cleanliness and sustainability increased during the pandemic and looking forwards, hotel groups and third-party owners are adapting to meet changing demands while ensuring they optimise returns.

2020 industry performance

There are two key performance metrics: room supply and RevPAR. Room supply reflects how attractive the hotel industry is as an investment from an owner’s perspective. RevPAR indicates the value guests ascribe to a given hotel, brand or market, and grows when they stay more often or pay higher rates.

Following a decade of consecutive growth, global industry RevPAR dropped 54% in

2020, largely due to falling occupancy rates. The pandemic’s impact led to millions of job losses globally and the temporary closure of thousands of hotels. As has been the case in previous downturns, domestic travel across the midscale segments (midscale and upper midscale) has proved the most resilient, with occupancy at these hotels falling less than the overall industry. Underscoring the sector’s positive fundamentals, global rooms supply still grew by 2% in 2020.

The hotel industry is cyclical: long term fluctuations in RevPAR tend to reflect the interplay between industry demand, supply and the macroeconomic environment. At a local level, political, economic and factors such as terrorism, oil market conditions, pandemics and hurricanes can impact demand and supply in the short term.

 

 

Overview of global hotel industry

 

Geography

The US is the largest hotel market, while Greater China continues to growa

 

LOGO

 

Branded hotels

The top fivec hotel groups have increased their market share by 5 percentage pointsa

 

LOGO

 

Segment

The branded hotel industry can be categorised by price levela

 

LOGO

 

Hotel industry growth drivers:

10-year annual growth rate (2010-20)

Global GDP

 

+2.3%

  CAGRb

Indicator of economic growth – hotel performance correlates with GDP

Global household disposable income

 

+1.9%

  CAGRb

Growing consumer spending and leisure travel, supported by cheaper air travel

Global corporate profits

 

+3.6%

  CAGRb

Good indicator of business travel

a Source: Latest STR, Inc     b Source: Oxford Economics

Global hotel industry performance

Global industry RevPAR ($)a

RevPAR movements are illustrative of lodging demand

 

LOGO

Global rooms supply (m rooms)a

Supply growth reflects the attractiveness of the hotel industry

 

LOGO

 

c 

IHG, Marriott International, Inc., Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., Wyndham Hotels & Resorts Inc., Accor S.A.

Branded hotel business models

There are two principal business models:

 

  A fee-based, asset-light model

 

    Franchised: owned and operated by parties distinct from the brand, who pay fees to the hotel company for use of their brand.

 

    Managed: operated by a party distinct from the hotel owner. The owner pays management fees and, if the hotel uses a third-party brand name, fees to that third-party too.

 

  An owner-operated, asset-heavy model

 

    Owned: operated and branded by owner who benefits from all the income.

 

    Leased: similar to owned, except the owner-operator does not have outright ownership of the hotel but leases it from the ultimate owner.

Asset-heavy models allow tighter control over operations, while asset-light models enable faster growth with lower capital investment.

 

 

8   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

Trends shaping our industry

 

 

Case study: Resilience of US midscale segments in downturns

  During periods of weak economic demand, the midscale segments (midscale and upper midscale) have historically proven more resilient than other chain scales, with RevPAR falling less than the overall industry.

 

  During the Covid-19 pandemic, hotels that remained open were more likely to be in the branded midscale segments, helped by their lower-cost operating model. These hotels could meet demand from those who needed a safe place to stay, including key workers and those travelling on essential business. Hotels in non-urban areas (where the majority of midscale and upper midscale hotels are located) outperformed their urban counterparts, which have a greater reliance on inbound international travel.

 

  Throughout the year, domestic leisure was the first segment to return. It is likely that large group travel and events will be the last to recover. This should favour midscale/upper midscale hotels, which have lower exposure to groups, meetings and events business.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Long-term trends in travel

  Population growth, an emerging middle class and lower cost to travel have meant global travel has consistently grown over 4% per year, save for one-off impacts on demand (e.g. 9/11).

 

  Covid-19 saw travel largely restricted to domestic markets, with air travel down 60%. According to McKinsey, recovery is likely to be gradual, though could be achieved within five years from virus containment and rebounding economies.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Evolving customer expectations

  As the market recovers, customer focus is likely to be needed in areas such as reinforcing guest confidence through higher standards of cleanliness and new operating procedures.

 

  Technology will continue to be key in driving guest demand to hotels. This includes greater levels of personalisation, digital booking and service delivery, the ability to choose

 

 

room attributes and a loyalty programme that provides added value to guests.

 

  Guests and other stakeholders are paying closer attention to the commitment of companies to operate responsibly. Many businesses, including IHG, have aligned their efforts to the UN Sustainable Development Goals, which range from wiping out poverty to climate action. For further information see pages 20-21 and our Responsible Business Report.

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Industry overview   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   9

 


Table of Contents

    

Strategic Report

Our brands

    

 

T  

 

o drive growth at scale in high-value markets globally, we invest in an attractive portfolio of distinct brands

that generate strong demand from both guests and owners. We have a relentless focus on the quality of our estate, efficiency of our hotel operations and investment in digital innovation, design and service trends.

 

In parallel to growing our established brands, we have launched or acquired five new brands in the past three years and are focused on taking them to scale in fast-growing and underserved segments.

Each of our brands is well positioned to grow, leveraging the power of IHG’s people, systems, technology and loyalty programme. To support this growth, we have adopted a more intuitive way of presenting the breadth of our portfolio to customers, as part of a refreshed approach to use our IHG® Hotels & Resorts masterbrand to enhance our brand

 

perception, sharpen our marketing and capture more demand. Linked to this, our loyalty programme has been refreshed to become IHG® Rewards, as we focus on growing membership and driving more business directly to our hotels.

Reflecting continued demand for our brands, we opened 285 hotels in 2020 and signed on average almost one property a day into our pipeline. This took our share of the industry pipeline to 11%, versus our current market share of 4%.

 

 

 

Masterbrand

and Loyalty

    

 

 

 

LOGO

 

HOTELS & RESORTS

 

 

 

LOGO

 

REWARDS

 

 

Luxury & Lifestyle

 

LOGO      LOGO      LOGO      LOGO      LOGO      Timeless legacy bound together by distinctive design and unforgettable service. Making every journey a celebration of extraordinary experiences, each in their unique way.

 

16 open

31 pipeline

    

7 open

6 pipeline

    

205 open

69 pipeline

    

73 open

32 pipeline

    

125 open

104 pipeline

 

 

Premium

LOGO   LOGO   LOGO   LOGO  

Making travel personal and purposeful. Giving guests a sense of belonging and wellbeing, with the thoughtful details to make every trip matter.

    

 

18 open

29 pipeline

 

 

 

12 open

25 pipeline

 

 

429 open

89 pipeline

 

 

16 open

31 pipeline

 

 

Essentials

 

LOGO

 

2,966 open

683 pipeline

    

 

 

LOGO

 

1,248 open

262 pipeline

 

 

LOGO

 

24 open

192 pipeline

    Always there, always just what you need. With the warmth and trusted experience that has come to define True Hospitality.

 

Suites

 

LOGO

 

0 open

19 pipeline

 

 

LOGO

 

303 open

155 pipeline

 

 

LOGO

 

28 open

0 pipeline

 

 

LOGO

 

366 open

73 pipeline

  When you’re not at home, be here. We invite guests to settle in for longer stays, knowing the comforts of home are always within reach.

 

 

 

10   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020

 


Table of Contents

LOGO

 

    

 

Our Brands   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   11

 

 


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

 

Our business model

 

 

We predominantly franchise our

brands and manage hotels on

behalf of third-party hotel owners.

 

Revenue from reportable segmentsa

Our revenue is directly linked to the revenue generated by the hotels in our system.

    

LOGO

Total rooms

886,036

rooms

Composition of rooms

    

 

LOGO

 

 

Our brands are presented as intuitive collections for consumers. For industry segmentation, the collections fall into the following categories: Suites (midscale, upper midscale and upscale), Essentials (predominantly in midscale and upper midscale); Premium (upscale); Luxury & Lifestyle (upper upscale and luxury).

 

a Excludes System Fund and hotel cost reimbursements.

W   e have 16 brands operating across more than 100 countries in the Suites, Essentials, Premium and Luxury & Lifestyle categories.

Supported by a leading loyalty programme, our brands meet clear consumer and corporate demand, and generate strong returns for our owners, which in turn attracts further hotel investment and drives the growth of our estate.

As an asset-light business, we focus on growing our fee revenues and fee margins, with limited requirements for capital. This enables us to grow our business whilst generating high returns on invested capital.

Whether we franchise or manage hotels is largely determined by market maturity, owner preference and, in certain cases, the particular brand. For instance, in more developed markets such as the US and Europe, ~90% of IHG hotels are franchised. These hotels tend to be limited service.

In emerging markets such as Greater China, ~80% of our hotels are managed by IHG, where we look after the day-to-day running of the property on behalf of the owner. Over time, we expect the Chinese market to move towards a franchise model. We launched the first tailored franchise offer for Holiday Inn Express® in 2016, and have since extended this to include Holiday Inn® and Crowne Plaza®.

Our asset-light business model means that we do not employ colleagues in franchised hotels, nor do we control their day-to-day operations, policies or procedures. That being said, IHG and our franchised hotels are committed to delivering a consistent brand experience, conducting business responsibly and delivering our purpose of providing True Hospitality for Good. See Our culture and responsible business section from page 24.

The weighting of our hotel estate towards the midscale segments and the location of our hotels in non-urban locations provides a degree of resilience to cyclical and exogenous events. A weighting to domestic demand also provides resilience.

IHG owner proposition

We focus on ensuring our brand portfolio, loyalty proposition, systems and expertise provide a highly valued and distinctive offer that stands out to consumers and is attractive to owners.

To keep our brands relevant to guests and evolving trends, we commit to developing our established brands with new designs, service enhancements and operational support that drives demand and owner returns.

Through our investments in development resources, we can provide outstanding operational support to owners. We have embedded new processes to help reduce the time taken from hotel signing to ground break and opening. Our hotels also have access to a suite of applications designed to help them manage and improve performance, with the aim of further boosting owner returns.

We have also developed state-of-the-art technology to drive hotel demand, be it through our mobile booking app or cloud-based hotel solutions. Our distribution channels (booking sites, GDS relationships, and call centres through which hotel rooms are marketed and booked) allow hotel owners to reach potential guests at lower costs of sale.

While historically, the vast majority of our signings and openings have come from new-build properties, we see the potential for branded hotel penetration to increase through conversions, given the attractiveness of our scale and brands, and value proposition to owners.

 

 

 

12   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 

 

    

 

Why owners choose to work with IHG

Hotel owners choose to work with IHG to either franchise or manage their hotels, driven by the trust they have in our brands and our track record in delivering strong returns.

    

LOGO

 

 

How we generate revenue

 

Franchised hotels

We receive a fixed percentage of rooms revenue when a guest stays at one of our hotels. This is our fee revenue.

 

Managed hotels

From our managed hotels, we generate revenue through a fixed percentage of the total hotel revenue and a proportion of hotel profit.

 

 

LOGO

Owned, leased and managed lease hotels

For hotels which we own or lease, we record the entire revenue and profit of the hotel in our financial statements. Our owned, leased and managed lease hotels have reduced from over 180 hotels 19 years ago, to 23 hotels at 31 December 2020.

    

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our business model   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   13


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

 

Our business model continued

    

    

    

    

 

IHG revenue from reportable segmentsa and the System Fund

 

System Fund

IHG manages a System Fund on behalf of our third-party hotel owners, who pay contributions into it. This includes a marketing and reservation assessment and a loyalty assessment.

 

The System Fund also benefits from proceeds from the sale of IHG Rewards points under third-party co-branding arrangements.

The System Fund is managed by IHG for the benefit of hotels within the IHG system.

In 2020, IHG recognised $765 million of System Fund revenue, down from $1.4bn in 2019, reflecting lower assessments as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Disciplined approach to capital allocation and managing liquidity

 

Our asset-light business model is highly cash generative through the cycle and enables us to invest in our brands and strengthen our enterprise. We have a disciplined approach to capital allocation which ensures that the business is appropriately invested in, whilst looking to maintain an efficient and conservative balance sheet. This approach placed our business in a strong position as the depth and scale of the global pandemic became apparent.

Managing liquidity through the pandemic

With occupancies at hotels reaching historic lows, we moved quickly to preserve cash through cost reductions across all our main areas of spend, including capital expenditure and operating expenditure. This meant that during the year the business generated free cash flow of $29m.

We also took rapid action to strengthen our liquidity, building on our conservative balance sheet approach and the measures we took to reduce costs and preserve cash.

 

a 

Excludes System Fund and hotel cost reimbursements.

This included withdrawing the 2019 final dividend recommendation, and the issuance of £600m of commercial paper maturing in March 2021 under the UK Government’s Covid Corporate Financing Facility (CCFF). Furthermore, we issued 500m and £400m bonds maturing in 2024 and 2028 respectively. We concurrently repaid early £227m of our bonds maturing in November 2022. Our next bond maturity is £173m in November 2022, with no further bond maturities until October 2024. As a result, as at 31 December 2020, IHG had available liquidity of $2.9bn.

In addition, we secured covenant waivers up to and including 31 December 2021 for our $1.35bn syndicated and bilateral revolving credit facilities (RCF), further covenant relaxations in 2022 and extended the maturity of the facilities by 18 months to September 2023 (see page 70).

Despite the comprehensive actions we have taken to reduce costs and preserve cash, due to the impact of the pandemic on the

profitability of the Group, our net debt: adjusted EBITDA ratio of 7.7x as at 31 December 2020 is outside of our previously stated aim to maintain a ratio of 2.5-3.0x.

Looking forwards, our approach remains unchanged. As the business recovers, our priorities for the uses of cash are consistent: ensure the business is appropriately invested in to drive growth; target sustainable growth in the ordinary dividend and return surplus funds to shareholders, and do this whilst considering our stated aim of a leverage ratio of 2.5-3.0x, and our objective of maintaining an investment grade credit rating.

Bond maturity profile ($m)

 

LOGO

 

 

14   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consistent uses of cash

Our priorities for the uses of cash are consistent with previous years and comprise three pillars:

 

Shareholder returns (2003-20) ($bn)

Source of returns

 

LOGO

 

 

1   Invest in the business to drive growth

Whilst having strict control on investments and our day-to-day capital expenditures, we look to strategically drive growth.

 

2   Target sustainable growth in the ordinary dividend

IHG has a dividend policy where, whilst balancing all our stakeholder interests and ensuring the long-term success of IHG, we would look to maintain or grow the ordinary dividend each year. However, during 2020, as part of our actions to preserve cash and protect the business, a dividend was not paid.

 

3   Return surplus funds to shareholders

The Group has a strong track record of returning surplus cash to shareholders. Since 2003, including the ordinary dividend, the Group has returned $13.6bn.

 

  Capital expenditure  
  Spend incurred by IHG can be summarised as follows:    
   

Type

     

What is it?

     

Recent examples

   
  Maintenance capital expenditure, key money and selective investment to access strategic growth.       

Maintenance capital expenditure is devoted to the maintenance of our systems and corporate offices along with our owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

 

Key money is expenditure used to access strategic opportunities, particularly in high-quality and sought-after locations when returns are financially and/or strategically attractive.

      

Examples of maintenance spend include maintenance of our offices, systems and our owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

 

Examples of key money include investments to secure representation for our brands in prime city locations.

 
  Recyclable investments to drive the growth of our brands and our expansion in priority markets.    

Recyclable investments are capital used to acquire real estate or investment through joint ventures or equity capital. This expenditure is strategic to help build brand presence.

 

We would look to divest these investments at an appropriate time and reinvest the proceeds across the business.

   

Examples of recyclable investments in prior years include our EVEN Hotels brand, where we used our capital to develop three hotel properties in the US to showcase the brand. Over time, we expect to divest our interest in these hotels.

 
  System Fund capital investments for strategic investment to drive growth at hotel level.     The development of tools and systems that hotels use to drive performance. This is charged back to the System Fund over the life of the asset.     We continue to develop our new pioneering cloud-based Guest Reservation System (GRS), one of IHG Concerto’s comprehensive set of capabilities, which we developed with Amadeus.  

 

 

 

Dividend policy

The Board consistently reviews the Group’s approach to capital allocation and seeks to maintain an efficient balance sheet and investment grade credit rating. IHG has an excellent track record of returning funds to shareholders through ordinary and special dividends, and share buybacks, with the ordinary dividend seeing 11% CAGR between 2003 and 2019.

  When reviewing dividend recommendations, the Directors take into account the long-term consequences of any recommendation. The Board looks to ensure that any recommendation does not harm the sustainable success of the Company and that there are sufficient distributable reserves to pay any recommended dividend. The Board will assess the Group’s ability to pay a dividend   

bearing in mind its responsibilities to its stakeholders and its objective of maintaining an investment grade credit rating.

 

For 2020, given the impact of the pandemic, the Group is not proposing to pay a final dividend. The Board will consider future dividends once the visibility of the pace and scale of market recovery has improved.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our business model   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   15


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Our strategy

    

    

 

I  

 

n 2020, we evolved key elements of our strategy to further strengthen our ability to drive future growth.

Our ambition to deliver high-quality industry-leading net rooms growth is unchanged, driven by continued investment in enhancing our guest and owner offer and developing our brands at scale in high-value markets. Over the long term, with disciplined execution, this drives sustained growth in cash flows and profits, which can be reinvested in our business and returned to shareholders.

 

What has evolved is how we execute against our strategy, in terms of what we prioritise, the behaviours we champion, and the purpose that guides us. Listening to stakeholders, we’ve evaluated what’s most important, not just to IHG’s growth, but how we grow, taking into account all we’ve learnt from dealing with Covid-19 and planning for a strong recovery over time.

Our evolved priorities put our brands at the heart of our business, and our owners and guests at the heart of our thinking. They

recognise the crucial role of a sophisticated, well-invested digital approach, and ensure we meet our growing responsibility to care for our people and make a positive difference to our communities and planet.

Uniting our efforts as a company behind our four priorities will help create competitive advantage, build stronger guest and owner relationships, and enhance a culture that brings the best out of our talented teams.

 

 

 

 

OUR PURPOSE

 

True Hospitality

for Good

 

 

OUR AMBITION

 

To deliver

industry-leading

net rooms growth

 

 

 

OUR STRATEGY

 

Use our scale and expertise to create the exceptional guest experiences and owner returns needed to grow our brands in the industry’s most valuable markets and segments. Delivered through a culture that retains and attracts the best people and embraces opportunities to positively impact the world around us.

 

PRIORITIES

 

LOGO

 

Build loved

and trusted

brands

 

LOGO

 

Customer
centric in all

we do

 

LOGO

 

Create digital

advantage

 

LOGO

 

Care for
our people, communities and planet

 

BEHAVIOURS

 

LOGO

 

Move

fast

 

LOGO

 

Solutions    

focused

 

 

LOGO

 

Think

return

 

LOGO

 

Build one

team

 

 

16   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020

 


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

LOGO

 

    

    Build loved

    and trusted

    brands

 

We focus on building and nurturing a leading portfolio of brands that offer exceptional quality and create meaningful guest connections with every stay. By striving for industry outperformance, effective hotel lifecycle management and strong returns, we aim to make our brands a leading choice for owners. Our outstanding loyalty programme enriches our entire offering.

 

Where we’re coming from

We’ve transformed the depth and breadth of our brand portfolio, with investment in quality, design and service, plus the launch and acquisition of new brands. It’s a portfolio designed to meet a range of needs for guests and owners, and in a fast-changing industry, we continue to evolve and enhance each brand to strengthen both consumer preference and owner returns.

 

What’s next?

We’re focused on several areas to accelerate both hotel performance and growth. To create a clearer connection to our hotel brands, better showcase the breadth of our portfolio to consumers and drive more business to our hotels, we’ve evolved our masterbrand to become IHG® Hotels & Resorts. Embedding this in our marketing, loyalty offer and digital channels is a key priority.

 

Continuing to take our newer brands – avid®, voco and Atwell Suites – to scale in key markets remains vital to future growth. With a low cost to build and attractive operating economics, we expect avid to be our next brand of scale in the midscale segment. We’ve signed more than 200 hotels since 2017 and the brand expanded beyond the US to Mexico and Canada in 2020. In three years, voco has reached more than 50 openings and signings and is tracking well against our aim of 200 hotels within 10 years; and Atwell Suites has 19 signings since launching in September 2019, with the first hotel now under construction.

 

Ensuring we capitalise on growing our transformed Luxury & Lifestyle offer is also a priority, and we will continue to add to – and open – an attractive pipeline of outstanding hotels and destinations.

 

Across all our brands, we understand the importance of ensuring our hotels deliver high-quality, consistent service and guest experiences, with a particular focus on cleanliness, and this will continue to be a top priority as we enhance performance and brand reputation.

 

LOGO

 

 

Our strategy   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   17


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

 

Our strategy continued

    

    

LOGO

 

    

Customer

centric in

all we do

 

We have two types of customers: our guests – business and leisure – and our owners, and it’s critical that we put them at the heart of every plan. Consistently acting with this mindset and insight will allow us to create the tailored services and solutions that increase demand for our brands, strengthen consumer preference, deliver stronger owner returns and drive industry-leading rooms net growth.

 

Where we’re coming from

We’ve invested heavily in recent years in ensuring IHG works even more closely and effectively with our owners. This customer-centric mindset came to the fore more than ever in 2020 – not just for our owners but for our guests, corporate clients and loyalty members, too.

 

The importance of this approach was illustrated by the Guest Satisfaction Index measure being net positive for IHG throughout the year, outperforming competitors.

 

What’s next

With a greater customer focus, we will refine elements of our offer for guests, loyalty members and owners to deepen brand loyalty, drive revenue and create more value.

 

Priority areas for our guests include: maintaining an increased focus on cleanliness; developing a hybrid meetings offer for corporate customers; and continuing to enhance our loyalty offer, building on improved member marketing in 2020 and features such as dynamic pricing for Reward Nights, which offers members more value outside of peak times.

 

For our owners, we know the importance of managing costs to build, open and operate, and we continue to collaborate and innovate to develop new services and solutions that both increase revenue and deliver more efficient and sustainable operations. Key programmes include: the roll out of our Owner Engagement Portal, which gives owners real-time oversight of performance metrics; and expansion of our central procurement services to use our scale to create additional savings for owners.

 

    

 

 

 

 

18   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

LOGO

 

    

Create

digital

advantage

 

A digital-first approach is vital to enabling seamless experiences, driving direct bookings, saving time and money, and delivering the right data, insights, technology and platforms needed to connect with guests and drive performance for owners.

 

Where we’re coming from

Our investment in cloud-based technology allows us to develop and roll out performance-driving tools and new guest-facing products further and faster than ever before.

 

What’s next

We will create more sophisticated and targeted ways to transform the guest experience at every stage of the journey, while also ensuring our hotels can operate more efficiently, manage greater demand and drive stronger performance.

 

Key focus areas include continuing to increase the value our technology platforms, marketing, sales and loyalty distribution channels deliver for owners. We will also continue to create a first-class booking experience through our industry-leading Guest Reservation System on IHG Concerto. The roll-out of room attribute pricing is expected to be live across the estate by the end of 2021, enabling tailoring of stays and selection of add-ons. In 2020, initial pilots were conducted in each region, demonstrating to owners the ability to generate maximum value from their hotel’s unique attributes.

 

In 2020, we developed several new digital enhancements to keep everyone connected and in control, and ensuring we successfully roll these out at scale is a top priority. Digital check-in is now implemented in more than 1,000 hotels, with strong guest satisfaction scores and continues to expand across the estate. Digital check-out is live in 4,000 hotels.

 

In 2020, we also launched our first flagship store on the leading Chinese Online Travel Agent (OTA) platform, as part of IHG’s partnership with Ctrip. We expect to grow other partnerships in the future to continue providing enriching experiences and benefits for our loyalty members.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our strategy   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   19


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

 

Our strategy continued

    

 

LOGO

 

    

Care for

our people, communities

and planet

 

We are passionate about working and growing together within a culture that respects and invests in our people, and embraces opportunities to contribute positively to local communities and operate responsibly and sustainably in the world around us.

 

Where we’re coming from

We have ambitious growth plans, but equally important to us is how we grow. We’re proud to be a business that invests in a highly engaged workforce, supports its communities and looks after our planet. However, we recognise that to deliver on those things requires a commitment to constantly reflect on evolving expectations around what it means to operate as a responsible business.

 

What’s next

We enter 2021 with a determination to go even further – whether that’s in how we work or grow as individuals, how we build more diverse teams and a more inclusive culture, or how we operate around the world in ways that positively impact people and protect the environment.

 

Journey to Tomorrow, our new responsible business plan, starts a decade of action. Working with colleagues and those who stay and partner with us, together we will help shape the future of responsible travel. We’ll continue the work we’ve done so far on employee wellbeing and respect for human rights; supporting communities through skills training and disaster relief; and working with our hotels to reduce their environmental impact. We also made important strides in diversity and inclusion in 2020, and must now deliver on our commitment to listen and learn, advocate and act, as part of a pledge to create a more inclusive, equitable IHG for all.

 

Alongside Journey to Tomorrow, to keep everyone performing at their best and to attract more talented people, we are focusing on how we create a more flexible and dynamic working environment among our corporate teams, taking into account all we have learnt as a business by operating remotely for much of 2020.

 

We will also continue to work to the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures, and remain focused on collaborating with owners, partners, peers and governments to achieve a sustainable recovery.

 

 

20   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Introducing Journey to Tomorrow

 

 

 

A

 

 

t IHG Hotels & Resorts, we touch people’s lives around the world every day, whether that’s in our

teams, in our hotels or as a valued part of our local communities.

Caring for our guests and colleagues, giving back to society, and making sure we protect the environment are all part of how we deliver our purpose of providing True Hospitality for Good – and we want to make an even bigger impact with a fresh, ambitious 10-year plan.

We call it Journey to Tomorrow. A decade of commitments to ensure we grow in a responsible way and make sure travel has a beautiful future for everyone.

To develop this plan, we’ve looked at the changing world around us, listened to our owners, and got closer to shifting consumer expectations to help build a picture of what’s most important to our stakeholders and IHG.

How companies perceive their role in the environmental, social and governance agenda continues to gain much greater

prominence with all stakeholders, and each of our commitments will ensure we stretch ourselves in areas where we feel we can make the greatest impact.

The plan will also help ensure we play our part in supporting the UN Sustainable Development Goals to achieve a better and more sustainable future for all – something organisations all over the world are working toward to collectively tackle some of the biggest global challenges we face.

 

 

 

 

LOGO

LOGO

  See our Responsible Business Report on our website at www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business

 

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Our strategy   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   21


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Section 172 statement

    

 

The impact of Covid-19 during 2020 presented an unprecedented challenge for the Board, with the Company’s response to the pandemic dominating decisions and considerations. The Directors guided, supported and challenged management, giving them, where appropriate, a clear mandate to take short-term decisions at pace whilst still keeping focus on long-term strategic impact, helping to weigh competing priorities, and ensuring that all factors and stakeholders were taken into consideration. In their deliberations they focused on IHG’s values, business ethics, purpose, other stakeholders, risks, post-pandemic strategy and the financial and organisational resilience of the Company.

Section 172 of the Companies Act 2006 requires a director of a company to act in the way he or she considers, in good faith, would be most likely to promote the success of the company for the benefit of its members as a whole. In doing this, Section 172 requires directors to have regard, amongst other matters to: the likely consequences of any decision in the longer term; the interests of the company’s employees; the need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others; the impact of the company’s operations on the community and the environment; the desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct; and the need to act fairly between members of the company.

IHG’s Directors give careful consideration to the factors set out above in discharging their duties under Section 172 including in taking decisions of strategic importance to the Group. The information set out on pages 22 and 23 below describes the importance of each factor set out in Section 172(1)(a) – (f) to IHG and gives examples of how the Directors have had regard to each of those factors in certain decisions taken during 2020.

 

Factor   Our engagement and commitment       2020 examples of key decisions and considerations

 

 

 

   

 

The likely consequences of any decisions in the long-term

 

LOGO

 

LOGO  See pages 14

        and16 to 21

 

  As set out in the Schedule of Matters reserved for the Board, there are a number of key decisions and matters the Board is responsible for, including the Group’s overall business and commercial strategy, annual operating and capital expenditure budget and financial plans. The Board, through its schedule of meetings, focuses on strategic and operational matters, corporate governance, investor relations and risk management. Board papers, reports and presentations are structured to include relevant stakeholder considerations and the likely consequences of each decision for the long-term success of the Company.

   

  As detailed on pages 2, 7 and 14, the Board, in the face of the pandemic and its impact on the business, took decisions throughout 2020 to protect the Company and position the business for recovery by reducing costs, strengthening liquidity and preserving cash. All discretionary costs were challenged, and salary and incentive reductions were made, including substantial remuneration decreases for Board and Executive Committee members. The Board withdrew its recommendation for a final 2019 dividend of 85.9¢ (~$150m), deferred consideration of further dividends until visibility improved, and took other decisions in relation to IHG’s financing arrangements to bolster IHG’s liquidity. In taking these decisions, the Board considered both the short and long term impact on its people, owners and investors.

 

  During the course of the year, the Board, having taken into consideration the impact of Covid-19, changing guest and societal expectations, and considering the long-term success of the Company, approved a refreshed strategy and purpose. See pages 16 to 21 for further information.

 

 

 

   

 

The interests of the company’s employees

LOGO

 

LOGO See page 26

 

  IHG’s direct workforce is made up of employees working in corporate offices, reservation centres and owned, managed, leased and managed lease hotels. Our employees are key to delivering both our purpose of True Hospitality for Good and our strategic initiatives. The Board acknowledges that their key concerns include continued employment, remuneration, diversity and inclusion and career development.

 

  The designated non-executive director with responsibility for workforce engagement provides a vital portal for the Board to hear employee views and receive their feedback, alongside regular Board and Committee agenda items relating to employee matters and Company culture. In addition, wherever and whenever possible all Directors directly engage with employees.

   

  During 2020, the Board made decisions and supported management to ensure employee engagement methods were prioritised and effective for working remotely during the pandemic, and concentrated on employee wellbeing and business cohesion. Regular internal communications and Staying In Touch forums were put in place to make sure employees were kept up to date on business performance and developments. Tools and resources were also selected to aid flexible and remote working, as well as the extension of our Employee Assistance Programme to cover mental health and wellbeing.

 

  The Board took key decisions to temporarily reduce compensation, furlough a large proportion of employees and implement a programme of redundancies. When considering these decisions, the Board balanced the immediate impact on the affected employees with the broader implications for all stakeholders. Measures to temporarily reduce compensation were taken quickly in recognition of the immediate and severe impact on revenues. Decisions on the scale and extent of furlough and redundancies were deferred until informed by a greater understanding of the impact of Covid-19 on the business. The Board kept all measures under regular review, and with growing confidence in the delivery of cost savings and successful management of cash flows, was able to reverse salary reductions ahead of original expectations.

 

 

 

   

 

The need to foster the company’s business relationships with suppliers, customers and others

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO See page 31

 

  Building and maintaining relationships with both new and long-standing hotel owners, managing connections with critical suppliers and others within our supply chain, and focusing on guest experiences and loyalty are vital to our continued success. These stakeholders in turn look to IHG and rely on our trusted reputation, the advantages of our scale, our owner proposition, consistent guest experiences and rewards for loyalty.

 

  The Board maintains oversight and fosters relationships through focusing on strategic and operational matters as part of its regular meeting agendas and interactions with owners, either through the IHG Owners Association or in one to one meetings. It also reviews Guest and Owner HeartBeat surveys to understand the needs and interests of guests and owners. In addition, the Responsible Business Committee keeps under review the Group’s approach to its supply chain and our Supplier Code of Conduct.

   

  During the first quarter of the year the Board supported decisions to put Covid-19 health and safety operating procedures into place globally, including the IHG’s Way of Clean programme and IHG Clean Promise, protecting both guests and hotel colleagues. Decisions also allowed for revised flexible booking and cancellation options to be implemented, and protection of guest loyalty membership status.

 

  With Board review and support, IHG worked with owners to balance the need to keep hotels open with reduced occupancy, and reduce costs, advising them on adjusting operations, providing fee relief and payment flexibility, delaying renovation requirements, and relaxing brand standards to conserve owner funds. In addition, the Board supported the repurposing of many hotels to provide essential services including accommodation to frontline workers, military personnel and vulnerable members of society. The Company, including Executive Directors, supported hotel owners and lobbied to secure broad government support for the industry, including reliefs and other hospitality-related incentives.

 

  The Board reviewed and supported management in engaging with strategic suppliers to adjust service levels, anticipate continuity risks, and address payment terms.

 

 

 

   

 

 

22   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

Factor   Our engagement and commitment       2020 examples of key decisions and considerations

 

 

 

   

 

The impact of the company’s operations on the community and planet

 

LOGO

 

 

  The Responsible Business Committee supports the Board by reviewing and advising on the Group’s objectives and strategy in relation to its environmental and social impact.

 

  IHG’s awareness of the impact it has on the environment, and the impact the environment has on IHG is vitally important to IHG’s reputation and long-term viability. We take active steps to help our hotels measure and manage their environmental impact. We advise and assist hotel owners with making sustainable choices to tackle issues such as climate change, water scarcity and waste management.

 

  Our success and the wellbeing of those who work in and around our hotels are closely linked. With nearly 6,000 hotels in over 100 countries, we are proud to be at the heart of local communities and recognise the opportunity we have to make a real difference to others. IHG forms strategic partnerships with non-governmental organisations (NGOs) and charities that can help to make a difference in communities and wider society, with a focus on providing assistance in times of need and boosting economic empowerment through skills building.

 

     

  In 2020, the Responsible Business Committee reviewed and approved a new set of responsible business commitments and a 10-year strategy, covering areas such as diversity and inclusion, carbon reduction, waste and water. As the pandemic spread across the globe, these commitments continued to be refined to address the changing nature of operating responsibly.

 

  Despite the short-term challenges IHG faced in 2020, it was important for IHG to commence a project, in line with the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD), to understand the risks and opportunities climate change poses for the business. With oversight from the Board and Responsible Business Committee, a readiness review was undertaken to understand where gaps to full TCFD alignment were, and a climate risk assessment framework tailored to our business was initiated. At the end of the year, the Board and third-party experts on climate change reviewed progress made and next steps for 2021, including financial qualification of climate-related risks and opportunities.

LOGO  See page 29

 

 

 

 

   

 

The desirability of the company maintaining a reputation for high standards of business conduct

LOGO

 

  IHG’s culture is based on its commitments to strong values and its Code of Conduct. Company culture promotes integrity and transparency, gives confidence to stakeholders and makes IHG a desirable company to work with and for. The Board directly, and through its Committees, has responsibility for the Company’s adherence to its values, policies and procedures relating to business conduct, and has a number of standing agenda items to ensure it reviews policies for continued relevance.

   

  In 2020, the Directors, through the Responsible Business Committee, reviewed and approved the Group’s fifth Modern Slavery Statement, which includes information on our response to the pandemic, including monitoring its impact on modern slavery and human rights risks and where we have adapted our activities and priorities to respond to these. To affirm its importance and visibility within IHG, the statement is signed by the CEO and published externally.

 

  The Audit Committee oversaw enhancements made to enable effective and efficient management of risk in a crisis environment. This included updates to the Global Delegation of Authority Policy and reinforcement of key policies (e.g. Code of Conduct, Information Security and other entity level control arrangements). The Board and the Audit Committee also reviewed continuity arrangements for key corporate offices and critical processes underpinning financial control.

 

LOGO  See page 24

 

 

 

 

   

 

The need to act fairly between members of the company

 

LOGO

 

  IHG’s clear purpose, strong culture, resilient business model and evolved strategy are vital to attracting investment in the Company. Shareholders look to IHG to provide consistent shareholder returns, be committed to robust business ethics, have a strong, diverse, innovative and inclusive culture, and respect the environment and local communities.

 

  The Chair and Committee Chairs engage directly with investors on several matters including executive remuneration, diversity and inclusion and environmental, social and governance (ESG) matters. In addition, they receive formal reviews of investor perceptions and regular shareholder updates to ensure the Board is cognisant of their views and interest.

 

   

  The Board commitment to engagement with investors and shareholders was particularly pertinent during 2020 as the pandemic unfolded. The Board received an increased number of business updates in relation to IHG’s liquidity and financing position, and further reviewed and approved an increased number of external trading updates. In addition, the Chair, Executive Directors, and Jo Harlow, Chair of the Remuneration Committee, held a series of meetings with investors in relation to a range of issues, including executive remuneration and IHG’s response to Covid-19, and responded to and acknowledged investor communications.

LOGO  See page 33

 

     

 

 

 

   

 

LOGO  The above statement should be read in conjunction with the rest of the Strategic Report and the Governance Report, including the Committee Reports and Board meeting focus areas.

 

LOGO  The Schedule of Matters reserved for the Board and the Terms of Reference for each of the Board Committees are available on our website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate governance.

 

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

 

Section 172 statement   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   23


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Our culture

    

    

 

 

Our success and reputation are dependent on our commitment to our values, Code of Conduct, principles, policies, and monitoring and assurance processes. Combined they ensure that we continue to build trust with all our stakeholders, and deliver our purpose of providing True Hospitality for Good.

LOGO

T  

 

he Board is committed to ensuring that IHG’s culture supports its purpose and strategy. The Board oversees and monitors culture through direct

engagement and regular agenda items, including employee engagement survey results, employee resource groups, diversity and inclusion reports, and updates from the designated non-executive director for workforce engagement. Board discussions focus on defining the culture needed to drive IHG’s strategy and embedding it, including through the Code of Conduct, procedures and controls, training programmes, employee communications and tone from the top. These mechanisms ensure that the desired Company culture is promoted and IHG’s purpose and strategy are aligned.

 

LOGO   See also Board meetings on pages 83 and 84.

Our behaviours

IHG’s behaviours are aligned to our purpose and strategy, encouraging employees to Move fast, be Solutions focused, Think return and Build one team. Our behaviours were brought into sharp focus in 2020, and we lived them in a range of ways, such as prioritising enhanced operational procedures, including the IHG Way of Clean programme to protect our guests and hotel colleagues, and creating hotel re-opening guides to deliver timely support and training for the re-opening of hotels under enhanced cleanliness and safety measures.

 

IHG values

Our values, led by the Board, Executive Committee and Senior Leaders, underpin our behaviours, guide how we deliver our strategy, make decisions and live our purpose.

 

LOGO

  Do the right thing

LOGO

  Show we care

LOGO

  Aim higher

LOGO

  Celebrate difference

LOGO

  Work better together

Code of Conduct

IHG’s Code of Conduct (Code) sets out IHG’s key principles and policies and is fundamental in supporting employees working in IHG corporate offices, reservation centres and managed hotels to make the right decisions, in compliance with the law and our high ethical standards. It provides information on our key principles and global policies, including human rights, diversity and inclusion, accurate reporting, information security, anti-bribery and the environment. It also provides employees with guidance on where to go if they are faced with a difficult issue and need further help. The Code is supported by mandatory e-learnings on Anti-Bribery, Antitrust and Handling Information Responsibly.

The Board, Executive Committee and all employees working in IHG corporate offices, reservation centres and managed hotels must comply with the Code. Each year, they are asked to reaffirm their commitment to it. The principles, spirit and purpose of the Code are relevant to all of IHG and we expect those we do business with, including our franchisees, to uphold similar standards.

 

The Code is reviewed and approved by the Board on an annual basis to ensure it reflects and responds to changes in the external environment and continues to support IHG’s purpose and strategy.

We continuously evolve our Code training, including our engagement and measurement approaches. During 2020, the Code provided a critical framework for responding to the challenges of Covid-19, and we focused on raising awareness, through targeted internal communications, of the annual Code e-learnings requirement.

The following policies and principles are key areas of the Code, each of which are supported by their own guidance and training materials.

Human rights and modern slavery

IHG is committed to respecting the human rights of all our colleagues, guests and the communities we operate in, and we continue to encourage those we do business with, including our suppliers and hotels owners, to prevent, mitigate and address adverse impacts on human rights, including modern slavery. We seek to advance human rights through our business activities and by working together with others to identify challenges and effective solutions.

A key focus of our human rights programme in 2020 has been on addressing risks relating to migrant workers, who may be increasingly vulnerable during the Covid-19 crisis. This work has included development of internal guidance, particularly in relation to staff accommodation for hotel colleagues.

 

LOGO  

 

Further information is provided in our Modern Slavery Statement, which is available on our website www.ihgplc.com/modernslavery

Bribery and financial crime

IHG does not permit any form of bribery or financial crime, including improper payments, money laundering and tax evasion, under any circumstances. This also applies to any agents, consultants and other service providers who work on IHG’s behalf.

Our Anti-Bribery Policy sets out our zero-tolerance approach and is applicable to all Directors, Executive Committee members, employees and managed hotels, and is accompanied by a mandatory Anti-Bribery e-learning module. In addition, our Gifts and Entertainment Policy supports our approach to anti-bribery and corruption.

IHG is a member of Transparency International UK’s Business Integrity Forum and participates in its annual Corporate Anti-Corruption Benchmark. Each year, the results from this benchmark help to measure the effectiveness of our anti-bribery and corruption programme and identify areas for continuous improvement.

 

 

24   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

    

 

Handling information responsibly

IHG is committed to ensuring that the way we manage data and information received from the following is trusted and that we address cybersecurity threats: guests booking via our reservation channels, members of our loyalty programmes, colleagues, shareholders, and other stakeholders. We have standards, policies and procedures in place to manage how personal data can be used and protected. Our e-learning training for employees on handling information responsibly is a mandatory annual requirement, and covers topics such as password and email security, using personal data in accordance with our policies and privacy commitments, how to work with vendors and transferring data securely.

In 2020 we carried out additional awareness campaigns with communications to employees on a variety of topics such as phishing, passwords and security when working from home.

We continue to develop our privacy and security programmes to address evolving requirements and take account of developing best practice. The Board and Audit Committee regularly receive updates, and review our privacy and information security programmes.

 

LOGO  

 

IHG’s Code of Conduct is available
in 10 languages on our website
www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business
and also the Company intranet.

 

 

IHG is a member of the United Nations Global Compact (UNGC), and is committed to alignment of IHG’s operations, culture and strategies with the UNGC’s 10 universally accepted principles in relation to human rights, environment and anti-corruption.

 

Our monitoring and assurance processes

In addition to our Code e-learnings, we monitor and assess our culture through employee engagement surveys, feedback from employee forums, tracking of e-learning completion, our confidential reporting hotline, and third-party consultant surveys.

As a result of the pandemic, 2020 Executive Committee meetings were increased to a weekly cadence, in order to respond to the fast-moving industry and IHG environment. This increased frequency enabled regular performance and risk reviews, and allowed for rapid decision-making. The Executive Committee closely monitored high and trending risks, reviewed the status of hotel closures due to Covid-19, and tracked corporate and reservation employee sentiment aligned to our core values and behaviours.

 

 

Within IHG, various functions consider where additional guidance, learning materials or adjustments to existing controls are required. For example, during 2020 we enhanced our processes for handling information responsibly and our Information Security Team implemented additional monitoring to respond to heightened risks of data loss from stresses that Covid-19 placed on processes, people and supplier arrangements. The Board and Audit Committee received regular updates from key risk and control functions and considered the appropriateness of risk management and internal control arrangements.

In relation to our key business ethics, principles and policies, we carry out risk-based due diligence and compliance checks on new third-party hotel owners with whom we enter into hotel management or licence agreements. This includes the use of screening and monitoring tools and the provision of guidance for our Legal, Franchise Administration, and Development teams. In 2020, we successfully trialled and launched an enhanced version of our due diligence risk management platform, resulting in increased automation of internal escalation processes, faster counterparty searches and improved adverse media screening.

A central committee of senior IHG decision-makers considers and reviews any material issues identified in our due diligence, such as concerns or allegations of human rights violations, financial crime including bribery and corruption, or other activities which may have a reputational, legal or ethical impact on IHG. Contingent on any risks or concerns identified, external legal or consultancy expertise may also be utilised, including with respect to entry into new markets.

To help manage and monitor our corporate supply chain, an automated procurement system is used across many of our large corporate offices. In addition to acknowledging adherence to IHG’s Supplier Code of Conduct, new suppliers onboarded to the system are required to complete due

diligence questionnaires, which include questions on human rights, labour, environment and anti-corruption relevant to suppliers’ own operations and supply chains.

Our Internal Audit team provides objective and insightful assurance that we have appropriate controls in place to support our growth ambitions. Throughout 2020, Internal Audit focused on both specific reviews of processes and controls, and ongoing discussions with management, while considering the dynamic inherent risks created by the crisis and the organisational and process changes which have resulted from it. Internal Audit also provides independent oversight of the mechanisms in place for confidential reporting across IHG, including the design and operation of the reporting hotline, and maintains an ongoing dialogue with employees from Human Resources, Ethics and Compliance and Finance to monitor:

 

  the volume of reports received;

 

  the source and nature of allegations received; and

 

  the overall environment across the Group to promote a ‘speak-up’ culture.

 

 

Non-financial information statement

Non-financial information, including a description of policies, due diligence processes in pursuit of policies, outcomes and risks and opportunities are set out as follows:

 

 Impact of the Company’s activities on the environment on page 29

 

 Social matters on page 29

 

 Anti-corruption and anti-bribery matters on pages 24 and 25

 

 Employee matters on pages 26 to 28

 

 Respect for human rights on page 24

 

 A description of the Group’s business model on pages 12 to 15

 

 The Group’s principal risks on pages 34 to 41

 

 The Group’s KPIs on pages 43 to 46

 

 

 

Our key stakeholders and factors affecting IHG

 

The following pages describe the importance of our key stakeholders and factors

affecting IHG, and our consideration for them during 2020.

     
LOGO   LOGO   LOGO   LOGO
     

Our

people

see page 26

 

Communities

and planet

see page 29

 

Our guests, owners

and suppliers

see page 31

 

Shareholders

and investors

see page 33

                         

 

LOGO

 

 

Our culture and responsible business   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   25


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Our people

    

 

 

Our people are fundamental to IHG achieving its purpose and strategic goals. IHG’s business model means that we do not employ all colleagues. We directly employ individuals in our corporate offices, reservation centres, and managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels. However, not all individuals in managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels are directly employed, and we do not employ any individuals in franchised hotels (nor do we control their day-to-day operations, policies or procedures).

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

W

 

 

e do not underestimate the immense amount of hard work, commitment and sacrifice that was shown by our

    

people over the course of last year. The Board and Executive Committee are immensely proud of all our employees around the world as teams adapted and responded to such an unprecedented challenge – their determination demonstrated the very best of IHG and our industry, living up to our values and delivering our purpose of providing True Hospitality for Good.

 

Attracting, developing and retaining talent

To achieve our strategic priorities, we know we need to attract, develop and retain a diverse and talented workforce. This commitment is emphasised throughout our global hiring guidelines and initiatives, such as unconscious bias training, and is backed up by our D&I Policy, which ensures we

 

 

consider diverse attributes, perspectives, cultures and experiences. Our global flexible working guidelines are aimed at making IHG an attractive company to work for and we advocate work/life balance.

During 2020, our recruitment activities reduced significantly as a result of Covid-19. However, we are committed to securing future talent pipelines and our candidate relationship management tool has 184,000 subscriptions from over 81,000 potential candidates.

As the impact of Covid-19 deepened, steps were taken to curtail people-related costs in both corporate offices and the managed hotel estate. The Board was consulted and a global plan was created to reduce costs and help employees, including supporting the re-deployment of hotel colleagues into other work opportunities. In the Americas and EMEAA, we launched the ‘IHG Hotel

 

Colleague Job Center’ to connect those impacted with organisations recruiting at scale. We also implemented IHG Alumni sites to stay connected with furloughed and former employees, sharing news and job opportunities.

In the mid to long term, we are focused on implementing features of our Talent Acquisition Programme, with a priority focus on our Employee Value Proposition (EVP). Our aim is to make IHG an employer of choice, and we launched the refreshed EVP in February 2021, including a new consolidated careers website which brings together multiple careers sites and key messaging around opportunities to belong, develop and make a difference. The website features job alert functionality where potential candidates will receive email notifications of any recently posted jobs that match their predefined criteria.

 

 

Employee engagement statement

Our statement relates to only IHG’s directly employed individuals and should be read in conjunction with our S172 statement.

At IHG we foster a culture of open and honest engagement and feedback. We have a wide range of engagement forums including an engagement survey, management-led performance updates and a designated non-executive director for workforce engagement. Through these forums we hear from and talk to employees about IHG’s performance, key metrics, values, and diversity and inclusion initiatives.

With the shift to remote working, we implemented virtual solutions to ensure employees kept in touch, maintained working relationships and were provided with Company updates. This included video meetings, podcasts and regular global calls with the CEO and other Executive Committee members. Global calls covered performance and other metric updates, alongside a wide range of other topics, as well as live Q&As.

The Board and Executive Committee were kept updated of employee interest and concern areas, and this influenced, for example, the set up of an emergency support fund to provide immediate help for employees facing financial hardship. The Company provided nearly $1.3m and assisted 2,134 employees across 10 countries.

The health and wellbeing of employees was a priority concern, and the Board and Executive Committee reviewed actions to help counter potential physical and mental effects of the pandemic and remote working, including re-charge days and no meeting Fridays. All corporate employees have access to an Employee Assistance Programme (EAP), which was extended to 31 countries. Other measures included a flexible learning summit, which more than 4,000 employees accessed, as well as surveys on employee remote working experiences, initiatives to raise mental health awareness, and HR and manager training programmes.

Due to the impact of the pandemic, our employee engagement survey, completed by employees in corporate and reservations offices and General Managers in managed hotels, was only conducted once during the year. The survey provided employees the opportunity to share their views on key issues relating to Company culture, IHG’s Covid-19 response, working from home, and health and wellbeing. Overall engagement remained stable at 79%, above external top quartile benchmarks. There were significant engagement improvements in relation to employees having the right tools and resources to carry out their jobs, work collaboration and decision-making speed. The main area for improvement was career development opportunities. Short pulse surveys carried out during the year also showed significant positive responses to the transparent and open nature of communications from Senior Leaders.

 

LOGO  

 

Further information about the activities of the designated non-executive director for workforce engagement can be found on page 92.

 

 

26   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 

LOGO

 

$1.3m

Emergency support fund

The Company provided $1.3m and

assisted 2,134 employees across 10

countries

 

79%

Employee engagement survey

Overall engagement remained stable

at 79%, above external top quartile

benchmarks

 

152

Future Leaders

Greater China successfully screened,

recruited and onboarded 152 Future

Leaders during 2020

 

49%

Our employee share plan

49% of eligible employees took up

the plan in 2020, its first year of

operation, with just over 82% opting

to pay the maximum contribution

 

 

 

 

Early talent development

Our Early Careers Programme offers work experience, internships and graduate opportunities to individuals looking to have a career in the hospitality industry, and helps attract talent into our managed hotel estate. The vast majority of face-to-face offerings were impacted as a result of the global pandemic, however in Greater China we successfully screened, recruited and onboarded 152 Future Leaders during 2020, which will support IHG’s continuing recovery in the region during 2021.

 

Ongoing talent development

We are firmly committed to investing in our employees and have various toolkits to help plan for and shape their development. We believe in having conversations that count. Employees engage in quarterly check-in conversations with line leaders to plan personal development and discuss career aspirations. Our leadership teams regularly discuss talent pipeline pools to identify and develop succession groups for roles with similar characteristics.

 

We also invest in individuals who work in and support our managed hotels, and have developed and delivered new learning modules during 2020 to help hotel teams adapt during Covid-19. Examples of new training topics include how to conduct a virtual sales call, how to implement an evolved food and beverage offering, and the IHG Way of Clean programme.

 

 

 

As at 31 December 2020        Male     Female     Total  
Directors       8       5       13  
Executive Committee       7       3       10  
Executive Committee direct reports       37       23       60  
Senior managers        
(including subsidiary directors)       73       27       100  
All employees        
((whose costs were borne by the Group or the System Fund)       5,748       7,084       12,832  

Reward culture

IHG’s reward culture aims to attract, retain and motivate top talent, and is centred around a set of core principles, managed through robust governance, including being recognised and paid competitively for contribution to the Group’s success. Our principles ensure that reward and recognition practices are fair and consistent across our employee population, regardless of gender and other aspects of diversity, and that there is alignment between the wider direct workforce and executive remuneration. We regularly review our approach externally, ensuring we meet the needs of employees by offering market-driven rewards packages.

Our employee share plan is available to around 98% of our corporate employees below the senior/mid-management level (who receive LTIP and restricted stock units awards). IHG matches the number of shares bought by employees through the plan. 49% of eligible employees took up the plan in 2020, its first year of operation, with just over 82% opting to pay the maximum contribution rate each month. Registration for the 2021 plan took place in December 2020, with a take up of 50%.

In response to Covid-19, IHG made difficult decisions in relation to pay, furloughs, reduced hours and redundancies to protect the Company’s long-term future. In March, the 2020 salary merit increase was cancelled, and at the end of Q1 reductions in salary and Company retirement contributions were implemented. However, bonuses earned over 2019 were honoured. In Q2, decisions to furlough and implement partial working hours were taken, and to further manage costs and set the business up for recovery, global redundancies were made from July. Though our recovery is still in progress, our efforts to manage our liquidity allowed us to return employees to full salaries ahead of schedule in October 2020.

 

LOGO  

 

See pages 98 and 100 for more information about our wider remuneration policies.

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our culture and responsible business   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   27


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

 

Our people continued

 

LOGO

 

Diversity and inclusion (D&I)

IHG is a global business, and our D&I Policy and approach are designed to represent our people and the guests who stay in our hotels, who are made up of multiple nationalities, cultures, races, sexual orientation, backgrounds and beliefs. We are proud of our diverse and inclusive culture. It underpins our purpose to provide True Hospitality for Good, and is crucial to who we are, how we work together and how we grow our business.

Our D&I Policy supports our recruitment, development and reward practices. Diversity and inclusion is a top priority for the Board, which, through the Responsible Business Committee, has assessed and realigned our priorities and commitments in 2020 to meet changing expectations and societal concerns. We bring our D&I Policy to life through a Global D&I Board and regional D&I Councils, who focus on locally relevant initiatives. Our diversity and inclusion framework is built on three core focus areas.

Strengthening a culture of inclusion:

We know we need to do more to support, nurture and strengthen our diverse and inclusive culture. During 2020, we made a number of commitments such as doubling ethnic minority representation in leadership, particularly to support our Black employees and communities in the Americas, which is helping to shape our response in other regions.

We continue to deliver ongoing inclusive leadership learning programmes and resources for leaders and managers, and we are developing an inclusion index to track perceptions of culture and behaviour in our employee engagement survey. We also are committed to supporting education, employability and empowerment in the community through partnerships with the National Urban League and National Center for Civil and Human Rights.

Our Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) have continued to expand and play a crucial role

in supporting our diversity and inclusion commitments. The BERG (Black Employee Resource Group) was instrumental in steering IHG’s response to racial inequality issues in the US.

Our drive to celebrate difference and contribute to making sustainable changes in our organisation also led to the creation of several new ERGs to support other facets of diversity and inclusion, including the Family Network which launched globally in the first half of 2020, and a new ethnic minority diversity network for UK-based employees, EMbrace. Similarly, our Hype ERG, focusing on early career opportunities and networking, is expected to debut in UK in the first half of 2021, after successfully launching in Greater China, the Americas and wider EMEAA. The importance of IHG’s ERGs can be seen in activities such as awareness campaigns for Black History Month, Diwali celebrations, and Senior Leaders sharing their experiences with Lean In circles.

Other activities in 2020 included celebrating International Women’s Day across our managed hotels and corporate offices, under the global theme of #eachforequal. A series of events was produced to celebrate equality throughout IHG and how we are supporting female progression and equality at work.

In June we committed globally to recognising and celebrating Pride month. Like many other companies, our approach in 2020 changed, initially to reflect the limitations of Covid-19 and then more significantly to support the fight against racism and inequality, particularly in the US. In collaboration with Senior Leaders, the BERG and Out & Open members, we adapted our celebration activities to emphasise the importance of inclusivity more broadly. We switched our visual support for Pride month from the traditional rainbow to a more inclusive Pride flag that reflected the rights of both people of colour and the transgender community.

 

Increasing the diversity of our leadership talent:

As part of our refreshed responsible business plan, we aim to drive gender and ethnicity balance in particular in our leadership teams.

We will continue to deliver talent programmes, such as the Rise programme, which is focused on increasing the number of women in General Manager and Operations roles. During 2020, this programme played a critical role in developing and retaining key female talent across all regions through mentoring sessions, career development workshops, high-impact learning modules, and empowering conversations. In October 2020 we launched a monthly series of ‘conversations with Leaders’ for the RISE cohort and their mentors in the EMEAA managed estate hotels. This inspiring platform connects the group virtually and continues to grow and develop critical leadership experiences.

In Greater China, a series of ERGs known as the ‘Rose Alliance’ was created for existing female General Managers to support further professional development and encourage networking.

In the Americas, as part of the commitments we announced in 2020, we are launching a bespoke programme to develop Black leadership talent and build partnerships with organisations dedicated to supporting Black employees.

Putting the right decision-making around our actions:

IHG recognises that decision-making must be inclusive and take into consideration diverse viewpoints. In the Americas, we are rolling out mandatory unconscious bias training for more than 10,000 US corporate and managed hotel employees. We are also implementing processes to ensure that our recruitment initiatives include a diverse candidate shortlist and interview panel process. In the UK, we signed the UK Race at Work charter with the BITC (Business in the Community) in July 2020. We are committed to using the key focus areas outlined in the charter to further drive our race and ethnicity diversity and inclusion actions.

We will continue to build on our diversity and inclusion practices over the year ahead, with a refreshed set of commitments to ensure we continue to expand access to conscious inclusion training for employees, and strengthen our data capture alongside piloting new diverse talent programmes.

 

LOGO   See also our Governance Report and statement on disability in the Directors’ Report.
LOGO   See our D&I Policy on our website at www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business
 

 

28   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

 

    

Communities and planet

 

 

The Board’s Responsible Business Committee oversees and agrees IHG’s environment and community strategy and commitments, and our Responsible Business targets underpin both. We recognise changing expectations around environment and community matters, and as our 2018-2020 targets come to an end, we look ahead to our new 10-year responsible business plan and ambitious targets.

 

LOGO

 

 

 

Community

Our community policy promotes and guides us to support local communities, partner with global charities, assist communities impacted by disasters, and help build employment skills among the disadvantaged.

During our 2018-2020 target reporting period we contributed $3.4m to charitable causes, supporting more than 400,000 people. Over the same period, 328,000 colleagues supported community projects across the globe. Our annual Giving for Good month was transformed in 2020 into our Giving for Good awards, in honour of the UN International Day of Volunteering, to reflect the efforts of our colleagues. We celebrated more than 28,000 colleague stories, who collectively spent 212,580 hours supporting people in need.

As a result of the pandemic, we saw social disparities and inequalities exacerbated. We assisted local communities by working with existing charity partners and building new partnerships with NGOs:

 

  We supported frontline workers by repurposing hotels to provide accommodation for frontline workers, military personnel and vulnerable members of society.

 

  We partnered with #FirstRespondersFirst in the US, donating accommodation through IHG Rewards point donations; and launched a ‘heroes’ rate for first responders and key workers.

 

  We supported foodbank infrastructure and services across 70 countries. Key partners included ‘No Kid Hungry’ (US), ‘Trussell Trust’ (UK), Global FoodBanking Network and European Food Banks Federation. Our partner, the Global FoodBanking network, provided meals to more than 27 million people, across a network of 900 foodbanks in 44 countries.

 

  In 2020, we supported 1,428 colleagues impacted by disasters; we continued to work with CARE International UK, the British Red Cross, American Red Cross and International Federation of Red Cross and Red Crescent Societies (IFRC); and enabled point donations to these organisations from IHG Rewards members.

IHG® Academy and Change 100

IHG is committed to increasing the number of young people coming through the IHG Academy, a collaboration between our hotels, corporate offices, local education providers and community organisations. It provides local people with the opportunity to develop skills and improve their employment prospects. Despite having to pause the majority of programmes in 2020, we were able to support 3,277 participants, and achieved our target of supporting over 31,000 people between 2018 and 2020. We also have a partnership with Junior Achievement Worldwide, helping young people build hospitality skills. In 2020 we moved our offerings online.

Change 100 is a programme that takes place each summer and provides paid work placements and mentoring for students and recent graduates with disabilities. During 2020, in partnership with Leonard Cheshire, we held a virtual summer internship for 13 participants in the UK, that included a project focused on creating innovative ideas for IHG’s sustainable hotel room concept.

Planet

Our environment policy sets out our approach to measuring and managing our environmental impact, and supports and guides us to find ways to reduce our environmental footprint. Our Group-wide environmental management system, IHG Green Engage, helps hotels measure, manage and reduce energy, carbon, water and waste consumption, and recommends green solutions.

Waste management

Across the hospitality industry there is a significant amount of waste created. It is essential that we find ways to reduce this by reusing, recycling or designing out items at scale. IHG is committed to working with others to find innovative solutions.

Examples of this include:

 

  removing single-use plastic miniature bathroom amenities and switching to bulk-size products;

 

  partnering with organisations and innovators to help reduce food waste. In Australia, we partner with OzHarvest to
 

    

help donate food to local communities. We’re also working with Winnow Solutions to use technology to track, measure and reduce food waste at a number of our EMEAA hotels; and

 

  working with suppliers to repurpose single-use plastic bottles into fillings for duvets and pillows in our voco hotels. To date, more than three million bottles have been diverted from landfill this way.

As a result of Covid-19, hygiene and cleaning measures are likely to have an impact on the environment. Whilst short-term allowances have been made, we have considered and implemented ways to reduce our impact, such as fewer printed items across hotels.

Biodiversity

Through IHG Green Engage, we provide guidance aimed at preserving and protecting on-site local flora and fauna, and the wider regional ecosystems affected by hotel operations. This includes advice on management of green spaces and long-term strategies for protecting local habitats.

Carbon footprint

Hotel energy consumption across the industry represents around 1% of total global greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions. Since 2012 we have tracked carbon reduction per occupied room (CPOR), and our 2018-2020 target was to reduce CPOR by 6-7%. At the end of 2019 we reported a 5.9% reduction. As a result of reduced occupancy levels during 2020, we ended the target period with a 10.2% increase, meaning we did not achieve our target. However, over the same period we reduced our absolute carbon emissions by 23.6%.

 

 

In 2020, we had our carbon science-based target approved by the Science-Based Target Initiative, which requires we achieve a 15% absolute carbon footprint reduction in our managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels; and a 46% per m2 carbon intensity reduction in our franchised estate by 2030, (from a 2018 base). From 2021 onwards we will be reporting in line with these targets.

 

Water stewardship

In relation to previous risks identified and our stewardship action plan, we worked with the Alliance for Water Stewardship during 2020, and launched projects in China and Australia, taking our total to six projects, meeting our commitment in this area. As signatories of the UN Global Compact CEO Water Mandate we communicate progress each year against six core commitment areas. Water stress is a local issue, which varies considerably between markets. To ensure we collaborate at a local level, we have become members of the Water Resilience Coalition.

 

LOGO

 

 

Our culture and responsible business   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   29


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

TCFD

 

W   e are committed to doing our part to address climate change by reducing our carbon emissions, and in early 2020 we announced new 2030 science-based targets to reduce our greenhouse gas emissions in line with the Paris Climate Accord. While we have an
asset-light business model, with the majority of IHG hotels owned by a third party, our commitments cover the operations of all our hotels globally, whether managed, owned, leased, managed lease or franchised.

The Board recognises the importance of understanding and managing the impact of potential climate-related risks and opportunities on

IHG’s business and strategy. In early 2020 we made a formal commitment to support the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD) and have engaged a third-party expert to support with the more technical elements of the project. During the year we completed a ‘readiness review’ to understand IHG’s gaps to full TCFD alignment and developed a climate risk assessment framework tailored to our business which was used to conduct a qualitative risk assessment including scenario planning. This will be used as the basis for an in-depth quantitative risk assessment in 2021, which will enable detailed reporting against the TCFD recommendations in our 2021 Annual Report and Form 20-F.

 

 

Governance

 

 

The IHG Board has collective responsibility for managing climate-related risks and opportunities and is advised by the Board’s Responsible Business Committee on the Group’s corporate responsibility strategy, including our approach to climate-related risks and opportunities. Committee meetings are regularly attended by our Chair, CEO, EVP, Global Corporate Affairs and VP, Global Corporate Responsibility.

Our CFO, EVP, Global Corporate Affairs and EVP, General Counsel and Company Secretary co-lead executive level management of climate-related risks and opportunities and report to our CEO. Our regional CEOs for the Americas, EMEAA and Greater China lead the implementation of environmental programmes at an operational level, supported by IHG’s Global Corporate Responsibility team.

During 2020, we established an internal TCFD Steering Group, with senior representation from Finance, Risk and Assurance, Strategy, Corporate Responsibility, and the Legal, Compliance and Company Secretariat team, who are responsible for leading the project.

 

 

Strategy

 

 

Led by our TCFD Steering Group and working with specialist consultants, during 2020 we carried out over 30 Senior Leader stakeholder interviews to identify key value drivers for the business and completed a global qualitative risk assessment to understand where and how climate change may affect these value drivers over the short, medium and long term.

We held two scenario planning workshops with cross-functional Business Unit leaders, to review potential risks at 2°C and 4°C scenarios over one, five, 10, 15 and 30 year time horizons. Our analysis covered acute and chronic physical risks, including droughts or floods, water stress, wildfires and rising sea levels, as well as transition risks, such as changes in stakeholder expectations, travel patterns, climate policy and regulation.

This work culminated in a dedicated TCFD session with our Board in December 2020, to discuss climate change as a strategic resilience issue, review actions already completed and identify priorities for 2021 to close any gaps to TCFD alignment. The focus for next year will be an in-depth financial evaluation of key risks identified during the qualitative analysis, as well as an assessment of potential impacts on IHG’s growth strategy and financial planning.

 

 

Risk management

 

 

We consider climate change within the context of environmental and social megatrends as one of our principal risks. To reduce our carbon footprint and manage our exposure to climate-related risks, in 2019 we made carbon reduction a metric for all hotels globally (see below) and in 2020 we launched our science-based targets and started more formal implementation of the TCFD recommendations.

Our Risk Management team is part of our core TCFD working group and as such is closely involved in the work to assess in more detail IHG’s potential exposure to both physical and transition risks over the short, medium and long term. This will facilitate further embedding of climate-related risks into our global risk management and mitigation procedures, as appropriate, to support the long-term resilience of the business.

 

 

Metrics and targets

 

 

The IHG Green Engage system is our global environmental management platform and is critical to our ability to identify, assess and mitigate climate-related risks. As part of our brand standards, all IHG hotels globally are required to use the platform and report their monthly utility use on the platform, which in turn provides hotels with trend data, benchmarking information, green building solutions and return on investment information, to help them identify key opportunities for maximising carbon, energy, water and waste efficiency and reducing their overall utility costs.

Carbon reduction is one of IHG’s 10 global metrics, with both Group and hotel level targets set on an annual basis. Achievement of the global metrics is one of the criteria used in the annual performance plan calculations for corporate employees and General Managers of managed hotels.

In 2020, we launched our science-based carbon reduction targets – to reduce absolute carbon emissions from our managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels by 15% by 2030, and to reduce carbon emissions per square metre from our franchised hotels by 46% by 2030, both against a 2018 base year. For more information on our Scope 1, 2 and 3 emissions and our performance against our targets, please see page 221.

As we complete our financial impact assessment of climate-related risks, this will inform the development of any additional metrics and targets around the management and mitigation of risks and the strengthening of IHG’s business resilience against climate change.

 

 

 

Management objectives for 2021

 

  Complete financial quantification of key climate-related risks and opportunities.

 

  Analysis of the relative importance of these climate-related risks compared to our wider enterprise risks.

 

  Develop roadmap for embedding climate-related risks and opportunities into IHG strategy, financial planning and decision-making.

 

  Present findings and proposals for discussion at our annual Board strategy day.

 

  Embed findings into 2021 Annual Report disclosures, to demonstrate full alignment with TCFD recommendations.

 

 

 

LOGO  

Please see further information in the preceding pages of the

Strategic Report, as well as risk management and Governance

and Directors’ Reports.

  LOGO  

See our Responsible Business Report on our website at

www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business

 

30   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Our guests, owners & suppliers

 

LOGO
       

 

Business relationships with suppliers, customers and others

As set out in our S172 statement, our business relationships with our guests, hotel owners and suppliers are fundamental to our commercial success.

 

During the year, the Board and Executive Committee focused on what was critical for guests, hotel owners and suppliers. They considered and agreed operational procedures, cost management solutions and payment terms to support these stakeholders through the pandemic.

 

The Board has standing agenda items to consider strategic and operational matters that include guests, owners and suppliers, and receives reports, presentations and feedback from management. Through the Responsible Business Committee, it monitors targets in relation to responsible procurement and reviews the Supplier Code of Conduct. In addition, the Chair and Executive Directors engage directly with hotel owners.

 

The following information sets out more detail about our relationships with our guests, hotel owners and suppliers, and describes how our relationships with these key stakeholders have been maintained and strengthened in 2020.

 

LOGO   See also our business relationships disclosure on page 222.

   

 

8

guest relations contact centres in 5 countries

 

1,700+

guest relations agents speaking 12 languages

 

12 m+

lines of enquiry dealt with during 2020

 

2.5 m

Guest HeartBeat surveys completed in 2020

 

2.5 m

social reviews received in 2020

 

       

Hotel guests

Operating with a clear focus on what’s important to customers is key to ensuring consumer preference for our brands. Important to them is a consistent and safe stay experience, reward for their loyalty, and brands that can be trusted. In 2020, this came to the forefront more than ever with the need to provide clean and safe hotels, and flexibility in relation to hotel stays and the IHG Rewards programme.

 

Day to day accountability for ensuring that IHG’s strategy relating to guests is prioritised lies with the Executive Committee, including the Executive Directors, who regularly receive guest data and insights including updates on guest satisfaction, Guest Heartbeat survey results, and loyalty contributions. To provide oversight, the Board also receives regular operational presentations and updates, including delivery against relevant metrics and KPIs.

 

During 2020, with Board agreement, IHG enhanced and drove implementation of the IHG Way of Clean programme and IHG’s Clean Promise into all regions to protect guests, and also implemented a flexible cancellation policy, temporary loyalty

   

programme changes, including reducing stay qualification, and revised operational procedures in relation to food and beverage offerings. These decisions balanced local government guidelines, owner costs and guest expectations. In addition, 1,500 guest relations agents switched to remote working, ensuring we continued to provide quality service to our guests.

 

Positive guest sentiment is vital to our customer-centric strategy. Apart from Guest Love we have other metrics in relation to loyalty, sales and guest relation interactions. Measures put in place during 2020, such as the flexible cancellation policy, were in direct response to guest requests to cancel and rearrange their bookings because of the pandemic.

 

LOGO    See page 18 for more information on our

          customer-centric strategy.

   
     
     

Hotel owners

IHG predominantly franchises its brands, but also manages hotels on behalf of third- party hotel owners, and has a global network of hotel owners. Our success is reliant on our effective execution of our corporate strategy, a strong owner proposition, our shared commitment to delivering our purpose and desire to maintain high business standards.

 

We predominantly measure our relationship with hotel owners through the Owner HeartBeat survey, which the Board and Executive Committee receive and review, but other metrics, such as the Signings KPI, indicates the attractiveness of our owner proposition.

 

We engage with hotel owners in a variety of ways, depending on whether their hotels are franchised or managed. For example, we engage with franchised hotel owners through annual portfolio and hotel reviews, and also through the IHG Owners Association (IHGOA). The IHGOA represents the interests of more than 4,500 hotel owners and operators worldwide. We work with them

   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
   
     
   

 

IHG complies with the statutory reporting duty on payment practices and performance and is a signatory of the Prompt Payment Code.

 

 
     
     
          

 

LOGO

 

 

Our culture and responsible business   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   31


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

 

Our guests, owners & suppliers continued

 

 

LOGO

 

to obtain feedback on IHG standards, programmes and initiatives, including our System Fund.

During 2020, with the hospitality industry significantly impacted by Covid-19, the Board, through the Executive Committee, agreed and put in place a range of measures to help protect owner cash flow including supplier discounts, fee relief and flexible payment options. Decisions were reviewed against the impact on IHG’s own cash flow and revenue requirements, hotel operational costs and what was needed to be done to protect guests. For example, the costs of implementing the IHG Way of Clean programme were balanced against reductions in other operational and brand standard costs, such as delaying planned refurbishments.

Further support for owners included provision of tailored recovery toolkits and targeted marketing campaigns to drive hotel demand. Our regional CEOs lobbied at the highest levels of government (including with the President of the United States and the speaker of the US House of Representatives), as well as through trade bodies, to gain support for the hospitality industry. In the UK, Keith Barr worked with other Executive Committee members to ensure that appropriate support was provided by the UK Government to help owners through the difficult trading period caused by restrictions and government lockdowns.

Suppliers

Working with suppliers is vital for our operations and for driving our responsible business commitments. Our supply chain activities are split into two categories: corporate and hotel supply chains. Our corporate supply chain covers items such as

technology and professional services, and includes a number of strategic suppliers, identified for their contractual and operational value. For example, we have a technology agreement with Amadeus Hospitality Americas, Inc. for the development and hosting of the Group’s Guest Reservation System.

Procurement of goods and services at hotel level covers items required for opening, renovating and operating a hotel, such as food and beverages, furniture, linen and electrical goods. However, most of our hotels are owned by independent third-party owners, who are responsible for managing their own independent supply chains.

During 2020, IHG considered and responded to the impact of Covid-19 on suppliers, taking actions such as renegotiating payment schedules across key vendors and increasing engagement with strategic suppliers on service levels and continuity risks.

The Procurement function drives IHG’s responsible business agenda into our supply chains, which is agreed with the Responsible Business Committee. The responsible procurement agenda was significantly impacted by Covid-19 in 2020. However, the function was instrumental in supporting owners and hotels with sourcing PPE and other emergency supplies, and used IHG’s scale to provide support to supplier negotiations.

Despite much otherwise reduced sourcing activity, the function, supported by the Responsible Business Committee, focused on the core elements of responsible procurement through (i) our supply chain risk assurance programme, (ii) our IHG Green Supplier programme, (iii)

improving employee awareness of responsible procurement, and (iv) ongoing collaboration with key suppliers bringing innovation, smarter choices and business efficiency for our hotels and owners.

We made good progress with our supplier risk assurance programme. Following the previous launch of desktop-based risk assessment questionnaires and risk profiling suppliers based on their responses, we requested additional information from a number of suppliers to better understand their practices in certain areas. We paused the programme during the year to focus on addressing the challenges of the pandemic, but are expecting to recommence the programme in 2021.

We were also able to introduce a new set of responsible procurement criteria for prospective suppliers. The pre-contract assessment is part of IHG’s tendering process and includes questions about suppliers’ governance, human rights and environmental practices relevant to suppliers’ own operations and supply chains.

 

 

Supply chain mapping

During the year, in partnership with CARE International UK and our key suppliers, we continued our programme focused on the textiles supply chain, aimed at creating a more gender-inclusive workplace, leading to more productive, resilient and secure value chains. Recognising the environmental impact of textiles, we also partnered with the University of Exeter to carry out an environmental assessment of IHG’s textiles value chain in support of identifying opportunities for IHG to transition towards circularity.

 

 

 

32   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Our shareholders

 

 

LOGO

 

W  

 

e are committed to maintaining

an open dialogue and a comprehensive programme of

investor relations activities, and pride ourselves on keeping up-to-date

with best practice and market views

through independent advice and guidance

from a number of agencies and brokers.

The Chair and Committee Chairs actively engage with investors to ensure they are aware and understand the views and perceptions of our major shareholders, and the Board receives formal external reviews of investor perceptions. In addition, our Registrar, EQ, and J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., custodians of our American Depositary Receipts (ADR) programme, have teams set up to deal with shareholder and ADR holder queries.

During 2020 both Keith Barr and Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson presented IHG’s 2019 year-end and 2020 interim results to institutional investors, analysts and media. Telephone conferences were held following first and third-quarter trading updates, including Q&A sessions with sell-side analysts.

The Chair and other Board members continued with their annual cycle of investor meetings with major institutional shareholders during 2020, albeit meetings were held virtually and the usual range of meetings was adjusted as a result of the pandemic. Patrick Cescau engaged with our largest shareholders to discuss broader governance matters and the Company’s situation and response to Covid-19. Jo Harlow, Chair of the Remuneration Committee, held a series of investor consultation meetings with major shareholders, in relation to Executive Directors’ remuneration. In addition, following Sharon Rothstein’s appointment

to the Board she undertook an introductory meeting with a major shareholder, and Dale Morrison, our Senior Independent Director, was and remains available to shareholders if they have concerns they wish to discuss.

As in previous years, significant engagement occurred with sell-side analysts and investors. The market was kept updated of IHG’s business situation during the year through a number of stock exchange announcements, including updates on its financing and liquidity. Individual investor meetings and conferences were hosted, and both Keith Barr and Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson hosted virtual fire-side meetings. Below Board level, various business leaders including representatives from Corporate Responsibility and Ethics and Compliance, held meetings with shareholders to discuss responsible business focus areas.

AGM

The 2020 AGM was held in constrained circumstances, following UK Government lockdown measures and advice from IHG’s external legal advisors. Our belief is that AGMs are an invaluable forum for communicating with investors and shareholders. With the likelihood of continued constraints in place, due to UK Government Covid-19 physical distancing measures, we continue to evaluate how our AGM on Friday 7 May will be held. The notice of meeting, including details of the conditions of admission, will be sent to shareholders and be available at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Shareholder centre in the AGMs and meetings section. If any changes to the meeting details are required due to UK Government Covid-19 guidance, they will be published in the aforementioned website section.

 

Dividend

As the impact of Covid-19 became apparent the Board, after balancing the considerations of managing liquidity due to low hotel occupancy, with the expectations of investors and shareholders, withdrew its 2019 final dividend recommendation of 85.9¢ per share, a payment which would have had a cash outflow of ~$150m in the first half of 2020, and did not pay an interim dividend in respect of 2020. The decision to suspend dividends was not made lightly, and the Board is not proposing to pay a final dividend. They will consider future dividends once the visibility of the pace and scale of market recovery has improved.

 

 

LOGO   See also page 15 for information about our dividend policy.
      
LOGO   Please see www.ihgplc.com/investors for further information.
 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our culture and responsible business   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   33


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Our risk management

    

    

 

The Board’s role in risk management – stewardship and active partnership

The Board is ultimately accountable for establishing a framework of prudent and effective controls, which enable risk to be assessed and managed, and is supported by the Audit Committee, Executive Committee and delegated committees. Our governance framework and Committee agendas establish procedures for Board members to receive information on risk from the Executive Committee and Senior Leaders and a range of other internal and external sources.

In 2020, our Board and management team, supported by the Risk and Assurance team, have reviewed our risk profile with increased frequency, and evaluated the appropriateness and resilience of our risk management and internal control arrangements. Throughout the management of the Covid-19 crisis, the Board has also considered the longer-term impact of the pandemic and other external and internal factors on our risk profile.

 

 

Emerging risks

During 2020, alongside the close focus on responding to Covid-19, Board and Committee discussions have allowed for consideration of other emerging and evolving risks, including:

 

 competitor and macroeconomic risk factors within the Board’s discussion of strategy and key management presentations (e.g. for Brand strategies, Commercial & Technology, Loyalty, Corporate Governance and Regulatory Developments);

 

 workforce related risks at the Remuneration and Nomination Committees, including the impact of Covid-19 on attraction, retention and succession arrangements; and risks relating to the competitiveness of Executive remuneration and Board composition;

 

 

 

 regulatory and financial governance risks at the Audit Committee (e.g. tax risks relating to digital businesses, treasury and liquidity risks linked to volatility and sentiment in the capital markets, and financial control risks in a cost-constrained environment);

 

 risks relating to people and culture at the Responsible Business Committee, including updates on employee engagement and well-being; diversity and inclusion; community impact; sustainability; human rights; and our continuing responsibilities across our supply chain; and

 

 potential risks relating to the impact of climate change on IHG in the future at a dedicated Board briefing on our progress to comply with the TCFD reporting requirements.

 

 

 

The most prominent emerging risk we face is a sustained downturn caused by further waves of the pandemic and/or a slower than anticipated industry recovery. This could create further volatility in our risk factors and also challenging conditions in the capital markets, making it more difficult to obtain additional funding if required and manage our liquidity, potentially impacting financial performance. Our financial planning includes identifying levers which could be pulled to enable flexibility and adaptability to changes to our financial assumptions and circumstances. More detail on the topics covered by the Board and Committees is available in the Governance Report, pages 74 to 95.

 

 

Procedures for identifying, discussing and escalating emerging risks

Many topics and potential risks to longer term viability and sustainability are considered as part of our ongoing management decision making, as well as Board and Committee agendas and presentations, enabling escalation of emerging risks where appropriate. These combined elements have also enabled us to react to uncertainties and changing circumstances as the Covid-19 crisis evolved.

 

LOGO

 

34   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

    

 

 

How risk management and our appetite for risk have supported decision making in 2020

Our risk management and internal control systems remain fully integrated with the way we run the business, and IHG’s risk appetite is visible through the nature and extent of risk taken by the Board in pursuit of strategic and other business objectives. We cascade this appetite through our culture, values and behaviours, see pages 24 and 25, the goals and targets we set, and our Code of Conduct and other global policies, all of which are further reinforced by frequent leadership communications to guide behaviours and set priorities.

The short- and medium-term uncertainties created by Covid-19 led to active ‘real time’ consideration of acceptable risk tolerances and whether any adjustments were required to financial and operational controls. Enhancements were made to controls to enable effective and efficient management of risk throughout the crisis, including the decentralisation of decisions to front line crisis teams within a framework of agreed

principles. This was balanced with updates to the Global Delegation of Authority Policy, reinforcement of policies (e.g. Code of Conduct, Information Security) and updates to other entity level control arrangements.

After the initial operational disruption of Covid-19, additional adjustments to controls were required to maintain acceptable risk levels during IHG-initiated changes to the workforce and to safeguard continuity across our supply chain. These changes were guided by principles developed by the Executive Committee to ensure that any actions taken were not disproportionately de-stabilising, and supported by communications plans.

Formal and informal monitoring, reporting and assurance arrangements, also described on pages 24 and 25 have been reinforced during 2020 to enable the Board and Executive Committee to maintain ongoing oversight of key areas of uncertainty and the effectiveness of our risk management and internal control arrangements.

As we move into 2021 the Board will continue to focus on whether levels of risk in the business are managed or controlled to an acceptable level (either individually or in total) and whether we are appropriately balancing opportunities for efficiency or investment with the need to build in resiliency in the short and longer term. Many leadership teams, including the Executive Committee, plan to continue to meet more frequently than pre-pandemic, which will also enable more active consideration and reaction to changing risks.

Our Annual Report and Form 20-F provide more detail on formal risk appetite and tolerance in a number of places. For example, our appetite for financial risk is described in note 24 to the Group Financial Statements, see page 179.

 

LOGO   This section should be read together with the rest of the Strategic Report, Governance on pages 74 to 111, the going concern statement on page 223, and Risk Factors on pages 224 to 229.
 

 

 

 

 

A practical illustration of IHG’s risk management system in action during 2020:

The wider primary public health concerns of Covid-19 created several secondary impacts for IHG, including rapidly emerging risks relating to customer demands, how we operate our hotels and the standards required of our franchisees.

 

The table below illustrates how we managed these risks in a systemic way across IHG, working with our owners and third-party experts to develop and deliver enhancements to our “IHG Way of Clean” brand standards to reassure our guests, colleagues and owners of our response to Covid-19 risks across all our hotels globally.

 

 
   
    Policies, procedures and principles       ...applied by our people within key processes...        ...with close monitoring and reporting    
 

 

   

 

    

 

 
 

Executive, regional and functional leadership formed a Cleanliness Board to provide a clear “tone from the top” of the importance of safety and cleanliness, and to engage third-party expertise.

 

Communications were coordinated centrally to ensure consistency of internal and external messaging, including with owners.

 

Regional teams quickly mobilised to adopt and communicate the global policy to operational teams and hotel colleagues.

   

We created a suite of guidance including:

 

 enhanced standards and supporting guidance for the IHG Way of Clean programme;

 

 training for colleagues on how to wear face coverings and gloves;

 

 physical distancing and hand washing best practice;

 

 procedures for colleague symptom screening; and

 

 appropriate signage to be used throughout the hotels.

 

Our Procurement team worked with regional Operations and Safety teams to source protective items ranging from masks and gloves to hand sanitiser machines and brand appropriate signage.

    

We implemented a frequent and effective monitoring system to ensure that these cleanliness standards are upheld throughout our hotel portfolio.

 

This includes new virtual hotel audits allowing us to monitor the implementation of the IHG Way of Clean standards despite travel and restrictions on face-to-face interactions.

 

In addition to the hotel audits, we also track the completion levels of training materials and monitor social media to enable us to respond to guest or colleague feedback.

 
 

 

   

 

    

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our risk management   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   35


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Our risk management continued

    

 

IHG’s principal risks and uncertainties

While the Covid-19 crisis has not fundamentally changed the principal risks to our business and strategy, it has heightened the uncertainty we face in the short term and also created the potential for longer term impacts based on trade-offs that have been required to protect liquidity in 2020. The crisis has also accentuated the increasingly interconnected nature of risk.

We have not managed Covid-19 as a separate risk during the year, as the pandemic has increased the risk profile across many of our existing principal risks as we look forwards. This is most obvious in relation to the continuing significance of the safety and security of our colleagues and guests, government regulations impacting domestic and international travel, consumer

confidence and appetite to travel internationally in the longer term, how we operate our hotels and the overall impact on our business resilience.

The necessary response to Covid-19 safety concerns has also created several secondary impacts and the potential for disruption and additional stress on our risk management and internal control arrangements. In addition, continued scrutiny of the social performance of major corporates may also lead to any incident or failure to manage risk receiving significant and rapid attention.

All the risks on the grid below meet the definition of ‘principal’, however we have reviewed the trends carefully to more accurately reflect the current behaviour of these risks. In relative terms, some risks continue to trend upwards as we move into

2021 while other risks remain more stable on 2020 levels. Where we have indicated changes on the grid this is typically because of something we have noted in the nature of the risk itself, for example as a result of changes in the external environment, our extended enterprise, or a specific internal initiative.

By distributing the risks across the grid in this way based on their behaviour, it allows the Board and management to consider what different responses may be required to individual factors (for example, rapid factors which may require continuity planning), or the overall level of risk we are facing and what it means for governance of the whole portfolio.

 

 

 

Risk trend and speed of impact

We assess whether the risk area is stable or dynamic in its impact and/ or likelihood (inherent risk trend), and the rate at which there could be a material impact on IHG. The trend and speed of impact are summarised in the diagram with further detail on activities to manage each of these risks in the following pages.

 

 

 

 

Principal risk – assessment of trend and speed of impact

 

LOGO

 

Principal risks descriptions

    Inherent risk trend   Risk impact – link to our strategic priorities
  LOGO   Dynamic/Rapid   LOGO   Build loved and trusted brands
  LOGO   Dynamic/Gradual   LOGO   Customer centric in all we do
  LOGO   Stable/Rapid   LOGO   Create digital advantage
  LOGO   Stable/Gradual   LOGO   Care for our people, communities and planet
       

 

36   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

Risk description

      Trend       Impact       Initiatives to manage these risks

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Macro external factors such as political and economic disruption, the emerging risk of infectious diseases, actual or threatened acts of terrorism or war, natural or man-made disasters could have an impact on our ability to perform and grow.

 

Secondary impacts and continuing uncertainty from the Covid-19 pandemic may also exacerbate these factors across several markets and external sources indicate that these risks are likely to trend upwards in future years with the potential for more rapid impact on IHG.

    LOGO     LOGO    

  Our initial focus for Covid-19, both in China and in other markets, prioritised the safety and security of our colleagues and guests by supporting crisis management teams in our individual business units and global functions. This support included monitoring intelligence from a range of external and internal sources (e.g. government health and travel advice), and developing guidance for hotel and corporate offices on sanitation and cleaning procedures, including for when hotels have been used for quarantine and to house essential workers.

 

  The Risk and Assurance and Global Corporate Affairs teams have developed guidance and internal and external communications strategies, and coordinated across regional and functional crisis management teams to review business continuity preparations for corporate offices (e.g. business service centres, reservation offices and corporate offices) and key supplier relationships. Furthermore, we established protocols for tracking and reporting on the status of hotels in China early in 2020, which then evolved into monitoring of hotels in other regions.

 

  We maintain a range of intelligence sources at our disposal to horizon-scan for emerging threats, provide insight to leadership on incidents that impact operations, and analyse future political and economic scenarios to inform the business planning cycle, including at the Board and Executive Committee level. We are also applying lessons learned from Covid-19 and using data analytics to better prepare for future disruption, in particular in relation to other fire safety and security threats that continue to receive industry-wide scrutiny.

 

  In addition to epidemics and pandemics, the risk of earthquakes and extreme weather events continues to pose a threat to IHG operations. IHG manages these events through training, advanced monitoring and warning, and standard operating procedures. As we moved into the 2020 hurricane season, regional operations teams planned and communicated with hotels, including those operating at reduced capacities, to ensure they were prepared to maintain safe operations for colleagues and guests.

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Failure to deliver preferred brands and loyalty could impact our competitive positioning, our growth ambitions and our reputation with guests and owners.

 

Competition from other hotel brands and third-party intermediaries create inherent risks and opportunities to the longer-term value of IHG’s franchised and managed proposition for our brands. The Covid-19 crisis has also refocused guest expectations in relation to the cleanliness and safety of individual hotels and IHG’s brands. In a potentially lower-demand environment it will also be critical to use our loyalty programme to drive business to our hotels and take share from our competitors.

    LOGO     LOGO    

  The focus of our brands and loyalty teams during the crisis has been on supporting our guests, owners and hotels. This has included adjusting our cancellation policy to allow guests flexibility to change or cancel bookings, rolling over our IHG Rewards Elite membership status to 2021 and reducing the achievement criteria for 2022, extending the deadline for points expiry until July 2021, and launching a suite of solutions to engage members.

 

  We have implemented enhanced cleanliness and safety measures through the IHG Way of Clean programme to drive customer confidence. Initially established in 2015, the IHG Way of Clean programme is now a global brand standard that includes deep cleaning processes and operating protocols developed with expertise from third party partners, which reflect the advice of public health authorities. As travel resumes, we have also introduced other enhanced guest experiences such as a contactless journey through the hotel, modified food and beverage offers and ‘Meet with Confidence’ programmes to drive revenue recovery, and we have created new virtual quality audit and compliance processes to reinforce standards and drive consistency.

 

  We also reduced costs for owners by relaxing brand standards and operational and food and beverage requirements to balance enhanced cleanliness and safety protocols.

 

  While the focus of our marketing management shifted rapidly to respond to the pandemic and to support regional recovery, we have built on the active transformation already underway with enhancements to our Marketing organisation and processes which enable us to drive efficiency in a financially constrained environment and optimise resources and speed to market. We conduct regular monitoring of indicators, including loyalty member data, to identify emerging trends quickly.

 

  Throughout 2020, we also have prioritised our commercial spend behind our loyalty programme towards the highest returning marketing investments that drive business to all brands through the loyalty programme umbrella. See page 17 for more details on our priority to Build loved and trusted brands.

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our risk management   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   37


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Our risk management continued

    

 

Risk description

      Trend       Impact       Initiatives to manage these risks

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Attracting, developing and retaining leadership and talent and failure to do this could impact our ability to achieve growth ambitions and execute effectively.

 

Risks relating to people underpin the majority of processes and controls across IHG, and our ability to develop talent is critical to delivering value to our brands and hotels in the global markets where we operate and compete. It is essential that we retain key executive, leadership and specialist talent, both at the corporate and hotel levels, in an uncertain hospitality industry and in a resource constrained, highly competitive, and remote working environment.

    LOGO     LOGO    

  At the start of the Covid-19 crisis a cross-functional taskforce was established to guide how we protect our employer reputation and culture. While we have had to take actions to reduce costs at corporate and hotel levels, HR teams have partnered with operations and functional teams to develop guiding principles to protect our reputation as a responsible employer; maintain our culture during the crisis period; and equip teams to bounce back with great talent and people practices. This has enabled us to maintain engagement, avoid burnout and bolster support to leadership. Our approach to managing our people during 2020 is outlined in detail on pages 26 to 28 and our normal business planning process includes a review of workforce risks.

 

  Due to the Covid-19 crisis, our programme of engagement surveys and HR scorecards adapted to reflect the realities of virtual and remote working and a challenging period of furloughs and reduced hours. We have monitored key workforce indicators, leveraged our existing virtual learning platforms to understand employee sentiment, and utilised short pulse surveys to gather employee feedback throughout the crisis and to shape our thinking on returning to office working.

 

  The Executive Committee has regularly discussed talent retention risks, and the HR team is focusing on talent plans with each leadership team. We have refined our diversity and inclusion strategy to drive recruitment and retention, and employee resource groups help educate employees and build a culture of inclusion.

 

  Effective communications have been established for internal audiences, including regular all employee calls with the Chief Executive Officer to provide latest updates, ongoing leadership communications and virtual team meetings at regional and functional levels, and continued development of our flexible learning summits. Through these channels, leaders are able to answer questions from employees at all levels.

 

  IHG has the ability to manage talent and retention risks directly in relation to IHG employees but relies on owners and third-party suppliers to manage these risks within their own businesses. Our Procurement, Legal and Risk teams also consider more indirect workforce risks relating to our third-party relationships.

 

  The Remuneration Committee reviews our approach to executive remuneration, aligned with the interests of shareholders and the UK corporate governance environment.

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Inherent threats to cybersecurity and information governance remain significant and dynamic and external attacks against the hospitality industry have continued in 2020.

 

We are aware of our responsibilities in relation to a range of high-value assets (critical systems and employee and other sensitive data) which may be targeted by various threat ‘actors’ (including organised criminals, third parties and colleagues). Rapid societal, regulatory and media scrutiny of privacy arrangements mean that the potential impact of data loss to IHG financially, reputationally or operationally remains a dynamic risk factor. The disrupted working conditions (including increased remote access) caused by the pandemic for our employees and suppliers and advances in attack sophistication also heighten inherent information security risks.

 

    LOGO     LOGO    

  While Covid-19 has modified the threat profile, our Information Security team has pivoted to implement new solutions and controls to address potential vulnerabilities, and to focus resources on those operational tasks that best protect our sensitive data sets and systems and detect and respond to potentially malicious events in an appropriate way.

 

  In the early stages of the pandemic, we deployed our Intelligence functions to gain early knowledge of potential new attack campaigns; implemented controls to prevent malicious emails from getting to email inboxes; and educated employees worldwide on the increased dangers from phishing, business email compromise and social engineering. We also accelerated the rollout of multi-factor authentication to limit successful phishing attacks. To respond to heightened inherent risks from remote working, we reviewed controls for remote access solutions and increased monitoring to more quickly identify malicious activity. Our Procurement team engaged key providers on their approach for maintaining operations and fulfilling their contractual obligations for the safety and security of our data and systems.

 

  We have continued to work with our specialist technology providers to continuously improve key operational security processes and capabilities such as Identity & Access Management, Security Monitoring, Incident Response, and the support and maintenance of technical solutions architecture.

 

  Preserving security across our complex corporate and hotel estate requires continuous maintenance and enhancement or replacement of hardware and software. With finances at a premium for hotel owners, our Information Security and Technology teams collaborate to provide reliable, scalable and cost-effective solutions, targeted at areas of greatest opportunity for future attacks.

 

  Our information security programme is supported and reviewed by internal and external assurance activities, including our Internal Audit and Financial Governance teams and PCI assessments. The Board receives regular reports using key risk indicators to track inherent risk trends and mitigation activities. We also continue to work closely with our insurers to ensure we are adequately protecting against our risks, and have assessed and quantified potential cyber incident scenarios to drive risk-based discussions on investing in remediation versus risk acceptance and transfer opportunities.

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

38   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

Risk description

      Trend       Impact       Initiatives to manage these risks

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

Failure to capitalise on innovation in booking technology and to maintain and enhance the functionality and resilience of our channel management and technology platforms (including those of third-parties, on which we rely directly or indirectly), and to respond to changing guest and owner needs remains a dynamic and critical risk to IHG’s revenues and growth ambitions.

 

Increasing personalisation and understanding our guests and their needs will drive return stays and further build loyalty. Despite the pandemic placing cost pressures on our owners, the pace of change in the hospitality industry continues to accelerate and IHG must evolve to effectively grow and compete in the marketplace. It will be key for us to prioritise digital capabilities to drive our channels, actively expanding the breadth and depth of our digital relationships with current and new guests.

 

    LOGO     LOGO    

  Our comprehensive channels strategy is a key driver and enabler of accelerated growth. Rapidly evolving guest and owner expectations have increased the pressure to deliver commercial and technological change more quickly. We continue to seek opportunities to align and innovate our channels and technology platforms to Create digital advantage (see page 19 for more details). Our IHG Concerto platform is operating at all IHG hotels, and over time future releases will enhance the guest travel journey, deliver efficiencies for hotels, and drive sustainable revenue.

 

  To respond to the initial disruption from Covid-19, a new Global Revenue Committee was formed across global and regional teams to manage and drive booking activity and revenue. The Committee developed and monitored specific leading indicators on market status, sentiment, search and demand, and loyalty member trends, and further tracked communications penetration, internal pulse surveys and public relations effectiveness. The relatively reduced level of booking activity in 2020 also created the opportunity to reorganise our technology delivery model, moving more development to technology partners and co-sourcing arrangements. We have also engaged with our strategic suppliers during 2020 to adjust service levels and anticipate continuity risks.

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

In a resource constrained environment, the importance of investment effectiveness and efficiency will be critical to balance short- and longer-term strategic needs (e.g. developing infrastructure, increasing growth, enhancing digital capabilities).

 

Failure to manage risks associated with investments may impact commercial performance, lead to financial loss, and undermine stakeholder confidence.

 

    LOGO     LOGO    

  Our oversight and finance teams regularly review and evolve our governance and control frameworks, including delegated approval authorities and processes, to enable decisions on investments to be made quickly and efficiently with consideration of the risks involved. In early 2020 the Delegation of Authority Policy was specifically updated to help drive cost-conscious behaviours and close control of investment expenditure required in the business at that time.

 

  With on-going uncertainty in the industry outlook, we need to retain flexibility in the extent to which we commit to expenditure until there is improved visibility. Our financial planning balances a disciplined approach to discretionary investments with a need to appropriately reward our people and invest in strategic growth initiatives. There is, and will continue to be, a constant focus on retaining flexibility within our cost base to ensure spend is being prioritised in the right areas given the ever-changing environment. Financial resource allocation is kept under regular review, with decisions taken as part of our quarterly forecasting process.

 

  We have also sought to protect key functions that are critical for fulfilling our responsibilities as a publicly listed company and in maintaining our reputation across our external stakeholders. For example, we continue to ensure that we have the right level of support in our Legal, Corporate Affairs and Financial Reporting teams.

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our risk management   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   39


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Our risk management continued

    

 

Risk description       Trend       Impact       Initiatives to manage these risks

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

The global business regulatory and contractual environment and societal expectations have continue to evolve throughout 2020. Failure to ensure legal, regulatory and ethical compliance would impact IHG operationally and reputationally, and non-regulatory stakeholders (including corporate sales clients) and investors continue to focus on IHG’s performance as a corporate entity to uphold ethical and social expectations. Significant fines can be imposed for regulatory non-compliance, most notably in relation to privacy obligations and data security. In an uncertain hospitality industry, there may be increased pressure on compliance programmes, and a heightened risk of liabilities relating to our franchise model both in relation to brand reputation issues as well as litigation.

 

    LOGO     LOGO    

  Our Ethics and Compliance team focuses on ensuring IHG has a globally coordinated approach to material ethical and compliance risks, taking into account the regulatory environment, stakeholder expectations and IHG’s commitment to a culture of responsible business. The overarching framework for ethics and compliance is the IHG Code of Conduct (see page 24) and we provide e-learning training on an annual basis to all corporate, reservation offices and managed hotel employees and new joiners.

 

  We continue to monitor changes and advise stakeholders on risks across a range of regulatory issues, including safety, employment, contract, privacy, anti-bribery and anti-trust, while also addressing legal and regulatory issues that have emerged as a result of Covid-19. We also continue to participate in Transparency International UK’s 2020 Corporate Anti-Corruption Benchmark. This is a comprehensive tool that measures and compares the performance of anti-corruption programmes across companies on an anonymous and confidential basis.

 

  We continue to focus on key human rights risks, particularly those heightened by Covid-19. For example, to address migrant worker staff accommodation risks which may have been heightened by the pandemic, we developed a guidance note on staff living accommodation for hotel teams.

 

  Monitoring of sanctions continues to be an increasingly important part of our due diligence processes as their use by the US, UK and EU in particular continues to grow. A sanctions update is communicated annually to the Legal, Development and Strategy teams and other relevant employees providing a reminder of ‘No Go’ countries and sanctions issues that may restrict IHG. Our owner legal due diligence process also requires that all new owners are screened against sanctions lists and we utilise due diligence tools for this purpose. Ethics and compliance country-level due diligence is also undertaken for new country entry assessments, taking into account country- specific risks and impacts.

 

  The Ethics and Compliance team currently monitors training completions, gifts and entertainment reporting and the owner due diligence process, and they receive informal queries/escalation of issues directly from colleagues and via an Ethics and Compliance email channel which is publicised in training and awareness materials. The Board receives regular reports on the Confidential Reporting Channel and matters directly related to our responsible business agenda.

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

The manner in which IHG responds to operational risk and the steps taken to safeguard the safety and security of colleagues and guests will continue to receive heightened scrutiny, particularly in light of the Covid-19 pandemic, and could affect IHG’s reputation for high standards of business conduct, result in financial damage, and undermine confidence in our brands.

 

The rapid progression of Covid-19 has also given rise to significantly increased litigation risk across all markets. These risks relate both to our direct operations in hotels and other locations where we have management responsibility, and also to outsourced activities and others with whom we collaborate and trade, including the owners of our franchised hotels which operate as independent businesses.

 

    LOGO     LOGO    

  Our Business Reputation and Responsibility team coordinates and monitors IHG’s risk management system, which is designed to anticipate and identify relevant operational safety and security risks and provide appropriate levels of control necessary to mitigate against significant incidents, whether in hotels or corporate offices. Regional and global subject matter experts in safety and security work regularly with relevant stakeholders, including hotels, operations leaders, and operations support teams such as Design & Engineering, Food and Beverage and Human Resources, to review and set operational safety and security policies and procedures.

 

  The Covid-19 pandemic has led to the enhancement of IHG’s operational safety and crisis management procedures for hotels and corporate offices. In early 2020, our safety experts worked closely with Operations and Global Corporate Affairs to develop a Hotel and Corporate Office Response Toolkit of guidance, processes and procedures for operating a safe work environment in line with the advice issued by government authorities and public health officials. As the pandemic has progressed, this guidance has been revised and expanded to address emerging operational safety issues, and changes in local government requirements or public health advice.

 

  Alongside Covid-19, subject matter experts in safety and security have continued to monitor external trends that may impact the safe operation of hotels, customer expectations, and development opportunities (e.g. fire safety, food allergens), and we continue to review our relevant standards and guidance as these issues evolve and/or new regulatory requirements and best practices are published.

 

  Our experts also track a range of internal indicators relating to safety and security to assess their potential impact on the safety of hotels, colleagues and guests as well as the impact on the reputation of IHG and its brands. Despite our best efforts, incidents may occur across our global hotel operations and corporate offices and an assessment of severity and impact is made before the most serious are promptly forwarded to senior management. The Board receives and reviews regular safety reports and monitors safety performance. Through this monitoring, IHG can determine where additional standards or guidance may be necessary or whether existing controls may need to be adjusted.

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

40   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

Risk description

     

Trend

     

Impact

     

Initiatives to manage these risks

A material breakdown in financial management and control systems would lead to increased public scrutiny, regulatory investigation and litigation.

 

This risk includes our ongoing (and stable) operational risks relating to our financial management and control systems which have been adapted to cope with remote working arrangements during the pandemic; the continuing expectations of IHG’s management decision making and financial judgements; and our own business model and transactions.

    LOGO     LOGO    

  Covid-19 inevitably impacted IHG’s financial control environment, with heightened risks relating to liquidity, business continuity and fraud and a need to adapt and enhance existing processes for employees working remotely and, in some cases, with a reduced workforce. The Finance leadership team regularly monitors the primary risks to the function and to IHG and, as the impact of Covid-19 became clear, reviewed controls and implemented enhancements to provide additional mitigation, including controls over cash disbursements and expenditure, applying data analytics where possible.

 

  We reviewed our business continuity arrangements, including for our India-based Global Business Service Centre, given the operational importance of processes located there such as accounts payable, billing and cash collection, and financial reporting for both corporate and hotels. In response to decisions to furlough corporate employees during 2020 we evaluated risks, processes and controls relating to accuracy of payroll; access to IT systems and company credit cards; as well as completeness of payment processes.

 

  Throughout the year we have reinforced policies across the organisation, including particular emphasis on entity level controls. We have continued to operate an established set of processes across our financial control systems, which is verified through testing relating to our Sarbanes-Oxley compliance responsibilities. See pages 68, 144, 157 to 162 for details of our approach to taxation, page 87 for details of our approach to internal financial control, and pages 179 to 183 for specific details on financial risk management policies. These processes and our financial planning will continue to evolve to reflect the changes in our management structure and business targets, including system enhancements and further automation where possible.

 

  While it remains difficult to assess trading conditions in 2021 with certainty, we will continue to adapt our approach to financial control across our hotel estate. Given the differences in the culture and ways of working across our regions, we apply globally and/or regionally consistent policies and procedures to manage the risks, such as fraud and reporting risks, wherever possible.

 

  Our Group insurance programmes are also maintained to support financial stability.

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

As a global business, IHG faces uncertainties relating to evolving environmental and social megatrends and our response to these is subject to scrutiny from a wide range of stakeholders.

 

These stakeholders include regulators and investor groups (such as the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD)), who focus on various environmental, social and governance issues that have the potential to impact performance and growth in key markets. The focus on companies acting responsibly and being true to their purpose has been heightened by the pandemic and will continue into the future.

 

    LOGO     LOGO    

  Working together with governments and industry associations has been key in ensuring our voice is heard among key stakeholders, as well as being able to advocate for our industry and our owners. As the pandemic has progressed there has been an expectation from governments for companies to do the right thing by their stakeholders. We work with key industry bodies to engage governments and officials to take steps that support our industry and owners across a number of different markets.

 

  To support our hotels in better understanding, managing and reporting their environmental footprint, while driving operational efficiency and reducing their utility costs, we are replacing IHG’s Green Engage system with a more comprehensive and engaging platform as well as an automated data entry solution to enable much more accurate information capture. See pages 20 and 21, and 29 and 30 for details of our environmental policies and initiatives, including our commitment to support the TCFD recommendations.

 

  Our long-standing commitment to operating our business responsibly has underpinned the actions we are taking in our local communities see page 29. The Corporate Responsibility team has established core principles to support our local communities, while establishing clear governance for our overall community support strategy in partnership with legal and communications.

 

  Our values and behaviours, underpinned by our Code of Conduct, inform our decision-making at all levels. For example, specific elements of our Code of Conduct define expectations for IHG employees in relation to human rights and the environment, and our Procurement, Legal and Risk teams monitor supply chain and human rights risks (see pages 24 and 25).

 

 

   

 

   

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our risk management   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   41


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Viability statement

    

 

The Covid-19 global pandemic has resulted in the worst ever period of trading for the hotel industry. The resilience of the Group’s fee-based model and wide geographic spread has however left it well-placed to manage through these challenging times. Our weighting towards upper midscale hotels in non-urban locations with low reliance on groups business has supported IHG’s performance. In addition to taking decisive action to reduce costs and protect IHG cash flows, we have also used IHG’s scale and expertise to support owners in reducing their costs and managing cash flows. As a result, Group free cash flow was $29m during 2020 and net debt has reduced by $136m through this challenging trading perioda.

We also entered the Covid-19 pandemic with a conservative balance sheet which has been managed with the objective of maintaining an investment grade credit rating. This has supported covenant amendments which have been agreed as required through the year with minimal additional restrictions.

Although previous viability assessments had not considered a plausible scenario as severe as the scale of the Covid-19 pandemic, the resilience of the business has been demonstrated.

Looking forward, the Directors have determined that the three-year period to 31 December 2023 is an appropriate period to be covered by the Viability statement.

The Group’s annual planning process builds a three-year plan. The detailed three-year plan takes into consideration the principal risks, the Group’s strategy and current and emerging market conditions. That plan then forms the basis for strategic actions taken across the business. The plan is reviewed annually by the Directors. Once approved, the plan is then cascaded to the business and used to set performance metrics and objectives. Performance against those metrics and objectives is then regularly reviewed by the Directors.

There remains unusually limited visibility on the pace and scale of market recovery and therefore there are a wide range of possible planning scenarios over the three-year period considered in this review.

In assessing the viability of the Group, the Directors have reviewed a number of scenarios, weighting downside risks that would threaten the business model, future performance, solvency and liquidity of the Group more heavily than opportunities.

Viability scenarios and assumptions

In performing the viability analysis, the Directors have considered a ‘Base Case’ scenario which is based on a gradual improvement in demand during 2021 as vaccines become more widely

available, and a steady but gradual improvement to the end of 2023 by when RevPAR is expected to reach 90% of 2019 levels. The assumptions applied in the viability assessment are consistent with those used for Group planning purposes and for impairment testing (see further detail on page 135).

The Directors have also considered a ‘Downside Case’ scenario, which assumes a slower impact from vaccine rollout and is based on the performance of the second half of 2020 continuing throughout 2021, with the recovery to 2019 levels starting in 2022.

The key assumption included in the three-year plan relates to RevPAR growth which is explained above. The Board has stated that consideration of dividends has been deferred until visibility of the pace and scale of the market recovery improves and for the purposes of this analysis no dividends have been assumed in the period under review.

Principal risks

In assessing the viability of the Group, the Directors have considered the impact of the principal risks as outlined on pages 36 to 41. A large number of the principal risks would result in an impact on RevPAR which is the main scenario modelled in the ‘Downside Case’. These risks include: preferred brands and loyalty, leadership and talent, channel management and technology platforms, investment effectiveness and efficiency, macro external factors, environmental and social megatrends, safety and security and financial management and control systems.

There are other principal risks that could result in a large one-off incident that has a material impact on cash flow and the income statement. These include cybersecurity and information governance and legal, regulatory and ethical compliance. The impact of these has been considered in the viability assessment.

Funding

The Group has taken steps to strengthen its liquidity during 2020. The existing covenants on it’s syndicated and bilateral revolving credit facilities (‘the bank facilities’) have been waived or amended until December 2022. See note 24 for further details.

The other assumptions relating to debt maturities are as follows:

 

The $1.35bn bank facilities mature in September 2023. It has been assumed that these facilities are renewed as they mature.

 

£600m of CCFF due in March 2021 is repaid on maturity.

 

£173m of bonds due in November 2022 are repaid on maturity.

No other new or additional financing has been assumed in the analysis performed.

Viability assessment

Under the Base Case the Group is forecast to generate positive cash flows over the 2021-2023 period and the bank facilities remain undrawn. The principal risks which could be applicable have been considered and are able to be absorbed within the $400m liquidity covenant and amended covenant requirements.

Under the Downside Case the Group is also forecast to generate positive cash flows over the 2021-2023 period and the bank facilities remain undrawn. In this scenario, the Group could be at risk of breaching the covenant requirements in 2023 (which have not been amended at this time). However, additional actions could be taken in order to mitigate this risk such as reductions in discretionary spend.

In the Downside Case, the Group has substantial levels of existing cash reserves available and is not expected to draw on the bank facilities. The Directors reviewed a reverse stress test scenario to determine how much additional RevPAR downside could be absorbed before utilisation of the bank facilities would be required. The Directors concluded that the outcome of the reverse stress test showed it was very unlikely the bank facilities would need to be drawn and therefore the Group does not need to rely on the additional liquidity provided by the bank facilities. This means that in the event the covenant test was failed, the bank facilities could be cancelled by the lenders but would not trigger a repayment demand which threatened the viability of the Group.

In the event that a further covenant amendment was required, the Directors believe it is reasonable to expect that such an amendment could be obtained based on their prior experience in relation to negotiating the 2020 amendments. The Group also has alternative options to manage this risk including raising additional funding in the capital markets.

In the event of additional or multiple principal risks occurring during the period of review e.g. continued depressed RevPAR and a widespread cybersecurity incident, it is expected that these risks could be absorbed within the liquidity headroom available without relying on the additional liquidity provided by the bank facilities.

Conclusion

The Directors have assessed the viability of the Group over a three-year period to

31 December 2023, taking account of the Group’s current position, the Group’s strategy and the principal risks documented in the Strategic Report. Based on this assessment, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group will be able to continue in operation and meet its liabilities as they fall due over the period to 31 December 2023.

 

 

a 

Definitions for Non-GAAP measures can be found on pages 47 to 51.

 

42   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Key performance indicators (KPIs)

 

Our KPIs are carefully selected to allow us to monitor the delivery of our strategy and long-term success. They remain organised around our refreshed strategy, which articulates our purpose and ambition and our four main priorities, (see page 16). KPIs are reviewed annually by senior management to ensure continued alignment to our strategy and are included in internal reporting and regularly monitored. Measures included are those considered most relevant

 

in assessing the performance of the business and relate to our growth agenda and commitment to our key stakeholders including owners, guests, employees, shareholders and the communities in which we work. KPIs should be read in conjunction with the other sections of the Strategic Report, and where applicable, references to specific relevant topics are noted against each KPI.

 

 

   

 

A guide to this KPI section

 

      
    

Link between KPIs and Director remuneration

Whilst performance was impacted by Covid-19 in 2020, our long-term focus remained to deliver high-quality growth and, as in prior years, Directors’ remuneration for 2020 was directly related to key aspects of our strategy. The following indicates which KPIs have impacted Directors’ remuneration:

 

LOGO The Annual Performance Plan

 

  70% was linked to operating profit from reportable segments

 

  30% was linked to strategic focus on improvements in net System size growth

 

LOGO The Long Term Incentive Plan

 

  40% was linked to Total Shareholder Return

 

  20% was linked to rooms growth

 

  20% was linked to total gross revenue growth

 

  20% was linked to cash flow generation

 

LOGO   For more information on Directors’ remuneration see pages 96 to 111.

 
       
 

 

 
 

Link to our strategy

In 2020 we evolved some key elements of our strategy (see pages 16 to 20 for more information). This evolution included definition of four strategic priorities, represented as follows:

 

 

LOGO

Build loved and

trusted brands

 

LOGO

Customer centric

in all we do

 

LOGO

Create digital

advantage

  

LOGO

Care for our people, communities and planet

 

 

KPIs            2020 status and 2021 priorities

 

    

 

Net rooms supply

Net total number of rooms in the IHG System.

 

Increasing our rooms supply provides significant advantages of scale, including increasing the value of our loyalty programme. This measure is a key indicator of achievement of our growth agenda (see page 16).

  LOGO     

2020 status

Grew net System size by 0.3%, impacted by a slower pace of openings due to Covid-19 disruption to non-essential activity and removal of 16.7k rooms (102 hotels) associated with the SVC portfolioa, taking total rooms supply to 886,036 rooms. Net System size grew +2.2% excluding the impact of the SVC portfolio termination.

 

Signings of 56,146 rooms (360 hotels) represented almost one hotel a day but a decrease of 43% on 2019 levels, as Covid-19 disrupted all regions, particularly impacting Americas and EMEAA. Greater China maintained solid performance throughout 2020 with a reduction of only 21%.

 

Overall performance was driven by:

 

 

Signings

Gross total number of rooms added to the IHG pipeline.

 

Continued signings secure the future growth of our System and continued efficiencies of scale. Signings indicate our ability to deliver sustained growth (see page 16).

 

 

LOGO

    

  Continued strength of the Holiday Inn Brand Family with 47.3k rooms opened and 26.6k signed, representing half of all signings.

 

  Conversions, representing ~25% of all signings and ~25% of openings.

 

  Further growth of our recently launched brands with:

 

–  avid hotels adding 17 openings and 19 signings in 2020 taking the total estate to 24 hotels open with a further 192 in the pipeline;

 

–  voco hotels growing to 18 hotels opened by the end of 2020, with a total of 37 signed since launch. Openings included the first hotels in the Americas (three signings) and Greater China (two signings); and

 

–  Atwell Suites growing at pace, with nine further signings and breaking ground on the first hotel in Miami.

 

  Total removals of 36.9k including 2.1k rooms associated with a previously flagged portfolio in Germany, 16.7k rooms (102 hotels) associated with the SVC portfolioa, and ongoing focus on quality.

 

2021 priorities

  Continued focus on our ambition to deliver industry-leading net System size growth, whilst protecting our longer-term growth prospects by ensuring the health of our brands and consistent quality of the estate.

 

  Continue to scale avid hotels in the US and voco hotels globally.

 

  Open the first Atwell Suites hotels in the US and continue to scale the brand.

 

  Continue to expand our Luxury & Lifestyle offer through acquired brands Regent, Six Senses and Kimpton.

 

    

 

 

a 

A portfolio of management agreements with Services Properties Trust (‘SVC’) was terminated on 30 November 2020.

 

LOGO

 

 

Key performance indicators   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   43


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Key performance indicators (KPIs) continued

    

 

KPIs            2020 status and 2021 priorities

 

    

 

Global RevPAR growth

Revenue per available room: rooms revenue divided by the number of room nights that are available.

 

RevPAR growth indicates the increased value guests ascribe to our brands in the markets in which we operate and is a key measure widely used in our industry (see page 8).

  LOGO     

2020 status

  RevPAR declined by an unprecedented level due to the global impact of Covid-19 on domestic and international travel demand, with disruption throughout the year as countries around the world introduced travel restrictions to limit the spread of the pandemic.

 

  Throughout the crisis we supported owners to maximise revenues by:

 

–  Providing advice and support to help keep hotels open, including how to flex operations and reduce costs, or how to temporarily close and re-open most efficiently and effectively.

 

–  Coordinating Covid-related demand, such as government repurposing of hotels with enhancements made to demand driver mapping, rate loading and centralised booking to manage urgent and bespoke needs.

 

  Enterprise contribution (previously defined as system contribution) had been growing each year. However in 2020, as a direct result of Covid-19, a greater number of guests chose to phone hotels direct in order to check for the latest updates and availability, or drive straight to hotels without any advanced booking. Our Enterprise Contribution metric therefore declined marginally but the overall strength of our brand equity continued to be reflected in direct to hotel business.

 

  Enhanced and leveraged our technology and loyalty platforms and services to drive revenue by:

 

–  Optimising our Revenue Management for Hire (RMH) services using machine learning technology, to provide enhanced capabilities to help owners protect pricing and returns during periods of volatile demand.

 

–  Commencing rollout of digital check-in, implemented in over 1,000 properties, and digital check-out, implemented in 4,000 hotels worldwide, and piloted other mobile-enabled improvements including in-room dining orders.

 

–  Expanded pilot of attribute pricing via IHG Concerto platform, across regions and brands, ahead of full roll out in 2021.

 

–  Enhancing our Owner Engagement Portals to provide real-time scorecard metrics to our global owner community, including Guest Love measures, RevPAR, financial and operational performance with recommendations for action.

 

–  Commencing roll out of dynamic pricing for Reward Nights, with rates now set daily, enabling more than 80% of hotels to reduce their points pricing to deliver around 25% more value for guests outside of peak times, leading to increased penetration since launch.

 

  Further strengthened IHG Rewards by completing integration of Mr & Mrs Smith partnership, allowing members access to over 400 Mr & Mrs Smith hotels at which to earn and redeem points.

 

  Launched a new, sharper, more engaging identity under IHG Hotels & Resorts to strengthen perception, making a clearer connection to our hotels and better promoting the breadth of our portfolio.

 

2021 priorities

  Apply focused data analytics to drive more efficient and effective marketing to identify and target available demand during the recovery.

 

  Complete roll out of attribute pricing across the entire estate via IHG Concerto.

 

  Continue roll out of digital check-in to 4,500 hotels by the end of the year.

 

  Continue to develop strategic partnerships to enhance the value of our loyalty programme for members.

 

  Continue to innovate our loyalty offering including in-hotel experiences and brand integrations, to provide greater opportunities for our members to earn and redeem IHG Rewards points.

 

  Maintain our focus on increasing contribution from IHG Rewards members and through direct bookings via our website or call centres.

Growth in underlying fee revenuesa,b

Group revenue from reportable segments excluding revenue from owned, leased and managed lease hotels, significant liquidated damages and current year acquisitions, stated at constant currency.

 

Underlying fee revenue growth demonstrates the continued attractiveness to owners and guests of IHG’s franchised and managed business (see page 13).

  LOGO  

Total gross revenue from hotels in IHG’s Systemb

Total rooms revenue from franchised hotels and total hotel revenue from managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels. Other than for owned, leased and managed lease hotels, it is not revenue wholly attributable to IHG, as it is mainly derived from hotels owned by third parties.

 

The growth in gross revenue from IHG’s System illustrates the value of our overall System to our owners (see page 14).

  LOGO  

Enterprise contribution to revenuec

The percentage of room revenue booked through IHG managed channels and sources: direct via our websites, apps and call centres; through our interfaces with Global Distribution Systems (GDS) and agreements with Online Travel Agencies (OTAs); other distribution partners directly connected to our reservation system; and Global Sales Office business or IHG Reward members that book directly at a hotel.

 

Enterprise contribution is one indicator of IHG value-add and the success of our technology platforms and our marketing, sales and loyalty distribution channels (see page 13).

  LOGO  

 

    

 

 

a 

In 2019 the underlying fee revenue calculation was restated for 2017 onwards following a change in the definition of how we calculate constant currency. The 2017 and 2016 growth figures are not comparable and thus excluded from comparison.

 

b 

Use of Non-GAAP measures: In addition to performance measures directly observable in the Group Financial Statements (IFRS measures), additional financial measures (described as Non-GAAP) are presented that are used internally by management as key measures to assess performance. Non-GAAP measures are either not defined under IFRS or are adjusted IFRS figures. Further explanation in relation to these measures can be found on pages 47 to 51 and reconciliations to IFRS figures, where they have been adjusted, are on pages 212 to 216. A reconciliation of total gross revenue to owned, leased and managed lease revenue as recorded in the Group Financial Statements can be found on page 53.

 

c 

In 2020, changes were made to the calculation of enterprise contribution (previously system contribution) and 2019 was restated. This followed an enhanced level of analysis enabled by the roll out of the new Guest Reservation System (GRS). Restatement of years prior to the implementation of the GRS is not possible. The 2019 enterprise contribution of 76% is 3% lower than the 79% previously reported as system contribution under the prior calculation. We would not anticipate a material impact of the change in prior years.

 

44   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

KPIs            2020 status and 2021 priorities

 

    

 

Guest Love

IHG’s guest satisfaction measurement indicator.

 

Guest satisfaction is fundamental to our continued success and is a key measure to monitor the risk of failing to deliver preferred brands that meet guests’ expectations (see page 37 for details).

  LOGO     

2020 status

  Guest satisfaction of 81.6% dropped minimally compared to 2019, a successful outcome given the substantial changes to the guest experience resulting from Covid-19. Additionally, the externally measured Guest Satisfaction Index (GSI) was net positive for IHG in 2020.

 

  Introduced additional Covid-19 cleanliness-specific guidance to protect our frontline hotel colleagues and enable them in turn to deliver clean and safe hotels for all our guests.

 

  Rolled out training, information and new equipment including social distancing operating procedures and signage, front desk screens, sanitiser stations and reduced contact at check-in.

 

  Enhanced IHG Way of Clean programme by partnering with industry leading experts to enhance guest safety and trust in our cleanliness and launched IHG Clean Promise.

 

  Leveraged our prior investment in the cloud-based Concerto GRS platform, implemented across the entire global estate, to remotely and rapidly deploy further technological developments to support a safe and secure guest experience and reduce unnecessary contact.

 

  Waived cancellation fees and created a Book Now Pay Later option and allowed members to keep status for 2020 to enhance the flexibility of our loyal guests.

 

  Launched a special Heroes rate for government workers, healthcare professionals, the military and other frontline worker groups.

 

2021 priorities

  Continue to invest in brand innovation, including room design and F&B enhancements to meet evolving guest needs.

 

  Ensure that, whilst driving strong rooms supply growth, we maintain a high level of guest satisfaction across our entire portfolio through a heightened focus on quality and cleanliness standards.

 

  Continue to invest behind digitisation of the guest journey and improve on-property processes to improve guest satisfaction and streamline hotel operations.

 

 

    

 

Fee margina,b

Operating profit as a percentage of revenue, excluding System Fund, reimbursement of costs, revenue and operating profit from owned, leased and managed lease hotels, significant liquidated damages, the results of the Group’s captive insurance company and exceptional items.

 

Our fee margin progression indicates the profitability of our fee revenue growth and benefit of our asset-light business model (see page 12).

  LOGO     

2020 status

  Fee margin was impacted by the substantial impacts of Covid-19 on fee revenue, however rapid cost actions taken across the business to protect profitability maintained fee margin in excess of 34%, despite the unprecedented disruption.

 

  Actions taken to reduce salary and incentives and challenge all areas of discretionary spend delivered ~$150m of fee business cost savings.

 

  Commenced activities to sustainably embed ~50% of 2020 costs savings through ongoing control of discretionary spend and a re-balancing of resources to meet expected demand.

 

2021 priorities

  Embed 50% of savings generated in 2020 (~$75m), continuing our strong cost and efficiency focus, whilst continuing to invest in growth initiatives.

 

  Continue to look for further operational efficiencies through greater application of technology.

 

 

    

 

Free cash flowb

Cash flow from operating activities excluding payments of contingent purchase consideration, less purchase of shares by employee share trusts, maintenance capital expenditure and lease payments.

 

Free cash flow provides funds to invest in the business, sustainably grow the dividend and return any surplus to shareholders (see page 15). It is a key component in measuring the ongoing viability of our business (see page 42).

  LOGO     

2020 status

  Free cash flow of $29m was down $480m year-on-year with significant reductions in revenues driven by Covid-19, together with a System Fund outflow, partially offset by cost saving measures taken across the Group and a working capital inflow, following proactive management through the year.

 

  Impact of Covid-19 on cash flow mitigated through cost saving actions taken across both the P&L and System Fund to reduce salaries and incentives and challenge discretionary spend.

 

  Gross capex reduced by $117m year-on-year to $148m outflow.

 

  Sustained focus on accounts receivable, cash management and liquidity through the crisis delivered positive free cash flow in 2020 and resulted in closing liquidity of ~$2.9bn.

 

2021 priorities

  Continued cost focus, maintaining challenge around all areas of discretionary spend and prioritising investment behind growth.

 

  Continued focus on accounts receivable to maintain robust cash position.

 

  Tightly controlled, disciplined capex deployment.

 

    

 

 

a 

In 2019 the fee margin calculation was restated for 2017 onwards following implementation of IFRS 16 ‘Leases’. The 2016 figure is not comparable and is thus excluded from comparison.

 

b 

Use of Non-GAAP measures: In addition to performance measures directly observable in the Group Financial Statements (IFRS measures), additional financial measures (described as Non-GAAP) are presented that are used internally by management as key measures to assess performance. Non-GAAP measures are either not defined under IFRS or are adjusted IFRS figures. Further explanation in relation to these measures can be found on page 47 to 51 and reconciliations to IFRS figures, where they have been adjusted, are on pages 212 to 216.

 

LOGO

 

 

Key performance indicators   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   45


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Key performance indicators (KPIs) continued

    

 

KPIs            2020 status and 2021 priorities

 

    

 

IHG® Academy

Number of people participating in IHG Academy programmes.

 

Sustained participation in the IHG Academy indicates the strength of our progress in creating career building opportunities and engagement with the communities in which we operate (see page 29).

  LOGO     

2020 status

  Covid-19 significantly impacted the vast majority of IHG Academy face-to-face offerings such as internships and work experience. In some locations we pivoted our offering to deliver online events, introducing participants to IHG and the hospitality industry through virtual challenges.

 

  Evolved our partnership with Junior Achievement Worldwide, offering young people opportunities to gain skills and experience, empowering them to consider career opportunities in the industry, pivoting to virtual solutions.

 

2021 priorities

  Continue to provide skills and improved employability through IHG Academy, ensuring a positive impact for local communities, our owners and IHG. We will flex our approach to delivery between face-to-face and virtual solutions depending on regional recovery.

 

  Launch a Global IHG Academy NGO Portal hosting a variety of resources bespoke to entry level participants. NGOs can use the resource to educate participants about the hospitality industry, increase their awareness of IHG, and develop their skills to ensure a great start in the hospitality industry.

 

  Drive quality growth in the programme through enabling our regional teams to measure impact through a robust reporting solution and convert IHG Academy hires into employees.

 

    

 

Carbon footprint per occupied room (CPOR)a

We work with our hotels to drive energy efficiency and carbon reductions across our estate. In 2017, we set ourselves a target to reduce CPOR by 6-7% by 2020. This is therefore the last reporting year against this target, while we shift our focus towards achieving our science-based carbon reduction targets to 2030 (see page 29).

  LOGO     

2020 status

  At the end of 2019, we reported a 5.9%a reduction in CPOR against our 2017 baseline, nearly meeting our three-year intensity target a year early.

 

  CPOR was significantly affected by the impacts of Covid-19 on our industry, and 2020 closed with a 10.2% increase against our 2017 baseline. Over the same period, our absolute carbon emissions fell by 23.6% (see page 29). This was largely due to the impacts of Covid-19, but also in part a result of targeted efforts in our estate to help minimise energy consumption during hotel closures and maximise energy efficiency at re-opening.

 

2021 priorities

  Continue to work with our hotels to maximise energy efficiency and reduce our carbon footprint.

 

  Use a bespoke decarbonisation tool, developed with a third party during 2020, to model the possible impacts of different interventions on our carbon footprint and develop a roadmap to 2030.

 

  Enhance our environmental reporting systems, to continue building more robust and complete datasets, and providing more detailed performance insights and guidance for our hotels to support continuous improvement.

 

  Assess renewable energy opportunities for IHG to maximise/optimise the role of renewable energy in achieving our carbon reduction targets.

 

    

 

Employee engagement survey scoresb

Revised Colleague HeartBeat survey, completed by our corporate, customer reservations office and managed hotel general managers (excluding our joint ventures).

 

We measure employee engagement to monitor risks relating to talent (see page 38) and to help us understand the issues that are relevant to our people as we build a diverse and inclusive culture (see page 28).

  LOGO     

2020 status

  The 2020 score of 79% was 2% higher than external benchmarks.

 

  In response to the pandemic our priorities pivoted to developing training, tools and support to maintain colleague engagement during remote working and furlough, including flexible learning summits, ‘keeping in touch’ mechanisms and more frequent leadership communications.

 

  Prioritised support for employee health and wellbeing including:

 

–  creation of an Employee Assistance Programme (EAP), containing details of local support services that employees could call on;

 

–  launch of a resilience and wellbeing newsletter in Greater China plus online resources to assist our support centre employees; and

 

–  monthly dedicated ‘re-charge days’ from June to August for corporate employees to focus on health, wellbeing or personal development.

 

  Established ERGs to champion and drive our diverse, inclusive culture.

 

  Advanced our General Manager talent pipeline by developing new systems and processes to enable visibility of key talent in hotels.

 

2021 priorities

  Build our future career proposition to remain a leading employer within the industry via a compelling employer value proposition.

 

  Engage our corporate employees with our new behaviours to support our future strategy and cultural shifts.

 

  Continue to purposefully grow and develop our corporate Senior Leaders and General Managers to help lead our recovery strategy and future growth.

 

  Continue to build an inclusive culture and increase the diversity of our leadership and talent pipelines to enable IHG to maximise the talents and contributions of all employees.

 

    

 

 

a 

Carbon intensity figures for 2017 to 2019 have been restated in a move to calendar reporting in 2020. Prior reported growth based on previous methodology. The 2016 figure could not be restated.

 

b 

Due to the complexity of survey administration in hotels during the pandemic the employee engagement survey process was amended. The 2020 score reflects the results of a single survey and includes employees in corporate, reservations offices and general managers (in managed hotels). Prior results from 2017 to 2019 have been restated for comparability to exclude the results of surveys from the managed estate, other than general managers. The 2016 survey results could not be restated.

 

46   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Performance

 

Key performance measures (including Non-GAAP measures) used by management

The Annual Report and Form 20-F presents certain financial measures when discussing the Group’s performance which are not measures of financial performance or liquidity under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). In management’s view these measures provide investors and other stakeholders with an enhanced understanding of IHG’s operating performance, profitability, financial strength and funding requirements. These measures do not have standardised meanings under IFRS, and companies do not necessarily calculate these in the same way. Accordingly, they should be viewed as complementary to, and not as a substitute for, the measures prescribed by IFRS and as included in the Group Financial Statements (see pages 126 to 132).

 

         
     Linkage of performance measures to Directors’ remuneration and KPIs   LOGO  

See pages 96 to 111 for more

information on Directors’

remuneration and pages

43 to 46 for more

information on KPIs.

 

             
  LOGO   The Annual Performance Plan   LOGO   The Long Term Incentive Plan   LOGO   Key Performance Indicators  
             
             

 

Measure       Commentary

 

   

 

Global revenue per available room (RevPAR) growth

LOGO

RevPAR, average daily rate and occupancy statistics are disclosed on pages 217 to 218.

        

RevPAR is the primary metric used by management to track hotel performance across regions and brands. RevPAR is also a commonly used performance measure in the hotel industry.

 

RevPAR comprises IHG’s System (see Glossary, page 249) rooms revenue divided by the number of room nights available and can be derived from occupancy rate multiplied by average daily rate (ADR). ADR is rooms revenue divided by the number of room nights sold.

 

References to RevPAR, occupancy and ADR are presented on a comparable basis, comprising groupings of hotels that have traded in all months in both the current and prior year. The principal exclusions in deriving this measure are new hotels (including those acquired), hotels closed for major refurbishment and hotels sold in either of the two years. These measures include the adverse impact of hotels temporarily closed as a result of Covid-19.

 

RevPAR and ADR are quoted at a constant US$ conversion rate, in order to allow a better understanding of the comparable year-on-year trading performance excluding distortions created by fluctuations in exchange rates.

 

 

   

 

Total gross revenue from hotels in IHG’s System

LOGO

Owned, leased and managed lease revenue as recorded in the Group Financial Statements is reconciled to total gross revenue on page 53.

   

Total gross revenue is revenue not wholly attributable to IHG, however, management believes this measure is meaningful to investors and other stakeholders as it provides a measure of System performance, giving an indication of the strength of IHG’s brands and the combined impact of IHG’s growth strategy and RevPAR performance.

 

Total gross revenue refers to revenue which IHG has a role in driving and from which IHG derives an income stream. IHG’s business model is described on pages 12 to 15. Total gross revenue comprises:

 

  total rooms revenue from franchised hotels;

 

  total hotel revenue from managed hotels including food and beverage, meetings and other revenues and reflects the value IHG drives to managed hotel owners by optimising the performance of their hotels; and

 

  total hotel revenue from owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

 

Other than total hotel revenue from owned, leased and managed lease hotels, total gross hotel revenue is not revenue attributable to IHG as these managed and franchised hotels are owned by third parties.

 

 

   

 

Revenue and operating profit measures

The reconciliation of the most directly comparable line item within the Group Financial Statements (i.e. total revenue and operating profit, accordingly) to the non-IFRS revenue and operating profit measures is included on pages 212 to 215.

   

Revenue and operating profit from (1) fee business and (2) owned, leased and managed lease hotels, are described as ‘revenue from reportable segments’ and ‘operating profit from reportable segments’, respectively, within note 2 to the Group Financial Statements. These measures are presented for each of the Group’s regions.

 

Management believes revenue and operating profit from reportable segments is meaningful to investors and other stakeholders as it excludes the following elements and reflects how management monitors the business:

 

  System Fund – the Fund is not managed to generate a profit or loss for IHG over the longer term, but is managed for the benefit of the hotels within the IHG System. As described within the Group’s accounting policies (page 139), the System Fund is operated to collect and administer cash assessments from hotel owners for the specific purpose of use in marketing, the Guest Reservation System and hotel loyalty programme.

 

 

   

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   47


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Performance continued

    

    

 

Measure

 

Commentary

Revenue and operating profit measures continued  

  Revenues related to the reimbursement of costs – as described within the Group’s accounting policies (page 139), there is a cost equal to these revenues so there is no profit impact. Cost reimbursements are not applicable to all hotels and growth in these revenues is not reflective of growth in the performance of the Group. As such, management do not include these revenues in their analysis of results.

 

  Exceptional items – these are identified by virtue of either their size, nature, or incidence and can include, but are not restricted to, gains and losses on the disposal of assets, impairment charges and reversals, and reorganisation costs. As each item is different in nature and scope, there will be little continuity in the detailed composition and size of the reported amounts which affect performance in successive periods. Separate disclosure of these amounts facilitates the understanding of performance including and excluding such items.

  In further discussing the Group’s performance in respect of revenue and operating profit, additional non-IFRS measures are used and explained further below:
 

  Underlying revenue;

 

  Underlying operating profit;

 

  Underlying fee revenue; and

 

  Fee margin.

  Operating profit measures are, by their nature, before interest and tax. Management believes such measures are useful for investors and other stakeholders when comparing performance across different companies as interest and tax can vary widely across different industries or among companies within the same industry. For example, interest expense can be highly dependent on a company’s capital structure, debt levels and credit ratings. In addition, the tax positions of companies can vary because of their differing abilities to take advantage of tax benefits and because of the tax policies of the various jurisdictions in which they operate.
  Although management believes these measures are useful to investors and other stakeholders in assessing the Group’s ongoing financial performance and provide improved comparability between periods, there are limitations in their use as compared to measures of financial performance under IFRS. As such, they should not be considered in isolation or viewed as a substitute for IFRS measures. In addition, these measures may not necessarily be comparable to other similarly titled measures of other companies due to potential inconsistencies in the methods of calculation.

 

 

 

Underlying revenue and underlying operating profit  

These measures adjust revenue from reportable segments and operating profit from reportable segments, respectively, to exclude revenue and operating profit generated by owned, leased and managed lease hotels which have been disposed, and significant liquidated damages, which are not comparable year-on-year and are not indicative of the Group’s ongoing profitability. The revenue and operating profit of current year acquisitions are also excluded as these obscure underlying business results and trends when comparing to the prior year. In addition, in order to remove the impact of fluctuations in foreign exchange, which would distort the comparability of the Group’s operating performance, prior year measures are restated at constant currency using current year exchange rates.

 

Management believes these are meaningful to investors and other stakeholders to better understand comparable year-on-year trading and enable assessment of the underlying trends in the Group’s financial performance.

 

 

 

Underlying fee revenue growth

LOGO

  Underlying fee revenue is used to calculate underlying fee revenue growth. Underlying fee revenue is calculated on the same basis as underlying revenue as described above but for the fee business only.
  Management believes underlying fee revenue is meaningful to investors and other stakeholders as an indicator of IHG’s ability to grow the core fee-based business, aligned to IHG’s asset-light strategy.

 

 

 

 

48   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

Measure

 

Commentary

Fee margin

LOGO

  Fee margin is presented at actual exchange rates and is a measure of the profit arising from fee revenue. Fee margin is calculated by dividing ‘fee operating profit’ by ‘fee revenue’. Fee revenue and fee operating profit are calculated from the revenue from reportable segments and operating profit from reportable segments, as defined above, adjusted to exclude the revenue and operating profit from the Group’s owned, leased and managed lease hotels and significant liquidated damages.
  In addition, fee margin is adjusted for the results of the Group’s captive insurance company, where premiums are intended to match the expected claims over the longer term (see page 138 to the Group Financial Statements), and as such these amounts are adjusted from the fee margin to better depict the profitability of the fee business.
  Management believes fee margin is meaningful to investors and other stakeholders as an indicator of the sustainable long-term growth in the profitability of IHG’s core fee-based business, as the scale of IHG’s operations increases with growth in IHG’s System size.

 

 

 

Adjusted interest

Financial income and financial

expenses as recorded in the Group Financial Statements is reconciled to adjusted interest on page 216.

 

Adjusted interest is presented before exceptional items and excludes the following items of interest which are recorded within the System Fund:

 

 

  IHG records an interest charge on the outstanding cash balance relating to the IHG Rewards programme. These interest payments are recognised as interest income for the Fund and interest expense for IHG.

 

 

  The System Fund also benefits from the capitalisation of interest related to the development of the next-generation Guest Reservation System.

 

As the Fund is included on the Group income statement, these amounts are included in the reported net Group financial expenses, reducing the Group’s effective interest cost. Given results related to the System Fund are excluded from adjusted measures used by management, these are excluded from adjusted interest and adjusted earnings per ordinary share (see below).

 

Management believes adjusted interest is a meaningful measure for investors and other stakeholders as it provides an indication of the comparable year-on-year expense associated with financing the business including the interest on any balance held on behalf of the System Fund.

 

 

 

Tax excluding the impact of exceptional items and System Fund

A reconciliation of the tax charge as recorded in the Group Financial Statements to tax excluding the impact of exceptional items and System Fund can be found in note 8 to the Group Financial Statements on page 158.

 

As outlined above, exceptional items can vary year-on-year and, where subject to tax at a different rate than the Group as a whole, they can therefore impact the current year’s tax charge. The System Fund is not managed to a profit or loss for IHG over the longer term and is, in general, not subject to tax either.

 

Management believes removing these provides a better view of the Group’s underlying tax rate on ordinary operations and aids comparability year-on-year, thus providing a more meaningful understanding of the Group’s ongoing tax charge.

 

 

 

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share

Basic earnings per ordinary share as recorded in the Group Financial Statements is reconciled to adjusted earnings per ordinary share in note 10 to the Group Financial Statements on page 163.

 

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share adjusts the profit available for equity holders used in the calculation of basic earnings per share to remove System Fund revenue and expenses, the items of interest related to the System Fund as excluded in adjusted interest (above), change in fair value of contingent purchase consideration, exceptional items, and the related tax impacts of such adjustments.

 

  Management believes that adjusted earnings per share is a meaningful measure for investors and other stakeholders as it provides a more comparable earnings per share measure aligned with how management monitors the business.

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   49


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Performance continued

    

    

 

Measure

 

Commentary

Net debt

Net debt is included in note 23 to the Group Financial Statements.

  Net debt is used in the monitoring of the Group’s liquidity and capital structure and is used by management in the calculation of the key ratios attached to the Group’s bank covenants and with the objective of maintaining an investment grade credit rating (see page 14 for further discussion). Net debt is used by investors and other stakeholders to evaluate the financial strength of the business.
  Net debt comprises loans and other borrowings, lease liabilities, the exchange element of the fair value of derivatives hedging debt values, less cash and cash equivalents.

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

Operating profit recorded in the

Group Financial Statements is reconciled to adjusted EBITDA on page 216.

 

Adjusted EBITDA has been added as a measure in 2020 as it has become an increasingly useful measure to investors for comparing the performance of different companies.

 

  One of the key measures used by the Group in monitoring its debt and capital structure is the net debt: adjusted EBITDA ratio, which is managed with the objective of maintaining an investment grade credit rating. The Group has a stated aim of maintaining this ratio at 2.5-3.0x. Adjusted EBITDA is defined as operating profit, excluding System Fund revenues and expenses, exceptional items and depreciation and amortisation.
  Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors and other stakeholders for comparing the performance of different companies as depreciation, amortisation and exceptional items are eliminated. It can also be used as an approximation of operational cash flow generation. This measure is relevant to the Group’s banking covenants, which have been waived until 31 December 2021. Details of covenant levels and performance against these is provided in note 24 to the Group Financial Statements. The leverage ratio uses a Covenant EBITDA measure which is calculated on a ‘frozen GAAP’ basis, which excludes the effect of IFRS 16.

 

 

 

Gross capital expenditure, net capital expenditure, free cash flow

The reconciliation of the Group’s statement of cash flows (i.e. net cash from investing activities, net cash from operating activities, accordingly) to the non-IFRS capital expenditure and cash flow measures are included on pages 215 to 216.

  These measures have limitations as they omit certain components of the overall cash flow statement. They are not intended to represent IHG’s residual cash flow available for discretionary expenditures, nor do they reflect the Group’s future capital commitments. These measures are used by many companies, but there can be differences in how each company defines the terms, limiting their usefulness as a comparative measure. Therefore, it is important to view these measures only as a complement to the Group statement of cash flows.

 

 

 

Gross capital expenditure   Gross capital expenditure represents the consolidated capital expenditure of IHG inclusive of System Fund capital investments (see page 15 for a description of System Fund capital investments and recent examples).
  Gross capital expenditure is defined as net cash from investing activities, adjusted to include contract acquisition costs (key money). In order to demonstrate the capital outflow of the Group, cash flows arising from any disposals or distributions from associates and joint ventures are excluded. The measure also excludes any material investments made in acquiring businesses, including any subsequent payments of deferred or contingent purchase consideration included within investing activities, which represent ongoing payments for acquisitions.
  Gross capital expenditure is reported as either maintenance, recyclable, or System Fund. This disaggregation provides useful information as it enables users to distinguish between:
 

  System Fund capital investments which are strategic investments to drive growth at hotel level;

 

  recyclable investments (such as investments in associates and joint ventures), which are intended to be recoverable in the medium term and are to drive the growth of the Group’s brands and expansion in priority markets; and

 

  maintenance capital expenditure (including contract acquisition costs), which represents a permanent cash outflow.

  Management believes gross capital expenditure is a useful measure as it illustrates how the Group continues to invest in the business to drive growth. It also allows for comparison year-on-year.

 

 

 

 

50   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

Measure

 

Commentary

Net capital expenditure   Net capital expenditure provides an indicator of the capital intensity of IHG’s business model. Net capital expenditure is derived from net cash from investing activities, adjusted to include contract acquisition costs (net of repayments) and to exclude any material investments made in acquiring businesses, including any subsequent payments of deferred or contingent purchase consideration included within investing activities, which represent ongoing payments for acquisitions. Net capital expenditure includes the inflows arising from any disposal receipts, or distributions from associates and joint ventures.
  In addition, System Fund depreciation and amortisation relating to property, plant and equipment and intangible assets, respectively, is added back, reducing the overall cash outflow. This reflects the way in which System Funded capital investments are recharged to the System Fund, over the life of the asset (see page 15).
  Management believes net capital expenditure is a useful measure as it illustrates the net capital investment by IHG, after taking into account capital recycling through asset disposal and the funding of strategic investments by the System Fund. It provides investors and other stakeholders with visibility of the cash flows which are allocated to long-term investments to drive the Group’s strategy.

 

 

 

Free cash flow

LOGO

  Free cash flow is net cash from operating activities adjusted for: (1) the inclusion of the cash outflow arising from the purchase of shares by employee share trusts reflecting the requirement to satisfy incentive schemes which are linked to operating performance; (2) the inclusion of maintenance capital expenditure (excluding contract acquisition costs); (3) the inclusion of the principal element of lease payments; and (4) the exclusion of payments of deferred or contingent purchase consideration included within net cash from operating activities.
  In 2016, free cash flow was also adjusted for the cash receipt arising from the renegotiation of a long-term partnership agreement.
  Management believes free cash flow is a useful measure for investors and other stakeholders, as it represents the cash available to invest back into the business to drive future growth and pay the ordinary dividend, with any surplus being available for additional returns to shareholders.

 

 

 

 

LOGO   The performance review should be read in conjunction with the Non-GAAP
reconciliations on pages 212 to 218 and the Glossary on pages 248 to 249.
 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   51


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

    

 

Performance continued

Group

    

Group results

 

                                                12 months ended 31 December 
                                       2020
$m
                                      2019
$m
                         2020 vs 2019
% change
                                      2018
$m
                         2019 vs 2018 
% change 
Revenuea                                                   
Americas        512          1,040          (50.8        1,051        (1.0)
EMEAA        221          723          (69.4        569        27.1 
Greater China        77          135          (43.0        143        (5.6)
Central        182          185          (1.6        170        8.8 
Revenue from reportable segments        992          2,083          (52.4        1,933        7.8 
System Fund revenues        765          1,373          (44.3        1,233        11.4 
Reimbursement of costs        637          1,171          (45.6        1,171        – 
Total revenue        2,394          4,627          (48.3        4,337        6.7 
Operating profita                                                   
Americas        296          700          (57.7        673        4.0 
EMEAA        (50        217          (123.0        206        5.3 
Greater China        35          73          (52.1        70        4.3 
Central        (62        (125        (50.4        (117      6.8 
Operating profit from reportable segments        219          865          (74.7        832        4.0 
System Fund result        (102        (49        108.2          (146      (66.4)
Operating profit before exceptional items        117          816          (85.7        686        19.0 
Operating exceptional items        (270)          (186        45.2          (104      78.8 
Operating (loss)/profit        (153)          630          (124.3        582        8.2 
Net financial expenses        (140)          (115        21.7          (96      19.8 
Fair value gains/(losses) on contingent purchase consideration        13          27          (51.9        (4      (775.0)
(Loss)/profit before tax        (280)          542          (151.7        482        12.4 
(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share                                                   
Basic        (142.9)¢          210.4¢          (167.9        183.7¢        14.5 
Adjustedb        31.3 ¢         303.3 ¢         (89.7        293.2 ¢       3.4 
Average US dollar to sterling exchange rate        $1: £0.78          $1: £0.78                   $1: £0.75        4.0 

 

Highlights for the year ended

31 December 2020

Covid-19 significantly impacted IHG’s financial performance in 2020, resulting in large RevPAR declines in all regions, commencing in the first quarter as governments across the globe successively imposed significant and wide-reaching restrictions on mobility between and within countries. The peak impact to the Group was witnessed at the beginning of the second quarter at the point where travel and movement restrictions were in place across much of the US and Europe, whilst domestic travel restrictions were starting to be lifted in China. Many hotels were temporarily closed during the height of the first wave of the pandemic with ~15% of IHG’s global estate shut by the end of April. Performance improved into the third quarter, driven by increases in domestic travel in countries that had lifted restrictions, including the US, where our performance has been ahead of

 

the industry. As Covid-19 cases rose through the fourth quarter, particularly in the US and Europe, varying levels of restrictions were reintroduced in several countries, resulting in a slowing in the pace of RevPAR recovery.

Overall, Group comparable RevPARc declined 25% in the first quarter, 75% in the second quarter, 53% in the third quarter, 53% in the fourth quarter and 53% in the full year, all compared to the prior year.

During the year ended 31 December 2020, total revenue decreased by $2,223m (48.3%) to $2,394m, whilst revenue from reportable segments decreased by $1,091m (52.4%) to $992m, due to the significant and wide-ranging impacts of Covid-19 on both fee revenue and revenues from owned, leased and managed lease hotels. Operating profit decreased by $783m (124.3%) to a loss of $153m and profit before tax decreased by $822m (151.7%) to a loss of $280m, driven predominantly by materially lower fee

revenues, significantly lower revenues in the owned, leased and managed lease estate, coupled with a $53m decrease the System Fund result to a $102m deficit, a $84m net increase in operating exceptional charges, and an increase in expected credit losses. These reductions in revenue and increases in charges were partially offset by rapid and decisive action by management to mitigate against the scale and speed of trading disruption through limiting discretionary spend, reducing salaries and incentives, and other targeted cost reductions. The $270m operating exceptional charge was driven principally by: $274m of impairment charges including $48m recognised in relation to trade deposits and loans, $53m recognised in relation to contract assets, $48m recognised in relation to acquired management agreements and $90m recognised in relation to property, plant and equipment, substantially all relating to owned and leased hotel assets. Additionally,

 

 

a 

Americas and EMEAA include revenue and operating profit before exceptional items from both fee business and owned, leased and managed lease hotels. Greater China includes revenue and operating profit before exceptional items from fee business.

 

b 

Definitions for Non-GAAP revenue and operating profit measures can be found on pages 47 to 51. Reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable line items within the Group Financial Statements can be found on pages 212 to 215.

 

c 

Comparable RevPAR includes the adverse impact of hotels temporarily closed as a result of Covid-19.

 

52   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

 

a $52m credit was recognised in related to the derecognition or termination of certain leases. Detail of impairments is described in note 6 of the Group Financial Statements and on pages 135 to 137.

Operating profit from reportable segments decreased by $646m (74.7%) to $219m.

Underlyinga revenue and underlyinga operating profit decreased by $1,071m (52.0%) and $635m (74.7%) respectively.

IHG System size increased by 0.3% to 886,036 rooms, increasing by 2.2% excluding the impact of the exit of hotels associated with the SVC portfolio, whilst underlying fee revenuea decreased by 45.0%.

Fee margina decreased by 20.0 percentage points to 34.1%, impacted by the significant reduction in fee revenue driven by Covid-19, partially offset by targeted cost reductions.

Basic earnings per ordinary share decreased by (167.9)% to a loss per ordinary share of (142.9)¢, whilst adjusteda earnings per ordinary share decreased by 89.7% to 31.3¢.

 

For discussion of 2019 results, and the changes compared to 2018, refer to the 2019 Annual Report and Form 20-F.

 

a 

Definitions for Non-GAAP revenue and operating profit measures can be found on pages 47 to 51. Reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable line items within the Group Financial Statements can be found on pages 212 to 215.

Accounting principles

The Group results are prepared under International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS). The application of IFRS requires management to make judgements, estimates and assumptions, and those considered critical to the preparation of the Group results are set out on pages 134 to 137 of the Group Financial Statements.

The Group discloses certain financial information both including and excluding exceptional items. For comparability of the periods presented, some of the performance indicators in this performance review are calculated after eliminating these exceptional items. An analysis of exceptional items is included in note 6 on page 154 of the Group Financial Statements.

 

 

Total gross revenue in IHG’s System

         12 months ended 31 December  
      

 

 

 

                2020

$bn

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

                2019

$bn

 

 

 

     

 

 

 

%

           change

 

 

b 

Analysed by brand                                             
InterContinental        2.0           5.1           (60.2
Kimpton        0.4           1.4           (71.2
HUALUXE        0.1           0.1           5.3  
Crowne Plaza        1.8           4.3           (57.3
Hotel Indigo        0.3           0.6           (56.9
EVEN Hotels        0.0           0.1           (66.8
Holiday Inn        2.8           6.3           (55.0
Holiday Inn Express        4.2           7.3           (42.4
Staybridge Suites        0.7           1.0           (32.8
Candlewood Suites        0.7           0.9           (22.3
Other        0.5           0.8           (41.1
Total        13.5           27.9           (51.5
Analysed by ownership type                                   
Fee business        13.3           27.3           (51.1
Owned, leased and managed lease        0.2           0.6           (70.6
Total        13.5           27.9           (51.5

 

b  Year-on-year percentage movement calculated from source figures, to provide better illustration of relative impact of Covid-19 on brands and on fee business and owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

 

Total gross revenue in IHG’s System decreased by 51.5% (51.4% decrease at constant currency) to $13.5bn, due to the significant RevPAR decline of 52.5% driven by the global impact of Covid-19.

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   53


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Performance continued

Group continued

    

 

Group hotel and room count

 

          Hotels          Rooms  
                      Change                      Change  
At 31 December                     2020               over 2019                      2020               over 2019  
Analysed by brand                                                       
Six Senses         16           (2        1,129           (319
Regent         7           1          2,190           187  
InterContinental         205           (7        69,941           (1,040
Kimpton         73           7          13,085           39  
HUALUXE         12           3          3,433           723  
Crowne Plaza         429           (2        118,879           (1,703
Hotel Indigo         125           7          15,604           1,030  
EVEN Hotels         16           3          2,410           461  
voco         18           6          5,077           784  
Holiday Inna         1,276           (8        236,554           (3,340
Holiday Inn Express         2,966           91          309,487           10,253  
avid hotels         24           17          2,156           1,521  
Staybridge Suites         303           3          32,895           262  
Candlewood Suites         366           (44        32,435           (5,897
Otherb         128           (14        40,761           (488
Total         5,964           61          886,036           2,473  
Analysed by ownership type                                               
Franchised         5,005           135          627,348           12,374  
Managed         936           (71        253,288           (8,965
Owned, leased and managed lease         23           (3        5,400           (936
Total         5,964           61          886,036           2,473  

 

During 2020, the global IHG System (the number of hotels and rooms which are franchised, managed, owned, leased or managed lease) increased by 61 hotels (2,473 rooms) to 5,964 hotels (886,036 rooms).

Openings of 285 hotels (39,392 rooms) was 30.7% lower than in 2019, impacted by large periods of restriction on non-essential activity in major markets. Openings in the Americas included 96 hotels (8,945 rooms) in the Holiday Inn Brand Family. 61 hotels (11,288 rooms) were opened in EMEAA in 2020, with the Greater China region also

contributing openings of 57 hotels (11,358 rooms). 224 hotels (36,919 rooms) left the IHG System in 2020, of which 102 hotels (16,655 rooms) related to SVC and 13 hotels (2,118 rooms) related to a portfolio of hotels in Germany. This compared to 111 hotels (18,198 rooms) that left the IHG System in 2019.

 

a 

Includes 47 Holiday Inn Resort properties (11,446 rooms) and 28 Holiday Inn Club Vacations properties (8,679 rooms), (2019: 46 Holiday Inn Resort properties (11,502 rooms) and 28 Holiday Inn Club Vacations properties (8,592 rooms)).

 

b 

Includes three open hotels that will be re-branded to voco.

Total number of hotels

5,964

Total number of rooms

886,036

 

 

54   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Group pipeline

          Hotels          Rooms  
                      Change                      Change  
At 31 December                     2020             over 2019                      2020               over 2019  
Analysed by brand                                                       
Six Senses         31           6          2,239           469  
Regent         6           1          1,535           591  
InterContinental         69           4          17,774           756  
Kimpton         32           (1        6,265           62  
HUALUXE         25           3          6,907           727  
Crowne Plaza         89           1          24,228           (278
Hotel Indigo         104           3          15,704           556  
EVEN Hotels         31           5          5,046           704  
voco         29           12          8,179           1,959  
Holiday Inna         262           (13        51,163           (1,746
Holiday Inn Express         683           (71        87,152           (8,722
avid hotels         192           (15        17,526           (1,542
Staybridge Suites         155           (27        17,490           (3,244
Candlewood Suites         73           (18        6,369           (1,817
Atwell Suites         19           9          1,849           849  
Otherb         15           (2        2,631           (310
Total         1,815           (103        272,057           (10,986
Analysed by ownership type                                               
Franchised         1,310           (101        159,068           (7,573
Managed         504           (2        112,834           (3,413
Owned, leased and managed lease         1                    155            
Total         1,815           (103        272,057           (10,986

 

At the end of 2020, the global pipeline totalled 1,815 hotels (272,057 rooms), a decrease of 103 hotels (10,986 rooms) on 31 December 2019. The IHG pipeline represents hotels where a contract has been signed and the appropriate fees paid.

Group signings decreased from 623 hotels in 2019 to 360 hotels and rooms decreased from 97,754 rooms to 56,146 rooms, as movement restrictions, enforced hotel closures and the shock to the global economy caused by Covid-19 reduced the pace of signings across the hospitality industry. Signings in 2020 included 180

hotels (26,600 rooms) signed for the Holiday Inn Brand Family, over half of which were contributed by Greater China (94 hotels, 16,692 rooms). Conversions represented 25.2% of Group signings in 2020.

Active management of the pipeline to remove deals that have become dormant or no longer viable reduced the pipeline by 178 hotels (27,740 rooms), compared to 153 hotels (20,439 rooms) in 2019.

 

a 

Includes 34 Holiday Inn Resort properties (7,251 rooms) and zero Holiday Inn Club Vacations properties (zero rooms), (2019: 29 Holiday Inn Resort properties (6,335 rooms) and one Holiday Inn Club Vacations properties (110 rooms)).

 

b 

Includes one hotel to be branded as a voco.

Total number of hotels in the pipeline

1,815

Total number of rooms in the pipeline

272,057

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   55


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Performance continued

Regional review

    

 

The performance, plans and priorities of each of our regions have been impacted to a different extent by Covid-19, in terms of both the length and severity of disruption.

IHG’s response was shaped by our purpose of True Hospitality for Good, with each region implementing the IHG Clean Promise and developing policies, operating procedures, brand standards and training programmes to protect the health and safety of guests and colleagues. In each region, plans were developed to support owners to reduce costs and protect cash flow by relaxing brand standards, temporarily reducing fees and helping owners meet the challenge of closing and reopening hotels safely. At the same time, each region developed commercial and operational plans to support their recovery to benefit all stakeholders. These measures continue into 2021 regional priorities, with a focus on customer centricity, maximising owner returns by making sustainable savings in hotel operating costs and driving improved guest satisfaction through quality improvements. The information set out below describes each region’s delivery against our strategic priorities and measures taken to respond to Covid-19, the following pages describe each region’s 2020 performance.

 

 

 

 

2020 review

Americas  

 Ensured hotels were delivering on Covid-19 health and safety measures and the IHG Clean Promise by developing a virtual process to monitor compliance to our new standards; audited over 4,000 hotels in the region in a few short months.

 

 Worked with the highest levels of the US government to advocate for small business funding and assisted our owners with resources to apply for federal funds.

 

 Assisted communities by partnering with #FirstRespondersFirst and donated 50 million IHG Rewards points to provide free accommodation at hotels across the United States for frontline Covid-19 first responders.

 

 Captured domestic travel demand and achieved strong share gains across our brands in the midscale segments, which demonstrated resilience during the crisis.

 

 Strengthened the overall portfolio with 137 new signings and 167 openings driven by Holiday Inn Express, avid hotels, and our Suites brands.

 

 Achieved several brand milestones with the opening of the first voco in the Americas (New York City), first avid in Mexico, and first Kimpton in Mexico.

 

 

 

EMEAA  

 Supported hotel owners and colleagues throughout Covid-19, focusing on the health and safety of our hotel colleagues and providing cost management solutions for our owners.

 

 EMEAA’s operating model continued to unlock high-value growth opportunities, opening 61 hotels and signing 82. Highlights included the expansion of Kimpton to eight open hotels, voco to 16 and Hotel Indigo to 46, as well as eight InterContinental signings. The total EMEAA estate reached 1,149 hotels with 389 in the pipeline.

 

 Continued focus on delivering operations efficiency for our owners, simplifying brand standards, reducing procurement costs, and continuously strengthening our approach to commercial and operational hotel support.

 

 Built great momentum behind critical guest experience initiatives, with a focus on quality, service and cleanliness (IHG Way of Clean programme), resulting in increased Guest Love scores across EMEAA.

 

 Engaged and supported employees through a wide range of pan-regional initiatives focused on mental and physical wellbeing; continued to develop and prioritise our diversity and inclusion agenda.

 

 

 

Greater China  

 Responding to the outbreak of Covid-19, we successfully implemented the IHG Clean Promise measured through improvements in guest satisfaction scores, and developed data driven commercial and operational plans to drive business recovery.

 

 Achieved brand milestones with opening of our 100th franchise hotel, 200th Holiday Inn Express, 100th Crowne Plaza, 50th InterContinental and launch of EVEN and voco brands.

 

 Strengthened market presence of IHG brand portfolio in Greater China, with 141 signings and 57 openings, including many iconic properties in key markets such as the Regent Shanghai Pudong, InterContinental Chongqing Raffles City, voco Hangzhou Binjiang Minghao and Hualuxe Shanghai Twelve at Hengshan.

 

 Launched mobile booking and payment solutions, a corporate travel portal and an industry first tri-party credit card.

 

 Developed and implemented a Franchise Performance Support platform that delivers owner and hotel solutions, focused on driving operating performance with revenue tools and support.

 

 Received the Magnolia Award in recognition of IHG’s contribution to Shanghai’s development and international cooperation.

 

 

 

 

56   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

LOGO

 

Staybridge, Washington DC, US     Hotel Indigo, Bath, UK               Holiday Inn Express, Macau City
                Centre, Macau SAR

 

 

 

 

 

2021 priorities

Americas  

 Continue to lead our hotels through recovery to capture share from industries that are seeing increased demand including construction, engineering, technology, communications, education and medical services.

 

 Build on the momentum of our most recent brand launches and targeted transformations:

 

–  continue the growth of avid hotels, Atwell Suites and EVEN Hotels;

 

–  expand voco to capture the opportunity of increased hotel conversions in the coming years;

 

–  sustain focus on quality and consistency of estate, including established brands Holiday Inn and Crowne Plaza; and

 

–  expand our luxury and lifestyle footprint and open our first Six Senses in the region.

 

 Maximise owner returns by identifying opportunities for efficiencies in hotel construction and operations.

 

 Expand contactless check-in and check-out, and explore additional technology solutions to improve the guest experience.

 

 Strengthen our focus on diversity and inclusion by increasing representation of ethnically diverse employees, rolling out mandatory unconscious bias training, and enhancing our partnerships in the community.

 

 

 

EMEAA  

 Continue to support our owners, guests and colleagues through Covid-19 recovery, focused on driving domestic demand, generating best-in-class returns for our owners and developing capabilities within our teams.

 

 Execute and deliver the EMEAA growth strategy, expanding our market-leading, loved and trusted brands with a continued focus on quality and guest satisfaction.

 

 Continue to maximise owner returns on investment across EMEAA by focusing on labour efficiency, energy, procurement, technology and brand standards.

 

 Deliver value throughout the region with the execution of an innovative digital strategy which utilises the data, insights, technology and platforms required to make us attractive to guests and drive performance for owners.

 

 Refresh our talent management process to ensure we attract the best talent into critical roles throughout EMEAA, whilst ensuring our region is more diverse, inclusive and supportive for everyone.

 

 Extend leadership pipeline to support growth and our future state operating model, including strengthening at the hotel level (General Manager and hotel Senior Leadership teams).

 

 

 

Greater China  

 Deploy and deliver the Greater China Covid-19 recovery plan, focusing on providing a safe and clean environment for our guests and communities and generating best-in-class returns for our owners.

 

 Continue to execute the growth strategy across midscale segments and penetrate fast growing cities and leisure destinations in South and East China.

 

 Deliver the Greater China digital strategy, focused on mobile digital solutions across the end-to-end guest journey.

 

 Scale our franchise model, strengthen owner and hotel support that delivers customised brand learning and certification programmes, revenue dashboards and insights, and proactive deployment support.

 

 Adapt our owner offer across the hotel lifecycle in response to changing market dynamics and owner needs.

 

 Continue to strengthen IHG Rewards programme through strategic partner alliances and market relevant membership benefits that drive loyalty contribution.

 

 Continue our talent development momentum to support growth.

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   57


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Performance continued

Americas

    

 

LOGO  

“During the most challenging time in our industry’s history we are focused on the health and safety of our guests and colleagues, and supporting our owners. We’ve continued to see confidence in our established brands and maintained the momentum of our newest brands, avid® hotels and Atwell Suites, as well as introducing the voco brand to the Americas.”

 

Elie Maalouf

Chief Executive Officer, Americas

 

Americas revenue 2020 ($512m)

 

LOGO

Americas number of rooms (514,012)

 

LOGO

Comparable RevPAR movement on previous year

(12 months ended 31 December 2020)

 

Fee business
InterContinental    (71.0%)
Kimpton    (69.7%)
Crowne Plaza    (65.1%)
Hotel Indigo    (57.0%)
EVEN Hotels    (74.2%)
Holiday Inn    (52.0%)
Holiday Inn Express    (41.6%)
Staybridge Suites    (36.0%)
Candlewood Suites    (23.0%)
All brands    (48.5%)
Owned, leased and managed lease
EVEN Hotels    (62.0%)
Holiday Inn    (62.2%)
All brands    (62.1%)

Industry performance in 2020

Industry RevPAR in the Americas declined by 51.5%, driven by a 25.3 percentage point (ppt) decline in occupancy coupled with a 20.6% decline in average daily rate. Occupancy was impacted to an unprecedented extent by Covid-19, falling to a record low in April, as most international travel halted, and countries introduced varying levels of domestic restrictions. Room demand fell by 38.1%, whilst supply growth slowed to 1.3% as some projects were delayed or cancelled.

US lodging industry room demand declined by 35.7% in 2020, whilst supply growth slowed to 1.4%, the lowest in four years. US industry RevPAR declined by 50.1% in 2020, driven by a 24.1ppt decline in occupancy coupled with a 21.3% decline in average daily rate. The impact of Covid-19 was felt most strongly in the luxury and upper upscale segments, which declined 67.2% and 67.5% respectively, due to a greater distribution in urban markets and a greater reliance on corporate and group business. The US upper midscale chain scale, where the Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express brands operate, was more resilient to the impact of Covid-19, declining by 43.8%.

In Canada, industry RevPAR declined by 62.6%, driven by a 33.8ppt occupancy decline, and a 21.5% decline in average daily rate. In Mexico, RevPAR declined by 57.1%, led by a 33.6ppt occupancy decline and a 4.6% decline in average daily rate.

Holiday Inn Cheshire –

Southington, US

IHG’s regional performance in 2020

IHG’s comparable RevPAR in the Americas declined by 48.5%, driven by a 26.5ppt decline in occupancy coupled with a 16.2% decline in average daily rate. The region is predominantly represented by the US, where comparable RevPAR declined by 46.9%, a lower rate of decline than the industry. In the US, we are most represented by our upper midscale brands Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express. US RevPAR for the Holiday Inn Express brand declined by 40.3%, whilst the Holiday Inn brand declined by 50.0%.

Canada RevPAR declined by 62.2%, whilst Mexico RevPAR declined by 57.2%, led by occupancy declines.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

58   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

 

Americas results

 

                                   12 months ended 31 December 
         

          2020

$m

        

            2019

$m

         2020 vs
2019
    % change
        

          2018

$m

        

2019 vs 

2018 
    % change 

Revenue from the reportable segmenta                                                   
Fee business        457          853          (46.4        853        –  
Owned, leased and managed lease        55          187          (70.6        198        (5.6)
Total        512          1,040          (50.8        1,051        (1.0)
Operating profit from the reportable segmenta                                                   
Fee business        323          663          (51.3        638        3.9 
Owned, leased and managed lease        (27        37          (173.0        35        5.7 
         296          700          (57.7        673        4.0 
Operating exceptional items        (118        (62        90.3          (36      72.2 
Operating profit        178          638          (72.1        637        0.2 

 

Review of the year ended

31 December 2020

With 4,298 hotels (514,012 rooms), the Americas represents 58% of the Group’s room count. The key profit-generating region is the US, although the Group is also represented in Latin America, Canada, Mexico and the Caribbean. 92% of rooms in the region are operated under the franchise business model, primarily under our brands in the midscale segments (including the Holiday Inn Brand Family). In the upscale market segment, Crowne Plaza is predominantly franchised whereas, in the luxury market segment, InterContinental-branded hotels are operated under both franchise and management agreements, whilst Kimpton is predominantly managed. 12 of the Group’s 16 hotel brands are represented in the Americas.

Following solid trading in the first two months of 2020, Covid-19 rapidly impacted the Americas region from March leading to sharp declines in RevPAR across the region. Occupancy levels dropped to historic lows in April, as physical distancing and travel restrictions came into effect across the region, with ~10% of hotels closed in the US by the end of April. In the US, occupancyb was ~20% at the lowest point.

As the second quarter progressed and restrictions began to be lifted, the beginnings of a recovery were seen in both RevPAR and occupancy. By the end of June the majority of hotels had reopened with just ~3% of US hotels closed and occupancyb in the US of ~42%. The initial recovery continued into the third quarter, led by the US franchised estate, which benefits from a weighting towards hotels in the midscale segments. Those hotels derive the majority

of their business from domestic demand and have a lower reliance on large group business and higher distribution in non-urban markets. The recovery continued into the fourth quarter at a slower pace, as a resurgence in Covid-19 cases led to the reinstatement of restrictions in a number of locations across the US. By the end of the year only ~1% of hotels were closed in the US.

Comparable RevPARb in the Americas declined 19% in the first quarter of 2020, 71% in the second quarter, 50% in the third quarter and 50% in the fourth quarter, with a decline of 49% for the full year.

Revenue from the reportable segmenta decreased by $528m (50.8%) to $512m, driven by the impacts of Covid-19. Operating profit decreased by $460m (72.1%) to $178m, driven by the reduction in revenue, and a $56m net increase in operating exceptional charges, partially offset by cost saving measures. Operating profit from the reportable segmenta decreased by $404m (57.7%) to $296m. On an underlyingc basis, revenue decreased by $523m (50.5%), whilst underlyingc operating profit decreased by $400m (57.5%).

Revenue and operating profit from the reportable segmenta are further analysed by fee business and owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

Fee business revenuec decreased by $396m (46.4%) to $457m, driven by the significant impact of Covid-19 from March onwards on RevPAR and consequently fee revenues, including an $8m reduction in recognition of incentive management fees, and was also partly impacted by adverse foreign exchanged ($5m). Fee business operating profitc decreased by $340m

(51.3%) to $323m, due to reductions in fee revenue and an increase in expected credit losses, partially offset by cost savings commencing in the second quarter. Fee business operating profitc also benefited from a $4m favourable litigation settlement relating to one hotel, and the recognition of an $8m payroll tax credit, and was also partly impacted by adverse foreign exchanged ($4m).

Owned, leased and managed lease revenuec decreased by $132m (70.6%) to $55m, as the majority of hotels were closed during much of the second quarter, whilst owned, leased and managed lease operating profitc decreased by $64m (173.0%) to a loss of $27m, driven by the impact of lower occupancy and closures, partially offset by the implementation of cost savings and the benefit of $4m business interruption insurance at one hotel. There was no material impact of foreign exchanged on either revenue or operating profit.

 

For discussion of 2019 results, and the changes compared to 2018, refer to the 2019 Annual Report and Form 20-F.

 

a 

Americas reportable segment includes revenue and operating profit before exceptional items, excluding System Fund revenues and expenses and reimbursement of costs, for both fee business and owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

 

b 

Comparable RevPAR and occupancy include the adverse impact of hotels temporarily closed as a result of Covid-19.

 

c 

Definitions for Non-GAAP revenue and operating profit measures can be found on pages 47 to 51. Reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable line items within the Group Financial Statements can be found on pages 212 to 215.

 

d 

The impact of movements between the previous year’s average exchange rates and actual average exchange rates in 2020.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   59


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

 

Performance continued

Americas continued

    

Americas hotel and room count

          Hotels          Rooms  
At 31 December                 2020           Change
over 2019
         2020           Change
over 2019
 
Analysed by brand                                               
InterContinental              46                (5             16,789                (1,107
Kimpton         64           3          11,097           (900
Crowne Plaza         136           (13        35,405           (4,470
Hotel Indigo         67           3          8,793           526  
EVEN Hotels         15           2          2,239           290  
voco         1           1          49           49  
Holiday Inna         766           (17        130,942           (4,344
Holiday Inn Express         2,425           57          220,342           5,349  
avid hotels         24           17          2,156           1,521  
Staybridge Suites         285           2          30,057           (187
Candlewood Suites         366           (44        32,435           (5,897
Otherb         103           (15        23,708           (1,465
Total         4,298           (9        514,012           (10,635
Analysed by ownership type                                               
Franchised         4,105           97          471,802           6,537  
Managed         187           (105        40,391           (16,769
Owned, leased and managed lease         6           (1        1,819           (403
Total         4,298           (9        514,012           (10,635

 

a 

Includes 22 Holiday Inn Resort properties (6,003 rooms) and 28 Holiday Inn Club Vacations properties (8,679 rooms), (2019: 22 Holiday Inn Resort properties (6,003 rooms) and 28 Holiday Inn Club Vacations properties (8,592 rooms)).

 

b 

Includes one open hotel that will be re-branded to voco.

Americas pipeline

 

          Hotels          Rooms  
                      Change                      Change  
At 31 December                 2020           over 2019          2020           over 2019  
Analysed by brand                                               
Six Senses         7           2          519           97  
InterContinental              7                –                 1,724                175  
Kimpton         20           (1        3,483           24  
Crowne Plaza         6           1          1,250           157  
Hotel Indigo         31           (6        4,155           (1,017
EVEN Hotels         16           1          1,975           109  
Holiday Innc         80           (18        10,446           (2,060
Holiday Inn Express         386           (62        37,355           (5,748
avid hotels         191           (15        17,311           (1,542
Staybridge Suites         135           (27        14,061           (2,813
Candlewood Suites         73           (18        6,369           (1,817
Atwell Suites         19           9          1,849           849  
Other         13           (3        1,986           (793
Total         986           (135        102,757           (14,105
Analysed by ownership type                                               
Franchised         944           (133        96,528           (13,458
Managed         42           (2        6,229           (647
Total         986           (135        102,757           (14,105

 

c 

Includes three Holiday Inn Resort properties (490 rooms) and zero Holiday Inn Club Vacations properties (zero rooms), (2019: three Holiday Inn Resort properties (490 rooms) and one Holiday Inn Club Vacations property (110 rooms)).

Total number of hotels

4,298

Total number of rooms

514,012

Americas System size decreased by nine hotels (10,635 rooms) to 4,298 hotels (514,012 rooms) during 2020. 167 hotels (16,476 rooms) opened in the year, compared to 233 hotels (26,121 rooms) in 2019, as Covid-19 resulted in periods of restriction on activities that temporarily slowed the pace of construction in some locations. Openings included 96 hotels (8,945 rooms) in the Holiday Inn Brand Family, representing 57.5% of the region’s hotel openings.

176 hotels (27,381 rooms) were removed from the Americas System in 2020, of which 102 hotels (16,655 rooms) related to SVC, driving the increase compared to 2019, when 87 hotels (11,603 rooms) were removed.

Total number of hotels in the pipeline

986

Total number of rooms in the pipeline

102,757

At 31 December 2020, the Americas pipeline totalled 986 hotels (102,757 rooms), representing a decrease of 135 hotels (14,105 rooms) over the prior year. Signings of 137 hotels (14,039 rooms) were behind last year by 168 hotels (18,917 rooms), as the economic uncertainty and restrictions on movement due to Covid-19 temporarily impacted investment into the broader hospitality industry. The majority of 2020 signings were within our midscale and upper midscale brands including the Holiday Inn Brand Family (60 hotels, 6,229 rooms), our Suites brands, Staybridge Suites, Candlewood Suites and Atwell Suites, (31 hotels, 2,777 rooms) and avid hotels (19 hotels, 1,651 rooms), which continues to make good progress towards becoming IHG’s next brand of scale.

105 hotels (11,398 rooms) were removed from the pipeline in 2020 compared to 107 hotels (10,255 rooms) in 2019.

 

 

60   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

EMEAA

 

 

LOGO                                   

“In EMEAA, the impact of Covid-19 was profound. With domestic restrictions and international borders closed, we focused on what we could control – growing our estate and strengthening brands, protecting our guests and colleagues, supporting owners, and positioning IHG® Hotels & Resorts in the best way possible.”

 

Kenneth Macpherson

Chief Executive Officer, EMEAA

    

EMEAA revenue 2020 ($221m)

 

LOGO

EMEAA number of rooms (227,849)

 

LOGO

Comparable RevPAR movement on previous year

(12 months ended 31 December 2020)

 

Fee business

  

 

 

InterContinental

     (64.8%)  

 

 

Crowne Plaza

     (64.5%)  

 

 

Hotel Indigo

     (73.7%)  

 

 

Holiday Inn

     (64.3%)  

 

 

Holiday Inn Express

     (64.5%)  

 

 

Staybridge Suites

     (46.6%)  

 

 

All brands

     (64.6%)  

 

 

Owned, leased and managed lease

  

 

 

InterContinental

     (66.7%)  

 

 

All brands

     (74.2%)  

 

 

Industry performance in 2020

Industry RevPAR in EMEAA declined by 64.8%, as Covid-19 drove a 41.1ppt decline in occupancy coupled with a 16.4% decline in average daily rate. Many major conferences and events were cancelled or postponed, including the UEFA Euro 2020 football tournament, set to be held in destinations across Europe, and the 2020 Tokyo Olympic Games. Domestic leisure travel became the main driver of demand in periods where restrictions were lifted. In Europe occupancy declined by 45.0ppts and average daily rate declined by 16.6%, resulting in a RevPAR decline of 69.0% as the majority of countries introduced tough restrictions on international and domestic travel from March, lasting several months in many instances. UK industry RevPAR declined 68.6%, driven by a 46.2ppt decline in occupancy coupled with a 21.5% decline in average daily rate. UK room demand was down 59.8%, as much of the year was impacted by national or local tiered movement restrictions and quarantine restrictions on inbound travellers. UK supply growth slowed to 0.6%, the lowest in six years. In Germany, industry RevPAR declined 64.4%, driven by a 42.8ppt decline in occupancy coupled with a 11.0% decline in average daily rate. France saw RevPAR decline by 68.4%.

RevPAR declined 49.7% in the Middle East, driven by a 25.9ppt decline in occupancy coupled with a 16.8% decline in average daily rate, as restrictions had a heavy impact on inbound travel. India saw RevPAR decline 63.0%.

Elsewhere in EMEAA, all major markets saw RevPAR declines in 2020 due to the Covid-19 pandemic, including Japan (61.6%), Australia (49.6%), and Thailand (70.3%), driven by large declines in occupancy.

IHG’s regional performance in 2020

EMEAA RevPAR declined 64.8%, driven by a 41.9ppt decline in occupancy coupled with a 18.4% decline in average daily rate. In the UK, where IHG has the largest regional presence, RevPAR declined by 65.2%, led by a decline in London of 74.1%, as inbound international travel was limited for much of the year. Germany saw a RevPAR decline of 70.5% as occupancy declined 47.2ppts whilst average daily rate declined 13.3%. France declined by 70.7%.

RevPAR in the Middle East declined 53.4%, due to the impact of Covid-19. India RevPAR declined by 59.3% driven by occupancy.

Japan RevPAR declined by 62.0%, Australia RevPAR declined by 55.5%, and Thailand RevPAR declined by 70.2%, all due to occupancy declines following Covid-19 travel restrictions.

Kimpton Shinjuku, Tokyo

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   61


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Performance continued

EMEAA

 

 

EMEAA results

 

                                   12 months ended 31 December 
         

          2020

$m

        

            2019

$m

         2020 vs
2019
    % change
        

          2018

$m

        

2019 vs 

2018 
    % change 

Revenue from the reportable segmenta                                                   
Fee business        107          337          (68.2        320        5.3 
Owned, leased and managed lease        114          386          (70.5        249        55.0 
Total        221          723          (69.4        569        27.1 
Operating (loss)/profit from the reportable segmenta                                                   
Fee business        (18        202          (108.9        202        –  
Owned, leased and managed lease        (32        15          (313.3        4        275.0 
         (50        217          (123.0        206        5.3 
Operating exceptional items        (128        (109        17.4          (12      808.3 
Operating (loss)/profit        (178        108          (264.8        194        (44.3)

 

Review of the year ended

31 December 2020

Comprising 1,149 hotels (227,849 rooms) at the end of 2020, EMEAA represented 26% of the Group’s room count. Revenues are primarily generated from hotels in the UK and gateway cities in continental Europe, the Middle East and Asia. The largest proportion of rooms in the UK and continental Europe are operated under the franchise business model, primarily under our upper midscale brands (Holiday Inn and Holiday Inn Express). Similarly, in the upscale market segment, Crowne Plaza is predominantly franchised, whereas, in the luxury market segment, the majority of InterContinental-branded hotels are operated under management agreements. The majority of hotels in markets outside of Europe are operated under the managed business model.

Covid-19 impacted EMEAA from the second half of February onwards as government-mandated international and domestic travel restrictions progressed across the region, resulting in a significant drop in RevPAR in the first quarter and culminating in ~50% of IHG’s hotels in the region being closed by April, with occupancyb dropping to ~11% in the month. Restrictions remained in place through much of the second quarter, severely impacting travel, particularly in Europe. The rate of RevPAR decline improved in the third quarter as government-mandated closures and travel restrictions were partially eased, with demand largely leisure-related. Demand began to weaken again in September and the fourth quarter was further impacted by the reinstatement of restrictions in many countries following a second wave of Covid-19 cases building through the autumn. By the end of the year ~80% of hotels were open across EMEAA.

Comparable RevPARb declined 26% in the first quarter, 88% in the second quarter, 70% in the third quarter and 71% in the fourth quarter, with a decline of 65% for the full year.

Revenue from the reportable segmenta decreased by $502m (69.4%) to $221m as the impact of Covid-19 resulted in a significant reduction in fees as well as temporary closure of many owned, leased and managed lease hotels. Operating profit decreased by $286m (264.8%) to an operating loss of $178m, driven by the reduction in revenue and a $19m net increase in operating exceptional charges, partially offset by planned cost saving measures. Operating profit from the reportable segmenta decreased by $267m (123.0%) to a loss of $50m. On an underlyingc basis, revenue decreased by $486m (69.0%) and underlyingc operating profit decreased by $260m (126.2%) to a loss of $54m.

Revenue and operating profit from the reportable segmenta are further analysed by fee business and owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

Fee business revenuec decreased by $230m (68.2%) to $107m, driven by the significant impact of Covid-19 on RevPAR and consequently fee revenues, including a $76m reduction in recognition of incentive management fees. There was no material impact of foreign exchanged. Fee business operating profitc decreased by $220m (108.9%) to an operating loss of $18m, driven by lower fee revenue and an increase in expected credit losses, partially offset by cost savings commencing in the second quarter, and partly benefiting from the impact of foreign exchanged ($1m).

Owned, leased and managed lease revenuec decreased by $272m (70.5%) to $114m (foreign exchanged benefit $4m), as occupancy dropped rapidly through March and the majority of hotels were closed for a large proportion of the year. Owned, leased and managed lease operating profitc reduced by $47m (313.3%) to an operating loss of $32m, (foreign exchanged benefit $1m), driven by the impact of lower occupancy and closures, partially offset by the implementation of cost reduction measures undertaken across the estate, together with rent reductions received; there was also the benefit of a $3m gain from the sale of the lease on the Holiday Inn Melbourne Airport.

 

For discussion of 2019 results, and the changes compared to 2018, refer to the 2019 Annual Report and Form 20-F.

 

a 

EMEAA reportable segment includes revenue and operating profit before exceptional items, excluding System Fund revenues and expenses and reimbursement of costs, for both fee business and owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

 

b 

Comparable RevPAR and occupancy include the adverse impact of hotels temporarily closed as a result of Covid-19.

 

c 

Definitions for Non-GAAP revenue and operating profit measures can be found on pages 47 to 51. Reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable line items within the Group Financial Statements can be found on pages 212 to 215.

 

d 

The impact of movements between the previous year’s actual exchange rates and average rates in 2020.

 

 

62   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

EMEAA continued

EMEAA hotel and room count

         Hotels          Rooms  
                    Change                     Change  
At 31 December                2020          over 2019          2020          over 2019  
Analysed by brand                                            
Six Senses        15          (2        1,007          (319
Regent        3                   771           
InterContinental        108          (5        32,474          (1,041
Kimpton        8          4          1,859          939  
Crowne Plaza        188          2          46,524          113  
Hotel Indigo             46               5               5,066               627  
voco        16          4          4,880          587  
Holiday Inna        401          7          74,984          1,552  
Holiday Inn Express        329          5          47,356          902  
Staybridge Suites        18          1          2,838          449  
Otherb        17          2          10,090          670  
Total        1,149          23          227,849          4,479  
Analysed by ownership type                                            
Franchised        774          1          125,720          (735
Managed        358          24          98,548          5,747  
Owned, leased and managed lease        17          (2        3,581          (533
Total        1,149          23          227,849          4,479  

 

a

Includes 17 Holiday Inn Resort properties (3,330 rooms), (2019: 17 Holiday Inn Resort properties (3,604 rooms)).

 

b

Includes two open hotels that will be re-branded to voco.

EMEAA pipeline

         Hotels          Rooms  
                    Change                     Change  
At 31 December                2020          over 2019          2020          over 2019  
Analysed by brand                                            
Six Senses        21          4          1,551          372  
Regent        5          1          1,255          591  
InterContinental        33          2          7,485          (22
Kimpton        6          (1             1,128          (119
Crowne Plaza             35                        9,101          (314
Hotel Indigo        41          1          6,047               395  
voco        26          9          7,774          1,554  
Holiday Inna        108          (11        22,554          (3,382
Holiday Inn Express        92          (20        15,233          (3,816
avid hotels        1                   215           
Staybridge Suites        20                   3,429          (431
Other        1                   348          186  
Total           389          (15          76,120          (4,986
Analysed by ownership type                                            
Franchised        155          (10        25,652          (1,679
Managed        233          (5        50,313          (3,307
Owned, leased and managed lease        1                   155           
Total        389          (15        76,120          (4,986

 

a

Includes 18 Holiday Inn Resort properties (3,553 rooms), (2019: 18 Holiday Inn Resort properties (3,662 rooms)).

 

Total number of hotels

1,149

Total number of rooms

227,849

During 2020, EMEAA System size increased by 23 hotels (4,479 rooms) to 1,149 hotels (227,849 rooms). 61 hotels (11,288 rooms) opened in EMEAA in 2020, compared to 90 hotels (15,335 rooms) in 2019, as Covid-19 resulted in periods of restriction on activities that temporarily slowed the pace of construction in some locations.

38 hotels (6,809 rooms) left the EMEAA System in the period, including 13 hotels (2,118 rooms) related to a portfolio of hotels in Germany, driving the increase compared to 2019, when 15 hotels (3,064 rooms) left the EMEAA System.

Total number of hotels in the pipeline

389

Total number of rooms in the pipeline

76,120

The EMEAA pipeline totalled 389 hotels (76,120 rooms) at 31 December 2020, representing a decrease of 15 hotels (4,986 rooms) over 31 December 2019. Signings of 82 hotels (13,903 rooms) were behind last year by 78 hotels (15,222 rooms), as the economic uncertainty and restrictions on movement generated by Covid-19 temporarily impacted investment into the broader hospitality industry.

36 hotels (7,601 rooms) were removed from the pipeline in 2020, compared to 28 hotels (5,427 rooms) in the previous year.

 

LOGO
 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   63


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

    

 

Performance continued

Greater China

    

                                                                                          

LOGO

 

“With the outbreak of Covid-19, the increased health and safety of our guests and colleagues was made a top priority, alongside supporting our hotels, owners and communities. As China contained the pandemic, we deployed a business recovery strategy to drive revenue through to profit, and focused on continued growth through new hotel openings and signings.”

 

Jolyon Bulley

Chief Executive Officer, Greater China

    

    Greater China revenue 2020 ($77m)

 

 

LOGO

    Greater China number of rooms (144,175)

 

 

LOGO

Comparable RevPAR movement on previous year

(12 months ended 31 December 2020)

 

Fee business

  

 

 

InterContinental

     (36.8%)  

 

 

HUALUXE

     (20.4%)  

 

 

Crowne Plaza

     (38.4%)  

 

 

Hotel Indigo

     (44.0%)  

 

 

Holiday Inn

     (46.9%)  

 

 

Holiday Inn Express

     (40.6%)  

 

 

All brands

     (40.5%)  

 

 

 

Industry performance in 2020

Industry RevPAR in Greater China declined sharply by 43.1% as Covid-19 impacted from early in the year resulting in declines in occupancy and average daily rate. Supply growth reduced marginally compared with 2019 but significantly weaker demand growth due to travel restrictions resulted in a 19.7ppt decline in occupancy, whilst average daily rate declined by 19.1% as international inbound travel and corporate business were particularly hard hit. Tier 1 cities’ RevPAR declined 47.2% led by declines in both occupancy and average daily rate. Tiers 2, 3 and 4 also saw RevPAR declines, with Tier 2 seeing the largest decline and Tier 4 the smallest. Occupancy in Mainland China was dampened by the impact of Covid-19, whilst Hong Kong SAR was similarly impacted, coupled with ongoing political uncertainty resulting in RevPAR declining 71.6%. Macau SAR RevPAR also declined significantly due to limitations in travel from the mainland, resulting in large occupancy declines.

Crowne Plaza

Yading, China

IHG’s regional performance in 2020

IHG’s regional comparable RevPAR in Greater China decreased by 40.5% in 2020, driven by a 19.2ppt decline in occupancy and a 13.3% decline in average daily rate.

In Mainland China IHG outperformed the industry, with RevPAR decreasing 36.7%, due to the significant impact of Covid-19. RevPAR in Hong Kong SAR declined 78.4%, impacted by political uncertainty and Covid-19 restrictions, whilst RevPAR in Macau SAR declined by 76.0%.

 

LOGO

 

 

64   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

Greater China results

 

                                   12 months ended 31 December 
                         2020
$m
                        2019
$m
            2020 vs
2019
% change
                        2018
$m
            2019 vs 
2018 
% change 
Revenue from the reportable segmenta                                                   
Fee business        77          135          (43.0        143        (5.6)
Total        77          135          (43.0        143        (5.6)
Operating profit from the reportable segmenta                                                   
Fee business        35          73          (52.1        70        4.3 
Operating exceptional items        (5                          (1      – 
Operating profit        30          73          (58.9        69        5.8 

 

Review of the year ended

31 December 2020

Comprising 517 hotels (144,175 rooms) at 31 December 2020, Greater China represented approximately 16% of the Group’s room count. The majority of rooms in Greater China operate under the managed business model.

Covid-19 impacted Greater China earliest of IHG’s three regions as government measures were introduced rapidly from the end of January to contain the spread of the virus. At the lockdown period trough, 40% of the region’s hotels were temporarily closed. Occupancyb dropped to single digits and comparable RevPARb declined by 89% in February, the month most impacted by Covid-19. Domestic travel restrictions started to ease through the second quarter and travel slowly started to recover. The recovery continued through the summer and into the third quarter, boosted by domestic leisure demand, with some resort destinations seeing absolute year-on-year growth in RevPAR, despite continued overall decline across the region. The recovery in RevPAR continued into the fourth quarter but at a slower pace and less than 1% of hotels remained closed by the end of December. Hong Kong SAR was impacted by uncertainty posed by political disputes throughout 2020, as well as by Covid-19.

Comparable RevPARb declined by 65% in the first quarter, 59% in the second quarter, 23% in the third quarter and 18% in the fourth quarter, with a decline of 41% for the full year.

Revenue from the reportable segmenta decreased by $58m (43.0%) to $77m, driven by the impact of Covid-19 on fee revenues, partially offset by 6.4% net rooms growth. Operating profit decreased by $43m (58.9%) to $30m as revenue reductions, including a $32m reduction in recognition of incentive management fees, and a $5m net increase in operating exceptional charges were partially offset by cost savings. Operating profit from the reportable segmenta decreased by $38m (52.1%) to $35m. Underlyingc revenue decreased by $60m (43.8%) to $77m and underlyingc operating profit decreased by $38m (52.1%) to $35m.

 

For discussion of 2019 results, and the changes compared to 2018, refer to the 2019 Annual Report and Form 20-F.

 

a 

Greater China reportable segment includes revenue and operating profit before exceptional items, excluding System Fund revenues and expenses and reimbursement of costs, for the fee business.

 

b 

Comparable RevPAR and occupancy include the adverse impact of hotels temporarily closed as a result of Covid-19.

 

c 

Definitions for Non-GAAP revenue and operating profit measures can be found on pages 47 to 51. Reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable line items within the Group Financial Statements can be found on pages 212 to 215.

    

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   65


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

 

 

Performance continued

Greater China continued

    

Greater China hotel and room count

 

         Hotels          Rooms  
                    Change                     Change  
At 31 December                2020          over 2019          2020          over 2019  
Analysed by brand                                            
Six Senses             1                             122                
Regent        4          1          1,419          187  
InterContinental        51          3          20,678          1,108  
Kimpton        1                   129           
HUALUXE        12          3          3,433          723  
Crowne Plaza        105          9          36,950          2,654  
Hotel Indigo        12          (1        1,745          (123
EVEN Hotels        1          1          171          171  
voco        1          1          148          148  
Holiday Inna        109          2          30,628          (548
Holiday Inn Express        212          29          41,789          4,002  
Other        8          (1        6,963          307  
Total        517          47          144,175          8,629  
Analysed by ownership type                                            
Franchised        126          37          29,826          6,572  
Managed        391          10          114,349          2,057  
Total        517          47          144,175          8,629  

 

a

Includes eight Holiday Inn Resort properties (2,113 rooms), (2019: seven Holiday Inn Resort properties (1,895 rooms)).

Greater China pipeline

 

         Hotels           Rooms  
                    Change                      Change  
At 31 December                2020          over 2019           2020          over 2019  
Analysed by brand                                             
Six Senses             3                              169                
Regent        1                    280           
InterContinental        29          2           8,565          603  
Kimpton        6          1           1,654          157  
HUALUXE        25          3           6,907          727  
Crowne Plaza        48                    13,877          (121
Hotel Indigo        32          8           5,502          1,178  
EVEN Hotels        15          4           3,071          595  
voco        1          1           131          131  
Holiday Innb        74          16           18,163          3,696  
Holiday Inn Express        205          11           34,564          842  
Otherc        1          1           297          297  
Total        440          47             93,180          8,105  
Analysed by ownership type                                             
Franchised        211          42           36,888          7,564  
Managed        229          5           56,292          541  
Total        440          47           93,180          8,105  

 

b

Includes 12 Holiday Inn Resort properties (3,208 rooms), (2019: eight Holiday Inn Resort properties (2,183 rooms)).

 

c

Includes one hotel to be branded as voco.

Total number of hotels

517

Total number of rooms

144,175

The Greater China System size increased by 47 hotels (8,629 rooms) in 2020 to 517 hotels (144,175 rooms). 57 hotels (11,358 rooms) opened, compared to 88 hotels (23,764 rooms) in 2019, as Covid-19 temporarily slowed the pace of construction in the first half of the year.

Recent growth in the region has focused on Tier 2 and 3 cities, which now represent approximately 54% of our open rooms. 39 Holiday Inn Brand Family hotels (5,780 rooms) were added in the year, compared to 70 hotels (14,130 rooms) in 2019.

10 hotels (2,729 rooms) were removed in 2020 compared to nine hotels (3,531 rooms) in 2019.

Total number of hotels in the pipeline

440

Total number of rooms in the pipeline

93,180

At 31 December 2020, the Greater China pipeline totalled 440 hotels (93,180 rooms) compared to 393 hotels (85,075 rooms) at 31 December 2019. Signings of 141 hotels (28,204 rooms) compared with 158 hotels (35,673 rooms) in 2019, as the significant travel restrictions introduced in the early part of the year to combat Covid-19 temporarily slowed activity. 94 hotels (16,692 rooms) were signed for the Holiday Inn Brand Family, including 64 franchised Holiday Inn Express hotels.

37 hotels (8,741 rooms) were removed from the pipeline in 2020, compared to 18 hotels (4,757 rooms) in 2019.

 

 

66   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Central

 

 

Central results

 

                                   12 months ended 31 December 
                     2020
$m
                    2019
$m
            2020
vs 2019
% change
                    2018
$m
            2019 
vs 2018 
% change 
Revenue        182          185          (1.6        170        8.8 
Gross costs        (244        (310        (21.3        (287      8.0 
         (62        (125        (50.4        (117      6.8 
Operating exceptional items        (19        (15        26.7          (55      (72.7)
Operating loss        (81        (140        (42.1        (172      (18.6)

 

Review of the year ended

31 December 2020

The net operating loss decreased by $59m (42.1%), benefiting from a reduction in gross costs, partially offset by a $4m (26.7%) increase in operating exceptional charges.

Central revenue, which mainly comprises technology fee income, decreased by $3m (1.6%) to $182m, driven by the impacts of Covid-19 and temporary fee discounts on technology fees, being largely offset by the $20m net benefit of movement in recognition of some items between System Fund and reportable segments (see note 3 to the Group Financial Statements for further information). Revenue was also

partly impacted by adverse foreign exchangea ($1m).

Gross costs decreased by $66m (21.3%), driven by cost saving measures introduced from the second quarter. Gross costs also partly benefited from the impact of foreign exchangea ($1m).

The operating loss before exceptional items decreased by $63m, benefiting from the net movement in recognition of some revenues and expenses between the System Fund and reportable segments ($21m), see note 3 to the Group Financial Statements for further information. There was no material impact of foreign exchangea.

a 

The impact of movements between the previous year’s average exchange rates and actual average exchange rates in 2020.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   67


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

    

 

Performance continued

Other financial information

    

System Fund

The Group operates a System Fund to collect and administer cash assessments from hotel owners for the specific purpose of use in marketing, the Guest Reservation System, and hotel loyalty programme, IHG Rewards. The System Fund also benefits from proceeds from the sale of loyalty points under third-party co-branding arrangements. The Fund is not managed to generate a profit or loss for IHG over the longer term, although an in-year surplus or deficit can arise, but is managed for the benefit of hotels in the IHG System with the objective of driving revenues for the hotels.

In the year to 31 December 2020, System Fund revenue decreased by $608m (44.3%) to $765m, largely due to lower assessment fees reflecting the level of reduction in hotel revenues resulting from Covid-19, as well as fee reliefs given, and lower loyalty revenue due to lower redemption activity. This was partially offset by a favourable adjustment relating to a change in the actuarial assumptions around the ultimate rate of consumption of IHG Rewards points (‘breakage’) leading to increased revenue recognition year-over-year. A System Fund income statement deficit of $102m was recorded over the year, resulting from lower revenues, partly offset by actions targeted to lower costs including a reduction in marketing spend. System Fund expenses included $24m of expected credit losses, $20m reorganisation costs and $41m impairment principally relating to the US corporate headquarters (see page 136 for further information).

Reimbursement of costs

In the year to 31 December 2020, reimbursable revenue decreased by $534m (45.6%) to $637m. The reduction reflects the significant impact from Covid-19 on our hotels including hotel closures and staff furloughs, meaning the overall scale of reimbursements fell.

Cost reimbursements revenue represents reimbursements of costs incurred on behalf of managed and franchised properties and relates, predominantly, to payroll costs at managed properties where we are the employer. As we record cost reimbursements based upon costs incurred with no added mark up, this revenue and related expenses have no impact on either our operating profit or net income.

Exceptional items

Exceptional items are identified by virtue of their size, nature, or incidence and are excluded from the calculation of adjusted earnings per ordinary share as well as other Non-GAAP measures (see Use of Non-GAAP measures, pages 47 to 51) in order to provide a more meaningful comparison of performance and can include, but are not restricted to, gains and losses on the disposal of assets, impairment charges and reversals, and reorganisation costs.

Pre-tax exceptional items totalled a net charge of $263m (2019: $148m net charge). The charge included: $22m net gain relating to derecognition of lease assets and liabilities; $30m gain on lease termination; $10m provision for onerous contractual expenditure relating to the UK portfolio; $27m reorganisation costs (2019: $20m); $6m acquisition and integration costs due to the Six Senses acquisition (2019: $7m); $5m net litigation costs (2019: $28m); $48m impairment of financial assets; $226m impairment charges of non-current assets (2019: $131m) of which $113m relates to Americas, $100m to EMEAA, $4m to Greater China and $9m to Central; $14m exceptional financial expenses; and $21m fair value gain on contingent purchase consideration relating to the UK portfolio. Further information on exceptional items can be found in note 6 to the Group Financial Statements.

Net financial expenses

Net financial expenses increased by $25m to $140m, primarily due to $14m exceptional financial expenses relating to the partial repayment of the 2022 bonds (see below), $8m interest on the new bonds issued and $3m relating to commercial paper. Adjusted interest, as reconciled on page 216, and which excludes exceptional finance expenses and adds back interest relating to the System Fund, decreased by $3m to $130m. The lower interest payable to the System Fund largely resulted from lower interest rates in 2020.

In October 2020 the Group issued a tender offer for its £400m 3.875% 2022 bonds resulting in a repayment of £227m. The Group concurrently issued 500m 1.625% 2024 bonds and £400m 3.375% 2028 bonds to strengthen liquidity and extend the maturity profile of the Group’s debt. The $14m premium on repayment and associated write-off of fees and discount are classified as exceptional costs due to their size and nature.

Excluding amounts classified as exceptional, financial expenses includes $69m (2019: $63m) of total interest costs on the public bonds, which are fixed rate debt. Interest expense on lease liabilities was $37m (2019: $41m).

 

Fair value gains/losses on contingent purchase consideration

Contingent purchase consideration arose on the acquisitions of Regent, the UK portfolio and Six Senses (see note 25 to the Group Financial Statements). The net gain of $13m (2019: $27m) comprises an exceptional gain of $21m in respect of the UK portfolio (see exceptional items above), offset by a loss of $8m in respect of Regent driven by a reduction in US corporate bond rates. The total contingent purchase consideration liability at 31 December 2020 is $79m (2019: $91m).

Taxation

The effective rate of tax on profit before exceptional items and System Fund was 38% (2019: 24%) which included the recognition of tax credits on one-off items, predominantly in connection with adjustments to deferred taxes following an internal group restructuring, UK law change and prior year items. Excluding these one-off items, the effective tax rate would be 69%, elevated compared to prior years due to the distortive impact of unrelieved foreign taxes, the Group’s geographic profit mix and other non-tax deductible expenses against the low profit base. The Group also suffered significant US minimum profit taxes and could not recognise the benefit for tax purposes of losses arising in certain territories in the year.

Taxation within exceptional items totalled a credit of $52m (2019: credit of $20m) and relates to the tax impact of the exceptional items set out above. Further information on tax within exceptional items can be found in note 6 to the Group Financial Statements.

Net tax paid in 2020 totalled $41m (2019: $141m). The 2020 tax paid was less than 2019 principally due to refunds in respect of prior year periods of $24m, as well as lower ‘in-year’ corporate tax payments required as a result of the deterioration in global trading.

IHG pursues an approach to tax that is consistent with its business strategy and its overall business conduct principles. The approach seeks to ensure full compliance with all tax filing, payment and reporting obligations on the basis of communicative and transparent relationships with tax authorities. Policies and procedures related to tax risk management are subject to regular review and update and are approved by the IHG Audit Committee.

 

LOGO

The Group’s Approach to Tax document is available on IHG’s website at www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business

 

 

68   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 

 

    

 

Dividends

On 20 March 2020, IHG’s Board withdrew its recommendation of a final dividend in respect of 2019 of 85.9¢ per share, a payment of which would have had a cash outflow of approximately $150m in the first half of 2020.

A final dividend in respect of 2020 is not proposed and there was no interim dividend for the year. The Board will consider future dividends once visibility of the pace and scale of market recovery has improved.

Earnings per ordinary share

Given the impact of Covid-19 on operations and the exceptional items charged this year, the Group’s basic loss per ordinary share is 142.9¢ (2019: basic earnings per ordinary share: 210.4¢). Adjusted earnings per ordinary share decreased by 89.7% to 31.3¢.

Share price and market capitalisation

The IHG share price closed at £46.90 on 31 December 2020, down from £52.08 on 31 December 2019. The market capitalisation of the Group at the year-end was £8.6bn.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   69


Table of Contents

Strategic Report

Performance continued

Liquidity and capital resources

 

Sources of liquidity

As at 31 December 2020 the Group had total liquidity of $2,925m, comprising $1,350m of undrawn bank facilities and $1,575m of cash and cash equivalents (net of overdrafts and restricted cash).

The Group currently has $2,898m of sterling and euro bonds outstanding. The current bonds mature in November 2022 (£173m), October 2024 (500m), August 2025 (£300m), August 2026 (£350m), May 2027 (500m) and October 2028 (£400m).

In October 2020 the Group issued a 500m 1.625% bond repayable in October 2024 and a £400m 3.375% bond repayable in October 2028. Currency swaps were transacted at the same time as the 500m bonds were issued in order to swap the proceeds and interest flows into pounds sterling. The currency swaps fix the bond debt at £454m, with interest payable semi-annually at a rate of 2.65%. The Group also repaid £227m of the £400m 3.875% bond maturing in November 2022. The Group currently has a senior unsecured long-term credit rating of BBB- from Standard and Poor’s. In the event this rating was downgraded below BBB- there would be an additional step up coupon of 125bps payable on the bonds which would result in an additional interest cost of approximately $36m per year.

In April 2020, the Group issued £600m of commercial paper under the UK Covid Corporate Financing Facility (CCFF). This will be repaid on 16 March 2021 when it matures.

The Group is further financed by a $1,275m revolving syndicated bank facility (the Syndicated Facility) and a $75m revolving bilateral facility (the Bilateral Facility). During the year the maturity of these facilities was extended by 18 months from March 2022 to September 2023. The facilities were undrawn at 31 December 2020 (31 December 2019: $125m). The Syndicated and Bilateral Facilities contain the same terms and two financial covenants: interest cover and a leverage ratio. Covenants are monitored on a ‘frozen GAAP’ basis excluding the impact of IFRS 16 and are tested at half year and full year on a trailing 12-month basis. The interest cover covenant requires a ratio of Covenant EBITDA to Covenant interest payable above 3.5:1 and

the leverage ratio requires Covenant net debt to Covenant EBITDA of below 3.5:1. Covenant EBITDA is calculated (on a frozen GAAP basis) as operating profit before exceptional items, depreciation and amortisation and System Fund revenues and expenses. See note 24 to the Group Financial Statements for further information.

These covenants have been waived from 30 June 2020 through 31 December 2021 and have been relaxed for test dates in 2022. A minimum liquidity covenant of $400m has been introduced which will be tested at each test date up to and including 31 December 2022. The amended leverage ratio and interest cover covenant test levels for the facilities are as follows:

 

        

June &

December

2021

      June 2022      

December

2022

Leverage

ratio

    Waived    

Less than

7.5x

   

Less than

6.5x

Interest

cover

    Waived    

Greater

than 1.5x

   

Greater

than 2.0x

The Group is in compliance with all of the applicable financial covenants in its loan documents, none of which are expected to present a material restriction on funding in the near future.

The Group has started to review and plan for the expected discontinuation of LIBOR after 2021. The Group’s main exposure to LIBOR is the underlying reference rate in the Syndicated and Bilateral Facilities. The terms of this agreement will need to be renegotiated to address the discontinuation of LIBOR. The replacement of LIBOR with alternative reference rates is not expected to have a material impact on the Group at this stage.

Borrowings included bank overdrafts of $51m (2019: $87m), which were matched by an equivalent amount of cash and cash equivalents under the Group’s cash pooling arrangements. Under these arrangements, each pool contains a number of bank accounts with the same financial institution, and the Group pays interest on net overdraft balances within each pool. The cash pools are used for day-to-day cash management purposes and are managed daily as closely

as possible to a zero balance on a net basis for each pool. Overseas subsidiaries are typically in a cash-positive position, with the most significant balances in the US, and the matching overdrafts are held by the Group’s central treasury company in the UK.

Net debt of $2,529m (2019: $2,665m) is analysed by currency as follows:

 

             2020
$m
           2019
$m
 
Borrowings                       
Sterling*         3,716          2,022  
US dollar         416          721  
Euros         20          44  
Other         52          73  

Cash and cash

equivalents

                      
Sterling         (1,305        (25
US dollar         (261        (91
Euros         (12        (13
Canadian dollar         (8        (7
Chinese renminbi         (60        (17
Other         (29        (42
Net debt         2,529          2,665  
Average debt level         2,554          2,720  

 

*

Including the impact of currency swaps.

Cash and cash equivalents include $44m (2019: $16m) that is not available for use by the Group due to local exchange controls.

Information on the maturity profile and interest structure of borrowings is included in notes 22 and 24 to the Group Financial Statements.

In the Group’s opinion, the available facilities are sufficient for the Group’s present liquidity requirements. However, the Group continues to assess its liquidity position, financing options and covenant position and will take further actions as necessary.

Information on the Group’s approach to allocation of capital resources can be found on pages 14 and 15.

The Group had net liabilities of $1,849m at 31 December 2020 (2019: $1,465m).

 

 

70   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Cash from operating activities

Net cash from operating activities totalled $137m for the year ended 31 December 2020, a decrease of $516m on the previous year, reflecting the decrease in operating profit.

Cash flow from operations is the principal source of cash used to fund the ongoing operating expenses, interest payments, maintenance capital expenditure and normal dividend payments of the Group. The Group believes that the requirements of its existing business and future investment can be met from cash generated internally, disposition of assets, and external finance expected to be available to it.

Cash from investing activities

Net cash outflows from investing activities decreased by $432m to $61m, primarily reflecting the acquisition of the Six Senses business in 2019. Other movements in investing activities include a reduction of investment in property, plant and equipment and intangible assets of $103m to $76m.

The Group had committed contractual capital expenditure of $19m at 31 December 2020.

Cash used in financing activities

Net cash from financing activities totalled $1,354m, which was $2,014m higher than 2019. This was primarily due to the cash inflow from the 500m and £400m bond issuances and the £600m commercial paper issuance under the CCFF. These inflows were offset by £227m of bond repayments and $125m repayment of other borrowings. No dividends were paid in 2020 compared to $721m in 2019.

    

 

Off-balance sheet arrangements

At 31 December 2020, the Group had no off-balance sheet arrangements that have, or are reasonably likely to have, a current or future material effect on the Group’s financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Contingent liabilities

Contingent liabilities include guarantees over loans made to facilitate third-party ownership of hotels of up to $56m and

outstanding letters of credit of $43m. The Group may also be exposed to additional liabilities resulting from litigation and security incidents. See note 31 to the Group Financial Statements for further details.

Contractual obligations

The Group had the following contractual obligations outstanding as of 31 December 2020. See table below.

 

 

         

Total amounts

committed

$m

         

Less than

1 year

$m

         

1–3

years

$m

         

3–5

years

$m

         

After

5 years

$m

 
Commercial papera        819            819                                   
Long-term debt obligationsb,c        2,896                       236            1,023            1,637  
Interest payablec        435            76            143            124            92  
Derivatives        57            14            28            28            (13
Lease liabilities        3,505            57            104            87            3,257  
Agreed pension scheme contributions        6            6                                   
Capital contracts placedd        19            19                                   
Deferred and contingent purchase consideratione        112            13            5            13            81  
Totalf        7,849            1,004            516            1,275            5,054  

 

a

Issued under the UK Covid Corporate Financing Facility, maturing on 16 March 2021.

 

b

Repayment period classified according to the related facility maturity date.

 

c

Excluding bank overdrafts.

 

d

See note 30 to the Group Financial Statements for further details.

 

e

Relates to the acquisitions of Six Senses and Regent (see note 11 to the Group Financial Statements for further details).

 

f

The Group also has future commitments for key money payments which are contingent upon future events and may reverse.

 

LOGO

 

 

Performance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   71


Table of Contents

     Governance

 

 

 

LOGO

    

74

 

Chair’s overview

76

 

Our Board of Directors

80

 

Our Executive Committee

82

 

Governance structure

83

 

Board activities

83

 

Board meetings

84

 

Director induction, training and development

85

 

Board effectiveness evaluation

86

 

Audit Committee

91

 

Responsible Business Committee

92

 

Voice of the Employee

93

 

Nomination Committee

94

 

Statement of compliance

96

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report

96

 

Remuneration Committee Chair’s statement

99

 

At a glance

100

 

Remuneration at IHG – the wider context

101

 

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 

 

 

72   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

    

 

Governance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   73

 

 

LOGO

 


Table of Contents

Governance

 

Chair’s overview

 

LOGO

 

The Covid-19 pandemic has presented the hospitality industry and our business with unprecedented challenges. It has also provided an acute test of the Group’s strategy, business model, governance, crisis and risk management capabilities and leadership.

In 2020, the Board sought to guide, support and challenge management as appropriate through the crisis, recognising the need for management to have a clear mandate to allow for swift prioritisation and decision-making in light of the rapidly changing and uncertain environment.

Throughout the pandemic, the Board played an active oversight and support role whilst keeping the long-term growth strategy of the Company in focus and ensuring that actions taken were in keeping with our purpose and values. The Board also ensured that an effective governance and oversight framework remained in place as the Group responded to the crisis.

Responding to the pandemic also meant changes to the Board and its Committees’ operation, requiring a sharper, Covid-19 dominated agenda, virtual meetings, more frequent interaction and collaboration between the Board and management, a revised information flow and increased time commitment notably from the Committee Chairs and the Chair.

I would like to thank the Board and the management team for their commitment, determination and perseverance in striving to protect the business and our stakeholders through the toughest challenge in the industry’s history, whilst remaining true to our purpose and values.

    

Focus areas and activities

In addressing the Covid-19 pandemic, the Board focused on the actions taken by management to support employees (at both the corporate and hotel level), with emphasis on organisational resilience, mental health and wellbeing. The Board also reviewed proposed measures to support owners, guests and the communities in which we operate and ensured that the interests of the Group’s stakeholders were balanced.

Another key theme throughout the year was the protection of the Group’s financial position, with particular focus on cost containment and cash preservation. The Board also undertook detailed review of the Group’s going concern and viability assessments.

The Board also focused on adapting and evolving our strategy and purpose whilst renewing our commitment to addressing environmental, social and governance (ESG) considerations.

Cybersecurity was an area of particular focus, because of the increased threats and risks associated with an increase in remote working. The Board received regular updates on cyber threats to the hospitality sector and IHG, and engaged with management on plans to strengthen the Group’s threat-detection and response to malicious activity, as well as raising awareness among colleagues.

The continuation of the Board’s dialogue and engagement with the Group’s workforce and other stakeholders was also a notable feature of the Board agenda.

Governance framework

The Board delegates certain responsibilities to the Audit, Remuneration, Responsible Business (previously Corporate Responsibility) and Nomination Committees to assist in ensuring that effective corporate governance pervades the business.

The Covid-19 pandemic impacted all aspects of the Committees’ delegated remit and activities during the year:

 

  The Audit Committee focused on the pandemic’s impact on material judgements and estimates, risks, internal controls and business continuity, and going concern and viability;

 

  The Remuneration Committee focused on the remuneration challenges presented by the pandemic and decisions on executive pay, including reductions to salaries and fees, awarding of LTIP grants, and retention issues, all while considering the impact on employees. It also continued to engage with shareholders on the Directors’ Remuneration Policy;

 

  The Responsible Business Committee focused on how IHG continued to operate as a responsible business during the pandemic, the delivery of ongoing targets and the development of the Group’s 2030 responsible business commitments; and

 

  The Nomination Committee progressed the implementation of Board refreshment plans, and continued to review and consider Executive Committee talent and succession plans.

Board composition

Board composition and succession featured prominently on the Board agenda to ensure that we continue to have around the table the right mix of skills, experience, behaviours and knowledge as well as gender and geographical representation to add value as the Company pursues its strategic objectives.

We determined that the Board would benefit from enhanced representation in the US market as well as from further expertise in brands, franchising and business strategy and innovation, including in relation to ESG issues. We also sought to further drive diversity on the Board and prepare for the retirements of Malina Ngai and Luke Mayhew, who left the Board in May and December respectively. These objectives were successfully achieved with the appointment of Sharon Rothstein, Graham Allan and Duriya Farooqui, who joined the Board in June, September and December respectively. Details of their biographies, including their skills and experience, are included on pages 77 to 79.

Additionally, with the retirement of Luke Mayhew, the Board approved Jill McDonald as the designated non-executive director for workforce engagement (Voice of the Employee). Further details regarding this transition are included on page 92.

Board performance review

During the year, we implemented the recommendations of the external Board evaluation carried out in 2019 and conducted an internal evaluation. I am pleased to report that the evaluation concluded that the Board continues to operate effectively. Further details of the evaluation can be found on page 85. We also conducted individual Director feedback discussions, details of which can be found on page 85.

 

 

74   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

Compliance and our dual listing

IHG continues to operate as a dual-listed company with a premium listing on the London Stock Exchange and a secondary listing on the New York Stock Exchange. As such, we are required to file an Annual Report in the UK and a Form 20-F in the US. To ensure consistency of information provided to both UK and US investors, we have again produced a combined Annual Report and Form 20-F. Our statement of compliance with the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (the Code) is located on pages 94 and 95. I am pleased to report that, during 2020, we complied in all material respects with all principles and provisions of the Code. A statement outlining the differences between the Group’s UK corporate governance practices and those followed by US companies can be found on page 239.

Looking forward

In 2021, the Board will focus on the Group’s long-term strategic objectives and ensure that a robust governance framework remains in place so that IHG is well positioned as we emerge from a post-Covid environment.

 

LOGO

Patrick Cescau

Chair of the Board

22 February 2021

 

 

Board and Committee membership and attendance in 2020

 

                                                                              Meetings   
        

    Appointment 

date 

 

 

     
Committee 
    appointments 
 
 
                     Board         
Audit 
          Committee 
 
 
     

    Responsible 
Business 
Committee 
 
 
 
     
     Nomination 
Committee
 
c 
     
   Remuneration 
Committee 
 
 
Total meetings held                            8         5         4         5         4  
Chair                                                                       
Patrick Cescaua        01/01/13         LOGO         8/8                         5/5          
Chief Executive Officer                                                                       
Keith Barr        01/07/17                   8/8                                  
Executive Directors                                                                       
Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson        01/01/14                   8/8                                  
Elie Maalouf        01/01/18                   8/8                                  
Senior Independent                             
Non-Executive Director                                                                       
Dale Morrison        01/06/11         LOGO   LOGO   LOGO         8/8         5/5                 5/5         4/4  
Non-Executive Directors                                                                       
Graham Allan        01/09/20         LOGO   LOGO         3/3 b         2/2 b                         2/2 b  
Anne Busquet        01/03/15         LOGO   LOGO         8/8         5/5         4/4                  
Arthur de Haast        01/01/20         LOGO   LOGO         8/8                 4/4                 4/4  
Ian Dyson        01/09/13         LOGO         8/8         5/5                         4/4  
Jo Harlow        01/09/14         LOGO   LOGO         8/8                         5/5         4/4  
Luke Mayhew        01/07/11         LOGO   LOGO   LOGO         8/8         5/5         4/4         4/5 d          
Jill McDonald        01/06/13         LOGO   LOGO   LOGO         8/8         5/5         4/4         5/5          
Malina Ngai        01/03/17         LOGO   LOGO         2/3 e                 0/1 e                 0/2 e  
Sharon Rothstein        01/06/20         LOGO   LOGO         5/5 f         3/3 f         3/3 f                  

 

a 

In principle the Chair attends all Committee meetings, and the full Board attends the relevant sections of the Audit Committee meetings when financial results are considered.

 

b 

Graham Allan was appointed to the Board from 1 September 2020 and attended Board and relevant Committee meetings from that date.

 

c 

Ian Dyson was appointed to the Nomination Committee from 18 December 2020 following Luke Mayhew’s retirement.

 

d 

Luke Mayhew was unable to attend a Nomination Committee meeting due to a prior engagement. Luke resigned from the Board from 18 December 2020.

 

e 

Malina Ngai was unable to attend a Board meeting, two Remuneration Committee meetings and a Responsible Business Committee meeting due to prior commitments. Malina resigned from the Board from 7 May 2020.

 

f 

Sharon Rothstein was appointed to the Board from 1 June 2020 and attended Board and relevant Committee meetings from that date.

Duriya Farooqui was appointed to the Board from 7 December 2020 so did not attend meetings in 2020.

 

Board Committee membership key           
LOGO    Audit Committee member   LOGO    Remuneration Committee member    LOGO    Responsible Business Committee member
LOGO    Chair of a Board Committee   LOGO    Nomination Committee member      

 

 

   LOGO

 

 

Chair’s overview   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   75


Table of Contents

Governance

Our Board of Directors

    

 

       

Patrick Cescau

Non-Executive Chair

 

LOGO

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 January 2013

 

  LOGO   Skills and experience: From 2005 to 2008, Patrick was Group Chief Executive of Unilever Group, having previously been Chair of Unilever PLC, Vice-Chair of Unilever NV and Foods Director, following a progressive career with the company, which began in France in 1973. Prior to being appointed to the board of Unilever PLC and Unilever NV in 1999, as Finance Director, he was Chair of a number of the company’s major operating companies and divisions, including in the US, Indonesia and Portugal. He was formerly a Senior Independent Director and Non-Executive Director of Pearson plc, Tesco PLC and International Airlines Group, and a Director at INSEAD.  

Board contribution: Patrick has held board positions for more than 20 years in leading global businesses and brings extensive international experience in strategy, brands, consumer products, and finance. As Chair, Patrick is responsible for leading the Board and ensuring it operates in an effective manner, and promoting constructive relations with shareholders and wider stakeholders. As Chair of the Nomination Committee, he is responsible for reviewing and making recommendations on the Group’s leadership needs.

 

Other appointments: Patrick is a trustee of The Leverhulme Trust, Patron of the St Jude India Children’s Charity and Member of the TEMASEK European Advisory Panel.

Keith Barr

Chief Executive Officer (CEO)

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 July 2017

 

  LOGO   Skills and experience: Keith has spent more than 25 years working in the hospitality industry across a wide range of roles. He started his career in hotel operations and joined IHG in 2000. Since April 2011 he has been a member of IHG’s Executive Committee. Directly before being appointed CEO, Keith served as Chief Commercial Officer for four years. In this role, he led IHG’s global brand, loyalty, sales and marketing functions, and oversaw IHG’s loyalty programme, IHG® Rewards. Prior to this, Keith was CEO of IHG’s Greater China business for four years, setting the foundations for growth in a key market and overseeing the launch of the HUALUXE® Hotels and Resorts brand.  

Board contribution: Keith is responsible for the executive management of the Group and ensuring the implementation of Board strategy and policy.

 

Other appointments: Keith is a Non-Executive Director of Yum! Brands. He also sits on the Board of WiHTL (Women in Hospitality Travel & Leisure). Keith is a graduate of Cornell University’s School of Hotel Administration and is currently a member of the Dean’s Advisory Board for The School of Hotel Administration, Cornell SC Johnson College of Business.

Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

Chief Financial Officer (CFO)

and Group Head of Corporate

Strategy

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 January 2014

 

  LOGO   Skills and experience: Paul is a fellow of the Institute of Chartered Accountants and is a graduate of the Harvard Business School Advanced Management Programme. He was previously CFO of IHG’s Europe and Asia, Middle East and Africa regions, a position he held since September 2011. He joined IHG in August 2004 and has held a number of senior-level finance positions, including Head of Investor Relations, Head of Global Corporate Finance and Financial Planning & Tax, and Head of Hotel Development, Europe. Paul also acted as Interim CEO of the Europe, Middle East and Africa region (prior to the reconfiguration of our operating regions).   Board contribution: Paul is responsible, together with the Board, for overseeing the financial operations of the Group and for leading Group strategy.

Elie Maalouf

Chief Executive Officer, Americas

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 January 2018

 

  LOGO   Skills and experience: Elie was appointed CEO, Americas at IHG in February 2015 and has 20 years’ experience working in major global franchise businesses. He joined the Group having spent six years as President and CEO of HMSHost Corporation, where he was also a member of the board of directors. Elie brings broad experience spanning hotel development, branding, finance, real estate and operations management as well as food and beverage expertise. Elie was Senior Advisor with McKinsey & Company from 2012 to 2014.  

Board contribution: Elie brings a deep understanding of the global hospitality sector to the Board. He is responsible for business development and performance of all hotel brands and properties in the Americas region and has global responsibility for customer development, providing oversight of the Global Sales organisation, as well as our owner management and services strategy.

 

Other appointments: Elie is a member of the American Hotel & Lodging Association Executive committee of the Board, and the U.S. Travel Association CEO Roundtable. In addition, Elie serves as a member of the Global Advisory Council at the University of Virginia Darden School of Business and is a board member of the Atlanta Committee for Progress.

 

76   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 

 

 

       

Dale Morrison

Senior Independent

Non-Executive Director (SID)

 

LOGO   LOGO   LOGO

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 June 2011

 

    Skills and experience: Dale is a founding partner of TriPointe Capital Partners and subsequently Twin Ridge Capital, both private equity firms. Dale was previously President and CEO of McCain Foods Limited and President and CEO of Campbell Soup Company.  

Board contribution: Dale has over 10 years’ experience in sales and marketing positions, and over 25 years’ experience in general management, having held senior positions in the branded foods sector. Dale’s role as Senior Independent Non-Executive Director is fundamental to the successful operation of the Board.

 

Other appointments: Currently a Non-Executive Director of International Flavors & Fragrances Inc.

 

  LOGO

Graham Allan

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 September 2020

 

   

Skills and experience: Graham was Group Chief Executive of Dairy Farm International Holdings Ltd, an Asian retailer headquartered in Hong Kong SAR, from 2012 to 2017. In 1992, he joined Yum Restaurants International, where he held several senior positions before assuming the role of President and CEO in 2003, and led the development of global brands KFC, Pizza Hut and Taco Bell in more than 120 international markets. Prior to his tenure at Yum Restaurants, he worked as a consultant including at McKinsey & Co Inc.

 

 

Board contribution: Graham brings to the Board more than 40 years of strategic, commercial and brand experience within consumer–focused businesses across multiple geographies.

 

Other appointments: Graham is Senior Independent Non-Executive Director at Intertek plc and Independent Non-Executive Director of Associated British Foods plc. He also serves as a director of private companies as Chairman of Bata Footwear and Director of Americana Foods.

  LOGO

Anne Busquet

Independent Non-Executive Director

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 March 2015

 

    Skills and experience: Anne began her career at Hilton International in Paris, before joining American Express Company in New York, where she held several executive positions and served for 23 years. Anne was also the CEO of Local and Media Services at InterActiveCorp.  

Board contribution: Anne brings more than 20 years’ experience in senior positions in multinational companies, predominantly in the financial, branded and digital-commerce sectors.

 

Other appointments: Anne is currently the President of AMB Advisors, an independent consulting firm, and Managing Director at Golden Seeds LLC, an angel investment company. She also serves on the boards of Pitney Bowes, MTBC and Elior Group and on the advisory boards of JEGI and SheSpeaks.

 

  LOGO

Duriya Farooqui

Independent

Non-Executive Director

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

Appointed to

the Board:

7 December 2020

 

   

Skills and experience: Duriya is currently an Independent Director at Intercontinental Exchange, Inc. (ICE), a leading operator of global exchanges and clearing houses, and provider of mortgage technology, data and listings services.

 

Duriya was previously President of Supply Chain Innovation at Georgia-Pacific, leading an organisation where companies collaborated to solve supply chain challenges. Prior to this, she was Executive Director of Atlanta Committee for Progress, a coalition of over 30 CEOs who offer leadership on economic development opportunities in Atlanta. Duriya has been a principal at Bain & Company, and also served as Chief Operating Officer for the City of Atlanta.

 

Board contribution: Duriya’s diverse board and executive-level experience brings valuable insights and perspectives to IHG. She combines more than two decades of relevant expertise in business strategy, transformation and innovation, with a clear commitment to driving responsible operations and diversity.

 

Other appointments: Duriya is an Independent Director at ICE. She serves on the boards of NYSE and ICE NGX, both subsidiaries of ICE, and co-chairs the NYSE Board Advisory Council of CEOs.

  LOGO

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our Board of Directors   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   77


Table of Contents

Governance

Our Board of Directors continued

    

    

 

       

Arthur de Haast

Independent

Non-Executive Director

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 January 2020

 

    Skills and experience: Arthur has held several senior roles in the Jones Lang LaSalle (JLL) group, including Chair of JLL’s Capital Markets Advisory Council and Chair and Global CEO of JLL’s Hotels and Hospitality Group. Arthur is also a former Chair of the Institute of Hospitality.  

Board contribution: Arthur has more than 30 years’ experience in the capital markets, hotels and hospitality sectors, along with significant Board-level knowledge around sustainability. Arthur serves on the Remuneration and Responsible Business Committees.

 

Other appointments: Arthur is Chair of JLL’s Capital Markets Advisory Council, a member of JLL’s Global Sustainability Board, an Independent Non-Executive Director of Chalet Hotels Limited and a member of the Advisory Board of the Scottish Business School, University of Strathclyde, Glasgow.

  LOGO

Ian Dyson

Independent

Non-Executive Director

 

LOGO   LOGO   LOGO

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 September 2013

 

    Skills and experience: Ian has held a number of senior executive and finance roles, including Group Finance and Operations Director for Marks and Spencer Group plc for five years from 2005 to 2010, where he oversaw significant changes in the business. In addition, Ian was CEO of Punch Taverns plc, Finance Director for the Rank Group Plc, a leading European gaming business, and Group Financial Controller and Finance Director for the hotels division of Hilton Group plc. More recently, Ian was Senior Independent Non- Executive Director of Flutter Entertainment plc.  

Board contribution: Ian has gained significant experience from working in various senior finance roles, predominantly in the retail, leisure and hospitality sectors. Ian became Chair of the Audit Committee on 1 April 2014, and, as such, is responsible for leading the Committee to ensure effective internal controls and risk management systems are in place.

 

Other appointments: Currently a Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of SSP Group plc and Senior Independent Non-Executive Director and Chair of the Audit Committee of ASOS plc.

  LOGO

Jo Harlow

Independent

Non-Executive Director

 

LOGO   LOGO

 

Appointed to

the Board:

1 September 2014

 

    Skills and experience: Jo most recently held the position of Corporate Vice President of the Phones Business Unit at Microsoft Corporation. She was previously Executive Vice President of Smart Devices at Nokia Corporation, following a number of senior management roles at Nokia from 2003. Prior to that, she held marketing, sales and management roles at Reebok International Limited from 1992 to 2003 and at Procter & Gamble Company from 1984 to 1992.  

Board contribution: Jo has over 25 years’ experience working in various senior roles, predominantly in the branded and technology sectors. Jo became Chair of the Remuneration Committee on 1 October 2017, and as such she is responsible for setting the Remuneration Policy. Jo is also a member of the Nomination Committee.

 

Other appointments: Currently a member of the Supervisory Board of Ceconomy AG and a Non-Executive Director of Halma plc and J Sainsbury plc.

  LOGO

 

    

Changes to the Board and its Committees, and Executive Committee
        

 

   

 

Graham Allan     Graham was appointed to the Board from 1 September 2020

 

   

 

Ian Dyson     Ian was appointed to the Nomination Committee from 18 December 2020

 

   

 

Duriya Farooqui     Duriya was appointed to the Board from 7 December 2020

 

   

 

Wayne Hoare     Wayne was appointed Chief Human Resources Officer from 14 September 2020

 

   

 

Luke Mayhew     Luke resigned from the Board from 18 December 2020

 

   

 

Malina Ngai     Malina resigned from the Board from 7 May 2020

 

   

 

Sharon Rothstein     Sharon was appointed to the Board from 1 June 2020

 

   

 

In addition to the changes in 2020 set out above, in February 2021, the Board approved the appointment of Richard Anderson and Daniela Barone Soares as Independent Non-Executive Directors of the Company with effect from 1 March 2021. Further information relating to their appointments will be included in the Annual Report and Form 20-F 2021. In February 2021, the Board also accepted the resignation of Anne Busquet, who will retire from the Board with effect from the 2021 AGM.

 

Board Committee membership key       
LOGO   Audit Committee member   LOGO   Remuneration Committee member   
LOGO   Responsible Business Committee member   LOGO   Chair of a Board Committee   
LOGO   Nomination Committee member       

 

    

 

78   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 

 

    

 

       

Jill McDonald

Independent

Non-Executive Director

 

LOGO   LOGO   LOGO

    Skills and experience: Jill started her career at Colgate-Palmolive Company, spent 16 years with British Airways Plc and has held a number of senior marketing positions in the UK and overseas. Jill was CEO UK and President for the North West Europe division for McDonald’s, and held a number of other senior roles in the company from 2006. From May 2015 until September 2017, Jill served as CEO of the Halfords Group plc. From 2017-2019, Jill served as Managing Director, Clothing, Home and Beauty, at Marks and Spencer plc.  

Board contribution: Jill has over 30 years’ experience working with high-profile international consumer-facing brands at both marketing and operational level. As Chair of the Responsible Business Committee, she is responsible for corporate responsibility objectives and strategy and approach to sustainable development.

 

Other appointments: Currently CEO of Costa Coffee.

Appointed to

the Board: 1 June 2013

 

 

LOGO

Sharon Rothstein

Independent

Non Executive Director

 

LOGO   LOGO

    Skills and experience: Sharon currently serves as Operating Partner of Stripes Group, a growth equity firm investing in high growth consumer and SaaS (Software as a Service) companies. She previously served as Executive Vice President, Global Chief Marketing Officer, and subsequently, as Executive Vice President, Global Chief Product Officer for Starbucks Corporation. In addition, Sharon has held senior marketing and brand management positions at Sephora LLC, Godiva Chocolatier, Inc., Nabisco Biscuit Company, Procter & Gamble Company, and Starwood Hotels & Resorts Worldwide, Inc.  

Board contribution: Sharon brings extensive brands and marketing expertise, having worked in senior positions for more than 25 years at iconic global companies. In addition to her knowledge of the hospitality industry, Sharon has wide-ranging Board-level experience in a number of consumer- focused businesses.

 

Other appointments: Sharon serves on the Boards of Yelp, Inc. and Afterpay Limited; and also for private companies True Food Kitchen, Inc., LOLA, and Levain Bakery, Inc.

Appointed to

the Board on

1 June 2020

 

  LOGO

 

Board composition

Gender split of Directors

  Tenure of Directors  
LOGO   LOGO  
        

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our Board of Directors   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   79


Table of Contents

Governance

Our Executive Committee

    

 

In addition to Keith Barr, Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson and Elie Maalouf, the Executive Committee comprises:

 

       

Claire Bennett

Global Chief Customer Officer

 

Appointed to the

Executive Committee:

October 2017

(joined the Group: 2017)

 

 

LOGO

 

Skills and experience: Claire joined IHG with an in-depth knowledge of the hospitality industry having spent 11 years at American Express in a range of senior leadership roles across marketing, consumer travel and loyalty. In her tenure there, Claire was General Manager (GM), Global Travel and Lifestyle, where she led a team responsible for delivering luxury lifestyle services, and she held additional roles including GM for Consumer Loyalty, GM for US Consumer Travel, and Senior Vice President, Global Marketing and Brand Management. Claire has also held senior marketing positions at Dell, as well as finance and general management roles at PepsiCo/Quaker Oats Company, building significant expertise across technology, retail e-commerce, financial services, and travel and hospitality sectors.

 

 

Claire has been an Executive Board Member of the World Travel and Tourism Council (WTTC), served as a Board Member of Tumi Inc. and participated on multiple industry advisory boards. Claire is a Certified Public Accountant and holds an MBA from the J.L. Kellogg Graduate School of Management at Northwestern University.

 

Key responsibilities: These include all aspects of brand design and commercial delivery, loyalty, partnerships, customer experience, and marketing execution.

 

Jolyon Bulley

Chief Executive Officer, Greater China

 

Appointed to the

Executive Committee:

November 2017

(joined the Group: 2001)

 

 

LOGO

  Skills and experience: Prior to his appointment as CEO for Greater China, Jolyon was Chief Operating Officer (COO) for the Americas, leading the region’s operations for franchised and managed hotels, in addition to cultivating franchisee relationships and enhancing hotel operating performance. Jolyon has also served as COO for Greater China for almost four years, with oversight of the region’s hotel portfolio and brand performance, food and beverage brand solutions, new hotel openings and owner relations.  

Jolyon joined IHG in 2001, as Director of Operations in New South Wales, Australia, and then held roles of increasing responsibility across IHG’s Asia-Pacific region. He became Regional Director Sales and Marketing for Australia, New Zealand and South Pacific in 2003, relocated to Singapore in 2005 and held positions of Vice President Operations South East Asia and India, Vice President Resorts, and Vice President Operations, South East and South West Asia. Jolyon graduated from William Angliss Institute in Melbourne with a concentration on Tourism and Hospitality.

 

Key responsibilities: These include the management, growth and profitability of IHG’s fastest growing region, Greater China.

 

Yasmin Diamond, CB

Executive Vice President,

Global Corporate Affairs

 

Appointed to the

Executive Committee:

April 2016

(joined the Group: 2012)

 

 

LOGO

 

Skills and experience: Before joining IHG in April 2012, Yasmin was Director of Communications at the Home Office, where she advised the Home Secretary, ministers and senior officials on the strategic development and daily management of all the Home Office’s external and internal communications. She was previously Director of Communications at the Department for Environment, Food and Rural Affairs; Head of Communications for Welfare to Work and New Deal; and Head of Marketing at the Department for Education and Skills. Before joining government communications, Yasmin was Publicity Commissioner for the BBC, where she led communications activity around the launch of a new digital learning channel and around the BBC’s educational output for both adults and children.

 

 

In 2011, Yasmin was awarded a Companion of the Order of the Bath (CB) in the New Year’s honours list in recognition of her career in government communications. In addition, Yasmin sits on the Board of Trustees for the British Council, the UK’s international organisation for cultural relations and educational opportunities, and is a Board Trustee member of the Sustainable Hospitality Alliance.

 

Key responsibilities: Yasmin is responsible for all global corporate affairs activity, focused on supporting and enabling IHG’s broader strategic priorities. This includes all external and internal communications, covering both corporate and consumer brand PR; global government affairs work; and leading IHG’s Corporate Responsibility strategy.

 

 

Nicolette Henfrey

Executive Vice President,

General Counsel and Company Secretary

 

Appointed to the

Executive Committee:

February 2019

(joined the Group: 2001)

 

  LOGO   Skills and experience: Nicolette joined IHG in 2001, and was appointed Deputy Company Secretary in August 2011, during which time she worked very closely with the Board, Executive Committee and wider organisation to ensure best-in-class delivery and compliance across our legal and regulatory areas. Nicolette is a solicitor and prior to joining IHG worked for Linklaters in London and Findlay & Tait (now Bowmans) in South Africa. Nicolette was appointed as Company Secretary on 1 March 2019.   Key responsibilities: These include overseeing our approach to corporate governance, risk management, insurance, regulatory compliance, internal audit, legal and hotel standards.
 

 

80   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 

 

    

 

       

Wayne Hoare

Chief Human Resources Officer

 

Appointed to the

Executive Committee:

September 2020

(joined the Group: 2020)

 

  LOGO   Skills and experience: Wayne has more than 30 years of experience in HR, and joined IHG from RCL FOODS, the second largest foods business in South Africa, where he spent the last seven years as the company’s Chief Human Resources Officer, leading RCL FOODS’ culture building and talent strategy for 25,000 employees. Prior to joining RCL FOODS, Wayne spent 26 years at Unilever, where he worked across a broad range of roles in both mature and developing markets across Europe, North America, Asia, Africa and the Middle East.  

Wayne’s most recent role at Unilever was as SVP, HR – Global Centres of Expertise, where he held responsibility for the Global Talent, Leadership Development and Reward teams. He led the development of the company’s HR strategy on enabling a performance culture focused on growth.

 

Key responsibilities: These include global talent management, learning and capability building, diversity, organisation development, reward and benefit programmes, employee relations, and all aspects of the people and organisation strategy for the Group.

 

 

Kenneth Macpherson

Chief Executive Officer, EMEAA

 

Appointed to the

Executive Committee:

April 2013

(joined the Group: 2013)

 

 

LOGO

 

Skills and experience: Kenneth became CEO, EMEAA in January 2018. Kenneth was previously IHG’s CEO for Greater China, a role he held from 2013 to 2017. Kenneth has extensive experience across sales, marketing strategy, business development and operations. In addition to 12 years living and working in China, Kenneth’s career includes experience in Asia, the UK, France and South Africa. Before IHG, Kenneth worked for 20 years at Diageo, one of the UK’s leading branded companies. His senior management positions included serving as Managing Director of Diageo Greater China, where he helped to build the company’s presence and led the landmark deal to acquire ShuiJingFang, a leading manufacturer of China’s national drink, and one of the first foreign acquisitions of a Chinese listed company.

 

  Key responsibilities: Kenneth is responsible for the management, growth and profitability of the EMEAA region. He also manages a portfolio of hotels in some of the world’s most exciting destinations, in both mature and emerging markets.

George Turner

Executive Vice President,

Chief Commercial

and Technology Officer

 

Appointed to the

Executive Committee:

January 2009

(joined the Group: 2008)

 

 

LOGO

 

Skills and experience: In February 2019, George was appointed as Chief Commercial and Technology Officer. Prior to this, George spent over a decade as IHG’s EVP, General Counsel and Company Secretary, with responsibility for corporate governance, risk and assurance, legal, corporate responsibility and information security. He is a solicitor, qualifying to private practice in 1995. Before joining IHG, George spent over 10 years with Imperial Chemical Industries PLC, where he held various key positions including Deputy Company Secretary and Senior Legal Counsel.

 

  Key responsibilities: These include distribution; channels; revenue management; property, owner, guest and enterprise solutions; guest reservations and customer care; digital; information security; technology and global sales.
 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Our Executive Committee   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   81


Table of Contents

Governance

Governance structure

    

 

We remain committed to maintaining the highest standards of corporate governance. Our governance framework is led and directed by the Board, which in turn delegates certain responsibilities to its Committees to support IHG’s purpose, values and strategy, as well as our commitment to conducting business responsibly.

The Board and its Committees

The Board establishes the Group’s purpose, values and strategy, and is responsible for promoting the long-term sustainable success of the Group. A number of key decisions and matters are reserved for the Board and are not delegated to management. The schedule of matters reserved for the Board was reviewed at the December 2020 Board meeting and is available on our website. The Board also has responsibility for reviewing the means for the workforce to raise concerns in confidence and the reports arising from its operation.

The Board is supported by its Principal Committees, namely the Audit Committee, Responsible Business Committee, Nomination Committee and Remuneration Committee, to assist it in carrying out its functions, overseeing the delivery of strategic objectives and driving sustainable value for shareholders and considering the impacts on, and interests of, other stakeholders. Details of how the Board spent its time during 2020 can be found on pages 83 and 84.

Management Committees

Operational matters, routine business and information disclosure procedures are delegated by the Board to Management Committees.

The Executive Committee is chaired by the CEO and considers and manages a range of day-to-day strategic and operational issues facing the Group, including the development of the Group’s strategy and budget for the Board’s approval, executing the strategic plan once agreed by the Board, monitoring the Group’s performance and providing assurance to the Board in relation to overall performance and risk management.

The General Purposes Committee is chaired by an Executive Committee member and attends to business of a routine nature and to the administration of matters, the principles of which have been agreed previously by the Board or an appropriate Committee.

The Disclosure Committee is chaired by the Group’s Financial Controller and ensures that proper procedures are in place for statutory and listing requirements. This Committee reports to the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer and the Audit Committee.

 

LOGO   More information on our Board and Committees is available on our website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate governance.

The Chair and Company Secretary continue to operate a thorough two-tiered collaborative process for setting the Board agenda to ensure that the focus and discussion strikes the appropriate balance between short-term needs of the business and the longer term. The Chair or Committee Chairs, CEO and Company Secretary also liaise in advance of each Board and Committee meeting to finalise the agendas and ensure that sufficient time is allocated and in which order each matter is considered. The Company Secretary maintains an annual agenda schedule for Board meetings that sets out strategic and operational matters to be considered.

The Board held eight scheduled meetings during the year, and individual attendance is set out on page 75. All Directors are expected to attend all Board meetings and relevant Committee meetings unless they are prevented from doing so by prior commitments, illness or a conflict of interest. If Directors are unable to attend Board or Committee meetings, they are sent the relevant papers and asked to provide comments to the Chair of the Board or Committee in advance of the meeting so that their comments can be duly considered.

Time is set aside at the start and end of each Board meeting for the CEO to meet with the Chair and Non-Executive Directors, and for the Chair to meet privately with the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director (SID) and Non-Executive Directors to discuss any matters arising. The SID continues to be available to discuss concerns with shareholders, in addition to the normal channels of shareholder communication.

During 2020, in addition to the Group’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic, the Board focused on strategic and operational matters, corporate governance, investor relations and risk management. Throughout the year, the Board continued its stakeholder engagement activities and taking into account the views and interests of stakeholders in our decision-making. Details of the Board’s engagement with the Group’s employees (pursuant to the ‘Voice of the Employee’ approach approved by the Board during the year) are set out on page 92. Information in relation to our regard for environment and community matters is provided on page 29. Details of our engagement with suppliers, hotel owners and guests are included on pages 31 to 32, and information about our engagement with shareholders and investors is on page 33.

 

 

 

   

 

 

Working under Covid

As circumstances developed, the Board adjusted its schedule to allow appropriate time to address the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic and oversee the Group’s response to it. The Board also modified its ways of working in response to the pandemic, for example:

 

  when physical meetings became impracticable, Board and Committee meetings were held by video and telephone conference;

 

  in addition to the usual scheduled Board meetings, there were regular additional meetings and update calls to monitor the impact of the pandemic and consider the Group’s response to it;

 

  regular contact was also established between the Board and management outside of scheduled meetings, allowing Directors to provide additional support and challenge to management to ensure the best decision-making possible;

 

  a Board ‘Dashboard’ containing key trading and financial metrics was produced and shared regularly with Board members; and

 

  the Board also liaised closely with shareholders and advisers in relation to the Group’s response to the pandemic.

 

 

82   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Board activities

Board meetings

The key focus areas for the Board during 2020 are outlined below, which should be read in conjunction with the Section 172 statement on

pages 22 to 23:

 

    Area of discussion   Discussion topic and decisions made

 

 

 

 

 

Covid-19 impact and response   Crisis management   The Board assessed the Group’s exposure to, and the financial impact of, the pandemic and reviewed management’s Covid-19 crisis management response plans, including the organisational arrangements for remote working.
 

 

 

 

  Risk and governance   The Board reviewed the Group’s approach to risk assessment and mitigation, the impact on the control environment, governance and business continuity.
 

 

 

 

  Our people and culture   The Board reviewed and agreed to measures in relation to executive and employee pay and organisational restructuring to adapt the Group’s resources to the crisis, including pay reductions, temporary furlough and reduced working hours, and redundancies. The Board took into account a detailed review of the impact on employees before endorsing the plans, and further reviewed measures to support impacted employees.
 

 

 

 

  Stakeholder impact   The Board received detailed information on measures taken to support and communicate with key stakeholders, including investors, hotel owners, guests, suppliers and communities and focused throughout on the balancing of stakeholder interests.
 

 

 

 

  Finance   Board discussions covered a broad range of topics, including the pandemic’s impact on revenues and financial results, cost containment measures, the decision to withdraw the 2019 final dividend recommendation and suspend dividends, the Group’s cash and liquidity position and access to new funding. In this respect, the Board also considered and approved the issuance of £600m of commercial paper under the UK Government’s Covid Corporate Finance Facility as well as the issuance of two further bonds and the completion of a tender offer of a bond under the Group’s EMTN bond programme. Further, the Board monitored and approved the amendments to, and extension of, the Group’s $1.35 billion revolving credit facilities. The Board also considered and approved additional stock exchange announcements relating to the Group’s trading and financial position.

 

 

 

 

 

Strategic and operational

matters

  Strategy  

The evolution of IHG’s purpose and strategy, including ESG priorities and a post-Covid 19 growth strategy.

 

 

 

 

 

  Brand portfolio   Consideration of strategy to strengthen the quality and consistency of our brands in each case taking into account the brand proposition for owners and with a focus on customer centricity and driving digital and technological advantage. The Board also approved the IHG Masterbrand strategy.
 

 

 

 

  Our people and culture   The Board considered the feedback provided from the ‘Voice of the Employee’ engagement plan and actions taken to support employees. The Board reviewed employee communications and wellbeing measures. The Board also had oversight of the Group’s diversity and inclusion initiatives.
 

 

 

 

  Financial and operational resilience   The Board undertook a regular review (by way of a Board ‘Dashboard’) of key financial and operational indicators, including revenue, cash, liquidity, working capital and market demand.

 

 

 

 

 

Corporate governance   Updates from each of the Board Committees   Details of Committee activities during 2020 can be found on pages 86 to 93 and 96 to 111.
 

 

 

 

  Confidential Disclosure Channel Reports   The Board received reports of confidential matters disclosed.
 

 

 

 

  Corporate governance and regulatory updates, including reviews of regulatory developments and any upcoming legislative changes affecting the business, the Board and/ or its Committees   Regular internal updates are provided to the Board covering key regulatory and corporate governance developments in areas such as corporate reporting in relation to Covid-19 and ESG considerations, and how the Group is responding.
 

 

 

 

  Year-end matters, including the Annual Report and Form 20-F   Details of the review process of the Annual Report and Form 20-F can be found on pages 86 to 87.
 

 

 

 

  Board effectiveness evaluation   Details of the process and outcome of the internal Board effectiveness review can be found on page 85.

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Board activities   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   83


Table of Contents

Governance

Board activities continued

Board meetings continued

    

 

    Area of discussion   Discussion topic and decisions made

 

 

 

 

 

Risk management   Cybersecurity   Discussions and presentations covered threats and trends in the hospitality industry, the Group’s key systems and risk appetite as well as managing cyber risks in a remote environment. The Board also reviewed the policies and actions taken to address threats and mitigate risks.
 

 

 

 

  Internal controls and risk management systems, our risk appetite and our global insurance programme   Regular updates were received on internal controls, risk management systems, principal and emerging risks, our risk appetite and global insurance programme. Reports on risk topics were delivered by the Chair of each Committee.
 

 

 

 

  Terms of Reference for each Board Committee   Minor changes to the Nomination Committee’s Terms of Reference were considered and approved. The Terms of Reference for all Committees and the Matters Reserved for the Board can be found on our website.

 

 

 

 

 

Investor relations and communications   Updates on investor perceptions and shareholder relations, consideration of analysts’ reports and media updates   The Board receives a regular report outlining share register movement, relative share price performance, Investor Relations activities and engagement with shareholders. The Board also considered feedback from the regular investor and analyst perception survey as well as individual meetings with investors.
 

 

 

 

  Global communications updates   The Board receives a regular report on global communications covering areas including activity across key regions, our brands, people, and owners.
 

 

 

 

  Preparations for the AGM   The Board assessed changes to plans for the 2020 AGM caused by restrictions on group meetings. Details of the 2021 AGM can be found on page 33.

 

 

 

 

 

Director induction, training and development

 

New Director inductions

All new Directors, upon appointment, undergo a comprehensive and formal induction programme which is tailored to meet their individual needs. We believe this is crucial to ensure our Directors have a full understanding of all aspects of our business and familiarity with the Group’s purpose, culture and values, to ensure they are able to contribute effectively to the Board.

Tailored induction plans were prepared for Sharon Rothstein, Graham Allan and Duriya Farooqui in advance of their appointments to the Board from 1 June, 1 September and 7 December 2020 respectively. The induction plans included:

 

information on the Group’s purpose, culture, values and strategy, including its business model, brands and the markets in which it operates;

 

  an overview of how the Group generates value for its shareholders, has regard for its stakeholders and the environment and how it contributes to wider society;

 

our approach to internal controls and our risk management strategy;

 

information on the Board, its Committees and IHG’s governance processes, with a particular focus on the Committees to which Sharon, Graham and Duriya are appointed;

 

a reminder of the rules relating to maintaining the confidentiality of inside information and restrictions in dealing in IHG shares, together with a briefing on the policies and procedures IHG has in place to ensure compliance with such rules;

 

meetings with members of the Board and the Executive Committee, senior management from functions across the Group, the external Auditor and other key external advisers; and

 

following the onset of the pandemic, information in relation to the impact of Covid-19 on the Group’s strategy, operations, governance, risks and controls, and response.

The induction plans also include visits to IHG corporate offices and hotels across our brands, to meet colleagues and owners and spend time with our General Managers. In light of the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic, it has not been possible for such visits to take place however they will be arranged as appropriate when circumstances permit.

Ongoing Director training and development

We understand the importance of an ongoing training programme for Directors to enable them to fully understand the Group’s business and operations in the context of the rapidly developing environment in which it operates. The Chair continues to review the training and development needs with each Director on a regular basis and the Board is made aware of training opportunities.

Board and Committee meetings are regularly used to update Directors on developments in the environment in which the business operates and in-depth presentations are provided on key topical areas. Training in 2020 included sessions on cyber risk management and environmental, social and governance (ESG) considerations, with a focus on climate risk and the Task Force for Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD).

In addition, the Company Secretary provides regular updates on regulatory, corporate governance and legal matters and Directors are able to meet individually with senior management if necessary. Directors are also encouraged to attend external training events to update their skills and knowledge.

Ordinarily, Board meetings are held at IHG corporate offices and hotels around the world to provide exposure to, and first-hand experience of, our regional teams and different brands. However in 2020, the majority of Board and Committee meetings were held by video conference.

Additional appointments

During 2020, the Board considered the proposed appointments of Keith Barr and Sharon Rothstein as non-executive directors of Yum! Brands, Inc. and Afterpay Limited respectively, taking into account the time commitment required for each role. It was concluded that the additional appointments should not adversely impact their performance, but should enhance their ability to provide constructive challenge and strategic guidance.

 

 

84   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Board effectiveness evaluation

 

 

Internal evaluation

Following the full external evaluation carried out by Mr. Christopher Saul of Christopher Saul Associates in 2019, in 2020 the Board undertook an internal evaluation.

Board members were asked to consider the Board’s overall effectiveness by completing an internal effectiveness questionnaire, which focused on the Board’s effectiveness generally, as well as the role that the Board played during the Covid-19 pandemic. The key topics covered in the evaluation included:

 

the Board’s composition, succession planning and alignment with the needs of the business;

 

the Board’s work processes including agenda setting, information flow, areas of engagement and use of time;

 

the Board’s engagement with key stakeholders, including shareholders and employees;

 

the Board’s dynamics and effectiveness of meetings, including relations with management;

 

the role played by the Board during the Covid-19 crisis and the content and timing of critical management information and reporting;

 

the Board’s focus on long-term strategy and recovery from the Covid-19 crisis; and

 

the structure and effectiveness of the Principal Committees.

The responses of Board members to the questionnaire were largely favourable in relation to all areas of the Board’s operation and, in particular, in relation to the Board’s response to the pandemic. The feedback highlighted that the Board effectively balanced supporting

management’s response to the crisis, challenging key decisions where appropriate, whilst ensuring appropriate governance and safeguarding the Group’s reputation, financial resilience and stakeholder value. The increased reporting of key metrics (financial and other) during this period, combined with the quality and content of materials prepared for the Board, enabled the Board to appropriately assess and consider options, taking into account the relevant risk landscape, and allowing for swift decision-making.

Board members were satisfied with the level and quality of engagement with management, the Principal Committees and shareholders, and further noted that consideration of the ‘Voice of the Employee’ and the impact of decisions on all relevant stakeholders was regularly included in the Board decision-making process.

With regard to implementation of the actions agreed in relation to the 2019 Board effectiveness evaluation, Board members generally agreed that this work had progressed well, particularly in relation to revising the cadence of meetings, engagement with the CEO, streamlining and enhancing the information provided to the Board, and revising the Terms of Reference for the Principal Committees to avoid overlap, particularly in relation to diversity and ‘Voice of the Employee’. It was noted, however, that other areas, including balancing time spent between updates and Board discussion, remained a work-in-progress, particularly given the immediate demands presented by the pandemic and the required move to virtual meetings.

The following areas of continued focus and recommended actions for 2021 were noted:

 

 

Area for focus   Action items

 

 

 

Long-term strategy   As the focus throughout much of 2020 was on short and mid-term objectives, in 2021 the Board will focus on the Group’s long-term, strategic objectives as recovery from the Covid-19 pandemic progresses.

 

 

 

Board meeting agendas and information provided to the Board   Board meeting agendas will be reviewed to ensure that sufficient time is provided for debate and discussion of key agenda items, in addition to receiving presentations.
  The information pack provided to the Board in advance of meetings will be further reviewed and revised as appropriate to incorporate more forward-looking and externally focused perspectives, such as brand, customer and competitor insights.

 

 

 

Board meeting dynamics   Board meetings will revert to taking place ‘face-to-face’ as soon as practicable, to facilitate deep and engaged discussion as well as more informal dialogue between Board members and management.

 

 

 

Board succession planning   The Board will continue to focus in 2021 on Board refreshment and succession planning.

 

 

 

 

Directors’ performance evaluation

In addition to the internal Board evaluation process outlined above, the Chair undertook individual feedback discussions with Directors as appropriate, focusing on their individual contribution, time commitments and areas for development. It was concluded that the Directors perform their duties effectively and dedicate sufficient time to discharge their Board responsibilities.

The performance assessment of the Chair was led by the SID. The Chair’s evaluation consisted of gathering feedback from the Non-Executive Directors, covering:

 

leadership of the Board through the Covid-19 pandemic;

 

the Board’s culture and the Chair’s ability to facilitate constructive Board relations; and

managing the Board in accordance with high standards of corporate governance.

The CEO evaluation was led by the Chair, who collected feedback from the Non-Executive Directors. Key areas of focus included:

 

leadership effectiveness in developing and implementing IHG’s response to the Covid-19 pandemic;

 

the Group’s financial performance;

 

effectiveness in protecting and enhancing IHG’s reputation; and

 

the relationship and ability to work effectively with the Board.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Board activities   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   85


Table of Contents

Governance

Audit Committee

    

    

 

LOGO

 

 

I am pleased to present the Committee’s report for the year ended 31 December 2020. These pages outline how the Committee discharged the responsibilities delegated to it by the Board over the course of the year, and the key areas of focus for the Committee in doing so.

While the Committee’s core duties were unchanged, a number of areas became increasingly critical through the year due to the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic and the risks that this posed. Reviewing the impact of the pandemic on, and the nature of the changes made to, the Group’s risk management and internal control arrangements was a priority in light of the unpredictable and dynamic nature of the risk environment.

There was also additional focus on the approach to financial reporting throughout the year given the uncertainty and complexity caused by the pandemic and considering the guidance updates from regulatory bodies including the FRC.

Despite the challenges brought by the pandemic, I am pleased to report that the external Auditor transition from Ernst & Young LLP (EY) to PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP (PwC) is progressing well.

The Committee fulfils a vital role in the Company’s governance framework, providing valuable independent oversight across the Company’s financial reporting and internal control procedures. In a year of heightened risk and uncertainty, in order to ensure the Committee was able to fulfil its role through this most challenging period, Audit Committee agendas were designed to anticipate key risk areas and those significant matters (outlined on page 90) most impacted by Covid-19. This provided ample opportunity for early scrutiny and challenge. Also, throughout the year, management and EY have worked closely together to manage to a challenging timetable. In this regard, I would like to thank all those across the business who have assisted the Committee in fulfilling its role during the year, and who have worked so hard to complete the necessary work within our usual timelines.

Ian Dyson

Chair of the Audit Committee

22 February 2021

Key duties and role of the Committee

Key objectives and summary of responsibilities

The Audit Committee is responsible for ensuring that IHG maintains a strong control environment. It monitors the integrity of IHG’s financial reporting, including significant financial reporting judgements, maintains oversight and reviews our systems of internal control and risk management, monitors and reviews the effectiveness and performance of internal and external audit functions, as well as reviewing the behaviours expected of IHG’s employees through the Code of Conduct and related policies.

The Committee’s role, responsibilities and authority delegated to it by the Board are set out in its Terms of Reference (ToR), which are reviewed annually and approved by the Board.

 

LOGO  

 

The ToR are available at www.ihgplc.com/investors

under Corporate governance.

The Committee’s key areas of focus over the year have been:

 

reviewing the Group’s approach to the management of risk in light of the impact of Covid-19;

 

assessing and obtaining assurance on the effectiveness and resilience of the Group’s internal control environment throughout the Covid-19 disruption;

 

reviewing the measures taken in respect of employee and guest safety and operational risk in response to Covid-19;

 

reviewing and challenging financial reporting throughout the year to ensure the impact was appropriately reflected, particularly in key areas including going concern and impairments;

 

reviewing the Group’s Internal Audit plan and budget; and

 

overseeing the transition of the external Auditor.

Membership and attendance at meetings

Details of the Committee’s membership and attendance at meetings are set out on page 75. The CFO, General Counsel and Company Secretary, Group Financial Controller, Head of Risk and Assurance and our external Auditor, EY, attended all meetings in 2020. Other attendees are invited to meetings as appropriate; and the CEO and all other Directors attended Committee meetings where the approval of financial reporting was considered and discussed. PwC also attended certain meetings as part of the external Auditor transition. The Committee continues to hold private sessions with the internal and external Auditors without the presence of management to ensure that a culture of transparency is maintained. The Committee Chair continues to have recent and relevant financial experience and all members of the Committee are Independent Non-Executive Directors. In accordance with the Code, the Board also considers that the Committee as a whole possesses competence relevant to the Company’s sector, having a range of financial and commercial experience in the hospitality industry and the broader commercial environment in which we operate. Further details of the skills and experience of the Board can be found on pages 76 to 79.

Reporting to the Board

Following each Committee meeting, the Committee Chair updates the Board on key issues discussed. The papers and minutes for each meeting are circulated to all Board members, who are invited to request further information if required and to provide any challenge where necessary.

 

 

86   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Effectiveness of the Committee

The effectiveness of the Committee is monitored and assessed regularly by the Chair of the Committee and the Chair of the Board. In 2020, the Committee members were also asked to consider its effectiveness by reviewing an effectiveness questionnaire and the responses to it. The evaluation responses concluded that the Committee remains effective and noted that it took into consideration both risk appetite and the control framework around identified principal risks, as well as specifically considering risks that were heightened by the impact of Covid-19.

Focus areas and activities

Financial and narrative reporting

During the year, the Committee reviewed and recommended approval of the interim and annual Financial Statements (considering the relevant accounting and reporting matters such as impairment reviews, key judgement areas, going concern and viability statements) and the Group’s quarterly trading updates. All members of the Board are asked to attend these meetings.

As well as receiving input and guidance from EY on the areas outlined above, the Committee also received regular reports from the Chair of the Disclosure Committee, which liaised closely with other external advisers of the Group to ensure that disclosure and regulatory requirements were being appropriately considered and met. Copies of all of the Disclosure Committee’s minutes were also circulated to the Committee.

The Committee received early drafts of the Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020 (Annual Report), and when providing comments considered: (i) the process for preparing and verifying the Annual Report, which included review by members of the Executive Committee and input from senior employees in the Operations, Strategy, Human Resources, Finance, Risk and Assurance and Legal teams; (ii) a report from the Chair of the Disclosure Committee; and (iii) the checklist prepared by the Annual Report team confirming compliance with the relevant regulatory requirements.

The Committee also considered management’s analysis of how the content, taken as a whole, was ‘fair, balanced and understandable’, and whether it contained the necessary information for shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy. In order to reach this conclusion, a dedicated project team worked on the contents of the Annual Report and a detailed verification process to confirm the accuracy of the information contained within the Annual Report was undertaken by the Financial Planning and Analysis department. The Committee then considered both the structure and content of the Annual Report to ensure that the key messages were effectively and consistently communicated and that meaningful links between the business model, strategy, KPIs, principal risks and remuneration were clearly identified throughout the Annual Report. The Committee specifically considered the adequacy of the disclosures of the impact of Covid-19 on performance, strategy and business resilience and where Covid-19 has impacted the nature of the judgements and estimation uncertainty.

Following a review of the contents of the Annual Report alongside the aforementioned criteria, the Committee reported its recommendation to approve the Annual Report to the Board.

    

Significant matters in the 2020 Financial Statements

Throughout 2020, the Committee was kept informed of the impact of Covid-19 on the Group, including accounting matters, going concern and viability considerations and the UK FRC pronouncements. The Committee provided ongoing challenge of management’s accounting, reporting and internal controls to ensure the implications of Covid-19 have been duly considered. As always, the Committee discussed with management and EY the key judgements applied in the Financial Statements, the exceptional items arising in the year and the impact of any accounting developments or legislative changes. The Committee has satisfied itself that management had adequately identified and considered all potentially significant accounting and disclosure matters. The key items discussed are outlined on page 90.

Internal control and risk management

The Board is responsible for establishing procedures to manage risk, overseeing the internal control framework and determining the nature and extent of the principal risks the Company is willing to take to achieve its long-term objectives. The Committee supports the Board by reviewing the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control and risk management systems and assessing emerging and principal risks.

In order to effectively review the internal control and risk management systems, the Committee:

 

receives regular reports from management, Risk and Assurance and the external Auditor on the effectiveness of the systems for risk management and internal control, including financial, operational and compliance controls.

 

reviews the process by which risks are identified (including procedures in place to identify emerging risks) and assesses the timeliness and effectiveness of corrective action taken by management, including regular reports and presentations on the Company’s overall internal control, risk management system and principal risks.

 

receives additional reports throughout the year relevant to internal control and risk management, both financial and non-financial, to ensure that current and emerging risks are identified, assessed and appropriately managed (see pages 34 to 35 for further detail on our risks and initiatives to manage them).

As part of the Committee’s review of the internal control and risk management systems, key financial, operational and compliance controls across the business continue to be monitored and tested throughout the year. The Committee assesses the approach to Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002 (SOX) compliance in accordance with our US obligations and reviews reports on the progress of the SOX programme at each meeting. During 2020, the Committee assessed additional controls and testing put in place to mitigate the risks arising from the Covid-19 pandemic, for example to preserve the Group’s liquidity and cash positions. The Committee considers the Group’s treasury and tax strategy policies annually and, during 2020 approved minor changes to the Group Treasury Policy and the Group’s published ‘Approach to Tax’.

 

LOGO

Our Approach to Tax document is available at

    

www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business

Having reviewed the internal control and risk management systems throughout the year, with particular emphasis on actions taken to mitigate the impact of Covid-19, the Committee concluded that the Group continues to have an effective system of risk management and internal controls, and that there are no material weaknesses in the control environment and no significant failings or weaknesses.

 

LOGO
 

 

Audit Committee   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   87


Table of Contents

Governance

Audit Committee continued

    

 

Principal risk areas

During the year, particular attention was paid to the review and assessment of principal and emerging risks in light of the challenges created by the Covid-19 pandemic. The Committee observed that, while the crisis did not fundamentally change the risks to the execution of the Group’s strategy, several risks were heightened and impacted by constrained resources (including financial and management time).

The Committee considered the following areas:

 

the impact on the Group’s business of a sustained downturn caused by several waves of the pandemic and a longer recovery period for the industry.

 

the impact of organisational changes and different working arrangements on hotel and corporate employees.

 

the potential for disruption and additional stress on risk management and internal control arrangements, for example as a result of closure of key locations and increased remote working.

 

the increased expectations of guests in relation to cleanliness and hygiene standards.

 

threats to cybersecurity and information governance in the context of the rapidly evolving environment.

Further details of our principal risks, uncertainties and review process can be found on pages 36 to 41.

Relationship with external Auditor

A detailed audit plan was received from EY at the beginning of the audit cycle for the 2020 financial year, which gave an overview of their approach to the audit, outlining the significant risk areas and in particular the approach to materiality and scoping of the audit. EY updated the Committee on adjustments made to the audit plan as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic.

The Committee regularly reviewed the significant audit risks and assessed the progress of the audit throughout the year.

Non-audit services

The independence and objectivity of the non-audit services provided by EY to the Group are safeguarded by IHG’s Audit and Non-Audit Services Pre-Approval Policy. The policy is reviewed by the Audit Committee annually, and in 2020 the policy was updated to reflect the revised FRC Ethical and Accounting Standards that became effective in March 2020. The Committee also noted the application of the policy to non-audit services provided to the Group by Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP (PwC) as the Company’s statutory auditor for the financial year ending 31 December 2021 (subject to shareholder approval at the Company’s Annual General Meeting in 2021).

 

The policy requires that pre-approval is obtained from the Audit Committee for all services provided by the external Auditor before any work can commence, in line with US SEC requirements without any de minimis threshold. The Committee reviewed the audit and non-audit fees incurred with EY on a quarterly basis during 2020. Following these reviews, the Committee noted that there had been no prohibited services (as defined by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002) provided to the Group in each period. The Committee is prohibited from delegating non-audit services approval to management and compliance with the policy is actively managed.

IHG is committed to maintaining non-audit fees at a low level and the Committee is cognisant of investor advisory bodies’ guidelines on non-audit fees. During 2020, 18% of services provided to the Group were non-audit services (2019: 21%), primarily related to System and Organisation Controls (SOC) Reports. Details of the fees paid to EY for non-audit work during 2020, and for statutory audit work during 2020 can be found on page 153. The Committee is satisfied that the Company was compliant during the year with the FRC’s Ethical and Auditing Standards in respect of the scope and maximum permitted level of fees incurred for non-audit services provided by EY. Where non-audit work is performed by EY, both the Company and EY ensure adherence to robust processes to prevent the objectivity and independence of the external Auditor being compromised.

Risk and assurance – Internal Audit

The Committee discusses and approves the Internal Audit annual plan, which aims to provide objective and insightful assurance that appropriate controls are in place to support our strategy and growth ambitions. Progress against the Internal Audit plan is reported at each meeting and during 2020 the Committee reviewed closely the prioritisation of internal audit resources while considering the dynamic inherent risks created by the Covid-19 crisis and the organisational and process changes which resulted from it. The 2021 plan presented to the Committee in December 2020 will maintain focus on the integrity of the risk management and internal control system and will allocate particular attention to areas of heightened risk and enablers of organisational recovery and resilience, for example information security, third-party risk management and talent risk management. Following consideration, the Committee confirmed its agreement to the 2021 Internal Audit plan, including the assurance priorities identified. The Committee reviews the results of completed audits and observations from other ongoing assurance and control improvement support, as well as actions taken by management in response to Internal Audit’s work.

 

 

88   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

A functional effectiveness review of Internal Audit is undertaken each year and reported to the Committee. Internal Audit has again undertaken an assessment using feedback from auditees and senior leadership and drawing on external experience from third-party partner firms. This highlighted positive feedback on the proactive support and independent challenge provided to management in a heightened risk environment, continued alignment with the Global Institute of Internal Audit Standard, and identified opportunities for continuous improvement in 2021.

Governance and compliance

The Committee is responsible for reviewing the Group’s Code of Conduct (which is reviewed and approved annually) and related policies.

Looking forward

During 2021, the Committee will focus on the continued preparation for the orderly transition of audit services to PwC and the evolution of the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the Group’s principal risks, control environment and approach to financial reporting.

 

 

External Auditor – Ernst & Young LLP (EY)

The Committee assessed EY’s performance during the year, including its independence, effectiveness and objectivity. EY has been our Auditor since IHG’s listing in April 2003 and of the Group’s predecessor businesses dating back to 1988.

As part of its review, the Committee determines the independence of the external Auditor, considering, among other things, its challenge to management and level of professional scepticism, the amount of time passed since a rotation of audit partner and the level of non-audit work that it undertakes, details of which can be found on page 88.

To ensure the external Auditor’s independence is safeguarded, lead audit partners are required to rotate every five years. Sarah Kokot, who was appointed lead audit partner in 2016, has continued her role during 2020.

The Committee also considered the effectiveness of the relationship between EY and management as part of the annual review process. This included the completion of feedback questionnaires by the Committee members and 49 senior IHG employees. Feedback was requested on a number of topics including independence, assignment management and communication. The Committee also received reports from EY on its independence.

No significant issues were raised in the review of the Auditor performance and effectiveness and, as a result, the Committee concluded that EY continues to provide an effective audit and maintain independence and objectivity.

Audit transition

In August 2019, the Company announced the Board’s intention to propose to shareholders at the 2021 AGM that Pricewaterhouse Coopers LLP (PwC) be appointed as the Company’s statutory Auditor for the financial year ending 31 December 2021. The audit tender process undertaken was explained in detail in the Annual Report and Form 20-F 2019.

A Transition Governance Committee, led by the Group Financial Controller, was appointed to oversee the transition activities undertaken in 2020. Given the impact of Covid-19, the planned activities have been continuously reviewed throughout the year.

Specific activities undertaken by PwC included:

 

achieving independence in the first half of 2020.

 

meetings with senior management and executives across the business, including a large number of individuals outside the finance function.

 

meetings with Board members, including the Audit Committee Chair.

 

the lead audit partner and second partner attending Audit Committee meetings from August 2020.

 

developing transition plans for key workstreams. As Covid-19 developed, these transition plans have been modified accordingly.

 

providing regular reports on the progress of transition activities.

Updates have been provided to the Audit Committee by management throughout the year. In December 2020, PwC presented a report to the Audit Committee, including an overview of key audit transition activities; the impact of Covid-19 on their audit transition plan; and planned next steps.

An audit planning workshop is scheduled in March 2021, and PwC will audit the 2021 financial year subject to shareholder approval at the 2021 AGM.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Audit Committee   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   89


Table of Contents

Governance

Audit Committee continued

    

    

 

Significant matters in the 2020 Financial Statements

 

Area of focus   Issue/Role of the Committee   Conclusions/Actions taken

 

 

 

 

 

Impact of Covid-19 on the Group’s viability and going concern   Covid-19 has had a significant impact on the profitability of the Group and increased the level of uncertainty in planning scenarios. The Committee reviews management’s financial modelling to conclude on the appropriateness of the going concern and viability assessment.   The Committee reviewed and challenged the scenarios considered by management in its going concern assessment to June 2022 and viability assessment over the next three years and concluded that these were appropriate and adequate. The Committee reviewed and challenged the detailed cash flow forecasts and the mitigating actions available to management, and considered the covenant waivers and relaxations in place, and concluded that the going concern basis of accounting is appropriate. The Committee also reviewed and challenged the reverse stress test assumptions to confirm the viability of the Group. The Committee reviewed going concern disclosures (page 133) and the Viability statement (page 42) and is satisfied these are appropriate.

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting for IHG Rewards   Accounting for IHG Rewards requires significant use of estimation techniques and represents a material deferred revenue balance. The Committee reviews the controls, judgements and estimates related to accounting for IHG Rewards.   The Committee reviewed the deferred revenue balance and questioned the valuation approach, the results of the external actuarial review and procedures completed, to determine the breakage assumption for earned IHG Rewards points and the estimate that member behaviour patterns would return to pre-Covid levels. The Committee reviewed a paper from management outlining current loyalty trends (both member behaviour and changes to programme benefits) with a focus on the potential impact of Covid-19 on deferred revenue and the breakage assumption. The Committee concluded that the deferred revenue balance is appropriately stated.

 

 

 

 

 

Accounting for the System Fund   Given the unique nature of the System Fund, the Committee reviews the controls and processes related to System Fund accounting.   The Committee met with senior finance management to review and evaluate the risk areas associated with the System Fund. The Committee reviewed a paper from management summarising the principles determining the allocation of revenues and expenses to the System Fund, and the related governance and internal control environment. The Committee also reviewed a paper outlining the changes relating to intellectual property licence fee revenues and InterContinental Ambassador revenues and costs (see page 150). The Committee concluded that the accounting treatment of the System Fund, and related disclosures, were appropriate.

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment testing   Impairment reviews require significant judgement in estimating recoverable values of assets or cash-generating units and the Committee therefore scrutinises the methodologies applied and the inherent sensitivities in determining any potential asset impairment and the adequacy of the related disclosures.   The Committee reviewed management reports outlining the approach taken on impairment testing and key assumptions and sensitivities supporting the conclusion on the various asset categories. The Committee examined in detail the assumptions applied in calculating the impairments recorded in the year (see pages 135 to 137), including the underlying cash flow projections which reflect management’s expectations of the five-year recovery period from Covid-19 (see page 135). The Committee specifically focused on the North America hotels ($35m), UK portfolio property, plant and equipment ($50m) and the related fair value adjustment to contingent purchase consideration ($21m), the US corporate headquarters ($50m), Barclay associate ($13m), Six Senses management agreements ($41m) and assets associated with the SVC portfolio ($66m) as well as the assumptions applied in testing the InterContinental Boston.
    The Committee considered management’s reports in respect of the appropriateness of the Group’s cash-generating units and the level at which goodwill and brands should be tested for impairment following the Group restructuring programme and the loss of the SVC portfolio. The Committee challenged management and is satisfied that no impairment would have arisen if the methodology applied in prior years had been applied. The Committee reviewed the disclosures and is satisfied that they are appropriate.
    The Committee concluded that it agreed with the determinations reached on impairment, and the related change in the fair value of the UK portfolio contingent purchase consideration, the classification of these as exceptional items and that the related disclosures were appropriate.

 

 

 

 

 

Expected credit losses   Estimating expected credit losses on trade and other receivables has been subject to an increased level of uncertainty in 2020 due to the disruption from Covid-19 and has had a more significant impact on the Group. In this situation, the Committee reviews the provision and considers the adequacy of the disclosure.   The Committee reviewed management’s papers setting out the approach to calculating the provision for expected credit losses, which is subject to greater uncertainty given the Group’s limited experience of owners’ ability to pay during a pandemic. Factors considered include the ageing of receivables, owners known to be in financial distress and the expected mitigating impact of payment plans and other support offered by the Group. The Committee concluded it agreed with the basis of calculation (which has resulted in a charge of $40m in 2020, and an additional charge of $24m recognised in the System Fund). The Committee agreed the improvement in cash collection in the second half of the year supports the classification of expected credit losses within operating profit before exceptional items.

 

 

 

 

 

Litigation and contingencies   From time to time, the Group is subject to legal proceedings with the ultimate outcome of each being subject to many uncertainties. The Committee reviews and evaluates the need for provisioning on a case by case basis and considers the adequacy of the disclosure.   At each meeting during the year, the Committee considered a report detailing all material litigation matters. The Committee discussed and agreed any provisioning requirements for these matters based on their underlying factors. The Committee reviewed the cost of an arbitration award in the EMEAA region, and the release of a provision in respect of a lawsuit previously filed against the Group in the Americas region which has now been settled. The Committee agreed the classification of these items as exceptional and concluded that the disclosures of litigation and contingencies were appropriate.

 

 

 

 

 

Exceptional items   The Group exercises judgement in presenting exceptional items. The Committee reviews and challenges the classification of items as exceptional based on their materiality or nature.   The Committee reviewed papers prepared by management and considered the consistency of treatment and nature of items classified as exceptional. The Committee reviewed and challenged the significance, timing and nature of the exceptional items (see page 154) which as well as the items mentioned above comprise gains on derecognition of lease liabilities and right of use assets, gains on lease termination, provisions for onerous expenditure, reorganisation costs, acquisition and integration costs primarily relating to Six Senses, other impairments and financial expenses relating to the partial settlement of the Group’s outstanding bonds. The Committee concluded that the disclosures and the treatment of the items shown as exceptional were appropriate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

90   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Responsible Business Committee

 

 

LOGO

 

I am pleased to share the Responsible Business Committee’s report for the year.

In 2020, the Committee expanded its remit to assume responsibility for assessing the Board’s engagement with the workforce (see ‘Voice of the Employee’ on page 92) and the Group’s diversity and inclusion agenda. Both of these areas were the subject of particular focus in light of the racial injustice and inequality movement seen across the globe during 2020.

The impact of Covid-19 was also dominant on the Committee’s agenda. The Committee reviewed the impact of the pandemic on the Group’s responsible business targets and priorities and it considered from a responsible business perspective the principles and approach adopted in relation to engagement with our stakeholders, including our response to supporting our communities.

The Committee was pleased to review and approve the Group’s new 2030 responsible business commitments and to endorse the bold, long-term ambitions designed to help shape the future of responsible travel together with those who stay, work and partner with IHG.

Jill McDonald

Chair of the Responsible Business Committee

22 February 2021

 

Key duties and role of the Committee

Key objectives and summary of responsibilities

The Committee reviews and advises the Board on the Group’s responsible business objectives and strategy, including its impact on the environment and climate change; social, community and human rights issues; its approach to sustainable development and responsible procurement; and stakeholder engagement in relation to the Group’s approach to responsible business. The Committee is also responsible for assessing the Board’s engagement with the workforce and the Group’s diversity and inclusion agenda.

The Committee’s role, responsibilities and authority delegated to it by the Board are set out in its Terms of Reference (ToR), which are reviewed annually and approved by the Board.

 

LOGO

The ToR are available at www.ihgplc.com/investors
under Corporate governance.

In addition to the areas outlined above, the Committee’s key responsibilities and focus areas over the year have been:

 

monitoring the progress against the Group’s 2018-2020 responsible business targets and the impact of the Covid-19 pandemic; shaping the Group’s post-2020 responsible business strategy and approving the 2030 responsible business commitments;

 

reviewing the Group’s diversity and inclusion initiatives and objectives;

 

overseeing responsible business stakeholder engagement;

 

preparing to implement the recommendations of the Task Force on Climate-related Financial Disclosures (TCFD); and

 

overseeing the Group’s Human Rights programme.

Membership and attendance at meetings

The Committee’s membership and attendance at meetings are set out on page 75. The Vice President, Global Corporate Responsibility, the Chair of the Board and the CEO attended all meetings held during the year.

Reporting to the Board

The Committee Chair updates the Board on all key issues raised at Committee meetings. Papers and minutes for each meeting are also circulated to all Board members, who are invited to request further information where necessary.

Effectiveness of the Committee

The Committee’s effectiveness continues to be monitored and assessed regularly by the Committee’s Chair and the Chair of the Board. In 2020, the Committee was also reviewed as part of the internal Board evaluation process, where it was concluded that the Committee remains effective.

 

Focus areas and activities

Responsible business commitments

The Committee assessed progress against the 2018-2020 responsible business targets and approved the Group’s 2030 responsible business commitments in the areas of our people, communities, carbon and energy (including the science-based targets for carbon reduction announced in 2020), waste and water.

 

LOGO

Further information on our 2030 responsible business

 

commitments can be found on page 21 and at

 

www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business

Diversity and inclusion

During the year, the Committee assessed and refreshed the Group’s diversity and inclusion commitments as part of the broader 2030 responsible business commitments and oversaw the programme of activity that sits behind the Group’s diversity and inclusion plan. Focus areas included the establishment of new employee resource groups and actions to support the development of ethnic minority colleagues.

As at 31 December 2020, 39% of our senior leaders were women, in addition to women comprising 38% of the Company’s Board.

Stakeholder engagement

The Committee received detailed updates from management on the Group’s approach to responsible business during Covid-19 and the steps taken to support stakeholders. Further information on the measures taken to support employees, communities, hotel owners, guests and suppliers is included on pages 26 to 32.

We were pleased to be listed again on the S&P Dow Jones Sustainability World and European Indices.

TCFD

The Committee assessed the Group’s progress towards TCFD alignment, including the completion of a TCFD readiness review. Further information on TCFD including objectives for 2021 is included on page 30.

Human Rights programme

The Committee considered the Group’s Human Rights programme and in particular the adjustment of its focus to address risk areas that increased as a result of Covid-19, such as workplace health and safety, and living and working conditions for hotel colleagues including migrant workers. Focus areas also included the ongoing work to address forced labour and human trafficking risks. The Committee also reviewed the 2020 Modern Slavery Statement.

Looking forward

In 2021, the Committee will focus on embedding the 2030 responsible business commitments and further preparing to report in line with the TCFD framework.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Responsible Business Committee   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   91


Table of Contents

Governance

Responsible Business Committee continued

Voice of the Employee

 

During 2020, Luke Mayhew continued in his capacity as the designated non-executive director (NED) with responsibility for workforce engagement (Voice of the Employee), partnering with Jill McDonald (Chair of the Responsible Business Committee).

Luke and Jill were supported by the Group’s Human Resources (HR) team, which assisted with the planning of the Board’s workforce engagement plan and provided data on various metrics relating to employees such as employee engagement survey results.

Role and responsibilities

Their role is to:

 

support management to design the structure and content of Board discussions on employee engagement and culture;

 

evaluate employee engagement approaches and their effectiveness; and

 

ensure that employee feedback and interests are factored into the Board’s decisions and KPI setting.

Their responsibilities include ensuring that:

 

the Board, through the Executive Committee, has effective methods of receiving feedback from employees and communicating Board and executive decisions and priorities throughout the organisation;

 

all significant business and budget proposals include a management assessment of the impact on employees;

 

Executives share employee feedback openly, transparently and in a balanced way, including reviewing employee engagement surveys and other employee reports including whistleblowing; and

 

other NEDs also gather feedback and perspectives from employees.

2020 Engagement

In 2020, Luke and Jill undertook a programme of activities to engage with the views of employees and had detailed exposure to many of IHG’s employee feedback mechanisms. They attended a number of meetings with employee forums, including leader groups and Employee Resource Groups (ERGs) in the UK and US. Discussion topics included IHG’s response to the pandemic, mental health and wellbeing, the positives and challenges of remote working and job security and talent retention.

As the number and scope of such employee meetings were limited because of the Covid-19 pandemic (due to the impact of furlough for example), additional engagement and activities undertaken by Luke and Jill during the year included:

 

monitoring and reviewing the content (and, where relevant, recordings) of regional town hall meetings, global ‘all employee’ CEO calls, Lean In circles and ‘Learning with Leader’ podcasts;

 

reviewing employee dashboards and survey results; and

 

receiving access to the initiatives introduced to maintain the culture during the pandemic, including virtual summits to encourage employee learning, personal growth, resilience-building and coping strategies.

Insights & learnings

Luke and Jill provided regular feedback to the Responsible Business Committee and the Board throughout the year, with key Board discussions taking place around the insights and action planning arising from employee engagement survey results. Through their feedback, the Board has gained valuable insights into employee sentiment through the pandemic, for example the importance to employees of receiving regular communications on the Company’s performance, outlook and clarity on future plans for employees to feel confident in a future within hospitality.

“It has been a privilege to be the first designated NED for Voice of the Employee at IHG; there is a real interest across the Board in employees’ views and a recognition that employees are the heart of the business. I would particularly like to thank employees who were willing to share their perspectives with me and trusted me and IHG to use those views responsibly. Many of my meetings were with members of the various D&I groups. IHG’s support to these groups has been and will be a very real indication of its commitment to listen and learn from employees.”

Luke Mayhew

Former Non-Executive Director

The Board also considered the feedback provided by Luke and Jill when it was engaged on key decisions that impacted employees, such as furloughs, pay and benefit reductions and redundancies. The Board considered the impact of proposals on employees prior to the decisions being taken or communicated. Further information on the Board’s regard for the interests of employees is set out on pages 22 and 26.

A further learning from the activities during the year is that the Voice of the Employee approach could be improved by gaining more direct input and feedback from employees in other key markets (outside the US and UK) and from frontline employees at hotels.

Plans for 2021

As Luke retired from the Board in December 2020, the Board approved the transition of the Voice of the Employee responsibilities to Jill McDonald, in light of her skills and experience gained from partnering with Luke. It is anticipated that additional NEDs will assist with and support the Voice of the Employee activities.

A schedule of discussions and feedback sessions has been arranged for Jill and other NEDs as appropriate in 2021. The schedule will involve a wider group of employees from regions outside the UK and US and includes opportunities to interact with a cross-section of leader groups, ERGs and Lean In circles across the regions to ensure concerns and issues are understood by the Board. The Global HR Leadership team will provide cultural insights and help to gauge the organisational pulse.

Other plans of the Voice of the Employee programme for 2021 include:

 

incorporating more direct engagement with employees at hotels as part of the discussion and feedback sessions;

 

all relevant Board and budget papers will continue to have an employee impact assessment; and

 

the Board will regularly review the approach in line with best practice and changes in regulation.

 

 

92   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Nomination Committee

 

 

LOGO

 

With two retirements from the Board and three new members joining the Board in 2020 (in addition to Arthur de Haast who was appointed to the Board with effect from 1 January 2020), Board composition and succession have featured prominently on the Committee’s agenda.

The Committee has sought to ensure that the composition of our Board includes the best range of talent, skills and relevant experience available as well as reflecting our stakeholders and the communities in which we operate.

We also recognise that having diversity on the Board is one of the ways in which constructive and challenging debate, which is essential to the effective functioning of the Board, can be encouraged.

I am pleased to report that, as at 31 December 2020, our Board composition meets the target for the proportion of women on boards set out in the Hampton-Alexander Review as well as the recommendation on ethnic diversity on boards in the Parker Review.

Patrick Cescau

Chair of the Nomination Committee

22 February 2021

Key duties and role of the Committee

Key objectives and summary of responsibilities

The Committee reviews the composition of the Board and its Principal Committees, evaluating the balance of skills, experience, independence, knowledge and diversity requirements before making appropriate recommendations to the Board as to any changes. It also ensures plans are in place for orderly succession for both Directors and other senior executives and is responsible for reviewing the Group’s senior leadership needs.

The Committee’s role, responsibilities and authority delegated to it by the Board, including processes in relation to appointments, are set out in its Terms of Reference (ToR), which are reviewed annually and approved by the Board.

 

LOGO

The ToR are available at www.ihgplc.com/investors
under Corporate governance.

The Committee’s key responsibilities and focus areas during the year have been:

 

assessing Board and the Principal Committees’ composition and succession planning, including consideration of gender balance and ethnic and geographical diversity in line with the Group’s D&I Policy (details of which are on page 28);

 

engaging with an external search consultancy and making recommendations on appointments to the Board;

 

monitoring the Executive Committee’s performance and development review; and

 

overseeing the performance evaluation of the Board, the Principal Committees and individual Non-Executive Directors (details of which are set out on page 85).

Membership and attendance at meetings

The Committee’s membership and attendance at meetings are available on page 75. In 2020, the Committee considered and recommended to the Board Ian Dyson’s appointment to the Committee, following Luke Mayhew’s retirement. All members of the Committee are Non-Executive Directors. When the Committee considers matters relating to my position, Dale Morrison, the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director (SID), acts as Committee Chair.

Reporting to the Board

The Committee makes recommendations to the Board for all Board appointments. Minutes are circulated to Board members and I report back to the Board on the activities of the Committee following each meeting.

Effectiveness of the Committee and internal evaluation

During the year, the effectiveness of the Committee was reviewed as part of the internal Board evaluation process. It was concluded that the Committee remains effective.

Focus areas and activities

Board and Committee composition

The Committee continued to review the current and future composition of the Board and its Principal Committees. The appointments made in 2020 reflected our intention to strengthen our representation in the Americas region and to enhance our competencies in the brands and franchising sectors, as well as reflecting our commitment to ESG matters.

Target profiles outlining the competencies and experience required to support the Group’s evolving strategy were agreed and candidates were assessed against the profiles. Following the assessment and interview process, including consideration of candidates’ other commitments, the Committee recommended the appointment of each of Sharon Rothstein, Graham Allan and Duriya Farooqui as Non-Executive Directors, with effect from 1 June, 1 September and 7 December 2020 respectively.

Sharon, Graham and Duriya’s biographies are included on pages 77 to 79 and details of their induction plans can be found on page 84.

An external search consultancy, Spencer Stuart, was engaged during 2020 to assist with Non-Executive Director searches. Spencer Stuart has no other connection with the Company or individual Directors.

The Committee also reviewed and discussed the length of tenure of Non-Executive Directors. As Dale Morrison has served on the Board for more than nine years, he was subject to particular review. The Committee considered Dale’s appointment in the context of the broader Board composition and tenure and, taking into account his independence and other commitments, concluded that his continued appointment as the SID remained appropriate and in the best interests of the Board and the Company, given his knowledge of the Company and its strategy, the management team and the Board.

Leadership development and executive succession planning

During the year, the Committee also continued to review the development plans for the Executive Committee and succession plans for senior management positions in order to ensure the development of a diverse pipeline for succession.

Information on the gender balance of senior management as well as the Board is included on page 91.

Looking forward

In 2021, the Committee will continue to focus on Board, Executive and senior talent succession planning, ensuring that our talent pipeline combines an appropriate balance of skills, experience, knowledge as well as diversity.

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Nomination Committee   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   93


Table of Contents

Governance

Statement of compliance

    

 

Our statement of compliance summarises how the Group has implemented the principles and provisions of the 2018 UK Corporate Governance Code (available at www.frc.org.uk/directors under UK Corporate Governance Code) as published in July 2018 (the Code).

This should be read in conjunction with the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 71, and Governance, including the Directors’ Remuneration Report, on pages 74 to 111, as a whole.

The Board considers that the Group has complied in all material respects with the Code for the year ended 31 December 2020.

 

 

1. Board Leadership and Company Purpose

 

 

A.

The role of the Board

The Board continues to lead IHG’s strategic direction, long-term objectives and success of the Group. Further responsibilities of the Board are set out on page 82.

The Board met eight times during 2020 and all Directors continue to act in what they consider to be in the best interests of the Company, consistent with their statutory duties. Further details of 2020 Board meetings, including information on the Board’s assessment of strategic and operational matters, are set out on pages 83 and 84, attendance information on page 75, skills and experience and biographical information on pages 76 to 79.

A description of IHG’s business model is set out on pages 12 to 15. An assessment of the principal risks facing the Group is included on pages 36 to 41.

Potential conflicts of interest are reviewed annually and powers of authorisation are exercised in accordance with the Companies Act and the Company’s Articles of Association.

During the year, if any Director has unresolved concerns about the operation of the Board or the management of the Company, these would be recorded in the minutes of the meeting.

 

 

 

B.

The Company’s purpose, values and strategy

Our purpose is to provide True Hospitality for Good. A description of IHG’s culture including an overview of our values is included on pages 24 to 25. Culture and people were particularly prominently on the Board agenda during the Covid-19 pandemic. A summary of the Board’s activities in relation to the ‘Voice of the Employee’ is included on page 92. An outline of the Group’s approach to rewarding its workforce is contained on page 27.

 

 

 

C.

Resources

The Board delegates oversight of the allocation of day-to-day resources to management (principally through the Executive Committee).

Information on the Group’s key performance indicators, including the measures used to monitor them, is included on pages 43 to 46.

A summary of the procedures for identifying and discussing emerging risks is set out on page 34.

 

 

 

D.

Shareholders and stakeholders

The Board engaged actively throughout 2020 with shareholders and other stakeholders. The Chair held a number of one-to-one meetings with major institutional shareholders to discuss the role of the Board and other general governance issues, following which the Chair ensured that their views were communicated to the Board as a whole. The Chair of the Remuneration Committee also held a series of investor consultation meetings in connection with votes relating to the Directors’ Remuneration Policy at the Company’s 2020 Annual General Meeting. Further details are on page 97.

Further details of the Board’s engagement with shareholders can be found on page 33. Information on the Board’s engagement with other stakeholders, including suppliers, hotel owners and guests, is included on pages 31 to 32.

 

 

 

 

 

 

E.

Workforce policies and practices

The Board has overarching responsibility for the Group’s workforce policies and practices and delegates day-to-day responsibility to the CEO and Chief Human Resources Officer to ensure that they are consistent with the Company’s values and support its long-term success.

Employees are able to report matters of concern confidentially through our Confidential Disclosure Channel. The Board routinely reviews reports generated from the disclosures and ensures that arrangements are in place for investigation and follow-up action as appropriate.

 

 

 

2. Division of Responsibilities

 

 

F.

The Chair

Patrick Cescau leads the operation and governance of the Board and its Committees. The Chair has been in post for eight years and was independent on appointment. See page 76 for more details.

 

 

 

G.

Board composition

The size and composition of the Board and its Committees is kept under review by the Nomination Committee to ensure the appropriate combination of Executive and Non-Executive Directors. Details of the responsibilities, skills and experience on the Board can be found on pages 76 to 79.

At least half of the Board, excluding the Chair, are Independent Non-Executive Directors. Further details of the composition of the Board and Committees are available on pages 75 to 79.

 

 

 

H.

Non-Executives

Non-Executive Director terms of appointment outline IHG’s time commitment expectations required to fulfil their role. The commitments of each Director are included in the Directors’ biographical details on pages 76 to 79. Details of Non-Executive Director appointment terms are set out on page 111.

The Chair annually reviews the time each Non-Executive Director dedicates to IHG as part of the internal performance evaluation of Directors (see page 85) and is satisfied that their other duties and time commitments do not conflict with those as Directors.

Dale Morrison was appointed as Senior Independent Non-Executive Director on 31 May 2014. He is available to liaise with shareholders who have concerns that they feel have not been addressed through the normal channels of the Chair, Chief Executive Officer and other Executive Directors. He also leads the annual performance review of the Chair (see page 85), and as necessary, provides advice and judgement to the Chair, and serves as an intermediary for other Directors when necessary.

After each Board meeting, Non-Executive Directors and the Chair meet without Executive Directors being present (see page 82).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

I.

Policies, processes, information and resources

The Chair and Company Secretary ensure that the Board and its Committees have the necessary policies and processes in place and that they receive timely, accurate and clear information. The Board and its Committees also have access to the Company Secretary, independent advice and other necessary resources, at the Company’s expense. They receive administrative and logistical support of a full-time executive assistant. See page 82 for more details.

 

 

3. Composition, Succession and Evaluation

 

 

 

J.

Appointments

Appointments to the Board are led by the Nomination Committee in accordance with its Terms of Reference (available on our website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate governance). The Nomination Committee also supports the Board in succession planning for the Board and senior management. Further details of the role of the Nomination Committee and what it did in 2020 are in the Nomination Committee Report on page 93. The overall process of appointment and removal of Directors is overseen by the Board as a whole.

All of the Directors retire and seek election or re-election at each AGM.

 

 

 

K.

Skills

Details of the skills, experience and biographical information of the Board are set out on pages 76 to 79.

The Chair and Company Secretary ensure that new Directors receive a full induction and that all Directors continually update their skills and have the requisite knowledge and familiarity with the Group to fulfil their role (see page 84).

The length of service of Directors is reviewed regularly, details of the review in 2020 are included on page 93.

 

 

 

L.

Annual evaluation

The Board undertakes either an internal or external annual Board effectiveness evaluation. The last external evaluation was carried out in 2019, so in 2020 an internal Board evaluation was conducted. A summary of the evaluation is set out on page 85.

Performance evaluations of Directors, including the Chair, are also carried out on an annual basis. Directors’ biographies are set out on pages 76 to 79 and details of performance evaluations carried out in 2020 are on page 85.

 

 

4. Audit, Risk and Internal Control

 

 

 

M.

Audit functions

The Audit Committee is comprised entirely of Independent Non-Executive Directors (see page 75 for membership details). Ian Dyson, the Chair of the Committee, has recent and relevant financial experience and the Committee as a whole has competence relevant to the sector in which we operate. Details of the Committee’s role, responsibilities and activities are set out on pages 86 to 90.

The Audit Committee reviewed the effectiveness and independence of the Group’s internal audit function and Ernst & Young LLP during 2020. Details of these reviews are set out in the Audit Committee Report on pages 86 to 90.

 

 

 

 

N.

Assessment of the Company’s position and prospects

The Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities (including the Board’s statement confirming that it considers that the Annual Report and Form 20-F, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Group’s position, performance, business model and strategy) is set out on page 114.

The status of IHG as a going concern is set out in the Directors’ Report on page 223. An explanation of the Group’s performance, business model, strategy and the risks and uncertainties relating to IHG’s prospects, including the viability of the Group, is set out in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 71.

 

 

 

O.

Risk management

The Board determines the nature and extent of the principal risks the organisation is willing to take to achieve its strategic objectives. A robust assessment of the principal and emerging risks facing the Group was carried out during the year, including those risks that would threaten the Group’s business model, future performance, solvency or liquidity and reputation (see pages 36 to 41 for further details of the principal risks). The Board and Audit Committee monitor the Group’s risk management and internal controls systems and conduct an annual review of their effectiveness. Throughout the year, the Board has directly, and through delegated authority to the Executive Committee and the Audit Committee, overseen and reviewed all material controls, including financial, operational and compliance controls. See pages 36 to 41, and 86 to 90.

 

 

5. Remuneration

 

 

 

P.

Remuneration policies and practices

The Remuneration Committee is responsible for developing policy on executive remuneration and determining remuneration packages of Directors and senior management. The Directors’ Remuneration Report is set out on pages 96 to 111. Details of the Remuneration Committee’s activities during 2020 are set out on page 111 and its membership details are on page 75.

 

Q.

Procedure for developing policy on executive remuneration

Details of the Remuneration Committee’s consideration of the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (DR Policy) in 2020 and the implementation of the DR Policy in 2021, are set out on pages 96 to 98.

During 2020, no individual Director was involved in deciding his or her own remuneration outcome.

 

 

 

R.

Independent judgement and discretion

The Remuneration Committee has formal discretions in place in relation to outcomes under the APP and LTIP, and these are disclosed as part of the DR Policy, which is set out on pages 110 to 117 of the Company’s Annual Report and Form 20-F 2019. When determining outcomes under these plans, the Committee considers whether it is appropriate to adjust outcomes under these discretions, taking account of the Group’s performance, relative performance against competitors, and other relevant factors. Information on the Remuneration Committee’s consideration of the use of discretion during 2020 is set out on page 106.

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Statement of compliance   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   95


Table of Contents

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Remuneration Committee Chair’s statement

 

LOGO

 

“A year of unprecedented challenges, dominated by the outbreak of the Covid-19 pandemic and the global impact it has had on the hospitality industry.”

  Table of contents

  96

Directors’ Remuneration Report

  96

Remuneration Committee Chair’s statement

  99

At a glance

  100

Remuneration at IHG – the wider context

  101

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration

 

(subject to an advisory vote at the 2021 AGM)

On behalf of the Board, I am pleased to present the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year ended 31 December 2020.

Business context

This year was one of unprecedented challenges, particularly for the hospitality sector, as the world responded to the outbreak of Covid-19. Following a solid start in the first two months of the year, the travel and social contact restrictions imposed by governments around the world drove our hotel occupancy levels to historic lows in March and April. Despite improved occupancy levels in the second half of the year, overall Group RevPAR for the year was down 52.5%.

Through this critical time, our top priority has always been the health and safety of our guests and colleagues, and ensuring that we take the right steps to protect the long-term health of our business. Management quickly acted to identify and implement key measures to reduce costs, preserve cash and strengthen liquidity. These included reducing discretionary costs and marketing spend, reducing our gross capital expenditure, withdrawing our final dividend for 2019 and deferring consideration of further dividends until visibility improves, and securing short-term funding temporarily through the UK Government’s Covid Corporate Financing Facility which is due to be repaid in 2021.

In spite of the challenges this year, performance relative to our direct peers in 2020 was strong, with global RevPAR ahead of the competitor average. This is an important KPI in our sector and strong performance drives shareholder value. Furthermore, we have continued to build on the resilience of our business model relative to the industry and have signed 360 hotels in the year. As noted in the Strategic Report on page 12, the weighting of our hotel estate towards the midscale segments and non-urban locations, together with a weighting to domestic demand, provides a degree of resilience. In all our actions, we have remained true to our purpose and values, maintaining an unwavering focus on acting responsibly for our people, guests, owners, shareholders and the local communities in which we operate.

2020 remuneration decisions

As part of our cost reduction measures, we announced a series of changes to executive remuneration in the year:

 

the 2% salary increase for the Executive Directors for 2020 (that

 

had been signposted in the 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report) was not implemented;

 

furthermore, the Executive Directors voluntarily took a 30% reduction in base salary, and reductions in certain salary-related benefits, from April to September 2020 inclusive. Non-Executive Directors took a 30% reduction in their fees over the same period; and

 

following the reduction in share price since the grant date for the 2019 LTIP awards, and in light of concerns from shareholders regarding the potential for windfall gains, the Remuneration Committee felt it was appropriate to grant the 2020 LTIP awards with a maximum opportunity of 205% of salary (in line with the level under the previous Directors’ Remuneration Policy (DR Policy)) rather than the levels under the new DR Policy, which was approved by shareholders at our 2020 AGM and was intended to apply from 2020. This represented a reduction of more than 40% for the CEO and 25% for the other Executive Directors compared to the new LTIP award levels of 350% and 275% respectively.

Given the impact of the pandemic on the global economy generally, and the hospitality sector in particular, the threshold level of financial performance for the 2020 annual incentive plan, which was set in a pre-Covid-19 context, was not met. The threshold for net system size growth (NSSG) performance was also not met. A holistic assessment of performance against various metrics, including ESG performance indicators, was undertaken in line with the Committee’s framework for assessing the use of discretion outlined on page 106 but it was ultimately determined that the Committee would not apply discretion to adjust the formulaic outcomes and so no 2020 annual bonus was awarded to Executive Directors.

The 2018/20 LTIP was based on performance for the three years to 31 December 2020. Performance was significantly impacted by Covid-19 and the final vesting outcome was 30.6% of maximum, despite much higher estimated vesting levels (of c. 76% of maximum) prior to the impact of the pandemic. The Committee took a number of matters into account in considering whether to use any discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome of the 2018/20 LTIP in accordance with the Committee’s discretion assessment framework. These included the strong performance of the Executive Directors in addressing the exceptional circumstances resulting from the pandemic to the benefit of shareholders, owners, colleagues and other stakeholders, as well as the unavoidable loss of employment for impacted corporate and hotel colleagues. The Committee concluded that the formulaic vesting outcome was appropriate for this award within the overall context of executive remuneration decisions taken during the year.

For each future LTIP cycle award vesting, the Committee will continue to assess the appropriateness of the formulaic outcomes and any possible use of discretion based on all the relevant considerations at the time of vesting.

During the year, Malina Ngai and Luke Mayhew stepped down from the Board and Arthur de Haast, Sharon Rothstein, Graham Allan and Duriya Farooqui were appointed to the Board as Non-Executive Directors. The remuneration arrangements in respect of all changes were in line with the approved DR Policy and are covered on page 110.

Continuing impact of Covid-19

The unpredictability of new Covid-19 waves, any resulting restrictions, and the timing of the impact of vaccination efforts continues to cause uncertainty for 2021. The Committee has extensively considered the unavoidable impact on the business and the resulting effect on remuneration beyond 2020. In particular, we have been concerned about a potential disconnect between formulaic performance outcomes of the variable pay schemes compared with the performance of management to guide the business through the crisis as outlined in the CEO’s Review on pages 6 and 7.

 

 

96   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

In the US and elsewhere, including our Greater China region, we are continuing to experience pay compression at Senior Leader level which is limiting our ability to attract and retain talent in key roles. Concerns around personal financial and job security, as well as the industry’s future as we move from the crisis to an uncertain recovery, are having an increasing impact. We are concerned that the combination of temporary pay reductions, no 2020 bonus and the expected low outcomes for the in-flight LTIP awards will lead to significant and growing retention risks for senior talent, particularly given the challenges facing the hospitality sector in the current environment. Headhunting activities have targeted a number of our Senior Leaders below Board, notably those roles where functional expertise is transferable. This presents an increased risk to business continuity, especially in our largest market, the US, where pay quantum is significantly higher and there is fierce competition for our executive and senior talent.

In 2021, LTIP award levels will reflect the 2020 DR Policy maximums of 350% of salary for the CEO and 275% of salary for other Executive Directors, which were not used in 2020. The Committee believes it is appropriate to implement the approved new award levels in the context of the inherent additional stretch in performance targets, given the continued uncertain environment hotel groups are operating in and the resulting increased intensity of competition for share of system size growth. In addition, given the increasing pay compression, attraction and retention challenges we face in relation to senior talent, which were key reasons for updating this area of the DR Policy last year, the new quantum levels will help ensure IHG has a remuneration structure that allows for differentiation between the CEO, other Executive Directors, Executive Committee members and high-potential talent in the succession plan.

In considering the impact of the pandemic on in-flight LTIP awards, the Committee does not intend to adjust incentive plan targets, and will continue to assess the appropriateness of using discretion to adjust the formulaic outcomes upwards or downwards based on all relevant considerations at the time of vesting of the relevant award. An example of how the Committee is approaching this is the 2020/22 cycle absolute cash flow target, which was set just prior to the outbreak of Covid-19, and as a result is already likely to be missed. The Committee will monitor a ‘shadow’ target for this cycle, which was formulated after the initial impact of the pandemic became evident. It will provide a reference point to consider at the time of vesting, based on our understanding of the potential recovery trajectory at the time of formulating it, but it does not replace the target that was originally set. Similarly, the ROCE underpin for the NSSG measure for the 2020/22 cycle was set in a pre-Covid context and was intended to balance the growth of IHG’s System size with the appropriate level of value creating returns. The impact of Covid-19 on earnings has negatively impacted the Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) performance. Based on discussions to date, if the ROCE underpin was not met for this cycle solely due to the impact on earnings of the pandemic, the Committee would be minded not to reduce the NSSG vesting outcome.

Shareholder engagement

At the 2020 AGM, we received shareholder approval for our updated DR Policy, which can be found in last year’s Annual Report and is summarised on page 98 of this report. We were pleased that the majority of our shareholders supported our new DR Policy; however, the vote of 77.14% in favour of the DR Policy represented less than 80% support and, as such, we offered to consult with those of our top 25 shareholders who voted against the resolution to understand their reasons for doing so. In those discussions we listened to shareholder views and concerns, and in particular to understand their perspectives on:

 

the provision for the increase in maximum LTIP awards (to 350% for the CEO and 275% for other Executive Directors); and

the structure of the post-cessation shareholding requirement for Executive Directors (100% of minimum shareholding requirement for six months, and 50% for 12 months following cessation of employment).

The Committee recognises that there exists a range of views across the shareholder base in relation to the pay of Executive Directors and therefore engages in regular shareholder consultation. We carried out an extensive consultation with shareholders and proxy agencies on the 2020 DR Policy in the months leading up to the AGM and consulted again in early 2021 on our proposed implementation for the year ahead. The Committee notes the 77.14% shareholder support for the DR Policy and continues to believe that the commercial rationale for the LTIP maximum award increase, as detailed above, is critical to the retention and development of talent in order to drive the long-term success of the business.

The Committee also believes that the structure of the post-cessation requirement is appropriate for IHG. As noted in our 2019 Directors’ Remuneration Report, we are an asset-light business and key decisions can be implemented and changes reflected quickly in business performance and shareholder value; as such, any longer post-cessation shareholding period would unnecessarily subject the Executive Directors to decisions out of their control.

The views expressed by shareholders in the most recent round of consultations will be taken into consideration as the Remuneration Committee keeps the Policy under ongoing review, and as it determines payments and awards to be made under the terms of the Policy.

Implementation of Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2021

As covered in more detail on pages 108-109:

 

Salary increases for Executive Directors for 2021 will be in line with the budget for increases for the wider UK and US corporate populations and are made following an assessment of 2020 performance.

 

The non-financial measures for the 2021 Annual Performance Plan have been aligned to our key strategic objectives for recovery and our future growth priorities.

 

Due to ongoing uncertainty and the related difficulty in setting absolute performance targets in particular, the measures and weightings for the 2021/23 Long Term Incentive Plan cycle have been adjusted, with the removal of the Total Gross Revenue measure. The Committee expects to re-introduce this measure in future cycles.

We continued to engage with our shareholders on the use of ESG metrics in our variable pay plans. A key element of IHG’s strategy is addressing the impact of climate change and, as we are making commitments in this area, we have been considering the inclusion of an environmental metric in our variable pay plans. The Committee explored this further during the year working closely with the Responsible Business Committee. We intend to include an ESG metric for Executive Director pay once we have in place the planned upgrades to our IHG Green Engage® system, including centralised data collection, which will improve the robustness and completeness of environmental performance data from hotels; the investment has been delayed as a result of the impact of the pandemic, and we will be pressing ahead with this through recovery. The Responsible Business Committee report on page 91 and the Strategic Report on page 29 contain more information on our sustainability strategy, reporting commitments and the use of science-based targets. The Remuneration and Responsible Business Committees will continue to work together on this area in 2021.

As we reported last year, UK Executive Directors’ company pension benefits will align with the maximum employer contribution rate available to all other participants in the UK pension plan (which

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   97


Table of Contents

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Remuneration Committee Chair’s statement continued

    

 

includes UK corporate and eligible hotel employees) from 1 January 2023; and any new UK Executive Director will also receive contributions in line with this from date of appointment.

US retirement benefit arrangements, in which the CEO, Americas, participates, differ in a number of respects from UK pension arrangements, as explained on page 100. They are comprised of a 401(k) plan under which all corporate employees benefit from maximum employer contributions of a consistent 6% of salary, and a Deferred Compensation Plan for eligible senior employees under which all participants including the CEO, Americas can receive supplementary contributions of up to 16% of salary. These are common retirement benefit plans in the US market and, given the parity of treatment for all participants in each of these plans, as well as the importance of the CEO, Americas role to the business and the market competitiveness concerns over Executive Director pay, the Committee intends to maintain the arrangements as they relate to the CEO, Americas.

Wider workforce remuneration and employee engagement

As outlined on page 100, we operate an aligned approach to remuneration throughout the organisation. Our actions on pay this year in response to the Covid-19 outbreak also impacted remuneration for the wider workforce as well as Executive

Directors, with scaled reductions to salary of 10% to 20% applying to corporate employees below Executive Director level.

During the year, the Company continued to engage with the workforce on a range of topics, including pay, and the Committee reviewed a number of aspects of the Company’s wider workforce remuneration policy, including a deep dive on how incentives are segmented across the organisation to attract, motivate, retain and engage talent.

About this report

As always, we strive to make this report as easy to read as possible. This page has a summary of our approved DR Policy; the ‘At a glance’ section on page 99 highlights the key points on 2020 performance and remuneration outcomes; and on page 100 you can find further background on wider workforce remuneration at IHG in 2020.

The Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration on pages 101 to 111 will be put to an advisory vote by shareholders at the May 2021 Annual General Meeting.

Jo Harlow

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

22 February 2021

 

Summary of approved Directors’ Remuneration Policy

 

Element   2021   2022    2023    2024    2025    Framework    Purpose/Link to strategy

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Fixed                   
Base salary   LOGO               Increases generally in line with the range applying to the corporate population. Reviewed annually and fixed for 12 months from 1 April.    Recognises the value and impact of the role and the individual’s skills, performance and experience.

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Benefits   LOGO               Relevant benefits are restricted to the typical level for the role/location.    Competitive and consistent with role/ location; helps recruit and retain.

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Pension/ Retirement Benefit   LOGO               Defined Contribution or cash in lieu for UK Directors. Employee contributions with matching company contributions. Salary is the only part of pay that is pensionable. Pension contributions and/or cash allowance for new UK Executive Directors will be aligned with the maximum company contribution available to all other participants in the UK Pension Plan; incumbent UK Executive Directors will reduce to the same level at the end of 2022.    Competitive and consistent with role/ location; helps recruit and retain.

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Variable                   
Annual Performance Plan (cash)  

LOGO

      Maximum annual opportunity is 200% of salary with 70% based an operating profit measure and 30% on key strategic objectives. 50% of the award is deferred into shares for three years. Awards are subject to global affordability gate. Full vesting after three years. Malus and clawback apply.   

For 2021, the key strategic objectives, linked to business strategy, are:

 

  room signings (15% weighting), and

 

  room openings (15% weighting)

 

Further detail on the link to strategy of these measures can be found on page 108.

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Annual Performance Plan (deferred shares)     LOGO

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)  

LOGO

  

LOGO

   The maximum potential LTIP quantum is 350% of salary for the CEO and 275% of salary for other Executive Directors. A two-year post-vest holding period and malus and clawback apply    A focus on industry leading NSSG is at the heart of our strategy, balanced by a Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) underpin to reflect our commitment to deliver quality growth while maintaining returns. Together with TSR and Cash Flow, there is a strong alignment between Executive Director remuneration and shareholder interests.

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Other                   
Minimum shareholding requirements                 The guideline shareholding requirements are 500% of salary for the CEO and 300% for other Executive Directors. The post-employment shareholding requirement, introduced in 2018, continues to apply.   

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

98   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

At a glance

 

How to use this report

Within the Directors’ Remuneration Report we have used colour coding to denote different elements of remuneration. The colours used and the corresponding remuneration elements are:

 

Salary

 

Benefits

 

Pension benefit

 

Annual Performance Plan (APP) 50% cash and 50% deferred shares

 

Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

 

Shareholding

AUDITED  

 

Audited information

Content contained within a tinted panel highlighted with an ‘Audited’ tab indicates that all the information within the panel is audited.

 

 

 

 

How we performed in 2020

 

 

Executive Director remuneration

The 2020 APP award was subject to affordability gates based on the achievement of minimum performance under the operating profit from reportable segments measure, the targets for which were set in a pre-Covid context, and the minimum performance level was not achieved. As such, no award will be made. Under the LTIP, whilst relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR) remained strong and net system size growth was in excess of the threshold performance target, the impact of the pandemic on cash flow and total gross revenue in 2020 meant these measures did not meet threshold performance levels by the end of the three-year cycle. Overall vesting under the LTIP was 30.6% of maximum.  

2020 remuneration

The charts below show the 2020 potential remuneration opportunity and actual achievement compared to the 2019 actual achievement.

 

The relevant figures for each of the elements that make up the single total figure of remuneration, as shown below for the Executive Directors, can be found in the table on page 101.

 

Keith Barr,

Chief Executive Officer

Value (£000)

LOGO

 

Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson,

Chief Financial Officer

Value (£000)

LOGO

 

Elie Maalouf,

Chief Executive Officer, Americas

Value (£000)

LOGO

Measures used for APPa   Measures used for LTIPa

 

LOGO

 

Operating profit from

reportable segments: ($m)

 

LOGO

 

Net system size growthb (k rooms)

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

Net system size growthb (k rooms)

 

LOGO

 

Relative TSR (%)

 

LOGO

 

Cash flow ($bn)

 

LOGO

a  Further details of APP and LTIP outcomes can be found on pages 102 to 103.

 

b  APP System size target is based on absolute one-year target; LTIP target is based on three-year growth performance.

 

c  Total Gross Revenue target represents a target for growth over the LTIP period.

 

 

Total Gross Revenuec ($bn)

 

LOGO

 

 

Key for potential

  Maximum = Fixed pay and maximum award under APP and LTIP

  Target = Fixed pay and on-target award for APP (115%) and 50% of maximum LTIP vesting

   Minimum = Fixed pay

 

The potential fixed pay elements are calculated on the basis of full pay and pension, excluding the impact of temporary reductions that applied from April to September inclusive.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   99


Table of Contents

Governance

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report

Remuneration at IHG – the wider context

    

Actions on pay as a result of the impact of Covid-19 on the business

The outbreak of Covid-19 had a significant impact on our business, as severe restrictions on travel and social contact saw demand drop to record lows. Steps had to be taken across the business to reduce costs, balanced with a need to retain key talent and continue to operate effectively as a business.

 

Key decisions and outcomes in 2020 were:

 

Temporary salary reductions were applied from April to September inclusive (see table below).

 

The merit salary increase for Executive Directors and other corporate employees for 2020 was not applied.

 

A proportion of the corporate population was furloughed during June to August and following that a redundancy programme was implemented.

 

No payment was made under the 2020 APP as performance targets were not met, and no discretion was used on outcomes.

 

The vesting of the 2018/20 LTIP cycle was much lower than the estimated outcome prior to the pandemic.

 

Increases to LTIP grant levels for Executive Directors, approved at the 2020 AGM, were not applied for the 2020/22 cycle. Maximum awards were 205% of salary rather than the new approved levels of 350% for the CEO and 275% for other Executive Directors.

 

Looking ahead, the Committee has taken the following actions:

 

Merit salary increases are to return to the normal process for Executive Directors and other corporate employees.

 

The Committee will consider the possible use of discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome under the 2019/21 and 2020/2022 LTIP cycles, at the time of vesting. Further details are provided on page 106.

 

The performance measures and targets for the 2021 APP and 2021/23 LTIP cycle were carefully chosen to ensure that these were appropriate, stretching and achievable given current circumstances.

 

For 2021, the full LTIP headroom under the DR Policy will be used for Executive Directors, to improve competitiveness in the US and global talent markets and to reduce pay compression within the succession plan.

 

How our reward practices align across all levels of the organisation

Our reward packages are designed to attract, retain and motivate top talent. We apply a consistent approach across the corporate business, ensuring we meet employees’ needs and offer a market-driven package, which we regularly review against our competitors for talent.

 

Elements of Reward    Executive
Directors        
   Executive
Committee        
   Wider
Workforce        
   Notes in respect of 2020 actions on pay

 

  

 

Fixed   

LOGO   Salary

   LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    The planned merit salary increase was not applied for all corporate employees, including Executive Directors; salaries for Executive Directors and fees for Non-Executive Directors were reduced by 30% during April to September inclusive, whilst salaries for other corporate employees were reduced by between 10% to 20%.
  

 

  

 

  

LOGO   Benefits

   LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    Where applicable, corporate healthcare benefits, including Employee Assistance Programmes, remained in place. Taxable travel expenses for Non-Executive Directors were lower because only the February 2020 Board meeting was held in person.
  

 

  

 

  

LOGO   Pension benefit

   LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    A localised approach was taken to the treatment of pension benefits, based on local plan rules and regulations. See below for details of the approach taken in the UK and US, our largest corporate office locations.

 

  

 

Variable       

LOGO   Annual Performance Plan (APP)

   LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    The minimum financial performance threshold was not met and as a result no 2020 bonus will be paid to Executive Directors or other corporate employees.
  

 

  

 

  

LOGO   Long Term Incentive Plan (LTIP)

   LOGO    LOGO    LOGO    Performance-based LTIP largely applies at the level of Executive Committee and their direct reports. Vesting of 30.6% applies for the 2018/20 LTIP in line with performance against targets.
  

 

  

 

  
  

LOGO   Restricted Stock Units (RSUs)

      LOGO    LOGO    In line with typical market practice, particularly in the US, and due to line-of-sight to performance measures, a gradually greater proportion of the LTIP award is made as RSUs for eligible roles below Executive Director level. These are not subject to performance conditions and will vest fully for eligible participants in respect of the 2018/20 cycle.
  

 

  

 

  

LOGO   Colleague Share Plan (introduced in 2020)

         LOGO    Contributions by furloughed employees were suspended during the period of furlough.

 

  

 

UK and US pension and retirement benefits

Pension and retirement benefits are provided in the UK and US in line with market practice.

 

UK: As disclosed in last year’s report, the contribution rate for corporate and eligible hotel employees in the IHG UK Pension Plan was to be aligned in 2020 with a 2:1 matching ratio up to a maximum of 6% of salary from employees and 12% from the Company. This was due to take effect from 1 April, however was delayed until 1 December 2020. As per the approved DR Policy, this level will apply in respect of any new UK Executive Directors, and current Executive Directors’ benefits will reduce to this level at the end of 2022. During 2020, all contributions and any cash in lieu of pension allowances were reduced in proportion with salary reductions. For furloughed employees, the cost of employee contributions was met by the Company during the furloughed period.

US: US retirement saving plans differ from UK pension benefits in many ways, including early access rules under 401(k) plans in the form of loans and hardship withdrawals, and minimum service-based vesting conditions for supplementary company contributions under the IHG Deferred Compensation Plan (DCP). The 401(k) for corporate US employees has a 1:1 matching contribution ratio up to a maximum of 6% of salary. Additionally, supplementary company contributions to the DCP of up to 16% are provided at senior levels (a historic grandfathered rate of 20% applies for a small number of employees who were already receiving this rate when it was removed from 1 January 2017). During 2020, company contributions to the 401(k) Plan and DCP were suspended whilst the temporary salary reductions applied.

 

 

100   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration

 

The Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration explains how the Directors’ Remuneration Policy (DR Policy) was implemented in 2020 and the resulting payments each of the Executive Directors received.

This report is subject to an advisory vote by shareholders at the 2021 AGM. The notes to the single-figure table provide further detail, where relevant, for each of the elements that make up the total single figure of remuneration for each of the Executive Directors.

 

 

  AUDITED

 

Single total figure of remuneration – Executive Directors

 

            Fixed pay      Variable pay                
     

 

 

    

 

 

       
                          LOGO  Pension                                           
            LOGO  Salary      LOGO  Benefits      benefit      Subtotal      LOGO  APP      LOGO  LTIP     Subtotal      Other      LOGO  Total  
Executive Directors                  Year                    £000                    £000                    £000                    £000                    £000                    £000 a                  £000                    £000                    £000  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Keith Barr      2020        712        45        178        935        0        483       483               1,418  
     2019        828        36        207        1,071        983        1,322       2,305               3,376  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson      2020        524        21        131        676        0        339       339               1,015  
     2019        602        24        158        784        723        1,033       1,756               2,540  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Elie Maaloufb      2020        531        30        65        626        0        333       333               959  
     2019        622        33        121        776        743        1,004       1,747               2,523  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

   

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

  a

LTIP figures for 2019 relate to the 2017/19 LTIP cycle and have been restated using actual share price on date of vesting. Figures for 2020 relate to the value of shares for the 2018/20 cycle.

 

  b

Elie Maalouf is paid in USD and the sterling equivalent is calculated using an exchange rate of $1 = £0.78 in 2020 and $1 = £0.78 in 2019 (page 146).

 

Notes to single figure table

Fixed pay

LOGO Salary: salary paid for the year. For 2020, this includes a 30% salary reduction from April to September inclusive.

LOGO Benefits: for Executive Directors, this includes, but is not limited to, taxable benefits such as company car and healthcare. Provision during 2020 was in line with previous years and the approved DR Policy.

LOGO Pension benefit: for current Executive Directors, in line with DR Policy, the value of IHG contributions and any cash allowances, paid in lieu of pension contributions.

Keith Barr and Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson did not participate in any IHG pension plan in 2020 and instead received cash allowances of 25% of base salary; this will reduce to the maximum level available to all other participants in the UK Pension Plan at the end of 2022. Life assurance cover is provided for both Keith and Paul at four times base salary.

Elie Maalouf participated in the US 401(k) Plan and the US Deferred Compensation Plan (DCP). The US 401(k) Plan is a tax-qualified plan providing benefits on a defined contribution basis, with the member and relevant company both contributing.

Contributions made by, and in respect of Elie Maalouf in these plans for the year ended 31 December 2020 were:

 

                        

   £a   
Director’s contributions to US Deferred Compensation Plan                      132,064  

 

  

 

 

 
Director’s contributions to US 401(k) Plan      20,280  

 

  

 

 

 
Company contributions to US Deferred Compensation Plan      56,529  

 

  

 

 

 
Company contributions to US 401(k) Plan      8,187  

 

  

 

 

 
Age of Director at 31 December 2020      56  

 

  

 

 

 

 

  a 

Sterling values have been calculated using an exchange rate of $1 = £0.78.

Company contributions to the 401(k) Plan and DCP were suspended for all participants, including Elie Maalouf, during the time in which there was a temporary reduction in salaries. The overall total of 2020 Company contributions for Elie was therefore lower than normal.

As outlined on page 100, Elie’s retirement benefit is in line with other senior US employees and comprises a 6% of salary matched contribution (subject to IRS limits in respect of 401(k) contributions) and a 16% of salary supplemental employer DCP contribution. The Committee reviewed US retirement benefits during 2020 and determined to retain the current structure.

Variable pay

LOGO APP (cash and deferred shares)

Operation

Award levels are determined based on salary as at 31 December 2020 and are based on achievement vs target under each measure. For operating profit from reportable segments, the 2020 award was set on the basis of a payout range of +/-7% of target payout for performance of +/-$25m of target performance. Outside of this range, payout would be on a straight-line basis between threshold and -$25m and between +$25m and maximum. For net system size growth, the award was set on a straight-line basis between threshold and target, and target and maximum:

 

threshold is the minimum level that must be achieved for there to be an award in relation to that measure; no award is made for achievement below threshold.

 

 

target is the target level of achievement and results in a target award for that measure.

 

 

maximum is the level of achievement at which a maximum award for that measure is received (capped at 200% of salary).

 

 

The

threshold award was subject to global affordability gates:

 

 

if operating profit from reportable segments was less than 85% of target, no award under net system size growth would be made; and

 

 

if operating profit from reportable segments was 85% or more but less than 93% of target, half of any award under net system size growth would be made.

 
 

 

LOGO
 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   101


Table of Contents

Governance

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

    

    AUDITED

 

APP Outcome for 2020

The performance measures for the 2020 APP were operating profit from reportable segments (70%) and net system size growth (30%) and were determined in accordance with the DR Policy. Target award was 115% of salary. The table below shows threshold, target and maximum opportunity, as well as weighting and actual 2020 achievement.

APP measures – % of total award

 

LOGO

 

APP            
                          Weighted    
Performance           Achievement        Weighting      achievement    

 

  

 

 

 
Operating profit from reportable segments: performance relative to target

 

  

 

  

 

 

 
Actual          $195.0m          0%          

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

       
Threshold          $804.0m          50%          70%        0%    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Target          $865.2m          100%          

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

       
Maximum          $926.0m          200%          

 

  

 

 

 
Net system size growth (k rooms)

 

  

 

  

 

 

 
Actual      886.0          0%          

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

       
Threshold      902.2          50%          30%        0%    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Target      906.6          100%          

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

       
Maximum      911.1          200%          

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit from reportable segments is a Non-GAAP measure and excludes certain items from operating profit. Additionally, in determining operating profit from reportable segments for APP purposes, budgeted exchange rates for the year are used and certain adjustments to reported 2020 operating profit from reportable segments were agreed by the Committee in order to ensure like-for-life comparison with APP target set at the start of the year. For 2020, this included the unbudgeted benefit to Group operating profit from reportable segments due to changes to the recognition of revenue in the System Fund.

 

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit from reportable segments

(at actual exchange rates) (see page 147)

           $219.2m   

 

  

 

 

 
Difference due to exchange rates      ($2.8m)   

 

  

 

 

 
Adjustment for changes to income recognised in the System Fund and results from reportable segments      ($21.4m)   

 

  

 

 

 

Operating profit from reportable segments, after adjustments

(at 2020 budget exchange rates)

     $195.0m   

 

  

 

 

 

LOGO LTIP 2018/20 (shares)

Awards are made annually and eligible executives will receive shares at the end of that cycle, subject to achievement of the performance conditions. Conditions and weighting are described on page 103.

TSR measures the return to shareholders by investing in IHG relative to a comparator group containing the following major globally branded competitors: Accor S.A., Choice Hotels International Inc., Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., Hyatt Hotels Corporation, Marriott International Inc., Melia Hotels International S.A., NH Hotels Group, and Wyndham Hotels & Resorts Inc., as per data provided by our corporate bankers sourced from Thomson Reuters Datastream. In respect of Wyndham Worldwide’s split into two publicly traded companies in May 2018, the performance of Wyndham Worldwide was tracked up until the split, followed by the performance of Wyndham Hotels & Resorts Inc. subsequent to the split.

Following the acquisition and delisting of Millennium & Copthorne Hotels PLC by City Developments Limited in October 2019, a Singapore-based real estate company, it was removed from the comparator group for all active LTIP cycles (2018/20 and 2019/21).

The share price in respect of the 2017/19 LTIP cycle has been restated using the volume weighted average price of 5,072p for Keith Barr and Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson and 5,057p for Elie Maalouf on the date of actual vesting on 19 February 2020. There is a slight difference in the share price at the date of vesting for Elie Maalouf as a result of the implementation of a new share administration portal which holds shares for US participants in a separate entity to non-US participants. Final vesting transactions are therefore carried out separately, resulting in a slight share price variation based on the timing that the two transactions take place. The corresponding values shown in the 2019 report (prior to the actual vesting) were an estimate calculated using an average share price over the final quarter of 2019 of 4,847p.

Outcome for 2018/20 cycle

The performance measures for the 2018/20 three-year LTIP cycle were in line with the 2017 DR Policy. The table to the right shows threshold and maximum opportunity, as well as weighting and actual achievement, for each performance measure.

LTIP Measures – % of maximum opportunity

 

LOGO

 

 

102   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

    

 

    AUDITED

 

     Performance Targets                    
  

 

           
                    Achievement         Weighted
Performance measure and weighting    Target    % Vesting    Result    (% of maximum)                    Weighting        achievement            

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total Shareholder Return:    Maximum    Maximum            Outcome    54.0%    40%    21.6%
Three-year growth relative to average    27.0%    100%    6.9%         
of competitors                  
  

 

           
40%    Threshold    Threshold            
   -7.9%    20%            

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total Gross Revenue:    Maximum    Maximum    Outcome    0.0%    20%    0.0%
based on IHG’s performance against    5.64bn    100%    -11.89bn USD         
an absolute total gross revenue    USD               
  

 

           
target    Threshold    Threshold            
20%    3.95bn    20%            
   USD               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Net system size growth:    Maximum    Maximum    Outcome    45.1%    20%    9.0%
based on IHG’s performance against    134.4k    100%    106.7k rooms         
an absolute NSSG target    rooms               
  

 

           
20%    Threshold    Threshold            
   94.1k    20%            
   rooms               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Cash flow:    Maximum    Maximum    Reported Outcome            0.0%    20%    0.0%
based on IHG’s performance against    2.18bn    100%    1.33bn USD         
an absolute cash flow target    USD               
  

 

           
20%    Threshold    Threshold    Adjusted Outcome         
   1.63bn    20%    1.41bn USD         
   USD               

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

Total achievement (% of maximum opportunity vested)                   30.6%

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

  

 

 

Adjustments to cash flow outcome

Over the performance period of the 2018-20 LTIP award, there have been accounting standard changes and events that have impacted IHG’s cash flow that were unquantified or unforeseen when the original targets were set. The Committee carefully considered these and determined that it was appropriate to adjust the cash flow outcome for the impact of the events below in order to ensure that the outcomes are measured on a consistent basis with targets. An explanation of each adjustment is set out below and a reconciliation of the initial and adjusted outcome is set out to the right.

 

Adjustments due to changes in accounting standards:

The new accounting standard implemented during the period does not have an overall impact on Group cash flow, but does impact the LTIP target because of the reclassification of cash flows to different line items that are not included in the LTIP target:

 

 IFRS 16: Operating leases cash flow has been reclassified from Cash Flow from Operations to interest and movements in net debt.

 

Adjustments due to events unforeseen when the targets were set:

Six Senses Hotels Resorts & Spas acquisition: the material acquisition cost of Six Senses in 2019 has been removed. The Committee considered it was appropriate to exclude the cash impact because it was not incorporated into the original target and the cash flow benefits of the acquisition will be long-term.

 

Where applicable, the adjustments above will also apply to the cash flow outcomes of the 2019-21 LTIP award. These will be disclosed in full, along with any other adjustments, in the relevant year’s Directors’ Remuneration Report.

 

Cash flow definition for 2018-20 LTIP

Cash flow is defined as the cumulative annual cash generation over a three-year performance period. Cash generation is cash flow from operations and net cash from investing activities.

 

 

Reconciliation  

    Cash flow 

$bn 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Reported cash flow from operations     2.08   

 

 

 

 

 
Net cash from investing activities     (0.75)  

 

 

 

 

 
Reported outcome per definition     1.33   

 

 

 

 

 
IFRS 16     (0.21)  

 

 

 

 

 
Six Senses acquisition     0.29   

 

 

 

 

 
Adjusted outcome     1.41   

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adjustment to net system size growth outcome

The NSSG LTIP outcome above includes adjustments to exclude the removal from IHG brands of 16,665 rooms associated with the SVC portfolio towards the end of 2020; and 2,118 rooms associated with a small portfolio of hotels in EMEAA which left the IHG system in February 2020. Neither of these transactions were budgeted for at the time of setting the 2018/20 targets, and the Committee considered it was appropriate to adjust for them as it was consistent with the principle of not disincentivising management from making decisions that they judged to be in the long-term interests of shareholders.

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   103


Table of Contents

Governance

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

    

  AUDITED

LTIP

Achievement against target is measured by reference to the three years ended 31 December 2020. This cycle will vest on 24 February 2021 and the individual outcomes for this cycle are show below.

The share price of 4,460p used to calculate the 2018/20 LTIP cycle value shown in the single-figure table is the average over the final quarter of 2020.

 

                         % of                       
                  Maximum      maximum      Outcome      Total value      Value of award  
                  opportunity at grant      opportunity      (number of shares      of award      attributable to share  
Executive Director          Award cycle      (number of shares)      vested      awarded at vest)      £000      price appreciation  
Keith Barr        LTIP 2018/20        35,381        30.6%        10,826        483        (18
Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson        LTIP 2018/20        24,830        30.6%        7,597        339        (13
Elie Maalouf               LTIP 2018/20        24,426        30.6%        7,474        333        (12

 

  AUDITED

Other outstanding awards

Scheme interests awarded during 2019 and 2020

During 2019 and 2020, awards were granted under the LTIP cycle and made to each Executive Director over shares with a maximum value of 205% of salary using an average of the closing mid-market share price for the five days prior to grant, as in the table below. These are in the form of conditional awards over Company shares and do not carry the right to dividends or dividend equivalents during the vesting period.

The vesting date for the 2019/21 LTIP award is the day after the announcement of our financial year 2021 Preliminary Results in February 2022. These awards will vest to the extent performance targets are met and will then be restricted for a further two years, transferring to the award-holder in February 2024.

The vesting date for the 2020/22 LTIP award is the day after the announcement of our financial year 2022 Preliminary Results in February 2023. These awards will vest to the extent performance targets are met and will then be restricted for a further two years, transferring to the award-holder in February 2025.

At the 2020 AGM, shareholders approved the new DR Policy which included an increase in LTIP opportunities to 350% of salary for the CEO and 275% for the other Executive Directors. These were intended to apply to awards granted in 2020; however, to demonstrate pay restraint in response to Covid-19 and to reflect the fall in share price since the grant of awards in 2019, the increased headroom was not used, equating to a reduction of around 40% for the CEO and 25% for the other Executive Directors compared to the approved higher LTIP award levels.

The Committee discussed the views of some investors in relation to the size of share awards where the share price had fallen substantially, and the potential windfall gains when share prices recovered. The grant price for the 2020/22 cycle was £34.96, representing a reduction of c.29% from the grant price for the 2019/21 cycle awards. Given the continued uncertainty as to the likely share price recovery at the time of grant, it was determined not to use an alternative grant price or methodology to determine the number of shares granted. The use of lower opportunity levels resulted in fewer shares being awarded to the Executive Directors than would have been the case if awards were granted at the originally intended levels as outlined above. The Committee will consider whether it is appropriate to exercise discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome at the time of vesting, including taking into account the movement in share price between grant and vesting dates, as a further precaution against windfall gains.

 

Executive Director          Award date      Maximum
shares awarded
    

Market price
per share at grant

£

     Face value of
award at grant
£000
     Number of shares
received if minimum
performance achieved
 
2019/21 cycle                                               
Keith Barr        10 May 2019        34,693        49.43        1,718        6,938  
Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson               10 May 2019        25,509        49.43        1,263        5,101  
Elie Maalouf        10 May 2019        25,802        49.43        1,278        5,160  
2020/22 cycle                                               
Keith Barr        12 May 2020        49,153        34.96        1,718        9,830  
Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson        12 May 2020        36,140        34.96        1,263        7,228  
Elie Maalouf        12 May 2020        38,463        34.96        1,345        7,692  

Performance measures and consideration of discretion

The performance measures are as agreed in the 2017 and 2020 Remuneration Policies. Total Shareholder Return, Total Gross Revenue, net system size growth and cash flow are measured by reference to the three years ending 31 December 2021 for the 2019/21 cycle and 31 December 2022 for the 2020/22 cycle; NSSG for 2020/22 is the first relative cycle, and is measured to 30 September 2022 rather than 31 December 2022. Minimum performance is equal to 20% of the maximum award.

As a result of the unavoidable impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the business performance, in most cases performance against the absolute measures (TGR, cash flow and, for the 2019/21 cycle, NSSG) is tracking below the threshold level required for vesting for both

 

104   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

LOGO

Other outstanding awards continued

Performance measures and consideration of discretion continued

cycles. No adjustments to the targets are proposed, in line with the UK investor and proxy guidance. However, the Committee may consider it appropriate to use discretion to adjust the formulaic outcomes upwards when more of the inflight LTIP cycles vest, considering a range of factors including those shown on page 106. No decisions have yet been made regarding the use of discretion; however, the following approaches are under discussion for the 2020/22 cycle:

 

    Cash flow – the absolute cash flow targets were set prior to the outbreak of Covid-19 and following revised forecasts it is unlikely that these will be achieved. The TGR target for this cycle was set later in the year reflecting guidance from investor bodies that awards could be granted at the usual time, with a commitment to set performance conditions within the next six months, and therefore is reflective of performance expectations assessed after the initial impact of the pandemic became evident. To continue to incentivise participants to maintain a solid cash position, the Committee is also tracking a ‘shadow’ cash flow target, which has been formulated alongside the TGR target based on our understanding at the time of the potential recovery trajectory. This shadow target does not replace the original cash flow target which has not been adjusted and will continue.

 

    ROCE underpin: ROCE performance has been significantly impacted by the pandemic. The ROCE underpin for the relative NSSG measure for the 2020/22 cycle was set at 20%; if this target is not met, the Committee has the discretion, but not the obligation, to reduce the outcome under the NSSG measure at the time of vesting, taking into consideration criteria including the reason the ROCE underpin has not been met. The underpin was introduced to ensure IHG’s high returns on capital were prioritised in strategic decision-making (e.g. M&A activity) as opposed to simply reflecting trading performance. Based on discussions to date, if the ROCE underpin was not met for this cycle, the Committee would be minded not to reduce the NSSG vesting outcome by reason only of the impact on earnings of the pandemic.

Any use of discretion, including the factors influencing the decision, will be clearly communicated in the Directors’ Remuneration Report for the year in which the decision is made.

 

 

LOGO

Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests

The Committee believes that share ownership by Executive Directors and senior executives strengthens the link between the individuals’ personal interests and those of shareholders.

LOGO Guideline Executive Director shareholding requirement

Executive Directors are required to hold shares equal to 500% of salary for the Chief Executive Officer and 300% for any other Executive Director. Executive Directors are expected to hold all net shares earned until the previous guideline shareholding requirement is achieved (300% for the CEO and 200% for other Executive Directors) and at least 50% of all subsequent net shares earned until the current guideline shareholding is met. The number of shares held outright includes all directors’ beneficial interests and those held by their spouses and other connected persons. It also includes the net value of unvested shares that are not subject to any further performance conditions.

Percentages are calculated using the 31 December 2020 share price of 4,690p.

The full guideline minimum shareholding requirement continues for six months after cessation of employment and 50% of the requirement continues for an additional six months. As a part of this requirement, since 2019, shares have been granted and all unvested awards held in a nominee account and Executive

Directors electronically sign an agreement to the terms of the grant, including the post-employment shareholding requirement.

Shares and awards held by Executive Directors

as at 31 December 2020: % of salary

 

LOGO

Percentages have been calculated using a combined tax and social security rate of 47% for Keith Barr and Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson and a rate of 45.1% for Elie Maalouf.

 

 

Current Directors’ shareholdings

The APP deferred share awards are not subject to performance conditions. Details on the performance conditions to which the unvested LTIP awards are still subject can be found on pages 104-105. There have been no changes in the shareholding interests of any of the directors since the end of the financial year up to the publication of this report.

Shares and awards held by Executive Directors as at 31 December 2020: number of shares

 

     Number of shares held outright          APP deferred share awards          LTIP share awards (unvested)     

Total number of  

    shares and awards held  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

     2020        2019        2020        2019        2020        2019        2020        2019  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Keith Barr      70,279        52,832        37,705        32,697        119,227        102,537        227,211        188,066  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson      53,376        38,562        26,751        25,637        86,479        76,150        166,606        140,349  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Elie Maalouf      67,428        43,652        25,417        32,591        88,691        74,695        181,536        150,938  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   105


Table of Contents

Governance

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

    

Relative performance graph

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC is a member of the FTSE 100 share index, and the graph below shows the Company’s Total Shareholder Return (TSR) performance from 31 December 2010 to 31 December 2020, assuming dividends are reinvested, compared with the TSR performance achieved by the FTSE 100.

 

LOGO

Chief Executive Officer’s remuneration

The table below shows the Chief Executive Officer’s single figure of total remuneration for the 10 years to 31 December 2020.

 

Single figure

  

CEO

   2011     2012     2013     2014    2015     2016     2017      2018      2019     2020 

Single figure of remuneration

(£000)

   Keith Barr                           2,161             3,143 a          3,376            1,418  
  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Richard Solomons          4,724            4,881            3,131              6,611 b          3,197            3,662        2,207 c        
  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Andrew Cosslett      3,770                          

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Annual incentive received

(% of maximum)

   Keith Barr                       69.7       84.1       58.7        0  
  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Richard Solomons      83.0        68.0        74.0        74.0       75.0        63.9        66.8         
  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Andrew Cosslett      43.3                          

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Shares received under the LTIP

(% of maximum)

   Keith Barr                       46.1       45.4       78.9        30.6  
  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Richard Solomons      73.9        100.0        59.0        56.1       50.0        49.4        46.1         
  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Andrew Cosslett      61.6                          

 

  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

a

For Keith Barr, the 2018 figure includes a one-off cash payment for relocation costs in lieu of benefits received whilst on international assignment prior to CEO position, fully explained in the 2017 report.

 

b

For Richard Solomons, the 2014 figure includes a one-off cash payment in respect of pension entitlements which was fully explained in the 2014 report.

 

c

In respect of period 1 January to 30 June 2017.

 

Other information relating to Directors’ remuneration

Consideration of use of discretion

In line with the UK Corporate Governance Code, the Committee has adopted a formal framework which it will use to determine whether to exercise discretion. Some of the key factors the Committee will consider are shown below.

 

LOGO

No bonus was paid to Executive Directors or other corporate employees for 2020.

The formulaic vesting outcome for the 2018/20 LTIP cycle was 30.6% of maximum. During the 2018/20 cycle, the Committee tracked forecast performance against the targets. As at the end of 2019, before the impact of Covid-19 was taken into account, the estimated vesting level was c.76% significantly higher than the final performance outcome. The Committee took a number of matters into account in considering whether to use any discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome of the 2018/20 LTIP, in accordance with the Committee’s discretion assessment framework. These included the strong performance of the Executive Directors in addressing the exceptional circumstances resulting from the pandemic to the benefit of shareholders, owners, colleagues and other stakeholders, as well as the unavoidable loss of employment for impacted corporate and hotel colleagues. The Committee concluded that the formulaic vesting outcome was appropriate for this award.

The Committee also held discussions on the possible use of discretion for the vesting outcome for the 2019/21 and 2020/22 LTIP cycles. No decisions will be made until the end of each cycle’s performance period; however, a possible approach for the cash flow target and ROCE underpin for the 2020/22 cycle is described on page 105.

Dividends paid to Executive Directors

No dividends were paid out by IHG in 2020.

 

 

106   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

   

CEO pay ratio

As we have noted in previous Annual Reports, pay ratios will differ significantly between companies, even within the same industry, depending on demographics and business models. The Group’s UK employee demographic, which primarily consisted of largely professional, management and senior corporate roles, changed in 2019 with the addition of a number of hotel employing entities which include a large proportion of part-time and flexible-working support and service roles. As per last year’s report, we show below the ratio both including and excluding the new UK employing entities.

On a like-for-like population basis with our original disclosure in the 2018 Annual Report, the median ratio, has decreased from 49:1 in 2019 to 25:1 in 2020. The more substantive temporary reduction to pay taken by the CEO in 2020 compared with the wider workforce will be a contributing factor to this decrease, as will the greater extent to which Executive Directors are rewarded through variable performance-related incentives, which were lower or did not pay out in 2020 compared to 2019.

 

                                 Population excluding hotel  
            Full population      employing entities  
Year    Method      25th      Median      75th      25th      Median      75th  

 

  

 

 

 
Financial year ended 31 December 2020     

Option

C

 

 

     85:1        43:1        24:1        33:1        25:1        17:1  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Financial year ended 31 December 2019     

Option

C

 

 

     180:1        122:1        59:1        71:1        49:1        32:1  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Financial year ended 31 December 2018     

Option

C

 

 

                          72:1        48:1        29:1  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The 2018 and 2019 figures have been restated to reflect the value of the CEO’s LTIP awards on the date of actual vesting rather than the estimated vesting levels used in the respective years’ Annual Reports.

What drives the difference in pay between our CEO and other employees?

Pay ratios reflect how remuneration arrangements differ as responsibility increases for more senior roles within the organisation, for example:

 

  a greater proportion of performance-related variable pay and share-based incentives apply for the more senior executives, including Executive Directors, who will have a greater degree of influence over performance outcomes;

 

  additional and enhanced benefit provision, such as company car and healthcare benefits, apply as roles and responsibilities increase throughout the organisation;

 

  role-specific specialist plans apply in certain areas such as corporate reservations, sales and hotel development. Incentive plans for General Managers of IHG managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels commonly include targets based on gross operating profit, guest satisfaction and employee engagement. The target and maximum amounts that can be earned under these plans are typically a higher percentage of base salary for more senior employees, which in turn affect the pay ratio; and

 

  incentive plans for other corporate employees are typically based on a combination of individual performance and the Group’s operating profit from reportable segments.

 

Calculation methodology and supporting information

Option C has been selected for the identification of the percentile employees. IHG prefer to use this method as we are able to produce the most accurate total remuneration figure for all UK employees on a basis comparable with the statutory reporting for Executive Directors using the most available data at the time of producing the Annual Report. Due to the non-payment of bonus for 2020, this year we have been able to include more accurate in-year data to identify the percentile employees than using the Gender Pay Gap data. Specifically, this has involved:

 

  compiling all monthly payroll data for all UK employees throughout 2020 detailing complete variable and fixed remuneration, including pension and taxable benefits such as company car and healthcare; and

 

  excluding the value of any deferred shares from the 2017 bonus that vested in 2020.

Option C requires three UK employees to be identified as the equivalent of the 25th, 50th and 75th percentile. Having identified these employees, the 2020 remuneration is calculated on the same basis as the CEO single total figure of remuneration.

The 2020 salary and total pay for the individuals identified at the lower, median and upper quartiles are set out below.

 

        25th           75th   
        percentile        Median pay        percentile   
Year    pay ratio

 

     ratio        pay ratio   

 

  

 

 
Financial year ended 31 December 2020 – Full population    Salary £      16,103        32,470        52,833  
  

 

 
  

Total

remuneration £

     16,736        33,366        58,761  

 

  

 

 
Financial year ended 31 December 2020 – Excluding hotel employing entities    Salary £      38,675        51,420        65,882  
  

 

 
  

Total

remuneration £

     43,012        56,764        83,182  

 

  

 

 

Relative importance of spend on pay

The chart below sets out the actual expenditure of the Group in 2020 and 2019, showing the differences between those years. Further information, including where 2019 figures have been restated, can be found in the Group Financial Statements starting on page 112 and the accompanying notes.

 

LOGO

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   107


Table of Contents

Governance

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

    

Annual percentage change in remuneration of Directors compared to employees

 

                     2020  
                                Taxable  
               Salary        Bonus        benefit  
Executive Directors                                    
Keith Barr                  -14%          -100%          25%  
Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson           -13%          -100%          -14%  
Elie Maalouf           -15%          -100%          -10%  
Non-Executive Directors                                    
Patrick Cescau           -13%          N/A          -53%  
Graham Allan                    N/A           
Anne Busquet           -13%          N/A          -87%  
Arthur de Haast                    N/A           
Ian Dyson           -13%          N/A          -90%  
Duriya Farooqui                    N/A           
Jo Harlow           -13%          N/A          -94%  
Jill McDonald           -13%          N/A          -87%  
Dale Morrison           -13%          N/A          -83%  
Sharon Rothstein                    N/A           
Average employee           -6%          -100%          -9%  

 

The table to the left shows the percentage change in all Directors’ remuneration compared to that of an average employee between the financial year ended 31 December 2019 and the financial year ended 31 December 2020.

The remuneration figures for the Directors’ were taken from the data used to compile single figure tables of remuneration shown on pages 101 and 110 excluding any rounding up or down. No employees are directly employed by the Group’s Parent Company, so the average employee data for this year’s report is based on the same UK corporate employee population as that on which the CEO pay ratio is calculated.

The percentage change in salary and fees takes into account the temporary reductions from April to September 2020 inclusive and the cancellation of the planned 2020 merit increase.

No bonus is payable for 2020 to Executive Directors or other corporate employees, which is reflected in the bonus percentage change. Non-Executive Directors are not eligible for a bonus.

Taxable benefits for Non-Executive Directors are largely consituted of travel expenses, which were significantly impacted by travel restrictions during 2020, whereas Executive Director and average employee benefits typically comprise elements of their reward package such as company car and healthcare benefits.

 

 

LOGO  

 

Payments for loss of office

There were no payments for loss of office in 2020.

 

Pension entitlements

No Executive Director is entitled to any Defined Benefit pension or related benefit from IHG.

 

 

 

 

Payments to past Directors – benefits

Sir Ian Prosser

Sir Ian Prosser, who retired as Director on 31 December 2003, had an ongoing healthcare benefit of £1,690.00 during the year.

 

Implementation of Directors’ Remuneration Policy in 2021

This section explains how the DR Policy will be applied in 2021.

Salary: Executive Directors

Directors’ salaries are agreed annually in line with the DR Policy. Last year, we stated that Executive Directors’ would receive a 2% salary increase from 1 April 2020 however, as explained on page 100, these increases were rescinded. Furthermore, temporary reductions to salary were taken between April and September inclusive; Executive Directors’ received a 30% reduction in salary during this period.

The following salaries will apply from 1 April 2021.

 

Executive Director   

    Increase  

%  

    

2021

£

    

2021  

$  

    

2020

£

    

2020  

$  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Keith Barr      3          863,300           838,200     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Paul Edgecliffe-               
Johnson      3          634,800           616,300     

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Elie Maaloufa      3             836,600             812,200    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

a 

Elie Maalouf is paid in USD and his annual base salary for 2020 and 2021 is shown in USD. The sterling equivalent values calculated using an exchange rate of $1 = £0.78 are: 2020 – £633,516 and 2021 – £652,548.

The increases above are in line with the budget for the wider UK and US corporate workforce.

Measures for 2021 APP

The 2021 APP structure is in line with the approved DR Policy and will be based on a 70% weighting for a measure of operating profit and a 30% weighting for other key strategic measures that are reviewed annually and set in line with business priorities. Operating profit from reportable segments is a focal measure of business performance for

our shareholders and is a function of other critical measures, such as RevPAR, profit margin and fee revenues. Having reviewed a number of potential strategic measures, the Committee has determined that for 2021, it is particularly important to the Company’s strategic objectives to focus on new room openings and new room signings in the APP. New room openings are critical to driving both short and long-term profitable growth and are a recognised key performance measure across the industry, while new room signings provide the best gauge of future growth as they create the path for openings in future years, which will in turn drive profit and revenue growth. The two strategic measures will be equally weighted, with each worth 15% of the overall APP. The targets are commercially sensitive and will be disclosed retrospectively. It is important to note that the targets and payment schedule for operating profit from reportable segments and the strategic measures are set in an environment of continued uncertainty as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic.

 

          Weighting       Performance    
Measure    Definition    (%)       objective    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Operating profit from reportable segments    A measure of IHG’s operating profit from reportable segments for the year      70        

Achievement  

against  

target  

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Room signings    Absolute number of new room signings      15        

Achievement  

against  

target  

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Room openings    Absolute number of new room openings      15        

Achievement  

against  

target  

 

 

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
 

 

108   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

   

A gateway test applies to the strategic element based on the Committee’s overall assessment of performance against IHG’s Global Metrics. These are based on a range of KPIs including several ESG measures such as carbon reduction, employee engagement and guest satisfaction. As for 2020, given the continued volatile environment and forecasting challenges, a formula will not be applied. Instead the gateway will be structured such that 2021 performance against the Global Metrics, together with data on relative performance against peers, will be tracked and used by the Committee as reference points in considering whether to use discretion to adjust the formulaic outcome on the strategic element.

2021/23 LTIP cycle performance measures and targets

Total gross revenue (TGR) has been removed from the LTIP metrics for the 2021/23 cycle. TGR is heavily impacted by the pace of market RevPAR recovery which is very unpredictable and outside of management’s control. This led to difficulties in setting targets for the 2020 LTIP, with target-setting still challenging in 2021 due to the continued uncertainty. This approach will be kept under review for future cycles.

As a result of the removal of the TGR metric, relative NSSG and absolute cash flow have both had their weighting increased by 10%, maintaining a similar balance between absolute and relative measures as for the previous cycle.

The measures for the 2021/23 LTIP cycle are as follows:

 

        Weighting         
Measure   Definition   (%)    Performance objective

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

Relative Total Shareholder Return (TSR)   IHG’s performance against a comparator group of global hotel companies. TSR is the aggregate of share price growth and dividends paid, assuming reinvestment of dividends in the Company’s shares during the three-year performance period.   30   

Threshold – median of comparator group (20% of TSR element vests);

 

Maximum – upper quartile of comparator group (100% of TSR element vests); and

 

Vesting will be on a straight-line basis in between the two points above.

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

Relative net system size growth with ROCE underpin   IHG’s aggregated compound annual growth rate (CAGR) against our six largest competitors with over 500k rooms: Marriott International, Inc., Hilton Worldwide Holdings Inc., Accor S.A., Jin Jiang International Holdings Company Limited, Wyndham Hotels & Resorts Inc., Choice Hotels International Inc. Targets will be set based on increased room count that is consistent with the relevant company’s business plan objectives and practice as at the start of the LTIP cycle.   40   

Threshold – Fourth ranked competitor excluding IHG (20% of NSSG element vests);

 

Maximum – First ranked competitor excluding IHG (100% of NSSG element vests); and

 

Vesting will be on a straight-line basis in between the two points above.

 

This measure is subject to the achievement of a Return on Capital Employed underpin. See below for further details.

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

Absolute cash flow   Cumulative annual cash generation over three-year performance period.   30    In view of the uncertain forecasting environment, the cash flow targets had not been approved by the Committee at the time of publication of this report. The targets are scheduled to be finalised and published on our website in advance of the May 2021 AGM.

 

 

 

 

 

  

 

 

Operation of Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) underpin

The Committee has the discretion to reduce the amount of the award vesting under the net system size growth measure by any amount, including to zero, in the event that a Return on Capital Employed (ROCE) falls below a predetermined level over the period of an LTIP cycle. The extent of reduction would be determined taking into consideration criteria including:

 

  the reason the ROCE underpin has not been met;

 

  the impact on other metrics, including cash flow and total gross revenue; and

 

  the materiality of the circumstances under which the underpin has not been met.

ROCE is defined as operating profit from reportable segments divided by Capital Employed. For Capital Employed, we expect to define this as Total Assets less Current Liabilities, adjusted for deferred revenue and deferred tax assets/liabilities. At the end of each cycle, the Committee will agree the appropriate capital base of the Company taking into account any short-term impacts that are not part of the long-term capital of the business.

For the 2021/23 LTIP cycle, the underpin will remain at the 20% level set for the 2020/22 cycle. Under normal circumstances, the Committee considers this an appropriate level to protect shareholder interests without disincentivising the pursuit of long-term strategically advantageous return-enhancing opportunities, which could have a short-term impact on ROCE. However, it should be noted that, as outlined on page 105, the Committee is minded not to reduce the NSSG outcome if the ROCE underpin is not met for the 2020/22 cycle solely due to the impact on earnings of the pandemic.

Performance and vesting outcomes and any use of discretion will be fully disclosed and explained in the relevant Directors’ Remuneration Report.

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   109


Table of Contents

Governance

Directors’ Remuneration Report continued

Annual Report on Directors’ Remuneration continued

    

 

LOGO

Single total figure of remuneration: Non-Executive Directors

 

    

Committee  

        appointments  

  

Date of  

original  

appointment  

  

Fees  

£000  

  

Taxable benefits  

£000  

    

Total  

£000  

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Non-Executive Director                2020                  2019                  2020                    2019                2020                  2019  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Patrick Cescau      LOGO        01/01/13        377        435        7          14          384        449  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Graham Allan      LOGO        01/09/20        24               0          –          24         

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Anne Busquet      LOGO        01/03/15        66        77        1          5          67        82  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Arthur de Haast      LOGO        01/01/20        66               0          –          66         

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ian Dyson      LOGO        01/09/13        88        102        0          2          88        104  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Duriya Farooqui      LOGO        07/12/20        5               0          –          5         

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Jo Harlow      LOGO        01/09/14        88        102        0          2          88        104  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Luke Mayhew      LOGO        01/07/11        64        77        2          2          66        79  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Jill McDonald      LOGO        01/06/13        78        90        0          2          78        92  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dale Morrison      LOGO        01/06/11        95        110        2          11          97        121  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Malina Ngai      LOGO        01/03/17        25        77        0          8          25        85  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Sharon Rothstein      LOGO        01/06/20        38               0          –          38         

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

LOGO   See page 75 for Board and Committee membership key and attendance.

 

Fees: Fees are paid in line with the DR Policy. As explained on page 100, Non-Executive Directors’ fees were reduced by 30% from 1 April 2020 to 30 September 2020. Malina Ngai stepped down from the Board on 07 May 2020 and Luke Mayhew stepped down on 18 December 2020 so all fees and taxable benefits for these Directors ceased on those dates.

Benefits: For Non-Executive Directors, benefits include taxable travel and accommodation expenses to attend Board meetings away from the designated home location. Under concessionary HM Revenue and Custom rules, non-UK based Non-Executive Directors are not subject to tax on travel expenses for the first five years; this is reflected in the taxable benefits for Anne Busquet, Dale Morrison, Malina Ngai and Sharon Rothstein. Due to global restrictions on travel during 2020 as a result of the Covid-19 pandemic, only the February Board meeting was held in person so taxable travel and accommodation expenses are lower this year.

Other: Non-Executive Directors are not eligible for any incentive awards or for any pension contributions or benefit.

Shares held by Non-Executive Directors as at 31 December 2020:

The Non-Executive Directors who held shares are listed in the table below:

 

Non-Executive Director    2020      2019b

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Patrick Cescau              11,135                3,605  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Ian Dyson      1,500         

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Arthur de Haast      1,000         

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Jo Harlowa      950        950  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dale Morrisona      2,960        2,960  

 

  

 

 

 

  

 

 

 

 

  a 

Shares held in the form of American Depositary Receipts.

 

  b 

2019 shares were subject to a share consolidation on 14 January 2019 on the basis of 19 new ordinary shares for every 20 existing ordinary shares.

Fees: Non-Executive Directors

The fees for Non-Executive Directors are reviewed and agreed annually in line with the DR Policy. The Chair and Non-Executive Directors have waived any increase for 2021 and fee levels for 2021 will therefore remain as follows:

 

Non-Executive Director    Role   

            2021  

£000  

   

            2020  

£000  

 

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Patrick Cescau    Chair of the Board      444         444    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Graham Allan    Non-Executive Director      78         78    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Anne Busquet    Non-Executive Director      78         78    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Arthur de Haast    Non-Executive Director      78         78    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Ian Dyson    Chair of Audit Committee      104         104    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Duriya Farooqui    Non-Executive Director      78         78    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Jo Harlow    Chair of Remuneration Committee      104         104    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Jill McDonald    Chair of Responsible Business Committee      92         92    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Dale Morrison    Senior Independent Non-Executive Director      112         112    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 
Sharon Rothstein    Non-Executive Director      78         78    

 

  

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

 

110   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Non-Executive Directors’ letters of appointment and notice periods

Non-Executive Directors have letters of appointment, which are available upon request from the Company Secretary’s office.

Patrick Cescau, Non-Executive Chair, is subject to 12 months’ notice. No other Non-Executive Directors are subject to notice periods. All Non-Executive Directors are subject to election annual re-election by shareholders at the AGM.

Remuneration Committee details

Key objectives and summary of responsibilities

The Remuneration Committee agrees, on behalf of the Board, all aspects of remuneration of the Executive Directors and the Executive Committee, and agrees the strategy, direction and policy for the remuneration of the senior executives who have a significant influence over the Group’s ability to meet its strategic objectives. Additionally, the Committee reviews wider workforce pay policies and practice to ensure alignment with strategy, values and behaviours and takes this into account when setting Executive Director remuneration. The Committee’s role and responsibilities are set out in its Terms of Reference (ToR) which are reviewed annually and approved by the Board.

 

LOGO

 The ToR are available on IHG’s website at
 www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate governance.

The Committee’s key focus areas during the year have been:

 

  evaluating absolute and relative performance on incentive plans for the year ended 2020; and

 

  evaluating potential measures and targets for 2021+ short and long-term incentive plans.

Membership and attendance at meetings

Details of the Committee membership and attendance at meetings are set out on page 75.

During 2020, the Committee was supported internally by the Chair, the Group’s CEO and CFO, and the heads of Human Resources and Reward as necessary. All attend by invitation to provide further background information and context to assist the Committee in its duties. They are not present for any discussion that relate directly to their own remuneration or where their attendance would not be appropriate.

Reporting to the Board

The Committee Chair updates the Board on all key issues raised at Committee meetings. Papers and minutes for each meeting are also circulated to all Board members for review and comment.

Stakeholder engagement

The Chair of the Committee engaged extensively with shareholders during 2020 in respect of the DR Policy, both in advance of the AGM and following the vote of less than 80% support at the AGM, in order

to outline the rationale for the changes made to the policy and to understand the range of views held by shareholders and to take these into account in setting and implementing the policy.

In terms of employee engagement, the Company carried out a global engagement survey to address employee satisfaction, covering a number of areas including competitive pay and benefits. These stakeholder engagement processes have informed our review of Executive Director remuneration.

 

LOGO

The Company’s approach to wider workforce engagement under the Corporate Governance Code is set out on page 92.

Effectiveness of the Committee

The effectiveness of the Committee is monitored and assessed regularly by the Chair of the Committee and the Chair of the Board.

Other focus areas and activities

In addition to stakeholder consultation following the DR Policy vote, the other focus areas and activities discussed by the Committee during 2020 were:

 

  monitoring 2020 performance against agreed targets as well as in the wider business context and the impact on key stakeholders including employees and shareholders;

 

  reviewing and approving the 2020 annual and long-term incentive results for the Executive Directors and other members of the Executive Committee (EC), including assessing the use of discretion;

 

  reviewing potential measures and targets for 2021+ annual and long-term incentive plans, including working with the Responsible Business Committee on ESG metrics; and

 

  reviewing wider workforce remuneration policy and practice, including EC and wider workforce retirement benefits in the UK and US.

Remuneration advisers

In 2019, IHG appointed Deloitte LLP to act as independent adviser to the Committee and they commenced work in October 2019. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP formally stepped down in early 2020.

Deloitte and PwC are both members of the Remuneration Consultants Group and, as such, operate under the code of conduct in relation to executive remuneration consulting in the UK. The Committee is satisfied that the advice received is objective and independent. Fees of £129,500 were paid to Deloitte and £18,300 to PwC in respect of advice provided to the Committee in 2020. This was in the form of an agreed fee for support in preparation of papers and attendance at meetings, with work on additional items charged at hourly rates. The terms of engagement for Deloitte are available from the Company Secretary’s office upon request. Separately, other parts of Deloitte LLP also advised the Company in relation to corporation tax, mobility and consulting services.

 

 

Voting at the Company’s AGMs

There was a vote in respect of the new DR Policy at the 2020 AGM. The outcome of the votes in respect of the DR Policy and Report for 2018 to 2020 are shown below:

 

          Directors’ Remuneration Policy (binding vote)           Directors’ Remuneration Report (advisory vote)  
AGM                     Votes for     Votes against     Abstentions           Votes for     Votes against      Abstentions  
2020       112,098,213       33,210,269       3,308,499         143,279,761       5,212,375        124,844  
        (77.14%     (22.86%               (96.49%     (3.51%         
2019                           120,939,401       23,116,948        3,867,287  
                                  (83.95%     (16.05%         
2018                           118,770,985       25,486,193        2,664,237  
                                  (82.33%     (17.67%         

Jo Harlow

Chair of the Remuneration Committee

22 February 2021

 

LOGO
 

 

Directors’ Remuneration Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   111


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

Group Financial

Statements

 

    

114   Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities
122   Independent Auditor’s US Report
126   Group Financial Statements
126   Group income statement
127   Group statement of comprehensive income
128   Group statement of changes in equity
131   Group statement of financial position
132   Group statement of cash flows
133   Accounting policies
146   Notes to the Group Financial Statements
      
voco Hangzhou Binjiang Minghao, China

 

 

112   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020

 

 


Table of Contents

    

 


 

LOGO

 

    

 

Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   113

 

 


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities

 

Financial Statements and accounting records

The Directors are required to prepare financial statements for the Company and the Group at the end of each financial year in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations. Under company law directors must not approve the Financial Statements unless they are satisfied that they give a true and fair view of the state of affairs of the Group and the profit or loss of the Group for that period. In preparing these Financial Statements, IHG Directors are required to:

 

  Select suitable accounting policies and apply them consistently;

 

  Make judgements and accounting estimates that are reasonable;

 

  State whether the Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union and with international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006;

 

  State for the Company Financial Statements whether applicable UK accounting standards have been followed; and

 

  Prepare the Financial Statements on the going concern basis unless it is inappropriate to presume that the Company and the Group will continue in business.

The Directors have responsibility for ensuring that the Group keeps proper accounting records which disclose with reasonable accuracy the financial position of the Group and the Company to enable them to ensure that the Financial Statements comply with the Companies Act 2006 and, as regards the Consolidated Financial Statements, IFRSs adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union. The Directors are also responsible for the system of internal control, for safeguarding the assets of the Group and the Company, and taking reasonable steps to prevent and detect fraud and other irregularities.

Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules

The Board confirms that to the best of its knowledge:

 

  The Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board (‘IASB’) and IFRSs adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union, and give a true and fair view of the assets, liabilities, financial position and profit or loss of the Group taken as a whole; and

 

  The Annual Report, including the Strategic Report, includes a fair review of the development and performance of the business and the position of the Group taken as a whole, together with a description of the principal risks and uncertainties that it faces.

UK Corporate Governance Code

Having taken advice from the Audit Committee, the Board considers that this Annual Report and Form 20-F, taken as a whole, is fair, balanced and understandable and that it provides the information necessary for shareholders to assess the Company’s position and performance, business model and strategy.

Disclosure of information to Auditor

The Directors who held office as at the date of approval of this report confirm that they have taken steps to make themselves aware of relevant audit information (as defined by Section 418(3) of the Companies Act 2006). None of the Directors are aware of any relevant audit information which has not been disclosed to the Company’s Auditor.

Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting for the Group, as defined in Rule 13a–15(f) and 15d–15(f) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with IFRSs.

The Group’s internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that:

 

  Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the Group’s transactions and dispositions of assets;

 

  Are designed to provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit the preparation of the Financial Statements in accordance with IFRSs as issued by the IASB and IFRSs pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union, and that receipts and expenditure are being made only in accordance with authorisation of management and the Directors of the Company; and

 

  Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use or disposition of the Group’s assets that could have a material effect on the Financial Statements.

Any internal control framework has inherent limitations and internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Management has undertaken an assessment of the effectiveness of the Group’s internal control over financial reporting at 31 December 2020 based on criteria established in the Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework).

Based on this assessment, management has concluded that as at 31 December 2020 the Group’s internal control over financial reporting was effective.

During the period covered by this document there were no changes in the Group’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect the effectiveness of the internal controls over financial reporting.

The Group’s internal control over financial reporting at 31 December 2020, together with the Group’s Consolidated Financial Statements, were audited by Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm. Their report on internal control over financial reporting can be found on page 125.

For and on behalf of the Board

 

LOGO   LOGO
Keith Barr   Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson
Chief Executive Officer   Chief Financial Officer
22 February 2021   22 February 2021
 

 

114   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   115


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

116   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   117


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

118   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   119


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

120   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   121


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Independent Auditor’s US Report

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying Group statement of financial position of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the ‘Group’) as of 31 December 2020 and 2019, the related Group statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the ‘Group Financial Statements’). In our opinion, the Group Financial Statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Group at 31 December 2020 and 2019, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2020, in conformity with International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the International Accounting Standards Board, adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No. 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (‘PCAOB’), the Group’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework), and our report dated 22 February 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These Group Financial Statements are the responsibility of the Group’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Group’s Financial Statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Group in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the Group Financial Statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the Group Financial Statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the Group Financial Statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the Group Financial Statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the Group Financial Statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the Group Financial Statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the Group Financial Statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

 

 

122   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

 

Critical Audit Matter

 

Description of the Matter

 

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

Accounting for revenue related to the IHG Rewards (“IHGR”) loyalty programme  

As of 31 December 2020, the Group had deferred revenue of $1,245 million and for the year ended 31 December 2020, recognised $275 million of revenue associated with the IHGR loyalty programme.

 

As more fully described in the accounting policies and notes 3 and 33 to the Group Financial Statements, the Group recognises deferred revenue in an amount that reflects its unsatisfied performance obligations. The related performance obligation is satisfied, and therefore revenue is recognised, in the period in which the IHGR member consumes the loyalty points either at a participating hotel or by selecting a reward from a third party. The Group engages an external actuary to assist in estimating the future consumption rate of points earned by the members of the IHGR loyalty programme (the “ultimate consumption rate”), also referred to as “breakage” being the estimation of the number of points that will never be consumed. The ultimate consumption rate is the key assumption in determining the deferred revenue balance and the recognition of revenue associated with the IHGR loyalty programme.

 

Auditing the deferred revenue balance and recognition of revenue associated with the IHGR loyalty programme was challenging due to the judgement involved in estimating the ultimate consumption rate. Significant estimation uncertainty exists in projecting future IHGR members’ consumption activity as the estimate is forward looking. The uncertainty has increased in the current year due to the difficulty in estimating the longer-term impact of Covid-19 on member activity.

 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls related to the Group’s process for determining the ultimate consumption rate. For example, we tested controls over the accuracy of the data provided to the external actuary and management’s review and use of the information contained in the external actuary’s report. This included management’s review and approval of the estimated return to pre-Covid-19 consumption levels over the longer-term.

 

To test the deferred revenue balance and the recognition of revenue associated with the IHGR loyalty programme, our audit procedures included, amongst others, testing the data used by management’s external actuary in their modelling to derive the ultimate consumption rate, notably by reconciling the input data with the Group’s underlying systems and records. We performed analytical review procedures to identify unusual trends or contradictory information in the input data.

 

We considered the professional qualifications and objectivity of management’s external actuary and inspected their reports to identify corroborating or contradictory evidence to the ultimate consumption rate. We involved actuarial specialists as part of our team to calculate an independent estimate of an acceptable range of outcomes of the ultimate consumption rate and assist in assessing the appropriateness of the methodology, data and assumptions used by management to determine the ultimate consumption rate applied. We assessed the reasonableness of management’s estimated return to pre-Covid-19 consumption levels over the longer-term by: evaluating managements’ actions to delay point and member status expirations; comparing the assumption to the trends observed in geographical markets further into the recovery period, such as Greater China; and benchmarking the assumption to industry practice.

 

We performed sensitivity analysis on the ultimate consumption rate to evaluate changes in the deferred revenue balance and the recognition of revenue associated with the IHGR loyalty programme. We evaluated the disclosures in the Group Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation of revenues and expenses to the System Fund  

For the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group recognised $765 million of System Fund revenues and $867 million of System Fund expenses. As more fully described in the accounting policies and note 33 to the Group Financial Statements, the Group operates a System Fund which collects contributions from hotel owners for the specific purpose of funding marketing, the guest reservation systems and the loyalty programme in accordance with the principles agreed with the IHG Owners Association.

 

Auditing the allocation of revenues and expenses to the System Fund was complex due to (i) the considerations involved in evaluating that the allocation of revenues and expenses to the System Fund by management was in accordance with the principles agreed with the IHG Owners Association and (ii) the System Fund revenues and expenses being eliminated from IHG’s operating profit from reportable segments, a key performance measure used by management.

 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls related to the Group’s process for allocating revenues and expenses to the System Fund. For example, we tested controls over management’s review and approval of changes to the allocation methodology.

 

To test the allocation of revenues and expenses to the System Fund, our audit procedures included, amongst others, testing a sample of transactions that were classified as System Fund revenues and expenses to evaluate the appropriate classification in accordance with the principles agreed with the IHG Owners Association and the reasonableness of allocation. For example, we tested the allocation of expenses that would otherwise be classified by the Group as exceptional items.

 

We tested whether changes made to the allocation methodology were in accordance with the principles agreed with the IHG Owners Association. For example, we inspected the evidence supporting the changes relating to the InterContinental Ambassador programme and the licensing of intellectual property under co-brand credit card agreements.

 

We assessed whether the effects of Covid-19, the actions taken by management in response, and any potential changes to the allocation methodology as a result, had been reflected in changes to the allocation of revenues and expenses to the System Fund. For example, we evaluated whether the allocation of expenses was significantly impacted by the Group’s reorganisations completed in the year.

 

We performed analytical review procedures over the System Fund revenues and expenses to identify unusual variances to the budget. We tested manual journal entries made to System Fund revenues and expenses to evaluate whether the entries were in accordance with the principles agreed with the IHG Owners Association.

 

 

 

 

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Independent Auditor’s US Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   123


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Independent Auditor’s US Report continued

 

Critical Audit Matter

 

Description of the Matter

 

How We Addressed the Matter in Our Audit

Impairment of non-current assets  

At 31 December 2020, the carrying value of non-current assets totalled $2,796 million. For the year ended 31 December 2020, the Group recognised impairment charges in respect of non-current assets totalling $274 million. An additional $41 million of impairment was charged to the System Fund.

 

As more fully described in the critical accounting policies and the use of judgements, estimates and assumptions, and notes to the Group Financial Statements, the impact of Covid-19 on the Group’s results and forecasts has been considered a trigger for impairment testing of non-current assets. The Group tests non-current assets for impairment using valuation techniques involving judgements, estimates and assumptions. The key assumptions used in management’s impairment assessments are cash flow forecasts, mainly driven by RevPAR growth projections, discount rates and judgments made in respect of uncertain contractual positions.

 

Auditing the impairment assessments performed by management was challenging due to the judgement involved in determining the significant assumptions, in particular the RevPAR growth projections. The risk has increased during the year due to the greater estimation uncertainty related to Covid-19 disruptions, for example, potential further domestic and international travel restrictions, or future economic and market conditions.

 

We obtained an understanding, evaluated the design and tested the operating effectiveness of controls related to management’s assessments of impairment. For example, we tested controls over management’s preparation and review of cash flow forecasts, including over the determination of the RevPAR growth projections and approval of impairment assessments.

 

To test management’s impairment assessments, our audit procedures included, amongst others, evaluating the appropriateness of the methodology and assumptions used in the cash flow forecasts. Specifically, we analysed management’s historic RevPAR forecasting accuracy and evaluated the reasonableness of the RevPAR growth projections by comparison to external industry data and, where necessary, involving valuation specialists as part of our team to determine an independent estimate of an acceptable range.

 

We evaluated the reasonableness of cash flow forecasts made in respect of uncertain contractual positions by making enquiries of management, including those outside of a financial reporting and oversight role, and reviewing underlying contractual agreements to identify corroborating or contradictory evidence to the judgment made.

 

We tested the clerical accuracy of the impairment models used by management and assessed the level at which goodwill and other indefinite lived assets were tested. We considered the professional qualifications and objectivity of management’s external valuation specialists and inspected their reports to identify corroborating or contradictory evidence to the estimate of the recoverable amount.

 

We evaluated the disclosures provided in the accounting policies and the notes to the Group Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as auditors since the Group’s listing in April 2003 and of the Group’s predecessor businesses since 1988.

London, England

22 February 2021

 

124   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited InterContinental Hotels Group PLC’s internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2020, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the Group) maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of 31 December 2020, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Group statement of financial position as of 31 December 2020 and 2019, and the related Group statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended 31 December 2020, and the related notes, and our report dated 22 February 2021 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorisations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorised acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

London, England

22 February 2021

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Independent Auditor’s US Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   125


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Group Financial Statements

Group income statement

 

For the year ended 31 December 2020                    Note           

          2020

$m

          

          2019a

$m  

          

          2018a

$m  

 
Revenue from fee business               3                 823                 1,510                 1,486  
Revenue from owned, leased and managed lease hotels        3          169          573          447  
System Fund revenues                   765          1,373          1,233  
Reimbursement of costs                   637          1,171          1,171  
Total revenue        2          2,394          4,627          4,337  
Cost of sales                   (354        (782        (671
System Fund expenses                   (867        (1,422        (1,379
Reimbursed costs                   (637        (1,171        (1,171
Administrative expenses                   (267        (385        (415
Share of losses of associates and joint ventures        2          (14        (3        (1
Other operating income                   16          21          14  
Depreciation and amortisation        2          (110        (116        (115
Impairment loss on financial assets                   (88        (8        (17
Other impairment charges        6          (226        (131         
Operating (loss)/profit              2                (153              630                582  
Operating (loss)/profit analysed as:                                                                    
   Operating profit before System Fund and exceptional items                   219          865          832  
   System Fund                   (102        (49        (146
   Operating exceptional items        6          (270        (186        (104
                                (153              630                582  
Financial income        7          4          6          5  
Financial expenses        7          (144        (121        (101
Fair value gains/(losses) on contingent purchase consideration        25          13          27          (4
(Loss)/profit before tax                   (280        542          482  
Tax        8          20          (156        (132
(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations                   (260        386          350  
Attributable to:                                            

Equity holders of the parent

                  (260        385          349  

Non-controlling interest

                           1          1  
                    (260        386          350  
(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share:        10                                   
Continuing and total operations:                                            

Basic

                  (142.9 )¢         210.4 ¢         183.7 ¢ 

Diluted

                  (142.9 )¢         209.2 ¢         181.8 ¢ 

 

a

Amended for presentational changes (see page 134).

 

LOGO   Notes on pages 133 to 199 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

 

126   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Group statement of comprehensive income

 

For the year ended 31 December 2020         

          2020

$m

          

          2019

$m

          

          2018

$m

 
(Loss)/profit for the year               (260               386                 350  
Other comprehensive income                                 
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:                                 

(Losses)/gains on cash flow hedges, net of related tax credit of $4m (2019: $nil, 2018: including related tax credit of $1m)

       3          (34        5  

Costs of hedging

       (6        (6        (1

Hedging (gains)/losses reclassified to financial expenses

       (13        38          (8

Exchange (losses)/gains on retranslation of foreign operations, net of related tax credit of $4m (2019: net of related tax credit of $3m, 2018: including related tax credit of $2m)

       (85        (39        44  
         (101        (41        40  
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:                                 

(Losses)/gains on equity instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income, net of related tax credit of $4m (2019: net of related tax charge of $2m, 2018: including related tax charge of $2m)

       (43        10          (14

Re-measurement (losses)/gains on defined benefit plans, net of related tax credit of $1m (2019: net of related tax credit of $1m, 2018: net of related tax charge of $4m)

       (7        (6        8  

Tax related to pension contributions

       1                    
         (49        4          (6
Total other comprehensive (loss)/income for the year        (150        (37        34  
Total comprehensive (loss)/income for the year        (410        349          384  
Attributable to:                                 

Equity holders of the parent

       (410        348          382  

Non-controlling interest

                1          2  
         (410        349          384  

 

LOGO   Notes on pages 133 to 199 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

 

LOGO
 

 

Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   127


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Group Financial Statements continued

Group statement of changes in equity

 

           

Equity share

capital

$m

           

Capital

redemption

reserve

$m

           

Shares

held by

employee

share trusts

$m

           

Other

reserves

$m

           

Fair value

reserve

$m

           

Cash flow

hedging

reserve

$m

           

Currency

translation

reserve

$m

           

Retained

earnings

$m

           

IHG share-

holders’

equity

$m

           

Non-

controlling

interest

$m

           

Total

equity

$m

 
At 1 January 2020               151                 10                 (5               (2,870               57                 (6               381                 809                 (1,473               8                 (1,465
Loss for the year                                                                                                                 (260              (260                             (260
Other comprehensive income                                                                                                                                                                                     
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:                                                                                                                                                                                     

Losses on cash flow hedges

                                                                                  3                                              3                               3  

Costs of hedging

                                                                                  (6                                            (6                             (6

Hedging gains reclassified to financial expenses

                                                                                  (13                                            (13                             (13

Exchange losses on retranslation of foreign operations

                                                                                  (2              (83                             (85                             (85
                                                                                    (18              (83                             (101                             (101
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:                                                                                                                                                                                     

Losses on equity instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                   (43                                                           (43                             (43

Gains on equity instruments transferred to retained earnings on disposal

                                                                   (3                                            3                                               

Re-measurement losses on defined benefit plans

                                                                                                                (7              (7                             (7

Tax related to pension contributions

                                                                                                                1                1                               1  
                                                                     (46                                            (3              (49                             (49
Total other comprehensive loss for the year                                                                    (46              (18              (83              (3              (150                             (150
Total comprehensive loss for the year                                                                    (46              (18              (83              (263              (410                             (410
Transfer of treasury shares to employee share trusts                                      (14                                                                          14                                               
Release of own shares by employee share trusts                                      18                                                                            (18                                             
Equity-settled share-based cost, net of $3m reclassification to cash-settled awards                                                                                                                 27                27                               27  
Tax related to share schemes                                                                                                                 (1              (1                             (1
Exchange adjustments        5                                              (5                                                                                                         
At 31 December 2020        156                10                (1              (2,875              11                (24              298                568                (1,857              8                (1,849

All items within total comprehensive loss are shown net of tax.

 

LOGO   Notes on pages 133 to 199 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

 

128   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

    

    

 

 

           

Equity share

capital

$m

           

Capital

redemption

reserve

$m

           

Shares

held by

employee

share trusts

$m

           

Other

reserves

$m

           

Fair value

reserve

$m

           

Cash flow

hedging

reserve

$m

           

Currency

translation

reserve

$m

           

Retained

earnings

$m

           

IHG share-

holders’

equity

$m

           

Non-

controlling

interest

$m

           

Total

equity

$m

 
At 1 January 2019               146                 10                 (4               (2,865               47                 (4               420                 1,111                 (1,139               8                 (1,131
Profit for the year                                                                                                                 385                385                1                386  
Other comprehensive income                                                                                                                                                                                     
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:                                                                                                                                                                                     

Losses on cash flow hedges

                                                                                  (34                                            (34                             (34

Costs of hedging

                                                                                  (6                                            (6                             (6

Hedging losses reclassified to financial expenses

                                                                                  38                                              38                               38  

Exchange losses on retranslation of foreign operations

                                                                                                 (39                             (39                             (39
                                                                                    (2              (39                             (41                             (41
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:                                                                                                                                                                                     

Gains on equity instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                   10                                                             10                               10  

Re-measurement losses on defined benefit plans

                                                                                                                (6              (6                             (6
                                                                     10                                              (6              4                               4  
Total other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year                                                                    10                (2              (39              (6              (37                             (37
Total comprehensive income for the year                                                                    10                (2              (39              379                348                1                349  
Transfer of treasury shares to employee share trusts                                      (19                                                                          19                                               
Purchase of own shares by employee share trusts                                      (5                                                                                         (5                             (5
Release of own shares by employee share trusts                                      23                                                                            (23                                             
Equity-settled share-based cost                                                                                                                 41                41                               41  
Tax related to share schemes                                                                                                                 4                4                               4  
Equity dividends paid                                                                                                                 (721              (721              (1              (722
Transaction costs relating to shareholder returns                                                                                                                 (1              (1                             (1
Exchange adjustments        5                                              (5                                                                                                         
At 31 December 2019        151                10                (5              (2,870              57                (6              381                809                (1,473              8                (1,465

All items within total comprehensive income are shown net of tax.

 

LOGO   Notes on pages 133 to 199 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

 

LOGO
 

 

Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   129


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Group Financial Statements continued

Group statement of changes in equity continued

 

           

Equity share

capital

$m

           

Capital

redemption

reserve

$m

           

Shares

held by

employee

share trusts

$m

           

Other

reserves

$m

           

Fair value

reserve

$m

           

Cash flow

hedging

reserve

$m

           

Currency

translation

reserve

$m

           

Retained

earnings

$m

           

IHG share-

holders’

equity

$m

           

Non-

controlling

interest

$m

           

Total

equity

$m

 
At 1 January 2018               154                 10                 (5               (2,874               79                                 377                 898                 (1,361               7                 (1,354
Impact of adopting IFRS 9a                                                                    (18                                            18                                               
At 1 January 2018        154                10                (5              (2,874              61                               377                916                (1,361              7                (1,354
Profit for the year                                                                                                                 349                349                1                350  
Other comprehensive income                                                                                                                                                                                     
Items that may be subsequently reclassified to profit or loss:                                                                                                                                                                                     

Gains on cash flow hedges

                                                                                  5                                              5                               5  

Costs of hedging

                                                                                  (1                                            (1                             (1

Hedging gains reclassified to financial expenses

                                                                                  (8                                            (8                             (8

Exchange gains on retranslation of foreign operations

                                                                                                 43                               43                1                44  
                                                                                    (4              43                               39                1                40  
Items that will not be reclassified to profit or loss:                                                                                                                                                                                     

Losses on equity instruments classified as fair value through other comprehensive income

                                                                   (14                                                           (14                             (14

Re-measurement gains on defined benefit plans

                                                                                                                8                8                               8  
                                                                     (14                                            8                (6                             (6
Total other comprehensive                                                       
(loss)/income for the year                                                                    (14              (4              43                8                33                1                34  
Total comprehensive income for the year                                                                    (14              (4              43                357                382                2                384  
Transfer of treasury shares to employee share trusts                                      (19                                                                          19                                               
Purchase of own shares by employee share trusts                                      (3                                                                                         (3                             (3
Release of own shares by employee share trusts                                      24                                                                            (24                                             
Equity-settled share-based cost                                                                                                                 39                39                               39  
Tax related to share schemes                                                                                                                 3                3                               3  
Equity dividends paid                                                                                                                 (199              (199              (1              (200
Exchange adjustments        (8                             (1              9                                                                                                           
At 31 December 2018        146                10                (4              (2,865              47                (4              420                1,111                (1,139              8                (1,131

 

a 

IFRS 9 was applied from 1 January 2018. Under the transition method chosen, comparative information was not restated.

All items within total comprehensive income are shown net of tax.

 

LOGO   Notes on pages 133 to 199 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

 

130   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Group statement of financial position

 

31 December 2020                     Note            

          2020

$m

                     2019  
Restateda
$m  
                     2018  
Restateda
$m  
 
ASSETS                                              
Goodwill and other intangible assets                13                  1,293                 1,376                 1,143  
Property, plant and equipment         14           201          309          273  
Right-of-use assets         15           303          490          513  
Investment in associates and joint ventures         16           81          110          104  
Other financial assets         17           168          284          260  
Derivative financial instruments         24           5                   7  
Deferred compensation plan investments         25           236          218          193  
Non-current tax receivable                     15          28          31  
Deferred tax assets         8           113          66          63  
Contract costs         3           70          67          55  
Contract assets         3           311          311          270  
Total non-current assets                     2,796          3,259          2,912  
Inventories                     5          6          5  
Trade and other receivables         18           514          666          610  
Current tax receivable                     18          16          27  
Other financial assets         17           1          4          1  
Derivative financial instruments         24                    1          1  
Cash and cash equivalents         19           1,675          195          704  
Contract costs         3           5          5          5  
Contract assets         3           25          23          20  
Total current assets                     2,243          916          1,373  
Assets classified as held for sale         12                    19           
Total assets                     5,039          4,194          4,285  
LIABILITIES                                              
Loans and other borrowings         22           (869        (87        (104
Lease liabilities         15           (34        (65        (55
Trade and other payables         20           (466        (568        (616
Deferred revenue         3           (452        (555        (572
Provisions         21           (16        (40        (10
Current tax payable                     (30        (50        (50
Total current liabilities                     (1,867        (1,365        (1,407
Loans and other borrowings         22           (2,898        (2,078        (1,910
Lease liabilities         15           (416        (595        (615
Derivative financial instruments         24           (18        (20         
Retirement benefit obligations         27           (103        (96        (91
Deferred compensation plan liabilities         25           (236        (218        (193
Trade and other payables         20           (94        (116        (125
Deferred revenue         3           (1,117        (1,009        (934
Provisions         21           (44        (22        (17
Deferred tax liabilities         8           (95        (118        (124
Total non-current liabilities                     (5,021        (4,272        (4,009
Liabilities classified as held for sale         12                    (22         
Total liabilities                     (6,888        (5,659        (5,416
Net liabilities                     (1,849        (1,465        (1,131
EQUITY                                              
IHG shareholders’ equity                     (1,857        (1,473        (1,139
Non-controlling interest                     8          8          8  
Total equity                     (1,849        (1,465        (1,131

 

a

Restated for deferred compensation plan investments and liabilities (see page 134).

Signed on behalf of the Board,

Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

22 February 2021

LOGO Notes on pages 133 to 199 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   131


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Group Financial Statements continued

Group statement of cash flows

 

For the year ended 31 December 2020                       Note            

            2020

$m

                       2019
$m
                       2018
$m
 
(Loss)/profit for the year                     (260        386          350  
Adjustments reconciling (loss)/profit for the year to cash flow from operations before contract acquisition costs         26           632          582          564  
Cash flow from operations before contract acquisition costs         26           372          968          914  
Contract acquisition costs, net of repayments                     (64        (61        (54
Cash flow from operations                     308          907          860  
Interest paid                     (132        (110        (87
Interest received                     2          3          2  
Contingent purchase consideration paid         25                    (6         
Tax paid on operating activities         8           (41        (141        (66
Net cash from operating activities                     137          653          709  
Cash flow from investing activities                                              
Purchase of property, plant and equipment                     (26        (75        (46
Purchase of intangible assets                     (50        (104        (112
Investment in associates and joint ventures                     (2        (10        (1
Investment in other financial assets                     (5        (9        (33
Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired         11                    (292        (34
Contingent purchase consideration paid         25                    (2        (4
Capitalised interest paid         7           (1        (5        (5
Distributions from associates and joint ventures                     5                   32  
Disposal of hotel assets, net of costs and cash disposed                     1                    
Repayments of other financial assets                     13          4          8  
Disposal of equity securities                     4                    
Tax paid on disposals         8                             (2
Net cash from investing activities                     (61        (493        (197
Cash flow from financing activities                                              
Purchase of own shares by employee share trusts                              (5        (3
Dividends paid to shareholders         9                    (721        (199
Dividend paid to non-controlling interest                              (1        (1
Transaction costs relating to shareholder returns                              (1         
Issue of long-term bonds, including effect of currency swaps         23           1,093                   554  
Issue of commercial paper         23           738                    
Repayment of long-term bonds         23           (290                  
Principal element of lease payments         23           (65        (59        (35
(Decrease)/increase in other borrowings         23           (125        127          (268
Proceeds from currency swaps         23           3                   3  
Net cash from financing activities                     1,354          (660        51  
Net movement in cash and cash equivalents in the year                     1,430          (500        563  
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year         19           108          600          58  
Exchange rate effects                     86          8          (21
Cash and cash equivalents at end of the year         19           1,624          108          600  

LOGO Notes on pages 133 to 199 form an integral part of these Group Financial Statements.

 

132   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Accounting policies

 

General information

This document constitutes the Annual Report and Financial Statements in accordance with UK Listing Rules requirements and the Annual Report on Form 20-F in accordance with the US Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

The Consolidated Financial Statements of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (‘the Group’ or ‘IHG’) for the year ended 31 December 2020 were authorised for issue in accordance with a resolution of the Directors on 22 February 2021. InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the ‘Company’) is incorporated and registered in England and Wales.

Basis of preparation

The Consolidated Financial Statements of IHG have been prepared on a going concern basis (see below) and under the historical cost convention, except for assets and liabilities measured at fair value under relevant accounting standards. The Consolidated Financial Statements have been prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards (‘IFRSs’) as issued by the IASB and with IFRSs adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union and with international accounting standards as applied in accordance with the provisions of the Companies Act 2006. IFRSs adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union differ in certain respects from IFRSs as issued by the IASB. However, the differences have no impact on the Consolidated Financial Statements for the years presented.

Going concern

The impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the hospitality industry has been severe. Through 2020, many of the Group’s hotels were temporarily closed, while others experienced historically low levels of occupancy and room rates.

The Group’s fee-based model and wide geographic spread mean that it is well placed to manage through these uncertain times. The Group has taken various actions to manage cash outflows, including a reduction in staff costs, professional fees, capital expenditure and the suspension of the ordinary dividend. Overall fee business costs have been reduced by $150m, and capital expenditure by over $100m on prior year levels. The Group has also taken actions to reduce costs for owners and support them in managing their cash flows. Combined, these actions resulted in the Group mitigating the significant reduction in fee revenue and System Fund assessment fees to generate a free cash flow in the year of $29ma.

The Group has taken steps to strengthen its liquidity, including agreeing amendments of existing covenants on its syndicated and bilateral revolving credit facilities (‘the bank facilities’) until December 2022 and issuing £600m commercial paper under the UK’s Covid Corporate Financing Facility (‘CCFF’) which is repayable in March 2021. The covenant amendment agreements introduce a minimum liquidity covenant of $400m tested at half year and full year up to and including 31 December 2022. Minimum liquidity includes undrawn amounts from the bank facilities. The leverage ratio and interest cover covenants have been waived at June 2021 and December 2021. The covenants at June 2022 have been amended to require less than 7.5x for the leverage ratio and greater than 1.5x for interest cover (see note 24). The maturities of the bank facilities have also been extended to September 2023.

In October 2020 the Group issued two new bonds, a four-year 500m 1.625% bond and an eight-year £400m 3.375% bond. At the same time, a tender offer was completed on the £400m 3.875% November 2022 bond and £227m was repaid early from the new bond proceeds. These actions have increased the Group’s liquidity, extended its debt maturity profile and reduced the Group’s overall average cost of bond financing.

 

a 

Definitions for Non-GAAP measures can be found on pages 47 to 51. Reconciliations of these measures to the most directly comparable line items within the Group Financial Statements can be found on pages 212 to 216.

As at 31 December 2020 the Group had total liquidity of $2,925m, comprising $1,350m of undrawn bank facilities and $1,575m of cash and cash equivalents (net of overdrafts and restricted cash).

A period of 18 months has been used, from 1 January 2021 to

30 June 2022, to complete the going concern assessment. There remains unusually limited visibility on the pace and scale of market recovery and therefore there are a wide range of possible planning scenarios over the going concern period. In adopting the going concern basis for preparing these financial statements the Directors have considered a scenario (the ‘Base Case’) which is based on a gradual improvement in demand during 2021 as vaccines become more widely available, and a steady but gradual improvement to the end of 2023 by when RevPAR is expected to reach 90% of 2019 levels. Also, it has been assumed that the CCFF is repaid at maturity in March 2021. There are no other debt maturities in the period under consideration. The assumptions applied in the going concern assessment are consistent with those used for Group planning purposes and for impairment testing (see further detail on page 135). Under this scenario, the Group is forecast to generate positive cash flows over the 18-month period of assessment and the bank facilities remain undrawn. The principal risks and uncertainties which could be applicable have been considered and are able to be absorbed within the $400m liquidity covenant and amended covenant requirements.

The Directors have also reviewed a ‘Downside Case’ scenario which assumes a slower impact from vaccine rollout and is based on the performance of the second half of 2020 continuing throughout 2021, with the recovery to 2019 levels starting in 2022. Under this scenario, the Group is also forecast to generate a positive cash flow over the 18-month period and the bank facilities remain undrawn. The Downside Case was used to set the amended covenants and there is limited headroom to the covenants at 30 June 2022 to absorb additional risks. However, based on experience in 2020, the Directors reviewed a number of actions, such as reductions in bonuses and other discretionary spend, creating substantial additional headroom. After these actions are taken, the principal risks and uncertainties which could be applicable can be absorbed within the amended covenant requirements.

In the Downside Case, the Group has substantial levels of existing cash reserves available (approximately $800m at 30 June 2022) and is not expected to draw on the bank facilities. These cash reserves would increase after the additional actions are taken as described above. The Directors reviewed a reverse stress test scenario to determine how much additional RevPAR downside could be absorbed before utilisation of the bank facilities would be required. The Directors concluded that the outcome of this reverse stress test showed that it was very unlikely the bank facilities would need to be drawn.

The leverage and interest cover covenant tests at 30 June 2022, the last day of the assessment period, have been considered as part of the Base Case and Downside Case scenarios. However, as the bank facilities are unlikely to be drawn even in a scenario significantly worse than the downside scenario, the Group does not need to rely on the additional liquidity provided by the bank facilities to remain a going concern. This means that in the event the covenant test was failed, the bank facilities could be cancelled by the lenders but it would not trigger a repayment demand or create a cross-default risk. In the event that a further covenant amendment was required, the Directors believe it is reasonable to expect that such an amendment could be obtained based on prior experience in negotiating the 2020 amendments. The Group also has alternative options to manage this risk including raising additional funding in the capital markets.

Having reviewed these scenarios, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has sufficient resources to continue operating until at least 30 June 2022 and there are no material uncertainties that may cast doubt on the Group’s going concern status. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Financial Statements.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Accounting policies   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   133


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Accounting policies continued

    

 

Change in accounting policy

The Group operates a deferred compensation plan in the US which allows certain employees to make additional provision for retirement, through the deferral of salary with matching company contributions within a dedicated trust. The Group has reassessed the accounting judgement for this plan which was previously not consolidated based on a control analysis as disclosed in the Group’s prior year financial statements. The Group has revisited the judgement regarding the extent of its control over the plan by placing more weighting on some of the Group’s legal rights and, giving consideration to both IFRS 10 ‘Consolidated Financial Statements’ and IAS 19 ‘Employee Benefits’, the Group has changed its accounting policy and has recognised the related assets and liabilities on the balance sheet (see note 25). The Group’s obligation to employees under the plan is limited to the fair value of assets held by the plan and so the assets and liabilities are valued at the same amount, with no net impact on profit or loss. The effect on the Consolidated Financial Statements is the recognition and presentation of deferred compensation plan investments of $236m (2019: $218m, 2018: $193m) and matching deferred compensation plan liabilities. There is no net impact on the comparative income statements, nor would there have been any net impact on the Group income statement in earlier periods.

Presentational changes

The presentation of the Group income statement has been amended to include impairment loss on financial assets as a separate line item reflecting the increased size of such losses and therefore providing more reliable and relevant information for the users of the financial statements. Comparatives have been represented on a consistent basis.

Presentational currency

The Consolidated Financial Statements are presented in millions of US dollars reflecting the profile of the Group’s revenue and operating (loss)/profit which are primarily generated in US dollars or US dollar-linked currencies.

In the Consolidated Financial Statements, equity share capital, the capital redemption reserve and shares held by employee share trusts are translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange on the last day of the period; the resultant exchange differences are recorded in other reserves.

The functional currency of the Parent Company is sterling since this is a non-trading holding company located in the United Kingdom that has sterling denominated share capital and whose primary activity is the payment and receipt of sterling dividends and of interest on sterling denominated external borrowings and inter-company balances.

Critical accounting policies and the use of judgements, estimates and assumptions

In determining and applying the Group’s accounting policies, management are required to make judgements, estimates and assumptions. An accounting policy is considered to be critical if its selection or application could materially affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the Consolidated Financial Statements, or the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period, or could do so within the next financial year.

Judgements

System Fund

The Group operates a System Fund (the ‘Fund’) to collect and administer cash assessments from hotel owners for the specific purpose of use in marketing, the Guest Reservation System and hotel loyalty programme. Assessments are generally levied as a percentage of hotel revenues.

The Fund is not managed to generate a profit or loss for IHG over the longer term, but is managed for the benefit of the IHG System with the objective of driving revenues for the hotels in the System.

In relation to marketing and reservation services, the Group’s performance obligation under IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from Contracts with Customers’ is determined to be the continuous performance of the services rather than the spending of the assessments received. Accordingly, assessment fees are recognised as hotel revenues occur, Fund expenses are charged to the Group income statement as incurred and no constructive obligation is deemed to exist under IAS 37 ‘Provisions, Contingent Liabilities and Contingent Assets’. Accordingly, no liability is recognised relating to the balance of unspent funds.

No other critical judgements have been made in applying the Group’s accounting policies.

Estimates

Management consider that critical estimates and assumptions are used in the areas described below. Estimates and assumptions are evaluated by management using historical experience and other factors believed to be reasonable based on current circumstances.

Loyalty programme

The hotel loyalty programme, IHG Rewards, enables members to earn points, funded through hotel assessments, during each qualifying stay at an IHG branded hotel and consume points at a later date for free accommodation or other benefits. The Group recognises deferred revenue in an amount that reflects IHG’s unsatisfied performance obligations, valued at the stand-alone selling price of the future benefit to the member. The amount of revenue recognised and deferred is impacted by ‘breakage’. On an annual basis the Group engages an external actuary who uses statistical formulae to assist in the estimate of the number of points that will never be consumed (‘breakage’).

Significant estimation uncertainty exists in projecting members’ future consumption activity and how this may be impacted by Covid-19. The Group has extended its policies for points expiration and elite status in response to Covid-19 which, together with the impact of a gradual market recovery, will extend the period over which members consume points. These actions are expected to limit further increases in breakage in the short term and member behaviour patterns are estimated to return to pre-crisis levels over

 

 

134   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

the longer term. However, if the outcome of these actions is different to expectations or member behaviour changes significantly during the recovery period, future breakage estimates could increase or decrease. At 31 December 2020, deferred revenue relating to the loyalty programme was $1,245m (2019: $1,233m, 2018: $1,181m). Based on the conditions existing at the balance sheet date, a one percentage point decrease/increase in the breakage estimate relating to earned points would increase/reduce this liability by $50m.

Actuarial gains and losses would correspondingly adjust the amount of System Fund revenues recognised and deferred revenue in the Group statement of financial position.

Impairment of non-current assets

During 2020, Covid-19 has resulted in social distancing measures and travel restrictions coming into effect around the world. Occupancy levels have dropped to historic lows and fallen short of the Group’s expectations of reasonably possible outcomes for the 2020 financial year which had been used to assess impairment as at 31 December 2019. Disruption to travel continues, with limited forward visibility on the pace and scale of market recovery.

The impact of this trading downturn on the Group was considered a trigger for impairment testing of all non-current assets whose value is able to be assessed independently. Assets that do not generate independent cash flows were tested for impairment within the cash-generating unit (‘CGU’), or group of CGUs, to which they belong. Discounted cash flow techniques were used in most cases to calculate the recoverable amount, and in certain cases external valuers were engaged to assess fair value less costs of disposal. The key assumption in all the internal cash flow projections is RevPAR growth over the expected recovery period. To estimate this, management used economic and travel demand forecasts from Oxford Economics and Tourism Economics, respectively. These were overlaid with the Group’s expectation of how the pace of a vaccine rollout will result in an industry recovery, together with management’s experience of recovery periods following previous crises. Management assumed that vaccines will become widely available during 2021, which will begin to have a positive impact on travel in the second half of the year. Further adjustments were made to reflect the Group’s performance relative to the industry, taking into account the Group’s weighting to more resilient midscale hotels, and higher exposure to domestic travel and non-groups business. The RevPAR projections used are specific to individual countries or markets, and in the US are specific to each chainscale. In this scenario, Group RevPAR is forecast to recover to 90% of 2019 levels by the end of 2023, and to 100% by 2025. The five-year recovery period from 2021 assumes that corporate travel recovers slowly as businesses control costs in the wake of the pandemic and that international travel and groups business takes longer to recover due to ongoing social distancing measures. There remains a wide range of possible planning scenarios; the Base Case projections used are consistent with those used for Group planning purposes and for going concern and viability assessments.

Non-current assets subject to a material impairment charge in the year, or where the asset was not impaired but is materially sensitive to impairment on a change in key assumptions, are discussed further below:

North America hotels

An impairment charge of $35m was recognised in the year on property, plant and equipment relating to three premium-branded hotels in North America. The recoverable amount was measured at value in use, using a discounted cash flow approach that measures the present value of projected income flows (over a 10-year period) and the reversion of the property sale. The key assumptions are RevPAR growth (forecast as outlined above), discount rates and terminal capitalisation rates. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a US long-term growth rate of 1.7% which does not exceed the long-term average US growth rate. Estimated future cash flows were discounted at pre-tax rates of 11.0%-12.0% and capitalisation rates of 7.5%-9.0% were used to calculate the eventual sales values of the hotels.

The sensitivity to the key assumptions is as follows:

 

  A slower recovery aligned with the Downside Case described on page 133 would have increased the impairment charge by $4m;

 

  A RevPAR recovery over a four-year period (one year faster than the Base Case assumption) would have reduced the impairment charge by $9m; and

 

  A one percentage point increase/decrease in both the discount rate and terminal capitalisation rate used would have resulted in a higher/lower impairment charge of $6m/$8m respectively.

UK portfolio

The trading conditions relating to the UK portfolio are described in note 6. An impairment charge of $50m was recognised during the year on property, plant and equipment in the UK leased hotels. The recoverable amount was measured at value in use, using a discounted cash flow approach. The key assumptions are 2021 revenues and profits, which are based on hotel budgets. For the purposes of impairment testing it is assumed that the landlord will exercise a termination right such that the current leases end in 2022 and that the hotels remain loss-making over this period. On this basis, the recoverable amount of the property, plant and equipment tested for impairment was assessed as $nil. Estimated future cash flows were discounted at a pre-tax rate of 10.1%.

There is no downward sensitivity to the key assumptions as the value of non-current assets in the UK portfolio is $nil, and no sensitivity to changes in the discount rate. Without a change to the existing lease agreement, there is no reasonably possible change in assumptions that would cause the recoverable amount to increase above $nil.

Contingent purchase consideration in relation to the UK portfolio comprises the above-market element of the expected lease payments to the landlord and includes variable rentals which are based on hotel performance. A fair value gain of $21m was recorded in the year arising from a reduction in variable rentals payable, which reduced the value of contingent consideration to $nil. As above, there is no significant sensitivity to changes in the key assumptions used. Information on the fair value calculation is included in note 25. Given the materiality of the items and the fact that the same underlying cash flows have been used to test for impairment and to measure the fair value of contingent purchase consideration, they have been classified as exceptional items (see note 6).

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Accounting policies   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   135


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Accounting policies continued

 

 

US corporate headquarters

As a response to workplace efficiency studies conducted in 2019, the reorganisation completed in 2020 (see note 6) and the anticipated impact of Covid-19 on working habits, in 2020 management approved a decision to sublet, and commenced marketing of, approximately half of the space in the Group’s US corporate headquarters. The corporate workforce will be consolidated in the retained space and the area to be sublet is expected to be vacated in the first half of 2021. The sublease rentals are expected to be lower than the head lease rentals which, together with the impact of the expected time taken and costs incurred to sublet the space, result in the recoverable value of the assets being significantly below carrying value. This has resulted in an impairment charge of $50m at 31 December 2020.

The recoverable amount was measured at fair value less costs of disposal, which is considered to be equivalent to value in use. The key assumptions are the time taken to successfully sublet the whole space (over 2021-2023) and sublease rentals per square foot. A pre-tax discount rate of 8.5% was applied. Within the fair value hierarchy, this is categorised as a Level 3 fair value measurement.

The sensitivity to the key assumptions is as follows:

 

  An additional vacancy period of 12 months would result in a higher impairment charge of $4m;

 

  Subletting all floors by the end of 2021 would result in a lower impairment charge of $1m; and

 

  A decrease/increase of 8% in sublease rentals per square foot would have resulted in a higher/lower impairment charge of $2m.

$37m of this impairment charge was borne by the System Fund in line with existing principles for cost allocation relating to this facility. The remaining $13m is recognised in the Americas region ($6m) and Central ($7m).

Barclay associate

An impairment charge of $13m has been recognised in 2020. The recoverable amount of the investment has been measured at fair value less costs of disposal, based on the Group’s share of the market value of the hotel less debt in the associate. The hotel was appraised by a professional external valuer using an income capitalisation approach which is a discounted cash flow technique that measures the present value of projected income flows (over a 10-year period) and the reversion of the property sale. Within the fair value hierarchy, this is categorised as a Level 3 fair value measurement. The external valuer assumed a return to 2019 RevPAR levels over a three to four-year period, based on industry data specific to the New York market and supply factors in the luxury market located close to the InterContinental New York Barclay. The pre-tax discount and capitalisation rates used in the valuation were 7.5% and 6.0%, respectively.

The sensitivity to the key assumptions is as follows:

 

  A slower RevPAR recovery over a four to five-year period would have increased the impairment charge by $12m;

 

  A quicker RevPAR recovery over a two to three-year period would have reduced the impairment charge by $11m;

 

  A one percentage point increase/decrease in the discount rate used would have resulted in a $7m higher/lower impairment charge; and

 

  A one percentage point increase/decrease in the terminal capitalisation rate used would have resulted in a higher/lower impairment charge of $8m/$11m respectively.

The impairment charge is presented net of a $4m fair value gain on a put option over part of the Group’s investment in the associate given the interaction between the value of the option and the value of the associate investment. The investment value and option value are presented separately in the Group statement of financial position; the put option value of $4m is presented within derivative financial instruments. The put option has been valued as the excess of the amount receivable under the option (which is based on the Group’s capital invested to date) over fair value, as calculated for impairment testing and described above. The interaction between the associate value and the option results in 75% of any decrease in the fair value of the associate being offset by an equivalent increase in the value of the put option. Applying the sensitivities above, any increase in the value of the associate would reduce the put option value to $nil, resulting in a $4m fair value loss.

Six Senses management agreements

An impairment charge of $41m was recognised during the year on the Six Senses management agreements acquired in 2019. The key assumption is RevPAR growth (forecast as detailed on page 135). Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a long-term growth rate of 2.0% which does not exceed the long-term growth rate for the relevant markets. On this basis, the recoverable amount of the management agreement portfolio was estimated as $3m. Estimated future cash flows were discounted at pre-tax rates of 8.5%-14.7% depending on the country or region of the contract (see further detail in note 13). The impairment charge relates to the following regions: Americas $5m, EMEAA $33m, Greater China $3m.

There is no significant downside sensitivity as the contracts are valued at $3m. The upside sensitivity to the key assumption is as follows:

 

  A RevPAR recovery over a four-year period (one year faster than the Base Case assumption) would have reduced the impairment charge by $2m.
 

 

136   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

InterContinental Boston

No impairment of property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets was recognised in relation to the InterContinental Boston in the year. The recoverable amount was measured at value in use, using a discounted cash flow approach. The key assumptions are RevPAR growth (forecast as outlined on page 135) and discount rate. Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using a US long-term growth rate of 1.7% which does not exceed the long-term average US growth rate. Estimated future cash flows were discounted at a pre-tax rate of 7.7%.

The sensitivity to the key assumptions is as follows:

 

  A slower recovery aligned with the Downside Case described on page 133 would have resulted in an impairment charge of $18m; and

 

  A one percentage point increase in the discount rate used would have resulted in an impairment charge of $32m.

Trade deposits and contract assets relating to Service Properties Trust

Impairment of trade deposits and loans (included within other financial assets on the Group statement of financial position), and of contract assets, primarily relates to deposits of $66m made to Service Properties Trust (‘SVC’) in connection with a portfolio of management agreements. The deposits were non-interest-bearing and repayable at the end of the management agreement terms and were therefore previously held at a discounted value, with the balance on initial recognition recorded as a contract asset. As a result of Covid-19 the deposit was used in the first six months of 2020 to fund owner returns and was not expected to be recoverable. The deposit ($33m) and associated contract asset ($33m) were therefore impaired in full at 30 June 2020. The management agreements were subsequently terminated on 30 November, and as such there is no sensitivity to further impairment.

Other non-current assets

The impairment testing of the Kimpton management contract portfolio is no longer considered to be a significant estimate as the remaining carrying value is not significant and is not materially sensitive to changes in key assumptions.

Details of impairment testing on other non-current assets are contained at:

 

Asset type                   Note  
Goodwill and brands         13  
Software         13  
Management agreements         13  
Property, plant and equipment         14  
Right-of-use assets         15  
Investments in associates         16  
Trade deposits and loans         17  
Contract costs         3  
Contract assets         3  

Expected credit losses

Occupancy levels have improved since the peak of the pandemic, but remain significantly lower than prior years. As such, cash inflows to hotel owners have been reduced. The Group has undertaken a number of actions to support the liquidity of hotel owners, including the waiver of certain fees, extended credit terms and, where appropriate, the use of payment plans. In comparison to the prior year, the Group has experienced an increase in ‘days sales outstanding’ and a reduction in cash collection. These factors, taken together with limited forward visibility on the pace and scale of market recovery, result in an increased level of uncertainty in calculating expected credit losses (see note 18).

The sensitivity of the amounts provided is as follows:

 

  The provision equates to 20% of gross debt, with each one percentage point change resulting in a $4m change to the provision;

 

  A 10% change in the expected collection rate for amounts provided relating to hotel owners subject to payment plans or identified as distressed would result in a $2m change in the provision; and

 

  A 10% collection rate of amounts over 180 days would reduce the provision by $8m.

Significant accounting policies

Basis of consolidation

The Consolidated Financial Statements comprise the Financial Statements of the Parent Company and entities controlled by the Group. Control exists when the Group has:

 

  Power over an investee (i.e. existing rights that give it the current ability to direct the relevant activities of the investee);

 

  Exposure, or rights, to variable returns from its involvement with the investee; and

 

  The ability to use its power over the investee to affect its returns.

All intra-group balances and transactions are eliminated on consolidation.

The assets, liabilities and results of those businesses acquired or disposed of are consolidated for the period during which they were under the Group’s control.

Foreign currencies

Transactions in foreign currencies are translated to functional currency at the exchange rates ruling on the dates of the transactions. Monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are retranslated to the functional currency at the relevant rates of exchange ruling on the last day of the period. Foreign exchange differences arising on translation are recognised in the Group income statement except on foreign currency borrowings that provide a hedge against a net investment in a foreign operation. These are taken directly to the currency translation reserve until the disposal of the net investment, at which time they are recycled against the gain or loss on disposal.

The assets and liabilities of foreign operations, including goodwill, are translated into US dollars at the relevant rates of exchange ruling on the last day of the period. The revenues and expenses of foreign operations are translated into US dollars at average rates of exchange for the period. The exchange differences arising on retranslation are taken directly to the currency translation reserve. On disposal of a foreign operation, the cumulative amount recognised in the currency translation reserve relating to that particular foreign operation is recycled against the gain or loss on disposal.

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Accounting policies   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   137


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Accounting policies continued

 

 

Revenue recognition

Revenue is recognised at an amount that reflects the consideration to which the Group expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring goods or services to a customer.

Fee business revenue

Under franchise agreements, the Group’s performance obligation is to provide a licence to use IHG’s trademarks and other intellectual property. Franchise royalty fees are typically charged as a percentage of hotel gross rooms revenues and are treated as variable consideration, recognised as the underlying hotel revenues occur.

Under management agreements, the Group’s performance obligation is to provide hotel management services and a licence to use IHG’s trademarks and other intellectual property. Base and incentive management fees are typically charged. Base management fees are typically a percentage of total hotel revenues and incentive management fees are generally based on the hotel’s profitability or cash flows. Both are treated as variable consideration. Like franchise fees, base management fees are recognised as the underlying hotel revenues occur. Incentive management fees are recognised over time when it is considered highly probable that the related performance criteria for each annual period will be met, provided there is no expectation of a subsequent reversal of the revenue.

Application and re-licensing fees are not considered to be distinct from the franchise performance obligation and are recognised over the life of the related contract.

Franchise and management agreements also contain a promise to provide technology support and network services to hotels. A monthly technology fee, based on either gross rooms revenues or the number of rooms in the hotel, is charged and recognised over time as these services are delivered. Technology fee income is included in Central revenue.

Technical service fees are received in relation to design and engineering support provided prior to opening of certain hotel properties. These services are a distinct performance obligation and the fees are recognised as revenue over the pre-opening period in line with the stage of completion of the project.

IHG’s global insurance programme provides coverage to managed hotels for risks such as US workers’ compensation, employee and general liability. Premiums are payable by the hotels to the third-party insurance provider. As some of the risk is reinsured by the Group’s captive insurance company (‘the Captive’), SCH Insurance Company, premiums paid from the third-party insurance provider to the Captive are recognised as revenue as premiums are earned.

Contract assets

Amounts paid to hotel owners to secure management and franchise agreements (‘key money’) are treated as consideration payable to a customer. A contract asset is recorded which is recognised as a deduction to revenue over the initial term of the contract. Where loans are provided to an owner the difference, if any, between the face and market value of the loan on inception is recognised as a contract asset.

Typically, contract assets are not financial assets as they represent amounts paid by the Group at the beginning of a contract, and so are tested for impairment based on value in use rather than with reference to expected credit losses. Contract assets are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If carrying values exceed the recoverable amount determined by reference to estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate, the contract assets are written down to the recoverable amount.

In limited cases, the Group may provide performance guarantees to third-party hotel owners to secure management agreements. The expected value of payments under performance guarantees reduces the overall transaction price and is recognised as a deduction to revenue over the term of the contract.

Contract costs

Certain costs incurred to secure management and franchise agreements, typically developer commissions, are capitalised and amortised as an expense over the initial term of the related contract. These costs are presented as ‘contract costs’ in the Group statement of financial position.

Contract costs are reviewed for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. If carrying values exceed the recoverable amount determined by reference to estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate, the contract costs are written down to the recoverable amount.

Revenue from owned, leased and managed lease hotels

At its owned, leased and managed lease hotels, the Group’s performance obligation is to provide accommodation and other goods and services to guests. Revenue includes rooms revenue and food and beverage sales, which are recognised when the rooms are occupied and food and beverages are sold. Guest deposits received in advance of hotel stays are recorded as deferred revenue on the balance sheet. They are recognised as revenue along with any balancing payment from the guest when the associated stay occurs, or are returned to the customer in the event of a cancellation.

 

 

138   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

Cost reimbursements

In a managed property, the Group typically acts as employer of the general manager and, in some cases, other employees at the hotel and is entitled to reimbursement of these costs. The performance obligation is satisfied over time as the employees perform their duties, consistent with when reimbursement is received. Reimbursements for these services are shown as revenue with an equal matching employee cost, with no profit impact. Certain other costs relating to both managed and franchised hotels are also contractually reimbursable to IHG and, where IHG is deemed to be acting as principal in the provision of the related services, the revenue and cost are shown on a gross basis.

System Fund and other co-brand revenues

The Group operates a System Fund (the ‘Fund’) to collect and administer cash assessments from hotel owners for the specific purpose of use in marketing, the Guest Reservation System and hotel loyalty programme. The Fund also benefits from proceeds from the sale of loyalty points under third-party co-branding arrangements. The Fund is not managed to generate a profit or loss for IHG over the longer term, but is managed for the benefit of the IHG System with the objective of driving revenues for the hotels in the System.

Under both franchise and management agreements, the Group is required to provide marketing and reservations services, as well as other centrally managed programmes. These services are provided by the Fund and are funded by assessment fees. Costs are incurred and allocated to the Fund in accordance with the principles agreed with the IHG Owners Association. The Group acts as principal in the provision of the services as the related expenses primarily comprise payroll and marketing expenses under contracts entered into by the Group. The assessment fees from hotel owners are generally levied as a percentage of hotel revenues and are recognised as those hotel revenues occur.

Certain travel agency commission revenues within the Fund are recognised on a net basis, where it has been determined that IHG is acting as agent.

In respect of the loyalty programme (IHG Rewards), the related performance obligation is to arrange for the provision of future benefits to members on consumption of previously earned reward points. Members have a choice of benefits: reward nights at an IHG hotel or other goods or services provided by third parties. Under its franchise and management agreements, IHG receives assessment fees based on total qualifying hotel revenue from IHG Rewards members’ hotel stays.

The Group’s performance obligation is not satisfied in full until the member has consumed the points at a participating hotel or selected a reward from a third party. Accordingly, loyalty assessments are deferred in an amount that reflects the stand-alone selling price of the future benefit to the member. Revenue is impacted by a ‘breakage’ estimate of the number of points that will never be consumed. On an annual basis, the Group engages an external actuary who uses statistical formulae to assist in formulating this estimate, which is adjusted to reflect actual experience up to the reporting date.

As materially all of the points will be either consumed at IHG managed or franchised hotels owned by third parties, or exchanged for awards provided by third parties, IHG is deemed to be acting as agent on consumption and therefore recognises the related revenue net of the cost of reimbursing the hotel or third party that is providing the benefit.

Performance obligations under the Group’s co-brand credit card agreements comprise:

 

a)

Arranging for the provision of future benefits to members who have earned points or free night certificates;

 

b)

Marketing services; and

 

c)

Providing the co-brand partner with the right to access the loyalty programme.

Revenue from a) and b) are reported within System Fund revenues. Prior to 1 January 2020, revenue from co-brand credit card agreements relating to the right to access the loyalty programme was recorded within the Fund. As of 1 January 2020, this revenue is recorded within fee business revenue (see note 3).

Fees from these agreements comprise fixed amounts normally payable at the beginning of the contract, and variable amounts paid on a monthly basis. Variable amounts are typically based on the number of points and free night certificates issued to members and the marketing services performed by the Group. Total fees are allocated to the performance obligations based on their estimated stand-alone selling prices. Revenue allocated to marketing and licensing obligations is recognised on a monthly basis as the obligation is satisfied. Revenue relating to points and free night certificates is recognised when the member has consumed the points or certificates at a participating hotel or has selected a reward from a third party, net of the cost of reimbursing the hotel or third party that is providing the benefit.

Judgement is required in estimating the stand-alone selling prices which are based upon generally accepted valuation methodologies regarding the value of the licence provided and the number of points and certificates expected to be issued. However, the value of revenue recognised and the deferred revenue balance at the end of the year is not materially sensitive to changes in these assumptions.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Accounting policies   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   139


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Accounting policies continued

 

 

Exceptional items

The Group discloses certain financial information both including and excluding exceptional items. The presentation of information excluding exceptional items allows a better understanding of the underlying trading performance of the Group and provides consistency with the Group’s internal management reporting. Exceptional items are identified by virtue of their size, nature, or incidence so as to facilitate comparison with prior periods and to assess underlying trends in the financial performance of the Group and its reportable segments. In determining whether an event or transaction is exceptional, management considers quantitative as well as qualitative factors.

Examples of exceptional items that meet the above definition and which have been presented as exceptional items in prior years include, but are not restricted to, gains and losses on the disposal of assets, impairment charges and reversals and reorganisation costs.

Government grants

Government grants are recognised where there is reasonable assurance that the grant will be received and all attached conditions will be complied with. Government grants relating to costs are recognised on a systematic basis within the Group income statement as an offset to the costs which the grants are intended to compensate.

Business combinations and goodwill

On the acquisition of a business, identifiable assets acquired and liabilities assumed are measured at their fair value. Contingent liabilities assumed are measured at fair value unless this cannot be measured reliably, in which case they are not recognised but are disclosed in the same manner as other contingent liabilities. The measurement of deferred tax assets and liabilities arising on acquisition is as described in the general principles detailed within the ‘Taxes’ accounting policy note on page 144 with the exception that no deferred tax is provided on taxable temporary differences in connection with the initial recognition of goodwill.

The cost of an acquisition is measured as the aggregate of the fair value of the consideration transferred. Contingent purchase consideration is measured at fair value on the date of acquisition and is re-measured at fair value at each reporting date with changes in fair value recognised on the face of the Group income statement below operating loss/profit. Deferred purchase consideration is measured at amortised cost and the effect of unwinding the discount is recorded in financial expenses.

Payments of contingent purchase consideration reduce the balance sheet liability. The portion of each payment relating to the original estimate of the fair value of the contingent purchase consideration on acquisition is reported within cash flow from investing activities in the Group statement of cash flows and the portion of each payment relating to the increase or decrease in the liability since the acquisition date is reported within cash flow from operations.

Goodwill is recorded at cost, being the difference between the fair value of the consideration and the fair value of net assets acquired. Following initial recognition, goodwill is measured at cost less any accumulated impairment losses and is not amortised.

Transaction costs are expensed and are not included in the cost of acquisition.

Intangible assets

Brands

Externally acquired brands are initially recorded at cost if separately acquired or fair value if acquired as part of a business combination, provided the brands are controlled through contractual or other legal rights, or are separable from the rest of the business, and the fair value can be reliably measured. Brands are amortised over their estimated useful lives (and tested for impairment if there are indicators of impairment) or tested for impairment at least annually if determined to have indefinite lives.

The costs of developing internally generated brands are expensed as incurred.

Management agreements

Management agreements acquired as part of a business combination are initially recorded at the fair value attributed to those contracts on acquisition.

The value of management agreements is amortised on a straight-line basis over the contract lives, including any extension periods at the Group’s option.

Software

Acquired and internally developed software are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred to acquire and bring to use the specific software. Following initial recognition, the asset is carried at cost less any accumulated amortisation and accumulated impairment losses. Costs are generally amortised over estimated useful lives of three to five years on a straight-line basis with the exception of the Guest Reservation System which is amortised over 10 years (see page 167).

Internally generated development costs are capitalised and amortised over the estimated useful life of the asset when all of the following can be demonstrated: the ability and intention to complete the project; that the completed software will generate probable future economic benefits; the availability of adequate technical, financial and other resources to complete the project; and the ability to measure the expenditure.

Costs incurred in the research phase before the above criteria are met are expensed.

Property, plant and equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost less depreciation and any impairment.

Repairs and maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.

Land is not depreciated. All other property, plant and equipment are depreciated to a residual value over their estimated useful lives, namely:

 

  Buildings – over a maximum of 50 years; and

 

  Fixtures, fittings and equipment – three to 25 years.

All depreciation is charged on a straight-line basis. Residual value is reassessed annually.

 

 

140   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

Leases

On inception of a contract, the Group assesses whether it contains a lease. A contract contains a lease when it conveys the right to control the use of an identified asset for a period of time in exchange for consideration. The right to use the asset and the obligation under the lease to make payments are recognised in the Group statement of financial position as a right-of-use asset and a lease liability.

Lease contracts may contain both lease and non-lease components. The Group allocates payments in the contract to the lease and non-lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices and applies the lease accounting model only to lease components.

The right-of-use asset recognised at lease commencement includes the amount of lease liability recognised, initial direct costs incurred, and lease payments made at or before the commencement date, less any lease incentives received. Right-of-use assets are depreciated to a residual value over the shorter of the asset’s estimated useful life and the lease term. Right-of-use assets are also adjusted for any re-measurement of lease liabilities and are subject to impairment testing. Residual value is reassessed annually.

The lease liability is initially measured at the present value of the lease payments to be made over the lease term. The lease payments include fixed payments (including ‘in-substance fixed’ payments) and variable lease payments that depend on an index or a rate, less any lease incentives receivable. ‘In-substance fixed’ payments are payments that may, in form, contain variability but that, in substance, are unavoidable. In calculating the present value of lease payments, the Group uses its incremental borrowing rate at the lease commencement date if the interest rate implicit in the lease is not readily determinable.

The lease term includes periods subject to extension options which the Group is reasonably certain to exercise and excludes the effect of early termination options where the Group is reasonably certain that it will not exercise the option. Minimum lease payments include the cost of a purchase option if the Group is reasonably certain it will purchase the underlying asset after the lease term.

After the commencement date, the amount of lease liabilities is increased to reflect the accretion of interest and reduced for lease payments made. In addition, the carrying amount of lease liabilities is re-measured if there is a modification, a change in the lease term, a change in the ‘in-substance fixed’ lease payments or as a result of a rent review or change in the relevant index or rate.

Variable lease payments that do not depend on an index or a rate are recognised as an expense in the period over which the event or condition that triggers the payment occurs.

The Group has opted not to apply the lease accounting model to intangible assets, leases of low-value assets or leases which have a term of less than 12 months. Costs associated with these leases are recognised as an expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term.

Subleases of the Group’s assets are classified as operating leases when the risks and rewards of ownership are not substantially transferred to the sub-lessee. Rental income arising is accounted for on a straight-line basis in the Group income statement.

Lease payments are presented as follows in the Group statement of cash flows:

 

  Short-term lease payments, payments for leases of low-value assets and variable lease payments that are not included in the measurement of the lease liabilities are presented within cash flows from operating activities;

 

  Payments for the interest element of recognised lease liabilities are included in ‘interest paid’ within cash flows from operating activities; and

 

  Payments for the principal element of recognised lease liabilities are presented within cash flows from financing activities.

Associates and joint ventures

An associate is an entity over which the Group has significant influence. Significant influence is the power to participate in the financial and operating policy decisions of the entity, but is not control or joint control over those policies. A joint venture exists when two or more parties have joint control over, and rights to the net assets of, the venture. Joint control is the contractually agreed sharing of control which only exists when decisions about the relevant activities require the unanimous consent of the parties sharing control.

In determining the extent of power or significant influence, consideration is given to other agreements between the Group, the investee entity, and the investing partners, including any related management or franchise agreements and the existence of any performance guarantees.

Associates and joint ventures are accounted for using the equity method unless the associate or joint venture is classified as held for sale. Under the equity method, the Group’s investment is recorded at cost adjusted by the Group’s share of post-acquisition profits and losses, and other movements in the investee’s reserves, applying consistent accounting policies. When the Group’s share of losses exceeds its interest in an associate or joint venture, the Group’s carrying amount is reduced to $nil and recognition of further losses is discontinued except to the extent that the Group has incurred legal or constructive obligations or made payments on behalf of an associate or joint venture.

If there is objective evidence that an associate or joint venture is impaired, an impairment charge is recognised if the carrying amount of the investment exceeds its recoverable amount.

Upon loss of significant influence over an associate or joint control of a joint venture, any retained investment is measured at fair value with any difference to carrying value recognised in the Group income statement.

Impairment of non-financial assets

Non-financial assets are tested for impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable and, in the case of goodwill and brands with indefinite lives, at least annually. Assets that do not generate independent cash flows are allocated to the cash-generating unit (‘CGU’), or group of CGUs, to which they belong. If carrying values exceed their estimated recoverable amount, the assets or CGUs are written down to the recoverable amount. Recoverable amount is the greater of fair value less costs of disposal and value in use. Value in use is assessed based on estimated future cash flows discounted to their present value using a pre-tax discount rate that reflects current market assessments of the time value of money and the risks specific to the asset. Impairment losses, and any subsequent reversals, are recognised in the Group income statement.

With the exception of goodwill, an assessment is made at each reporting date to determine whether there is an indication that previously recognised impairment losses no longer exist or have decreased. A previously recognised impairment loss is reversed only if there has been a change in the assumptions used to determine the asset’s recoverable amount since the impairment loss was recognised. The reversal is limited so that the carrying amount of the asset does not exceed its recoverable amount, nor exceed the carrying amount that would have been determined, net of depreciation, had no impairment loss been recognised for the asset in prior years.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Accounting policies   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   141


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Accounting policies continued

 

 

Financial assets

On initial recognition, the Group classifies its financial assets as being subsequently measured at amortised cost, fair value through other comprehensive income (‘FVOCI’), or fair value through profit or loss (‘FVTPL’).

Financial assets which are held to collect contractual cash flows and give rise to cash flows that are solely payments of principal and interest are subsequently measured at amortised cost. Interest on these assets is calculated using the effective interest rate method and is recognised in the Group income statement as financial income. The Group recognises a provision for expected credit losses for financial assets held at amortised cost. Where there has not been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, provision is made for defaults that are possible within the next 12 months. Where there has been a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition, provision is made for credit losses expected over the remaining life of the asset.

The Group has elected to irrevocably designate equity investments as FVOCI when they meet the definition of equity and are not held for trading. Changes in the value of equity investments classified as FVOCI are recorded directly in equity within the fair value reserve and are never recycled to the Group income statement. On disposal of equity investments, any related balance within the fair value reserve is reclassified to retained earnings. Dividends from equity investments classified as FVOCI are recognised in the Group income statement as other operating income when the dividend has been declared, when receipt of the funds is probable, and when the dividend is not a return of invested capital. Equity instruments classified as FVOCI are not subject to impairment assessment.

Financial assets measured at FVTPL include money market funds and other financial assets which do not have a fixed date of repayment.

Trade receivables

Trade receivables are recognised initially at fair value and subsequently measured at amortised cost. A provision for impairment is made for lifetime expected credit losses. The Group has established a provision matrix that is based on its historical credit loss experience by region and number of days past due. Adjustments are made where management’s expectations of credit losses change.

Trade receivables are written off once determined to be uncollectable.

Cash and cash equivalents

Cash comprises cash in hand and demand deposits.

Cash equivalents are short-term highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less that are readily convertible to known amounts of cash and subject to insignificant risk of changes in value.

Cash and cash equivalents may include amounts which are subject to regulatory or other contractual restrictions and not available for general use by the Group.

Cash balances are classified as other financial assets when subject to a specific charge or contractually ring-fenced for a specific purpose, such that the Group does not control the circumstances or timing of its release.

Money market funds

Money market funds are held at FVTPL, with distributions recognised in financial income.

Bank and other borrowings

Bank and other borrowings are initially recognised at the fair value of the consideration received less directly attributable transaction costs. They are subsequently measured at amortised cost.

Borrowings are classified as non-current when the repayment date is more than 12 months from the period-end date or where they are drawn on a facility with more than 12 months to expiry.

Finance costs

Financial income and expenses comprise income and charges on the Group’s financial assets and liabilities and related hedging instruments.

Finance charges relating to bank and other borrowings, including transaction costs and any discount or premium on issue, are recognised in the Group income statement using the effective interest rate method.

In the statement of cash flows, interest paid and received is presented within cash from operating activities, including any fees and discounts on issuance or settlement of borrowings.

Borrowing costs attributable to the acquisition or development of assets that necessarily take a substantial period of time to prepare for their intended use are capitalised as part of the asset cost.

Capitalised interest paid is presented within investing activities in the statement of cash flows.

Derivative financial instruments and hedging

Derivatives are initially recognised and subsequently re-measured at fair value. The method of recognising the re-measurement depends on whether the derivative is designated as a hedging instrument, and if so, the nature of the item being hedged (see below).

Changes in the fair value of derivatives which have either not been designated as hedging instruments or relate to the ineffective portion of hedges are recognised immediately in the Group income statement.

Documentation outlining the measurement and effectiveness of any hedging arrangement is maintained throughout the life of the hedge relationship.

 

 

142   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

Interest arising from currency derivatives and interest rate swaps is recorded in either financial income or expenses over the term of the agreement, unless the accounting treatment for the hedging relationship requires the interest to be taken to reserves.

Interest paid reported within the Group statement of cash flows includes interest paid on the Group’s bonds, including the effect of the related derivative financial instruments.

Cash flow hedges

Financial instruments are designated as cash flow hedges when they hedge exposure to variability in cash flows that are attributable to either a highly probable forecast transaction or a particular risk associated with a recognised asset or liability.

Changes in the fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income and the cash flow hedging reserve to the extent that the hedges are effective. When the hedged item is recognised, the cumulative gains and losses on the related hedging instrument are reclassified to the Group income statement, within financial expenses.

Net investment hedges

Financial instruments are designated as net investment hedges when they hedge the Group’s net investment in foreign operations.

Changes in the fair value are recorded in other comprehensive income and the currency translation reserve to the extent that the hedges are effective. The cumulative gains and losses remain in equity until a foreign operation is sold, at which point they are reclassified to the Group income statement.

Fair value measurement

The Group measures each of the following at fair value on a recurring basis:

 

  Financial assets and liabilities at FVTPL;

 

  Financial assets measured at FVOCI; and

 

  Derivative financial instruments.

Other assets are measured at fair value when impaired or remeasured on classification as held for sale by reference to fair value less costs of disposal. Additionally, the fair value of other financial assets and liabilities requires disclosure.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants. Fair value is measured by reference to the principal market for the asset or liability assuming that market participants act in their economic best interests.

The fair value of a non-financial asset assumes the asset is used in its highest and best use, either through continuing ownership or by selling it.

The Group uses valuation techniques that maximise the use of relevant observable inputs using the following valuation hierarchy:

 

Level 1:   Quoted (unadjusted) prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2:   Other techniques for which all inputs which have a significant effect on the recorded fair value are observable, either directly or indirectly.
Level 3:   Techniques which use inputs which have a significant effect
  on the recorded fair value that are not based on observable
  market data.

For assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis, the Group determines whether transfers have occurred between levels in the hierarchy by reassessing categorisation (based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement as a whole) at the end of each reporting period.

Further disclosures on the particular valuation techniques used by the Group are provided in note 25.

Where significant assets (such as property) are valued by reference to fair value less costs of disposal, an external valuation will normally be obtained using professional valuers who have appropriate market knowledge, reputation and independence.

Offsetting of financial assets and financial liabilities

Financial assets and financial liabilities are offset and the net amount is reported in the Group statement of financial position if there is a currently enforceable legal right to offset the recognised amounts and there is an intention to settle on a net basis or to realise the assets and settle the liabilities simultaneously. To meet these criteria, the right of set-off must not be contingent on a future event and must be legally enforceable in all of the following circumstances: the normal course of business; the event of default; and the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Group and all of the counterparties.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Accounting policies   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   143


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Accounting policies continued

 

 

Provisions

Provisions are recognised when the Group has a present obligation as a result of a past event, it is probable that a payment will be made and a reliable estimate of the amount payable can be made. If the effect of the time value of money is material, the provision is discounted using a current pre-tax discount rate that reflects the risks specific to the liability.

In respect of litigation, provision is made when management consider it probable that payment may occur and the amount can be reliably estimated even though the defence of the related claim may still be ongoing through the court process.

Taxes

Current tax

Current income tax assets and liabilities for the current and prior periods are measured at the amount expected to be recovered from, or paid to, the tax authorities. The tax rates and tax laws used to compute the amount are those that are enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

Deferred tax

Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognised in respect of temporary differences between the tax base and carrying value of assets and liabilities including property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, application fees, contract costs, unrelieved tax losses, associates, gains rolled over into replacement assets, deferred compensation and other short-term temporary differences.

Judgement is used when assessing the extent to which deferred tax assets, particularly in respect of tax losses, should be recognised. Deferred tax assets are therefore recognised to the extent that it is regarded as probable that there will be sufficient and suitable taxable profits (including the future release of deferred tax liabilities) in the relevant legal entity or tax group against which such assets can be utilised in the future. For this purpose, forecasts of future taxable profits are considered by assessing the Group’s forecast revenue and profit models, taking into account future growth predictions and operating cost assumptions.

Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the periods in which the asset or liability will be settled, based on rates enacted or substantively enacted at the end of the reporting period.

Where deferred tax assets and liabilities arise in the same entity or group of entities and there would be a legal right to offset the assets and liabilities were they to reverse, the assets and liabilities are also offset on the Group statement of financial position. Otherwise, the assets and liabilities are not offset.

Retirement benefits

Defined contribution plans

Payments to defined contribution schemes are charged to the Group income statement as they fall due.

Defined benefit plans

Plan liabilities are measured on an actuarial basis using the projected unit credit method, discounted at an interest rate equivalent to the current rate of return on a high-quality corporate bond of equivalent currency and term to the plan liabilities. The value of plan liabilities at the period-end date is the amount of deficit recorded in the Group statement of financial position.

The service cost of providing pension benefits to employees, together with the net interest expense or income for the year, is charged to the Group income statement within ‘administrative expenses’. Net interest is calculated by applying the discount rate to the defined benefit liability. Past service costs and gains, which are the change in the present value of the defined benefit obligation for employee service in prior periods resulting from plan amendments, are recognised immediately when the plan amendment occurs. Settlement gains and losses, being the difference between the settlement cost and the present value of the defined benefit obligations being settled, are recognised when the settlement occurs.

Re-measurements comprise actuarial gains and losses which may result from differences between the actuarial assumptions underlying the plan liabilities and actual experience during the year or changes in the actuarial assumptions used in the valuation of the plan liabilities. Re-measurement gains and losses, and taxation thereon, are recognised in other comprehensive income and are not reclassified to profit or loss in subsequent periods.

Actuarial valuations are carried out on a regular basis and are updated for material transactions and other material changes in circumstances (including changes in market prices and interest rates) up to the end of the reporting period.

Assets and liabilities held for sale

Assets and liabilities are classified as held for sale when their carrying amount will be recovered principally through a sale transaction rather than continuing use and a sale is highly probable and expected to complete within one year. For a sale to be highly probable, management need to be committed to a plan to sell the asset and the asset must be actively marketed for sale at a price that is reasonable in relation to its current fair value.

Assets designated as held for sale are held at the lower of carrying amount at designation and fair value less costs of disposal.

Depreciation and amortisation is not charged against assets classified as held for sale.

 

 

144   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

Disposal of non-current assets

The Group recognises sales proceeds and any related gain or loss on disposal on completion of the sales process. In determining whether the gain or loss should be recorded, the Group considers whether it:

 

  Has a continuing managerial involvement to the degree associated with asset ownership;

 

  Has transferred the significant risks and rewards associated with asset ownership; and

 

  Can reliably measure and will actually receive the proceeds.

Share-based payments

The cost of equity-settled transactions with employees is measured by reference to fair value at the date at which the right to the shares is granted. Fair value is determined by an external valuer using option pricing models.

The cost of equity-settled transactions is recognised, together with a corresponding increase in equity, over the period in which any performance or service conditions are fulfilled, ending on the date on which the relevant employees become fully entitled to the award (vesting date).

The income statement charge for a period represents the movement in cumulative expense recognised at the beginning and end of that period. No expense is recognised for awards that do not ultimately vest, except for awards where vesting is conditional upon a market or non-vesting condition, which are treated as vesting irrespective of whether or not the market or non-vesting condition is satisfied, provided that all other performance and/or service conditions are satisfied.

New accounting standards

Adoption of new accounting standards

From 1 January 2020, the Group has applied the amendments to:

 

  IAS 1 and IAS 8 ‘Definition of Material’;

 

  IFRS 3 ‘Definition of a Business’;

 

  IFRS 9, IAS 39 and IFRS 7 ‘Interest Rate Benchmark Reform Phase 1’;

 

  IFRS 16 ‘Covid-19 related Rent Concessions’; and

 

  References to the Conceptual Framework in IFRS Standards.

None of these amendments have had a material impact on the Group’s reported financial performance or position.

New standards issued but not yet effective

In 2020, the IASB published ‘Interest Rate Benchmark Reform – Phase 2 – Amendments to IFRS 9, IAS 39, IFRS 7, IFRS 4 and IFRS 16’ with an effective date of 1 January 2021.

From 1 January 2022, the Group will also apply the amendments to:

 

  IAS 37 ‘Onerous Contracts: Cost of Fulfilling a Contract’;

 

  IAS 16 ‘Property, Plant and Equipment: Proceeds before Intended Use’; and

 

  Other existing standards arising from the Annual Improvements to IFRSs 2018 – 2020 cycle.

The effective date for the Amendment to IAS 1 ‘Classification of Liabilities as Current or Non-Current’ has been deferred to

1 January 2023.

There is no anticipated material impact for these amendments on the Group’s reported financial performance or position.

The effective date for IFRS 17 ‘Insurance Contracts’ has been deferred to 1 January 2023. The Group has not yet determined the impact of this standard on the Group’s reported financial performance or position.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Accounting policies   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   145


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements

 

 

1. Exchange rates

The results of operations have been translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the year. In the case of sterling, the translation rate is $1=£0.78 (2019: $1=£0.78, 2018: $1=£0.75). In the case of the euro, the translation rate is $1=0.88 (2019: $1=0.89, 2018: $1=0.85).

Assets and liabilities have been translated into US dollars at the rates of exchange on the last day of the year. In the case of sterling, the translation rate is $1=£0.73 (2019: $1=£0.76, 2018: $1=£0.78). In the case of the euro, the translation rate is $1=0.81 (2019: $1=0.89, 2018: $1=0.87).

2. Segmental information

The Group has four reportable segments reflecting its geographical regions and its Central functions:

 

 

Americas;

 

 

EMEAA;

 

 

Greater China; and

 

 

Central.

Central functions include technology, sales and marketing, finance, human resources and corporate services; Central revenue arises principally from technology fee income.

No operating segments have been aggregated to form these reportable segments.

Management monitors the operating results of these reportable segments for the purpose of making decisions about resource allocation and performance assessment. Each of the geographical regions is led by its own Chief Executive Officer who reports to the Group Chief Executive Officer.

The System Fund is not viewed as being part of the Group’s core operations as it is not managed to generate a profit or loss for IHG over the longer term. As such, its results are not regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (‘CODM’) and it does not constitute an operating segment under IFRS 8. Similarly, reimbursements of costs are not reported to the CODM and so are not included within the reportable segments.

Segmental performance is evaluated based on operating profit or loss and is measured consistently with operating profit or loss in the Group Financial Statements, excluding System Fund and exceptional items. Group financing activities, fair value gains/(losses) on contingent purchase consideration and income taxes are managed on a Group basis and are not allocated to reportable segments.

Revenue

 

                2020                 2019                 2018  
Year ended 31 December           $m             $m             $m  
Americas         512           1,040           1,051  
EMEAA         221           723           569  
Greater China         77           135           143  
Central         182           185           170  
Revenue from reportable segments         992           2,083           1,933  
System Fund revenues         765           1,373           1,233  
Reimbursement of costs         637           1,171           1,171  
Total revenue         2,394           4,627           4,337  

 

146   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

2. Segmental information continued

(Loss)/profit

 

                    2020                    2019                    2018  
Year ended 31 December           $m            $m            $m  
Americas         296          700          673  
EMEAA         (50        217          206  
Greater China         35          73          70  
Central         (62        (125        (117
Operating profit from reportable segments         219          865          832  
System Fund         (102        (49        (146
Operating exceptional items (note 6)         (270        (186        (104
Operating (loss)/profit         (153        630          582  
Net finance expenses         (140        (115        (96
Fair value gains/(losses) on contingent purchase consideration         13          27          (4
(Loss)/profit before tax         (280        542          482  
Tax         20          (156        (132
(Loss)/profit for the year         (260        386          350  

All items above relate to continuing operations.

Operating profit from reportable segments includes $4m business interruption insurance proceeds and $4m favourable litigation settlement, both in the Americas region, and $3m gain on disposal of hotel assets in EMEAA. In 2019, included $10m business interruption insurance proceeds relating to the Americas region. These amounts are included in ‘other operating income’ in the Group income statement.

Non-cash items included within operating profit from reportable segments

 

Year ended 31 December 2020        

Americas
$m

             EMEAA
$m
           

Greater

China
$m

             Central
$m
             Group
$m
 
Depreciation and amortisationa         41                 21                6                 42                 110  
Share-based payments cost         7                 3                2                 7                 19  
Share of losses of associates and joint ventures         14                                                                14  
Year ended 31 December 2019         Americas
$m
             EMEAA
$m
            Greater
China
$m
             Central
$m
             Group
$m
 
Depreciation and amortisationa         44                 25                5                 42                 116  
Share-based payments cost         9                 4                2                 13                 28  
Share of losses/(gains) of associates and joint ventures         9                 (6                                              3  
Year ended 31 December 2018         Americas
$m
             EMEAA
$m
            Greater
China
$m
             Central
$m
             Group
$m
 
Depreciation and amortisationa         46                 17                7                 45                 115  
Share-based payments cost         8                 4                3                 12                 27  
Share of losses/(gains) of associates and joint ventures         6                 (5                                              1  

 

a

Included in the $110m (2019: $116m, 2018: $115m) of depreciation and amortisation is $29m (2019: $32m, 2018: $27m) relating to cost of sales in owned, leased and managed lease hotels, and $81m (2019: $84m, 2018: $88m) relating to other assets. A further $62m (2019: $54m, 2018: $49m) of depreciation and amortisation was recorded within System Fund expenses.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   147


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

2. Segmental information continued

Capital expenditure

 

Year ended 31 December 2020           Americas
$m
           EMEAA
$m
           Greater
China
$m
           Central
$m
           Group
$m
 
Capital expenditure per management reporting         46                44                2                56                148  
Contract acquisition costs         (33              (29              (2                             (64
Timing differences and other adjustments         17                4                               (1              20  
Additions per the Group Financial Statements         30                19                               55                104  
Comprising additions to:                                                                                

Goodwill and other intangible assets

        1                1                               50                52  

Property, plant and equipment

        12                13                               5                30  

Investment in associates and joint ventures

        17                                                             17  

Other financial assets

                       5                                              5  
          30                19                               55                104  
Year ended 31 December 2019           Americas
$m
            EMEAA
$m
            Greater
China
$m
            Central
$m
            Group
$m
 
Capital expenditure per management reporting         57                71                               137                265  
Goodwill                        4                                              4  
Contract acquisition costs         (27              (35                                            (62
Timing differences and other adjustments         4                1                               (4              1  
Additions per the Group Financial Statements         34                41                               133                208  
Comprising additions to:                                                                                

Goodwill and other intangible assets

                       4                               104                108  

Property, plant and equipment

        19                29                               29                77  

Investment in associates and joint ventures

        14                                                             14  

Other financial assets

        1                8                                              9  
          34                41                               133                208  

 

148   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

2. Segmental information continued

              

Geographical information

              
Year ended 31 December       

2020

$m

        

2019

$m

        

2018

$m

 
Revenue                                 
United Kingdom        77          265          151  
United States        1,067          1,957          1,950  
Rest of World        485          1,032          1,003  
         1,629          3,254          3,104  
System Fund (note 33)        765          1,373          1,233  
         2,394          4,627          4,337  
For the purposes of the above table, fee business, owned, leased and managed lease and reimbursable revenues are determined according to the location of the hotel and other revenue is attributed to the country of origin. In addition to the United Kingdom, revenue relating to an individual country is separately disclosed when it represents 10% or more of total revenue. System Fund revenues are not included in the geographical analysis as the Group does not monitor the Fund’s revenue by location of the hotel, or in the case of the loyalty programme, according to the location where members consume their rewards.

 

31 December          2020
$m
         2019
$m
 
Non-current assets

 

                     
United Kingdom

 

       72          184  
United States

 

       1,487          1,632  
Rest of World

 

       700          847  
           2,259          2,663  

For the purposes of the above table, non-current assets comprise goodwill and other intangible assets, property, plant and equipment, right-of-use assets, investments in associates and joint ventures, non-current contract costs and non-current contract assets. In addition to the United Kingdom, non-current assets relating to an individual country are separately disclosed when they represent 10% or more of total non-current assets, as defined above.

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   149


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

3. Revenue

Disaggregation of revenue

The following table presents Group revenue disaggregated by type of revenue stream and by reportable segment:

 

Year ended 31 December 2020         Americas
$m
         EMEAA
$m
    

    Greater
China

$m

         Central
$m
         Group
$m
 
Franchise and base management fees        452        93        61               606  
Incentive management fees        5        14        16               35  
Central revenue                             182        182  
Revenue from fee business        457        107        77        182        823  
Revenue from owned, leased and managed lease hotels        55        114                      169  
         512        221        77        182        992  
System Fund revenues (note 33)                                            765  
Reimbursement of costs                                            637  
Total revenue                                            2,394  

Following communication with the IHG Owners Association, fees and expenses associated with the InterContinental Ambassador programme (the InterContinental Hotels & Resorts paid-for loyalty programme) previously reported within Central revenue have been moved into the System Fund to align with the treatment of IHG’s other brand loyalty programmes. Revenue arising from the licence of intellectual property under co-brand credit card agreements previously recorded within the System Fund is now recorded within Central revenue (see page 139). This change is effective from 1 January 2020. For the year ended 31 December 2020, this change resulted in an increase of $20m to Central revenue and $21m to operating profit from reportable segments, and an equivalent reduction to System Fund revenues and increase to System Fund operating loss. Had this arrangement existed in the prior year, Central revenue and operating profit in 2019 would have been $18m and $22m higher respectively (2018: $15m and $20m respectively); System Fund revenues would have reduced and System Fund operating loss would have increased by the same amounts.

 

Year ended 31 December 2019        

    Americas

$m

    

    EMEAA

$m

    

    Greater
China

$m

    

    Central

$m

    

    Group

$m

 
Franchise and base management fees        840        247        87               1,174  
Incentive management fees        13        90        48               151  
Central revenue                             185        185  
Revenue from fee business        853        337        135        185        1,510  
Revenue from owned, leased and managed lease hotels        187        386                      573  
         1,040        723        135        185        2,083  
System Fund revenues (note 33)                                            1,373  
Reimbursement of costs                                            1,171  
Total revenue                                            4,627  

 

Year ended 31 December 2018             Americas
$m
         EMEAA
$m
    

    Greater
China

$m

         Central
$m
         Group
$m
 
Franchise and base management fees        835        227        94               1,156  
Incentive management fees        18        93        49               160  
Central revenue                             170        170  
Revenue from fee business        853        320        143        170        1,486  
Revenue from owned, leased and managed lease hotels        198        249                      447  
         1,051        569        143        170        1,933  
System Fund revenues (note 33)                                            1,233  
Reimbursement of costs                                            1,171  
Total revenue                                            4,337  

Contract balances

 

          

2020

$m

         

2019

$m

 
Trade receivables (note 18)        309          515  
Contract assets        336          334  
Deferred revenue        (1,569        (1,564

A trade receivable is recorded when the Group has an unconditional right to receive payment. In respect of franchise fees, base and incentive management fees, Central revenue and revenues from owned, leased and managed lease hotels, the invoice is typically issued as the related performance obligations are satisfied, as described on page 138.

 

150   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

3. Revenue continued

Contract assets

Contract assets are recorded in respect of key money payments; the difference, if any, between the initial face and market value of loans made to owners; and the value of payments under performance guarantees.

 

            

    2020
$m

               2019
$m
 
At 1 January         334          290  
Costs paid         74          64  
Recognised as a deduction to revenue         (25        (22
Impairment charges         (53         
Repayments                  (1
Exchange and other adjustments         6          3  
At 31 December         336          334  
Analysed as:                       

Current

        25          23  

Non-current

        311          311  
          336          334  

Key money is recognised as a contract asset when the trigger event for payment is met and payment becomes unconditional. The Group also has future commitments for key money payments which are contingent upon future events and may reverse.

At 31 December 2020, the amount of performance guarantees included within trade and other payables was $1m (2019: $2m) and the maximum payout remaining under such guarantees was $72m (2019: $85m). In estimating amounts due under performance guarantees, the Group has considered ‘force majeure’ provisions within its management agreements.

Impairment of contract assets relates primarily to deposits made to SVC of $33m (see page 137). The remaining impairment of $20m relates to key money and performance guarantee payments on individual properties which are supported by future franchise and management fees. As a result of the expected impact of Covid-19 and the subsequent recovery period on trading, all significant contract assets were tested for impairment using cash flow projections which reflect the five-year RevPAR recovery period outlined on page 135. The key assumptions are the RevPAR growth forecasts and the pre-tax discount rates used, which were 8.4%-9.3% for Americas, 9.5%-10.4% for Europe, 14.1% for other EMEAA and 13.3% for Greater China.

Of the total impairment including SVC balances, $42m relates to the Americas region and $11m relates to the EMEAA region.

Deferred revenue

Deferred revenue is recognised when payment is received before the related performance obligation is satisfied. The main categories of deferred revenue relate to the loyalty programme, co-branding agreements and franchise application and re-licensing fees.

 

           Loyalty
    programme
$m
   

Other
    co-brand
fees

$m

   

    Application &
re-licensing
fees

$m

        Other
$m
   

    Total

$m

 
At 1 January 2019        1,181       77       175       73       1,506  
Acquisition of businesses                          2       2  
Increase in deferred revenue        533             26       64       623  
Recognised as revenue        (481     (11     (25     (49     (566
Exchange and other adjustments                    (4     3       (1
At 31 December 2019        1,233       66       172       93       1,564  
Increase in deferred revenue        344             14       45       403  
Recognised as revenue        (332     (11     (20     (39     (402
Exchange and other adjustments                          4       4  
At 31 December 2020        1,245       55       166       103       1,569  
Analysed as:                                           
    Current        376       11       22       43       452  
    Non-current        869       44       144       60       1,117  
         1,245       55       166       103       1,569  
At 31 December 2019                                           
    Current        476       11       25       43       555  
    Non-current        757       55       147       50       1,009  
         1,233       66       172       93       1,564  

This table does not include amounts which were received and recognised as revenue in the same year. Amounts recognised as revenue were included in deferred revenue at the beginning of the year.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   151


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

3. Revenue continued

Loyalty programme revenues, shown gross in the table on the previous page, are presented net of the corresponding redemption cost in the Group income statement.

Other deferred revenue includes technical service fees and guest deposits received by owned, leased and managed lease hotels.

Transaction price allocated to remaining performance obligations

The Group has applied the practical expedient in IFRS 15 not to disclose the aggregate amount of the transaction price allocated to the performance obligations that are unsatisfied or partially unsatisfied as at the end of the reporting period for all amounts where the Group has a right to consideration in an amount that corresponds directly with the value to the customer of the Group’s performance completed to date (including franchise and management fees).

Amounts received and not yet recognised related to performance obligations that were unsatisfied at 31 December 2020 are as follows:

 

            2020             2019  
             Loyalty and
co-brand
$m
         Other
$m
         Total
$m
            Loyalty and
co-brand
$m
         Other
$m
     Total
$m
 
Expected timing of recognition                                                            
Less than one year         387        65        452           487        68        555  
Between one and two years         313        40        353           292        34        326  
Between two and three years         249        29        278           176        30        206  
Between three and four years         176        24        200           115        27        142  
Between four and five years         73        22        95           79        27        106  
More than five years         102        89        191           150        79        229  
          1,300        269        1,569           1,299        265        1,564  

Contract costs

Movements in contract costs, typically developer commissions, are as follows:

 

                 2020
$m
             2019
$m
 
At 1 January         72          60  
Costs incurred         11            19  
Amortisation         (9        (7
Exchange and other adjustments         1           
At 31 December         75          72  
Analysed as:                       
    Current         5          5  
    Non-current         70          67  
          75          72  

Contract costs were tested for impairment during the year. As contract costs typically constitute a very small percentage of deal value, no impairment was identified.

 

152   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

4. Staff costs and Directors’ remuneration

 

            

      2020

$m

           

      2019

$m

           

      2018

$m

 
Staff costs                                    
Wages and salaries         1,233           1,982           1,956  
Social security costs         86           131           127  
Pension and other post-retirement benefits:                                    
    Defined benefit plans (note 27)         3           3           19  
    Defined contribution plans         36           64           63  
          1,358           2,180           2,165  
Analysed as:                                    
    Costs borne by IHGa         500           735           708  
    Costs borne by the System Fundb         242           313           347  
    Costs reimbursed         616           1,132           1,110  
          1,358           2,180           2,165  

 

a 

Includes $27m classified as exceptional relating to reorganisation programmes and $nil (2019: $9m, 2018: $21m) classified as exceptional relating to the comprehensive efficiency programme completed in 2019. In 2018, included $15m classified as exceptional relating to termination of the US funded Inter-Continental Hotels Pension Plan.

 

b 

Includes $20m relating to the 2020 corporate reorganisation programme and $nil (2019: $8m, 2018: $21m) relating to the comprehensive efficiency programme completed in 2019.

Staff costs are presented net of government support income of $36m received in 2020. This primarily relates to employee costs at certain of the Group’s leased hotels. Additionally, ongoing support has been received in the form of tax credits which have also been applicable in prior years and which relate to the Group’s corporate office presence in certain countries. The income has been recognised as a reduction to the payroll costs that the grants and credits are intended to compensate. There are no unfulfilled conditions or other contingencies attaching to these grants.

 

             2020             2019             2018  
Average number of employees, including part-time employees                                    
Employees whose costs are borne by IHG:                                    
    Americas         1,931           2,170           2,225  
    EMEAA         4,088           5,227           3,255  
    Greater China         314           339           324  
    Central         1,813           1,900           1,794  
          8,146           9,636           7,598  
Employees whose costs are borne by the System Fund         4,686           4,800           5,214  
Employees whose costs are reimbursed         15,980           22,207           22,518  
          28,812           36,643           35,330  
            

2020

$m

           

2019

$m

           

2018

$m

 
Directors’ remuneration                                    
Base salaries, fees, performance payments and benefits         4.2           6.4           7.1  

LOGO More detailed information on the remuneration including pensions, share awards and shareholdings for each Director is shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 96 to 111.

     

5. Auditor’s remuneration paid to Ernst & Young LLP                  
             2020
$m
            2019
$m
            2018
$m
 
Audit of the Financial Statementsa         3.0           3.0           3.3  
Audit of subsidiaries         3.3           3.2           2.9  
Audit-related assurance services         0.2           0.2           0.2  
Other assurance servicesb         1.1           1.3           1.3  
Other non-audit services not covered by the above         0.1           0.1           0.1  
          7.7           7.8           7.8  

 

a

In 2018, included $0.4m of additional fees for specific procedures performed in relation to the implementation of new accounting standards.

 

b

Excludes fees of $0.2m which have not yet been incurred.

Audit fees in respect of the pension scheme were not material.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   153


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

6. Exceptional items

             Note                 2020
$m
               2019
$m
               2018
$m
 
Operating exceptional items:                                              
Cost of sales:                                              

Derecognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

        (a)(h)           22                    

Gain on lease termination

        (b)           30                    

Provision for onerous contractual expenditure

        (h)           (10                  

Reorganisation costs

        (c)(h)           (8                  
                      34                    
Administrative expenses:                                              

Reorganisation costs

        (c)           (19        (20        (56

Acquisition and integration costs

        (d)           (6        (7        (15

Litigation

        (e)           (5        (28        (18

Pension settlement cost

        27                             (15
                      (30        (55        (104
Impairment loss on financial assets         (f)           (48                  
Other impairment charges:                                              

Goodwill

        (h)                    (49         

Management agreements

        13           (48        (50         

Property, plant and equipment

        14, (h)           (90                  

Right-of-use assets

        15, (h)           (16        (32         

Associates

        16           (19                  

Contract assets

        3           (53                  
                      (226        (131         
Operating exceptional items                     (270        (186        (104
Financial expenses         (g)           (14                  
Fair value gains on contingent purchase consideration         (h)           21          38           
Exceptional items before tax                     (263        (148        (104
Tax on exceptional items         (i)           52          20          22  
Exceptional tax         (j)                             5  
Tax                     52          20          27  
Operating exceptional items analysed as:                                              

Americas

                    (118        (62        (36

EMEAA

                    (128        (109        (12

Greater China

                    (5                 (1

Central

                    (19        (15        (55
                      (270        (186        (104

The above items are treated as exceptional by reason of their size, nature, or incidence, as further described on page 140.

All items above relate to continuing operations.

 

154   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

    

6. Exceptional items continued

(a) Derecognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

The UK portfolio leases and two German hotel leases contain guarantees that the Group will fund any shortfalls in lease payments up to an annual and cumulative cap. Previously the minimum ‘in-substance fixed’ lease payments were estimated to be equal to the cumulative amount guaranteed under the lease agreements and therefore a right-of-use asset and corresponding lease liability equal to the guaranteed amount were recognised. The unprecedented impact of Covid-19 and subsequent restrictions have resulted in a reassessment of the estimate of ‘in-substance fixed’ lease payments, as there is no floor to the rent reductions applicable under these leases, and the circumstances in which no rent would be payable are no longer considered to be remote.

As a result, the right-of-use assets ($49m) and lease liabilities ($71m) associated with these leases have been derecognised as they are now considered to be fully variable. This resulted in a net gain of $22m.

(b) Gain on lease termination

On 14 December 2020 as a consequence of the termination of the SVC portfolio agreement, the lease of InterContinental San Juan was terminated. The right-of-use assets ($60m) and lease liabilities ($90m) associated with this hotel have therefore been derecognised, resulting in a net gain of $30m.

(c) Reorganisation costs

In 2020, reorganisation costs relate to the UK portfolio (see below), other owned and leased hotels and a corporate reorganisation completed in the year reflecting the reassessment of near-term priorities and the resources needed to support reduced levels of demand. An additional $20m relating to the corporate restructuring was charged to the System Fund.

In 2019 and 2018, related to a comprehensive efficiency programme to fund a series of new strategic initiatives to drive an acceleration in IHG’s future growth. The programme was completed in 2019 and no further restructuring costs related to this programme were incurred in 2020. The 2019 cost included consultancy fees of $6m (2018: $25m) and severance costs of $8m (2018: $18m). An additional $28m (2018: $47m) was charged to the System Fund.

(d) Acquisition and integration costs

In 2019, primarily related to the acquisition of Six Senses and in 2020, relates to the integration of that business into the operations of the Group.

(e) Litigation

In 2020, relates to the cost of settlement of $14m agreed in the year in respect of a lawsuit in the EMEAA region, offset primarily by the partial release of the 2019 provision related to a lawsuit in the Americas region which has been settled in the year (see note 21). In 2019, primarily represented management’s best estimate of the settlement in respect of the Americas lawsuit, together with the cost of an arbitration award made against the Group in the EMEAA region. In 2018, primarily related to a material settlement agreed in respect of a lawsuit filed against the Group in the Americas region, together with associated legal fees.

(f) Impairment loss on financial assets

Comprises $33m and $15m related to SVC and other trade deposits and loans respectively (see note 17).

(g) Financial expenses

In October 2020 management undertook actions to strengthen liquidity and extend the maturity profile of the Group’s debt. The Group issued a tender offer for its £400m 3.875% 2022 bonds resulting in a repayment of £227m and concurrently issued 500m 1.625% 2024 bonds and £400m 3.375% 2028 bonds. The exceptional charge includes the premium on repayment and associated write-off of fees and discount.

(h) Exceptional items relating to the UK portfolio

Included within exceptional items are the following items relating to the UK portfolio:

 

         

    2020
$m

             2019
$m
             2018
$m
 
Operating exceptional items:                                 
Cost of sales:                                 

Derecognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

       18                    

Provision for onerous contractual expenditure

       (10                  

Reorganisation costs

       (4                  
         4                    
Other impairment charges:                                 

Goodwill

                (49         

Property, plant and equipment

       (50                  

Right-of-use assets

                (32         
         (50        (81         
Operating exceptional items        (46        (81         
Fair value gains on contingent purchase consideration (note 25)        21          38           
Exceptional items before tax        (25        (43         

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   155


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

6. Exceptional items continued

(h) Exceptional items relating to the UK portfolio continued

The UK portfolio has continued to experience hugely challenging trading conditions as a result of Covid-19, with all 12 hotels closing for business in March 2020. The impact of Covid-19 and subsequent restrictions on travel caused the UK leased hotels to be closed for extended periods during 2020. Hotels which were able to open temporarily during the year experienced historically low occupancies. 11 of the hotels were closed as at 31 December 2020 and all hotels were closed during January 2021.

As described on page 155, the right-of-use asset ($22m) and lease liability ($40m) relating to the UK portfolio have been derecognised as a result of the re-estimation of the ‘in-substance fixed’ rent payable under the leases, resulting in a gain of $18m. The leases are now considered to be fully variable.

Under the terms of the leases, the Group is committed to certain items of contractual expenditure. A $10m provision was recognised to the extent the costs of the remaining contractual expenditure exceeded the future economic benefits expected to be received under the leases.

The hotels have incurred a total cost of $4m to restructure hotel operations in response to the future impact of Covid-19 on hotel occupancy and revenues. The reorganisation was completed in 2020.

Impairment testing was performed on the remaining property, plant and equipment in the portfolio using management forecasts covering a five-year period. The testing performed and key assumptions are detailed on page 135. In 2019, goodwill ($49m) and the right-of-use asset ($32m) (prior to derecognition) were impaired as a result of trading disruption arising from hotel renovations and rebranding.

Contingent purchase consideration comprises the present value of the above-market element of the expected lease payments to the lessor. The above-market assessment is determined by comparing the expected lease payments as a percentage of forecast hotel operating profit (before depreciation and rent) with market metrics, on a hotel by hotel basis. A fair value gain of $21m was recognised in the period (2019: $38m), arising from a reduction in expected future rentals payable such that there is no remaining above-market element. The key assumptions are detailed on page 135.

As a result of the adjustments outlined above, non-current assets, lease liabilities and contingent consideration relating to the UK portfolio were all measured at $nil at 31 December 2020.

(i) Tax on exceptional items

The tax impacts of the exceptional items are shown in the table below:

 

            2020            2019            2018  
             Current tax
$m
     Deferred tax
$m
           Current tax
$m
     Deferred tax
$m
           Current tax
$m
    Deferred tax
$m
 
Derecognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities                (4                               
Provision for onerous contractual expenditure                2                                 
Reorganisation costs         3        2          4                 11        
Acquisition and integration costs         1                                 2        
Litigation                                6          5        
Pension settlement cost                                         5       1  
Impairment of financial assets         4        2                                 
Other impairment charges         6        37                 18                 
Financial expenses                3                                 
Fair value gains on contingent purchase consideration                (4               (6               
Adjustments in respect of prior yearsa                                (2        (2      
          14        38          4        16          21       1  
Total current and deferred tax                  52                   20                  22  

 

a

In 2019, related to a 2014 disposal. In 2018, related to the 2017 sale of a minority investment.

(j) Exceptional tax

In 2018, related to a tax credit in regard to US tax reform impacts.

 

156   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

7. Finance costs

 

                 2020
$m
               2019
$m
               2018
$m
 
Financial income                                  
Financial income on deposits and money market funds         2          3          2  
Interest income on loans and other assets         2          3          3  
          4          6          5  

Financial expenses

                                 
Interest expense on external borrowings         102          78          61  
Interest expense on lease liabilities         37          41          39  
Capitalised interest         (1        (5        (5
Unwind of discount on deferred purchase consideration         1          1          1  
Other chargesa         5          6          5  
          144          121          101  
Analysed as:                                  
    Financial expenses before exceptional items         130          121          101  
    Exceptional financial expenses (note 6)         14                    
          144          121          101  

 

a

Other charges includes bank charges and non-bank interest expense.

During the year, $3m (2019: $13m, 2018: $14m) was payable to the IHG Rewards loyalty programme relating to interest on the accumulated balance of cash received in advance of the consumption of points awarded. The expense and corresponding System Fund interest income are eliminated within financial expenses.

Capitalised interest relates to the System Fund. The rate used for capitalisation of interest was 2.9% (2019: 3.1%, 2018: 3.0%).

Net interest payable on a frozen GAAP basis as calculated for bank covenants was $111m (2019: $99m). Further details are provided on page 181.

8. Tax

Tax on (loss)/profit

 

                 2020
$m
               2019
$m
               2018
$m
 
Current tax                                  
UK corporation tax at 19.00%:                                  
    Current period                  5          10  
    Adjustments in respect of prior periods         (2        13          4  
          (2        18          14  
Foreign tax:                                  
    Current period         43          154          95  
    Benefit of tax reliefs on which no deferred tax previously recognised         (2        (2        (1
    Adjustments in respect of prior periods         (5        (11        (13
          36          141          81  
          34          159          95  
Deferred tax                                  
Origination and reversal of temporary differences         (35        11          39  
Changes in tax rates and tax laws         (8        2          1  
Adjustments to estimated recoverable deferred tax assetsa         (14        (2        (2
Reduction in deferred tax expense by previously unrecognised deferred tax assets         (1                  
Adjustments in respect of prior periods         4          (14        (1
          (54        (3        37  
Income tax (credit)/charge for the year         (20        156          132  
Analysed as tax relating to:                                  
    Profit before exceptional itemsb         32          176          159  
    Exceptional items:                                  
        Tax on exceptional items (note 6)         (52        (20        (22
        Exceptional tax (note 6)                           (5
          (20        156          132  

 

a 

Represents a reassessment of the recovery of recognised and off-balance sheet deferred tax assets in line with the Group’s profit forecasts.

 

b 

Includes $41m (2019: $113m, 2018: $93m) in respect of US taxes.

All items above relate to continuing operations.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   157


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

8. Tax continued

 

            Totala           

Before exceptional items 

and System Fundb

 
             2020
%
           2019
%
           2018
%
           2020
%
           2019
%
           2018
%
 
Reconciliation of tax charge                                                                   
UK corporation tax at standard rate         19.0          19.0          19.0          19.0          19.0          19.0  
Tax credits         0.5          (0.8        (0.5        (1.7        (0.6        (0.3
System Fundc         (6.6        1.1          5.0          (1.1        (0.5        (0.5
Impairment charges                  1.7                                      
Other permanent differences         (4.2        1.3          0.6          12.1          0.8          0.3  
Non-recoverable foreign taxesd         (5.1        3.2          0.7          16.9          2.4          0.5  
Net effect of different rates of tax in overseas businessese         (4.5        6.7          4.6          18.9          5.5          3.7  
Effect of changes in tax rates and tax lawsf         2.9          (0.4        0.3          (9.6        (0.3        0.2  
Reduction in current tax expense by previously unrecognised deferred tax assets         0.7          (0.4        (0.4        (2.4        (0.3        (0.3
Items on which deferred tax arose but where no deferred tax is recognisedg         (1.9                          5.1                    
Effect of adjustments to estimated recoverable deferred tax assetsh         5.1          (0.4        0.1          (16.9        (0.3        0.1  
Reduction in deferred tax expense by previously unrecognised deferred tax assets         0.3                                               
Adjustment to tax charge in respect of prior periods         0.9          (2.2        (2.0        (2.7        (1.9        (1.0
          7.1          28.8          27.4          37.6          23.8          21.7  

 

a 

Calculated in relation to total (losses)/profits including exceptional items and System Fund.

 

b 

Calculated in relation to profits excluding exceptional items and System Fund earnings.

 

c 

The System Fund is, in general, not subject to taxation.

 

d 

The large increase in 2020 when compared to 2019 is as a result of the material decrease in Group profitability. This has meant that the Group has no longer been able to obtain effective relief for withholding taxes incurred on its revenues and in respect of other taxes, primarily in the US and Singapore. The increase from 2018 to 2019 was caused by the recognition in 2018 of a carryback claim in the US in respect of foreign tax credits.

 

e 

Before exceptional items and System Fund includes 18.9 percentage points (2019: 4.9 percentage points, 2018: 4.2 percentage points) driven by the relatively high blended US rate, which includes US Federal and State taxes as well as Base Erosion and Anti-Avoidance Tax (‘BEAT’). In 2020, the lower profitability has resulted in a large impact of BEAT, and the trading results in the year have led to a higher proportion of the Group’s profit being taxed in the US.

 

f 

In 2020, the UK Government reversed a previously enacted drop to the UK rate of corporation tax. This has led to an increase in value to the Group’s existing deferred tax assets in the UK, contributing to a benefit to the Group effective tax rate, before exceptional items and System Fund, of 7.9 percentage points.

 

g 

Predominantly in respect of losses arising in the year.

 

h 

During 2020, the Group simplified its Group structure leading to an increase to existing deferred tax assets within the UK.

A reconciliation between total tax rate and tax rate before exceptional items and System Fund is shown below:

 

           

2020

            2019             2018  
             (Loss)/
profit
before tax
$m
                       Tax
$m
          

          Rate

%

            Profit
  before tax
$m
                        Tax
$m
           

          Rate

%

            Profit
before tax
$m
                      Tax
$m
           

        Rate

%

 
Group income statement         (280        (20        7.1           542           156           28.8           482           132           27.4  
Adjust for:                                                                                                          
    Exceptional items (note 6)         263          52                      148           20                       104           27              
    System Fund         102                               49                                 146                        
          85          32          37.6           739           176           23.8           732           159           21.7  

 

LOGO

Information concerning Non-GAAP measures can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 47 to 51.

 

158   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

8. Tax continued

Tax paid

Total net tax paid during the year of $41m (2019: $141m, 2018: $68m) comprises $41m (2019: $141m, 2018: $66m) paid in respect of operating activities and $nil (2019: $nil, 2018: $2m) paid in respect of investing activities.

The total tax paid includes, in respect of the US:

 

payments of $29m (2019: $80m, 2018: $54m); and

 

refunds arising from earlier periods of $24m (2019: $nil, 2018: $34m);

and in respect of the UK:

 

payments of $2m (2019: $13m, 2018: $23m); and

 

refunds arising from earlier periods of $nil (2019: $nil, 2018: $11m).

A reconciliation of tax paid to the total tax charge in the Group income statement is as follows:

 

            

        2020
$m

                   2019
$m
                   2018
$m
 
Current tax charge in the Group income statement         (34        (159        (95
Current tax (charge)/credit in the Group statement of comprehensive income         (1        2          1  
Current tax credit taken directly to equity                  4          8  
Total current tax charge         (35        (153        (86
Movements to tax contingenciesa         (8        3          (4
Timing differences of cash tax paid and foreign exchange differences         2          9          22  
Tax paid per cash flow         (41        (141        (68

 

a 

Tax contingency movements are included within the current tax charge but do not impact cash tax paid in the year. Settlement of tax contingencies are included within cash tax paid in the year but not recorded in the current year tax charge.

Current tax

Within current tax payable is $25m (2019: $33m) in respect of uncertain tax positions.

The calculation of the Group’s total tax charge involves consideration of applicable tax laws and regulations in many jurisdictions throughout the world. From time to time, the Group is subject to tax audits and uncertainties in these jurisdictions. The issues involved can be complex and disputes may take a number of years to resolve.

Where the interpretation of local tax law is not clear, management relies on judgement and accounting estimates to ensure all uncertain tax positions are adequately provided for in the Group Financial Statements. This may involve consideration of some or all of the following factors:

 

strength of technical argument, impact of case law and clarity of legislation;

 

professional advice;

 

experience of interactions, and precedents set, with the particular taxing authority; and

 

agreements previously reached in other jurisdictions on comparable issues.

The largest single contingency item within the current tax payable balance does not exceed $8m (2019: $9m).

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   159


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

8. Tax continued

Deferred tax

 

 

    

            




Property,
plant,
equipment
and
software
$m
 
 
 
 
 
 
   


Other
intangible
assets
$m
 
 
 
 
   

Application
fees

$m

 
 

 

   


Deferred
gains on
loan notes
$m
 
 
 
 
   
Associates
$m
 
 
   
Losses
$m
 
 
   

Employee
benefits
$m
 
 
 
   


Deferred
compen-

sation
$m

 
 

 
 

   

Credit
losses
$m
 
 
 
   

Contract
costs
$m
 
 
 
   


Other
short-term
temporary
differences

$m

 
 
 
a 

 

   
Total
$m
 
 
At 1 January 2019       (120     (18     43       (35     (56     35       30       42       1       (14     31       (61
Group income statement             3             1       (2     (9     1       (1     11       (2     1       3  
Assets of businesses acquired                                                                   2       2  
Group statement of comprehensive income                                           1                         (1      
Exchange and other adjustments       1       1                         1       1                               4  
At 31 December 2019       (119     (14     43       (34     (58     27       33       41       12       (16     33       (52
Group income statement       23       14       (2                 28             1       10       (1     (19     54  
Group statement of comprehensive income                                     6       1                         8       15  
Group statement of changes in equity                                           (1                             (1
Exchange and other adjustments       1             1             1             1                         (2     2  
At 31 December 2020       (95           42       (34     (57     61       34       42       22       (17     20       18  

 

a 

The above table has been re-presented in order to separately disclose the deferred tax on ‘deferred compensation’ and ‘credit losses’ (both previously disclosed in ‘other short-term temporary differences’), to disaggregate the deferred tax on ‘application fees’ and ‘contract costs’, to present deferred tax on share-based compensation within ‘employee benefits’ (previously disclosed within ‘other short-term temporary differences’) and to disclose deferred taxes on ‘contract assets’ within ‘other short-term temporary differences’ (previously disclosed within ‘Other intangible assets and contract assets’).

The deferred tax on the loan notes represents tax that is expected to come due in 2025 (2019: 2025). The deferred tax in respect of losses of $61m (2019: $27m) comprises $60m in respect of revenue losses (2019: $27m) and $1m in respect of capital losses (2019: $nil). There is no tax in respect of uncertain tax positions recorded within deferred taxes.

A deferred tax asset of $95m (2019: $4m) has been recognised in legal entities which have made a loss in the current or the previous year. Of the 2020 amount, $89m (2019: $nil) is within the UK tax group and predominantly represents revenue tax losses and future tax deductions for amortisation.

The recoverability of these UK deferred tax assets has been assessed by:

 

starting with the Group profit forecasts prepared by management, consistent with those used when reviewing for impairment (see page 135);

 

overlaying tax principles to those forecasts; and

 

following the methodology required by IAS 12.

This has demonstrated that $87m of the UK deferred tax assets should reverse over a 10-year period. Under UK law, tax losses do not expire, although can only be offset against 50% of annual UK taxable profits, and accordingly, if the anticipated recovery to previous profitability were to be over a longer period, the length of time for recovery of the deferred tax asset would increase.

The remaining $2m of the UK deferred tax asset is in a legal entity which was loss making in 2019 and became profitable in 2020, and is forecast to remain so. Additional UK deferred tax assets of $14m are recognised in legal entities which were profitable in both the current and previous years.

 

160   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

8. Tax continued

The closing balance is further analysed by key territory as follows:

 

      Property,                        
      plant,                         Other    
      equipment       Other         Deferred             Deferred           short-term    
      and       intangible       Application       gains on           Employee       compen-       Credit       Contract       temporary    
      software       assets       fees       loan notes       Associates       Losses       benefits       sation       losses       costs       differences       Total  
        $m       $m       $m       $m       $m       $m       $m       $m       $m       $m       $m       $m  
UK       19       9                         50       10                         15       103  
US              (115     (10     42       (34     (57     5       23       42       16       (11     10       (89
Other       1       1                         6       1             6       (6     (5     4  
At 31 December 2020       (95           42       (34     (57     61       34       42       22       (17     20       18  

The analysis of the deferred tax balance after considering the offset of assets and liabilities within entities where there is a legal right to do so is as follows:

 

                 2020                   2019   
     $m       $m   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 
Analysed as:      

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax assets

     113         66   

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

     (95)        (118)  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 
     18         (52)  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

 

The Group does not recognise deferred tax assets if it cannot anticipate being able to offset them against existing deferred tax liabilities or against future profits or gains.

The total unrecognised deferred tax position is as follows:

 

     Gross        Unrecognised deferred tax    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
                 2020                    2019                    2020                    2019    
     $m        $m        $m        $m    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Revenue losses      467          413          76          65    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Capital losses      562          541          109          95    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,029          954          185          160    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Tax credits      12          13          12          13    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Leases      –          25          –          7    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Othera      19          2          3          1    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     1,060          994          200          181    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

 

a

Primarily relates to costs incurred for which tax relief has not been obtained.

There is no expiry date to any of the above unrecognised assets other than for the losses and tax credits as shown in the table below:

 

            Gross        Unrecognised deferred tax    
  

 

 

    

 

 

 
                 2020                    2019                    2020                    2019    
     $m        $m        $m        $m    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Expiry date            

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2021      33          31          8          6    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2022      11          10          3          2    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2023      2          2          –          –    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2024      5          4        1          1    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2025      110          91          26          20    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2026      1          –          –          –    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
2027      3          3          1          1    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
After 2027      24          21          17          16    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

No deferred tax liability has been provided in respect of $0.5bn (2019: $0.9bn) of taxable temporary differences relating to subsidiaries (comprising undistributed earnings and net inherent gains) because the Group is in a position to control the timing of the reversal of these temporary differences and it is probable that such differences will not reverse in the foreseeable future.

Tax risks, policies and governance

Policies and procedures related to tax risk management are subject to regular review and update and are approved by the IHG Audit Committee. Procedures to minimise risk include the preparation of thorough tax risk assessments for all transactions carrying material tax risk and, where appropriate, material tax uncertainties are discussed and resolved with tax authorities in advance. IHG’s Approach to Tax document is available on IHG’s website at www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business. In addition, as a result of its business profile as a hotel manager and also as a residual legacy from prior acquisitions, IHG has a small number of subsidiaries in jurisdictions commonly portrayed as tax havens. IHG manages such subsidiaries on a basis consistent with its business principles (for example, by making some foreign incorporated companies UK tax resident or by operating others so that local profits are commensurate with local activity).

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   161


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

8. Tax continued

Factors that may affect the future tax charge

Many factors will affect the Group’s future tax rate, the key ones being future legislative developments, future profitability of underlying subsidiaries and tax uncertainties.

The impact of Covid-19 has resulted in changes to the Group’s current geographic profit mix and this trend is expected to continue for at least the short term. This is likely to result in a higher than usual tax rate for the Group in the short term.

Worldwide tax reform continues, most notably with the OECD’s review into “Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation”, and this could impact the tax profile of the Group over the longer term. The Group continues to monitor activity in this area.

The Group anticipates the exit from the European Union will not cause a material impact on its future underlying effective tax rate.

9. Dividends

 

     2020        2019        2018                         
     cents        cents        cents                    2020                    2019                    2018    
         per share            per share            per share        $m        $m        $m    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Paid during the year                  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Final (declared for previous year)      –          78.1          71.0          –          139          130    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Interim      –          39.9          36.3          –          72          69    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Special (note 29)      –          262.1          –          –          510          –    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
     –          380.1          107.3          –          721          199    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Proposed (not recognised as a liability at 31 December)                  

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 
Final      –          –          78.1          –          –          141    

 

  

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

    

 

 

 

On 20 March 2020, the Board withdrew its recommendation of a final dividend in respect of 2019 of 85.9¢ per share, a payment of which would have had a cash outflow of approximately $150m in the first half of 2020. A final dividend in respect of 2020 is not proposed and there was no interim dividend for the year. The Board will consider future dividends once visibility of the pace and scale of market recovery has improved.

10. (Loss)/earnings per ordinary share

Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary share is calculated by dividing the profit or loss for the year available for IHG equity holders by the weighted average number of ordinary shares, excluding investment in own shares, in issue during the year.

Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary share is calculated by adjusting basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary share to reflect the notional exercise of the weighted average number of dilutive ordinary share awards outstanding during the year.

Adjusted earnings per ordinary share is disclosed in order to show performance undistorted by exceptional items and changes in the fair value of contingent purchase consideration, to give a more meaningful comparison of the Group’s performance.

Additionally, earnings attributable to the System Fund are excluded from the calculation of adjusted earnings per ordinary share, as IHG has an agreement with the IHG Owners Association to spend Fund income for the benefit of hotels in the IHG System such that the Group does not make a gain or loss from operating the Fund over the longer term.

IHG also records an interest charge on the outstanding cash balance relating to the IHG Rewards programme. These interest payments are recognised as interest income for the Fund and interest expense for IHG. The Fund also benefits from the capitalisation of interest related to the development of the next-generation Guest Reservation System. As the Fund is included in the Group income statement, these amounts are included in reported Group net financial expenses. Given that all results related to the Fund are excluded from the calculation of adjusted earnings per ordinary share, these interest amounts are deducted from profit or loss available for equity holders.

 

162   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

10. (Loss)/earnings per ordinary share continued

 

Continuing and total operations                  2020                    2019                    2018  
Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary share                                 
(Loss)/profit available for equity holders ($m)        (260        385          349  
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)        182          183          190  
Basic (loss)/earnings per ordinary share (cents)               (142.9               210.4                 183.7  
Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary share                                 
(Loss)/profit available for equity holders ($m)        (260        385          349  
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)        182          184          192  
Diluted (loss)/earnings per ordinary share (cents)        (142.9        209.2          181.8  
Adjusted earnings per ordinary share                                 
(Loss)/profit available for equity holders ($m)        (260        385          349  
Adjusting items:                                 

System Fund revenues and expenses ($m)

       102          49          146  

Interest attributable to the System Fund ($m)

       (4        (18        (19

Operating exceptional items ($m) (note 6)

       270          186          104  

Exceptional financial expenses ($m) (note 6)

       14                    

Change in fair value of contingent purchase consideration ($m) (note 25)

       (13        (27        4  

Tax on exceptional items ($m) (note 6)

       (52        (20        (22

Exceptional tax ($m) (note 6)

                         (5
Adjusted earnings ($m)        57          555          557  
Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)        182          183          190  
Adjusted earnings per ordinary share (cents)        31.3          303.3          293.2  
Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share                                 
Adjusted earnings ($m)        57          555          557  
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares (millions)        182          184          192  
Adjusted diluted earnings per ordinary share (cents)        31.3          301.6          290.1  
            2020
millions
           2019
millions
           2018
millions
 
Diluted weighted average number of ordinary shares is calculated as:                                 
    Basic weighted average number of ordinary shares        182          183          190  
    Dilutive potential ordinary shares                 1          2  
         182          184          192  

The effect of the notional exercise of outstanding ordinary share awards is anti-dilutive in 2020, and therefore has not been included in the diluted earnings per share calculation.

LOGO Information concerning Non-GAAP measures can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 47 to 51.

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   163


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

11. Acquisition of businesses

Six Senses

On 12 February 2019, the Group acquired a 100% ownership interest in Six Senses Hotels Resorts Spas (‘Six Senses’), a leading operator of top-tier luxury hotels, resorts and spas with a world-renowned reputation for wellness and sustainability. The total purchase consideration was $304m, comprising $299m paid on acquisition, including the settlement of working capital, and $5m of contingent purchase consideration. The fair value of net assets acquired was $246m, including brands of $189m, management agreements of $45m, and a right-of-use asset of $19m offset by an equal lease liability. Goodwill recognised was $58m.

The contingent purchase consideration has been revalued as at 31 December 2020 (see note 25).

The value of management agreements and right-of-use assets recognised on acquisition were impaired by $41m and $5m respectively in 2020 (see notes 13 and 15).

UK portfolio

On 25 July 2018, the Group completed a deal to operate nine hotels under long-term leases from Covivio which operated under the Principal and De Vere Hotels brands. An additional leased hotel was added to the portfolio on 13 November 2018 bringing the total to 10 at 31 December 2018. On 14 February 2019, the Group added a further two hotels to the portfolio bringing the total hotels in the UK portfolio to 12.

The total purchase consideration for the 12 hotels was $73m, comprising $10m paid on acquisition, a working capital refund of $3m and $66m of contingent purchase consideration. The fair value of the net assets acquired was $14m and goodwill of $64m was recognised, of which $12m was recognised in 2019.

Goodwill and non-current assets acquired were impaired in full during 2019 and 2020 such that the remaining value is $nil (see note 6).

The contingent purchase consideration was revalued to $nil as at 31 December 2020 (see note 25).

Regent

On 1 July 2018, the Group completed the acquisition of a 51% controlling interest in an agreement with Formosa International Hotels Corporation (‘FIH’) to acquire the ‘Regent Hotels & Resorts’ brand and associated management agreements (‘Regent’). The Group acquired 51% of the issued share capital of Regent Hospitality Worldwide, Inc (‘RHW’), 100% of the issued share capital of Regent International Hotels Limited and 100% of the issued share capital of Regent Berlin GmbH.

Put and call options exist over the remaining 49% shareholding in RHW which are exercisable in a phased manner from 2026. As the decision-making powers related to the remaining shares are not substantive in driving RHW’s returns and FIH do not share in any costs associated with the future development of the Regent brand, it has been determined that the Group has a present ownership interest in the remaining shares. As such, RHW has been accounted for as 100% owned with no non-controlling interest recognised.

The total purchase consideration was $88m, comprising $13m paid on acquisition, $22m of deferred purchase consideration and $53m of contingent purchase consideration. The fair value of the net assets acquired was $53m, including brands of $57m and management agreements of $6m. Goodwill recognised was $35m.

The contingent purchase consideration has been revalued as at 31 December 2020 (see note 25).

The value of management agreements recognised on acquisition were impaired by $2m in 2020 (see note 13).

Cash flows relating to acquisitions

 

    

  

    

        2020

$m

           

        2019

$m

           

        2018

$m

 
Cash paid on acquisition, including working capital settlement                 299          22  
Settlement of stamp duty liability                 3          14  
Less: cash and cash equivalents acquired                 (7        (2
Less: working capital settlement received in year following acquisition                 (3         
Net cash outflow arising on acquisitions                 292          34  

 

164   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

12. Assets and liabilities sold and held for sale

No assets were classified as held for sale at 31 December 2020.

During the year ended 31 December 2020 the Group sold one hotel in EMEAA, the Holiday Inn Melbourne Airport. This was classified as held for sale at 31 December 2019, with no change to the carrying value on initial classification. Total consideration of $2m was received. Net of disposal costs a total gain of $3m is included in ‘other operating income’ in the Group income statement.

13. Goodwill and other intangible assets

 

             Goodwill
$m
    Brands
$m
     Software
$m
    Management
agreements
$m
    Other
intangibles
$m
   

Total

$m

 
Cost                                                    
At 1 January 2019        455       250        781       77       18       1,581  
Acquisition of businesses (note 11)        70       189              45             304  
Additions        4              98             6       108  
Capitalised interest                     5                   5  
Disposals                     (22                 (22
Exchange and other adjustments                     2             (1     1  
At 31 December 2019        529       439        864       122       23       1,977  
Additions                     50             2       52  
Disposals                     (29                 (29
Exchange and other adjustments        8              1                   9  
At 31 December 2020        537       439        886       122       25       2,009  
Amortisation and impairment                                                    
At 1 January 2019        (142            (281     (10     (5     (438
Provided                     (35     (3     (2     (40
System Fund expense                     (46           (1     (47
Impairment charge        (49                  (50           (99
Disposals                     22                   22  
Exchange and other adjustments        1                                1  
At 31 December 2019        (190            (340     (63     (8     (601
Provided                     (36     (1     (1     (38
System Fund expense                     (51           (2     (53
Impairment charge                           (48           (48
System Fund impairment charge                     (4                 (4
Disposals                     29                   29  
Exchange and other adjustments        (1                              (1
At 31 December 2020        (191            (402     (112     (11     (716
Net book value                                                    
At 31 December 2020        346       439        484       10       14       1,293  
At 31 December 2019        339       439        524       59       15       1,376  
At 1 January 2019        313       250        500       67       13       1,143  

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   165


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

13. Goodwill and other intangible assets continued

Goodwill and brands

Allocation of goodwill and brands to CGUs

The Group’s CGUs are consistent with prior years; however, the level at which goodwill is monitored by management has changed to the Group’s operating segments, namely Americas, EMEAA and Greater China. This better reflects (i) how the Group’s performance is monitored, including the measurement of overheads at a regional level with no measurement at any lower level, and (ii) how management executes on its regional strategies. Both of these factors have become more pronounced in the year as a result of historic lows in occupancy levels, the termination of the SVC portfolio of management agreements (see page 137), and the corporate reorganisation. In addition to changing the level at which goodwill is tested, the same approach has been applied to the Group’s brands with indefinite lives; testing brands at the same level goodwill is allocated is consistent year on year. Prior to making this change, management reconfirmed each of the brands, which relate to the Group’s luxury and lifestyle portfolio, have indefinite lives and continue to form an integral part of the Group’s strategy. Under the prior methodology, the CGU with the smallest headroom was Americas Managed; impairment tests were performed using the prior methodology (i.e. with no aggregation of CGUs) using the Base Case scenario (see below) and the Downside Case scenario (see page 133). No impairment arose under either scenario.

The table below summarises the movements in the carrying value of goodwill and brands and the final allocation for impairment testing purposes as at 31 December 2020.

 

            

At

1 January

2020

$m

    

Additions

$m

    

Reallocation

$m

   

Exchange

differences

$m

    

Impairment

$m

   

At

31 December

2020

$m

 
Goodwill and brands                                                       
Americas Managed         384               (384                   
Americas Franchised         37               (37                   
Americas (group of CGUs)                       421                    421  
EMEAA – Europe Managed         94               (94                   
EMEAA – Europe Franchised         10               (10                   
EMEAA – rest of region         228               (228                   
EMEAA (group of CGUs)                       332       7              339  
Greater China         25                                  25  
          778                     7              785  
            

At

1 January

2019

$m

    

Additions

$m

    

Reallocation

$m

   

Exchange

differences

$m

    

Impairment

$m

   

At

31 December

2019

$m

 
Goodwill and brands                                                       
Americas Managed         272        112                           384  
Americas Franchised         37                                  37  
EMEAA – Europe Managed         42        52                           94  
EMEAA – Europe Franchised         10                                  10  
EMEAA – rest of region         136        92                           228  
Greater China         18        7                           25  
UK portfolio                       49              (49      
Unallocated         48               (49     1               
          563        263              1        (49     778  

Impairment testing of goodwill and brands (excluding the UK portfolio)

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, have been determined from value in use calculations. The key assumption is RevPAR growth and the expected recovery period (see page 135). Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using terminal growth rates that do not exceed the average long-term growth rates for the relevant markets. A 10% contingency factor is applied to reduce all cash flow projections before being discounted using pre-tax rates that are based on the Group’s weighted average cost of capital adjusted to reflect the risks specific to the business model and territory of the CGU being tested.

 

166   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

13. Goodwill and other intangible assets continued

The weighted average terminal growth rates and pre-tax discount rates used, which are considered to be key assumptions, are as follows:

 

            2020             2019a  
            

Terminal

growth

rate

%

    

Pre-tax

discount

rate

%

           

Terminal

growth

rate

%

    

Pre-tax

discount

rate

%

 
Americas         1.7        8.5           1.9        8.8  
EMEAA         1.9        12.1           2.1        9.1  
Greater China         2.5        13.3           2.5        10.8  

 

a 

Re-presented to reflect the weighted average terminal growth rates and pre-tax discount rates applied across the groups of CGUs.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, exceeded their carrying value such that no impairment has arisen.

The recoverable amounts of the CGUs, or groups of CGUs, have also been calculated for the Downside Case scenario (see page 133) with no impairment arising.

UK portfolio

For impairment testing of the UK portfolio, which is reported within the EMEAA reportable segment, each hotel is deemed to be a CGU. The 12 individual hotels are treated as a group for impairment testing of goodwill, as goodwill cannot be allocated to individual hotels other than on an arbitrary basis. Impairment charges in 2019 and 2020 are summarised in note 6, with the key assumptions detailed on page 135.

Software

Software includes $274m relating to the development of the next-generation Guest Reservation System with Amadeus. Of this amount, $141m relating to Phase 2 of the project is not yet being amortised as it has not been completed; the project is expected to complete and commence amortisation in the first half of 2021. Phase 1 is being amortised over 10 years, with eight years remaining at 31 December 2020, reflecting the Group’s experience of the long life of guest reservation systems and the initial term over which the Group is party to a technology agreement with Amadeus.

Substantially all software additions are internally developed. Individual assets were reviewed for impairment in the year, with $4m impairment charged to the System Fund relating to projects which are no longer expected to complete.

Management agreements

Management agreements relate to contracts recognised at fair value on acquisition. The weighted average remaining amortisation period for all management agreements is 18 years (2019: 26 years).

2020 impairment testing of management agreements

The impairment charge of $48m relates to the Kimpton ($5m), Regent ($2m) and Six Senses ($41m) management agreement portfolios acquired in 2015, 2018 and 2019 respectively. The key assumption is RevPAR growth (detailed on page 135). Cash flows beyond the five-year period are extrapolated using long-term growth rates that do not exceed the average long-term growth rates for the relevant markets.

Contracts were valued at the higher of value in use and fair value less costs of disposal, using discounted cash flow techniques that measure the present value of projected income flows. Where the recoverable amount is measured at fair value, this is categorised as a Level 3 fair value measurement.

 

Management agreement portfolios   Region   Basis of recoverable amount          

Recoverable

amount

$m

    

Long-term

growth

rate

%

    

Pre-tax

discount

rate

%

 
Kimpton   Americas   Value in use         4        1.7        8.4  
Regent   Greater China           Value in use         3        2.0-4.6        7.0-15.9  
Six Senses (open hotels)   EMEAA   Fair value less costs of disposal                        2.0        8.9-14.7  
    Greater China   Fair value less costs of disposal                2.0        9.9  
Six Senses (pipeline)   Americas   Value in use         1        2.0        9.8  
  EMEAA   Value in use         2        2.0        8.9  
    Greater China   Value in use                2.0        8.5  

Sensitivities relating to the Six Senses portfolio are detailed on page 136. The recoverable amount of management agreements is $10m which is the maximum sensitivity to further impairment.

2019 impairment testing of management agreements

The 2019 impairment charge of $50m related to the Kimpton management agreement portfolio acquired in 2015 and arose from revised expectations regarding future trading, the rate of hotel exits and the cost of retaining hotels in the portfolio. The recoverable amount was based on value in use calculations using management fee projections based on near-term industry projected growth rates for the sector and were discounted at a rate of 8.0%.

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   167


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

    

 

14. Property, plant and equipment

 

            

Land and

buildings

$m

   

Fixtures,

fittings

and

equipment

$m

   

Total

$m

 
Cost                            
At 1 January 2019         199       314       513  
Acquisition of businesses         1       1       2  
Additions         9       68       77  
Transfers to assets classified as held for sale (note 12)               (12     (12
Fully depreciated assets written off         (2     (60     (62
Disposals               (6     (6
Exchange and other adjustments               2       2  
At 31 December 2019         207       307       514  
Additions         2       28       30  
Fully depreciated assets written off               (17     (17
Disposals         (1     (2     (3
Exchange and other adjustments               6       6  
At 31 December 2020         208       322       530  
Depreciation and impairment                            
At 1 January 2019         (72     (168     (240
Provided         (3     (35     (38
System Fund expense               (2     (2
Transfers to assets classified as held for sale (note 12)               9       9  
Fully depreciated assets written off         2       60       62  
Disposals               4       4  
At 31 December 2019         (73     (132     (205
Provided         (4     (33     (37
System Fund expense               (5     (5
Impairment charge         (39     (51     (90
System Fund impairment charge               (5     (5
Fully depreciated assets written off               17       17  
Disposals         1       1       2  
Exchange and other adjustments               (6     (6
At 31 December 2020         (115     (214     (329
Net book value                            
At 31 December 2020         93       108       201  
At 31 December 2019         134       175       309  
At 1 January 2019         127       146       273  

The Group’s property, plant and equipment mainly comprises buildings and leasehold improvements on 23 hotels (2019: 26 hotels), but also offices and computer hardware, throughout the world.

Impairment testing of property, plant and equipment

Total impairment charges of $90m were recognised in relation to property, plant and equipment in the year, in addition $5m was recognised in the System Fund.

For impairment testing of hotel properties, each hotel is deemed to be a CGU. Covid-19 was considered as a trigger for impairment testing for all hotel assets and impairment charges of $50m were recognised in relation to the UK portfolio and $35m relating to three premium-branded hotels in North America, both based on value in use calculations. The key assumptions and sensitivities relating to these assets are detailed on page 135.

Impairment charges of $3m were also recognised in relation to three development land sites held by the Group in the US which were measured at fair value. The sites were appraised by a professional external valuer using comparable sales data. Within the fair value hierarchy, this is categorised as a Level 3 measurement.

Impairment charges of $7m were recognised in relation to property, plant and equipment in the US corporate headquarters. The key assumptions and sensitivities are detailed on page 136. $5m of this impairment charge was borne by the System Fund in line with existing principles for cost allocation relating to this facility.

 

168   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

14. Property, plant and equipment continued

Net book value by operating segment

The table below analyses the net book value of the Group’s property, plant and equipment by operating segment at 31 December 2020:

 

            

Americas

$m

    

EMEAA

$m

    

Greater

China

$m

    

Central

$m

    

Total

$m

 
Land and buildings         81        1               11        93  
Fixtures, fittings and equipment         46        10               52        108  
          127        11               63        201  

15. Leases

Right-of-use assets

 

            

Property

$m

   

Other

$m

   

Total

$m

 
Cost                            
At 1 January 2019         792       5       797  
Additions and other re-measurements         39       1       40  
Acquisition of businesses (note 11)         25             25  
Transfers to assets classified as held for sale (note 12)         (23           (23
Terminations         (15     (1     (16
Exchange and other adjustments         4             4  
At 31 December 2019         822       5       827  
Additions and other re-measurements         12       1       13  
Derecognition         (93           (93
Terminations         (125     (2     (127
Exchange and other adjustments         1             1  
At 31 December 2020         617       4       621  
Depreciation and impairment                            
At 1 January 2019         (282     (2     (284
Provided         (37     (1     (38
System Fund expense         (5           (5
Impairment charge         (32           (32
Transfers to assets classified as held for sale (note 12)         8             8  
Terminations         14       1       15  
Exchange and other adjustments         (1           (1
At 31 December 2019         (335     (2     (337
Provided         (34     (1     (35
System Fund expense         (4           (4
Impairment charge         (16           (16
System Fund impairment charge         (32           (32
Derecognition         44             44  
Terminations         64       1       65  
Exchange and other adjustments         (3           (3
At 31 December 2020         (316     (2     (318
Net book value                            
At 31 December 2020         301       2       303  
At 31 December 2019         487       3       490  
At 1 January 2019         510       3       513  

The Group’s leased assets mainly comprise hotels and offices. Leases contain a wide range of different terms and conditions. The term of property leases ranges from 1-99 years. The weighted average lease term remaining on the Group’s top eight leases (which comprise 92% of the right-of-use asset net book value) is 53 years.

Many of the Group’s property leases contain extension or early termination options, which are used for operational flexibility. One of the Group’s top eight leases contains a material extension option which is not included in the calculation of the lease asset and liability as the extension would not take effect before 2031. The value of the undiscounted rental payments relating to this lease and not included in the value of the lease asset and liability is $288m. Additionally, the Group has the option to extend the term of the InterContinental Boston lease for two additional 20-year terms, the first of which would take effect from 2105. These extension options have not been included in the calculation of the lease liability.

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   169


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

15. Leases continued

Impairment testing of right-of-use assets

For impairment testing of hotel properties, each hotel is deemed to be a CGU. The impact of Covid-19 and the recovery period on trading was considered as a trigger for impairment testing for all hotel assets and an impairment charge of $5m was recognised relating to one hotel in the EMEAA region, based on value in use calculations. Trading projections reflect the five-year RevPAR recovery period outlined on page 135 and estimated future cash flows were discounted at a pre-tax rate of 8.8%.

Additionally, impairment charges of $43m were recognised in relation to the US corporate headquarters, using the assumptions described on page 136. $32m of this impairment charge was borne by the System Fund in line with existing principles for cost allocation relating to this facility.

Other right-of-use assets were also tested for impairment with no resulting charge, the most significant of which was the InterContinental Boston, which has non-current assets with a total carrying value of $195m. Details of the testing performed and sensitivities are contained on page 137.

Terminations

The lease of the InterContinental San Juan was terminated in 2020, resulting in a total gain of $30m (see note 6). Other terminations relate mainly to office properties where the lease was terminated in the period.

Lease liabilities

Total lease liabilities are analysed as follows:

 

                            

        2020

$m

           

        2019

$m

 

Currency

                                         

US dollars

                          385           514  

Sterling

                          10           52  

Euros

                          7           43  

Other

                          48           51  
                            450           660  

Analysed as:

                                         

   Current

                          34           65  

   Non-current

                          416           595  
                            450           660  

 

Amounts recognised in profit or loss                
The following amounts were recognised as expense/(income) in the year:                
               
            

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

          

        2018

$m

 

Depreciation of right-of-use assets

        35          38          35  

System Fund depreciation of right-of-use assets

        4          5          4  

Impairment charge

        16          32           

System Fund impairment charge

        32                    

Derecognition of right-of-use assets and lease liabilities

        (22                  

Gain on lease termination

        (30                  

Expense relating to variable lease payments

        7          58          48  

Expense relating to short-term leases and low-value assets

        2          3          3  

Income from sub-leasing right-of-use assets

        (1        (2        (2

Recognised in operating (loss)/profit

        43          134          88  

Interest on lease liabilities

        37          41          39  

Total recognised in the Group income statement

        80          175          127  

Amounts recognised in the Group statement of cash flows

Total cash paid during the year relating to leases of $104m (2019: $159m, 2018: $132m) comprises $39m (2019: $100m, 2018: $97m) paid in respect of operating activities and $65m (2019: $59m, 2018: $35m) paid in respect of financing activities.

Variable lease payments

Variable lease payments are payable under certain of the Group’s hotel leases and arise where the Group is committed to making additional lease payments that are contingent on the performance of the hotels.

Variable lease payments relating to the UK portfolio and two German hotels are discussed in note 6.

Exposure to future cash outflows

At 31 December 2020, the Group was committed to future cash outflows of $nil (2019: $3m) relating to leases that have not yet commenced. A lease liability is recorded when the leased assets are available for use by the Group.

The maturity analysis of lease liabilities is disclosed in note 24.

The undiscounted future cash flows receivable from subleased properties amount to $2m (2019: $3m, 2018: $3m).

 

170   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

16. Investment in associates and joint ventures

 

         

        2020

$m

 

 

      

        2019

$m

 

 

Cost                       
At 1 January         145          140  
Additions         17          14  
Share of (losses)/gains         (14        (3
System Fund share of losses         (1         
Dividends and distributions         (7        (7
Exchange and other         (4        1  
At 31 December         136          145  
Impairment                       
At 1 January         (35        (36
Charge for the yeara         (23         
Exchange and other         3          1  
At 31 December         (55        (35
Net book value         81          110  

 

a

In note 6 the $23m impairment charge is presented net of $4m gain on related put option.

Barclay associate

The Group held one material associate investment at 31 December 2020, a 19.9% interest in 111 East 48th Street Holdings, LLC (the ‘Barclay associate’) which owns InterContinental New York Barclay, a hotel managed by the Group. The investment is classified as an associate and equity accounted. Whilst the Group has the ability to exercise significant influence through certain decision rights, approval rights relating to the hotel’s operating and capital budgets rest solely with the 80.1% majority member. The Group’s ability to receive cash dividends is dependent on the hotel generating sufficient income to satisfy specified owner returns.

Due to the significant trading impact of Covid-19 and resulting restrictions in New York, the hotel was closed for most of 2020 and does not expect to reopen until Spring 2021. The 2021 closure period and the significant impact on RevPAR during the recovery period is considered to affect the hotel valuation, hence impairment testing was performed on the Barclay associate, resulting in an impairment charge of $13m. There is also a related put option which was valued at $4m. Details of the put option, impairment testing performed and sensitivities are contained on page 136.

Summarised financial information in respect of the Barclay associate is set out below:

 

31 December        

        2020

$m

 

 

      

        2019

$m

 

 

Non-current assets         497          515  
Current assets         32          75  
Current liabilities         (19        (22
Non-current liabilities         (247        (323
Net assets         263          245  
Group share of reported net assets at 19.9%         52          49  
Adjustments to reflect impairment, capitalised costs, and additional rights and obligations under the shareholder agreement         (9        4  
Carrying amount         43          53  
Year ended 31 December        

2020

$m

 

 

      

2019

$m

 

 

Revenue         16          108  
Loss from continuing operations and total comprehensive loss for the year         (52        (17
Group’s share of loss for the year, including the cost of funding owner returns         (13        (10

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   171


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

16. Investment in associates and joint ventures continued

Other associates and joint ventures

The summarised aggregated financial information for individually immaterial associates and joint ventures is set out below. These are mainly investments in entities that own hotels which the Group manages.

 

            Associates             Joint ventures             Total  
            

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

                    2018
$m
                    2020
$m
                    2019
$m
                    2018
$m
                    2020
$m
                       2019
$m
                    2018
$m
 
Share of (losses)/gains                                                                                                          
(Losses)/profits from continuing operations and total comprehensive (loss)/profit for the year         (3 )         7           2           2                     5           (1 )         7           7  

Impairment testing was performed on other associate investments containing hotel assets using management forecasts covering a five-year period, as detailed on page 135. This resulted in impairment of two associates, both in the Americas region, by a total of $8m. Estimated future cash flows were discounted at pre-tax rates of 12.0% and 8.4%, resulting in recoverable amounts of $1m and $4m respectively.

A further associate with a value of $5m at 31 December 2019 was liquidated in 2020. A final dividend of $3m was received and the remaining investment of $2m was impaired to $nil; the charge is recognised within Central costs.

During 2018, the Group received a distribution of $32m from a joint venture following the sale of the hotel owned by the joint venture. A further $2m was received in 2020 on liquidation of the joint venture.

17. Other financial assets

            

        2020

$m

           

        2019

$m

 
Equity securities:                        

Equity shares quoted on an active market

                  8  

Other equity shares

        88           125  
          88           133  
Restricted funds:                        

Shortfall reserve deposit

        9           25  

Ring-fenced amounts to satisfy insurance claims:

                       

Cash

        3           11  

Money market funds

        15           16  

Bank accounts pledged as security

        43           41  

Other

        3           5  
          73           98  
Trade deposits and loans         8           57  
          169           288  
Analysed as:                        

Current

        1           4  

Non-current

        168           284  
          169           288  

 

172   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

17. Other financial assets continued

Equity securities

Equity securities are measured at fair value through other comprehensive income and mainly comprise strategic investments in entities that own hotels which the Group manages. The methodology to calculate fair value and the sensitivities to the relevant significant unobservable inputs are detailed in note 25. The fair value of the most significant investments at 31 December 2020 together with the dividend income received in 2020 is as follows:

 

            2020  
             Fair value
$m
             Dividend
incomea
$m
 
Investment in entity which owns:                        

InterContinental The Willard Washington DC

        22            

InterContinental San Francisco

        15           1  

InterContinental Grand Stanford Hong Kong

        27            

 

a

Reported within ‘other operating income’ in the Group income statement.

Restricted funds

The shortfall reserve deposit is held for the specific purpose of funding shortfalls in owner returns relating to the Barclay associate. The calculation of shortfalls is subject to ‘force majeure’ clauses which include epidemics. Any shortfalls funded are subject to potential clawback in future years. The maximum length of time for which the restricted funds will be held is the life of the hotel management agreement. $16m was withdrawn from the deposit during the current year in connection with the refinancing of the hotel’s senior bank loan and to fund working capital requirements.

Amounts ring-fenced to satisfy insurance claims are principally held in the Group’s Captive, which is a regulated entity (see note 21).

The bank accounts pledged as security (£31m) are subject to a charge in favour of the members of the UK unfunded pension arrangement (see note 27). The amounts pledged as security may change in future years subject to the trustees’ agreement and updated actuarial valuations. The bank accounts will continue to be pledged as security until the date at which the UK unfunded pension liabilities have been fully discharged, unless otherwise agreed with the trustees.

Trade deposits and loans

In 2019, trade deposits and loans included a discounted value related to deposits made to SVC. The deposits ($33m) were impaired in full in the year (see page 137) and the contracts were subsequently terminated on 30 November 2020.

Expected credit losses

Other financial assets with a total value of $66m (2019: $136m) are subject to the expected credit loss model requirements of IFRS 9. Equity securities, money market funds and other amounts measured at fair value are excluded. With the exception of the expected credit loss arising on trade deposits and loans (see below), expected credit losses are considered to be immaterial. Included within trade deposits and loans is an owner loan with a principal value of $6m where repayments due in 2020 have not been received; this loan was impaired in full in the year. Other trade deposits and loans are not past due.

 

            

        2020

$m

           

        2019

$m

 
Trade deposits and loans:                       

Gross and net balance with no significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition

        4          54  

Gross balance with a significant increase in credit risk since initial recognition

        19           

Provision for lifetime expected credit lossesa

        (15         

 

a

Comprises $6m and $9m relating to the Americas and EMEAA regions respectively.

Credit risk

Restricted funds are held with bank counterparties which are rated at least A+ based on Standard and Poor’s ratings.

The maximum exposure to credit risk of other financial assets at the end of the reporting period by geographic region is as follows:

 

            

        2020

$m

            

        2019

$m

 
Americas         72           169  
EMEAA         64           81  
Greater China         33           38  
          169           288  

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   173


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

18. Trade and other receivables

 

            

        2020

$m

                    2019
$m
 
Trade receivablesa         309           515  
Other receivables         129           37  
Prepayments         76           114  
          514           666  

 

a

Including cost reimbursements of $26m (2019: $67m).

Trade and other receivables are held at amortised cost. Trade receivables are non-interest-bearing and are generally on payment terms of up to 30 days. The fair value of trade and other receivables approximates their carrying value.

Other receivables includes $77m relating to the UK portfolio rent. The Group has deferred rent payments due since 1 April 2020 (other than payments of ground rent) with consideration given to the UK Government and other commercial tenant protection measures which are in place up to 31 March 2021. A final rent reconciliation is expected in mid-2021, at which point no further rent will be payable and any rent paid in relation to 2020 will be recoverable from the landlord. $65m has been recognised within trade and other payables in relation to the rents due under the leases at 31 December, with the receivable balance reflecting the recovery of both amounts due and amounts paid in 2020.

Expected credit losses

The impairment charge in respect of trade receivables was $40m (2019: $8m). This amount and $48m relating to trade deposits and loans (see note 17) comprise the total impairment loss on financial assets in the Group income statement. A further impairment charge of $24m was recognised within System Fund expenses (2019: $12m).

In the Group’s interim financial statements as at 30 June 2020, exceptional items included an impairment of trade receivables of $22m which had been determined to be directly as a result of Covid-19. The subsequent improvement in cash collection and the considerations required to identify whether subsequent expected credit losses over the extended period of the pandemic are due to Covid-19 have resulted in none of the full year $40m impairment of trade receivables being presented within exceptional items.

Expected credit losses were calculated as follows:

 

By applying the Group’s historical policy for estimating the expected credit loss provision, supported by the Group’s prior experience; and

 

By identifying hotel owners subject to payment plans or identified as distressed and applying a percentage provision to all outstanding receivables.

The net balances presented in the table below could result in additional credit losses if they are ultimately found to be uncollectible.

The ageing of trade receivables at the end of the reporting period is shown below; the ageing reflects the initial terms under the invoice rather than the revised terms where payment flexibility has been provided to owners. Expected credit losses relating to other receivables are immaterial.

 

             2020             2019  
             Gross
$m
             Credit loss
allowance
$m
            Net
$m
            Gross
$m
             Credit loss
allowance
$m
            Net
$m
 
Not past due         153                 (1              152           363                 (3              360  
Past due 1 to 30 days         59                 (2              57           74                 (3              71  
Past due 31 to 90 days         61                 (6              55           56                 (5              51  
Past due more than 90 days         40                 (7              33           35                 (7              28  
Past due more than 180 days         74                 (62              12           5                                5  
          387                 (78              309           533                 (18              515  

The credit risk relating to balances not past due is not deemed to be significant.

The movement in the allowance for expected lifetime credit losses of trade receivables during the year is as follows:

 

                     2020
$m
                    2019
$m
                    2018
$m
 
At 1 January         (18        (11        (77
Adjustment arising on adoption of IFRS 9a                           67  
Impairment loss         (40        (8        (17
System Fund impairment loss         (24        (12        (11
Amounts written off         7          14          26  
Exchange and other adjustments         (3        (1        1  
At 31 December         (78        (18        (11

 

a

IFRS 9 was applied from 1 January 2018. Under the transition method chosen, comparative information was not restated.

 

174   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

18. Trade and other receivables continued

Credit risk

The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties. It is the Group’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures.

The maximum exposure to credit risk for trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments, at the end of the reporting period by geographic region is as follows:

 

           

         2020

$m

          

         2019

$m

 
Americas        212          359  
EMEAA        183          141  
Greater China        43          52  
         438          552  

19. Cash and cash equivalents

 

            

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

 
Cash at bank and in hand         104          160  
Short-term deposits         358           
Money market funds         892          35  
Repurchase agreements         321           
Cash and cash equivalents as recorded in the Group statement of financial position         1,675          195  
Bank overdrafts (note 22)         (51        (87
Cash and cash equivalents as recorded in the Group statement of cash flows         1,624          108  

Cash at bank and in hand includes bank balances of $55m (2019: $95m) which are matched by bank overdrafts of $51m (2019: $87m) under the Group’s cash pooling arrangements. Under these arrangements, each pool contains a number of bank accounts with the same financial institution and the Group pays interest on net overdraft balances within each pool. The cash pools are used for day-to-day cash management purposes and are managed as closely as possible to a zero balance on a net basis for each pool. Overseas subsidiaries are typically in a cash-positive position with the matching overdrafts held by the Group’s central treasury company in the UK. Accordingly, bank overdrafts are included within cash and cash equivalents for the purposes of the cash flow statement.

Short-term deposits, money market funds and repurchase agreements are highly liquid investments with an original maturity of three months or less.

At 31 December 2020, $5m (2019: $6m) is restricted for use on capital expenditure under hotel lease agreements and therefore not available for wider use by the Group. An additional $44m (2019: $16m) is held within countries from which funds are not currently able to be repatriated to the Group’s central treasury company.

Details of the credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is included in note 24.

20. Trade and other payables

 

            

        2020

$m

           

        2019

$m

 
Current                        
Trade payables         80           90  
Other tax and social security payable         37           42  
Other payables         146           97  
Deferred purchase consideration (note 25)         13            
Contingent purchase consideration (note 25)                   1  
Accruals         190           338  
          466           568  
Non-current                        
Other payables         4           3  
Deferred purchase consideration (note 25)         11           23  
Contingent purchase consideration (note 25)         79           90  
          94           116  

Other payables includes $65m relating to the UK portfolio rent (see note 18).

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   175


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

21. Provisions

 

             Litigation
$m
    Insurance
reserves
$m
   

Onerous
contractual
expenditure
(note 6)

$m

    Other
$m
     Total
$m
 
At 1 January 2019         2       25                    27  
Provided, of which $28m is recorded within exceptional items         30       13                    43  
Utilised               (8                  (8
At 31 December 2019         32       30                    62  
Reclassification from trade and other payables         2                          2  
Provided, of which $10m is recorded within exceptional items         7       13       10       4        34  
Utilised         (20     (7     (3            (30
Released, of which $9m is recorded within exceptional items         (9                        (9
Exchange adjustments                     1              1  
At 31 December 2020         12       36       8       4        60  

 

                     2020
$m
                     2019
$m
 
Analysed as:                        

Current

        16           40  

Non-current

        44           22  
          60           62  

Litigation

The litigation provision is principally related to management’s best estimate of settlements required in respect of lawsuits filed against the Group in the Americas region. The Group expects the provision to be principally utilised within 12 months. There are certain claims that the Group will be able to pursue in relation to these matters, although it is not practicable to quantify the amounts at this point in time.

In 2019, amounts were provided primarily representing management’s best estimate of settlement in respect of a lawsuit filed against the Group in the Americas region, together with the cost of an arbitration award against the Group in the EMEAA region. The amounts utilised in 2020 principally reflect the final resolution of these matters.

The amount released in the year principally relates to the lawsuit within the Americas region (see above) as the Group was able to enforce certain indemnities such that the Group did not have to settle the full amount which had been provided.

Insurance reserves

The Group self-insures certain risks relating to its corporate operations and owned and leased properties, and also acts as third-party insurer for certain risks of its managed hotels. The insurance reserves held mainly relate to general liability, workers compensation, US medical and employment practices liability insurances. The amounts are based on reserves held principally in the Group’s Captive insurance company, and are established using independent actuarial assessments wherever possible, or a reasonable assessment based on past claims experience.

Over and above the actuarially determined reserves, the Group is potentially exposed to claims with individual caps which do not exceed $4m for periods prior to 2011 and up to $40m in aggregate for periods since 2011, noting that actual claims did not differ significantly to estimates in 2020 or 2019.

Amounts utilised within the reserves are paid to a third-party insurer for subsequent settlement with the claimant. In order to protect the third-party insurer against the solvency risk of the Captive, the Group has outstanding letters of credit (see note 31).

In respect of the managed hotels, the Group received insurance premiums of $19m (2019: $19m, 2018: $11m) and incurred claims expense of $16m (2019: $18m, 2018: $10m). Insurance premiums earned are included in Central revenue.

Other

Includes dilapidations provisions and is expected to be utilised over a two to three-year period.

 

176   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

22. Loans and other borrowings

 

            2020             2019  
               Current
$m
       Non-current
$m
         Total
$m
              Current
$m
       Non-current
$m
         Total
$m
 
Unsecured bank loans                                        125        125  
£173m 3.875% bonds 2022                235        235                  528        528  
500m 1.625% bonds 2024                611        611                          
£300m 3.75% bonds 2025                413        413                  399        399  
£350m 2.125% bonds 2026                479        479                  462        462  
500m 2.125% bonds 2027                618        618                  564        564  
£400m 3.375% bonds 2028                542        542                          
Commercial paper         818               818                          
          818        2,898        3,716                  2,078        2,078  
Bank overdrafts         51               51           87               87  
Total loans and other borrowings         869        2,898        3,767           87        2,078        2,165  
Denominated in the following currencies:                                                            

Sterling

        821        1,669        2,490           2        1,389        1,391  

US dollars

        31               31           82        125        207  

Euros

        13        1,229        1,242           1        564        565  

Other

        4               4           2               2  
          869        2,898        3,767           87        2,078        2,165  

Unsecured bank loans

Unsecured bank loans are borrowings under the Group’s Syndicated and Bilateral Facilities. Amounts are classified as non-current when the facilities have more than 12 months to expiry.

The Syndicated Facility comprises a $1,275m revolving credit facility and the Bilateral Facility comprises a $75m revolving credit facility. During 2020, the maturities of both facilities have been extended for 18 months to September 2023. The covenant tests have been waived or amended as detailed in note 24.

The Bilateral Facility contains the same terms and covenants as the Syndicated Facility (see note 24).

A variable rate of interest is payable on amounts drawn under both facilities, which were undrawn at 31 December 2020. The maximum amount drawn under the combined facilities during the year was $690m (2019: $475m).

£173m 3.875% bonds 2022

£400m 3.875% fixed interest sterling bonds were issued on 28 November 2012. On 8 October 2020 £227m were repurchased at 104.4% of face value. The premium on repayment and associated write-off of fees and discount totalling $14m are classified as exceptional costs due to their size and nature (see note 6). The remaining bonds are repayable in full on 28 November 2022. Interest is payable annually on 28 November. The bonds were initially priced at 98.787% of face value and are unsecured.

€500m 1.625% bonds 2024

The 1.625% fixed interest euro bonds were issued on 8 October 2020 and are repayable in full on 8 October 2024. Interest is payable annually on 8 October. The bonds were initially priced at 99.563% of face value and are unsecured. Currency swaps were transacted at the same time the bonds were issued in order to swap the proceeds and interest flows into sterling (see note 24).

£300m 3.75% bonds 2025

The 3.75% fixed interest sterling bonds were issued on 14 August 2015 and are repayable in full on 14 August 2025. Interest is payable annually on 14 August. The bonds were initially priced at 99.014% of face value and are unsecured.

£350m 2.125% bonds 2026

The 2.125% fixed interest sterling bonds were issued on 24 August 2016 and are repayable in full on 24 August 2026. Interest is payable annually on 24 August. The bonds were initially priced at 99.45% of face value and are unsecured.

€500m 2.125% bonds 2027

The 2.125% fixed interest euro bonds were issued on 15 November 2018 and are repayable in full on 15 May 2027. Interest is payable annually on 15 May. The bonds were initially priced at 99.53% of face value and are unsecured. Currency swaps were transacted at the same time the bonds were issued in order to swap the proceeds and interest flows into sterling (see note 24).

£400m 3.375% bonds 2028

The 3.375% fixed interest sterling bonds were issued on 8 October 2020 and are repayable in full on 8 October 2028. Interest is payable annually on 8 October. The bonds were initially priced at 98.966% of face value and are unsecured.

Commercial paper

The Group issued £600m under the UK Government’s Covid Corporate Financing Facility (‘CCFF’), maturing on 16 March 2021. The paper was priced at 99.556% of face value and is unsecured.

Bank overdrafts

Bank overdrafts are matched by equivalent amounts of cash and cash equivalents under the Group’s cash pooling arrangements (see note 19).

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   177


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

22. Loans and other borrowings continued

Facilities provided by banks

 

            2020             2019  
             Utilised
$m
     Unutilised
$m
     Total
$m
            Utilised
$m
     Unutilised
$m
     Total
$m
 
Committed                1,350        1,350           125        1,225        1,350  
Uncommitted                50        50                  54        54  
                 1,400        1,400           125        1,279        1,404  

 

                   2020
$m
                   2019
$m
 
Expiry of unutilised facilities                        
Within one year         50           54  
After two but before five years         1,350           1,225  
          1,400           1,279  

Utilised facilities are calculated based on actual drawings and may not agree to the carrying value of loans held at amortised cost.

23. Net debt

 

                  2020
$m
           2019
$m
 
Cash and cash equivalents             1,675          195  
Loans and other borrowings   – current         (869        (87
    non-current         (2,898        (2,078
Lease liabilities   – current         (34        (65
    non-current         (416        (595
    – classified as held for sale (note 12)                  (20
Derivative financial instruments hedging debt values (note 24)         13          (15
Net debt             (2,529        (2,665

 

Movement in net debt                       
Net increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents, net of overdrafts         1,430          (500
Add back financing cash flows in respect of other components of net debt:                       

Principal element of lease payments

        65          59  

Issue of long-term bonds, including effect of currency swaps

        (1,093         

Issue of commercial paper

        (738         

Repayment of long-term bonds

        290           
Decrease/(increase) in other borrowings         125          (127
Decrease/(increase) in net debt arising from cash flows         79          (568
Other movements:                       

Lease liabilities

        144          (43

Increase in accrued interest

        (5        (7

Acquisitions and disposals

        19          (25

Exchange and other adjustments

        (101        (57
Decrease/(increase) in net debt         136          (700
Net debt at beginning of the year         (2,665        (1,965
Net debt at end of the year         (2,529        (2,665

 

LOGO   Information concerning Non-GAAP measures can be found in the Strategic Report on pages 47 to 51.

Net debt on a frozen GAAP basis as calculated for bank covenants was $2,375m (2019: $2,241m). Further details are provided on page 181.

 

178   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

23. Net debt continued

Loans and other borrowings (excluding bank overdrafts), lease liabilities, and currency swaps comprise the liabilities included in the financing activities section of the Group statement of cash flows and their movements are analysed as follows:

 

            

    At 1 January

2020

$m

    

Financing

      cash flows

$m

   

Exchange

      adjustments

$m

   

        Disposal

$m

   

        Othera

$m

   

    At 31 December

2020

$m

 
Unsecured bank loans         125        (125                        
Lease liabilities         680        (65     (2     (19     (144     450  
£173m 3.875% bonds 2022         528        (290                 (3     235  
500m 1.625% bonds 2024                585       26                   611  
£300m 3.75% bonds 2025         399              13             1       413  
£350m 2.125% bonds 2026         462              16             1       479  
500m 2.125% bonds 2027         564              53             1       618  
£400m 3.375% bonds 2028                511       29             2       542  
Commercial paper                738       78             2       818  
          2,758        1,354       213       (19     (140     4,166  
Currency swaps (exchange of principal)         20        (3                       17  
Currency swaps (initial fee received)                3                   (3      
          2,778        1,354       213       (19     (143     4,183  

 

a

Includes $90m lease termination relating to InterContinental San Juan (see note 6).

 

            

    At 1 January
2019

$m

   

Financing

      cash flows

$m

   

Exchange

      adjustments

$m

   

Acquisition

      of businesses

$m

    

        Other

$m

    

    At 31 December

2019

$m

 
Unsecured bank loans               127       (2                   125  
Lease liabilities         670       (59     1       25        43        680  
£400m 3.875% bonds 2022         509             18              1        528  
£300m 3.75% bonds 2025         385             13              1        399  
£350m 2.125% bonds 2026         447             15                     462  
500m 2.125% bonds 2027         569             (12            7        564  
          2,580       68       33       25        52        2,758  
Currency swaps         (7                        27        20  
          2,573       68       33       25        79        2,778  

24. Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments

Overview

The Group is exposed to financial risks that arise in relation to underlying business activities. These risks include: market risk, liquidity risk, credit risk and capital risk. There are Board approved policies in place to manage these risks. Treasury activities to manage these risks may include money market investments, repurchase agreements, spot and forward foreign exchange instruments, currency swaps, interest rate swaps and forward rate agreements.

Market risk

Market risk is the risk that the fair value or future cash flows of a financial instrument will fluctuate because of changes in market prices. Market risk comprises: foreign exchange risk and interest rate risk. Financial instruments affected by market risk include loans and other borrowings, cash and cash equivalents, debt and equity investments and derivatives.

Foreign exchange risk

The US dollar is the predominant currency of the Group’s revenue and cash flows. Movements in foreign exchange rates can affect the Group’s reported profit or loss, net liabilities and its interest cover. The most significant exposures of the Group are in currencies that are freely convertible. The Group’s reported debt has an exposure to borrowings held in sterling and euros. The Group holds its bond debt in sterling which is the primary currency of shareholder returns. US dollars are also borrowed to reflect the predominant trading currency and act as a net investment hedge of US dollar denominated assets.

The Group transacted currency swaps at the same time as the 500m 2.125% 2027 and 500m 1.625% 2024 bonds were issued in November 2018 and October 2020 in order to swap the bonds’ proceeds and interest flows into sterling (see page 180).

From time to time, the Group hedges a portion of forecast foreign currency income by taking out forward exchange contracts. There were no such contracts in place at either 31 December 2020 or 31 December 2019.

Interest rate risk

The Group is exposed to interest rate risk in relation to its fixed and floating rate borrowings. The Group’s policy requires a minimum of 50% fixed rate debt over the next 12 months. With the exception of overdrafts, 100% of borrowings were fixed rate debt at 31 December 2020 (2019: 94%).

If required, the Group uses interest rate swaps to manage interest rate risk. The Group designates interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges. No interest rate swaps were used to manage interest rate exposure during 2020, 2019, or 2018.

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   179


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

24. Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

Derivative financial instruments

Derivatives are recorded in the Group statement of financial position at fair value (see note 25) as follows:

 

Description   Hedge relationship                2020
$m
                2019
$m
 
Put option   None         4           
Currency swaps   Cash flow hedge         (17        (20
Short-dated foreign exchange swaps   Net investment hedge                  1  
              (13        (19
Analysed as:                           

Non-current assets

            5           

Current assets

                     1  

Non-current liabilities

            (18        (20
              (13        (19

The carrying amount of currency swaps of $(17)m (2019: $(20)m) comprises $13m gain (2019: $15m loss) relating to exchange movements on the underlying principal, included within net debt (see note 23), and $30m loss (2019: $5m loss) relating to other fair value movements.

Details of the credit risk on derivative financial instruments are included on page 183.

Cash flow hedges

Currency swaps have been transacted to swap the proceeds from the euro bonds to sterling as follows:

 

Date of designation           Pay leg    Interest rate    Receive leg    Interest rate    Maturity    Risk    Hedge type    Hedged item

 

     

 

November 2018       £436m    3.5%    500m    2.125%    May 2027    Foreign exchange    Cash flow    500m 2.125% bonds 2027    

 

     

 

October 2020       £454m    2.7%    500m    1.625%    October 2024    Foreign exchange    Cash flow    500m 1.625% bonds 2024    

 

     

 

Hedge ineffectiveness arises where the cumulative changes in the fair value of the swaps exceed the change in the fair value of the bonds.

The change in the fair value of hedging instruments used to measure hedge ineffectiveness in the period mirrors that of the hypothetical derivative (hedged item) and was $7m (2019: $30m).

Hedge ineffectiveness may occur due to any opening fair value of the hedging instrument, or a change in the credit risk of the Group or counterparty. There was no ineffectiveness in 2020 or 2019.

Amounts recognised in the cash flow hedging reserve are analysed in note 29.

Net investment hedges

The Group designates the following as net investment hedges of its foreign operations, being the net assets of certain Group subsidiaries with a US dollar functional currency:

 

Borrowings under the Syndicated and Bilateral Facilities; and

 

Short-dated foreign exchange swaps.

The designated risk is the spot foreign exchange risk and interest on these financial instruments is taken through financial income or expense.

Short-dated foreign exchange swaps are used to manage sterling surplus cash and reduce US dollar borrowings whilst maintaining operational flexibility. The maximum amount held during the year as net investment hedges and tested for effectiveness at calendar quarter ends were short-dated foreign exchange swaps with principals of $nil (2019: $100m).

There is an economic relationship between the hedged item and the hedging instrument as the net investment creates a foreign exchange risk that will match the foreign exchange risk on the US dollar borrowing. The Group has established a hedge ratio of 1:1 as the underlying risk of the hedging instrument is identical to the hedged risk component.

The change in value of hedging instruments recognised in the currency translation reserve through other comprehensive income was $1m loss (2019: $2m loss). There was no ineffectiveness recognised in the Group income statement during the current or prior year.

 

180   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

        

 


 

    

    

24. Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

Interest and foreign exchange risk sensitivities

The following table shows the impact of a general strengthening in the US dollar against sterling and euro on the Group’s (loss)/profit before tax and net liabilities, and the impact of a rise in US dollar, euro and sterling interest rates on the Group’s (loss)/profit before tax. The impact of the strengthening in the euro against sterling on net liabilities is also shown, as this impacts the fair value of the currency swaps.

 

                         2020
$m
                  2019
$m
                 2018
$m
 
Increase/(decrease) in profit before tax                                                             
Sterling: US dollar exchange rate    5¢ fall         5.9           4.0          4.1  
Euro: US dollar exchange rate    5¢ fall         0.3           (2.6        (2.4
US dollar interest rates    1% increase         2.2           (1.6        (0.9
Sterling interest rates    1% increase         12.9           0.6          5.5  
Decrease/(increase) in net liabilities                                        
Sterling: US dollar exchange rate    5¢ fall         30.2           39.9          25.9  
Euro: US dollar exchange rate    5¢ fall         50.6           24.1          23.8  
Sterling: euro exchange rate    5¢ fall         68.2           33.0          31.9  

In 2020, interest rate sensitivity relates to cash balances and would only be realised to the extent deposit rates increase by 1%.

Interest rate sensitivities include the impact of hedging and are calculated based on the year-end net debt position.

Liquidity risk

Group policy ensures sufficient liquidity is maintained to meet all foreseeable medium-term cash requirements and provide headroom against unforeseen obligations. The Group has taken steps to strengthen its liquidity in the year (see page 133).

Cash and cash equivalents are held in short-term deposits, repurchase agreements, and cash funds which allow daily withdrawals of cash. Most of the Group’s funds are held in the UK or US, although $44m (2019: $16m) is held in countries where repatriation is restricted (see note 19).

Medium and long-term borrowing requirements are met through committed bank facilities and bonds as detailed in note 22. Short-term borrowing requirements may be met from drawings under uncommitted overdrafts and facilities, and are currently met by commercial paper issued under the CCFF.

The Syndicated and Bilateral Facilities contain two financial covenants: interest cover and a leverage ratio. Covenants are monitored on a ‘frozen GAAP’ basis excluding the impact of IFRS 16 and are tested at half year and full year on a trailing 12-month basis.

The interest cover covenant requires a ratio of Covenant EBITDA: Covenant interest payable above 3.5:1 and the leverage ratio requires Covenant net debt: Covenant EBITDA of below 3.5:1. Covenant EBITDA is calculated (on a frozen GAAP basis) as operating profit before exceptional items, depreciation and amortisation and System Fund revenues and expenses.

These covenants have been waived from 30 June 2020 through 31 December 2021 and have been relaxed for test dates in 2022.

A minimum liquidity covenant of $400m has been introduced which will be tested at each test date up to and including 31 December 2022. For covenant purposes, liquidity is defined as unrestricted cash and cash equivalents (net of bank overdrafts) plus undrawn facilities with a remaining term of at least six months.

 

            

2019

    and prior

    

30 June

    2020 to 31

December

2021

    

    30 June

2022

    

31

    December

2022

    

        30 June

2023

 
Amended covenant test levels for Syndicated and Bilateral Facilities                                                
Leverage         <3.5x        waived        <7.5x        <6.5x        <3.5x  
Interest cover         >3.5x        waived        >1.5x        >2.0x        >3.5x  
Liquidity         n/a        $400m        $400m        $400m        n/a  

The following table details performance against covenant tests. The measures used in these tests are calculated on a frozen GAAP basis and do not align to the values reported by the Group as Non-GAAP measures:

 

            

       2020

$m

           

       2019

$m

 
Covenant EBITDA         272           897  
Covenant net debt         2,375           2,241  
Covenant interest payable         111           99  
Leverage         8.73           2.50  
Interest cover         2.45           9.06  
Liquidity         2,925           n/a  

The interest margin payable on the Syndicated and Bilateral Facilities is linked to the leverage ratio and can vary between LIBOR + 0.90% and LIBOR + 2.75%.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   181


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

24. Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

The following are the undiscounted contractual cash flows of financial liabilities, including interest payments. Liabilities relating to the Group’s deferred compensation plan are excluded; their settlement is funded entirely by the realisation of the related deferred compensation plan investments and no net cash flow arises. The payment profile of contingent purchase consideration has been based on management’s forecasts and could in reality be different from expectations.

 

            

  Less than

1 year

$m

   

    Between

1 and 2

years

$m

   

    Between

2 and 5

years

$m

   

    More than

5 years

$m

   

        Total

$m

 
31 December 2020                                            
Non-derivative financial liabilities:                                            

Bank overdrafts

        51                         51  

£173m 3.875% bonds 2022

        9       245                   254  

500m 1.625% bonds 2024

        10       10       634             654  

£300m 3.75% bonds 2025

        15       15       456             486  

£350m 2.125% bonds 2026

        10       10       31       488       539  

500m 2.125% bonds 2027

        13       13       39       640       705  

£400m 3.375% bonds 2028

        19       18       55       601       693  

Commercial paper

        819                         819  

Lease liabilities

        57       55       136       3,257       3,505  

Trade and other payables (excluding deferred and contingent purchase consideration)

        453       2       1       1       457  

Deferred and contingent purchase consideration

        13       5       13       81       112  
Derivative financial liabilities:                                            

Currency swaps hedging 500m 1.625% bonds 2024 outflows

        16       16       652             684  

Currency swaps hedging 500m 1.625% bonds 2024 inflows

        (10     (10     (634           (654

Currency swaps hedging 500m 2.125% bonds 2027 outflows

        21       21       63       627       732  

Currency swaps hedging 500m 2.125% bonds 2027 inflows

        (13     (13     (39     (640     (705
            

Less than

1 year

$m

   

Between

1 and 2

years

$m

   

Between

2 and 5

years

$m

   

More than

5 years

$m

   

Total

$m

 
31 December 2019                                            
Non-derivative financial liabilities:                                            

Bank overdrafts

        87                         87  

Unsecured bank loans

        125                         125  

£400m 3.875% bonds 2022

        21       21       548             590  

£300m 3.75% bonds 2025

        15       15       45       411       486  

£350m 2.125% bonds 2026

        10       10       29       482       531  

500m 2.125% bonds 2027

        12       12       36       597       657  

Lease liabilities

        97       116       193       3,451       3,857  

Trade and other payables (excluding deferred and contingent purchase consideration)

        567       1       1       1       570  

Deferred and contingent purchase consideration

        3       20       19       120       162  
Derivative financial liabilities:                                            

Forward foreign exchange contracts

        (1                       (1

Currency swaps hedging 500m 2.125% bonds 2027 outflows

        20       20       61       627       728  

Currency swaps hedging 500m 2.125% bonds 2027 inflows

        (12     (12     (36     (597     (657

 

182   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

        

 


 

    

    

24. Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments continued

Credit risk

Credit risk on cash and cash equivalents is minimised by operating a policy on the investment of surplus cash that generally restricts counterparties to those with a BBB- credit rating or better or those providing adequate security. The Group uses long-term credit ratings from Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings as a basis for setting its counterparty limits.

In order to manage the Group’s credit risk exposure, the treasury function sets counterparty exposure limits using metrics including credit ratings, the relative placing of credit default swap pricings, tier 1 capital and share price volatility of the relevant counterparty.

Repurchase agreements are fully collateralised investments, with a maturity of three months or less. The Group accepts only government or supranational bonds where the lowest credit rating is AA- or better as collateral. In the event of default, ownership of these securities would revert to the Group. The securities held as collateral are to protect against default by the counterparty.

The Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with the maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of each financial asset, including derivative financial instruments. The expected credit loss on cash and cash equivalents is considered to be immaterial.

The table below analyses the Group’s short-term deposits, money market funds and repurchase agreement collateral classified as cash and cash equivalents at 31 December 2020 by counterparty credit rating:

 

            

AAA

$m

    

AA

$m

    

AA-

$m

    

A+

$m

    

A

$m

    

A-

$m

    

Total

$m

 
Short-term deposits                       98        165        94        1        358  
Money market funds         892                                           892  
Repurchase agreement collateral                 238                        65                        18                        –                        –                        –                        321  

Capital risk management

The Group manages its capital to ensure that it will be able to continue as a going concern. The capital structure consists of net debt, issued share capital and reserves. The structure is managed with the objective of maintaining an investment grade credit rating, to provide ongoing returns to shareholders and to service debt obligations, whilst maintaining maximum operational flexibility. A key characteristic of IHG’s managed and franchised business model is that it is highly cash generative, with a high return on capital employed. Surplus cash is either reinvested in the business, used to repay debt or returned to shareholders.

The Group’s debt is monitored on the basis of a cash flow leverage ratio, being net debt divided by adjusted EBITDA. The Group has a stated aim of maintaining this ratio at 2.5x to 3.0x. The ratio at 31 December 2020 (which differs from the ratio as calculated on a frozen GAAP basis for covenant tests) was 7.69 (2019: 2.72).

The Group currently has a senior unsecured long-term credit rating of BBB- from Standard and Poor’s. In the event this rating was downgraded below BBB- there would be an additional step-up coupon of 1.25% payable on the bonds which would result in additional interest of approximately $36m per year.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   183


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

25. Classification and measurement of financial instruments

Accounting classification

 

                     2020
$m
          

2019  

    Restateda

$m  

 
Financial assets                       
Financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income:                       

Equity securities (note 17)

        88          133  
Financial assets measured at fair value through profit or loss:                       

Money market funds:

                      

Cash and cash equivalents (note 19)

        892          35  

Other financial assets (note 17)

        15          16  

Other financial assets (note 17)

                 3  

Derivative financial instruments (note 24)

        5          1  

Deferred compensation plan investments

        236          218  
          1,148          273  
Financial assets measured at amortised cost:                       

Cash and cash equivalents (note 19)

        783          160  

Other financial assets (note 17)

        66          136  

Trade and other receivables, excluding prepayments (note 18)

        438          552  
          1,287          848  
Financial liabilities                       
Financial liabilities measured at fair value through profit or loss:                       

Contingent purchase consideration (note 20)

        (79        (91

Derivative financial instruments (note 24)

        (18        (20

Deferred compensation plan liabilities

        (236        (218
          (333        (329
Financial liabilities measured at amortised cost:                       

Loans and other borrowings (note 22)

        (3,767        (2,165

Trade and other payables, excluding deferred and contingent purchase consideration (note 20)

        (457        (570

Deferred purchase consideration (note 20)

        (24        (23
          (4,248        (2,758

 

a

Restated for deferred compensation plan investments, see page 134.

Right of offset

Other than in relation to cash pooling arrangements (see note 19), there are no financial instruments with a significant fair value subject to enforceable master netting arrangements and other similar agreements that are not offset in the Group statement of financial position.

 

184   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

        

 


 

    

    

25. Classification and measurement of financial instruments continued

Fair value hierarchy

The following table provides the carrying value, fair value and position in the fair value measurement hierarchy of the Group’s financial assets and liabilities. Those measured at amortised cost are only included if their carrying amount is not a reasonable approximation of fair value.

 

            2020            2019  
                  Fair value                  Fair value  
            

    Carrying

value

$m

   

    Level 1

$m

   

      Level 2

$m

   

        Level 3

$m

   

        Total

$m

          

    Carrying

value

$m

   

    Level 1

$m

   

      Level 2

$m

   

      Level 3

$m

   

        Total

$m

 
Assets                                                                                       
Equity securities         88                   88       88          133       8             125       133  
Derivative financial instruments         5             1       4       5          1             1             1  
Money market funds         907       907                   907          51       51                   51  
Deferred compensation plan investments         236       236                   236          218       218                   218  
Trade deposits and loans                                          3                   3       3  
Liabilities                                                                                       
Derivative financial instruments         (18           (18           (18        (20           (20           (20
Contingent purchase consideration         (79                 (79     (79        (91                 (91     (91
Deferred purchase consideration         (24     (26                 (26        (23     (24                 (24
£173m 3.875% bonds 2022         (235     (248                 (248        (528     (567                 (567
500m 1.625% bonds 2024         (611     (630                 (630                                 
£300m 3.75% bonds 2025         (413     (448                 (448        (399     (435                 (435
£350m 2.125% bonds 2026         (479     (489                 (489        (462     (465                 (465
500m 2.125% bonds 2027         (618     (650                 (650        (564     (601                 (601
£400m 3.375% bonds 2028         (542     (603                 (603                                 
Deferred compensation plan liabilities         (236     (236                 (236        (218     (218                 (218

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 fair value measurements during the year and no transfers out of Level 3. $8m was transferred into Level 3 relating to equity securities listed on quoted markets which are no longer active.

Valuation techniques

Money market funds, deferred compensation plan investments and bonds

The fair value of money market funds, deferred compensation plan investments and bonds is based on their quoted market price.

Unquoted equity shares

Unquoted equity securities are fair valued using a discounted cash flow model, either internally or using professional external valuers. The significant unobservable inputs used to determine the fair value of the equity securities are RevPAR growth (based on the RevPAR recovery assumptions detailed on page 135 or market-specific growth assumptions used by external valuers), pre-tax discount rate (which ranged from 6.4% to 10.0%), and a non-marketability factor (which ranged from 20.0% to 30.0%). In prior years, an average price-earnings (P/E) ratio was applied, however, due to the impact of Covid-19 P/E ratios have increased significantly, resulting in an increased level of uncertainty in the implied valuations and therefore management’s view is that an income approach using discounted cash flows gives a more reliable valuation.

Applying a one-year slower/faster RevPAR recovery period would result in a $6m/$8m (decrease)/increase in fair value respectively. A one percentage point increase/(decrease) in the discount rate would result in a $12m/$16m (decrease)/increase in fair value respectively. A five percentage point increase/(decrease) in the non-marketability factor would result in a $5m (2019: $2m) (decrease)/increase in fair value.

Derivative financial instruments

Short-dated foreign exchange swaps are fair valued using discounted future cash flows, taking into consideration exchange rates prevailing on the last day of the reporting period and interest rates from observable swap curves. Currency swaps are measured at the present value of future cash flows discounted back based on quoted forward exchange rates and the applicable yield curves derived from quoted interest rates. Adjustments for credit risk use observable credit default swap spreads.

The put option over part of the Group’s investment in the Barclay associate has been valued as the excess of the amount receivable under the option (which is based on the Group’s capital invested to date) over fair value, as calculated for impairment testing using discounted future cash flows as described on page 136.

Deferred purchase consideration

Deferred purchase consideration arose in respect of the acquisition of Regent, and comprises the present value of $13m payable in 2021 and $13m payable in 2024. The discount rate applied is based on observable US corporate bond rates of similar term to the expected payment dates.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   185


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

25. Classification and measurement of financial instruments continued

Contingent purchase consideration

Regent $74m (2019: $66m)

Comprises the present value of the expected amounts payable on exercise of the put and call options to acquire the remaining 49% shareholding (see note 11). The amount payable on exercise of the options is based on the annual trailing revenue of RHW in the year preceding exercise, with a floor applied. The options are exercisable in a phased manner from 2026 to 2033. The value of the contingent purchase consideration is subject to periodic reassessment as interest rates and RHW revenue expectations change. At 31 December 2020, it is assumed that $39m will be paid in 2026 to acquire an additional 25% of RHW with the remaining 24% acquired in 2028 for $42m. This assumes that the options will be exercised at the earliest permissible date which is consistent with the assumption made on acquisition. The amount recognised is the discounted value of the total expected amount payable of $81m. The discount rate applied is based on observable US corporate bond rates of similar term to the expected payment dates. The range of possible outcomes remains unchanged from the date of acquisition at $81m to $261m (undiscounted).

The significant unobservable inputs used to determine the fair value of the contingent purchase consideration are the projected trailing revenues of RHW and the date of exercising the options. If the annual trailing revenue of RHW were to exceed the floor by 10%, the amount of the contingent purchase consideration recognised in the Group Financial Statements would increase by $7m (2019: $7m). If the date for exercising the options is assumed to be 2033, the amount of the undiscounted contingent purchase consideration would be $86m (2019: $86m).

UK portfolio $nil (2019: $20m)

The contingent purchase consideration comprises the present value of the above-market element of the expected lease payments to the lessor. The above-market assessment is determined by comparing the expected lease payments as a percentage of forecast hotel operating profit (before depreciation and rent) with market metrics, on a hotel by hotel basis. There is no floor to the amount payable and no maximum amount. Market rents were initially determined with assistance of professional third-party advisers. The fair value is subject to periodic reassessment as interest rates and expected lease payments change.

A fair value adjustment of $21m was recognised in the year, resulting in a reduction to the value of the liability arising mainly from a reduction in expected future rentals payable such that there is no above-market element (see note 6). The fair value is not sensitive to reasonably possible changes in assumptions (see page 135).

Six Senses $5m (2019: $5m)

Currently expected to be paid in 2022, upon certain conditions being met relating to a project to open a pipeline property. If the conditions are not met, no amounts will be paid. The impact of discounting is not material.

Level 3 reconciliation

The following table reconciles the movements in the fair values of financial instruments classified as Level 3 during the year:

 

            

Other financial

assets

$m

   

Derivative financial

instruments

$m

    

Contingent purchase

consideration

$m

 
At 1 January 2019         108              (109
Additions         8               
Acquisition of businesses (note 11)         1              (15
Disposals         (1             
Valuation gains recognised in other comprehensive income         12               
Contingent purchase consideration paid:                             

Included in net cash from operating activities

                     6  

Included in net cash from investing activities

                     2  
Change in fair value (of which $38m is recorded within exceptional items)                      27  
Exchange and other adjustments                      (2
At 31 December 2019         128              (91
Additions         5               
Transfers into Level 3         8               
Repayments and disposals         (5             
Valuation losses recognised in other comprehensive income         (47             
Change in fair valuea               4        13  
Exchange and other adjustments         (1            (1
At 31 December 2020         88       4        (79

 

a

$21m fair value gain on contingent purchase consideration and $4m gain on derivative financial instruments are recognised as exceptional items in the Group income statement (see note 6). The remaining $8m fair value loss on contingent purchase consideration relates to Regent.

 

186   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

    

26. Reconciliation of (loss)/profit for the year to cash flow from operations before contract acquisition costs

 

         

      2020

$m

 

 

      

      2019

$m

a 

 

      

      2018

$m

a 

 

(Loss)/profit for the year         (260        386          350  
Adjustments for:                                  

Net financial expenses

        140          115          96  

Fair value (gains)/losses on contingent purchase consideration

        (13        (27        4  

Tax (credit)/charge (note 8)

        (20        156          132  

Depreciation and amortisation

        110          116          115  

System Fund depreciation and amortisation

        62          54          49  

Impairment loss on financial assets

        88          8          17  

System Fund impairment loss on financial assets

        24          12          11  

Other impairment charges (note 6)

        226          131           

System Fund other impairment charges

        41                    

Other operating exceptional items (note 6)

        (4        55          104  

System Fund other operating exceptional items (note 6)

        20          28          47  

Share of losses of associates and joint ventures

        14          3          1  

System Fund share of losses of associates and joint ventures

        1                    

Share-based payments cost

        32          42          38  

Dividends from associates and joint ventures

        2          7          5  

Decrease in inventories

        1                    

Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables

        38          (70        (71

Increase in contract costs

        (2        (11        (3

Increase in deferred revenue

        1          57          141  

(Decrease)/increase in trade and other payables

        (69        (63        11  

Utilisation of provisions, net of charge, excluding exceptional items

        16          7          (6

Retirement benefit contributions, net of costs

        (3        (3        (12

Cash flows relating to exceptional items

        (87        (55        (137

Contract assets deduction in revenue

        25          21          19  

Other movements in contract assets

        (7        (1        3  

Other items

        (4                  
Total adjustments         632          582          564  
Cash flow from operations before contract acquisition costs         372          968          914  

 

a

Amended for presentational changes, see page 134.

27. Retirement benefits

UK

Since 6 August 2014, UK retirement and death in service benefits are provided for eligible employees by the IHG UK Defined Contribution Pension Plan. Members, including those who have been auto-enrolled since 1 September 2013, are provided with defined contribution arrangements under this plan; benefits are based on each individual member’s personal account. The plan is HM Revenue & Customs registered and governed by an independent trustee, assisted by professional advisers as and when required. The overall operation of the plan is subject to the oversight of The Pensions Regulator.

The former defined benefit plan, the InterContinental Hotels UK Pension Plan, was wound up on 21 July 2015 following the completion of the buy-out and transfer of the defined benefit obligations to Rothesay Life on 31 October 2014.

Residual defined benefit obligations remain in respect of additional benefits provided to members of an unfunded pension arrangement (‘UK plan’) who were affected by lifetime or annual allowances under the former defined benefit arrangements. Accrual under this arrangement ceased with effect from 1 July 2013 and a cash-out offer in 2014 resulted in the extinguishment of approximately 70% of the unfunded pension obligations. The Group meets the benefit payment obligations of the remaining members as they fall due. A charge over certain ring-fenced bank accounts totalling $43m (£31m) at 31 December 2020 (see note 17) is currently held as security on behalf of the remaining members.

US

During 2018, the Group completed a termination of the US funded Inter-Continental Hotels Pension Plan (‘the Plan’), which involved certain qualifying members receiving lump-sum cash-out payments of $20m with the remaining pension obligations subject to a buy-out by Banner Life Insurance Company (‘Banner’), a subsidiary of Legal & General America, through the purchase of a group annuity contract for $124m. Banner assumed responsibility for the payment of the Plan’s pension obligations on 12 June 2018. A further amount of $6m was transferred to the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation in respect of members who it had not been possible to trace. The transactions were funded using the assets of the Plan and a final Group contribution of $12m, $1.5m of which was subsequently returned to the Group as a ‘mistake-in-fact’ contribution refund. The net pension settlement cost of $15m was recorded as an exceptional item in 2018.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   187


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

    

    

 

27. Retirement benefits continued

The Group continues to maintain the unfunded Inter-Continental Hotels Non-qualified Pension Plans (‘US plans’) and unfunded InterContinental Hotels Corporation Postretirement Medical, Dental, Vision and Death Benefit Plan (‘US post-retirement plan’), both of which are defined benefit plans. Both plans are closed to new members. A Retirement Committee, comprising senior Group employees and assisted by professional advisers as and when required, has responsibility for oversight of the plans.

Other

The Group also operates a number of smaller pension schemes outside the UK, the most significant of which is a defined contribution scheme in the US; there is no material difference between the pension costs of, and contributions to, these schemes.

 

            Defined benefit obligation            Fair value of plan assets            Net defined benefit liability/(asset)  
            

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

          

        2018

$m

          

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

          

        2018

$m

          

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

          

        2018

$m

 
At 1 January         96          91          250                            (152        96          91          98  
Recognised in profit or loss                                                                                                    
Interest expense/(income)         3          3          6                            (2        3          3          4  
Exceptional item: settlement loss                           14                            1                            15  
          3          3          20                            (1        3          3          19  
Recognised in other comprehensive income                                                                                                    
Actuarial loss/(gain) arising from changes in:                                                                                                    

Demographic assumptions

        (3        (1                                            (3        (1         

Financial assumptions

        10          9          (14                                   10          9          (14

Experience adjustments

        1          (1        (3                                   1          (1        (3
Return on plan assets                                                      8                            8  
Re-measurement loss/(gain)         8          7          (17                          8          8          7          (9
Exchange adjustments         2          1          (1                                   2          1          (1
          10          8          (18                          8          10          8          (10
Other                                                                                                    
Group contributions                                    (6        (6        (16        (6        (6        (16
Benefits paid         (6        (6        (11        6          6          11                             
Settlement payments                           (150                          150                             
          (6        (6        (161                          145          (6        (6        (16
At 31 December         103          96          91                                     103          96          91  
Comprising:                                                                                                    

UK unfunded plan

        31          26          24                                     31          26          24  

US unfunded plans

        50          48          45                                     50          48          45  

US unfunded post-retirement plans

        22          22          22                                     22          22          22  
          103          96          91                                     103          96          91  
           

Defined benefit obligation

          

Fair value of plan assets

           Net defined benefit liability/(asset)  
            

2020

$m

          

2019

$m

          

2018

$m

          

2020

$m

          

2019

$m

          

2018

$m

          

2020

$m

          

2019

$m

          

2018

$m

 
Movement in asset restriction                                                                                                    
At 1 January                                                      3                            3  
Recognised in other comprehensive income                                                      (3                          (3
At 31 December                                                                                  

For the year ended 31 December 2018, the total amount of re-measurement gains and losses recorded in other comprehensive income, including the movement in the asset restriction, was a gain of $12m.

 

188   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

27. Retirement benefits continued

Assumptions

The principal financial assumptions used by the actuaries to determine the defined benefit obligations are:

 

                     2020                      2019                      2018  
          %          %          %  
UK plan only:                                 
  Pension increases        3.0          2.7          3.2  
  Inflation rate        3.0          2.7          3.2  
                                  
Discount rate:                                 
  UK plan        1.4          2.1          3.0  
  US plans        1.9          2.9          3.9  
  US post-retirement plan        2.0          2.9          4.0  
                                  
US healthcare cost trend rate assumed for the next year:                                 
  Pre-65 (ultimate rate reached in 2029)        6.4          6.7          7.1  
  Post-65 (ultimate rate reached in 2029)        6.8          7.1          7.6  
  Ultimate rate that the cost rate trends to        4.5          4.5          4.5  

Mortality is the most significant demographic assumption. The current assumptions for the UK are based on the S3PA ‘light’ year of birth tables with projected mortality improvements using the CMI_2019 model and a 1.25% per annum long-term trend and a smoothing parameter (‘s-kappa’) of 7.5 with weightings of 95% and 82% for pensioners and 98% and 81% for non-pensioners, male and female respectively. In the US, the current assumptions use rates from the Pri-2012 Mortality Study and Generationally Projected with Scale MP-2020 mortality tables.

The assumptions used for life expectancy at retirement age are as follows:

 

                                       UK                                      US  
           2020          2019            2018          2020            2019          2018  
                    Years                  Years                    Years                  Years                    Years                  Years  
Current pensioners at 65a   – male        24          24          24          22          21          21  
                                             – female        26          26          26          23          23          23  
Future pensioners at 65b     – male        25          25          25          23          22          22  
                                             – female        28          28          28          24          24          24  

 

a

Relates to assumptions based on longevity (in years) following retirement at the end of the reporting period.

 

b

Relates to assumptions based on longevity (in years) relating to an employee retiring in 2040.

The assumptions allow for expected increases in longevity.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   189


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

27. Retirement benefits continued

Sensitivities

Changes in assumptions used for determining retirement benefit costs and obligations may have an impact on the Group income statement and the Group statement of financial position. The key assumptions are the discount rate, the rate of inflation, the assumed mortality rate and the healthcare costs trend rate. The sensitivity analysis below relates to the benefit obligation and is based on extrapolating reasonable changes in these assumptions, using year-end conditions and assuming no interdependency between the assumptions:

 

                                                  $m  
Increase/(decrease) in liabilities               
Discount rate   0.25% decrease        3.2  
  0.25% increase        (3.2
Inflation rate   0.25% decrease        (1.4
  0.25% increase        1.4  
Mortality rate   One-year increase                        5.7  
Healthcare costs trend rate   1% decrease        (1.6
  1% increase        1.7  

Future payments

Group payments are expected to be $6m in 2021.

The estimated future benefit payments are:

 

                    2020                      2019  
         $m          $m  
Within one year       6          6  
Between one and five years       22          22  
More than five years       101          107  
        129          135  

Average duration

The average duration of the pensions obligations is:

 

                2020                    2019  
      Years        Years  
UK plan     19.0        18.0  
US plans     9.3        9.3  
US post-retirement plan     9.9        9.8  

 

190   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

28. Share-based payments

Annual Performance Plan

Under the IHG Annual Performance Plan (‘APP’), eligible employees (including Executive Directors) can receive all or part of their bonus in the form of deferred shares and/or receive one-off awards of shares. Deferred shares are released on the third anniversary of the award date. Under the terms of awards that are referred to in this note, a fixed percentage of the award is made in the form of shares. Awards under the APP are conditional on the participants remaining in the employment of a participating company or leaving for a qualifying reason as per the plan rules. The award of deferred shares under the APP is at the discretion of the Remuneration Committee.

The number of shares is calculated by dividing a specific percentage of the participant’s annual performance-related award by the average of the middle market quoted prices on the three consecutive business days following the announcement of the Group’s results for the relevant financial year. A number of executives participated in the APP during the year and conditional rights over 138,268 (2019: 217,122, 2018: 175,944) shares were awarded to participants. In 2020, this number included 27,245 (2019: 86,126, 2018: 48,771) shares awarded as part of recruitment terms or for one-off individual awards.

The APP plan rules were approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM.

Long Term Incentive Plan

The Long Term Incentive Plan (‘LTIP’) allows Executive Directors and eligible employees to receive conditional share awards, which normally have a vesting period of three years. In addition, certain awards to Executive Directors are subject to a further two-year holding period after vesting.

Performance-related awards: Awards to the Executive Directors, and some awards to other eligible employees, are granted subject to the achievement of performance conditions set by the Remuneration Committee, which are normally measured over the vesting period.

Restricted stock units: Awards to eligible employees are granted subject to continued employment.

Awards are normally made annually and, except in exceptional circumstances, will not exceed 3.5 times salary for eligible employees. The LTIP provides for the grant of ‘nil cost options’ to participants as an alternative to conditional share awards. During the year, conditional rights over 1,078,752 (2019: 826,313, 2018: 784,119) shares were awarded to employees under the plan, comprising 382,658 (2019: 286,746, 2018: 257,240) performance-related awards and 696,094 (2019: 539,567, 2018: 526,879) restricted stock units.

The LTIP plan rules were first approved by shareholders at the 2014 AGM and were most recently amended and approved by shareholders at the 2020 AGM.

Colleague Share Plan

The Colleague Share Plan gives eligible corporate employees the opportunity to purchase shares up to an annual limit of $1,000 (or local currency equivalent limit) or such other amount determined by the Board or its duly authorised committee. After the end of the plan year, the participant will be awarded the right to receive one matching share for every purchased share (subject to continued employment). If the participant holds the purchased shares until the second anniversary of the end of the plan year, the conditional right to matching shares vests. During the year, 36,298 (2019: nil, 2018: nil) shares were purchased by participating employees. Matching shares will be awarded for the first cycle in 2021 and will vest after 12 months.

 

LOGO   More detailed information on the performance measures for awards to Executive Directors is shown in the Directors’ Remuneration Report on pages 96 to 111.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   191


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

28. Share-based payments continued

The Group recognised a cost of $19m (2019: $28m, 2018: $27m) in operating (loss)/profit and $nil (2019: $1m, 2018: $1m) within exceptional administrative expenses related to equity-settled share-based payment transactions during the year, net of $11m (2019: $12m, 2018: $11m) borne by the System Fund. The Group also recognised a cost of $2m (2019: $2m, 2018: $nil) in operating (loss)/profit related to cash-settled share-based payment transactions.

No consideration was received in respect of ordinary shares issued under option schemes during 2020, 2019 or 2018.

The Group uses separate option pricing models and assumptions depending on the plan. The following table sets out information about awards granted in 2020, 2019 and 2018 under the APP and LTIP. The total fair value of the Colleague Share Plan is not significant.

 

                                   APP                                    LTIP  
                                                     Monte Carlo Simulation and  
         Binomial valuation model          Binomial valuation model  
          2020          2019          2018          2020          2019          2018  
Weighted average share price (pence)        3,771.0          4,597.0          4,645.0          3,450.0          4,850.0          4,774.0  
Expected dividend yield        n/a          n/a          n/a          1.48%          2.16%          2.27%  
Risk-free interest rate                                         0.02%          0.72%          0.84%  
Volatilitya                                         33%          19%          25%  
Term (years)        3.0          3.0          3.0          3.0          3.0          3.0  

 

a

The expected volatility was determined by calculating the historical volatility of the Company’s share price corresponding to the expected life of the share award.

Movements in the awards outstanding under the schemes are as follows:

 

         APP                   LTIP 
                  Number of shares
thousands
               Performance-related
awards
Number of  shares
thousands
   

Restricted 

stock units 
                 Number of shares 
thousands 

Outstanding at 1 January 2018        616          2,393     916 
Granted        176          257     527 
Vested        (199        (702   – 
Lapsed or cancelled        (2        (860   (142)
Outstanding at 31 December 2018        591          1,088     1,301 
Granted        217          287     540 
Vested        (276        (293   (422)
Share capital consolidation        (21            – 
Lapsed or cancelled        (15        (387   (144)
Outstanding at 31 December 2019        496          695     1,275 
Granted        138          383     696 
Vested        (188        (179   (413)
Lapsed or cancelled        (33        (85   (137)
Outstanding at 31 December 2020        413          814     1,421 
Fair value of awards granted during the year (cents)                          
2020        4,965.9          2,473.5     4,397.5 
2019        5,888.7          4,985.6     5,862.1 
2018        6,066.2          4,748.7     5,966.0 
Weighted average remaining contract life (years)                          
At 31 December 2020        1.0          1.4     1.3 
At 31 December 2019        1.1          1.3     1.2 
At 31 December 2018        1.0          0.8     1.2 

The above awards do not vest until the performance and service conditions have been met.

The weighted average share price at the date of exercise for share awards vested during the year was 4,874.5p (2019: 4,584.8p). The closing share price on 31 December 2020 was 4,690.0p and the range during the year was 2,385.5p to 5,223.0p.

 

192   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

29. Equity

Equity share capital

 

        

Number

    of shares

millions

         

    Nominal

value

$m

        

Share

    premium

$m

         

Equity

share

        capital

$m

 
Allotted, called up and fully paid                                                
At 1 January 2018 (ordinary shares of 1917/21p each)     197               53         101               154  
Exchange adjustments     –               (3       (5)              (8
At 31 December 2018 (ordinary shares of 1917/21p each)     197               50         96               146  
Share capital consolidation     (10)                      –                
Exchange adjustments     –               2                      5  
At 31 December 2019 (ordinary shares of 20340/399p each)     187               52         99               151  
Exchange adjustments     –               1                      5  
At 31 December 2020 (ordinary shares of 20340/399p each)     187               53         103               156  

The authority given to the Company at the AGM held on 7 May 2020 to purchase its own shares was still valid at 31 December 2020. A resolution to renew the authority will be put to shareholders at the AGM on 7 May 2021.

The Company no longer has an authorised share capital.

In October 2018, the Group announced a $500m return of funds to shareholders by way of a special dividend and share consolidation. On 11 January 2019, shareholders approved the share consolidation on the basis of 19 new ordinary shares of 20340/399p per share for every 20 existing ordinary shares of 1917/21p, which became effective on 14 January 2019 and resulted in the consolidation of 10m shares. The special dividend was paid on 29 January 2019 at a cost of $510m. The dividend and share consolidation had the same economic effect as a share repurchase at fair value, therefore previously reported earnings per share has not been restated.

At 31 December 2020, the balance classified as equity share capital includes the total net proceeds (both nominal value and share premium) on issue of the Company’s equity share capital, comprising 20340/399p shares. The share premium reserve represents the amount of proceeds received for shares in excess of their nominal value.

The nature and purpose of the other reserves shown in the Group statement of changes in equity on pages 128 to 130 of the Group Financial Statements is as follows:

Capital redemption reserve

This reserve maintains the nominal value of the equity share capital of the Company when shares are repurchased or cancelled.

Shares held by employee share trusts

Comprises $1.4m (2019: $4.9m, 2018: $3.6m) in respect of 0.05m (2019: 0.1m, 2018: 0.2m) InterContinental Hotels Group PLC ordinary shares held by employee share trusts, with a market value at 31 December 2020 of $3.1m (2019: $9.6m, 2018: $8.3m).

Other reserves

Comprises the merger and revaluation reserves previously recognised under UK GAAP, together with the reserve arising as a consequence of the Group’s capital reorganisation in June 2005. The revaluation reserve relates to the previous revaluations of property, plant and equipment which were included at deemed cost on adoption of IFRS. Following the change in presentational currency to the US dollar in 2008, this reserve also includes exchange differences arising on retranslation to period-end exchange rates of equity share capital, the capital redemption reserve and shares held by employee share trusts.

Fair value reserve

This reserve records movements in the value of financial assets measured at fair value through other comprehensive income.

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   193


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

29. Equity continued

Cash flow hedging reserve

 

                        Cash flow hedging  reserve 
        

Value of

    currency

swaps

$m

  

Costs of

        hedging

$m

   

            Total 

$m 

At 1 January 2018     –           – 
Costs of hedging deferred and recognised in other comprehensive income     –       (1   (1)
Change in fair value of currency swaps recognised in other comprehensive income             
Reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss – included in financial expenses     (8)          (8)
Deferred tax             
At 31 December 2018     (3)      (1   (4)
Costs of hedging deferred and recognised in other comprehensive income     –       (6   (6)
Change in fair value of currency swaps recognised in other comprehensive income     (34)          (34)
Reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss – included in financial expenses     38           38 
At 31 December 2019          (7   (6)
Costs of hedging deferred and recognised in other comprehensive income     –       (6   (6)
Change in fair value of currency swaps recognised in other comprehensive income     (1)          (1)
Reclassified from other comprehensive income to profit or loss – included in financial expenses     (13)          (13)
Deferred tax             
Exchange adjustments     (2)          (2)
At 31 December 2020     (11)      (13   (24)

Value of currency swaps comprises the effective portion of the cumulative net change in the fair value of hedging instruments used in cash flow hedges pending subsequent recognition in profit or loss.

Costs of hedging reflects the gain or loss which is excluded from the designated hedging instrument relating to the foreign currency basis spread of currency swaps. It is initially recognised in other comprehensive income and accounted for similarly to changes in value of currency swaps.

Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income to financial expenses comprise $9m (2019: $8m) net interest payable on the currency swaps and an exchange gain of $22m (2019: $30m loss) which offsets a corresponding loss/gain on the 500m 2.125% bonds and 500m 1.625% bonds (2019: 500m 2.125% bonds).

Currency translation reserve

This reserve records the movement in exchange differences arising from the translation of foreign operations and exchange differences on foreign currency borrowings and derivative financial instruments that provide a hedge against net investments in foreign operations. On adoption of IFRS, cumulative exchange differences were deemed to be $nil.

The fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as hedges of net investments in foreign operations outstanding at 31 December 2020 was $nil (2019: $1m asset, 2018: $1m asset).

Treasury shares

During 2020, 0.6m (2019: 0.8m, 2018: 0.8m) treasury shares were transferred to the employee share trusts. As a result of the 2019 share consolidation, the number of shares held in treasury reduced by 0.3m during 2019. At 31 December 2020, 5.1m shares (2019: 5.7m, 2018: 6.8m) with a nominal value of $1.4m (2019: $1.6m, 2018: $1.7m) were held as treasury shares at cost and deducted from retained earnings.

Non-controlling interest

A non-controlling interest is equity in a subsidiary of the Group not attributable, directly or indirectly, to the Group. Non-controlling interests are not material to the Group.

30. Capital and other commitments

 

                      2020
$m
        

            2019 

$m 

Contracts placed for expenditure not provided for in the Group Financial Statements                  
Property, plant and equipment        17        52 
Intangible assets        2       
         19        59 

The Group has also committed to invest a further $6m (2019: $6m) in one of its associates.

 

194   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

31. Contingencies and guarantees

Security incidents

In 2016, the Group was notified of (a) a security incident at a number of Kimpton hotels that resulted in unauthorised access to guest payment card data, and (b) security incidents at a number of IHG branded hotels including the installation of malware on servers that processed payment cards used at restaurants and bars of 12 IHG managed properties, together the Security Incidents.

The Group may be exposed to investigations regarding compliance with applicable State and Federal data security standards, and legal action from individuals and organisations impacted by the Security Incidents. Due to the general nature of the regulatory inquiries received and class action filings to date, other than described below, it is not practicable to make a reliable estimate of the possible financial effects of any such claims on the Group at this time. These contingent liabilities are potentially recoverable under the Group’s insurance programmes, although specific agreement will need to be reached with the relevant insurance providers at the time any claim is made.

To date, four lawsuits have been filed against IHG entities relating to the Security Incidents, with one subsequently withdrawn in 2018. Settlement in respect of one lawsuit was agreed in 2019, and a further lawsuit was settled on 2 September 2020. Both of these settlements are expected to be paid under the Group’s insurance programmes.

The fourth lawsuit remains open. The claimant alleges that security failures allowed customers’ financial information to be compromised. The likelihood of a favourable or unfavourable result cannot be reasonably determined and it is not possible to determine whether any loss is likely or to estimate the amount of any loss.

A separate claim was filed in 2019 against Kimpton. The allegations relate to a breach of the reservation system previously used by Kimpton. The likelihood of a favourable or unfavourable result cannot be reasonably determined and it is not possible to determine whether any loss is likely or to estimate the amount of any loss.

Litigation

From time to time, the Group is subject to legal proceedings the ultimate outcome of each being always subject to many uncertainties inherent in litigation. These legal claims and proceedings are in various stages and include disputes related to specific hotels where the potential materiality is not yet known; such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, have not in the recent past and are not likely to have a significant effect on the Group’s financial position or profitability.

Two claims were filed on 19 March 2018 and 6 December 2018 against the Group and other hotel companies, alleging violations of anti-trust regulations. One of the matters is a class action, and both suits allege that the defendant hotel companies conspired to eliminate competitive branded keyword search advertising in the hotel industry, which allegedly raised prices for hotel rooms in violation of applicable law. The Group disputes the allegations. The likelihood of a favourable or unfavourable result cannot be reasonably determined and it is not possible to determine whether any loss is likely or to estimate the amount of any loss.

The Group has also given warranties in respect of the disposal of certain of its former subsidiaries. It is the view of the Directors that, other than to the extent that liabilities have been provided for in these Group Financial Statements (see note 21), it is not possible to quantify any loss to which these proceedings or claims under these warranties may give rise, however, as at the date of reporting, the Group does not believe that the outcome of these matters will have a material effect on the Group’s financial position.

Third-party bank loans

In limited cases, the Group may guarantee part of mortgage loans made to facilitate third-party ownership of hotels under IHG management or franchise agreements. These guarantee arrangements are treated as insurance contracts as IHG is insuring the bank against default by the hotel, with a liability only being recognised in the event that a payout becomes probable. At 31 December 2020, there were guarantees of up to $56m in place (2019: $55m). During 2020, the underlying mortgage loans have been subject to periods of forbearance, deferring debt service payments; and/or, in the case of several loans, have been modified to be interest only through a given time period.

The largest guarantee is $21m; the underlying managed hotel is temporarily closed and is currently subject to a principal and interest forbearance agreement. Although an entity of the Group is severally liable for this amount, there is a cross-indemnity that the Group would seek to pursue for the other partners’ share of any amount funded under the guarantee.

Other

At 31 December 2020, the Group had outstanding letters of credit of $43m (2019: $33m) mainly relating to the Group’s Captive (see note 21). The letters of credit do not have set expiry dates, but are reviewed and amended as required.

The Group has made business insurance claims in relation to a small number of owned, leased and managed properties relating to the impact of Covid-19. It is not currently possible to determine the amounts which may be recovered.

 

LOGO
 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   195


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

32. Related party disclosures

        

         2020  

$m  

        

        2019

$m

        

        2018  

$m  

Total compensation of key management personnel

                       
Short-term employment benefits     10.5          15.8        18.2  
Contributions to defined contribution pension plans     0.3          0.5        0.5  
Equity compensation benefitsa     2.3          12.1        13.0  
      13.1          28.4        31.7  

 

a

As measured in accordance with IFRS 2.

There were no other transactions with key management personnel during the years ended 31 December 2020, 2019 or 2018. Key management personnel comprises the Board and Executive Committee.

Related party disclosures for associates and joint ventures are as follows:

 

        Associates          Joint ventures         Total  
        

        2020

$m

        

        2019

$m

       

        2018

$m

        

        2020

$m

       

        2019

$m

        

        2018

$m

       

      2020

$m

        

        2019

$m

       

        2018

$m

 
Revenue from associates and joint ventures       1          10         9                           1         1          10         10  
Other amounts owed by associates and joint ventures       11          3         1                                   11          3         1  
Amounts owed to associates and joint ventures       (4        (4       (2                                 (4        (4       (2

The Group has provided a guarantee of $12m (2019: $12m) against the bank loan of one associate (see note 31) and has provided performance guarantees with a maximum pay-out remaining of $10m (2019: $10m) (see note 3).

The Group funds shortfalls in owner returns relating to the Barclay associate (see note 17). In addition, loans both to and from the Barclay associate of $237m (2019: $237m) are offset in accordance with the provisions of IAS 32 and presented net in the Group statement of financial position. Interest payable and receivable under the loans is equivalent (average interest rate of 0.8% in 2020 (2019: 2.1%)) and presented net in the Group income statement.

33. System Fund

System Fund revenues comprise:

 

        

          2020

$m

           

         2019

$m

       

         2018

$m

 
Assessment fees and contributions received from hotels       490           1,036         979  
Loyalty programme revenues, net of the cost of point redemptions       275           337         254  
        765           1,373         1,233  

System Fund expenses include:

 

        

          2020  

$m  

      

         2019

$m

          

         2018  

$m  

Marketing     109          461        427  
Payroll costs (note 4)     242          313        347  
Depreciation and amortisation     62          54        49  
Impairment loss on financial assets (note 18)     24          12        11  
Other impairment charges     41                 –  

 

196   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

34. Group companies

In accordance with Section 409 of the Companies Act 2006, a full list of entities in which the Group has an interest of greater than or equal to 20%, the registered office and effective percentage of equity owned as at 31 December 2020 are disclosed below. Unless otherwise stated, the ownership interest disclosed comprises either ordinary shares, certificated or un-certificated membership interests which are indirectly held by InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

 

Fully owned subsidiaries

24th Street Operator Sub, LLC (k)

36th Street IHG Sub, LLC (k)

426 Main Ave LLC (k)

46 Nevins Street Associates, LLC (k)

2250 Blake Street Hotel, LLC (k)

Allegro Management LLC (k)

Alpha Kimball Hotel LLC (k)

American Commonwealth Assurance Co. Ltd. (m)

Asia Pacific Holdings Limited (n)

Barclay Operating Corp. (cj)

BHMC Canada Inc. (o)

BHR Holdings B.V. (p)

BHR Pacific Holdings, Inc. (k)

BHTC Canada Inc. (o)

Blythswood Square Glasgow Hotel OpCo Ltd (n)

BOC Barclay Sub LLC (cj)

Bristol Oakbrook Tenant Company (k)

Cambridge Lodging LLC (k)

Capital Lodging LLC (k)

CF Irving Owner, LLC (k)

CF McKinney Owner, LLC (k)

CF Waco Owner, LLC (k)

Compañía Inter-Continental De Hoteles

El Salvador SA (n)

Crowne Plaza LLC (k)

Cumberland Akers Hotel LLC (k)

Dunwoody Operations, Inc. (k)

Edinburgh George Street Hotel OpCo Ltd (n)

Edinburgh IC Limited (cr)

EVEN Real Estate Holding LLC (k)

General Innkeeping Acceptance Corporation (b) (l)

Grand Central Glasgow Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

Guangzhou SC Hotels Services Ltd. (t)

H.I. (Ireland) Limited (u)

H.I. Soaltee Management Company Ltd (ac)

HI Sugarloaf, LLC (ci)

Hale International Ltd. (ct)

HC International Holdings, Inc. (w)

HH France Holdings SAS (x)

HH Hotels (EMEA) B.V. (p)

HH Hotels (Romania) SRL (y)

HIM (Aruba) NV (z)

Hoft Properties LLC (k)

Holiday Hospitality Franchising, LLC (k)

Holiday Inn Mexicana S.A. de C.V. (ab)

Holiday Inns (China) Ltd (ac)

Holiday Inns (Courtalin) Holding (x)

Holiday Inns (Courtalin) SAS (x)

Holiday Inns (England) Limited (n)

Holiday Inns (Germany), LLC (l)

Holiday Inns (Jamaica) Inc. (l)

Holiday Inns (Middle East) Limited (ac)

Holiday Inns (Philippines), Inc. (l)

Holiday Inns (Saudi Arabia), Inc. (l)

Holiday Inns (Thailand) Ltd. (ac)

Holiday Inns (UK), Inc. (l)

Holiday Inns Crowne Plaza (Hong Kong), Inc. (l)

Holiday Inns Holdings (Australia) Pty Ltd (aa)

Holiday Inns Inc. (k)

Holiday Inns Investment (Nepal) Ltd. (ac)

Holiday Inns of America (UK) Limited (n)

Holiday Inns of Belgium N.V. (ad)

Holiday Pacific Equity Corporation (k)

Holiday Pacific LLC (k)

Holiday Pacific Partners, LP (k)

Hotel InterContinental London (Holdings) Limited (n)

Hotel Inter-Continental London Limited (n)

Hoteles Y Turismo HIH SRL (n)

IC Hotelbetriebsfuhrungs GmbH (ae)

IC Hotels Management (Portugal) Unipessoal, Lda (af)

IC International Hotels Limited Liability Company (ag)

IHC Buckhead, LLC (ci)

IHC Edinburgh (Holdings) (n)

IHC Hopkins (Holdings) Corp. (k)

IHC Hotel Limited (n)

IHC Inter-Continental (Holdings) Corp. (k)

IHC London (Holdings) (n)

IHC May Fair (Holdings) Limited (n)

IHC May Fair Hotel Limited (n)

IHC M-H (Holdings) Corp. (k)

IHC Overseas (U.K.) Limited (n)

IHC UK (Holdings) Limited (n)

IHC United States (Holdings) Corp. (b) (k)

IHC Willard (Holdings) Corp. (k)

IHG (Marseille) SAS (x)

IHG (Myanmar) Ltd (ah)

IHG (Thailand) Limited (aj)

IHG Amsterdam Management BV (p)

IHG Bangkok Ltd (ct)

IHG Brasil Administracao de Hoteis e Servicos Ltda (ak)

IHG Civ Holding Co-Investment Fund, LLC (k)

IHG Civ Holding Main Fund, LLC (k)

IHG Commission Services SRL (co)

IHG Community Development, LLC (ci)

IHG de Argentina SA (al)

IHG ECS (Barbados) SRL (co)

IHG Franchising Brasil Ltda (bd)

IHG Franchising DR Corporation (k)

IHG Franchising, LLC (k)

IHG Hotels (New Zealand) Limited (an)

IHG Hotels Limited (n)

IHG Hotels Management (Australia) Pty Limited (b) (aa)

IHG Hotels Nigeria Limited (ao)

IHG Hotels South Africa (Pty) Limited (ap)

IHG International Partnership (n)

IHG Istanbul Otel Yönetim Limited Sirketi (bx)

IHG Japan (Management) LLC (ar)

IHG Japan (Osaka) LLC (ar)

IHG Management (Maryland) LLC (as)

IHG Management (Netherlands) B.V. (p)

IHG Management d.o.o. Beograd (cc)

IHG Management MD Barclay Sub LLC (cj)

IHG Management SL d.o.o (bo)

IHG Mexico Operaciones SA de CV (ab)

IHG Orchard Street Member, LLC (k)

IHG Peru SRL (dd)

IHG PS Nominees Limited (n)

IHG Sermex SA de CV (ab)

IHG Systems Pty Ltd (b) (aa)

IHG Szalloda Budapest Szolgaltato Kft. (at)

IHG Technology Solutions LLC (k)

IND East Village SD Holdings, LLC (k)

InterContinental Berlin Service Company GmbH (au)

InterContinental (Branston) 1 Limited (c) (n)

InterContinental (PB) 1 (n)

InterContinental (PB) 3 Limited (n)

InterContinental Brasil Administracao de

Hoteis Ltda (q)

Inter-Continental D.C. Operating Corp. (k)

Inter-Continental Florida Investment Corp. (k)

Inter-Continental Florida Partner Corp. (k)

InterContinental Gestion Hotelera S.L. (by)

Inter-Continental Hospitality Corporation (k)

InterContinental Hotel Berlin GmbH (au)

InterContinental Hotel Düsseldorf GmbH (av)

Inter-Continental Hoteleira Limitada (aw)

Inter-Continental Hotels (Montreal) Operating Corp. (ax)

Inter-Continental Hotels (Montreal) Owning Corp. (ax)

InterContinental Hotels (Puerto Rico) Inc. (az)

Inter-Continental Hotels (Singapore) Pte. Ltd. (ai)

Inter-Continental Hotels Corporation (k)

Inter-Continental Hotels Corporation de Venezuela C.A. (ba)

Intercontinental Hotels Corporation Limited (b) (m)

InterContinental Hotels Group (Asia Pacific) Pte Ltd (ai)

InterContinental Hotels Group (Australia) Pty Limited (aa)

InterContinental Hotels Group (Canada) Inc. (o)

InterContinental Hotels Group (España) SA (by)

InterContinental Hotels Group (Greater China) Limited (ac)

InterContinental Hotels Group (India) Pvt. Ltd (aq)

InterContinental Hotels Group (Japan) Inc. (l)

InterContinental Hotels Group (New Zealand) Limited (an)

InterContinental Hotels Group (Shanghai) Ltd. (bb)

InterContinental Hotels Group Customer Services Limited (n)

InterContinental Hotels Group do Brasil Limitada (bc)

InterContinental Hotels Group Healthcare Trustee Limited (n)

InterContinental Hotels Group Operating Corp. (e) (k)

InterContinental Hotels Group Resources, LLC (b) (k)

InterContinental Hotels Group Services Company (n)

InterContinental Hotels Italia, S.r.L. (be)

InterContinental Hotels Limited (a) (n)

InterContinental Hotels Management GmbH (bf)

InterContinental Hotels Management Montenegro d.o.o. (ce)

InterContinental Hotels Nevada Corporation (ck)

Inter-Continental Hotels of San Francisco Inc. (k)

Inter-Continental IOHC (Mauritius) Limited (bg)

InterContinental Management AM LLC (cm)

InterContinental Management Bulgaria EOOD (bp)

InterContinental Management France SAS (x)

InterContinental Management Poland sp. Z.o.o (cn)

InterContinental Overseas Holdings, LLC (k)

KG Benefits LLC (k)

KG Gift Card Inc. (bz)

KG Liability LLC (k)

KG Technology, LLC (k)

KHP Washington Operator LLC (k)

KHRG 11th Avenue Hotel LLC (k)

KHRG 851 LLC (k)

KHRG Aertson LLC (k)

KHRG Alexis, LLC (k)

KHRG Allegro, LLC (k)

KHRG Argyle, LLC (k)

KHRG Austin Beverage Company, LLC (k)

KHRG Baltimore, LLC (k)

KHRG Born LLC (k)

KHRG Boston Hotel, LLC (k)

KHRG Bozeman LLC (k)

KHRG Buckhead LLC (k)

KHRG Canary LLC (k)

KHRG Cayman LLC (k)

KHRG Cayman Employer Ltd. (k)

KHRG Dallas LLC (k)

KHRG Dallas Beverage Company LLC (k)

KHRG DC 1731 LLC (k)

KHRG DC 2505 LLC (k)

KHRG Employer, LLC (k)

KHRG Goleta LLC (k)

KHRG Gray LLC (k)

KHRG Gray U2 LLC (k)

KHRG Huntington Beach LLC (k)

KHRG Key West LLC (k)

KHRG King Street, LLC (k)

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   197


Table of Contents

Group Financial Statements

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements continued

34. Group companies continued

 

Fully owned subsidiaries continued

KHRG La Peer LLC (k)

KHRG Miami Beach LLC (k)

KHRG Muse LLC (k)

KHRG New Orleans LLC (k)

KHRG NPC LLC (k)

KHRG Palladian LLC (k)

KHRG Palomar Phoenix LLC (k)

KHRG Philly Monaco LLC (k)

KHRG Pittsburgh LLC (k)

KHRG Porsche Drive LLC (k)

KHRG Reynolds LLC (k)

KHRG Riverplace LLC (k)

KHRG Sacramento LLC (k)

KHRG Savannah LLC (k)

KHRG Schofield LLC (k)

KHRG SFD LLC (k)

KHRG SF Wharf LLC (k)

KHRG SF Wharf U2 LLC (k)

KHRG South Beach LLC (k)

KHRG State Street LLC (k)

KHRG Sutter LLC (k)

KHRG Sutter Union LLC (k)

KHRG Taconic LLC (k)

KHRG Tariff LLC (k)

KHRG Texas Hospitality, LLC (k)

KHRG Texas Operations, LLC (k)

KHRG Tryon LLC (k)

KHRG Vero Beach, LLC (k)

KHRG Vintage Park LLC (k)

KHRG VZ Austin LLC (k)

KHRG Wabash LLC (k)

KHRG Westwood, LLC (k)

KHRG Wilshire LLC (k)

Kimpton Hollywood Licenses LLC (k)

Kimpton Hotel & Restaurant Group, LLC (k)

Kimpton Phoenix Licenses Holdings LLC (k)

Louisiana Acquisitions Corp. (k)

Luxury Resorts and Spas (France) SAS (dc)

Manchester Oxford Street Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

Mercer Fairview Holdings LLC (k)

Met Leeds Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

MH Lodging LLC (k)

Oxford Spires Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

Oxford Thames Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

PML Services LLC (as)

Pollstrong Limited (n)

Powell Pine, Inc. (k)

Priscilla Holiday of Texas, Inc. (cl)

PT Regent Indonesia (bh)

PT SC Hotels & Resorts Indonesia (bh)

Raison d’Etre Holdings (BVI) Limited (v)

Raison d’Etre Services (BVI) Limited (v)

Raison d’Etre Spas, LLC (k)

Raison d’Etre Spas, Sweden AB (db)

Regent Asia Pacific Hotel Management Ltd (bw)

Regent Asia Pacific Management Ltd (cp)

Regent Berlin GmbH (cq)

Regent International Hotels Ltd (bw)

Resort Services International (Cayo Largo) L.P. (ci)

Roxburghe Hotel Edinburgh OpCo Limited (n)

Russell London Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

SBS Maryland Beverage Company LLC (as)

SC Hotels International Services, Inc. (k)

SC Leisure Group Limited (n)

SC NAS 2 Limited (n)

SC Quest Limited (n)

SC Reservations (Philippines) Inc. (l)

SCH Insurance Company (bi)

SCIH Branston 3 (cb)

Semiramis for training of Hotel Personnel and

Hotel Management SAE (ch)

SF MH Acquisition LLC (k)

Six Continents Holdings Limited (n)

Six Continents Hotels de Colombia SA (bj)

Six Continents Hotels International Limited (n)

Six Continents Hotels, Inc. (k)

Six Continents International Holdings B.V. (p)

Six Continents Investments Limited (f) (n)

Six Continents Limited (n)

Six Continents Overseas Holdings Limited (n)

Six Continents Restaurants Limited (n)

SixCo North America, Inc. (w)

Six Senses Americas IP LLC (k)

Six Senses Capital Pte. Ltd (ay)

Six Senses North America Management LLC (k)

SLC Sustainable Luxury Cyprus Limited (cs)

Solamar Lodging LLC (k)

Southern Pacific Hotels Properties Limited (v)

SPHC Management Ltd. (bq)

St David’s Cardiff Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

Sustainable Luxury Holdings (BVI) Limited (v)

Sustainable Luxury Lanka Pvt. Ltd (cv)

Sustainable Luxury Maldives Private Limited (cw)

Sustainable Luxury Mauritius Limited (cx)

Sustainable Luxury Services (BVI) Limited (v)

Sustainable Luxury Singapore Private Limited (ai)

Sustainable Luxury UK Limited (cy)

Sustainable Luxury USA Limited (cz)

The Grand Central Hotel Glasgow Limited (n)

The Met Hotel Leeds Limited (n)

The Principal Edinburgh George Street Limited (n)

The Principal London Limited (n)

The Principal Manchester Limited (n)

The Principal York Limited (n)

The Roxburghe Hotel Edinburgh Limited (s)

Vista Rockville FF&E, LLC (as)

White Shield Insurance Company Limited (bk)

Wotton House Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

York Station Road Hotel OpCo Limited (n)

Subsidiaries where the effective interest is less than 100%

IHG ANA Hotels Group Japan LLC (74.66%) (ar)

IHG ANA Hotels Holdings Co., Ltd. (66%) (ar)

Regent Hospitality Worldwide, Inc. (51%) (bt)

Sustainable Luxury Holding (Thailand) Limited (49%) (c) (j) (cu)

Sustainable Luxury Hospitality (Thailand) Limited (49%) (c) (j) (cu)

Sustainable Luxury Management (Thailand) Limited (49%) (c) (j) (cu)

Sustainable Luxury Operations (Thailand) Ltd (99.98%) (j) (cu)

Universal de Hoteles SA (9.99%) (j) (bj)

World Trade Centre Montreal Hotel Corporation (74.11%) (bl)

Associates, joint ventures and other

111 East 48th Street Holdings LLC (19.9%) (g) (h) (k)

Alkoer, S. de R.L. de C.V. (50%) (h) (cg)

BCRE IHG 180 Orchard Holdings LLC (49%) (g) (cf)

Beijing Orient Express Hotel Co., Ltd. (16.15%) (bm)

Blue Blood (Tianjin) Equity Investment

Management Co., Limited (30.05%) (bn)

Carr Clark SWW Subventure, LLC (26.67%) (g) (ca)

Carr Waterfront Hotel, LLC (11.46%) (g) (h) (ca)

China Hotel Investment Limited (30.05%) (i) (am)

Desarrollo Alkoer Irapuato S. de R.L. de C.V. (50%) (cg)

Desarrollo Alkoer Saltillo S. de R.L. de C.V. (50%) (cg)

Desarrollo Alkoer Silao S. de R.L. de C.V. (50%) (cg)

EDG Alpharetta EH LLC (0%) (d) (h) (r)

Gestion Hotelera Gestel, C.A. (50%) (c) (h) (ba)

Groups360 LLC (13.05%) (h) (k)

H.I. Soaltee Hotel Company Private Ltd (26%) (br)

Inter-Continental Hotels Saudi Arabia Limited (40%) (bs)

NF III Seattle, LLC (25%) (g) (r)

NF III Seattle Op Co, LLC (25%) (g) (r)

Nuevas Fronteras S.A. (23.66%) (cd)

President Hotel & Tower Co Ltd. (30%) (bu)

Shanghai Yuhuan Industrial Development Co., Ltd (1%) (da)

Sustainable Luxury Gravity Global Private Limited (51%) (h) (de)

SURF-Samui Pte. Ltd (49%) (ay)

Tianjin ICBCI IHG Equity Investment Fund

Management Co., Limited (21.04%) (bv)

 

   Key    
    (a)   Directly owned by InterContinental Hotels Group PLC
    (b)   Ordinary shares and preference shares
    (c)   Ordinary A and ordinary B shares
    (d)   8% cumulative preference shares
    (e)   1/4 vote ordinary shares and ordinary shares
    (f)   Ordinary shares, 5% cumulative
  preference shares and 7% cumulative preference shares
    (g)   The entities do not have share capital and are governed by an operating agreement
    (h)   Accounted for as associates and joint ventures due to IHG’s decision-making rights contained in the partnership agreement
    (i)   Accounted for as an other financial asset due to IHG being unable to exercise significant influence over the financial and operating policy decisions of the entity
    (j)   Minority interest relates to one or more individual shareholders who are employed or were previously employed by the entity
 

 

198   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    
Registered addresses
(k)   3411 Silverside Road, Tatnall Building #104, Wilmington, DE 19810, USA
(l)   205 Powell Place, 37027 Brentwood, TN 37027, USA
(m)   Clarendon House, 2 Church Street, Hamilton HM11, Bermuda
(n)   Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire, UB9 5HR, UK
(o)   333 Bay Street, Suite 400, Toronto M5H 2R2, Ontario, Canada
(p)   Kingsfordweg 151, 1043 GR Amsterdam, The Netherlands
(q)   Alameda Jau 536, Suite 3s-A, 01420-000 Sao Paulo, Brazil
(r)   The Corporation Trust Centre, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA
(s)   Caledonian Exchange, 19a Canning Street, Edinburgh, EH3 8HE, UK
(t)   Building 4, No. 13 Xiao Gang Zhong Ma Road, Zhuhai District, Guangzhou, Guangdong, P.R. China
(u)   29 Earlsfort Terrace, Dublin 2, D02 AY28, Ireland
(v)   Flemming House, Wickhams Cay, P.O.Box 662, Road Town, Tortola VG1110, British Virgin Islands
(w)   Wilmington Trust SP Services, Inc. 1105 North Market Street, Suite 1300, Wilmington, DE 19801, USA
(x)   31–33 rue Mogador, 75009 Paris, France
(y)   Bucharest, 1st District, 50–52 Buzesti St, 83 module, 11 floor, Romania
(z)   230 J E Irausquin Boulevard, Palm Beach, Aruba
(aa)   Level 11, 20 Bond Street, Sydney NSW 2000, Australia
(ab)   Ontario # 1050, Col. Providencia. Guadalajara, Jalisco CP 44630, Mexico
(ac)   Level 54, Hopewell Center, 183 Queen’s Road East, Hong Kong SAR
(ad)   Rond-Point Robert Schuman 11, 1040 Brussels, Belgium
(ae)   QBC 4 – Am Belvedere 4, 1100, Vienna, Austria
(af)   Avenida da Republica, no 52 – 9, 1069 – 211, Lisbon, Portugal
(ag)   24, Rusakovskaya Str., Moscow 107014, Russian Federation
(ah)   No. 84, Pan Hlaing Street, Unit #1, Level 8, Uniteam Marine Office Building, Sanchuang Township, Yangon, Myanmar
(ai)   230 Victoria Street, #13-00 Bugis Junction Towers, 188024, Singapore
(aj)   973 President Tower, 7th Floor, Units 7A, 7F, 7G and 7H, Ploenchit Road, Khwaeng Lumpini, Khet Pathumwan, Bangkok Metropolis, 10330, Thailand
(ak)   Alameda Jau 536, Suite 3S-B, 01420-000 São Paulo, Brazil
(al)   Avenida Cordoba 1547, piso 8, oficina A, Buenos Aires, Argentina
(am)   The Phoenix Centre, George Street, Belleville St. Michael, Barbados
(an)   Level 10, 2 Commerce Street, Auckland Central, Auckland 1000, New Zealand
(ao)   1, Murtala Muhammed Drive, Ikoyi, Lagos, Nigeria
(ap)   Central Office Park Unit 4, 257 Jean Avenue, Centurion 0157, South Africa
(aq)   11th Floor, Building No. 10, Tower C, DLF Phase-II, DLF Cyber City, Gurgaon, Haryana-122002, India

(ar)

  20th Floor, Toranomon Kotohira Tower, 2–8, Toranomon 1-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo, Japan

(as)

  2 Wisconsin Circle #700, Chevy Chase, MD 20815, USA

(at)

  1052 Budapest, Apáczai Csere János u. 12 – 14A, Hungary

(au)

  Budapester Str. 2, 10787 Berlin, Germany

(av)

  Koenigsallee 59, D-40215, Dusseldorf, Germany

(aw)

  Alameda Jau 536, Suite 3S-E, 01420-000 São Paulo, Brazil

(ax)

  1980 Pérodeau Street, Vaudreuil-Dorion J7V 8P7, Quebec, Canada

(ay)

  168 Robinson Road, #16-01 SIF Building, 068899, Singapore

(az)

  361 San Francisco Street Penthouse, San Juan, PR 00901, Puerto Rico

(ba)

  Hotel Tamanaco Inter-Continental, Final Av. Ppal, Mercedes, Caracas, Venezuela

(bb)

  22nd Floor, Citigroup Tower, No. 33 Huayuanshiqiao Road, Pudong, Shanghai, P.R. China

(bc)

  Alameda Jau 536, Suite 3S-C, 01420-000 São Paulo, Brazil

(bd)

  Alameda Jau 536, Suite 3S-D, 01420-000 São Paulo, Brazil

(be)

  Viale Monte Nero n.84, 20135 Milano, Italy

(bf)

  Thurn-und-Taxis-Platz 6 – 60313 Frankfurt am Main, Germany

(bg)

  JurisTax Services Ltd, Level 12, NeXTeracom Tower II, Ebene, Mauritius

(bh)

  Menara Impreium 22nd Floor, Suite D, JI. HR. Rasuna Said Kav.1, Guntur Sub-district, Setiabudi District, South Jakarta 12980, Indonesia

(bi)

  Primmer Piper Eggleston & Cramer PC, 30 Main St., Suite 500, P.O. Box 1489, Burlington, VT 05402-1489, USA

(bj)

  Calle 49, Sur 45 A 300 Of 1102 Envigado Antioquia, Colombia

(bk)

  Suite B, Ground Floor, Regal House, Queensway, Gibraltar

(bl)

  Suite 2500, 1000 De La Gauchetiere St. West, Montreal QC H3B 0A2, Canada

(bm)

  Room 311, Building 1, No 6 East Wen Hua Yuan Road, Beijing Economy and Technology Development Zone, Beijing, P.R.China

(bn)

  Room N306, 3rd Floor, Building 6, Binhai Financial Street, No. 52 West Xincheng Road, Tianjin Economy and Technology Development Zone, Tianjin, P.R. China

(bo)

  Cesta v Mestni log 1, 1000 Ljubljana, Slovenia

(bp)

  37A Professor Fridtjof Nansen Street, 5th Floor, District Sredets, Sofia, 1142, Bulgaria

(bq)

  C/o Holiday Inn & Suites, Cnr Waigani Drive & Wards Road, Port Moresby, National Capital District, Papua New Guinea

(br)

  Tahachal, Kathmandu, Nepal

(bs)

  Madinah Road, Jeddah, P.O Box 9456, Post Code 21413, Jeddah, Saudi Arabia

(bt)

  Maples Corporate Services Ltd. – PO Box 309, Ugland House, Grand Cayman – KY- 1104, Cayman Islands

(bu)

  971, 973 Ploenchit Road, Lumpini, Pathumwan, Bangkok 10330, Thailand

(bv)

  Room R316, 3rd Floor, Building 6, Binhai Financial Street, No. 52 West Xincheng Road, Tianjin Economy and Technology Development Zone, Tianjin, P.R. China

(bw)

  14th Floor, South China Building, 1-3 Wyndham Street, Hong Kong SAR

(bx)

  Eski Büyükdere Cd. Park Plaza No:14 K:4 Maslak – Sarıyer, Istanbul, Turkey

(by)

  Paseo de Recoletos 37 – 41, 28004 Madrid, Spain

(bz)

  2710 Gateway Oaks Drive, Suite 150N, Sacramento, CA 95833-3505, USA

(ca)

  Carr Hospitality, LLC, 1455 Pennsylvania Avenue, NW, Suite 100, Washington, DC 20004, USA

(cb)

  Two Snowhill Snow Hill Queensway Birmingham B4 6GA

(cc)

  Krunska 73, Beograd, 11000, Serbia

(cd)

  Moreno 809 2 Piso, Buenos Aires, Argentina

(ce)

  Bulevar Svetog Petra Cetinjskog 149 – 81000 Podgorica, Montenegro

(cf)

  Brack Capital Real Estate Ltd., 885 Third Avenue, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10022, USA

(cg)

  Avenida Ejercito Nacional Mexicano No. 769, Torre B Piso 8, Granada, Miguel Hidalgo, Ciudad de México, CP 11520, Mexico

(ch)

  Ground Floor, Al Kamel Law Building, Plot 52-b, Banks Area, Six of October City, Egypt

(ci)

  2985 Gordy Parkway, 1st Floor, Marietta, GA 30066, USA

(cj)

  600 Mamaroneck Avenue #400, 10528 Harrison, NY 10528, USA

(ck)

  8275 South Eastern Avenue #200, Las Vegas, NV 89123, USA

(cl)

  5444 Westheimer #1000, Houston, TX 77056, USA

(cm)

  23/6 D. Anhaght Str., Yerevan, 0069, Armenia

(cn)

  Generation Park Z – ul. Towarowa 28, 00-839 Warsaw, Poland

(co)

  Suite 1, Ground Floor, The Financial Services Centre, Bishops Court Hill, St. Michael, Barbados, BB14004

(cp)

  Brumby Centre, Lot 42, Jalan Muhibbah, 87000 Labuan F.T., Malaysia

(cq)

  Charlottenstrasse 49, Berlin, 10117, Germany

(cr)

  C/O BDO LLP, 4 Atlantic Quay, 70 York Street, Glasgow G2 8JX, UK

(cs)

  ATS Services Limited, Capital Center, 9th Floor, 2-4 Arch. Makarios III Ave., 1065 Nicosia, Cyprus

(ct)

  Start Chambers, Wickham’s Cay II, P.O. Box 2221, Road Town, Tortola, VG1110, British Virgin Islands

(cu)

  57, 9th Floor, Park Ventures Ecoplex, Unit 902-904, Wireless Road, Limpini, Pathum Wan Bangkok 10330, Thailand

(cv)

  Shop No. L3-6, Amity Building, No. 125, Highlevel Road, Maharagama, Colombo, Sri Lanka

(cw)

  Premier Chambers, M.Lux Lodge, 1st Floor, Orchid Magu, Male, Republic of Maldives

(cx)

  Venture Corporate Services (Mauritius) Ltd, Level 3, Tower 1, Nexteracom Towers, Cybercity, Ebene, Mauritius

(cy)

  Berg Kaprow Lewis LLP, 35 Ballards Lane, DX 57284 Finchley 2, London, N3 1XW, UK

(cz)

  251 Little Falls Drive, Wilmington, DE19808, USA.

(da)

  1st Floor, No.68, Zhupan Road, Zhuqiao Town, Pudong New Area, Shanghai, China

(db)

  Grevgatan 13, 11453 Stockholm, Sweden

(dc)

  95 Blvd. Berthier, 75017 Paris, France

(dd)

  Bernardo Monteagudo 201, 15076, Lima, Peru

(de)

  B-11515 Bhikaj Cama Place, New Delhi, South Delhi, India, 110066
 

 

LOGO

 

 

Notes to the Group Financial Statements   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   199


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

200   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   201


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

202   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   203


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

204   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   205


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

206   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   207


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

208   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

 

 

 

[THIS PAGE IS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

 

 

 

  IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   209


Table of Contents

Additional

Information

 

LOGO

 

    

212   

Other financial information

219   

Directors’ Report

224   

Group information

224   

History and developments

224   

Risk factors

230   

Directors’ and Executive Committee

members’ shareholdings

230   

Executive Directors’ benefits

upon termination of office

231   

Description of securities

other than equity securities

232   

Articles of Association

233   

Working Time Regulations 1998

234   

Material contracts

235   

Legal proceedings

235   

Exchange controls and restrictions

on payment of dividends

236   

Shareholder information

236   

Taxation

238   

Disclosure controls and procedures

239   

Summary of significant corporate

governance differences from

NYSE listing standards

240   

Selected five-year consolidated

financial information

241   

Return of funds

242   

Purchases of equity securities

by the Company and affiliated

purchasers

242   

Dividend history

243   

Shareholder profiles

244   

Exhibits

245   

Forward-looking statements

246   

Form 20-F cross-reference guide

248   

Glossary

250   

Useful information

250   

Investor information

251   

Financial calendars

251   

Contacts

Regent Shanghai Pudong, China
210    IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020

 

 

 


Table of Contents

LOGO


Table of Contents

Additional Information

Other financial information

    

    

 

Use of Non-GAAP measures

In addition to performance measures directly observable in the Group Financial Statements (IFRS measures), additional measures (described as Non-GAAP) are presented that are used internally by management as key measures to assess performance. Non-GAAP measures are either not defined under IFRS or are adjusted IFRS figures.

 

LOGO   Further explanation in relation to these measures and their definitions can be found on pages 47 to 51.

Revenue and operating profit Non-GAAP reconciliations

Highlights for the year ended 31 December 2020

Reportable segments

 

         Revenue           Operating profit  
         

            2020

$m

          

            2019

$

                      Change
$m
          

        Change

%

                      2020
$m
                       2019
$m
                  Change
$m
          

        Change

%

 
Per Group income statement            2,394          4,627         (2,233        (48.3             (153        630         (783        (124.3
System Fund        (765        (1,373       608          (44.3       102          49         53          108.2  
Reimbursement of costs        (637        (1,171       534          (45.6                                  
Operating exceptional items                                          270          186         84          45.2  
Reportable segments        992          2,083         (1,091        (52.4       219          865         (646        (74.7
                                    

Reportable segments analysed as:

                                                                                                                                
Fee business        823          1,510         (687        (45.5       278          813         (535        (65.8
Owned, leased and managed lease        169          573         (404        (70.5       (59        52         (111        (213.5
           992                2,083               (1,091              (52.4             219                865               (646              (74.7

 

Underlying revenue and underlying operating profit

                                    
         Revenue           Operating profit  
         

2020

$m

          

2019

$m

         

Change

$m

          

Change

%

         

2020

$m

          

2019

$m

         

Change

$m

          

Change

%

 
Reportable segments (see above)        992          2,083         (1,091        (52.4       219          865         (646        (74.7
Significant liquidated damages        (1        (11       10          (90.9       (1        (11       10          (90.9
Owned asset disposalsa        (2        (12       10          (83.3       (3        (2       (1        50.0  
Currency impact                                                   (2                 
Underlying revenue and underlying operating profit        989          2,060         (1,071        (52.0       215          850         (635              (74.7 %) 

 

a

The results of the Holiday Inn Melbourne Airport have been removed in 2020 (being the year of disposal) and the prior year to determine underlying growth compared to the prior year.

Underlying fee revenue

 

         Revenue  
           

            2020

$m

          

            2019

$m

         

        Change

$m

          

        Change

%

 
Reportable segments fee business (see above)        823          1,510         (687        (45.5
Significant liquidated damages        (1        (11       10          (90.9
Currency impact                 (4       4           
Underlying fee revenue        822          1,495         (673        (45.0 )ª 

 

a

Reported as a KPI on page 44.

 

212   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

    

 

Highlights by region for the year ended 31 December 2020 (continued)

Americas

 

         Revenue         Operating profitb  
         

        2020

$m

       

        2019

$m

               Change
$m
       

    Change

%

                2020
$m
                   2019
$m
            Change
$m
          

    Change

%

 
Per Group financial statements, note 2        512         1,040          (528       (50.8       296          700         (404        (57.7
                                   

Reportable segments analysed asª:

                                                                                                               
Fee business        457         853          (396       (46.4       323          663         (340        (51.3
Owned, leased and managed lease        55         187          (132       (70.6       (27        37         (64        (173.0
           512           1,040                (528         (50.8         296                700           (404              (57.7
                                   
Reportable segments (see above)        512         1,040          (528       (50.8       296          700         (404        (57.7
Currency impact                (5        5                          (4       4           
Underlying revenue and underlying operating profit        512         1,035          (523       (50.5       296          696         (400        (57.5

 

  a

Revenues as included in the Group Financial Statements, note 3.

 

  b

Before exceptional items.

EMEAA

 

        Revenue         Operating profitb  
        

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

       

    Change

$m

          

    Change

%

       

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

       

    Change

$m

          

    Change

%

 
Per Group financial statements, note 2       221          723         (502        (69.4       (50        217         (267        (123.0
                                   

Reportable segments analysed asª:

                                                                                                                   
Fee business       107          337         (230        (68.2       (18        202         (220        (108.9
Owned, leased and managed lease       114          386         (272        (70.5       (32        15         (47        (313.3
          221                723           (502              (69.4         (50              217           (267              (123.0
                                   
Reportable segments (see above)       221          723         (502        (69.4       (50        217         (267        (123.0
Significant liquidated damages       (1        (11       10          (90.9       (1        (11       10          (90.9
Owned asset disposalsc       (2        (12       10          (83.3       (3        (2       (1        50.0  
Currency impact                4         (4                         2         (2         
Underlying revenue and underlying operating profit       218          704         (486        (69.0       (54        206         (260        (126.2

 

  a

Revenues as included in the Group Financial Statements, note 3.

 

  b

Before exceptional items.

 

  c

The results of the Holiday Inn Melbourne Airport have been removed in 2020 (being the year of disposal) and the prior year to determine underlying growth compared to the prior year.

Greater China

 

         Revenue         Operating profitb  
         

        2020

$m

          

         2019

$m

             Change
$m
          

    Change

%

                2020
$m
                    2019
$m
              Change
$m
        

     Change

%

 
Per Group financial statements, note 2        77          135          (58        (43.0       35           73         (38        (52.1
                                      

Reportable segments analysed asª:

                                                                                                                  
Fee business          77                135            (58              (43.0         35                 73           (38          (52.1
                                      
Reportable segments (see above)        77          135          (58        (43.0       35           73         (38        (52.1
Currency impact                 2          (2                                            
Underlying revenue and underlying operating profit        77          137          (60        (43.8       35           73         (38        (52.1

 

  a

Revenues as included in the Group Financial Statements, note 3.

 

  b

Before exceptional items.

 

LOGO

 

 

Other financial information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   213


Table of Contents

Additional Information

Other financial information continued

    

 

Highlights for the year ended 31 December 2019

Reportable segments

 

            Revenue             Operating profit  
            

        2019

$m

          

        2018

$m

               Change
$m
          

    Change

%

                    2019
$m
                    2018
$m
                Change
$m
          

    Change

%

 
Per Group income statement         4,627          4,337          290          6.7           630           582           48          8.2  
System Fund         (1,373        (1,233        (140        11.4           49           146           (97        (66.4
Reimbursement of costs         (1,171        (1,171                                                         
Operating exceptional items                                              186           104           82          78.8  
Reportable segments         2,083          1,933          150          7.8           865           832           33          4.0  
                                           

Reportable segments analysed as:

                                                                                                                                           
Fee business         1,510          1,486          24          1.6           813           793           20          2.5  
Owned, leased and managed lease         573          447          126          28.2           52           39           13          33.3  
                2,083                1,933                150                7.8                 865                 832                 33                4.0  

Underlying fee revenue

 

            Revenue  
            

        2019

$m

          

        2018

$m

               Change
$m
          

    Change

%

 
Reportable segments fee business (see above)         1,510          1,486          24          1.6  
Significant liquidated damages         (11        (13        2          (15.4
Acquisitionsa         (14                 (14         
Currency impact                  (17        17           
Underlying fee revenue         1,485          1,456          29          2.0 b  

 

a

The results of acquired businesses (Six Senses and two UK portfolio hotels) are removed only in the year of acquisition when determining underlying growth compared to the prior year.

 

b

Reported as a KPI on page 44.

Highlights for the year ended 31 December 2018

Reportable segments

 

            Revenue            Operating profit  
            

        2018

$m

          

        2017

$m

               Change
$m
          

    Change

%

                   2018
$m
                    2017
$m
               Change
$m
          

    Change

%

 
Per Group income statement         4,337          4,075          262          6.4          582           744          (162        (21.8
System Fund         (1,233        (1,242        9          (0.7        146           34          112          329.4  
Reimbursement of costs         (1,171        (1,103        (68        6.2                                       
Operating exceptional items                                             104           (4        108          (2,700.0
Reportable segments         1,933          1,730          203          11.7          832           774          58          7.5  
                                         

Reportable segments analysed as:

                                                                                                                                         
Fee business         1,486          1,379          107          7.8          793           731          62          8.5  
Owned, leased and managed lease         447          351          96          27.4          39           43          (4        (9.3
                1,933                1,730                203                11.7                832                 774                58                7.5  

Underlying fee revenue

 

            Revenue  
            

        2018

$m

          

        2017

$m

                 Change
$m
          

    Change

%

 
Reportable segments fee business (see above)         1,486          1,379           107          7.8  
Significant liquidated damages         (13                  (13         
Acquisitionsa         (1                  (1         
Currency impact                  4           (4         
Underlying fee revenue         1,472          1,383           89          6.4 b 

 

a

The results of acquired businesses (Regent and the UK portfolio) are removed only in the year of acquisition when determining underlying growth compared to the prior year.

 

b

Reported as a KPI on page 44.

 

214   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

Fee margin reconciliation

 

            

    2020

$m

          

    2019

$m

          

      2018

$m

          

      2017

$m

 
Revenue                                             
Reportable segments analysed as fee business (page 150)         823          1,510          1,486          1,379  
Significant liquidated damages         (1        (11        (13         
Captive insurance company (note 21)         (19        (19        (11        (9
          803          1,480          1,462          1,370  
Operating profit                                             
Reportable segments analysed as fee business (pages 212 and 214)         278          813          793          731  
Significant liquidated damages         (1        (11        (13         
Captive insurance company (note 21)         (3        (1        (1         
          274          801          779          731  
                                              
Fee margina         34.1%          54.1%          53.3%          53.4%  

 

a

Reported as a KPI on page 45.

Net capital expenditure reconciliation

 

           

12 months ended

31 December

 
$m          

      2020

$m

          

      2019

$m

 
Net cash from investing activities         (61        (493
Adjusted for:                       

Contract acquisition costs net of repayments

        (64        (61

System Fund depreciation and amortisationa

        58          49  

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

                 292  

Payment of contingent purchase consideration

                 2  
Net capital expenditure         (67        (211
Analysed as:                       

Capital expenditure: maintenance (including contract acquisition costs, net of repayments of $64m (2019: $61m))

        (107        (147

Capital expenditure: recyclable investments

        17          (15

Capital expenditure: System Fund capital investments

        23          (49
Net capital expenditure         (67        (211

 

a

Excludes depreciation on right-of-use assets.

Gross capital expenditure reconciliation

 

            12 months ended
31 December
 
$m          

      2020

$m

          

      2019

$m

 
Net capital expenditure         (67        (211
Add back:                       

Disposal receipts

        (18        (4

Repayments of contract acquisition costs

                 (1

Distributions from associates and joint ventures

        (5         

System Fund depreciation and amortisationa

        (58        (49
Gross capital expenditure         (148        (265
Analysed as:                       

Capital expenditure: maintenance (including gross contract acquisition costs of $64m (2019: $62m))

        (107        (148

Capital expenditure: recyclable investments

        (6        (19

Capital expenditure: System Fund capital investments

        (35        (98
Gross capital expenditure         (148        (265

 

a

Excludes depreciation on right-of-use assets.

 

LOGO
 

 

Other financial information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   215


Table of Contents

Additional Information

Other financial information continued

    

    

 

Free cash flow reconciliation

 

            12 months ended 31 December  
         

        2020

$m

 

 

      

        2019

$m

 

 

      

        2018

$m

 

 

      

        2017

$m

 

 

      

        2016

$m

ª 

 

Net cash from operating activities         137          653          709          616          710  
Adjusted for:                                                        

Payment of contingent purchase consideration

                 6                             

Principal element of lease payments

        (65        (59        (35        (25         

Purchase of shares by employee share trusts

                 (5        (3        (3        (10

Capital expenditure: maintenance (excluding contract acquisition costs)

        (43        (86        (60        (72        (54

Cash receipt from renegotiation of long-term partnership agreement

                                            (95
Free cash flowb         29          509          611          516          551  

 

a

Does not include the impact of IFRS 15 or IFRS 16.

 

b

Reported as a KPI on page 45.

Adjusted interest reconciliation

 

           

12 months ended

31 December

 
            

        2020

$m

          

        2019

$m

 
Net financial expenses                       
Financial income         4          6  
Financial expenses         (144        (121
          (140        (115
Adjusted for:                       

Interest payable on balances with the System Fund

        (3        (13

Capitalised interest relating to System Fund assets

        (1        (5

Exceptional financial expenses

        14           
          10          (18
Adjusted interest         (130        (133

Adjusted EBITDAª reconciliation

 

            

        2020

$m

          

          2019

$m

           

           2018

$m

 
Operating profit         (153        630           582  
Add back                                   

System Fund result

        102          49           146  

Operating exceptional items

        270          186           104  

Depreciation and amortisation

        110          116           115  
Adjusted EBITDA         329          981           947  

 

a

For covenant purposes, calculated on a frozen GAAP basis, adjusted EBITDA is $272m (2019: $897m).

 

216   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

Revenue per available room (RevPAR), average daily rate and occupancy

RevPAR is the primary metric used by management to track hotel performance across regions and brands. RevPAR is also a commonly used performance measure in the hotel industry. RevPAR comprises IHG System rooms revenue divided by the number of room nights available and can be mathematically derived from occupancy rate multiplied by average daily rate (ADR). Occupancy rate is rooms occupied by hotel guests expressed as a percentage of rooms that are available. ADR is rooms revenue divided by the number of room nights sold.

References to RevPAR, occupancy and average daily rate are presented on a comparable basis comprising groupings of hotels that have traded in all months in both the current and prior year. The principal exclusions in deriving this measure are new hotels, hotels closed for major refurbishment and hotels sold in either of the two years. RevPAR and ADR are quoted at a constant US$ conversion rate, in order to allow a better understanding of the comparable year-on-year trading performance excluding distortions created by fluctuations in exchange rates.

The following tables present RevPAR statistics for the year ended 31 December 2020 and a comparison to 2019. Fee business and owned, leased and managed lease statistics are for comparable hotels and include only those hotels in the Group’s System at 31 December 2020 and franchised, managed, owned, leased or managed lease by the Group since 1 January 2019. The comparison with 2019 is at constant US$ exchange rates.

 

            Fee business            

Owned, leased and

managed lease

 
             2020            

Change vs

2019

            2020            

Change vs

2019

 
Americas                                                
InterContinental                                                
Occupancy         24.9%           (47.2)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $178.70           (16.0%)                      
RevPAR         $44.46           (71.0%)                      
Kimpton                                                
Occupancy         28.4%           (50.9)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $212.25           (15.5)%                      
RevPAR         $60.31           (69.7)%                      
Crowne Plaza                                                
Occupancy         27.6%           (36.8)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $104.03           (18.6)%                      
RevPAR         $28.76           (65.1)%                      
Hotel Indigo                                                
Occupancy         39.1%           (33.0)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $129.15           (20.6)%                      
RevPAR         $50.46           (57.0)%                      
EVEN Hotels                                                
Occupancy         30.2%           (45.4)ppt           41.2%           (34.8)ppt  
Average daily rate         $104.18           (35.4)%           $104.80           (29.9)%  
RevPAR         $31.42           (74.2)%           $43.21           (62.0)%  
Holiday Inn                                                
Occupancy         36.5%           (29.4)ppt           32.1%           (51.3)ppt  
Average daily rate         $98.21           (13.4)%           $179.34           (1.7)%  
RevPAR         $35.90           (52.0)%           $57.56           (62.2)%  
Holiday Inn Express                                                
Occupancy         45.7%           (23.1)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $100.19           (12.1)%                      
RevPAR         $45.81           (41.6)%                      
Staybridge Suites                                                
Occupancy         55.4%           (19.3)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $100.48           (13.7)%                      
RevPAR         $55.69           (36.0)%                      
Candlewood Suites                                                
Occupancy         61.7%           (10.6)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $78.97           (9.8)%                      
RevPAR         $48.74           (23.0)%                      

 

LOGO

 

 

Other financial information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   217


Table of Contents

Additional Information

Other financial information continued

    

    

 

RevPAR, average daily rate and occupancy continued

 

            Fee business            

Owned, leased and

managed lease

 
             2020            

Change vs

2019

            2020            

Change vs

2019

 
EMEAA                                                
InterContinental                                                
Occupancy         31.9%           (40.5)ppt           24.5%           (49.7)ppt  
Average daily rate         $157.63           (20.2)%           $304.25           0.6%  
RevPAR         $50.34           (64.8)%           $74.65           (66.7)%  
Crowne Plaza                                                
Occupancy         30.2%           (43.5)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $105.13           (13.4)%                      
RevPAR         $31.72           (64.5)%                      
Hotel Indigo                                                
Occupancy         27.8%           (51.1)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $107.49           (25.3)%                      
RevPAR         $29.90           (73.7)%                      
Holiday Inn                                                
Occupancy         31.9%           (41.6)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $80.88           (17.8)%                      
RevPAR         $25.80           (64.3)%                      
Holiday Inn Express                                                
Occupancy         35.4%           (41.9)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $67.29           (22.4)%                      
RevPAR         $23.85           (64.5)%                      
Staybridge Suites                                                
Occupancy         41.4%           (30.2)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $114.94           (7.7)%                      
RevPAR         $47.61           (46.6)%                      
Greater China                                                
InterContinental                                                
Occupancy         45.1%           (18.7)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $103.33           (10.6)%                      
RevPAR         $46.64           (36.8)%                      
HUALUXE                                                
Occupancy         44.6%           (6.8)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $58.78           (8.2)%                      
RevPAR         $26.24           (20.4)%                      
Crowne Plaza                                                
Occupancy         40.6%           (18.3)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $67.84           (10.7)%                      
RevPAR         $27.54           (38.4)%                      
Hotel Indigo                                                
Occupancy         42.7%           (19.9)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $108.63           (17.8)%                      
RevPAR         $46.34           (44.0)%                      
Holiday Inn                                                
Occupancy         39.6%           (22.8)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $52.50           (16.4)%                      
RevPAR         $20.80           (46.9)%                      
Holiday Inn Express                                                
Occupancy         43.4%           (17.7)ppt                      
Average daily rate         $37.18           (16.5)%                      
RevPAR         $16.14           (40.6)%                      

 

218   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Directors’ Report

 

 

This Directors’ Report includes the information required to be given in line with the Companies Act or, where provided elsewhere, an appropriate cross reference is given. The Governance Report approved by the Board is provided on pages 74 to 111 and incorporated by reference herein.

Subsidiaries, joint ventures and associated undertakings

The Group has over 400 subsidiaries, joint ventures and related undertakings (including branches). A list of subsidiaries and associated undertakings disclosed in accordance with the Companies Act is provided at note 34 of the Group Financial Statements on pages 197 to 199.

Directors

 

LOGO   For biographies of the current Directors see pages 76 to 79.

Directors’ and Officers’ (D&O) liability insurance and existence of qualifying indemnity provisions

The Company maintains the Group’s D&O liability insurance policy, which covers Directors and Officers of the Company defending civil proceedings brought against them in their capacity as Directors or Officers of the Company (including those who served as Directors or Officers during the year). There were no indemnity provisions relating to the UK pension plan for the benefit of the Directors during 2020.

Articles of Association

 

LOGO   The Company’s Articles of Association may only be amended by special resolution and are available on the Company’s website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate governance.

 

LOGO   A summary is provided on pages 232 and 233.

Shares

Share capital

The Company’s issued share capital at 31 December 2020 consisted of 187,717,720 ordinary shares of 20 340/399 pence each, including 5,061,408 shares held in treasury, which constituted 2.7% of the total issued share capital (including treasury shares). There are no special control rights or restrictions on share transfers or limitations on the holding of any class of shares.

During 2020, 623,019 shares were transferred from treasury to the employee share ownership trust.

As far as is known to management, IHG is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another company or by any government. The Board focuses on shareholder value creation. When it decides to return capital to shareholders, it considers all of its options, including share buybacks and special dividends.

Share issues and buybacks

In 2020, the Company did not issue any new shares, nor did it buy back any existing shares.

Dividends

During the year, the Company took several steps to protect its cash flow, including the Board withdrawing its recommendation of a final dividend in respect of 2019 of 85.9 ¢ per share. An interim dividend in respect of 2020 was not paid and the Board will continue to defer consideration of further dividends until visibility of the pace and scale of market recovery has improved.

Major institutional shareholders

As at 22 February 2021, the Company had been notified of the following significant holdings in its ordinary shares under the UK Disclosure Guidance and Transparency Rules (DTRs):

 

 

         As at 22 February 2021          As at 17 February 2020          As at 18 February 2019  
         Ordinary                      Ordinary                      Ordinary              
Shareholder        shares/ADSsa                              %a          shares/ADSsa                              %a          shares/ADSsa                              %a  
BlackRock, Inc.        10,429,827 b         5.71          9,939,317          5.46          10,165,234          5.60  
Boron Investments B.V.        6,890,000          3.77          11,450,000          6.01          11,450,000          6.01  
Cedar Rock Capital Limited        14,923,417          5.07          14,923,417          5.07          14,923,417          5.07  
Fiera Capital Corporation        11,037,891          6.06          11,037,891          6.06          9,662,767          5.07  
Fundsmith LLP        10,222,246          5.18          10,222,246          5.18          10,222,246          5.18  
Royal Bank of Canada        9,161,021 c          5.01          n/a          n/a          n/a          n/a  

 

a

The number of shares and percentage of voting rights was determined at the time of the relevant disclosures made in accordance with Rule 5 of the DTRs and doesn’t necessarily reflect the impact of any share consolidation or any changes in shareholding subsequent to the date of notification that are not required to be notified to us under the DTRs.

 

b

Total shown includes 1,431,074 qualifying financial instruments to which voting rights are attached.

 

c

Total shown includes 123,160 qualifying financial instruments to which voting rights are attached.

In addition to the above notifications, the Company had been notified of the following holdings in its ordinary shares:

FMR LLC notified the Company on 22 January 2020 that it held less than 5% of voting rights.

BLS Capital Fondsmaeglerselskab A/S notified the Company on 10 November 2020 that it held less than 3% of voting rights.

As at 22 February 2021, the Company had not received any further notifications in relation to the holdings referred to above.

The Company’s major shareholders have the same voting rights as other shareholders. The Company does not know of any arrangements the operation of which may result in a change in its control.

 

LOGO   For further details on shareholder profiles, see page 243.

 

LOGO

 

 

Directors’ Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   219


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Directors’ Report continued

    

    

2020 share awards and grants to employees

Our current policy is to settle the majority of awards or grants under the Company’s share plans with shares purchased in the market or from shares held in treasury; however, the Company continues to review this policy. The Company’s share plans incorporate the current Investment Association’s guidelines on dilution which provide that commitments to new shares or re-issue treasury shares under executive plans should not exceed 5% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company (adjusted for share issuance and cancellation) in any 10-year period. During the financial year ended 31 December 2020, the Company transferred 623,019 treasury shares (0.33% of the total issued share capital) to satisfy obligations under its share plans.

The estimated maximum dilution from awards made under the Company’s share plans over the last 10 years is 3.5%.

As at 31 December 2020, no options were outstanding. The Company has not utilised the authority given by shareholders at any of its AGMs to allot shares for cash without first offering such shares to existing shareholders.

Employee share ownership trust (ESOT)

IHG operates an ESOT for the benefit of employees and former employees. The ESOT receives treasury shares from the Company and purchases ordinary shares in the market and releases them to current and former employees in satisfaction of share awards. During 2020, the ESOT released 736,673 shares and at 31 December 2020 it held 68,319 ordinary shares in the Company. The ESOT adopts a prudent approach to purchasing shares, using funds provided by the Group, based on expectations of future requirements.

In July 2019, shares held in the ESOT that had been allocated to share plan participants under the Annual Performance Plan were transferred to Equatex UK Limited (now Computershare Investor Services Plc) where they are held in a nominee account on behalf of those participants (Nominee). The shares held by the Nominee have been allocated to share plan participants on terms that entitle those participants to request or require the Nominee to exercise the voting rights relating to those shares. The Nominee shall exercise those votes in accordance with the directions of the participants. Shares that have not been allocated to share plan participants under such terms continue to be held by the ESOT and the trustee may vote or abstain from exercising their voting rights in relation to those shares, or accept or reject any offer relating to the shares, in any way it sees fit.

As at 31 December 2020, the Nominee held 294,932 ordinary shares in the Company, in the form of unvested share plan awards, allocated to Annual Performance Plan share plan participants.

Unless otherwise requested by the Company, the trustee of the ESOT waives all ordinary dividends on the shares held in the ESOT, other than shares which have been allocated to participants on terms which entitle them to the benefit of dividends, except for such amount per share as shall, when multiplied by the number of shares held by it on the relevant date, equal one pence or less.

Colleague Share Plan

The Company’s Colleague Share Plan rules (Rules) were approved by shareholders at the Company’s 2019 AGM. A summary of the Rules is set out in the appendix to the notice of the Company’s 2019 AGM, which is available at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Shareholder centre in the AGMs and meetings section. Following a detailed communication plan, invitations to join the Colleague Share Plan were sent to all eligible corporate employees at the end of 2019 with the first plan year commencing in January 2020 (Plan Year).

In accordance with the Rules, participant contributions have been used to purchase shares on a monthly basis on behalf of the individuals (Purchased Shares) and held within the Nominee. At the end of the Plan Year, the participants received a conditional right to receive one share (Matching Share) for every one Purchased Share that they have purchased. Providing the participants hold the Purchased Shares in the Nominee until the first anniversary of the end of the Plan Year, the conditional right to Matching Shares will vest.

As at 31 December 2020, the Nominee held 35,776 ordinary shares on behalf of Colleague Share Plan participants.

The second plan year commenced in January 2021 following the annual communication inviting employees to participate, and as at 22 February 2021, the Nominee held 2,683 Purchased Shares in relation to the second plan year.

Future business developments of the Group

LOGO  

Further details on these are set out in the

Strategic Report on pages 2 to 71.

Employees and Code of Conduct

Having a predominantly franchised and managed business model means that not all of those people who work at hotels operated under our brands are our employees. When the Group’s entire estate is taken into account (including those working in our franchised and managed hotels), approximately 350,000 people worked globally across IHG’s brands as at 31 December 2020. Further details on our employees and Code of Conduct are set out in the Strategic Report on pages 24 and 25.

The average number of IHG employees, including part-time employees, during 2020 were as follows:

 

  8,146 people worldwide (including those in our corporate offices, central reservations offices and owned hotels (excluding those in a category below)), whose costs were borne by the Group;

 

  4,686 people who worked directly on behalf of the System Fund and whose costs were borne by the System Fund; and

 

  15,980 General Managers and (in the US predominantly) other hotel workers, who work in managed hotels, who have contracts or are directly employed by IHG and whose costs are borne by those hotels.

 

LOGO  

See note 4 of the Group Financial Statements on page 153

for more information.

Employment of disabled persons

IHG continues to focus on providing an inclusive environment, in which employees are valued for who they are and what they bring to the Group, and in which talented individuals are retained through all levels of the organisation – see pages 26 to 28.

We look to appoint the most appropriate person for the job and are committed to providing equality of opportunity to all employees without discrimination. Every effort is made to ensure that applications for employment from disabled employees are fully and fairly considered and that disabled employees have equal opportunities to training, career development and promotion.

The Code of Conduct applies to all Directors, officers and employees and complies with the NYSE rules as set out in Section 406 of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act 2002. Further details can be found on page 239.

 

LOGO

LOGO

  For more information on the Group’s employment policies, including equal opportunities, employee communications and development, see pages 26 to 28, and our website www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business
 

 

220   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

    

Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions

By delivering more environmentally sustainable hotels, we create value for IHG, our owners and all our stakeholders. We recognise the risks from climate change and the importance of reducing our carbon footprint and in 2020 have published our 2030 carbon reduction targets, approved by the Science Based Targets initiative. During 2020, due mainly to the impacts of Covid-19 on our industry, our absolute Scope 1, 2 and 3 (FERA) GHG emissions from our owned, leased and managed hotels fell by 23%, from a 2018 base

year (against a 2030 reduction target of 15%), and our Scope 3 GHG emissions from our franchised hotels fell by 18% per square metre, from a 2018 base year (against a 2030 reduction target of 46% per square meter). Covid-19 has significantly impacted occupancy levels across our estate and required intermittent hotel closures in many locations, which in turn has significantly lowered our carbon footprint for the year. As the industry recovers, we will continue to focus on achieving our carbon reduction goals by driving energy efficiency in our hotels and increasingly looking at renewable energy solutions.

 

 

                                      2020                           2019                           2018
Reporting boundary         Measure           Global            

UK and UK

offshore only

          Global            

UK and UK

offshore only

          Global            

UK and UK

offshore only

Emissions from operations under our direct control     Energy – fuel use and refrigerants (hotels and transport) (kWh)             1,521,594,818                 8,153,192             2,102,512,059               16,862,206             2,057,587,064                 22,402,103
– corporate offices and IHG owned, leased and managed hotels            Energy – purchased electricity, heat, steam and cooling (kWh)                2,941,644,820         12,504,410         3,788,758,919         22,032,986         3,575,195,407         18,269,535
    Scope 1 Direct emissions – fuel use and refrigerants (tCO2e)         342,504         1,558         491,740         3,286         481,047         4,316
    Scope 2 Indirect emissions – purchased energy (tCO2e, location-based)         1,529,400         2,917         2,014,868         5,623         1,926,948         5,057
    Scope 2 Indirect emissions – purchased energy (tCO2e, market-based)         1,536,108         2,917         2,035,966         5,623         1,955,209         5,057
    Total Scope 1 and 2 (tCO2e, location-based)         1,871,903         4,475         2,506,609         8,909         2,407,995         9,374
      Scope 1 and 2 intensity (tCO2e per $000 revenue, location-based)         0.35         0.07         0.21         0.03         0.21         0.04

Emissions from operations outside our direct control

– franchised hotels

    Scope 3 Indirect emissions from franchised hotels (tCO2e)         1,904,006         90,632         2,689,433         148,820         2,714,512         161,197
Total GHG emissions     Scope 1, 2 and 3 (tCO2e)         3,775,909         95,107         5,196,041         157,729         5,122,507         170,571

 

Scope

We report Scope 1, Scope 2 and Scope 3 emissions as defined by the GHG protocol:

 

  Scope 1 emissions are direct emissions from the burning of fuels or from refrigerant losses by the emitter.

 

  Scope 2 emissions are indirect emissions generated by the energy purchased or acquired by the emitter.

 

  Scope 3 emissions are indirect emissions that occur in a company’s value chain.

Methodology

We have worked with external consultants to give us an up-to-date picture of IHG’s carbon footprint and assess our performance over time. To calculate our emissions, they use the GHG Protocol Corporate Accounting and Reporting Standard methodology and refer to other existing and emerging definitions, methodologies and standards, as relevant. Our consultants use utility consumption data as reported by hotels on the IHG Green Engage system, complete outlier checks as necessary, apply sampling and extrapolation methodology to estimate our global energy use and apply the appropriate emission factors to calculate our GHG emissions. For 2020, the sample covered 311 (88%) of our 354 UK hotels and 4,649 (79%) of our 5,922 global hotels with occupancy during the reporting period 2017-2020.

Global sample size was smaller in 2020 than in 2019 (92%), due to the impacts of Covid-19 on our hotels and their capacity to report utility data. Any missing datapoints for energy use in 2020 have been filled using average consumption per room night from the nearest 12-month period. Region-brand, regional and global average consumption per room night were calculated for each fuel type and outliers were identified by comparison to the median of the relevant region-brand group. Consumption data has been estimated for non-reporting hotels based on region-brand average consumption per room night, applied to a hotel’s number of room nights. This ensures that all hotels have a consumption figure corresponding to their occupied room nights. As IHG’s System size is continually changing, 2019 and 2018 data have been restated.

With our 2020 reporting, we have moved to calendar year reporting, showing annual GHG emissions for the period 1 January to 31 December. In previous years, we reported emissions for the period 1 October to 30 September, to ensure as much data as possible was available for annual calculations. From 2020, we are aligning our GHG reporting to our financial reporting period, to enable analysis of both financial and non-financial indicators for the same period.

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Directors’ Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   221


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Directors’ Report continued

    

    

Energy reduction initiatives

IHG hotels globally use the IHG Green Engage system, a comprehensive online environmental management platform that helps them measure, track and report their utility consumption and carbon footprint, as well as providing over 200 ‘Green Solutions’ with detailed guidance to support hotels in reducing their energy, water and waste impacts. To comply with the IHG Green Engage standard, hotels are required amongst others to report their monthly energy consumption and complete key energy saving actions. In addition, hotels are set annual carbon reduction targets to drive continuous improvement.

In 2020, we saw our global GHG emissions (Scope 1, 2 and 3) fall by 26% compared to base year 2018. This was largely due to the impacts of Covid-19 on our industry, resulting in low occupancy levels and intermittent hotel closures, but also in part due to targeted energy reduction efforts in our estate, including for example the implementation of a daily energy consumption tracker in some locations. Where possible, we have worked closely with our hotels throughout the pandemic to help minimise energy consumption and utility costs during hotel closure and maximise energy efficiency during the re-opening stage.

 

LOGO  

For more information on the Group’s responsible

business targets, see pages 20, 21, 29 and 30.

Finance

Political donations

The Group made no political donations under the Companies Act during the year and proposes to maintain this policy.

Financial risk management

LOGO   The Group’s financial risk management objectives and policies, including its use of financial instruments, are set out in note 24 to the Group Financial Statements on pages 179 to 183.

Significant agreements and change of control provisions

The Group is a party to the following arrangements which could be terminated upon a change of control of the Company and which are considered significant in terms of their potential impact on the business of the Group as a whole:

 

  The 10-year £400 million bond issued by the Company on 28 November 2012, under which, if the bond’s credit rating was downgraded in connection with a change of control, the bond holders would have the option to require the Company to redeem or, at the Company’s option, repurchase the outstanding notes together with interest accrued.

 

  The $1.275 billion syndicated loan facility agreement dated 30 March 2015 and maturing in September 2023, under which a change of control of the Company would entitle each lender to cancel its commitment and declare all amounts due to it payable.

 

  The 10-year £300 million bond issued by the Company on 14 August 2015, under which, if the bond’s credit rating was downgraded in connection with a change of control, the bond holders would have the option to require the Company to redeem or, at the Company’s option, repurchase the outstanding notes together with interest accrued.

 

  The 10-year £350 million bond issued by the Company on 24 August 2016, under which, if the bond’s credit rating was downgraded in connection with a change of control, the bond holders would have the option to require the Company to redeem or, at the Company’s option, repurchase the outstanding notes together with interest accrued.
  The 8.5-year 500 million bond issued by the Company on 15 November 2018, under which, if the bond’s credit rating was downgraded in connection with a change of control, the bond holders would have the option to require the Company to redeem or, at the Company’s option, repurchase the outstanding notes together with interest accrued.

 

  The 4-year 500 million bond issued by the Company on 8 October 2020, under which, if the bond’s credit rating was downgraded in connection with a change of control, the bond holders would have the option to require the Company to redeem or, at the Company’s option, repurchase the outstanding notes together with interest accrued.

 

  The 8-year £400 million bond issued by the Company on 8 October 2020, under which, if the bond’s credit rating was downgraded in connection with a change of control, the bond holders would have the option to require the Company to redeem or, at the Company’s option, repurchase the outstanding notes together with interest accrued.

 

LOGO   Further details on material contracts are set out on page 234.

Business relationships

The Group is party to a technology agreement with Amadeus Hospitality Americas, Inc. (Amadeus), for the development and hosting of the Group’s next generation Guest Reservation System. The initial term of 10 years will expire in 2028, and the Group has the right to extend this agreement for two additional periods of up to 10 years each on the same terms, conditions and pricing. The financial and performance obligations in this agreement are guaranteed by Amadeus IT Group S.A., the parent company of Amadeus Hospitality Americas, Inc.

Otherwise, there are no specific individual contracts or arrangements considered to be essential to the business of the Group as a whole.

Disclosure of information to Auditor

LOGO   For details, see page 114.

The Companies (Miscellaneous Reporting) Regulations 2018

An overview of how the Directors have had regard to the matters set forth in Section 172(1)(a) to (f) of the Companies Act 2006 is provided in the Section 172 statement on pages 22 to 23. Further details can be found throughout the Strategic Report and Governance Report, as indicated in the Section 172 statement.

Specifically, a description of the actions taken by the Directors during the year to provide employees with information on matters concerning them, engage with employees to make better informed decisions, encourage employee involvement in the Company’s employee share scheme and increase employee awareness of the financial and economic factors affecting the performance of the Company, can be found in our Employee engagement statement on page 26, throughout the Governance Report and on page 220.

Our statement of business relationships with suppliers, customers and others is set out on page 31.

 

 

222   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Listing Rules – compliance with LR 9.8.4C

 

Section        Applicable sub-paragraph within LR 9.8.4C        Location

 

    

 

    

 

1      Interest capitalised      Group Financial Statements, note 7, page 157

 

    

 

    

 

4      Details of long-term incentive schemes      Directors’ Remuneration Report, pages 96 to 111

 

    

 

    

 

The above table sets out only those sections of LR 9.8.4C which are relevant. The remaining sections of LR 9.8.4 are not applicable.

 

Going concern

An overview of the business activities of IHG, including a review of the key business risks that the Group faces, is given in the Strategic Report on pages 2 to 71 and in the Group information on pages 224 to 235.

The impact of the Covid-19 pandemic on the hospitality industry has been severe. Through 2020, many of the Group’s hotels were temporarily closed, while others experienced historically low levels of occupancy and room rates. The Group’s fee-based model and wide geographic spread mean that it is well placed to manage through these uncertain times.

The Group has taken various actions to manage cash outflows and strengthen its liquidity during 2020. As at 31 December 2020 the Group had total liquidity of $2,925m, comprising $1,350m of undrawn bank facilities and $1,575m of cash and cash equivalents (net of overdrafts and restricted cash).

There remains unusually limited visibility on the pace and scale of market recovery and therefore there are a wide range of possible planning scenarios over the going concern period. The scenarios and assessment considered by the Directors in adopting the going concern basis for preparing these financial statements is included on page 133.

Based on the assessment completed, the Directors have a reasonable expectation that the Group has sufficient resources to continue operating until at least 30 June 2022 and there are no material uncertainties that may cast doubt on the Group’s going concern status. Accordingly, they continue to adopt the going concern basis in preparing the Financial Statements.

 

LOGO  

Please see page 42 for the Directors’

assessment of the viability of the Group.

By order of the Board,

Nicolette Henfrey

Company Secretary

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

Registered in England and Wales, Company number 5134420

22 February 2021

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Directors’ Report   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   223


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Group information

History and developments

 

 

The Company was incorporated and registered in England and Wales with registered number 5134420 on 21 May 2004 as a limited company under the Companies Act 1985 with the name Hackremco (No. 2154) Limited. In 2004/05, as part of a scheme of arrangement to facilitate the return of capital to shareholders, the following structural changes were made to the Group: (i) on 24 March 2005, Hackremco (No. 2154) Limited changed its name to New InterContinental Hotels Group Limited; (ii) on 27 April 2005, New InterContinental Hotels Group Limited re-registered as a public limited company and changed its name to New InterContinental Hotels Group PLC; and (iii) on 27 June 2005, New InterContinental Hotels Group PLC changed its name to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and became the holding company of the Group.

The Group, formerly known as Bass, and then Six Continents, was historically a conglomerate operating as, among other things, a brewer, soft drinks manufacturer, hotelier, leisure operator, and restaurant, pub and bar owner. In 1988 Bass acquired Holiday Inn International and the remainder of the Holiday Inn brand in 1990. The InterContinental brand was acquired by Bass in 1998 and the Candlewood Suites brand was acquired by Six Continents in 2003.

On 15 April 2003, following shareholder and regulatory approval, Six Continents PLC separated into two new listed groups, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, comprising the hotels and soft drinks businesses, and Mitchells & Butler plc, comprising the retail and standard commercial property developments business.

The Group disposed of its interests in the soft drinks business by way of an initial public offering of Britvic (Britannia Soft Drinks Limited for the period up to 18 November 2005, and thereafter, Britannia SD Holdings Limited (renamed Britvic plc on 21 November 2005), which became the holding company of the Britvic Group on 18 November 2005), a manufacturer and distributor of soft drinks in the UK, in December 2005. The Group now continues as a stand-alone hotels business.

Recent acquisitions and divestitures

The Group had no material acquisitions in 2020, therefore there was no cash outflow in this regard during the year (2019: $300 million, 2018: $38 million). The 2019 net cash outflow principally related to the acquisition of Six Senses Hotels Resorts Spas and its management business (‘Six Senses’) in February 2019.

 

LOGO   Further information is included in note 11 to the Group Financial Statements on page 164.

The Group had no material divestitures in 2020 or 2019.

Capital expenditure

  Gross capital expenditure in 2020 totalled $148 million compared with $265 million in 2019 and $253 million in 2018, see page 215.

 

  At 31 December 2020, capital committed (being contracts placed for expenditure on property, plant and equipment and intangible assets not provided for in the Group Financial Statements) totalled $19 million.
 

 

Risk factors

 

The Group is subject to a variety of inherent risks that may have an adverse impact on its business operations, financial condition, turnover, profits, brands and reputation. This section describes the main risks that could materially affect the Group’s business. The risks below are not the only ones that the Group faces. Some risks are not yet known to the Group and some risks that the Group does not currently believe to be material could later turn out to be material.

While the Covid-19 pandemic, and related restrictions imposed by governments and others, has not fundamentally changed our risk factors, it has heightened the uncertainty in many areas which we face in delivering our short- and longer-term ambitions and reconfirmed that many of our risks are connected. This is most obvious in relation to the continuing significance of the safety and security of our colleagues and guests, government interventions impacting domestic, national and international travel, consumer confidence and appetite to travel internationally in the longer term, how we operate our hotels and the overall impact on our business resilience. The response to the primary safety concerns of Covid-19 has also created several secondary impacts. For example:

 

  heightened risk of negative reputational impact (and the business consequences) as a result of any of our pandemic crisis management actions being negatively perceived by any stakeholder group;

 

  heightened cyber risks from working remotely;
  closure of key locations putting pressure on our processes, systems and infrastructure;

 

  enhanced exposure to key person risks;

 

  strain on our third-party supplier relationships – both in relation to business continuity and wider risks of supplier insolvency and/or default;

 

  heightened risk of impairment of non-current assets;

 

  new global or local laws or requirements; and

 

  significant cost pressures for owners raising risks of default on payments due to IHG, employees or suppliers; non-compliance by owners with standards and other requirements; and owner insolvency and work-outs; impacting our ability to roll out initiatives as planned and the wider risk to our business model.

More recently the Covid-19 pandemic has created further trends in certain risk factors. For example:

 

  a sustained downturn caused by further waves of the pandemic and/or a slower than anticipated industry recovery, including potential recovery pathways for business and leisure travel. This could create further volatility in our risk factors and also challenging conditions in the capital markets making it more difficult to obtain additional funding if required and potential impact to financial performance or further actions required to manage costs;
 

 

224   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

 


 

Risk factors continued

    

  heightened expectations from guests about the cleanliness and hygiene standards of major brands, which have already required a rapid response and investment by hotels and may continue to impact perceptions of brand quality;

 

  the current context also creates challenges for us to communicate and meet consumer expectations when hotel services (e.g. food and beverage) are limited, and to ensure effective execution of high-profile standards across our franchise estate;

 

  geopolitical tensions which may increase the likelihood of disruption to inbound or outbound travel and trade, and the potential for measures to be taken against businesses; and

 

  inherent risks of burnout, physical and mental health impacts and challenges to retain staff in remote working arrangements.

To enable focus on the material risk factors facing the Group, the detail below has been organised under headings corresponding to the ordering of the principal risks outlined earlier in this document and considers the assessment of inherent risk trend and speed of potential impact on IHG objectives.

 

LOGO   The principal risks are on pages 34 to 41, the cautionary statements regarding forward-looking statements are on page 245 and financial and forward-looking information including note 8 on pages 157 to 162, and note 24 on pages 179 to 183.

1. Macro external factors

The Group is exposed to the risks of political and economic developments

The Group is exposed to political, economic and financial market developments such as recession, inflation and availability of credit and currency fluctuations that could lower revenues and reduce income. The outlook for 2021 may worsen due to continued uncertainty following the conclusion of Brexit; uncertainty in the Eurozone; continuing disruption from Covid-19 on domestic and international travel patterns; potential disruptions in the US economy; the impact of fluctuating commodity prices (including oil) on economies dependent on such exports; continued unrest in parts of the Middle East, Africa and Asia; and barriers to global trade, including unforeseeable changes in regulations, imposition of tariffs or embargoes, and other trade restrictions or controls. The interconnected nature of economies suggests any of these, or other events, could trigger a recession that reduces leisure and business travel to and from affected countries and adversely affects room rates and/or occupancy levels and other income-generating activities. Specifically, the Group is most exposed to the US market and, increasingly, to Greater China. The owners or potential owners of hotels franchised or managed by the Group face similar risks that could adversely impact their solvency and the Group’s ability to secure and retain franchise or management agreements.

Accordingly, the Group is particularly susceptible to adverse changes in these economies as well as changes in their currencies. In addition to trading conditions, the economic outlook also affects the financial health of current and potential owners and their ability to access capital, which could impact existing operations, timely payment of IHG fees, and the health of the pipeline.

The Group is exposed to the risks of overcapacity in the hotel industry

The future operating results of the Group could be adversely affected by industry overcapacity (by number of rooms) and weak demand due, for example, to the Covid-19 pandemic and associated restrictions on travel and customer confidence in returning to business and leisure travel, to the cyclical nature of the hotel industry, and to other differences between planning assumptions and actual operating conditions. These conditions could result in reductions in room rates and occupancy levels, which would adversely impact the financial performance of the Group.

 

2. Preferred brands and loyalty

The Group is subject to a competitive and changing industry

The Group operates in a competitive industry and must compete effectively against traditional competitors such as other global hotel chains, local hotel companies and independent hotels to win the loyalty of guests, employees and owners. The competitive landscape also includes other types of businesses, both global and specific to certain markets, such as web-based booking channels (which include online travel agents and intermediaries), and alternative sources of accommodation such as short-term lets of private property. Failure to compete effectively in traditional and emerging areas of the business could impact the Group’s market share, System size, profitability and relationships with owners and guests. The hospitality industry has experienced recent consolidation and is likely to see this trend continue as companies seek to maintain or increase competitive advantage. Further consolidation by competitors may result in such competitors having access to increased resources, capabilities or capacity and provide advantages from scale of revenues, marketing funds and/or cost structures.

The Group is reliant on the reputation of its existing brands and is exposed to inherent reputation risks

Any event that materially damages the reputation of one or more of the Group’s brands and/or fails to sustain the appeal of the Group’s brands to its customers and owners may have an adverse impact on the value of that brand and subsequent revenues from that brand or business. In particular, if the Group is unable to create consistent, valued and quality products and guest experiences across the franchised, managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels or if the Group, its franchisees or business partners fail to act responsibly, this could result in an adverse impact on its brand reputation. In addition, the value of the Group’s brands could be influenced by a number of external factors outside the Group’s control, such as, but not limited to, changes in sentiments against global brands, changes in applicable regulations related to the hotel industry or to franchising, successful commoditisation of hotel brands by online travel agents and intermediaries, or changes in owners’ perceptions of the value of the Group.

The Group is exposed to inherent uncertainties associated with brand development and expansion

The Group has launched or acquired a number of new brands, such as EVEN Hotels, HUALUXE Hotels and Resorts, avid hotels, voco hotels, Kimpton Hotels & Restaurants, Regent Hotels & Resorts, Six Senses Hotels Resorts Spas, Atwell Suites, and entered into co-branded credit card relationships to support the IHG Rewards programme and an exclusive loyalty partnership with Mr & Mrs Smith. As the roll out, integration and growth of these brands (including associated loyalty programmes) is dependent on market conditions, guest preference and owner investment, and also continued cooperation with third parties, there are inherent risks that we will be unable to recover costs incurred in developing or acquiring the brands or any new programmes or products, or those brands, programmes, or products will not succeed as we intend. The Group’s ongoing agenda to deliver industry-leading net rooms growth creates risks relating to the transition of systems, operating models and processes, and may result in failures to improve commercial performance, leading to financial loss and undermining stakeholder confidence.

The Group is exposed to a variety of risks related to identifying, securing and retaining franchise and management agreements

The Group’s growth strategy depends on its success in identifying, securing and retaining franchise and management agreements. This is an inherent risk for the hotel industry and the franchising business and management model. Competition with other hotel companies may generally reduce the number of suitable franchise, management and investment opportunities offered to the Group and increase the bargaining position of property owners seeking

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Group information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   225


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Group information continued

Risk factors continued

    

to become a franchisee or engage a manager. The terms of new franchise or management agreements may not be as favourable as current arrangements; the Group may not be able to renew existing arrangements on similarly favourable terms, or at all.

There can also be no assurance that the Group will be able to identify, retain or add franchisees to the IHG System, to secure management contracts or open hotels in our development pipeline. For example, the availability of suitable sites, market saturation, planning and other local regulations or the availability and affordability of finance may restrict the supply of suitable hotel development opportunities under franchise or management agreements and mean that not every hotel in our development pipeline may develop into a new hotel that enters our system. In connection with entering into franchise or management agreements, the Group may be required to make investments in, or guarantee the obligations of, third parties or guarantee minimum income to third parties. There are also risks that significant franchisees or groups of franchisees may have interests that conflict, or are not aligned, with those of the Group, including, for example, the unwillingness of franchisees to support brand or system improvement initiatives. This could result in franchisees prematurely terminating contracts which could lead to disputes, litigation, damages and other expenses and would adversely impact the overall IHG System size and the Group’s financial performance.

3. Leadership and talent

The Group requires the right people, skills and capability to manage growth and change

In order to remain competitive, the Group must employ the right people. This includes hiring and retaining highly skilled employees with particular expertise or leadership capability. The implementation of the Group’s strategic business plans could be undermined by failure to build and sustain a resilient corporate culture, failure to recruit or retain key personnel, unexpected loss of key senior employees, failures in the Group’s succession planning and incentive plans, or failure to invest in the development of key skills.

The Group must compete against other companies inside and outside the hospitality industry for suitably qualified or experienced employees, up to and including Executive Directors. Some of the markets in which the Group operates may experience economic growth and/or low levels of unemployment, and there may be attractive roles and competitive rewards available elsewhere.

In the US and elsewhere, including our Greater China region, the Group is continuing to experience pay compression at senior leader level which is limiting the ability to attract and retain talent in key roles. The combination of temporary pay reductions, no 2020 bonus and the expected low outcomes for the in-flight LTIP awards may lead to significant retention risks for senior talent, particularly given the challenges facing the hospitality sector in the current environment.

Some emerging markets may not have the required local expertise to operate a hotel and may not be able to attract the right talent. Failure to attract and retain employees and increasing labour costs may threaten the ability to operate hotels and our corporate support functions, achieve business growth targets or impact the profitability of our operations. Additionally, unless skills are supported by a sufficient infrastructure to enable knowledge and skills to be passed on, the Group risks losing accumulated knowledge if key employees leave the Group.

Collective bargaining activity could disrupt operations, increase our labour costs or interfere with the ability of our management to focus on executing our business strategies.

A significant number of colleagues at our managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels (approximately 4,200 in the US, Canada, Mexico, Grand Cayman and Dutch Antilles) are covered by collective

bargaining agreements and similar agreements. If relationships with those colleagues or the unions that represent them deteriorate, the properties we own, lease or manage could experience labour disruptions such as strikes, lockouts, boycotts and public demonstrations. Collective bargaining agreements representing half of our organised colleagues in the US expired during 2018. These agreements were successfully renegotiated during 2019. Hotel sector union member participation continues to increase in key markets within the Americas region, which may require IHG to enter into new labour agreements as more employees become unionised in the future. Labour disputes, which are generally more likely when collective bargaining agreements are being renegotiated, could harm our relationship with our colleagues, result in increased regulatory inquiries and enforcement by governmental authorities and deter guests. Further, adverse publicity related to a labour dispute could harm our reputation and reduce customer demand for our services.

Labour regulation and the negotiation of new or existing collective bargaining agreements could lead to higher wage and benefit costs, changes in work rules that raise operating expenses, legal costs and limitations on our ability or the ability of our third-party property owners to take cost saving measures during economic downturns. We do not have the ability to control the negotiations of collective bargaining agreements covering unionised labour employed by our third-party property owners and franchisees. Increased unionisation of our workforce, new labour legislation or changes in regulations could disrupt our operations, reduce our profitability or interfere with the ability of our management to focus on executing our business strategies.

4. Cybersecurity and information governance

The Group is exposed to the risks related to cybersecurity and data privacy

The Group is increasingly dependent upon the collection, usage, retention, availability, integrity and confidentiality of information, including, but not limited to: guest, employee and owner credit card, financial and personal data, business performance, financial reporting and commercial development. The information is sometimes held in different formats such as digital, paper, voice recordings and video and could be stored in many places, including facilities managed by third-party service providers, in our Company managed hotels, and by our franchisees, who are subject to the same or similar risks.

Cyber breaches increasingly appear to be an unfortunate reality for most firms and we therefore invest in trying to avoid them where reasonable and practical to do so – in recognition of the possible impact of cybersecurity breaches beyond data loss on operational performance and regulatory actions/ fines, as well as the potential impact on our reputation. The threats towards the hospitality industry and the Group’s information are dynamic, and include cyber-attacks, fraudulent use, loss or misuse by employees and breaches of our vendors’ security arrangements, amongst others.

The Group experienced cybersecurity incidents including: (a) at a number of Kimpton hotels that resulted in unauthorised access to guest payment card data; and (b) an incident that involved malware being installed on servers that processed payment cards used at restaurants and bars of 12 IHG managed properties, that the Group become aware of in 2016. These incidents resulted in the Group reimbursing the impacted card networks for counterfeit fraud losses and related expenses and becoming subject to investigations regarding compliance with applicable State and Federal data security standards, and legal action from individuals and organisations impacted by the Security Incidents. To date, four lawsuits have been filed against IHG entities relating to the Security Incidents.

The legal and regulatory environment around data privacy and requirements set out by the payment card industry surrounding

 

 

226   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

information security across the many jurisdictions in which the Group operates are constantly evolving (such as the EU GDPR, China cybersecurity law, and California privacy law). If the Group fails to protect information and ensure relevant controls are in place to enable the acceptable use and release of information through the appropriate channels in a timely and accurate manner, IHG System performance, guest experience and the reputation of the Group may be adversely affected. This could lead to revenue losses, fines, penalties, litigation and other additional costs.

We are also required to comply with marketing and advertising laws relating to our direct marketing practices, including email marketing, online advertising, and postal mailings. Further restrictions to the content or interpretations of these laws could adversely impact our current and planned activities and the effectiveness or viability of our marketing strategies to maintain, extend and acquire relationships with customers, and impact the amount and timing of our sales of certain products.

 

LOGO   For information of incidents relating to cybersecurity and data privacy, see pages 195 and 235.

5. Channel management and technology

The Group is exposed to increasing competition from online travel agents and intermediaries

A proportion of the Group’s bookings originate from large multinational, regional and local online travel agents and intermediaries with which the Group has contractual arrangements and to which it pays commissions. These platforms offer a wide range of products, often across multiple brands, have growing booking and review capabilities, and may create the perception that they offer the lowest prices. Some of these online travel agents and intermediaries have strong marketing budgets and aim to create brand awareness and brand loyalty among consumers and may seek to commoditise hotel brands through price and attribute comparison. Further, if these companies continue to gain market share, they may impact the Group’s profitability, undermine the Group’s own booking channels and value to its hotel owners, and may be able to increase commission rates and negotiate other favourable contract terms.

The Group is exposed to inherent risks in relation to changing technology and systems

As the use of the internet, artificial intelligence, mobile and data technology grows, and new and disruptive technology solutions are developed, customer needs and expectations evolve at pace. The Group may find that its evolving technology capability is not sufficient and may have to make substantial additional investments in new technologies or systems to remain competitive. Failure to keep pace with developments in technologies or systems, and also with regulatory, risk and ethical considerations of how these developments are used, may put the Group at a competitive disadvantage. In addition, the technologies or systems that the Group chooses to deploy may not be commercially successful or the technology or system strategy may not be sufficiently aligned with the needs of the business. Any such failure could adversely affect guest experiences, and the Group may lose customers, fail to attract new customers, incur substantial costs or face other losses. This could further impact the Group’s reputation in regards to innovation. (See also “The Group is exposed to the risks related to cybersecurity and data privacy”).

The Group is reliant upon the resilience of its reservation system and other key technology platforms and is exposed to risks that could disrupt their operation and/or integrity

The value of the Group is partly derived from the ability to drive reservations through its reservation system and technology platforms which are highly integrated with other processes and systems and linked to multiple sales channels, including the Group’s own websites, in-house and third-party managed call centres, hotels, third-party intermediaries and travel agents.

The scope and complexity of our technology infrastructure, including increasing reliance on third-party suppliers to support and protect our systems and information, as well as the rapidly evolving cyber threats, means that we are inherently vulnerable to physical damage, failures, disruptions, denial of service, phishing or other malware attacks, cyber terrorism and fraud, as well as human error, negligence and wilful misuse. These risks may be heightened when these capabilities are provided off shore or in cloud-based environments. Our franchisees and suppliers are also inherently vulnerable to the same risks.

Lack of resilience and operational availability of these systems provided by the Group or third-party technology providers and inability or difficulty in updating existing or implementing new functionality could lead to prolonged service disruption. This might result in significant business interruption, impact the guest booking experience, lead to loss of or theft of data, and subsequently adversely impact Group revenues, incur financial costs to remediate or investigate, lead to regulatory and/or contractual enforcement actions or lawsuits, or damage the Group’s reputation and relationships with hotel owners.

6. Investment effectiveness and efficiency

The Group is exposed to risks related to executing and realising benefits from strategic transactions, including acquisitions and restructuring

The Group may seek to make strategic transactions, including acquisitions, divestments or investments in the future. The Group may not be able to identify opportunities or complete transactions on commercially reasonable terms, or at all, and may not realise the anticipated benefits from such transactions. Strategic transactions come with inherent valuation, financial and commercial risks, and regulatory and insider information risks during the execution of the transactions. The Group may also continue to make organisational adjustments to support delivery of our growth ambitions, including the integration of acquisitions into the Group’s operating processes and systems. This creates inherent risks of complexity and that any changes made could be unsustainable or that we are unable to achieve the return envisaged through reinvestment. In addition, the Group may face unforeseen costs and liabilities, diversion of management attention, as well as longer-term integration and operational risks, which could result in a failure to realise benefits, financial losses, lower employee morale and loss of talent.

The Group is dependent upon a wide range of external stakeholders and business partners

The Group relies on the performance, behaviours and reputation of a wide range of business partners and external stakeholders, including, but not limited to, owners, contractors, lenders, suppliers, outsourced providers, vendors, joint-venture partners, online travel agents, third-party intermediaries and other business partners which may have different ethical values, interests and priorities. Further, the number and complexity of interdependencies with stakeholders is evolving. Breakdowns in relationships, contractual disputes, deterioration of the financial health of our partners, poor vendor performance, sub-standard control procedures, business continuity arrangements, insolvency, stakeholder behaviours or adverse reputations, which may be outside of the Group’s control, could adversely impact on the Group’s performance and competitiveness, delivery of projects, guest experiences or the reputation of the Group or its brands.

7. Legal, regulatory and ethical compliance

The Group is exposed to the risk of litigation

Certain companies in the Group are the subject of various claims and proceedings. The ultimate outcome of these matters is subject to many uncertainties, including future events and uncertainties inherent in litigation. In addition, the Group could be at risk of litigation claims made by many parties, including but not limited

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Group information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   227


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Group information continued

Risk factors continued

    

to: guests, customers, joint-venture partners, suppliers, employees, regulatory authorities, franchisees and/or the owners of the hotels it manages. Claims filed may include requests for punitive damages as well as compensatory damages. Unfavourable outcomes of claims or proceedings could have a material adverse impact on the Group’s results of operations, cash flow and/or financial position. Exposure to significant litigation or fines may also affect the reputation of the Group and its brands. (See also legal proceedings on page 235.)

The Group is required to comply with existing and changing regulations and act in accordance with societal expectations across numerous countries, territories and jurisdictions

Government regulations affect countless aspects of the Group’s business including corporate governance, health and safety, the environment, social responsibility, bribery and corruption, employment law and diversity, disability access, data privacy and information protection, financial, accounting and tax. Regulatory changes may require significant changes in the way the business operates and may inhibit the Group’s strategy, including the markets the Group operates in, brand protection, and use or transmittal of personal data. If the Group fails to comply with existing or changing regulations, the Group may be subject to fines, prosecution, loss of licence to operate or reputational damage.

The reputation of the Group and the value of its brands are influenced by a wide variety of factors, including the perception of stakeholder groups such as guests, owners, suppliers and communities in which the Group operates. The social and environmental impacts of its business are under increasing scrutiny, and the Group is exposed to the risk of damage to its reputation if it fails to (or fails to influence its business partners to) undertake responsible practices and engage in ethical behaviour, or fails to comply with relevant regulatory requirements.

The Group is exposed to risks associated with its intellectual property

Given the importance of brand recognition to the Group’s business, the protection of its intellectual property poses a risk due to the variability and changes in controls, laws and effectiveness of enforcement globally, particularly in jurisdictions which may not have developed levels of protection for corporate assets such as intellectual property, trade secret, know-how and customer information, and records. Any widespread infringement, misappropriation or weakening of the control environment could materially harm the value of the Group’s brands and its ability to develop the business and compete currently or in the future. Third-party claims that we infringe their intellectual property could lead to disputes, litigation, damages and other expenses. (See also “The Group is exposed to the risks related to cybersecurity and data privacy”.)

8. Financial management and control systems

The Group is exposed to a variety of risks associated with its financial stability and ability to borrow and satisfy debt covenants

While the strategy of the Group is to grow through activities that do not involve significant amounts of its own capital, the Group does require capital to fund some development opportunities, technological innovations and strategic acquisitions; and to maintain and improve owned hotels. The Group is reliant upon having financial strength and access to borrowing facilities to meet these expected capital requirements. The majority of the Group’s borrowing facilities are only available if the financial covenants in the facilities are complied with. Non-compliance with covenants could result in the Group’s lenders demanding repayment of the funds advanced and any undrawn facilities could be unavailable. If the Group’s financial performance does not meet market expectations, it may not be able to refinance existing facilities on terms considered favourable.

The Group’s operations are dependent on maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet all foreseeable medium-term requirements and provide headroom against unforeseen obligations

Cash and cash equivalents is held in short-term deposits and cash funds which allow daily withdrawals of cash. Most of the Group’s funds are held in the UK or US, although $44 million (2019: $16 million) is held in countries where repatriation is restricted as a result of foreign exchange regulations. Medium and long-term borrowing requirements are met through committed bank facilities and bonds. Short-term borrowing requirements may be met from drawings under uncommitted overdrafts and facilities.

The Group is exposed to an impairment of the carrying value of our brands, goodwill or other tangible and intangible assets negatively affecting our consolidated operating results

Significant amounts of goodwill, intangible assets, right-of-use assets, property, plant and equipment, investments and contract assets are recognised on the Group balance sheet. We review the value of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment annually (or whenever events or circumstances indicate impairment may have occurred). Changes to estimated values can result from political, economic and financial market developments or other shifts in the business climate, the competitive environment, the perceived reputation of our brands (by guests or owners), or changes in interest rates, operating cash flows, market capitalisation, or developments in the legal or regulatory environment. Impairments of $226m were recognised in 2020, primarily due to changes in forecast future cash flows as a consequence of Covid-19 and the associated future economic impacts. Because of the significance of our goodwill and other non-current assets, we have incurred and may incur future impairment charges on these assets which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

The Group is exposed to fluctuations in exchange rates, currency devaluations or restructurings and to interest rate risk in relation to its borrowings

The US dollar is the predominant currency of the Group’s revenue and cash flows. Movements in foreign exchange rates can affect the Group’s reported profit, net liabilities and interest cover. The most significant exposures of the Group are in currencies that are freely convertible. The Group’s reported debt has an exposure to borrowings held in pounds sterling (including 1,000 million euro bonds which have been swapped into sterling using currency swaps). Conducting business in currencies other than US dollars exposes us to fluctuations in exchange rates, currency devaluations, or restructurings. This could potentially lower our reported revenues, increase our costs, reduce our profits or disrupt our operations. Our exposure to these factors is linked to the pace of our growth in territories outside the US and, if the proportion of our revenues grows, this may increase the potential sensitivity to currency movements having an adverse impact on our results.

The Group is also exposed to interest rate risk in relation to its fixed and floating rate borrowings and may use interest rate swaps to manage the exposure.

 

 

228   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

The Group could be affected by credit risk on treasury transactions

The Group uses long-term credit ratings from Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch Ratings as a basis for setting its counterparty limits. In order to manage the Group’s credit risk exposure, the treasury function sets counterparty exposure limits using metrics including credit ratings, the relative placing of credit default swap pricings, tier 1 capital and share price volatility of the relevant counterparty. The Group trades only with recognised, creditworthy third parties. It is the Group’s policy that all customers who wish to trade on credit terms are subject to credit verification procedures. In respect of credit risk arising from financial assets, the Group’s exposure to credit risk arises from default of the counterparty, with a maximum exposure equal to the carrying amount of these instruments. The carrying amount of financial assets represents the maximum exposure to credit risk.

The Group’s financial performance may be affected by changes in tax laws

Many factors will affect the Group’s future tax rate, the key ones being legislative developments, future profitability of underlying subsidiaries and tax uncertainties. The impact of Covid-19 has resulted in changes to the Group’s current geographic profit mix and this trend is expected to continue for at least the short term. This is likely to result in a higher than usual tax rate for the Group in the short term. Worldwide tax reform continues, most notably with the OECD’s review into ‘Tax Challenges Arising from Digitalisation’, and this could impact the tax profile of the Group over the longer term. The Group continues to monitor activity in this area. Tax liabilities or refunds may also differ from those anticipated, in particular as a result of changes in tax law, changes in the interpretation of tax law, or clarification of uncertainties in the application of tax law.

The Group may face difficulties insuring its business

Historically, the Group has maintained insurance at levels determined to be appropriate in light of the cost of cover and the risk profile of the business. However, the Group’s claims experience and wider external market forces may limit the scope of coverage the Group can obtain and the Group’s ability to obtain coverage at reasonable rates. Other forces beyond the Group’s control, such as terrorist attacks or natural disasters, may be uninsurable or simply too expensive to insure. Inadequate or insufficient insurance carried by the Group, our owners or other partners for damage, other potential losses or liabilities to third parties involving properties that we own, manage or franchise could expose the Group to large claims or could result in the loss of capital invested in properties.

9. Safety and security

The Group is exposed to a variety of risks associated with safety, security and crisis management

There is a constant need to protect the safety and security of our guests, employees and assets against natural and man-made threats. These include, but are not limited to, exceptional events such as extreme weather, civil or political unrest, violence and terrorism, serious and organised crime, fraud, employee dishonesty, cyber crime, pandemics or contagious diseases (including but not limited to Covid-19), fire, and day-to-day accidents, incidents and petty crime which impact the guest or employee experience, could cause loss of life, sickness or injury and result in compensation claims, fines from regulatory bodies, litigation, and impact reputation. Serious incidents or a combination of events could escalate into a crisis which, if managed poorly, could further expose the Group and its brands to significant reputational damage.

10. Environmental and social megatrends

The Group is exposed to the risk of events or stakeholder expectations that adversely impact domestic or international travel, including climate change

The room rates and occupancy levels of the Group could be adversely impacted by events that reduce domestic or international travel, such as actual or threatened acts of terrorism or war, political or civil unrest, epidemics and pandemics or threats thereof, travel-related accidents or industrial action, natural or man-made disasters, or other local factors impacting specific countries, cities or individual hotels, as well as increased transportation and fuel costs. Additionally, the Group may be adversely impacted by increasing stakeholder and societal expectations and attitudes in relation to factors contributing to climate change including overtravel and overtourism, and those linked directly to hotels including waste, water, energy, or impact on local communities. A decrease in the demand for business and/or leisure hotel rooms as a result of such events or attitudinal and demand shifts may have an adverse impact on the Group’s operations or growth prospects and financial results. In addition, inadequate planning, preparation, response or recovery in relation to a major incident or crisis may cause loss of life, prevent operational continuity, or result in financial loss, and consequently impact the value of our brands and/or the reputation of the Group.

Domestic and international environmental laws and regulations may cause us to incur substantial costs or subject us to potential liabilities.

The Group is exposed to certain compliance costs and potential liabilities under various foreign and US federal, state and local environmental, health and safety laws and regulations. These laws and regulations govern actions and reporting requirements relating to matters including air emissions, the use, storage and disposal of hazardous and toxic substances, and wastewater disposal. The Group’s failure to comply with such laws, including any required permits or licences, could result in substantial fines or possible revocation of our authority to conduct some of our operations. We could also be liable under such laws for the costs of investigation, removal or remediation of hazardous or toxic substances at our currently or formerly owned, leased or operated real property (including managed and franchised properties) or at third-party locations in connection with our waste disposal operations, regardless of whether or not we knew of, or caused, the presence or release of such substances. The Group may also be required to remediate such substances or remove, abate or manage asbestos, mould, radon gas, lead or other hazardous conditions at our properties. The presence or release of such toxic or hazardous substances could result in third-party claims for personal injury, property or natural resource damages, business interruption or other losses. Such claims and the need to investigate, remediate or otherwise address hazardous, toxic or unsafe conditions could adversely affect the Group’s operations, the value of any affected real property, or our ability to sell, lease or assign our rights in any such property, or could otherwise harm our business or reputation. Environmental, health and safety requirements have also become increasingly stringent, and our costs may increase as a result. New or revised laws and regulations or new interpretations of existing laws and regulations, such as those related to climate change, could affect the operation of our properties or result in significant additional expense and restrictions on the Group’s business operations.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Group information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   229


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Group information continued

Directors’ and Executive Committee members’ shareholdings

    

As at 22 February 2021: (i) Executive Directors had the number of beneficial interests in shares (including Directors’ share awards under IHG’s share plans) set out in the table on page 105; (ii) Non-Executive Directors had the number of beneficial interests in shares set out in the table on page 110; and (iii) Executive Committee members had the number of beneficial interests in shares (including members’ share awards under IHG’s share plans) set out in the table below. These shareholdings indicate all Directors’ or Executive Committee members’ beneficial interests and those held by their spouses and other connected persons. As at 22 February 2021, no Director or Executive Committee member held more than 1.0% of the total issued share capital. None of the Directors have a beneficial interest in the shares of any subsidiary.

 

         Number of shares held outright          APP deferred share awards          LTIP share awards (unvested)          Total number of shares held  

Executive

Committee
member

            22 Feb
2021
              31 Dec
2020
              31 Dec
2019
              22 Feb
2021
              31 Dec
2020
              31 Dec
2019
              22 Feb
2021
              31 Dec
2020
              31 Dec
2019
              22 Feb
2021
              31 Dec
2020
              31 Dec
2019
 
Keith Barr        70,279          70,279          52,832          37,705          37,705          32,697          119,227          119,227          102,537          227,211          227,211          188,066  
Paul Edgecliffe- Johnson        53,376          53,376          38,562          26,751          26,751          25,637          86,479          86,479          76,150          166,606          166,606          140,349  
Elie Maalouf        67,428          67,428          43,652          25,417          25,417          32,591          88,691          88,691          74,695          181,536          181,536          150,938  
Claire Bennett        16,521          16,521          9,152          14,379          14,379          8,494          55,340          55,340          44,675          86,240          86,240          62,321  
Jolyon Bulley        57,939          57,939          52,164          11,787          11,787          7,891          51,624          51,624          38,216          121,350          121,350          98,271  
Yasmin Diamond        7,581          7,581          2,354          11,016          11,016          9,491          36,887       

 

36,887

 

       30,331          55,484          55,484          42,176  
Nicolette Henfrey        4,528          4,528          1,528          6,621          6,621          5,077          32,939          32,939          21,239          44,088          44,088          27,844  
Wayne Hoare        0          0          n/a 1          4,666          4,666          n/a 1          22,653          22,653          n/a 1          27,319          27,319          n/a 1  
Kenneth Macpherson        30,160          30,160          14,145          18,557          18,557          31,186          54,789          54,789          46,670          103,506          103,506          92,001  
Ranjay Radhakrishnan        n/a 2          n/a 2          22,128          n/a 2          n/a 2          16,874          n/a 2          n/a 2          48,498          n/a 2          n/a 2          87,500  
George Turner        27,951          27,951          17,983          18,151          18,151          17,288          55,848          55,848          46,691          101,950          101,950          81,962  

 

1

Wayne Hoare joined the Company on 14 September 2020.

 

2

Ranjay Radhakrishnan left the Company on 29 February 2020.

Executive Directors’ benefits upon termination of office

All current Executive Directors have a rolling service contract with a notice period from the Group of 12 months. As an alternative, the Group may, at its discretion, pay in lieu of that notice. Neither notice nor a payment in lieu of notice will be given in the event of gross misconduct.

Payment in lieu of notice could potentially include up to 12 months’ salary and the cash equivalent of 12 months’ pension contributions, and other contractual benefits. Where possible, the Group will seek to ensure that, where a leaver mitigates their losses by, for example, finding new employment, there will accordingly be a corresponding reduction in compensation payable for loss of office.

 

LOGO   Further details on the policy for determination of termination payments are included in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy, which is available on IHG’s website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate governance in the Directors’ Remuneration Policy section.

 

230   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Description of securities other than equity securities

Fees and charges payable to a depositary

Category

(as defined by SEC)

          Depositary actions       Associated fee

 

     

 

   

 

Depositing or substituting the underlying shares      

Each person to whom ADRs are issued against deposits of shares, including deposits and issuances in respect of:

 

  Share distributions, stock splits, rights, mergers

 

  Exchange of securities or any other transactions or event or other distribution affecting the ADSs or the deposited securities

    $5 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)

 

     

 

   

 

Receiving or       Distribution of stock dividends     $5 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)
     

 

   

 

distributing dividends       Distribution of cash     $0.02 or less per ADS (or portion thereof)

 

     

 

   

 

Selling or exercising rights       Distribution or sale of securities, the fee being in an amount equal to the fee for the execution and delivery of ADSs which would have been charged as a result of the deposit of such securities     $5 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)

 

     

 

   

 

Withdrawing an underlying security       Acceptance of ADRs surrendered for withdrawal of deposited securities     $5 for each 100 ADSs (or portion thereof)

 

     

 

   

 

Transferring, splitting or grouping receipts       Transfers, combining or grouping of depositary receipts     $1.50 per ADS

 

     

 

   

 

General depositary services, particularly those charged on an annual basis       Other services performed by the depositary in administering the ADRs     $0.02 per ADS (or portion thereof) not more than once each calendar year and payable at the sole discretion of the ADR Depositary by billing ADR holders or by deducting such charge from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions

 

     

 

   

 

Expenses of the depositary      

Expenses incurred on behalf of ADR holders in connection with:

 

  Compliance with foreign exchange control regulations or any law or regulation relating to foreign investment

 

  The ADR Depositary’s or its custodian’s compliance with applicable laws, rules or regulations

 

  Stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges

 

  Cable, telex, facsimile transmission/delivery

 

  Transfer or registration fees in connection with the deposit and withdrawal of deposited securities

 

  Expenses of the ADR Depositary in connection with the conversion of foreign currency into US dollars (which are paid out of such foreign currency)

 

  Any other charge payable by the ADR Depositary or its agents

    Expenses payable at the sole discretion of the ADR Depositary by billing ADR holders or by deducting charges from one or more cash dividends or other cash distributions are $20 per transaction

 

     

 

   

 

 

Fees and charges payable by a depositary

J.P. Morgan Chase Bank N.A. (the ADR Depositary) is the depositary for IHG’s ADR programme. The ADR Depositary’s principal executive office is at: J.P. Morgan Depositary Receipts, 383 Madison Avenue, Floor 11, New York, NY 10179. The ADR Depositary has agreed to reimburse certain reasonable Company expenses related to the Company’s ADR programme and incurred by the Company in connection with the ADR programme. During the year ended 31 December 2020, the Company received $160,121.84 from the ADR Depositary in respect of legal, accounting and other fees incurred in connection with the preparation of the Annual Report and Form 20-F, ongoing SEC compliance and listing requirements, investor relations programmes, and advertising and public relations expenditure.

Change in certifying accountant

A description of the audit tender process completed by the Company is included in the 2019 Annual Report and Form 20-F. An update on the auditor transition is on page 89.

In connection with the audits of IHG’s financial statements for each of the two fiscal years ended 31 December 2020 (i) there were no disagreements with EY, as that term is used in Item 16F(a)(1)(iv) of Form 20-F, over any matters of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope and procedures, which if not resolved to EY’s satisfaction would have caused EY to make reference to the matter in their report and (ii) there were no ‘reportable events’ as that term is described in Item 16F(a)(1)(v) of Form 20-F.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Group information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   231


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Group information continued

Articles of Association

 

The Company’s Articles of Association (the Articles) were first adopted with effect from 27 June 2005 and were most recently amended at the AGM held on 7 May 2020 and are available on the Company’s website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate governance. The following summarises material rights of holders of the Company’s ordinary shares under the material provisions of the Articles and English law. This summary is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Companies Act and the Articles.

The Company’s shares may be held in certificated or uncertificated form. No holder of the Company’s shares will be required to make additional contributions of capital in respect of the Company’s shares in the future.

In the following description, a ‘shareholder’ is the person registered in the Company’s register of members as the holder of the relevant share.

Principal objects

The Company is incorporated under the name InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and is registered in England and Wales with registered number 5134420. The Articles do not restrict its objects or purposes.

Directors

Under the Articles, a Director may have an interest in certain matters (Permitted Interest) without the prior approval of the Board, provided they have declared the nature and extent of such Permitted Interest at a meeting of the Directors or in the manner set out in Section 184 or Section 185 of the Companies Act.

Any matter in which a Director has a material interest, and which does not comprise a Permitted Interest, must be authorised by the Board in accordance with the procedure and requirements contained in the Articles. In particular, this includes the requirement that a Director may not vote on a resolution to authorise a matter in which they are interested, nor may they count in the quorum of the meeting at which such business is transacted.

Further, a Director may not vote in respect of any proposal in which they, or any person connected with them, has any material interest other than by virtue of their interests in securities of, or otherwise in or through, the Company, nor may they count in the quorum of the meeting at which such business is transacted. This is subject to certain exceptions, including in relation to proposals: (a) indemnifying them in respect of obligations incurred on behalf of the Company; (b) indemnifying a third party in respect of obligations of the Company for which the Director has assumed responsibility under an indemnity or guarantee; (c) relating to an offer of securities in which they will be interested as an underwriter; (d) concerning another body corporate in which the Director is beneficially interested in less than one per cent of the issued shares of any class of shares of such a body corporate; (e) relating to an employee benefit in which the Director will share equally with other employees; and (f) relating to liability insurance that the Company is empowered to purchase for the benefit of Directors of the Company in respect of actions undertaken as Directors (or officers) of the Company.

The Directors have authority under the Articles to set their own remuneration (provided certain criteria are met). While an agreement to award remuneration to a Director is an arrangement with the Company that comprises a Permitted Interest (and therefore does not require authorisation by the Board in that respect), it is nevertheless a matter that would be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest between the Director concerned and the Company, and such conflict must be authorised by a resolution of the Board. The Director that is interested in such a matter may neither vote on the resolution to authorise such conflict, nor count in the quorum of the meeting at which it was passed. Furthermore, as noted above, the interested Director is not permitted to vote in

respect of any proposal in which they have any material interest (except in respect of the limited exceptions outlined above) nor may they count in the quorum of the meeting at which such business is transacted.

As such, a Director has no power, in the absence of an independent quorum, to vote on compensation to themselves, but may vote on a resolution (and may count in the quorum of the meeting at which it was passed) to award compensation to Directors provided those arrangements do not confer a benefit solely on them.

The Directors are empowered to exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, subject to the limitation that the aggregate amount of all monies borrowed by the Company and its subsidiaries shall not exceed an amount equal to three times the Company’s share capital and consolidated reserves, unless sanctioned by an ordinary resolution of the Company.

Under the Articles, there are no age-limit requirements relating to a person’s qualification to hold office as a Director of the Company.

Directors are not required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification.

The Articles require annual retirement and re-election of all Directors at the AGM.

Rights attaching to shares

Dividend rights and rights to share in the Company’s profits

Under English law, dividends are payable on the Company’s ordinary shares only out of profits available for distribution, as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the UK and by the Companies Act. No dividend will bear interest as against the Company.

Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the shareholders in general meeting, rateably according to the amounts paid up on such shares, provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

The Company’s Board of Directors may declare and pay to shareholders such interim dividends as appear to them to be justified by the Company’s financial position. If authorised by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, the Board of Directors may also direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company).

Any dividend unclaimed by a member (or by a person entitled by virtue of transmission on death or bankruptcy or otherwise by operation of law) after six years from the date the dividend was declared, or became due for payment, will be forfeited and will revert to the Company.

Voting rights

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled, in respect of their holdings of such shares, to receive notice of general meetings and to attend, speak and vote at such meetings in accordance with the Articles.

Voting at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll, which is a written vote, is duly demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy at a general meeting has one vote regardless of the number of shares held. Resolutions put to the members at electronic general meetings shall be voted on by a poll, which poll votes may be cast by such electronic means as the Board in its sole discretion deems appropriate for the purposes of the meeting.

 

 

232   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

 

 

On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder. A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

 

  the Chair of the meeting;

 

  at least five shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting;

 

  any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting; or

 

  any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting and on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate at least equal to one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

A proxy form will be treated as giving the proxy the authority to demand a poll, or to join others in demanding one.

The necessary quorum for a general meeting is two persons carrying a right to vote upon the business to be transacted, whether present in person or by proxy.

Matters are transacted at general meetings of the Company by the proposing and passing of resolutions, of which there are two kinds:

 

  an ordinary resolution, which includes resolutions for the election of Directors, the approval of financial statements, the cumulative annual payment of dividends, the appointment of the Auditor, the increase of share capital or the grant of authority to allot shares; and

 

  a special resolution, which includes resolutions amending the Articles, disapplying statutory pre-emption rights, modifying the rights of any class of the Company’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class or relating to certain matters concerning the Company’s winding up or changing the Company’s name.

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of those persons present and entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum.

Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three-quarters of the persons present and entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum.

AGMs must be convened upon advance written notice of 21 days. Other meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 14 days. The days of delivery or receipt of the notice are not included. The notice must specify the nature of the business to be transacted. The Board of Directors may, if they choose, make arrangements for shareholders, who are unable to attend the place of the meeting, to participate at other places. The Articles also allow for shareholders to attend and participate in shareholder meetings by electronic means.

Variation of rights

If, at any time, the Company’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, with the consent in writing of holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of the Articles relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be two or more) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class.

Rights in a winding-up

Except as the Company’s shareholders have agreed or may otherwise agree, upon the Company’s winding up, the balance of assets available for distribution is to be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them:

 

  after the payment of all creditors including certain preferential creditors, whether statutorily preferred creditors or normal creditors; and

 

  subject to any special rights attaching to any class of shares.

This distribution is generally to be made in cash. A liquidator may, however, upon the adoption of a special resolution of the shareholders, divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of the Company’s assets in kind.

Limitations on voting and shareholding

There are no limitations imposed by English law or the Articles on the right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares or ADSs, other than the limitations that would generally apply to all of the Company’s shareholders.

 

 

Working Time Regulations 1998

 

Under EU law, many employees of Group companies are now covered by the Working Time Regulations which came into force in the UK on 1 October 1998. These regulations implemented the European Working Time Directive and parts of the Young Workers Directive, and lay down rights and protections for employees in areas such as maximum working hours, minimum rest time, minimum days off and paid leave.

In the UK, there is in place a national minimum wage under the National Minimum Wage Act 1998, as amended. At 31 December 2020, the minimum wage for individuals aged 18 to 20 was £6.45 per hour, aged 21 to 24 was £8.20 per hour and for those aged 25 or over was £8.72 per hour in each case, excluding apprentices aged

under 19 years or, otherwise, in the first year of their apprenticeships. This particularly impacts businesses in the hospitality and retailing sectors. Compliance with the National Minimum Wage Act is being monitored by the Low Pay Commission, an independent statutory body established by the UK Government.

None of the Group’s UK employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements with trade unions.

Continual attention is paid to the external market in order to ensure that terms of employment are appropriate. The Group believes the Group companies will be able to conduct their relationships with trade unions and employees in a satisfactory manner.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Group information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   233


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Group information continued

Material contracts

 

The following contracts have been entered into otherwise than in the course of ordinary business by members of the Group: (i) in the two years immediately preceding the date of this document in the case of contracts which are or may be material; or (ii) that contain provisions under which any Group member has any obligation or entitlement that is material to the Group as at the date of this document. To the extent that these agreements include representations, warranties and indemnities, such provisions are considered standard in an agreement of that nature, save to the extent identified below.

Syndicated Facility

On 30 March 2015, the Company signed a five-year $1.275 billion bank facility agreement (Syndicated Facility) with Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, Barclays Bank plc, HSBC Bank PLC, SunTrust Robinson Humphrey, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd and The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, all acting as joint bookrunners and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd as facility agent. The Company has exercised its ability to extend the term of the Syndicated Facility by two additional periods of 12 months, and, in April 2020, agreed a further extension of the Syndicated Facility taking its term to September 2023. The interest margin payable on borrowings under the Syndicated Facility is linked to IHG’s consolidated leverage ratio. The margin can vary between LIBOR + 0.90% and LIBOR + 2.75% depending on the level of the ratio. The Syndicated Facility was undrawn as at 31 December 2020.

£3 billion Euro Medium Term Note programme

In 2020, the Group updated its Euro Medium Term Note programme (Programme) and issued a tranche of 500 million 1.625% notes due 8 October 2024 (2020 Euro Issuance) and a tranche of £400 million 3.375% notes due 8 October 2028 (2020 GBP Issuance).

On 14 September 2020, an amended and restated trust deed (Trust Deed) was executed by InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as issuer (Issuer), Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited as guarantors (Guarantors) and HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited as trustee (Trustee), pursuant to which the trust deed dated 27 November 2009, as supplemented by four supplemental trust deeds dated 7 July 2011, 9 November 2012, 16 June 2015 and 11 August 2016 between the same parties relating to the Programme, were amended and restated. Under the Trust Deed, the Issuer may issue notes (Notes) unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Guarantors, up to a maximum nominal amount from time to time outstanding of £3 billion (or its equivalent in other currencies). Notes are to be issued in series (each a Series) in bearer form. Each Series may comprise one or more tranches (each a Tranche) issued on different issue dates. A Tranche of Notes may be issued on the terms and conditions set out in a base prospectus as amended and/or supplemented by a document setting out the final terms (Final Terms) of such Tranche or in a separate prospectus specific to such Tranche.

Under the Trust Deed, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has given certain customary covenants in favour of the Trustee.

The Final Terms issued under each of the 2020 Euro Issuance and the 2020 GBP Issuance provide that the holders of the Notes have the right to repayment if the Notes (a) become non-investment grade within the period commencing on the date of announcement of a change of control and ending 90 days after the change of control (Change of Control Period) and are not subsequently, within the Change of Control Period, reinstated to investment grade; (b) are downgraded from a non-investment grade and are not reinstated to its earlier credit rating or better within the Change of Control Period; or (c) are not credit rated and do not become investment grade credit rated by the end of the Change of Control Period.

On 14 September 2020, the Issuer and the Guarantors entered into an amended and restated agency agreement (Agency Agreement) with HSBC Bank plc as principal paying agent and the Trustee, pursuant to which the Issuer and the Guarantors appointed paying agents and calculation agents in connection with the Programme and the Notes.

Under the Agency Agreement, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has given a customary indemnity in favour of the paying agents and the calculation agents.

On 14 September 2020, the Issuer and the Guarantors entered into an amended and restated dealer agreement (Dealer Agreement) with HSBC Bank plc as arranger and Barclays Bank PLC, Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, HSBC Bank plc, Merrill Lynch International, MUFG Securities EMEA plc, Truist Securities, Inc. and Wells Fargo Securities International Limited as dealers (Dealers), pursuant to which the Dealers were appointed in connection with the Programme and the Notes.

Under the Dealer Agreement, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has given customary warranties and indemnities in favour of the Dealers.

£1 billion Euro Commercial Paper Programme

In 2020, the Group established a £1 billion Euro Commercial Paper Programme (ECP) and issued £600m of commercial paper under the Joint HM Treasury and Bank of England Covid Corporate Financing Facility. The issuance matures on 16 March 2021.

On 17 April 2020, an Issue and Paying Agency Agreement (IPA Agreement) was entered into by InterContinental Hotels Group PLC as issuer (Issuer), Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited as guarantors (Guarantors) and HSBC Bank PLC (HSBC), pursuant to which the Issuer and the Guarantors appointed HSBC as issue agent and principal paying agent in connection with the ECP.

Under the IPA Agreement, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has given a customary indemnity in favour of HSBC.

On 17 April 2020, the Issuer and Guarantors entered into a dealer agreement (Dealer Agreement) with HSBC, pursuant to which HSBC was appointed as arranger and dealer in connection with the ECP.

Under the Dealer Agreement, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has given customary warranties and indemnities in favour of HSBC.

 

 

234   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Legal proceedings

 

Group companies have extensive operations in the UK, as well as internationally, and are involved in a number of legal claims and proceedings incidental to those operations. These legal claims and proceedings are in various stages and include disputes related to specific hotels where the potential materiality is not yet known. It is the Company’s view that such proceedings, either individually or in the aggregate, have not in the recent past and are not likely to have a significant effect on the Group’s financial position or profitability. Notwithstanding the above, the Company notes the matters set out below. Litigation is inherently unpredictable and, as of 22 February 2021, unless stated otherwise, the outcome of these matters cannot be reasonably determined.

A claim was filed on 5 July 2016 by CPTS Hotel Lessee, LLC (CPTS) against Holiday Hospitality Franchising, LLC (HHF). The claimant alleges breach of the licence agreement and seeks a declaratory judgement from the court that it has the right to terminate its licence with HHF. HHF and InterContinental Hotels Group Resources, Inc. filed a claim against CPTS Hotel Lessee, LLC also seeking a declaratory judgement and alleging breach of contract and fraud. On 1 May 2018, the court granted IHG’s motion for preliminary injunction and ruled that the license agreement at issue is not terminable at will by CPTS. As of 22 February 2021, the likelihood of a favourable or unfavourable result cannot be reasonably determined and it is not possible to determine whether any loss is likely or to estimate the amount of any loss.

A claim was filed on 26 June 2017 against Inter-Continental Hotels Corporation, InterContinental Hotels Group Resources, Inc., and InterContinental Hotels Group (Canada), Inc. seeking class action status and alleging breach of fiduciary duty, negligence, breach of confidence, intrusion upon seclusion, breach of contract, breach of privacy legislation, and unjust enrichment regarding an alleged data breach. The claim was amended in March 2018 to name Six Continents Hotels, Inc. as the sole defendant. The claimant alleges that security failures allowed customers’ financial information to be compromised. As of 22 February 2021, the likelihood of a favourable or unfavourable result cannot be reasonably determined and it is not possible to determine whether any loss is likely or to estimate the amount of any loss.

Two claims were filed on 19 March 2018 and 6 December 2018 against Six Continents Hotels, Inc. and other hotel companies, alleging violations of anti-trust regulations. One of the matters

 

is a class action, and both suits allege that the defendant hotel companies conspired to eliminate competitive branded keyword search advertising in the hotel industry, which raised prices for hotel rooms in violation of applicable law. As of 22 February 2021, the likelihood of a favourable or unfavourable result cannot be reasonably determined and it is not possible to determine whether any loss is likely or to estimate the amount of any loss.

A claim was filed on 5 April 2019 and amended on 16 December 2019 against Kimpton seeking class action status and alleging harm related to the compromise of personal information due to a data security breach. The allegations relate to a breach of the reservation system previously used by Kimpton. As of 22 February 2021 the likelihood of a favourable or unfavourable result cannot be reasonably determined and it is not possible to determine whether any loss is likely or to estimate the amount of any loss.

An arbitration was filed on 21 December 2018 alleging that IHG Hotels Limited and InterContinental Hotels Group PLC misrepresented the right of a third party to license the Crowne Plaza brand. The claimant seeks monetary damages for various alleged losses. As of 22 February 2021 the likelihood of a favourable or unfavourable result cannot be reasonably determined and it is not possible to determine whether any loss is likely or to estimate the amount of any loss.

A union pension plan filed an action against InterContinental Hotels Group Resources, Inc. (“IHGR”) on 28 August 2019 in the Southern District of New York alleging that IHGR failed to pay a pension fund liability associated with its alleged withdrawal from the fund based on the termination of IHGR’s management of three formerly IHG-branded hotels. The parties reached agreement on a resolution of this matter on 14 October 2020, and the action was dismissed. The parties have complied with the terms of the agreement.

A claim was filed on 5 May 2017 against InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, Inter-Continental Hotels Corporation, and InterContinental Hotels Group Resources, Inc. seeking class action status and alleging breach of implied contract, negligence, and unjust enrichment regarding an alleged data breach. The claimant alleges that IHG failed to secure and safeguard customers’ personal financial data. The parties reached an agreement on a resolution of this matter, which the Court approved on 2 September 2020 and the case was dismissed with prejudice. The parties are complying with the terms of the agreement, and the claims administration process is underway.

 

 

Exchange controls and restrictions on payment of dividends

 

There are no restrictions on dividend payments to US citizens.

Although there are currently no UK foreign exchange control restrictions on the export or import of capital or the payment of dividends on the ordinary shares or the ADSs, economic sanctions which may be in force in the UK from time to time impose restrictions on the payment of dividends to persons resident (or treated as so resident) in or governments of (or persons exercising public functions in) certain countries.

Other than economic sanctions which may be in force in the UK from time to time, there are no restrictions under the Articles or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the ordinary shares or the ADSs. In addition, the Articles contain certain limitations on the voting and other rights of any holder of ordinary shares whose holding may, in the opinion of the Directors, result in the loss or failure to secure the reinstatement of any licence or franchise from any US governmental agency held by Six Continents Hotels, Inc. or any subsidiary thereof.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Group information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   235


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Shareholder information

Taxation

 

This section provides a summary of material US federal income tax and UK tax consequences to the US holders, described below, of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs of the Company. This section addresses only the tax position of a US holder who holds ordinary shares or ADSs as capital assets. This section does not, however, discuss all of the tax considerations that may be relevant to any particular US holder, such as the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (IR Code) known as the Medicare Contribution tax or tax consequences to US holders subject to special rules, such as:

 

  certain financial institutions.

 

  insurance companies.

 

  dealers and traders in securities who use a mark-to-market method of tax accounting.

 

  persons holding ordinary shares or ADSs as part of a straddle, conversion transaction, integrated transaction or wash sale, or persons entering into a constructive sale with respect to the ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

  persons whose functional currency for US federal income tax purposes is not the US dollar.

 

  partnerships or other entities classified as partnerships for US federal income tax purposes.

 

  persons liable for the alternative minimum tax.

 

  tax-exempt organisations.

 

  persons who acquired the Company’s ADSs or ordinary shares pursuant to the exercise of any employee stock option or otherwise in connection with employment.

 

  persons who, directly or indirectly, own ordinary shares or ADSs representing 10% or more of the Company’s voting power or value.

This section does not generally deal with the position of a US holder who is resident in the UK for UK tax purposes or who is subject to UK taxation on capital gains or income by virtue of carrying on a trade, profession or vocation in the UK through a branch, agency or permanent establishment to which such ADSs or ordinary shares are attributable (‘trading in the UK’).

As used herein, a ‘US holder’ is a person who, for US federal income tax purposes, is a beneficial owner of ordinary shares or ADSs and is: (i) a citizen or individual resident of the US; (ii) a corporation, or other entity taxable as a corporation, created or organised in or under the laws of the US, any state therein or the District of Columbia; (iii) an estate whose income is subject to US federal income tax regardless of its source; or (iv) a trust, if a US court can exercise primary supervision over the trust’s administration and one or more US persons are authorised to control all substantial decisions of the trust.

This section is based on the IR Code, its legislative history, existing and proposed regulations, published rulings and court decisions, and on UK tax laws and the published practice of HM Revenue and Customs (HMRC), all as of the date hereof. These laws, and that practice, are subject to change, possibly on a retroactive basis.

This section is further based in part upon the representations of the ADR Depositary and assumes that each obligation in the deposit agreement and any related agreement will be performed in accordance with its terms. For US federal income tax purposes, an owner of ADRs evidencing ADSs will generally be treated as the owner of the underlying shares represented by those ADSs. For UK tax purposes, in practice, HMRC will also regard holders of ADSs as the beneficial owners of the ordinary shares represented by those ADSs (although case law has cast some doubt on this). The discussion below assumes that HMRC’s position is followed.

 

Generally, exchanges of ordinary shares for ADSs, and ADSs for ordinary shares, will not be subject to US federal income tax or UK taxation on capital gains, although UK stamp duty or stamp duty reserve tax (SDRT) may arise as described below.

Investors should consult their own tax advisers regarding the US federal, state and local, the UK and other tax consequences of owning and disposing of ordinary shares or ADSs in their particular circumstances.

The following disclosures assume that the Company is not, and will not become, a passive foreign investment company (PFIC), as described below.

Taxation of dividends

UK taxation

Under current UK tax law, the Company will not be required to withhold tax at source from dividend payments it makes.

A US holder who is not resident for UK tax purposes in the UK and who is not trading in the UK will generally not be liable for UK taxation on dividends received in respect of the ADSs or ordinary shares.

US federal income taxation

A US holder is generally subject to US federal income taxation on the gross amount of any dividend paid by the Company out of its current or accumulated earnings and profits (as determined for US federal income tax purposes). Distributions in excess of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits, as determined for US federal income tax purposes, will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of the US holder’s basis in the shares or ADSs and thereafter as capital gain. Because the Company has not historically maintained, and does not currently maintain, books in accordance with US tax principles, the Company does not expect to be in a position to determine whether any distribution will be in excess of the Company’s current and accumulated earnings and profits as computed for US federal income tax purposes. As a result, it is expected that amounts distributed will be reported to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) as dividends.

Subject to applicable limitations, dividends paid to certain non-corporate US holders will be taxable at the preferential rates applicable to long-term capital gain if the dividends constitute ‘qualified dividend income’. The Company expects that dividends paid by the Company with respect to the ADSs will constitute qualified dividend income. US holders should consult their own tax advisers to determine whether they are subject to any special rules that limit their ability to be taxed at these preferential rates.

Dividends must be included in income when the US holder, in the case of shares, or the ADR Depositary, in the case of ADSs, actually or constructively receives the dividend, and will not be eligible for the dividends-received deduction generally allowed to US corporations in respect of dividends received from other US corporations. For foreign tax credit limitation purposes, dividends will generally be income from sources outside the US.

The amount of any dividend paid in pounds sterling will be the US dollar value of the sterling payments made, determined at the spot sterling/US dollar rate on the date the dividend distribution is includible in income, regardless of whether the payment is in fact converted into US dollars. If the dividend is converted into US dollars on that date, a US holder should not be required to recognise foreign currency gain or loss in respect of the dividend income. Generally, any gain or loss resulting from currency exchange fluctuations during the period from the date the dividend payment is includible in income to the date the payment is converted into US dollars will be treated as ordinary income or loss from sources within the US.

 

 

236   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

 

Taxation of capital gains

UK taxation

A US holder who is not resident for UK tax purposes in the UK and who is not trading in the UK will not generally be liable for UK taxation on capital gains, or eligible for relief for allowable losses, realised or accrued on the sale or other disposal of ADSs or ordinary shares. A US holder of ADSs or ordinary shares who is an individual and who, broadly, has temporarily ceased to be resident in the UK or has become temporarily treated as non-resident for UK tax purposes for a period of not more than five years and who disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs during that period may, for the year of assessment when that individual becomes resident again in the UK, be liable to UK tax on capital gains (subject to any available exemption or relief), notwithstanding the fact that such US holder was not treated as resident in the UK at the time of the sale or other disposal.

US federal income taxation

A US holder who sells or otherwise disposes of ordinary shares or ADSs will recognise a capital gain or loss for US federal income tax purposes equal to the difference between the amount realised and its tax basis in the ordinary shares or ADSs, each determined in US dollars. Such capital gain or loss will be a long-term capital gain or loss where the US holder has a holding period greater than one year. Losses may also be treated as long-term capital losses to the extent of certain ‘extraordinary dividends’ that qualified for the preferential tax rates on qualified dividend income described above. The capital gain or loss will generally be income or loss from sources within the US for foreign tax credit limitation purposes. The deductibility of capital losses is subject to limitations.

PFIC rules

Based on the manner in which the Group operates its business and estimates of the value of its assets (which estimates are based, in part, on the market value of the Company’s ADSs) the Company believes that it was not a PFIC for US federal income tax purposes for its 2020 taxable year. However, this conclusion is an annual factual determination and thus may be subject to change. If the Company were a PFIC for any taxable year during which a US holder owned ordinary shares or ADSs, gain realised on the sale or other disposition of ordinary shares or ADSs would, in general, not be treated as capital gain. Instead, gain would be treated as if the US holder had realised such gain rateably over the holding period for the ordinary shares or ADSs and, to the extent allocated to the taxable year of the sale or other disposition and to any year before the Company became a PFIC, would be taxed as ordinary income. The amount allocated to each other taxable year would be taxed at the highest tax rate in effect (for individuals or corporations, as applicable) for each such year to which the gain was allocated, together with an interest charge in respect of the tax attributable to each such year. In addition, similar rules would apply to any ‘excess distribution’ received on the ordinary shares or ADSs (generally, the excess of any distribution received on the ordinary shares or ADSs during the taxable year over 125% of the average amount of distributions received during a specified prior period). The preferential rates for qualified dividend income described above would not apply if the Company were a PFIC in the taxable year of the distribution or the preceding taxable year.

Certain elections may be available (including a market-to-market election) to US holders that would result in alternative treatments of the ordinary shares or ADSs. If the Company were a PFIC for any taxable year in which a US holder held ordinary shares or ADSs, a US holder would generally be required to file IRS Form 8621 with their annual US federal income tax returns, subject to certain exceptions.

Additional tax considerations

UK inheritance tax

An individual who is neither domiciled nor deemed domiciled in the UK is only chargeable to UK inheritance tax to the extent the individual owns assets situated in the UK. As a matter of UK law, it is not clear whether the situs of an ADS for UK inheritance tax purposes is determined by the place where the depositary is established and records the entitlements of the deposit holders, or by the situs of the underlying share which the ADS represents, but HMRC may take the view that the ADSs, as well as the ordinary shares, are or represent UK-situs assets.

However, an individual who is domiciled in the US (for the purposes of the Estate and Gift Tax Convention (the Convention)), and is not a UK national as defined in the Convention, will not be subject to UK inheritance tax (to the extent UK inheritance tax applies) in respect of the ordinary shares or ADSs on the individual’s death or on a transfer of the ordinary shares or ADSs during their lifetime, provided that any applicable US federal gift or estate tax is paid, unless the ordinary shares or ADSs are part of the business property of a UK permanent establishment or pertain to a UK fixed base of an individual used for the performance of independent personal services. Where the ordinary shares or ADSs have been placed in trust by a settlor, they may be subject to UK inheritance tax unless, when the trust was created, the settlor was domiciled in the US and was not a UK national. If no relief is given under the Convention, inheritance tax may be charged on death and also on the amount by which the value of an individual’s estate is reduced as a result of any transfer made by way of gift or other undervalue transfer, broadly within seven years of death, and in certain other circumstances. Where the ordinary shares or ADSs are subject to both UK inheritance tax and to US federal gift or estate tax, the Convention generally provides for either a credit against US federal tax liabilities for UK inheritance tax paid or for a credit against UK inheritance tax liabilities for US federal tax paid, as the case may be.

UK stamp duty and SDRT

Neither stamp duty nor SDRT will generally be payable in the UK on the purchase or transfer of an ADS, provided that the ADS and any separate instrument or written agreement of transfer are executed and remain at all times outside the UK. UK legislation does however provide for stamp duty (in the case of transfers) or SDRT to be payable at the rate of 1.5% on the amount or value of the consideration (or, in some cases, the value of the ordinary shares) where ordinary shares are issued or transferred to a person (or a nominee or agent of a person) whose business is or includes issuing depositary receipts or the provision of clearance services. In accordance with the terms of the deposit agreement, any tax or duty payable on deposits of ordinary shares by the depositary or by the custodian of the depositary will typically be charged to the party to whom ADSs are delivered against such deposits.

Following litigation on the subject, HMRC has accepted that it will no longer seek to apply the 1.5% SDRT charge when new shares are issued to a clearance service or depositary receipt system on the basis that the charge is not compatible with EU law. Although there is a risk that this position could be affected by the UK’s exit from the EU and the expiry on 31 December 2020 of the related transition period, HMRC’s recently published practice states that the disapplication of the 1.5% charge on the issue of shares (and transfers integral to the raising of capital) into clearance services or depositary receipt systems in accordance with the relevant principles of EU law will remain the position following the expiry of the transition period unless the relevant UK statutory provisions are amended. In HMRC’s view, the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge will continue to apply to transfers of shares into a clearance service or depositary receipt system unless they are an integral part of an issue of share capital. Specific professional advice should be sought before paying the 1.5% SDRT or stamp duty charge in any circumstances.

 

 

LOGO
 

 

Shareholder information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   237


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Shareholder information continued

Taxation continued

 

A transfer of the underlying ordinary shares will generally be subject to stamp duty or SDRT, normally at the rate of 0.5% of the amount or value of the consideration (rounded up to the next multiple of £5 in the case of stamp duty). A transfer of ordinary shares from a nominee to its beneficial owner, including the transfer of underlying ordinary shares from the depositary to an ADS holder, under which no beneficial interest passes, will not be subject to stamp duty or SDRT.

US backup withholding and information reporting

Payments of dividends and sales proceeds with respect to ADSs and ordinary shares may be reported to the IRS and to the US holder. Backup withholding may apply to these reportable payments if the US holder fails to provide an accurate taxpayer identification number or certification of exempt status or fails to report all interest and dividends required to be shown on its US federal income tax returns. Certain US holders (including, among others, corporations) are not subject to information reporting and backup withholding. The amount of any backup withholding from a payment to a US holder

will be allowed as a credit against the holder’s US federal income tax liability and may entitle the holder to a refund, provided that the required information is timely furnished to the IRS. US holders should consult their tax advisers as to their qualification for exemption from backup withholding and the procedure for obtaining an exemption.

Certain US holders who are individuals (and certain specified entities), may be required to report information relating to their ownership of non-US securities unless the securities are held in accounts at financial institutions (in which case the accounts may be reportable if maintained by non-US financial institutions). US holders should consult their tax advisers regarding any reporting obligations they may have with respect to the Company’s ordinary shares or ADSs.

 

 

Disclosure controls and procedures

 

As of the end of the period covered by this report, the Group carried out an evaluation under the supervision and with the participation of the Group’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a–15(e) and 15d–15(e) of the Securities Exchange Act 1934).

 

These are defined as those controls and procedures designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in reports filed under the Securities Exchange Act 1934 is recorded, processed, summarised and reported within the specified periods. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Group’s disclosure controls and procedures were effective.

 

 

238   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Summary of significant corporate governance differences from NYSE of listing standards

 

The Group’s statement of compliance with the principles and provisions specified in the UK Corporate Governance Code issued in July 2018 by the Financial Reporting Council (the Code) is set out on pages 94 and 95.

IHG has also adopted the corporate governance requirements of the US Sarbanes-Oxley Act and related rules and of the NYSE, to the extent that they are applicable to it as a foreign private issuer. As a foreign private issuer, IHG is required to disclose any significant ways in which its corporate governance practices differ from those followed by US companies. These are as follows:

Basis of regulation

The Code contains a series of principles and provisions. It is not, however, mandatory for companies to follow these principles. Instead, companies must disclose how they have applied them and disclose, if applicable, any areas of non-compliance along with an explanation for the non-compliance.

In contrast, US companies listed on the NYSE are required to adopt and disclose corporate governance guidelines adopted by the NYSE.

Independent Directors

The Code’s principles recommend that at least half the Board, excluding the Chair, should consist of independent non-executive directors. As at 22 February 2021, the Board consisted of the Chair, independent at the time of his appointment, three Executive Directors and nine independent Non-Executive Directors. NYSE listing rules applicable to US companies state that companies must have a majority of independent directors. The NYSE has set out six bright line tests for director independence. The Board’s judgement is that all of its Non-Executive Directors are independent. However, it did not explicitly take into consideration the NYSE’s tests in reaching this determination.

Chair and Chief Executive Officer

The Code recommends that the Chair and Chief Executive Officer should not be the same individual to ensure that there is a clear division of responsibility for the running of the Company’s business. There is no corresponding requirement for US companies. The roles of Chair and Chief Executive Officer were, as at 22 February 2021 and throughout 2020, fulfilled by separate individuals.

Committees

The Company has a number of Board Committees which are similar in purpose and constitution to those required for domestic companies under NYSE rules. The NYSE requires US companies to have audit, remuneration and nominating/corporate governance committees composed entirely of independent directors, as defined under the NYSE rules. The Company’s Nomination, Audit and Remuneration Committees consist entirely of Non-Executive Directors who are independent under the standards of the Code, which may not necessarily be the same as the NYSE independence standards. The nominating/governance committee is responsible for identifying individuals qualified to become Board members and to recommend to the Board a set of corporate governance principles. As the Company is subject to the Code, the Company’s Nomination Committee is responsible for nominating, for approval by the Board, candidates for appointment to the Board, although it also assists in developing the role of the Senior Independent Non-Executive Director. The Company’s Nomination Committee consists of the Chair and independent Non-Executive Directors.

The Chair of the Company is not a member of either the Remuneration or Audit Committees. As set out on page 86, the Audit Committee is chaired by an independent Non-Executive Director who, in the Board’s view, has the experience and qualifications to satisfy the criterion under US rules for an ‘audit committee financial expert’.

Non-Executive Director meetings

NYSE rules require that non-management Directors of US companies must meet on a regular basis without management present, and independent Directors must meet separately at least once per year. The Code recommends: (i) the Board Chair to hold meetings with the Non-Executive Directors without the Executive Directors present; and (ii) the Non-Executive Directors to meet at least annually without the Chair present to appraise the Chair’s performance. The Company’s Non-Executive Directors have met frequently without Executive Directors being present, and intend to continue this practice, after every Board meeting if possible.

Shareholder approval of equity compensation plans

The NYSE rules require that shareholders must be given the opportunity to vote on all equity compensation plans and material revisions to those plans. The Company complies with UK requirements which are similar to the NYSE rules. The Board does not, however, explicitly take into consideration the NYSE’s detailed definition of ‘material revisions’.

Code of Conduct

The NYSE requires companies to adopt a code of business conduct and ethics, applicable to Directors, officers and employees. Any waivers granted to Directors or officers under such a code must be promptly disclosed. As set out on page 220, IHG’s Code of Conduct is applicable to all Directors, officers and employees, and is available on the Company’s website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate governance. No waivers have been granted under the Code of Conduct.

Compliance certification

Each chief executive of a US company must certify to the NYSE each year that he or she is not aware of any violation by the Company of any NYSE corporate governance listing standard. As the Company is a foreign private issuer, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer is not required to make this certification. However, he is required to notify the NYSE promptly in writing after any of the Company’s executive officers become aware of any non-compliance with those NYSE corporate governance rules applicable to the Company.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Shareholder information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   239


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Shareholder information continued

Selected five-year consolidated financial information

 

The selected consolidated financial data set forth in the table below for the years ended 31 December 2016, 2017, 2018, 2019 and 2020 has been prepared in accordance with IFRS as issued by the IASB and in accordance with IFRS adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union, and is derived from the audited Group Financial Statements.

IFRS adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union differs in certain respects from IFRS as issued by the IASB. However, the differences have no impact on the Group Financial Statements for the years presented. The selected consolidated financial data set forth below should be read in conjunction with, and is qualified in its entirety by reference to, the Group Financial Statements and notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report and Form 20-F.

 

Group income statement data

 

            $m, except earnings per ordinary share  
For the year ended 31 December                 2020            2019           2018           2017           2016   
Total revenue         2,394                4,627               4,337               4,075               3,912   
Operating profit before System Fund and exceptional items         219            865           832           774           706   
System Fund         (102)           (49)          (146)          (34)          35   
Operating exceptional items         (270)           (186)          (104)                   (29)  
Operating (loss)/profit         (153)           630           582           744           712   
Financial income                                               
Financial expenses         (144)           (121)          (101)          (95)          (86)  
Fair value gains/(losses) on contingent purchase consideration         13            27           (4)          –           –   
(Loss)/profit before tax         (280)           542           482           653           632   
Tax:                                                         

On profit before exceptional items

        (32)           (176)          (159)          (203)          (185)  

On exceptional items

        52            20           22           (2)          12   

Exceptional tax

        –            –                    87           –   
          20            (156)          (132)          (118)          (173)  
(Loss)/profit for the year from continuing operations:         (260)           386           350           535           459   

Attributable to:

                                                        

Equity holders of the parent

        (260)           385           349           534           456   

Non-controlling interest

        –                                        
(Loss)/earnings per ordinary share (continuing and total operations):                                                         

Basic

        (142.9)¢           210.4¢          183.7¢          276.7¢          215.1¢  

Diluted

        (142.9)¢           209.2¢          181.8¢          275.3¢          213.1¢  

 

Group statement of financial position data

 

                                                                  
           

$m, except number of shares

 
                   2019            2018                            
For the year ended 31 December         2020            Restated a         Restated a         2017          2016  
Goodwill and other intangible assets         1,293            1,376          1,143          967          858  
Property, plant and equipment and right-of-use assets         504            799          786          736          419  
Investments and other financial assets         249            394          364          369          359  
Non-current trade and other receivables         –                                       8  
Retirement benefit assets         –                              3           
Non-current derivative financial instruments                            7                    
Deferred compensation plan investments         236            218          193                    
Non-current tax receivable         15            28          31          16          23  
Deferred tax assets         113            66          63          78          69  
Non-current contract costs         70            67          55          51          45  
Non-current contract assets         311            311          270          241          185  
Current assets         2,243            916          1,373          861          796  
Assets classified as held for sale         –            19                             
Total assets         5,039            4,194          4,285          3,322          2,762  
Current liabilities         1,867            1,365          1,407          1,306          1,150  
Long-term debt including lease liabilities         3,314            2,673          2,525          2,267          1,606  
Liabilities classified as held for sale         –            22                             
Net liabilities         (1,849)           (1,465        (1,131        (1,354        (1,146
Equity share capital         156            151          146          154          141  
IHG shareholders’ equity         (1,857)           (1,473        (1,139        (1,361        (1,154
Number of shares in issue at end of the year (millions)         187            187          197          197          206  

 

a

Restated for the recognition of the Group’s deferred compensation assets and liabilities (see pages 134 of the Group Financial Statements for further details).

 

240   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Return of funds

Since March 2003, the Group has returned over £6.6 billion of funds to shareholders by way of special dividends, capital returns and share repurchase programmes.

 

Return of funds programme        Timing                                  Total return                 Returned to date   
£501m special dividenda            Paid in December 2004       £501m       £501m  
£250m share buyback        Completed in 2004       £250m       £250m  
£996m capital returna        Paid in July 2005       £996m       £996m  
£250m share buyback        Completed in 2006       £250m       £250m  
£497m special dividenda        Paid in June 2006       £497m       £497m  
£250m share buyback        Completed in 2007       £250m       £250m  
£709m special dividenda        Paid in June 2007       £709m       £709m  
£150m share buyback        N/A b       £150m       £120m  
$500m special dividendac        Paid in October 2012       £315m d       £315m e  
                 ($500m)       ($505m)  
$500m share buyback        Completed in 2014       £315m d       £315m  
                 ($500m)       ($500m) f  
$350m special dividend        Paid in October 2013       £229m g       £228m  
                 ($350m)       ($355m) h  
$750m special dividenda        Paid in July 2014       £447m i       £446m  
                 ($750m)       ($763m) j  
$1,500m special dividenda        Paid in May 2016       £1,038m k       £1,038m  
                 ($1,500m)       ($1,500m)  
$400m special dividenda        Paid in May 2017       £309m l       £310m  
                 ($400m)       ($404m)  
$500m special dividenda        Paid in January 2019       £389m m       £388m  
                 ($500m)       ($510m)  
Total                £6,645m       £6,613m  

 

a

Accompanied by a share consolidation.

 

b

This programme was superseded by the share buyback programme announced on 7 August 2012.

 

c

IHG changed the reporting currency of its Consolidated Financial Statements from sterling to US dollars effective from the Half-Year Results as at 30 June 2008.

 

d

The dividend was first determined in US dollars and converted to sterling immediately before announcement at the rate of $1=£0.63, as set out in the circular detailing the special dividend and share buyback programme published on 14 September 2012.

 

e

Sterling dividend translated at $1=£0.624.

 

f

Translated into US dollars at the average rates of exchange for the relevant years (2014 $1=£0.61; 2013 $1=£0.64; 2012 $1 = £0.63).

 

g

The dividend was first determined in US dollars and converted to sterling immediately before announcement at the rate of $1=£0.65, as announced in the Half-Year Results to 30 June 2013.

 

h

Sterling dividend translated at $1=£0.644.

 

i

The dividend was first determined in US dollars and converted to sterling immediately before announcement at the rate translated at $1=£0.597.

 

j

Sterling dividend translated at $1=£0.5845.

 

k

The dividend was first determined in US dollars and converted to sterling at the rate of $1 = £0.6923, as announced on 12 May 2016.

 

l

The dividend was first determined in US dollars and converted to sterling at the rate of $1 = £0.7724, as announced on 11 May 2017.

 

m

The dividend was first determined in US dollars and converted to sterling at the rate of £1 = $1.2860, as announced on 17 January 2019.

 

LOGO

 

 

Shareholder information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   241


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Shareholder information continued

Purchases of equity securities by the Company

and affiliated purchasers

During the financial year ended 31 December 2020, no ordinary shares were purchased by the Company or the Company’s employee share ownership trust.

 

              Total number of shares
(or units) purchased
          Average price paid
per share (or unit) (£)
          Total number of shares
(or units) purchased as part
of publicly announced plans
or programmes
          Maximum number
of shares (or units) that may
be purchased under the
plans or programmes
 
Month 1 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,123,205 a 
Month 2 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,123,205 a 
Month 3 (no purchases this month)        nil                       nil            nil            18,123,205 a 
Month 4 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,123,205 a 
Month 5 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,265,631 b 
Month 6 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,265,631 b 
Month 7 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,265,631 b 
Month 8 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,265,631 b 
Month 9 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,265,631 b 
Month 10 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,265,631 b 
Month 11 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,265,631 b 
Month 12 (no purchases this month)        nil            nil            nil            18,265,631 b 

 

a

Reflects the resolution passed at the Company’s AGM held on 3 May 2019.

 

b

Reflects the resolution passed at the Company’s AGM held on 7 May 2020.

Dividend history

The table below sets forth the amounts of ordinary dividends on each ordinary share and special dividends, in respect of each financial year indicated.

 

            Interim dividend            

Final dividend

          

Total dividend

            Special dividend  
                       pence                        cents                   pence                   cents                  pence                    cents                   pence                   cents  
2020                                                                             
2019         32.0           39.9           a          a          32.0           39.9                     
2018         27.7           36.3           60.4          78.1          88.1           114.4           203.8 bd         262.1 bd 
2017         24.4           33.0           50.2          71.0          74.6           104.0           156.4 b         202.5 b 
2016         22.6           30.0           49.4          64.0          72.0           94.0           438.2 b         632.9 b 
2015         17.7           27.5           40.3          57.5          58.0           85.0                     
2014         14.8           25.0           33.8          52.0          48.6           77.0           174.9 b         293.0 b 
2013         15.1           23.0           28.1          47.0          43.2           70.0           87.1          133.0  
2012         13.5           21.0           27.7          43.0          41.2           64.0           108.4 b         172.0 b 
2011         9.8           16.0           24.7          39.0          34.5           55.0                     
2010         8.0           12.8           22.0          35.2          30.0           48.0                     
2009         7.3           12.2           18.7          29.2          26.0           41.4                     
2008c         6.4           12.2           20.2          29.2          26.6           41.4                     
2007         5.7           11.5           14.9          29.2          20.6           40.7           200 b           
2006         5.1           9.6           13.3          25.9          18.4           35.5           118 b           

 

a

The Board withdrew its recommendation of a final dividend in respect of 2019 of 85.9 ¢ per share. The Board will continue to defer consideration of further dividends until visibility of the pace and scale of market recovery has improved.

 

b

Accompanied by a share consolidation.

 

c

IHG changed the reporting currency of its Consolidated Financial Statements from sterling to US dollars effective from the Half-Year Results as at 30 June 2008. Starting with the interim dividend for 2008, all dividends have first been determined in US dollars and converted into sterling prior to payment.

 

d

This special dividend was announced on 19 October 2018 and paid on 29 January 2019.

 

242   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Shareholder profiles

Shareholder profile by type as at 31 December 2020

 

Category of shareholder       Number of
                        shareholders
          Percentage of
                             total shareholders
            Number of
                        ordinary shares
          Percentage of
                            issued share capital
 
Private individuals       31,035            94.25                8,030,777            4.28  
Nominee companies       1,100            3.34                154,746,738            82.43  
Limited and public limited companies       673            2.05                14,769,660            7.87  
Other corporate bodies       113            0.34                10,151,763            5.41  
Pension funds, insurance companies and banks       8            0.02                18,782            0.01  
Total       32,929            100                187,717,720            100  

Shareholder profile by size as at 31 December 2020

Range of shareholdings        Number of
                        shareholders
          Percentage of
                            total shareholders
          Number of
                        ordinary shares
          Percentage of
                            issued share capital
 
1–199        22,553            68.49            1,353,854            0.72  
200–499        5,772            17.53            1,808,630            0.96  
500–999        2,323            7.05            1,611,344            0.86  
1,000–4,999        1,568            4.76            3,069,920            1.64  
5,000–9,999        190            0.58            1,350,769            0.72  
10,000–49,999        292            0.89            6,409,427            3.41  
50, 000–99,999        67            0.20            4,948,131            2.64  
100,000–499,999        112            0.34            26,377,746            14.05  
500,000–999,999        17            0.05            11,917,458            6.35  
1,000,000 and above        35            0.11            128,870,441            68.65  
Total        32,929            100            187,717,720            100  

Shareholder profile by geographical location as at 31 December 2020

Country/Jurisdiction        Percentage of
issued share capital
 
UK        49.4  
Rest of Europe        28.8  
US (including ADRs)        17.1  
Rest of world        4.7  
Total        100  

The geographical profile presented is based on an analysis of shareholders (by manager) of 38,000 shares or above where geographical ownership is known. This analysis only captures 90.1% of total issued share capital. Therefore, the known percentage distributions have been multiplied by 100/90.1 (1.110) to achieve the figures shown in the table above.

As of 22 February 2021, 7,757,832 ADSs equivalent to 7,757,832 ordinary shares, or approximately 4.13% of the total issued share capital, were outstanding and were held by 425 holders. Since certain ordinary shares are registered in the names of nominees, the number of shareholders on record may not be representative of the number of beneficial owners.

As of 22 February 2021, there were a total of 32,786 recorded holders of ordinary shares, of whom 250 had registered addresses in the US and held a total of 320,288 ordinary shares (0.17% of the total issued share capital).

 

LOGO

 

 

Shareholder profiles   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   243


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Exhibits

The following exhibits are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 20-F with the SEC, and are publicly available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov, search InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, under Company Filings.

 

 

    

 

Exhibit 1      Articles of Association of the Company dated 7 May 2020

 

    

 

Exhibit 2(d)      Description of Securities Registered Under Section 12 of the Exchange Act

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(a)(i)(a)        Amended and restated trust deed dated 14 September 2020 relating to a £3  billion Euro Medium Term Note Programme, among InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, Six Continents Limited, InterContinental Hotels Limited and HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(a)(ii)a      $1.275 billion bank facility agreement dated 30  March 2015, among InterContinental Hotels Group PLC and certain of its subsidiaries, and Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank, N.A. London Branch, Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, London Branch, DBS Bank Ltd., London Branch, HSBC Bank plc, SunTrust Bank, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., The Royal Bank Of Scotland plc, U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., London Branch (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(a)(iii) of the InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1 – 10409) dated 3 March 2016)

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(a)(iii)      Waiver and amendment letter dated 20 April 2020 relating to the $1.275 billion bank facility agreement dated 30 March 2015

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(a)(iv)      Extension letter dated 27 April 2020 relating to the $1.275 billion bank facility agreement dated 30 March 2015

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(a)(v)      Waiver and amendment letter dated 4 December 2020 relating to the $1.275 billion bank facility agreement dated 30 March 2015

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(c)(i)a      Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson’s service contract dated 6 December 2013, commencing on 1  January 2014 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c)(i) of the InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No. 1-10409) dated 26  February 2014)

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(c)(ii)      Rules of the InterContinental Hotels Group Long Term Incentive Plan as approved by shareholders on 2 May 2014 and as amended on 14 February 2019, 4  December 2019 and 7 May 2020

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(c)(iii)      Rules of the InterContinental Hotels Group Annual Performance Plan as amended

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(c)(iv)a      Keith Barr’s service contract dated 5 May 2017, commencing on 1  July 2017 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c)(v) of the

 

    

 

     InterContinental Hotels Group Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No.1-10409) dated 1 March 2018)

 

    

 

Exhibit 4(c)(v)a      Elie Maalouf’s service contract dated 19 October 2017, commencing on 1  January 2018 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4(c)(vi) of the InterContinental Hotels Group Annual Report on Form 20-F (File No.1-10409) dated 1 March 2018)

 

    

 

Exhibit 8      List of subsidiaries as at 31 December 2020 (can be found on pages 197 to 199)

 

    

 

Exhibit 12(a)      Certification of Keith Barr filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a–14(a)

 

    

 

Exhibit 12(b)      Certification of Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson filed pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a–14(a)

 

    

 

Exhibit 13(a)      Certification of Keith Barr and Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson furnished pursuant to 17 CFR 240.13a–14(b) and 18 U.S.C.1350

 

    

 

Exhibit 15(a)(i)      Consent of independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP

 

    

 

Exhibit 101      XBRL Instance Document and related items

 

    

 

 

a

Incorporated by reference.

 

244   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

Forward-looking statements

 

The Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020 contains certain forward-looking statements as defined under US legislation (Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) with respect to the financial condition, results of operations and business of the Group and certain plans and objectives of the Board of Directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC with respect thereto. Such statements include, but are not limited to, statements made in the Chair’s statement and in the Chief Executive Officer’s review. These forward-looking statements can be identified by the fact that they do not relate only to historical or current facts. Forward-looking statements often use words such as ‘anticipate’, ‘target’, ‘expect’, ‘estimate’, ‘intend’, ‘plan’, ‘goal’, ‘believe’, or other words of similar meaning. These statements are based on assumptions and assessments made by the Group’s management in light of their experience and their perception of historical trends, current conditions, expected future developments and other factors they believe to be appropriate.

By their nature, forward-looking statements are inherently predictive, speculative and involve risk and uncertainty. There are a number of factors that could cause actual results and developments to differ materially from those expressed in, or implied by, such forward-looking statements, including, but not limited to: the risks of political and economic developments; the risks of overcapacity in the hotel industry; the Group being subject to a competitive and changing industry; the Group’s reliance on the reputation of its existing brands and exposure to inherent reputation risks; the Group’s exposure to inherent uncertainties associated with brand development and expansion; the Group’s exposure to a variety of risks related to identifying, securing and retaining franchise and management agreements; the Group’s requirement of the right people, skills and capabiliity to manage growth and change; the risks associated with collective bargaining activity which could disrupt operations, increase labour costs or interfere with the ability of management to focus on executing business strategies; the Group’s exposure to the risks related to cybersecurity and data privacy; the Group’s exposure to increasing competition from online travel agents and

 

intermediaries; the Group’s exposure to inherent risks in relation to changing technology and systems; the Group’s reliance upon the resilience of its reservation system and other key technology platforms, and the risks that could disrupt their operation and/or integrity; the Group’s exposure to risks related to executing and realising benefits from strategic transactions, including acquisitions and restructuring; the Group’s dependence upon a wide range of external stakeholders and business partners; the Group’s exposure to the risk of litigation; the requirement to comply with existing and changing regulations and act in accordance with societal expectations across numerous countries, territories and jurisdictions; the Group’s exposure to risks associated with its intellectual property; the Group’s exposure to a variety of risks associated with its financial stability and ability to borrow and satisfy debt covenants; the Group’s operations being dependent on maintaining sufficient liquidity to meet all foreseeable medium-term requirements and provide headroom against unforeseen obligations; the Group’s exposure to an impairment of the carrying value of its brands, goodwill or other tangible and intangible assets negatively affecting its consolidated operating results; the Group’s exposure to fluctations in exchange rates, currency devaluations or restructurings and to interest rate risk in relation to its borrowings; the risk that the Group may be affected by credit risk on treasury transactions; the risk that the Group’s financial performance may be affected by changes in tax laws; the risks associated with insuring the Group’s business; the Group’s exposure to a variety of risks associated with safety, security and crisis management; the Group’s exposure to the risk of events or stakeholder expectations that adversely impact domestic or international travel, including climate change; and the risks associated with domestic and international environmental laws and regulations that may cause us to incur substantial costs or subject us to potential liabilities.

The main factors that could affect the business and financial results are described in the Strategic Report of the Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Exhibits   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   245


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Form 20-F cross-reference guide

 

Item          Form 20-F caption        Location in this document       Page          

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

1      Identity of Directors, senior management and advisers      Not applicable    

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

2      Offer statistics and expected timetable      Not applicable    

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

3      Key information         
    

 

    

 

   

 

     3A – Selected financial data      Shareholder information: Selected five-year consolidated financial information     240
         

 

   

 

          Shareholder information: Dividend history     242
    

 

    

 

   

 

     3B – Capitalisation and indebtedness      Not applicable    
    

 

    

 

   

 

     3C – Reason for the offer and use of proceeds      Not applicable    
    

 

    

 

   

 

     3D – Risk factors      Group information: Risk factors     224-229

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

4      Information on the Company         
    

 

    

 

   

 

     4A – History and development of the Company      Group information: History and developments     224
         

 

   

 

          Shareholder information: Return of funds     241
         

 

   

 

          Useful information: Contacts     251
    

 

    

 

   

 

     4B – Business overview      Strategic Report     2-71
         

 

   

 

          Group information: Working Time Regulations 1998     233
         

 

   

 

          Group Information: Risk factors     224-229
    

 

    

 

   

 

     4C – Organisational structure      Group Financial Statements: Note 34 – Group companies     197-199
         

 

   

 

          Group Information: History and developments     224
    

 

    

 

   

 

     4D – Property, plant and equipment      Strategic Report: Key performance indicators     43-46
         

 

   

 

          Directors’ Report: Greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions     221-222
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 14 – Property, plant and equipment     168-169

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

4A      Unresolved staff comments      None    

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

5      Operating and financial review and prospects         
    

 

    

 

   

 

     5A – Operating results      Strategic Report: Key performance indicators     43-46
         

 

   

 

          Strategic Report: Performance     47-71
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Accounting policies     133-145
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: New accounting standards     145
         

 

   

 

          Viability statement     42
    

 

    

 

   

 

     5B – Liquidity and capital resources      Strategic Report: Performance – Liquidity and capital resources     70-71
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 19 – Cash and cash equivalents     175
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 22 – Loans and other borrowings     177-178
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 24 – Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments     179-183
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 25 – Classification and measurement of financial instruments     184-186
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 26 – Reconciliation of (loss)/profit for the year to cash flow from operations before contract acquisition costs     187
    

 

    

 

   

 

     5C – Research and development; intellectual property      Not applicable    
    

 

    

 

   

 

     5D – Trend information      Strategic Report: Performance     47-71
    

 

    

 

   

 

     5E – Off-balance sheet arrangements      Strategic Report: Performance – Liquidity and capital resources – Off-balance sheet arrangements     71
    

 

    

 

   

 

     5F – Tabular disclosure of contractual obligations      Strategic Report: Performance – Liquidity and capital resources     70-71
    

 

    

 

   

 

     5G – Safe harbour      Additional Information: Forward-looking statements     245
    

 

    

 

   

 

     Non-GAAP financial measures      Strategic Report: Performance     47-71
         

 

   

 

          Other financial information     212-218
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 6 – Exceptional items     154-156
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 10 – (Loss)/earnings per ordinary share     162-163
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 23 – Net debt     178-179

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

6      Directors, senior management and employees         
    

 

    

 

   

 

     6A – Directors and senior management      Governance: Our Board of Directors and Our Executive Committee     76-81
    

 

    

 

   

 

     6B – Compensation      Directors’ Remuneration Report     96-111
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 27 – Retirement benefits     187-190
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 32 – Related party disclosures     196
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 28 – Share-based payments     191-192
    

 

    

 

   

 

     6C – Board practices      Governance structure and Board activities     82-85
         

 

   

 

          Executive Directors’ benefits upon termination of office     230
    

 

    

 

   

 

     6D – Employees      Group Financial Statements: Note 4 – Staff costs and Directors’ remuneration     153
         

 

   

 

          Group information: Working Time Regulations 1998     233
         

 

   

 

          Directors’ Report: Employees and Code of Conduct     220
    

 

    

 

   

 

     6E – Share ownership      Directors’ Remuneration Report: Annual Report on Directors’ remuneration – Scheme interests awarded during 2019 and 2020     104
         

 

   

 

          Directors’ Remuneration Report: Annual Report on Directors’ remuneration – Statement of Directors’ shareholdings and share interests     105
         

 

   

 

          Group Financial Statements: Note 28 – Share-based payments     191-192
         

 

   

 

          Group information: Directors’ and Executive Committee members’ shareholdings     230

 

    

 

    

 

   

 

 

246   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

    

Item        Form 20-F caption         Location in this document         Page

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

7      Major shareholders and related party transactions            
    

 

     

 

     

 

     7A – Major shareholders       Directors’ Report: Major institutional shareholders       219
          

 

     

 

           Shareholder information: Shareholder profiles       243
    

 

     

 

     

 

     7B – Related party transactions       Group Financial Statements: Note 16 – Investment in associates and joint ventures       171-172
          

 

     

 

           Group Financial Statements: Note 32 – Related party disclosures       196
    

 

     

 

     

 

     7C – Interests of experts and counsel       Not applicable      

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

8      Financial Information            
    

 

     

 

     

 

     8A – Consolidated statements and other financial information       Directors’ Report: Dividends       219
          

 

     

 

           Group Financial Statements       126-199
          

 

     

 

           Group information: Legal proceedings       235
          

 

     

 

           Strategic Report: Performance – Other financial information       68-69
    

 

     

 

     

 

     8B – Significant changes       None      

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

9      The offer and listing            
    

 

     

 

     

 

     9A – Offer and listing details       Useful information: Trading markets       250
    

 

     

 

     

 

     9B – Plan of distribution       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     9C – Markets       Useful information: Trading markets       250
    

 

     

 

     

 

     9D – Selling shareholders       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     9E – Dilution       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     9F – Expenses of the issue       Not applicable      

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

10      Additional information            
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10A – Share capital       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10B – Memorandum and articles of association       Group information: Articles of Association       232-233
          

 

     

 

           Group information: Rights attaching to shares       232-233
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10C – Material contracts       Group information: Material contracts       234
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10D – Exchange controls       Group information: Exchange controls and restrictions on payment of dividends       235
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10E – Taxation       Shareholder information: Taxation       236-238
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10F – Dividends and paying agents       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10G – Statement by experts       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10H – Documents on display       Useful information: Investor information – Documents on display       250
    

 

     

 

     

 

     10I – Subsidiary information       Not applicable      

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

11      Quantitative and qualitative disclosures about market risk       Group Financial Statements: Note 24 – Financial risk management and derivative financial instruments       179-183

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

12      Description of securities other than equity securities            
    

 

     

 

     

 

     12A – Debt securities       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     12B – Warrants and rights       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     12C – Other securities       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     12D – American depositary shares       Group information: Description of securities other than equity securities       231

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

13      Defaults, dividend arrearages and delinquencies       Not applicable      

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

14      Material modifications to the rights of security holders and use of proceeds       Not applicable      

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

15      Controls and Procedures            
          

 

     

 

           Shareholder information: Disclosure controls and procedures       238
          

 

     

 

           Statement of Directors’ Responsibilities:       114
           Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting      
          

 

     

 

           Independent Auditor’s US Report       122-125

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

16      16A – Audit committee financial expert       Governance: Audit Committee Report       86-90
          

 

     

 

           Shareholder information: Summary of significant corporate governance differences from NYSE listing standards – Committees       239
    

 

     

 

     

 

     16B – Code of ethics       Directors’ Report: Employees and Code of Conduct       220
          

 

     

 

           Strategic Report: Our culture and responsible business       24-33
          

 

     

 

           Shareholder information: Summary of significant corporate governance differences from NYSE listing standards       239
    

 

     

 

     

 

     16C – Principal accountant fees and services       Governance: Audit Committee Report – External auditor       89
          

 

     

 

           Governance: Audit Committee Report – Non-audit services       88
          

 

     

 

           Group Financial Statements: Note 5 – Auditor’s remuneration paid to Ernst & Young LLP       153
    

 

     

 

     

 

     16D – Exemptions from the listing standards for audit committees       Not applicable      
    

 

     

 

     

 

     16E – Purchase of equity securities by the issuer and affiliated purchasers       Shareholder information: Purchases of equity securities by the Company and affiliated purchasers       242
    

 

     

 

     

 

     16F – Change in registrant’s certifying accountant       Governance: Audit Committee Report – Audit transition       89
    

 

     

 

     

 

           Group information: Change in certifying accountant       231
    

 

     

 

     

 

     16G – Corporate Governance       Shareholder information: Summary of significant corporate governance differences from NYSE listing standards       239
    

 

     

 

     

 

     16H – Mine safety disclosure       Not applicable      

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

17      Financial statements       Not applicable      

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

18      Financial statements       Group Financial Statements       126-199

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

19      Exhibits       Additional Information: Exhibits       244

 

    

 

     

 

     

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Form 20-F cross-reference guide   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   247


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Glossary

 

Adjusted EBITDA

operating profit, excluding System Fund revenues and expenses, exceptional items and depreciation and amortisation.

ADR

an American Depositary Receipt, being a receipt evidencing title to an ADS.

ADR Depositary

J.P. Morgan Chase Bank N.A.

ADS

an American Depositary Share as evidenced by an ADR, being a registered negotiable security, listed on the New York Stock Exchange, representing one ordinary share of 20 340/399 pence each of the Company.

AGM

Annual General Meeting of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

Annual Report

the Annual Report and Form 20-F in relation to the years ending 31 December 2019 or 2020 as relevant.

APP

Annual Performance Plan.

Articles

the Articles of Association of the Company for the time being in force.

average daily rate

rooms revenue divided by the number of room nights sold.

basic earnings per ordinary share

profit available for IHG equity holders divided by the weighted average number of ordinary shares in issue during the year.

Board

the Board of Directors of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

capital expenditure

purchases of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, associate and joint venture investments, and other financial assets, plus contract acquisition costs (key money).

Captive

the Group’s captive insurance company, SCH Insurance Company.

cash-generating units (CGUs)

the smallest identifiable groups of assets that generate cash inflows that are largely independent of the cash inflows from other assets or groups of assets.

CCFF

Commercial paper issued under the UK Government’s Covid Corporate Financing Facility.

Code

UK Corporate Governance Code issued in 2018 by the Financial Reporting Council in the UK.

Colleague

individuals who work at IHG corporate offices, reservation centres, managed, owned, leased, managed lease and franchised hotels collectively.

Companies Act

the Companies Act 2006, as amended from time to time.

Company or Parent Company

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

comparable RevPAR

a comparison for a grouping of hotels that have traded in all months in financial years being compared. Principally excludes new hotels, hotels closed for major refurbishment and hotels sold in either of the two years. Hotels temporarily closed as a result of Covid-19 are not excluded from comparable RevPAR.

Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR)

the annual growth rate over a period of years, calculated on the basis that each year’s growth is compounded, that is, the amount of growth in each year is included in the following year’s number, which in turn grows further.

constant currency

a prior-year value translated using the current year’s average exchange rates.

contingencies

liabilities that are contingent upon the occurrence of one or more uncertain future events.

continuing operations

operations not classified as discontinued.

currency swap

an exchange of a deposit and a borrowing, each denominated in a different currency, for an agreed period of time.

Deferred Compensation Plan

a US plan that allows for the additional provision for retirement within a dedicated trust, either through employee deferral of salary with matching company contributions or through direct company contribution.

derivatives

financial instruments used to reduce risk, the price of which is derived from an underlying asset, index or rate.

direct channels

methods of booking hotel rooms (both digital and voice) not involving third-party intermediaries.

Director

a Director of InterContinental Hotels Group

PLC.

DR Policy

Directors’ Remuneration Policy.

EMEAA

Europe, Middle East, Asia and Africa.

Employee

individuals directly employed at IHG corporate offices, reservation centres and managed, owned, leased, managed lease hotels.

employee engagement survey

our employee engagement survey, known as Colleague HeartBeat, completed by IHG employees only.

Enterprise contribution to revenue

the percentage of room revenue booked through IHG managed channels and sources: direct via our websites, apps and call centres; through our interfaces with Global Distribution Systems (GDS) and agreements with Online Travel Agencies (OTAs); other distribution partners directly connected to our reservation system; and Global Sales Office business or IHG Reward members that book directly at a hotel.

ERG

employee resource group.

EU

the European Union.

euro or

the currency of the European Economic and Monetary Union.

exceptional items

items that are disclosed separately because of their size, nature or incidence.

fee business

IHG’s franchise and managed businesses combined.

fee margin

fee margin is calculated by dividing ‘fee operating profit’ by ‘fee revenue’. Fee revenue and fee operating profits are calculated from revenue from reportable segments and operating profit from reportable segments, adjusted to exclude the revenue and operating profit from the Group’s owned, leased and managed lease hotels and significant liquidated damages. In addition, fee margin is adjusted for the results of the Group’s captive insurance company, where premiums are intended to match the expected claims and as such these amounts are adjusted from the fee margin to better depict the profitability of the fee business. Fee margin is presented at actual exchange rates.

franchisee

an owner who uses a brand under licence from IHG.

goodwill

the difference between the consideration given for a business and the total of the fair values of the separable assets and liabilities comprising that business.

Group or IHG

the Company and its subsidiaries.

 

 

248   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

    

Guest Love

IHG’s guest satisfaction measurement tool used to measure brand preference and guest satisfaction.

Guest Reservation System or GRS

our global electronic guest reservation system.

hedging

the reduction of risk, normally in relation to foreign currency or interest rate movements, by making offsetting commitments.

hotel revenue

revenue from all revenue-generating activity undertaken by managed and owned, leased and managed lease hotels, including room nights, food and beverage sales.

IASB

International Accounting Standards Board.

IFRS

International Financial Reporting Standards as issued by the IASB and adopted pursuant to Regulation (EC) No 1606/2002 as it applies in the European Union.

IHG PLC

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

indirect channels

online travel intermediaries and business and leisure travel agents.

interest rate swap

an agreement to exchange fixed for floating interest rate streams (or vice versa) on a notional principal.

liquidated damages

payments received in respect of the early termination of franchise and management contracts.

LTIP

Long Term Incentive Plan.

managed leases

properties which are held through a lease but with the same characteristics as management contracts.

management contract or management

agreement

a contract to operate a hotel on behalf of the hotel owner.

market capitalisation

the value attributed to a listed company by multiplying its share price by the number of shares in issue.

net debt

loans and other borrowings, lease liabilities, the exchange element of the fair value of derivatives hedging debt values, less cash and cash equivalents.

net rooms supply

net total number of IHG System hotel rooms.

NYSE

New York Stock Exchange.

occupancy rate

rooms occupied by hotel guests, expressed as a percentage of rooms that are available.

ordinary share

from 8 May 2017 the ordinary shares of 19 17/21 pence each in the Company; and from 14 January 2019 the ordinary shares of 20 340/399 pence each in the Company.

owner

the ultimate owner of a hotel property.

pipeline

hotels/rooms that will enter the IHG System at a future date. A new hotel only enters the pipeline once a contract has been signed and the appropriate fees paid. In rare circumstances, a hotel will not open for reasons such as the financing being withdrawn.

ppt

a percentage point is the unit for the arithmetic difference of two percentages.

reimbursable revenues

reimbursements from managed and franchised hotels for costs incurred by IHG, for example the cost of IHG employees working in managed hotels. The related revenues and costs are presented gross in the Group income statement and there is no impact to profit.

revenue management

the employment of pricing and segment strategies to optimise the revenue generated from the sale of room nights.

revenue per available room or RevPAR

rooms revenue divided by the number of room nights that are available (can be mathematically derived from occupancy rate multiplied by average daily rate).

room count

number of rooms franchised, managed, owned, leased or managed leased by IHG.

rooms revenue

revenue generated from the sale of room nights.

royalties

fees, based on rooms revenue, that a

franchisee pays to the Group.

SEC

US Securities and Exchange Commission.

sterling or pounds sterling, £, pence or p

the pound sterling, the currency of the

United Kingdom.

subsidiary

a company over which the Group exercises

control.

System

hotels/rooms operating under franchise and management agreements together with IHG owned, leased and managed lease hotels/ rooms, globally (the IHG System) or on a regional basis, as the context requires.

System Fund or Fund

assessment fees and contributions collected from hotels within the IHG System which fund activities that drive revenue to our hotels including marketing, the IHG Rewards loyalty programme and our distribution channels.

technology fee income

income received from hotels under franchise and management agreements for the use of IHG’s Guest Reservation System.

total gross revenue

total rooms revenue from franchised hotels and total hotel revenue from managed, owned, leased and managed lease hotels. Other than owned, leased and managed lease hotels, it is not revenue wholly attributable to IHG, as it is mainly derived from hotels owned by third parties.

Total Shareholder Return or TSR

the theoretical growth in value of a shareholding over a period, by reference to the beginning and ending share price, and assuming that dividends, including special dividends, are reinvested to purchase additional units of the equity.

UK

the United Kingdom.

US

the United States of America.

US 401(k) Plan

the Defined Contribution 401(k) plan.

US dollars, US$, $ or ¢

the currency of the United States of America.

workforce

IHG employees.

working capital

the sum of inventories, receivables and payables of a trading nature, excluding financing and taxation items.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Glossary   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   249


Table of Contents

Additional Information

 

Useful information

Investor information

 

Website and electronic communication

As part of IHG’s commitment to reduce the cost and environmental impact of producing and distributing printed documents in large quantities, this Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020 has been made available to shareholders through our website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Annual Report.

Shareholders may electronically appoint a proxy to vote on their behalf at the 2021 AGM. Shareholders who hold their shares through CREST may appoint proxies through the CREST electronic proxy appointment service, by using the procedures described in the CREST Manual.

Shareholder hotel discount

IHG offers discounted hotel stays (subject to availability) for registered shareholders only, through a controlled-access website. This is not available to shareholders who hold shares through nominee companies, ISAs or ADRs. For further details please contact the Company Secretary’s office (see the opposite page).

Responsible Business Report

In line with our commitment to responsible business practices, this year we have produced a Responsible Business Report showcasing our approach to responsible business and progress against our Responsible Business Targets.

 

LOGO   Visit www.ihgplc.com/responsible-business for details.

Registrar

For information on a range of shareholder services, including enquiries concerning individual shareholdings, notification of a shareholder’s change of address and amalgamation of shareholder accounts (in order to avoid duplicate mailing of shareholder communications), shareholders should contact the Company’s Registrar, Equiniti, on +44 (0) 371 384 2132a.

Dividend services

Dividend Reinvestment Plan (DRIP)

The Company offers a DRIP for shareholders to purchase additional IHG shares with their cash dividends. For further information about the DRIP, please contact our Registrar helpline on +44 (0) 371 384 2132.

 

LOGO   See www.shareview.co.uk/info/drip for a DRIP application form and information booklet.

Bank mandate

We encourage shareholders to have their dividends paid directly into their UK bank or building society accounts, to ensure efficient payment and clearance of funds on the payment date. For further information, please contact our Registrar (see page opposite).

Overseas payment service

It is also possible for shareholders to have their dividends paid directly to their bank accounts in a local currency. Charges are payable for this service.

 

LOGO   Go to www.shareview.co.uk/info/ops for further information.

Out-of-date/unclaimed dividends

If you think that you have out-of-date dividend cheques or unclaimed dividend payments, please contact our Registrar (see the opposite page).

Individual Savings Account (ISA)

Equiniti offers a Stocks and Shares ISA that can invest in IHG shares. For further information, please contact Equiniti on +44 (0) 345 300 0430a.

Share-dealing services

Equiniti offers the following share-dealing facilities.

Postal dealing

0371 384 2132 from the UKa +44 121 415 7034 from overseasa

Telephone dealing

For more information, call +44 (0)345 603 7037b

Internet dealing

Visit www.shareview.co.uk for more information.

Changes to the base cost of IHG shares

Details of all the changes to the base cost of IHG shares held from April 2004 to January 2019, for UK Capital Gains Tax purposes, may be found on our website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Shareholder centre in the Tax information section.

‘Gone away’ shareholders

Working with ProSearch (an asset reunification company), we continue to look for shareholders who have not kept their contact details up to date. We have funds waiting to be claimed and are committed to doing what we can to pay these to their rightful owners. Please contact ProSearch on +44 (0) 800 612 8671a or email info@prosearchassets.com for further details.

Shareholder security

Many companies have become aware that their shareholders have received unsolicited telephone calls or correspondence concerning investment matters. These are typically from ‘brokers’ who target UK shareholders, offering to sell them what often turn out to be worthless or high-risk shares in US or UK investments. These operations are commonly known as ‘boiler rooms’. More detailed information on this or similar activity can be found at www.fca.org.uk/consumers on the Financial Conduct Authority website.

Details of any share dealing facilities that the Company endorses will be included in Company mailings.

Trading markets

The principal trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange (LSE). The ordinary shares are also listed on the NYSE, trading in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs. Each ADS represents one ordinary share. The Company has a sponsored ADR facility with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as ADR Depositary.

American Depositary Receipts (ADRs)

The Company’s shares are listed on the NYSE in the form of American Depositary Shares, evidenced by ADRs and traded under the symbol ‘IHG’. Each ADR represents one ordinary share. All enquiries regarding ADR holder accounts and payment of dividends should be directed to J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., our ADR Depositary bank (contact details shown on the opposite page).

Documents on display

Documents referred to in this Annual Report and Form 20-F that are filed with the SEC can be found at the SEC’s public reference room located at 100 F Street, NE Washington, DC 20549. For further information and copy charges please call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains a website that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically and the Company’s SEC filings since 22 May 2002 are also publicly available through the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Copies of the Company’s Articles can be obtained via the website at www.ihgplc.com/investors under Corporate Governance or from the Company’s registered office on request.

 

a

Lines are open from 08:30 to 17:30 Monday to Friday, excluding UK public holidays.

 

b

Lines are open from 08:00 to 18:00 Monday to Friday, excluding UK public holidays.

 

 

250   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020


Table of Contents

    

 


 

    

Financial calendars

 

Dividends       
         2020                            

 

    

 

2020 Interim dividend     

 

    

 

    Ex-dividend date      N/A

 

    

 

    Record date      N/A

 

    

 

    Payment date      N/A

 

    

 

    
     2020

 

    

 

2020 Final dividend     

 

    

 

    Ex-dividend date      N/A

 

    

 

    Record date      N/A

 

    

 

    Payment date      N/A

 

    

 

    
    
    
    
    
    
Other dates       
         2020                            

 

    

 

Financial year end      31 December

 

    

 

    
    
     2021

 

    

 

Announcement of Preliminary Results for 2020      23 February

 

    

 

Announcement of 2021 First Quarter Interim      7 May
Management Statement     

 

    

 

Annual General Meeting      7 May

 

    

 

Announcement of Half-Year Results for 2021      10 August

 

    

 

Announcement of 2020 Third Quarter Interim

Management Statement

     22 October
    
    

 

    

 

Financial year end      31 December

 

    

 

     2022

 

    

 

Announcement of Preliminary Results for 2021      February
 

 

Contacts

 

Registered office

Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire, UB9 5HR,

United Kingdom

Telephone:

+44 (0) 1895 512 000

www.ihgplc.com

For general information about the Group’s business, please contact the Corporate Affairs department at the above address. For all other enquiries, please contact the Company Secretary’s office at the above address.

Registrar

Equiniti, Aspect House, Spencer Road, Lancing,

West Sussex, BN99 6DA, United Kingdom

Telephone:

+44 (0) 371 384 2132

www.shareview.co.uk

ADR Depositary

Shareowner Services, PO Box 64504,

St. Paul, MN 55164-0504, United States of America

Telephone:

+1 800 990 1135 (US calls) (toll-free)

+1 651 453 2128 (non-US calls)

Enquiries: www.shareowneronline.com

under contact us

www.adr.com

Auditor

Ernst & Young LLP

Investment bankers

BofA Securities

Goldman Sachs

Solicitors

Freshfields Bruckhaus Deringer LLP

Stockbrokers

BofA Securities

IHG® Rewards

If you wish to enquire about, or join, IHG Rewards,

visit www.ihg.com/rewardsclub or telephone:

+800 2222 7172b (Austria, Belgium, Denmark, Finland, France,

Germany, Hungary, Ireland, Israel, Italy, Luxembourg, Netherlands,

Norway, Portugal, Russia, Spain, Sweden, Switzerland, and UK)

+44 1950 499004c (all other countries/regions in Europe and Africa)

1 888 211 9874 (US and Canada)

001 800 272 9273c (Mexico)

+1 801 975 3013c (Spanish) (Central and South America)

+973 6 500 9 296a (Middle East)

+800 2222 7172b (Australia, Japan, Korea, Malaysia, New Zealand,

Philippines, Singapore and Thailand)

800 830 1128a or 021 20334848a (Mainland China)

800 965 222 (Hong Kong SAR)

0800 728 (Macau SAR)

00801 863 366 (Taiwan, China)

+632 8857 8788c (all other countries/regions in Asia Pacific)

 

+

Denotes international access code. 00 or 011 in most countries.

 

a 

Toll charges apply.

 

b 

Universal International Freephone Number.

 

c 

International calling rates may apply.

 

 

LOGO

 

 

Useful information   IHG  |  Annual Report and Form 20-F 2020   251


Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

 

Designed and produced by Superunion, London.

 

www.superunion.com

 

Managed by Donnelley Financial Solutions

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC’s commitment to environmental issues is reflected in this Annual Report.

 

This report has been printed on Symbol Matt Plus. Environmental friendly ECF (Elemental Chlorine Free Guaranteed) paper, certified by the FSC®(Forest Stewardship Council Containing a high content of selected recycled materials (minimum 25% guaranteed).

 

The FSC® (Forest Stewardship Council) is a worldwide label which identifies products obtained from sustainable and responsible forest management.

 

Printed by CPI Colour in the UK, using the latest environmental printing technology and vegetable-based inks.

 

CPI Colour is a CarbonNeutral® company. Registered with the Environmental Management System ISO14001 and are Forest Stewardship Council (FSC®) chain-of-custody certified.

 

The unavoidable carbon emissions generated during the manufacturing and delivery of this document have been reduced to net zero through a verified carbon offsetting project.

 

LOGO

 

LOGO

 

LOGO


Table of Contents

 

LOGO

 

    

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

Broadwater Park, Denham

Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR

United Kingdom

Tel +44 (0) 1895 512 000

 

www.ihgplc.com

Make a booking at www.ihg.com

 

 

    


Table of Contents

SIGNATURE

The registrant hereby certifies that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form 20-F and that it has duly caused and authorized the undersigned to sign this Annual Report on Form 20-F on its behalf.

 

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

(Registrant)

By:  

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

Name:   Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson
Title:   Chief Financial Officer
Date:   March 4, 2021

Exhibit 1

 

No. 5134420

The Companies Act 2006

Company Limited by Shares

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Adopted with effect from 7 May 2020

The Articles of Association were first adopted with effect from 27 June 2005 pursuant to a Special Resolution of the Company passed on 15 June 2005 and have been amended by Special Resolutions of the Company passed on 1 June 2007 with immediate effect, 30 May 2008 with effect from 1 October 2008, 29 May 2009 with effect from 1 October 2009, on 28 May 2010 with effect from 9 June 2010, on 4 May 2018 with immediate effect, and on 7 May 2020 with immediate effect.


Contents

 

     Article No.      Page No.  

Preliminary

     1-2        1-6  

Ordinary and Redeemable Shares

     3-4        6-7  

Variation of Rights

     5-8        7-8  

Shares.

     9-13        8-10  

Evidence of Title to Securities

     14        10  

Share Certificates.

     15-19        10-11  

Calls on Shares

     20-25        11-12  

Forfeiture and Lien

     26-33        13-14  

Transfer of Shares

     34-39        14-17  

Transmission of Shares.

     40-42        17  

Untraced Shareholders

     43-44        18  

General Meetings

     45-46        18-19  

Notice of General Meetings

     47-49        19-20  

Overflow of General Meetings

     50-52        21  

Proceedings at General Meetings.

     53-63        21-24  

Votes of Members

     64-69        24-27  

Proxies

     70-76        27-29  

Corporations Acting by Representatives

     77        30  

Directors

     78-85        30-31  

Appointment and Retirement of Directors

     86-92        31-33  

Alternate Directors

     93-96        33-34  

Meetings and Proceedings of Directors

     97-108        34-41  

Borrowing Powers

     109-110        41  

General Powers of Directors

     111-117        42-43  

President

     118        43  

Departmental, Divisional or Local Directors

     119        43  

Secretary

     120        43  

The Seal

     121-123        44  

Record Date

     124        44  

Authentication of Documents

     125        44-45  

 

i


     Article No.      Page No.  

Reserves

     126        45  

Dividends.

     127-139        45-48  

Capitalisation of Profits and Shares.

     140-141        48-50  

Minutes.

     142        50  

Accounts

     143-144        50  

Auditors

     145-146        51  

Communications with Members.

     147-153        51-54  

Winding up

     154-155        54  

Directors’ liabilities

     156-158        54-56  

Overriding Provisions.

     159        56-59  

 

ii


The Companies Act 2006

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

Articles of Association

Adopted by Special Resolution passed on 7 May 20201 of

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC2

(the “Company”)

Preliminary

 

1

The regulations in Table A in The Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 and in any Table A applicable to the Company under any former enactment relating to companies shall not apply to the Company.

 

2

In these Articles (if not inconsistent with the subject or context) the words and expressions set out below shall have the following meanings:

Auditors” means the auditors for the time being of the Company.

Company Communications Provisions” shall have the same meaning as in the Companies Acts.

in writing” means written or produced by any substitute for writing (including anything in electronic form) or partly one and partly another.

London Stock Exchange” means London Stock Exchange plc. “month” means calendar month.

Office” means the registered office of the Company for the time being.

Operator” means CRESTCo Limited or such other person as may for the time being be approved by H.M. Treasury as Operator under the Regulations.

 

1 

The Articles of Association were first adopted with effect from 27 June 2005, pursuant to a Special Resolution of the Company passed on 15 June 2005, and have been amended by Special Resolutions of the Company passed on 1 June 2007 with immediate effect, 30 May 2008 with effect from 1 October 2008, on 29 May 2009 with effect from 1 October 2009, on 28 May 2010 with effect from 9 June 2010, on 4 May 2018 with immediate effect, and on 7 May 2020 with immediate effect.

2

The Company was incorporated as Hackremco (No. 2154) Limited on 21 May 2004. On 24 March 2005 the name of the Company was changed to New InterContinental Hotels Group Limited. On 27 April 2005, the Company re-registered as a public limited company and its name was changed to New InterContinental Hotels Group PLC with effect from that date. With effect from 27 June 2005, the name of the Company was changed to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

 

1


Operator-instruction” means a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction attributable to the Operator.

paid” means paid or credited as paid.

participating security” means a security, title to units of which is permitted by the Operator to be transferred by means of a relevant system.

“present” means for the purposes of physical meetings, present in person or, for the purposes of electronic meetings, present by electronic means.

Register” means the register of members of the Company.

Regulations” means the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 including any modification or re-enactment of them for the time being in force.

relevant system” means a computer-based system, and procedures, which enable title to units of a security to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument pursuant to the Regulations.

Seal” means the Common Seal of the Company.

Securities Seal” means the official seal kept by the Company for sealing securities issued by the Company, or for sealing documents creating or evidencing securities so issued, as permitted by the Companies Acts.

Statutes” means the Companies Acts, the Regulations and every other enactment (to the extent the same is in force) concerning companies and affecting the Company.

these Articles” means these Articles of Association as from time to time altered.

Transfer Office” means the place where the Register is situated for the time being.

United Kingdom” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

UK Listing Authority” means the Financial Conduct Authority in its capacity as competent authority for official listing under Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

year” means calendar year.

The expression “address” includes any number or address (including in the use of any

Uncertificated Proxy Instruction permitted under Article 71, an identification number of a participant in the relevant system) used for the purposes of sending or receiving notices, documents or information by electronic means and/or by means of a website.

The expression “Companies Acts” shall have the meaning given thereto by Section 2 of the

Companies Act 2006 but shall only extend to provisions which are in force at the relevant date.

The expressions “hard copy form”, “electronic form” and “electronic means” shall have the same respective meanings as in the Company Communications Provisions.

The expressions “debenture” and “debenture holder” shall respectively include “debenture stock” and “debenture stockholder”.

The expression “Director” shall include all the directors of the Company.

The expression “Group” in relation to moneys borrowed means the Company and its subsidiary undertakings for the time being.

 

2


The expression “moneys borrowed” shall be deemed to include (to the extent that the same would not otherwise fall to be taken into account):

 

  (i)

the principal amount of any debentures, as defined in Section 738 of the Companies Act 2006 and any fixed premium payable on final repayment thereof save to the extent that such amounts otherwise fall to be included as moneys borrowed;

 

  (ii)

the principal amount raised by the acceptance of bills by the Company or any subsidiary (not being acceptance of trade bills for the purchase of goods in the ordinary course of business) or by any bank or accepting house under any acceptance credit opened on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary;

 

  (iii)

the nominal amount of any share capital and the principal amount of any other debentures or other borrowed moneys (together with any fixed premium payable on final redemption or repayment) the redemption or repayment of which is guaranteed (or is the subject of an indemnity granted) by the Company or a subsidiary, save to the extent that the amount guaranteed otherwise falls to be included as moneys borrowed;

 

  (iv)

the nominal amount of any paid-up share capital, except ordinary share capital, of a subsidiary which is not for the time being beneficially owned by the Company or a subsidiary;

 

  (v)

the aggregate amount owing by any member of the Group under leases (as determined in accordance with any then current International Financial Reporting Standard or otherwise in accordance with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles but excluding leaseholds of immovable property);

 

  (vi)

the principal amount of any book debts of any member of the Group which have been sold or agreed to be sold, to the extent that any member of the Group is for the time being liable to indemnify or reimburse the purchaser in respect of any non- payment in respect of such book debts; and

 

  (vii)

any part of the purchase price of any movable or immovable assets acquired by any member of the Group, the payment of which is deferred beyond the date of completion of the conveyance, assignment or transfer of the legal estate to such assets or, if no such conveyance, assignment or transfer is to take place within six months after the date on which the contract for such purchase is entered into or (if later) becomes unconditional, beyond that date;

but shall be deemed not to include:

 

  (viii)

a proportion of the moneys borrowed by any partly owned subsidiary otherwise than from the Company or a subsidiary equal to the proportion of its ordinary share capital not directly or indirectly attributable to the Company;

 

  (ix)

amounts borrowed and falling to be taken into account as moneys borrowed pending their application for the purpose of repaying the whole or any part of the other moneys borrowed provided that they are so applied within six months of being so borrowed;

 

  (x)

amounts borrowed by the Company or any subsidiary to finance any contract for the sale of goods in respect of which any part of the price receivable is guaranteed by the Export Credit Guarantee Department of the Board of Trade or any institution carrying on similar business to the extent of that part of the contract price

 

3


  guaranteed notwithstanding that such amount is secured by a pledge or charge on the interest in such contract or the underlying goods or bills of exchange or the negotiable instruments drawn or made in connection therewith or the interest in any letters of credit issued or guarantee or indemnity or security held in relation thereto;

 

  (xi)

all sums (whether or not carrying interest) deposited with the Company or with any subsidiary by tenants or managers of premises owned by any such company by way of earnest or security for the performance by such tenants or managers of their obligations or by loan clubs or by similar associations;

and so that:

 

  (xii)

no amount shall be taken into account more than once in the same calculation but subject thereto (i) to (xii) above shall be read cumulatively;

 

  (xiii)

moneys borrowed shall be offset by cash and cash equivalence as determined in accordance with any then current International Financial Reporting Standards or otherwise in accordance with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

  (xiv)

in determining the amount of any debentures or other moneys borrowed or of any share capital for the purpose of this paragraph there shall be taken into account the nominal or principal amount thereof (or, in the case of partly-paid debentures or shares, the amount for the time being paid up thereon) together with any fixed or minimum premium payable on final redemption or repayment provided that if moneys are borrowed or shares are issued on terms that they may be repayable or redeemable (or that any member of the Group may be required to purchase them) earlier than their final maturity date (whether by exercise of an option on the part of the issuer or the creditor (or a trustee for the creditor) or the shareholder, by reason of a default or for any other reason) at a premium or discount to their nominal or principal amount then there shall be taken into account the amount (or the greater or greatest of two or more alternative amounts) which would, if those circumstances occurred, be payable on such repayment, redemption or purchase at the date as at which the calculation is being made.

The expression “electronic facilities” shall include, without limitation, website addresses and conference call systems, and references to persons attending meetings by electronic means, means attendance at electronic General Meetings via the electronic facilities stated in the notice of such meeting.

The reference to a person’s “participation” in the business of any General Meeting, includes without limitation and as relevant the right (including, in the case of a corporation, through a duly appointed representative) to speak, vote, be represented by a proxy and have access in hard copy or electronic form to all documents which are required by the Statutes or these articles to be made available at the meeting and participate and participating shall be construed accordingly.

The expression “meeting”means a meeting convened and held in any manner permitted by these articles, including without limitation a General Meeting of the Company at which some or all persons entitled to be present attend and participate by means of electronic facility or facilities, and such persons shall be deemed to present at that meeting for all purposes of the Statutes and these articles and attend and participate, attending and participating and attendance and participation shall be construed accordingly.

 

4


The expression “officer” shall include a Director, manager and the Secretary, but shall not include an auditor.

The expressions “recognised clearing house” and “recognised investment exchange” shall mean any clearing house or investment exchange (as the case may be) granted recognition under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

The expression “Secretary” shall include any person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the Secretary including, but not limited to, a joint, assistant or deputy Secretary.

The expression “share capital and consolidated reserves” shall mean at any time a sum equal to the aggregate, as shown by the relevant balance sheet, of the amount paid up on the issued or allotted share capital of the Company and the amount standing to the credit of the reserves (including the profit and loss account and any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings included in the consolidation in the relevant balance sheet but after:

 

  (i)

adding back any debit balance on profit and loss account or on any other reserve;

 

  (ii)

excluding any amount taken directly to reserves for taxation;

 

  (iii)

making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any variation in the amount of such paid up share capital and/or any such reserves (other than profit and loss account) subsequent to the date of the relevant balance sheet and so that for this purpose if any issue or proposed issue of shares by the Company for cash has been underwritten then such shares shall be deemed to have been issued and the amount (including any premium) of the subscription moneys payable in respect thereof (not being moneys payable later than six months after the date of allotment) shall to the extent so underwritten be deemed to have been paid up on the date when the issue of such shares was underwritten (or, if such underwriting was conditional, on the date when it became unconditional);

 

  (iv)

making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any distribution declared, recommended or made by the Company or its subsidiary undertakings (to the extent not attributable directly or indirectly to the Company) out of profits earned up to and including the date of the relevant balance sheet to the extent that such distribution is not provided for in such balance sheet;

 

  (v)

making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any variation in the interests of the Company in its subsidiary undertakings (including a variation whereby an undertaking becomes or ceases to be a subsidiary undertaking) since the date of the relevant balance sheet;

 

  (vi)

if the calculation is required for the purposes of or in connection with a transaction under or in connection with which any undertaking is to become or cease to be a subsidiary undertaking of the Company, making all such adjustments as would be appropriate if such transaction had been carried into effect; and

 

  (vii)

excluding minority interests in subsidiary undertakings to the extent not already excluded.

For the purpose of this definition, the “relevant balance sheet” means, at any time, the latest audited consolidated balance sheet dealing with the state of affairs of the Company and (with or without exceptions) its subsidiary undertakings.

 

5


For the purposes of this definition:

 

  (i)

capital allotted shall be treated as issued and any capital already called up or payable at any fixed future date shall be treated as already paid up, and

 

  (ii)

any company which it is proposed shall become a subsidiary shall be treated as if it had already become a subsidiary.

The expression “shareholders’ meeting” shall include both a General Meeting and a meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the Company. The expression “General Meeting” shall include any general meeting of the Company, including any general meeting held as the Company’s annual general meeting in accordance with Section 336 of the Companies Act 2006 (“Annual General Meeting”).

All such provisions of these Articles as are applicable to paid-up shares shall apply to stock, and the words “share” and “shareholder” shall be construed accordingly.

Except where the context otherwise requires, any reference to issued shares of any class (whether of the Company or of any other company) shall not include any shares of that class held as treasury shares.

Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. Words denoting the masculine shall include the feminine. Words denoting persons shall include bodies corporate and unincorporated associations.

References to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force (whether coming into force before or after the adoption of these Articles).

Except as provided above any words or expressions defined in the Companies Acts or the Regulations shall (if not inconsistent with the subject or context) bear the same meanings in these Articles.

A Special Resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an Ordinary Resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles.

References herein to a share (or to a holding of shares) being in uncertificated form or in certificated form are references, respectively, to that share being an uncertificated unit of a security or a certificated unit of a security for the purposes of the Regulations.

Ordinary and Redeemable Shares

 

3

Ordinary Shares

The Ordinary Shares will have attached thereto the rights and privileges and be subject to the limitations and restrictions specified in this Article 3.

 

3.1

Income

Subject to the rights attached to any other share or class of share, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to be paid any profits of the Company available for distribution and determined to be paid by the Directors rateably according to the amounts paid up on such shares.

 

3.2

Capital

On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (except on redemption in accordance with the terms of issue of any share, or purchase by the Company of any share or on a

 

6


capitalisation issue and subject to the rights of any other class of shares that may be issued) after paying such sums as may be due in priority to holders of any other class of shares in the capital of the Company, any further such amount shall be paid to the holders of the Ordinary Shares rateably according to the amounts paid up or credited as paid up in respect of each Ordinary Share.

 

3.3

Voting at General Meetings

The holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled, in respect of their holdings of such shares, to receive notice of General Meetings and to attend, speak and vote at such meetings in accordance with these Articles.

 

4

Redeemable Shares

The Company may issue shares which are to be redeemed, or liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the holder, and the directors may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such shares.

Variation of Rights

 

5

Manner of variation of rights

 

5.1

Whenever the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class may, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, be varied or abrogated either with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate General Meeting of the holders of the shares of the class (but not otherwise) and may be so varied or abrogated either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up.

 

5.2

To every such separate General Meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to General Meetings of the Company and to the proceedings thereat shall mutatis mutandis apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (but so that at any adjourned meeting any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum) and that any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll and that every such holder shall on a poll have one vote for every share of the class held by him or her but not otherwise.

 

5.3

The foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply to the variation or abrogation of the special rights attached to some only of the shares of any class as if each group of shares of the class differently treated formed a separate class the special rights whereof are to be varied.

 

6

Matters not constituting variation of rights

The special rights attached to any class of shares having preferential rights shall not unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue thereof be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking as regards participation in the profits or assets of the Company in some or all respects pari passu therewith but in no respect in priority thereto or by the purchase or redemption by the Company of any of its own shares.

 

7


7

Proceeds of consolidation and subdivision

Whenever as a result of a consolidation or subdivision of shares any members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may, on behalf of those members, sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members, and the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale. So far as the Statutes allow, the Directors may treat shares of a member in certificated form and in uncertificated form as separate holdings in giving effect to subdivisions and/or consolidations and may cause any shares arising on consolidation or subdivision and representing fractional entitlements to be entered in the Register as shares in certificated form where this is desirable to facilitate the sale thereof.

 

8

Reduction of capital

Holders of shares of the Company allotted and issued pursuant to the scheme of arrangement (the “Scheme”) under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 dated 3 May 2005 between the company formerly known as “InterContinental Hotels Group PLC” (with registered number 4551528) and the holders of its Scheme Shares (as defined in the Scheme) shall be bound by any Special Resolution to reduce or approve the reduction of the capital of the Company in any way duly passed at any General Meeting prior to the Scheme becoming effective.

Shares

 

9

Shares and special rights

Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares for the time being issued, any share in the Company may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution determine (or, in the absence of any such determination, as the Directors may determine) and subject to the provisions of the Statutes the Company may issue any shares which are, or at the option of the Company or the holder are liable, to be redeemed. All new shares shall be subject to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles with reference to allotment, payment of calls, lien, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise.

 

10

Directors’ power to allot securities and to sell treasury shares

 

10.1

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes relating to authority, pre-emption rights and otherwise and of any resolution of the Company in General Meeting passed pursuant thereto, all shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors and they may allot (with or without conferring a right of renunciation), grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and on such terms as they think proper.

 

8


10.2

The Directors shall be generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise for each Allotment Period all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company or to grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares of the Company up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount equal to the Section 551 Amount.

 

10.3

During each Allotment Period the Directors shall be empowered to allot equity securities wholly for cash pursuant to and within the terms of any authority in Article 10.2 above and to sell treasury shares wholly for cash:

 

  10.3.1

in connection with a rights issue; and

 

  10.3.2

otherwise than in connection with a rights issue, up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to the Section 561 Amount,

as if Section 561(1) of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply to any such allotment or sale.

 

10.4

By such authority and power the Directors may, during the Allotment Period, make offers or agreements which would or might require shares in the Company to be allotted or rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares to be granted after the expiry of such period. The Directors may allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares in pursuance of that offer or agreement as if the authority or power pursuant to which that offer or agreement was made had not expired.

 

10.5

For the purposes of this Article 10:

 

  10.5.1

Allotment Period” means the period ending on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or on 1 July 2011, whichever is the earlier, or any other period (not exceeding five years on any occasion) for which the authority conferred by this Article 10 is renewed by Resolution of the Company in General Meeting stating the Section 551 Amount for such period;

 

  10.5.2

rights issue” means an offer of equity securities open for acceptance for a period fixed by the Directors to (i) holders (other than the Company) of Ordinary Shares on the Register on a record date fixed by the Directors in proportion to their respective holdings (for which purpose holdings in certificated and uncertificated form may be treated as separate holdings); and (ii) other persons so entitled by virtue of the rights attaching to any other equity securities held by them, but subject in both cases to such exclusions or other arrangements which the Directors consider necessary or appropriate to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any stock exchange in, any territory or other matter whatsoever;

 

  10.5.3

Section 551 Amount” shall, without prejudice to any other authority given to the Directors, for any Allotment Period be stated in the relevant Resolution renewing the authority conferred by Article 10.2 above for such period or any increased amount fixed by Resolution of the Company;

 

  10.5.4

Section 561 Amount” shall for any Allotment Period be that stated in the relevant Special Resolution renewing the power conferred by Article 10.3 above for such period or any increased amount fixed by Special Resolution of the Company; and

 

  10.5.5

the nominal amount of any shares in the Company or rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares of the Company shall be taken to be, in the case of rights to subscribe for or to convert any securities into shares of the Company, the nominal amount of such shares which may be allotted pursuant to such rights.

 

9


11

Commission on issue of shares

The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Statutes to the full extent thereby permitted. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

12

Renunciation of allotment

The Directors may at any time after the allotment of any share but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder:

 

12.1

recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation; and/or

 

12.2

allow the rights represented thereby to be one or more participating securities, in each case upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Directors may think fit to impose.

 

13

Trust etc. interests not recognised

Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company shall not be bound by or compelled in any way to recognise any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share, any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as by these Articles or by law otherwise provided) any other right in respect of any share, except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

Evidence of Title to Securities

 

14

Nothing in these Articles shall require title to any securities of the Company to be evidenced or transferred by a written instrument, the regulations from time to time made under the Statutes so permitting. The Directors shall have power to implement any arrangements which they may think fit for such evidencing and transfer which accord with those regulations.

Share Certificates

 

15

Issue of share certificate

Every share certificate shall be executed by the Company in such manner as the Directors may decide (which may include use of the Seal or the Securities Seal (or, in the case of shares on a branch register, an official seal for use in the relevant territory) and/or manual or facsimile signatures by one or more Directors) and shall specify the number and class of shares to which it relates and the amount paid up thereon. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. No certificate shall normally be issued in respect of shares held by a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange.

 

10


16

Joint holder

In the case of a share held jointly by several persons in certificated form the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of the joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all.

 

17

Timing of issue of share certificate

Any person (except a person to whom the Company is not required by law to issue a certificate) whose name is entered in the Register in respect of any shares in certificated form of any one class upon the issue or transfer to him or her thereof shall be entitled without payment to a certificate therefor (in the case of issue) within one month (or such longer period as the terms of issue shall provide) after allotment or (in the case of a transfer of fully-paid shares) within 14 days after lodgement of a transfer or (in the case of a transfer of partly-paid shares) within two months after lodgement of a transfer.

 

18

Balance certificate

Where some only of the shares comprised in a share certificate are transferred, the old certificate shall be cancelled and, to the extent that the balance is to be held in certificated form, a new certificate for the balance of such shares issued in lieu without charge.

 

19

Replacement of share certificates

 

19.1

Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any member may at his or her request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu without charge.

 

19.2

If any member shall surrender for cancellation a share certificate representing shares held by him or her and request the Company to issue in lieu two or more share certificates representing such shares in such proportions as he or she may specify, the Directors may, if they think fit, comply with such request.

 

19.3

If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the holder upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of any exceptional out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

19.4

In the case of shares held jointly by several persons any such request may be made by any one of the joint holders.

Calls on Shares

 

20

Power to make calls

The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or, when permitted, by way of premium) but subject always to the terms of allotment of such shares. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed and may be made payable by instalments.

 

11


21

Liability for calls

Each member shall (subject to being given at least 14 days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified, the amount called on his or her shares. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof. A call may be wholly or partly revoked or postponed as the Directors may determine. The liability of members of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares in the Company held by them.

 

22

Interest on overdue amounts

If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding 3 per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC on the date on which payments are made to the Company) as the Directors determine but the Directors shall be at liberty in any case or cases to waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

23

Other sums due on shares

Any sum (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium) which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon allotment or at any fixed date shall for all the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which by the terms of allotment the same becomes payable. In case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

24

Power to differentiate between holders

The Directors may on the allotment of shares differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

25

Payment of calls in advance

The Directors may if they think fit receive from any member willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) uncalled and unpaid upon the shares held by him or her and such payment in advance of calls shall extinguish pro tanto the liability upon the shares in respect of which it is made and upon the money so received (until and to the extent that the same would but for such advance become payable) the Company may pay interest at such rate (not exceeding 3 per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC on the date on which payments are made to the Company) as the member paying such sum and the Directors may agree.

 

12


Forfeiture and Lien

 

26

Notice on failure to pay a call

 

26.1

If a member fails to pay in full any call or instalment of a call on or before the due date for payment thereof, the Directors may at any time thereafter serve a notice on him or her requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued thereon and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

 

26.2

The notice shall name a further day (not being less than seven days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which and the place where the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment in accordance therewith the shares on which the call has been made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

27

Forfeiture for non-compliance

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest and expenses due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before forfeiture. The Directors may accept a surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder.

 

28

Disposal of forfeited share

A share so forfeited or surrendered shall become the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was before such forfeiture or surrender the holder thereof or entitled thereto or to any other person upon such terms and in such manner as the Directors shall think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposal the forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. The Directors may, if necessary, authorise some person to transfer a forfeited or surrendered share to any such other person as aforesaid.

 

29

Holder to remain liable despite forfeiture

A person whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall cease to be a member in respect of the shares and shall, in the case of shares held in certificated form, surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for such shares. Such person shall nevertheless remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him or her to the Company in respect of the shares with interest thereon at 3 per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC on the date on which payments are made to the Company (or such lower rate as the Directors may determine) from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment. The Directors may at their absolute discretion enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender or for any consideration received on their disposal. They may also waive payment in whole or in part.

 

13


30

Lien on partly-paid shares

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully-paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of such share and the Directors may waive any lien which has arisen and may resolve that any share shall for some limited period be exempt wholly or partially from the provisions of this Article.

 

31

Sale of shares subject to lien

The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors think fit any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of 14 days after a notice in writing demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of intention to sell the share in default of payment shall have been given to the holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his or her death or bankruptcy or otherwise by operation of law.

 

32

Proceeds of sale of shares subject to lien

The net proceeds of such sale after payment of the costs of such sale shall be applied in or towards payment or satisfaction of the amount in respect whereof the lien exists so far as the same is then payable and any residue shall, upon surrender (in the case of shares held in certificated form) to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale, be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the time of the sale. For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser.

 

33

Evidence of forfeiture

A statutory declaration that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary and that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered or sold to satisfy a lien of the Company on a date stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. Such declaration shall (subject to the relevant share transfer being made, if the same be required) constitute a good title to the share. The person to whom the share is sold, re-allotted or disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any). The title of such person to the share shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the forfeiture, surrender, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

Transfer of Shares

 

34

Form of transfer

 

34.1

Subject to the provisions of Article 14, all transfers of shares which are in certificated form may be effected by transfer in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form acceptable to the Directors and may be under hand only. The instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and (except in the case of fully-paid shares) by or on behalf of the transferee. The transferor shall remain the holder of the shares concerned until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof.

 

14


34.2

All transfers of shares which are in uncertificated form may, unless the Regulations otherwise provide, be effected by means of a relevant system.

 

35

Right to refuse registration

 

35.1

The Directors may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer relating to shares in certificated form unless:

 

  35.1.1

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

  35.1.2

is lodged (duly stamped if required) at the Transfer Office accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s); and 35.1.3 when lodged it is accompanied by such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer or, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person to do so. Provided that, where any such shares are admitted to the official list maintained by the UK Listing Authority, such discretion may not be exercised in such a way as to prevent dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis. In the case of a transfer of shares in certificated form by a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange the lodgement of share certificates will only be necessary if and to the extent that certificates have been issued in respect of the shares in question.

 

35.2

The Directors may, in the case of shares in certificated form, in their absolute discretion refuse to register any transfer of shares (not being fully-paid shares) provided that, where any such shares are admitted to the official list maintained by the UK Listing Authority, such discretion may not be exercised in such a way as to prevent dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis.

 

35.3

The Directors may also refuse to register an allotment or transfer of shares (whether fully- paid or not) in favour of more than four persons jointly.

 

35.4

If the Directors refuse to register an allotment or transfer of shares they shall as soon as is practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which:

 

  35.4.1

the letter of allotment or instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company (in the case of shares held in certificated form); or

 

  35.4.2

the Operator-instruction was received by the Company (in the case of shares held in uncertificated form),

send to the allottee or transferee notice of the refusal giving reasons for the refusal.

 

36

Instruments of transfer

All instruments of transfer which are registered may be retained by the Company.

 

15


37

No fee on registration

No fee will be charged by the Company in respect of the registration of any transfer or any document relating to or affecting the title to any shares or otherwise for making any entry in the Register affecting the title to any shares.

 

38

Destruction of documents

 

38.1

Subject to compliance with the rules (as defined in the Regulations) applicable to shares of the Company in uncertificated form, the Company shall be entitled to destroy:

 

  38.1.1

all instruments of transfer or other documents (whether in hard copy or electronic form) which have been registered or on the basis of which registration was made at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration thereof;

 

  38.1.2

all dividend mandates and notifications of change of address at any time after the expiration of two years from the date of recording thereof;

 

  38.1.3

all share certificates which have been cancelled at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of the cancellation thereof.

 

38.2

It shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that:

 

  38.2.1

every entry in the Register purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document so destroyed or deleted was duly and properly made;

 

  38.2.2

every instrument of transfer so destroyed or deleted was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered;

 

  38.2.3

every share certificate so destroyed was a valid and effective certificate duly and properly cancelled; and

 

  38.2.4

every other document hereinbefore mentioned so destroyed or deleted was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company.

 

38.3

For the purposes of this Article:

 

  38.3.1

the foregoing provisions shall apply only to the destruction or deletion of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim (regardless of the parties thereto) to which the document might be relevant;

 

  38.3.2

nothing herein contained shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction or deletion of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any other circumstances which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article;

 

  38.3.3

any document referred to above may, subject to the Statutes, be destroyed before the end of the relevant period so long as a copy of such document (whether made electronically, by microfilm, by digital imaging or by any other means) has been made and is retained until the end of the relevant period; and

 

  38.3.4

references herein to the destruction or deletion of any document include references to the disposal thereof in any manner.

 

16


39

Further provisions on shares in uncertificated form

 

39.1

Subject to the Statutes and the rules (as defined in the Regulations), and apart from any class of wholly dematerialised security, the Directors may determine that any class of shares may be held in uncertificated form and that title to such shares may be transferred by means of a relevant system or that shares of any class should cease to be held and transferred as aforesaid.

 

39.2

The provisions of these Articles shall not apply to shares of any class which are in uncertificated form to the extent that such Articles are inconsistent with:

 

  39.2.1

the holding of shares of that class in uncertificated form;

 

  39.2.2

the transfer of title to shares of that class by means of a relevant system; or 39.2.3 any provision of the Regulations.

Transmission of Shares

 

40

Persons entitled on death

In case of the death of a member, the survivors or survivor where the deceased was a joint holder, and the executors or administrators of the deceased where he or she was a sole or only surviving holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his or her interest in the shares, but nothing in this Article shall release the estate of a deceased member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share held by him or her.

 

41

Election by persons entitled by transmission

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law may (subject as hereinafter provided) upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his or her title to the share either be registered himself or herself as holder of the share upon giving to the Company notice in writing to that effect or transfer such share to some other person. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the notice or transfer were a transfer made by the member registered as the holder of any such share.

 

42

Rights of persons entitled by transmission

Save as otherwise provided by or in accordance with these Articles, a person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law (upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his or her title to the share) shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages as those to which he or she would be entitled if he or she were the registered holder of the share except that he or she shall not be entitled in respect thereof (except with the authority of the Directors) to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to shareholders’ meetings until he or she shall have been registered as a member in respect of the share.

 

17


Untraced Shareholders

 

43

Untraced shareholders

The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable at the time of sale the shares of a member or the shares to which a person is entitled by virtue of transmission on death or bankruptcy or otherwise by operation of law if and provided that:

 

43.1

during the period of six years prior to the date engagement of a professional asset reunification company referred to in Article 43.2 below no communication has been received by the Company from the member or the person entitled by transmission and no cheque sent by the Company through the post in a pre-paid letter addressed to the member or to the person entitled by transmission to the shares at his address on the Register or the last known address given by the member or the person entitled by transmission to which cheques are to be sent has been cashed and at least three dividends in respect of the shares in question have become payable and no dividend in respect of those shares has been claimed;

 

43.2

the Company shall on expiry of the said period of six years engage a professional asset reunification company in the area in which the address referred to in Article 43.1 above is located giving notice of its intention to sell the said shares; and

 

43.3

during the said period of six years and the period of three months following the engagement of said professional asset reunification company the Company shall have received no communication from such member or person.

 

44

Executor and proceeds

To give effect to any such sale the Company may appoint any person to transfer, as transferor, the said shares and such transfer shall be as effective as if it had been carried out by the registered holder of or person entitled by transmission to such shares and the title of the transferee shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating thereto. The net proceeds of sale shall be forfeited and will belong to the Company which shall not be liable in any respect, nor be required to account to, the former member or other person previously entitled as aforesaid for an amount equal to such proceeds. The Company shall be entitled to use or invest the net proceeds of such sale for the Company’s benefit in any matter as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

General Meetings

 

45

Annual General Meetings

An Annual General Meeting shall be held in each period of six months beginning with the day following the Company’s accounting reference date, at such place, date and time as may be determined by the Directors.

 

46

Convening of General Meetings

 

46.1

The Board shall determine in relation to each General Meeting the means of attendance at and participation in the meeting, including whether the persons entitled to attend and participate in the General Meeting shall be enabled to do so by simultaneous attendance

 

18


  and participation at a physical place anywhere in the world determined by it, or by means of electronic facility or facilities determined by it, or partly in one way and partly in another.

 

46.2

The Board may convene a General Meeting other than an Annual General Meeting whenever it thinks fit. If there are insufficient directors in the United Kingdom to call a General Meeting any Director of the Company may call a General Meeting, but where no director is willing or able to do so any two members of the Company may summon a meeting for the purpose of appointing one or more directors.

 

46.3

Nothing in these articles prevents a General Meeting being held both physically and electronically.

 

46.4

The Directors may whenever they think fit, and shall on requisition in accordance with the Statutes, proceed to convene a General Meeting.

Notice of General Meetings

 

47

Notice of General Meetings

 

47.1

An Annual General Meeting shall be called by notice of at least 21 days.

 

47.2

The period of notice shall in either case be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day on which the meeting is to be held.

 

47.3

Notice shall be given to all members other than such as are not under the provisions of these Articles entitled to receive such notices from the Company. The Company may determine that only those persons entered on the Register at the close of business on a day determined by the Company, such day being no more than 21 days before the day that notice of the meeting is sent, shall be entitled to receive such a notice.

 

47.4

A General Meeting, notwithstanding that it has been called by a shorter notice than that specified above, shall be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

 

  47.4.1

in the case of an Annual General Meeting by all the members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  47.4.2

in the case of any other General Meeting by a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote thereat, being a majority together holding not less than 95 per cent in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

 

48

Contents of notice of General Meetings

 

48.1

Every notice calling a General Meeting shall include all such information as required by the Statutes and shall specify:

 

  48.1.1

whether the General Meeting is an Annual General Meeting;

 

  48.1.2

whether the meeting shall be a physical or electronic General Meeting;

 

  48.1.3

for physical General Meetings, the time, date and place of the meeting;

 

  48.1.4

for General Meetings to be held wholly or partly by means of electronic facility, the time, date and electronic facility for the meeting, which electronic facility may vary from time to time and from meeting to meeting as the Board, in its sole discretion sees fit;

 

19


  48.1.5

the general nature of the business to be dealt with; and

 

  48.1.6

in the case of a General Meeting to pass a Special Resolution, the intention to propose such resolution as a Special Resolution.

 

48.2

The Board may resolve to enable persons entitled to attend and participate in a General Meeting to do so (wholly or in part) by simultaneous attendance and participation by means of an electronic facility or facilities and determine the means, or all different means, of attendance and participation used in relation to a General meeting. The members present personally or by proxy by means of an electronic facility or facilities shall be counted in the quorum for, and entitled to participate in, the General Meeting in question. That meeting shall be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chair of the meeting is satisfied that adequate facilities are available throughout the meeting to ensure that members attending the meeting by all means (including by means of electronic facility or facilities) are able to:

 

  48.2.1

participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened;

 

  48.2.2

hear all persons who speak at the meeting; and

 

  48.2.3

be heard by all other persons present at the meeting.

In relation to electronic General Meetings, the right of a member to participate in the business of any General Meeting shall include without limitation the right to speak, vote on a poll, be represented by a proxy and have access (including electronic access) to all documents which are required by the Statutes or these articles to be made available at the meeting.

 

49

Postponement of General Meeting

If, after the sending of the notice of a General Meeting but before the meeting is held, or after the adjournment of a General Meeting but before the adjourned meeting is held (whether or not notice of the adjourned meeting is required), the Board, in its absolute discretion, considers that it is impracticable or unreasonable for a reason beyond its control to hold a General meeting on the date or at the time or place specified in the notice calling the General Meeting and/or by means of the electronic facility or facilities specified in the notice, it may postpone the General Meeting to another date and/or time and it may chance the place (or in the case of a General Meeting to be held at the Principal Place and one or more Satellite Meeting Places, to such other places) and/or electronic facility or facilities. If such a decision is made, the Board may then change the place and/or the electronic facility or facilities and/or postpone the date and/or time again it considers that it is reasonable to do so. No new notice of the General Meeting need be sent but the Board shall, if practicable, advertise the date and time of the General Meeting, and the means of attendance and participation (including any place and/or electronic facility or facilities) for the General Meeting, in at least two newspapers having a national circulation and shall make arrangements for notices of the change of date, time, place of and/or electronic facility or facilities for the postponed meeting appear at the original time and at the original place and/or on the original electronic facility or facilities. If a General Meeting is postponed in accordance with this Article, the appointment of a proxy will be valid if it is delivered and received as required by these Articles not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the postponed meeting. When calculating the 48 hour period mentioned in this Article, the Directors can decide not to take account of any part of a day that is not a working day.

 

20


Overflow of General Meetings

 

50

The Board may, notwithstanding that the notice of any General Meeting may specify the place of the meeting (the “Principal Place”), at which the chair of the meeting shall preside, make arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation at other places (“Satellite Meeting Places”) by members and proxies entitled to attend the General Meeting but unable to do so at the Principal Place.

 

51

Such arrangements for simultaneous attendance at the meeting may include arrangements regarding the level of attendance as aforesaid at the Satellite Meeting Places provided that they shall operate so that any members and proxies excluded from attendance at the Principal Place are able to attend at one or more of the Satellite Meeting Places. For the purpose of all other provisions of these Articles any such meeting shall be treated as being held and taking place at the Principal Place.

 

52

The Board may, for the purpose of facilitating the organisation and administration of any General Meeting to which such arrangements apply, from time to time make arrangements, whether involving the issue of tickets (on a basis intended to afford all members and proxies entitled to attend the meeting an equal opportunity of being admitted to the Principal Place) or the imposition of some random means of selection or otherwise as it shall in its absolute discretion consider to be appropriate, and may from time to time vary any such arrangements or make new arrangements in their place and the entitlement of any member or proxy to attend a General Meeting at the Principal Place shall be subject to the arrangements as may be for the time being in force whether stated in the notice of meeting to apply to that meeting or notified to the members concerned subsequent to the provision of the notice of the meeting.

Proceedings at General Meetings

 

53

Chair

The Chair of the Directors, failing whom a Deputy Chair, failing whom any Director present and willing to act and, if more than one, chosen by the Directors present at the meetings shall preside as chair at a General Meeting. If neither the Chair of the Directors, the Deputy Chair nor such other Director are present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act as chair, the Directors present shall choose one of their number or, if no Director be present or if all the Directors present decline to take the chair, a member may be elected to be the chair by a resolution of the Company passed at the meeting.

 

54

Quorum

No business other than the appointment of a chair shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Two members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

21


55

Lack of quorum

If within five minutes from the time appointed for a General Meeting (or such longer interval as the chair of the meeting may think fit to allow) a quorum is not present, or if during the meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall be adjourned, unless convened on the requisition of members in which case it shall be dissolved. If adjourned in such circumstances and there is no business to be dealt with at the adjourned meeting the general nature of which was not stated in the notice of the original meeting, it shall stand adjourned to such other day, which must be at least 10 days after the original meeting, and such other means of attendance and participation, and at such time and place as may have been specified for the purpose in the notice convening the meeting or (if not so specified) as the chair of the meeting may determine.

 

56

Adjournment

The chair of any General Meeting at which a quorum is present may with the consent of the meeting (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time (or sine die) and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. Where a meeting is adjourned sine die, the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the Directors. When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more or sine die, not less than seven days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in like manner as in the case of the original meeting. In addition (and without prejudice to the chair’s power to adjourn a meeting conferred by Article 55), the chair may adjourn the meeting without such consent, if it appears to him or her that it would facilitate the conduct of the business of the meeting to do so, or the electronic facility by which members are enabled to attend and participate in the General Meeting has become inadequate for the purposes referred to in Article 48.

 

57

Notice of adjourned meeting

Save as hereinbefore expressly provided and as long as in accordance with the Statutes, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

58

Accommodation of members, and security arrangements at General meetings

 

58.1

The Board and, at any General Meeting, the chair may, for the purpose of ensuring the safety of those attending at any place specified for the holding of a General meeting and ensuring the security of the meeting, from time to time make such arrangements as it considers to be appropriate and may from time to time vary any such arrangements or make new arrangements therefor, including without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the General Meeting, the searching of personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the General Meeting place. The Board and, at any General Meeting, the chair are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with these arrangements, requirements or restrictions. Any decision made under this Article 58.1 shall be final and the entitlement of any member or proxy to attend a General Meeting at such place shall be subject to any such arrangements as may be for the time being approved by the Board and, at any General Meeting, the chair.

 

22


58.2

If a General Meeting is held partly by means of an electronic facility or facilities pursuant to Article 48, the Board and, at any General Meeting, the chair may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction that is:

 

  58.2.1

necessary to ensure the identification of those taking part by means of such electronic facility or facilities and the security of the electronic communication; and

 

  58.2.2

in its or his or her view, proportionate to the achievement of those objectives.

 

59

Amendments to resolutions

If an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration but shall in good faith be ruled out of order by the chair of the meeting the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a Special Resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

 

60

Polls

At any General Meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is (before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands) demanded by:

 

60.1

the chair of the meeting;

 

60.2

(except on the election of the chair of the meeting or on a question of adjournment) not less than five members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote;

 

60.3

a member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

60.4

a member or members present in person or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

 

61

Demand for poll

A demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn only with the approval of the chair of the meeting. A demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made. Unless a poll is taken a declaration by the chair that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the minute book, shall be conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against such resolution. If a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such manner (including by use of ballot, voting papers, tickets, electronic means, or any combination thereof) as the chair of the meeting may direct, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The chair of the meeting may (and if so directed by the meeting shall) appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and may adjourn the meeting to some place and time fixed by him or her for the purpose of declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. All resolutions put to the members at electronic General Meetings shall be voted on by a poll, which poll votes may be cast by such electronic means as the board in its sole discretion deems appropriate for the purposes of the meeting.

 

23


62

Voting on a poll

On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy and a person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his or her votes or cast all the votes he or she uses in the same way.

 

63

Timing of poll

A poll demanded on the choice of a chair or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at such subsequent time (not being more than 30 days from the date of the meeting) and place as the chair may direct. No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded.

Votes of Members

 

64

Votes attaching to shares

 

64.1

Subject to Article 68 and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting attached by or in accordance with these Articles to any class of shares:

 

  64.1.1

on a show of hands every member who is present in person and every proxy present who has been duly appointed by a member entitled to vote on the resolution shall have one vote, unless the proxy has been appointed by more than one member and has been instructed by one or more of those members to vote for the resolution and by one or more of those members to vote against the resolution, in which case the proxy shall have one vote for and one vote against the resolution; and

 

  64.1.2

on a poll every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.

 

64.2

The Company will determine that only those persons entered on the Register no more than 48 hours before the commencement of the General Meeting or adjourned meeting shall be entitled to vote at such meeting of the Company. In calculating this, the Directors shall determine that no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day (within the meaning of Section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006).

 

65

Votes of joint holders

In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the share.

 

24


66

Voting by guardian

Where in England or elsewhere a guardian, receiver or other person (by whatever name called) has been appointed by any Court claiming jurisdiction in that behalf to exercise powers with respect to the property or affairs of any member on the ground (however formulated) of mental disorder, the Directors may in their absolute discretion, upon or subject to production of such evidence of the appointment as the Directors may require, permit such guardian, receiver or other person on behalf of such member to vote in person or by proxy at any shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to shareholders’ meetings.

 

67

Restrictions on voting if holding unpaid shares

No member shall, unless the Directors otherwise determine, be entitled in respect of any share held by him or her to vote either personally or by proxy at a shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to shareholders’ meetings if any call or other sum presently payable by him or her to the Company in respect of that share remains unpaid.

 

68

Restrictions on voting in particular circumstances

 

68.1

If any member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares (within the meaning of Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006) held by such member, has been duly served with a notice under Section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 and is in default for a period of 14 days from the date of service in supplying to the Company the information thereby required, then (unless the Directors otherwise determine) in respect of:

 

  68.1.1

the shares comprising the shareholding account in the Register which comprises or includes the shares in relation to which the default occurred (all or the relevant number as appropriate of such shares being the “default shares”, which expression shall include any further shares which are issued in respect of such shares after the date of the notice under Section 793 of the Companies Act 2006); and

 

  68.1.2

any other shares held by the member, the member shall (for so long as the default continues) not, nor shall any transferee to whom any of such shares are transferred (other than pursuant to an approved transfer or pursuant to Article 68.2.2 below) be entitled to attend or vote either personally or by proxy at a shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to shareholders’ meetings.

 

68.2

Where the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent of the issued shares of the class in question, the Directors may in their absolute discretion by notice (a “direction notice”) to such member direct that:

 

  68.2.1

any dividend or part thereof or other money which would otherwise be payable in respect of the default shares shall be retained by the Company without any liability to pay interest thereon when such dividend or other money is finally paid to the member and the member shall not be entitled to elect to receive shares in lieu of dividend; and/or

 

  68.2.2

no transfer of any of the shares held by such member shall be registered unless the transfer is an approved transfer or:

 

  (i)

the member is not himself or herself in default as regards supplying the information required; and

 

25


  (ii)

the transfer is of part only of the member’s holding and, when presented for registration, is accompanied by a certificate by the member in a form satisfactory to the Directors to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the member is satisfied that none of the shares the subject of the transfer are default shares,

provided that, in the case of shares in uncertificated form, the Directors may only exercise their discretion not to register a transfer if permitted to do so by the Regulations.

Any direction notice may treat shares of a member in certificated and uncertificated form as separate holdings and either apply only to the former or to the latter or make different provision for the former and the latter.

Upon the giving of a direction notice its terms shall apply accordingly.

 

68.3

The Company shall send to each other person appearing to be interested in the shares which are the subject of any direction notice a copy of the notice, but the failure or omission by the Company to do so shall not invalidate such notice.

 

68.4

 

  68.4.1

Save as herein provided any direction notice shall have effect in accordance with its terms for so long as the default in respect of which the direction notice was issued continues and shall cease to have effect thereafter upon the Directors so determining (such determination to be made within a period of one week of the default being duly remedied, with written notice thereof being given forthwith to the member).

 

  68.4.2

Any direction notice shall cease to have effect in relation to any shares which are transferred by such member by means of an approved transfer or in accordance with Article 68.2.2 above.

 

68.5

For the purposes of this Article:

 

  68.5.1

a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the member holding such shares has been served with a notice under the said Section 793 and either (a) the member has named such person as being so interested or (b) (after taking into account the response of the member to the said notice and any other relevant information) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares; and

 

  68.5.2

a transfer of shares is an approved transfer if:

 

  (i)

it is a transfer of shares to an offeror by way or in pursuance of acceptance of a takeover offer (as defined in Section 974 of the Companies Act 2006); or

 

  (ii)

the Directors are satisfied that the transfer is made pursuant to a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a party unconnected with the member or with any person appearing to be interested in such shares including any such sale made through a recognised investment exchange or through a stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the Company’s shares are normally traded. For the purposes of this sub-paragraph any associate (as that term is defined in Section 435 of the Insolvency Act 1986) shall be included amongst the persons who are connected with the member or any person appearing to be interested in such shares.

 

26


68.6

The provisions of this Article are in addition and without prejudice to the provisions of the Companies Acts.

 

69

Validity and result of vote

 

69.1

No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter or the admissibility of any vote except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is tendered. Every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection shall be referred to the chair of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

69.2

On a vote on a resolution at a meeting on a show of hands, a declaration by the Chair that the resolution:

 

  69.2.1

has or has not been passed; or

 

  69.2.2

has been passed with a particular majority,

is conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution. An entry in respect of such a declaration in the minutes of the meeting recorded in accordance with the Companies Acts is also conclusive evidence of that fact without such proof. This Article does not have effect if a poll is demanded in respect of the resolution (and the demand is not subsequently withdrawn).

Proxies

 

70

Appointment of proxies

 

70.1

A member is entitled to appoint a proxy or (subject to Article 71) proxies to exercise all or any of his or her rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company.

 

70.2

A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

 

71

Multiple proxies

A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by him or her.

 

72

Form of proxy

The appointment of a proxy must be in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form which the Directors may approve and:

 

72.1

in the case of an individual must either be signed by the appointor or his or her attorney or authenticated in accordance with Article 153; and

 

27


72.2

in the case of a corporation must be either given under its common seal or be signed on its behalf by an attorney or a duly authorised officer of the corporation or authenticated in accordance with Article 153.

Any signature on or authentication of such appointment need not be witnessed. Where an appointment of a proxy is signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 153 on behalf of the appointor by an attorney, the power of attorney or a copy thereof certified notarially or in some other way approved by the Directors must (failing previous registration with the Company) be submitted to the Company, failing which the appointment may be treated as invalid.

 

73

Deposit of form of proxy

 

73.1

The appointment of a proxy (together with any supporting documentation required under Article 72) must be received at the address or one of the addresses (if any) specified for that purpose in, or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office):

 

  73.1.1

in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates;

 

  73.1.2

in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting, but not more than 48 hours after the poll was demanded, not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll was demanded; and

 

  73.1.3

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

and in default shall not be treated as valid.

 

73.2

The Directors may at their discretion determine that, in calculating the periods mentioned in Article 73.1, no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day (within the meaning of Section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006).

 

73.3

Without limiting the foregoing, in relation to any shares in uncertificated form the Directors may permit a proxy to be appointed by electronic means and/or by means of a website in the form of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction (that is, a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction, and/or other instruction or notification, sent by means of a relevant system to such participant in that system acting on behalf of the Company as the Directors may prescribe, in such form and subject to such terms and conditions as may from time to time be prescribed by the Directors (subject always to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system)); and may permit any supplement to, or amendment or revocation of, any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction to be made by a further Uncertificated Proxy Instruction. The Directors may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such instruction or notification is to be treated as received by the Company. The Directors may treat any such instruction or notification purporting or expressed to be sent on behalf of a holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending the instruction to send it on behalf of that holder.

 

73.4

The appointment of a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated thereon, be as valid for any adjournment of a meeting as it is for the meeting to which it relates. An appointment relating to more than one meeting (including any adjournment of any such meeting) having once been delivered in accordance with this Article 73 for the purposes of any such meeting does not need to be delivered again for the purposes of any subsequent meeting to which it relates.

 

28


74

Differing proxy appointments

When two or more valid but differing proxy appointments are delivered in respect of the same share for use at the same meeting, the one which is last delivered (regardless of its date or the date of its execution (if relevant)) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the others as regards that share and if the Company is unable to determine which was last delivered none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that share.

 

75

Rights of proxy

 

75.1

A proxy shall have the right to exercise all or any of the rights of his or her appointor, or (where more than one proxy is appointed) all or any of the rights attached to the shares in respect of which he or she is appointed the proxy to attend, and to speak and vote, at a meeting of the Company.

 

75.2

Unless his or her appointment provides otherwise, a proxy may vote or abstain at his or her discretion on any matter coming before the meeting on which proxies are entitled to vote. The Company is under no obligation to check whether a proxy is voting in accordance with his or her appointor’s instructions and regardless of whether or not they are followed such vote cast shall not be invalid.

 

76

Termination of proxy’s authority

 

76.1

Neither the death or insanity of a member who has appointed a proxy, nor the revocation or termination by a member of the appointment of a proxy (or of the authority under which the appointment was made), shall invalidate the proxy or the exercise of any of the rights of the proxy thereunder, unless notice of such death, insanity, revocation or termination shall have been received by the Company in accordance with Article 76.2.

 

76.2

Any such notice of death, insanity, revocation or termination must be received at the address or one of the addresses (if any) specified for receipt of proxies in, or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting to which the appointment of the proxy relates (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office):

 

  76.2.1

in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than 24 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy appointment relates;

 

  76.2.2

in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting, but not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll was demanded; or

 

  76.2.3

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

29


Corporations Acting by Representatives

 

77

Subject to the Statutes, any corporation which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any shareholders’ meeting.

Directors

 

78

Number of Directors

Subject as hereinafter provided the Directors shall not be less than five nor more than 18 in number. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution from time to time vary the minimum number and/or maximum number of Directors.

 

79

Share qualification

A Director shall not be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of, attend and speak at shareholders’ meetings.

 

80

Directors’ fees

Each of the Directors, other than those who hold executive office or are employees of the Company or any subsidiary, shall be paid a fee (which shall accrue from day to day) at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the Directors, provided that the aggregate of all such fees shall not in respect of any year exceed £1,000,000 or such other sum as shall be determined by Ordinary Resolution of the Company.

 

81

Other remuneration of Directors

Any Director who holds any executive office (including for this purpose the office of Chair, Deputy Chair or Vice Chair whether or not such office is held in an executive capacity), or who serves on any committee of the Directors, or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, may be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, commission or otherwise or may receive such other benefits as the Directors may determine.

 

82

Directors’ expenses

The Directors may repay to any Director all such reasonable expenses as he or she may incur in attending and returning from meetings of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors or shareholders’ meetings or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company.

 

30


83

Directors’ pensions and other benefits

The Directors shall have power to pay and agree to pay gratuities, pensions or other retirement, superannuation, death or disability benefits to (or to any person in respect of) any Director or ex-Director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and for the purpose of providing any such gratuities, pensions or other benefits to contribute to any scheme or fund or to pay premiums.

 

84

Appointment of executive Directors

 

84.1

The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their body to be the holder of any executive office (including, where considered appropriate, the office of Chair, Deputy Chair, Vice Chair or Group Chief Executive) on such terms and for such period as they may (subject to the provisions of the Statutes) determine and, without prejudice to the terms of any contract entered into in any particular case, may at any time revoke or vary the terms of any such appointment.

 

84.2

The appointment of any Director to the office of Chair, Deputy Chair, Vice Chair or Group Chief Executive or Managing or Joint Managing or Deputy or Assistant Managing Director shall automatically determine if he or she ceases to be a Director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company.

 

84.3

The appointment of any Director to any other executive office shall not automatically determine if he or she ceases from any cause to be a Director, unless the contract or resolution under which he or she holds office shall expressly state otherwise, in which event such determination shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company.

 

85

Powers of executive Directors

The Directors may entrust to and confer upon any Director holding any executive office any of the powers exercisable by them as Directors upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

Appointment and Retirement of Directors

 

86

Election or appointment of additional director

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director. Without prejudice thereto the Directors shall have power at any time so to do, but so that the total number of Directors shall not thereby exceed the maximum number (if any) fixed by or in accordance with these Articles. Any person so appointed by the Directors shall retire at the next Annual General Meeting and shall then be eligible for election.

 

31


87

Vacation of office

The office of a Director shall be vacated in any of the following events, namely:

 

87.1

if he or she shall become prohibited by law from acting as a Director;

 

87.2

if he or she shall resign by writing under his or her hand left at the Office or if he or she shall in writing offer to resign and the Directors shall resolve to accept such offer;

 

87.3

if he or she shall have a bankruptcy order made against him or her or shall compound with his or her creditors generally or shall apply to the Court for an interim order under Section 253 of the Insolvency Act 1986 in connection with a voluntary arrangement under that act;

 

87.4

if he or she shall be absent from meetings of the Directors for three months without leave and the Directors shall resolve that his or her office be vacated; or

 

87.5

if a notice in writing is served upon him or her, signed by at least 75 per cent of his or her co-Directors for the time being, to the effect that his or her office as Director shall on receipt (or deemed receipt) of such notice ipso facto be vacated, but so that if he or she holds an appointment to an executive office which thereby automatically determines such removal shall be deemed an act of the Company and shall have effect without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company.

 

88

Retirement of Directors

 

88.1

At every Annual General Meeting all the directors at the date of the notice convening the Annual General Meeting shall retire from office. A retiring director shall be eligible for re-election.

 

89

Re-election of retiring Director

The Company at the meeting at which a Director retires under any provision of these Articles may by Ordinary Resolution fill the office being vacated by electing thereto the retiring Director (if eligible for re-election) or some other person eligible for election. In the absence of such a resolution the retiring Director shall nevertheless be deemed to have been re-elected except in any of the following cases:

 

89.1

where at such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill such office or a resolution for the re-election of such Director is put to the meeting and lost;

 

89.2

where such Director is ineligible for re-election or has given notice in writing to the Company that he or she is unwilling to be re-elected; or

 

89.3

where a resolution to elect such Director is void by reason of contravention of the next following Article.

The retirement shall not have effect until the conclusion of the meeting except where a resolution is passed to elect some other person in the place of the retiring Director or a resolution for his or her re-election is put to the meeting and lost and accordingly a retiring Director who is re-elected or deemed to have been re-elected will continue in office without a break.

 

32


90

Election of two or more Directors

A resolution for the election of two or more persons as Directors by a single resolution shall not be moved at any General Meeting unless a resolution that it shall be so moved has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it. Any resolution moved in contravention of this provision shall be void.

 

91

Nomination of Directors for election

No person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Directors for election, be eligible for election as a Director at any General Meeting unless not less than seven nor more than forty-two days (inclusive of the date on which the notice is given) before the date appointed for the meeting there shall have been lodged at the Office:

 

91.1

notice in writing signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 153 by some member (other than the person to be proposed) duly qualified to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his or her intention to propose such person for election; and

 

91.2

notice in writing signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 153 by the person to be proposed of his or her willingness to be elected.

 

92

Power to remove a Director

The Company may, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Statutes, by Ordinary Resolution of which special notice has been given remove any Director from office (notwithstanding any provision of these Articles or of any agreement between the Company and such Director, but without prejudice to any claim he or she may have for damages for breach of any such agreement) and elect another person in place of a Director so removed from office.

Alternate Directors

 

93

Any Director may at any time by writing under his or her hand and deposited at the Office, or delivered at a meeting of the Directors, appoint any person (including another Director) to be his or her alternate Director and may in like manner at any time terminate such appointment. Such appointment, unless previously approved by the Directors or unless the appointee is another Director, shall have effect only upon and subject to being so approved.

 

94

The appointment of an alternate Director shall determine on the happening of any event which if he or she were a Director would cause him or her to vacate such office or if his or her appointor ceases to be a Director, otherwise than by retirement at a General Meeting at which he or she is re-elected.

 

95

An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Directors and shall be entitled to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him or her is not personally present and generally at such meeting to perform all functions of his or her appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at

 

33


  such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he or she (instead of his or her appointor) were a Director. If he or she shall be himself or herself a Director or shall attend any such meeting as an alternate for more than one Director, his or her voting rights shall be cumulative but he or she shall not be counted more than once for the purposes of the quorum. If his or her appointor is for the time being absent from the United Kingdom or temporarily unable to act through ill health or disability his or her signature to any resolution in writing of the Directors shall be as effective as the signature of his or her appointor. To such extent as the Directors may from time to time determine in relation to any committees of the Directors the foregoing provisions of this Article shall also apply mutatis mutandis to any meeting of any such committee of which his or her appointor is a member. An alternate Director shall not (save as aforesaid) have power to act as a Director, nor shall he or she be deemed to be the agent of his or her appointor.

 

96

An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he or she were a Director but he or she shall not be entitled to receive from the Company in respect of his or her appointment as alternate Director any remuneration except only such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his or her appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct.

Meetings and Proceedings of Directors

 

97

Governing of meetings of Directors

 

97.1

Subject to the provisions of these Articles the Directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their proceedings as they think fit. At any time any Director may, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting and any such waiver may be retroactive.

 

97.2

A notice of a meeting of directors convened in accordance with Article 97.1, or a copy of the text of any written resolution proposed to be passed in accordance with Article 107, (each a “Communication”) shall be provided to each Director personally, by word of mouth, by notice in writing or by electronic means (in the case of a written notice or a notice sent by electronic means, sent to him or her at his or her last known address or such other address as may be notified to the Secretary from time to time), and each Director shall, on appointment, be taken to have agreed to the giving of notices in any such manner. Any such Communication may be delivered by hand or sent by courier, fax, electronic mail or pre-paid first-class post. If sent by fax or electronic mail such Communication shall conclusively be deemed to have been given or served at the time of despatch. If sent by post or courier such Communication shall conclusively be deemed to have been received 24 hours from the time of posting or despatch, in the case of inland mail and couriers in the United Kingdom, or 48 hours from the time of posting or despatch in the case of international mail and couriers.

 

97.3

A Communication shall be deemed duly served under Article 97.2 if sent to the address, fax number or electronic mail address last provided by each Director to the Secretary. The non-receipt by any Director of any Communication served in accordance with the provisions of this Article 97 shall not invalidate any meeting of directors, or any written resolution signed in accordance with Article 107, to which the Communication relates if such meeting or resolution is otherwise held or signed in accordance with the provisions of these Articles.

 

34


98

Quorum

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the Directors may be fixed from time to time by the Directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be three. A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors. For the purposes of these Articles any Director who is able (directly or by telephonic or other communication equipment) to speak and be heard by each of the other Directors present or deemed to be present at any meeting of the Directors, shall be deemed to be present in person at such meeting and shall be entitled to vote or be counted in the quorum accordingly. Such meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating is assembled, or, if there is no such group, where the chair of the meeting then is, and the word “meeting” shall be construed accordingly.

 

99

Casting vote

Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote.

 

100

Authorisation of Directors’ interests

 

100.1

For the purposes of Section 175 of the Companies Act 2006, the Directors shall have the power to authorise any matter which would or might otherwise constitute or give rise to a breach of the duty of a Director under that Section to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest3 that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company.

 

100.2

Authorisation of a matter under this Article shall be effective only if:

 

  100.2.1

the matter in question shall have been proposed in writing for consideration by the Directors, or in such other manner as the Directors may determine;

 

  100.2.2

any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting of the Directors at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question and any other interested Director (together the “Interested Directors”); and

 

  100.2.3

the matter was agreed to without the Interested Directors voting or would have been agreed to if the votes of the Interested Directors had not been counted.

 

3

Neither the duty in Section 175(1), nor the authorisation procedure under Section 175(5), applies to a conflict of interest arising in relation to a transaction or arrangement with the Company. The disclosure and approval provisions of Articles 100 and 101 are intended to deal with such conflicts.

 

35


100.3

Any authorisation of a matter under this Article shall extend to any actual or potential conflict of interest which may reasonably be expected to arise out of the matter so authorised.

 

100.4

Any authorisation of a matter under this Article shall be subject to such conditions or limitations as the Directors may determine, whether at the time such authorisation is given or subsequently. and may be terminated by the Directors at any time. A Director shall comply with any obligations imposed on him or her by the Directors pursuant to any such authorisation.

 

100.5

A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by him or her, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he or she (or a person connected with him or her) derives from any matter authorised by the Directors under this Article and any contract, transaction or arrangement relating thereto shall not be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such benefit.

 

101

Directors’ Permitted Interests

 

101.1

Subject to compliance with Article 101.2, a Director, notwithstanding his or her office, may have an interest of the following kind:

 

  101.1.1

where a Director (or a person connected with him or her) is a director or other officer of, or employed by, or otherwise interested (including by the holding of shares) in any Relevant Company;

 

  101.1.2

where a Director (or a person connected with him or her) is a party to, or otherwise interested in, any contract, transaction or arrangement with a Relevant Company, or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

  101.1.3

where the Director (or a person connected with him or her) acts (or any firm of which he or she is a partner, employee or member acts) in a professional capacity for any Relevant Company (other than as Auditor) whether or not he or she or it is remunerated therefore;

 

  101.1.4

an interest which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest;

 

  101.1.5

an interest, or a transaction or arrangement giving rise to an interest, of which the Director is not aware; or

 

  101.1.6

any other interest authorised by Ordinary Resolution.

No authorisation under Article 100 shall be necessary in respect of any such interest.

 

101.2

The Director shall declare the nature and extent of any interest permitted under Article 101.1, and not falling with Article 101.3, at a meeting of the Directors or in the manner set out in Section 184 or 185 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

101.3

No declaration of an interest shall be required by a Director in relation to an interest:

 

  101.3.1

falling within Article 101.1.4 or 101.1.5;

 

  101.3.2

if, or to the extent that, the other Directors are already aware of such interest (and for this purpose the other Directors are treated as aware of anything of which they ought reasonably to be aware); or

 

36


  101.1.1.

if, or to the extent that, it concerns the terms of his or her service contract (as defined in Section 227 of the Companies Act 2006) that have been or are to be considered by a meeting of the Directors, or by a committee of Directors appointed for the purpose under these Articles.

 

101.4

A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by him or her, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he or she (or a person connected with him or her) derives from any such contract, transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any Relevant Company or for such remuneration, each as referred to in Article 99.1, and no such contract, transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

101.5

For the purposes of this Article, “Relevant Company” shall mean:

 

  (a)

the Company;

 

  (b)

a subsidiary undertaking of the Company;

 

  (c)

any holding company of the Company or a subsidiary undertaking of any such holding company;

 

  (d)

any body corporate promoted by the Company; or

 

  (e)

any body corporate in which the Company is otherwise interested.

 

102

Restrictions on quorum and voting

 

102.1

Save as provided in this Article, and whether or not the interest is one which is authorised pursuant to Article 100 or permitted under Article 101, a Director shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution in respect of any contract, transaction or arrangement, or any other proposal, in which he or she (or a person connected with him or her) is interested. Any vote of a Director in respect of a matter where he or she is not entitled to vote shall be disregarded.

 

102.2

A Director shall not be counted in the quorum for a meeting of the Directors in relation to any resolution on which he or she is not entitled to vote.

 

102.3

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, a Director shall (in the absence of some other interest than is set out below) be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of any resolution concerning any contract, transaction or arrangement, or any other proposal:

 

  102.3.1

in which he or she has an interest of which he or she is not aware;

 

  102.3.2

in which he or she has an interest which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest;

 

  102.3.3

in which he or she has an interest only by virtue of interests in shares, debentures or other securities of the Company, or by reason of any other interest in or through the Company;

 

  102.3.4

which involves the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity to the Director or any other person in respect of (i) money lent or obligations incurred by him or her or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings; or (ii) a debt or other obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which he or she himself or herself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

37


  102.3.5

concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (i) in which offer he or she is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities; or (ii) in the underwriting or sub- underwriting of which he or she is to participate;

 

  102.3.6

concerning any other body corporate in which he or she is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor, employee or otherwise, provided that he or she (together with persons connected with him or her) is not the holder of, or beneficially interested in, one per cent or more of the issued equity share capital of any class of such body corporate or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate;

 

  102.3.7

relating to an arrangement for the benefit of the employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings which does not award him or her any privilege or benefit not generally awarded to the employees or former employees to whom such arrangement relates;

 

  102.3.8

concerning the purchase or maintenance by the Company of insurance for any liability for the benefit of Directors or for the benefit of persons who include Directors;

 

  102.3.9

concerning the giving of indemnities in favour of Directors;

 

  102.3.10

concerning the funding of expenditure by any Director or Directors on (i) defending criminal, civil or regulatory proceedings or actions against him or her or them; (ii) in connection with an application to the court for relief; or (iii) defending him or her or them in any regulatory investigations;

 

  102.3.11

concerning the doing of anything to enable any Director or Directors to avoid incurring expenditure as described in Article 102.3.10; and

 

  102.3.12

in respect of which his or her interest, or the interest of Directors generally, has been authorised by Ordinary Resolution.

 

102.4

Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company (or any body corporate in which the Company is interested), the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately. In such case, each of the Directors concerned (if not debarred from voting under Article 102.3.6) shall be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of each resolution except that concerning his or her own appointment or the fixing or variation of the terms thereof.

 

102.5

If a question arises at any time as to whether any interest of a Director prevents him or her from voting, or being counted in the quorum, under this Article, and such question is not resolved by his or her voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, such question shall be referred to the chair of the meeting and his or her ruling in relation to any Director other than himself or herself shall be final and conclusive, except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of such Director has not been fairly disclosed. If any such question shall arise in respect of the chair of the meeting, the question shall be decided by resolution of the Directors and the resolution shall be conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the chair of the meeting (so far as it is known to him or her) has not been fairly disclosed to the Directors.

 

38


103

Confidential information

 

103.1

Subject to Article 103.2, if a Director, otherwise than by virtue of his or her position as Director, receives information in respect of which he or she owes a duty of confidentiality to a person other than the Company, he or she shall not be required:

 

  103.1.1

to disclose such information to the Company or to the Directors, or to any Director, officer or employee of the Company; or

 

  103.1.2

otherwise use or apply such confidential information for the purpose of or in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a Director.

 

103.2

Where such duty of confidentiality arises out of a situation in which the Director has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company, Article 103.1 shall apply only if the conflict arises out of a matter which has been authorised under Article 100 above or falls within Article 101 above.

 

103.3

This Article is without prejudice to any equitable principle or rule of law which may excuse or release the Director from disclosing information, in circumstances where disclosure may otherwise be required under this Article.

 

104

Directors’ interests - general

 

104.1

For the purposes of Articles 100 to 104:

 

  104.1.1

an interest of a person who is connected with a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director; and

 

  104.1.2

Section 252 of the Companies Act 2006 shall determine whether a person is connected with a Director.

 

104.2

Where a Director has an interest which can reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest, the Director shall if so requested by the Directors take such additional steps as may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of managing such conflict of interest, including compliance with any procedures laid down from time to time by the Directors for the purpose of managing conflicts of interest generally and/or any specific procedures approved by the Directors for the purpose of or in connection with the situation or matter in question, including without limitation:

 

  104.2.1

absenting him or herself from any meetings of the Directors at which the relevant situation or matter falls to be considered; and

 

  104.2.2

not reviewing documents or information made available to the Directors generally in relation to such situation or matter and/or arranging for such documents or information to be reviewed by a professional adviser to ascertain the extent to which it might be appropriate for him or her to have access to such documents or information.

 

104.3

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution ratify any contract, transaction or arrangement, or other proposal, not properly authorised by reason of a contravention of any provisions of Articles 100 to 104.

 

39


105

Number of Directors below minimum

The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancies, but if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of filling such vacancies or of summoning General Meetings, but not for any other purpose. If there be no Directors or Director able or willing to act, then any two members may summon a General Meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors.

 

106

Chair

 

106.1

The Directors may elect from their number a Chair, a Deputy Chair and/or a Vice Chair (or two or more Deputy Chairs and/or Vice Chairs) and determine the period for which each is to hold office. If no Chair, Deputy Chair or Vice Chair shall have been appointed or if at any meeting of the Directors no Chair, Deputy Chair or Vice Chair shall be present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting.

 

106.2

If at any time there is more than one Deputy Chair and/or Vice Chair the right in the absence of the Chair to preside at a meeting of the Directors or of the Company shall be determined as between the Deputy Chairs and/or Vice Chairs present (if more than one) by seniority in length of appointment or otherwise as resolved by the Directors.

 

107

Directors’ written resolutions

 

107.1

A Directors’ written resolution is adopted when 70 per cent of the Directors entitled to vote on such resolution have:

 

  107.1.1

signed one or more copies of it, or

 

  107.1.2

otherwise indicated their agreement to it in writing.

 

107.2

A Directors’ written resolution is not adopted if the number of Directors who have signed it is less than the quorum for Directors’ meetings.

 

107.3

Once a Directors’ written resolution has been adopted, it must be treated as if it had been a resolution passed at a Directors’ meeting in accordance with the Articles.

 

108

Appointment and constitution of committees

 

108.1

The Directors may delegate any of their powers or discretions (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing all powers and discretions whose exercise involves or may involve the payment of remuneration to or the conferring of any other benefit on all or any of the Directors) to committees. Any such committee shall, unless the Directors otherwise resolve, have power to sub-delegate to sub-committees any of the powers or discretions delegated to it. Any such committee or sub-committee shall consist of one or more Directors and (if thought fit) one or more other named person or persons to be co- opted as hereinafter provided. Insofar as any such power or discretion is delegated to a committee or subcommittee, any reference in these Articles to the exercise by the Directors of the power or discretion so delegated shall be read and construed as if it were a reference to the exercise hereof by such committee or sub-committee. Any committee or sub-committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations which may from

 

40


  time to time be imposed by the Directors. Any such regulations may provide for or authorise the co-option to the committee or sub-committee of persons other than Directors and may provide for members who are not Directors to have voting rights as members of the committee or sub-committee.

 

108.2

The meetings and proceedings of any such committee or sub-committee consisting of two or more persons shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors, so far as the same are not superseded by any regulations made by the Directors under the last preceding Article.

 

108.3

All acts done by any meeting of Directors, or of any such committee or sub-committee, or by any person acting as a member of any such committee or sub-committee, shall as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, notwithstanding that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or any of the persons acting as aforesaid, or that any such persons were disqualified or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of the committee or sub-committee and had been entitled to vote.

Borrowing Powers

 

109

Borrowing powers

Subject to the restrictions in Article 110 (Borrowing Restrictions) and to the provisions of the Statutes, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part or parts thereof and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

110

Borrowing restrictions

 

110.1

The Directors shall restrict the borrowings of the Company and exercise all voting and other rights or powers of control exercisable by the Company in relation to its subsidiary companies (if any) so as to secure (so far, as regards subsidiaries, as by such exercise they can secure) that the aggregate amount for the time being remaining outstanding of all moneys borrowed by the Group and for the time being owing to persons outside the Group shall not at any time without the previous sanction of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company exceed an amount equal to three times the share capital and consolidated reserves.

 

110.2

No person dealing with the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall by reason of the foregoing provision be concerned to see or enquire whether the said limit is observed and no debt incurred or security given in excess of such limit shall be invalid or ineffectual unless the lender or the recipient of the security had, at the time when the debt was incurred or security given, express notice that the said limit had been or would thereby be exceeded.

 

41


General Powers of Directors

 

111

General powers

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in General Meeting subject nevertheless to any regulations of these Articles, to the provisions of the Statutes and to such regulations, whether or not consistent with these Articles, as may be prescribed by Special Resolution of the Company, but no regulation so made by the Company shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if such regulation had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Directors by any other Article.

 

112

Name

The Company may change its name by resolution of the board.

 

113

Local boards

The Directors may establish any local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration, and may delegate to any local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Directors, with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local boards, or any of them, to fill any vacancies therein, and to act notwithstanding vacancies, and any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit, and the Directors may remove any person so appointed, and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

114

Appointment of attorney

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him or her.

 

115

Register of members in territories

Subject to and to the extent permitted by the Statutes, the Company, or the Directors on behalf of the Company, may cause to be kept in any territory a branch register of members resident in such territory, and the Directors may make and vary such regulations as they may think fit respecting the keeping of any such register.

 

42


116

Signature on cheques etc.

All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other negotiable or transferable instruments, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

117

Provision for employees on cessation of business

The Directors may decide to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a Director or former director or shadow director) in connection with the cessation or transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary.

President

 

118

The Directors may from time to time elect a President of the Company and may determine the period for which he or she shall hold office. Such President may be either honorary or paid such remuneration as the Directors in their discretion shall think fit, and need not be a Director but shall, if not a Director, be entitled to receive notice of and attend and speak, but not to vote, at meetings of the Board of Directors only if so invited by the Directors. The President (unless he or she is a Director) shall not be an officer of the Company for the purposes of the Companies Acts.

Departmental, Divisional or Local Directors

 

119

The Directors may from time to time appoint any person to be a Departmental, Divisional or Local Director and define, limit or restrict his or her powers and duties and determine his or her remuneration and the designation of his or her office and may at any time remove any such person from such office. A Departmental, Divisional or Local Director (notwithstanding that the designation of his or her office may include the word “Director”) shall not by virtue of such office be or have power in any respect to act as a Director of the Company nor be entitled to receive notice of or attend or vote at meetings of the Directors nor be deemed to be a Director for any of the purposes of these presents.

Secretary

 

120

The Secretary shall be appointed by the Directors on such terms and for such period as they may think fit. Any Secretary so appointed may at any time be removed from office by the Directors, but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company. If thought fit two or more persons may be appointed as Joint Secretaries. The Directors may also appoint from time to time on such terms as they may think fit one or more Deputy and/or Assistant Secretaries.

 

43


The Seal

 

121

The Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and any Securities Seal and neither shall be used without the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorised by the Directors in that behalf. The Securities Seal shall be used only for sealing securities issued by the Company and documents creating or evidencing securities so issued. Every instrument to which the Seal or the Securities Seal shall be affixed (other than a certificate for or evidencing shares, debentures or other securities (including options) issued by the Company) shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or Deputy or Assistant Secretary or by two Directors, or by a Director or other person authorised for the purpose by the Directors in the presence of the witness.

 

122

Where the Statutes so permit, any instrument signed by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by a Director in the presence of a witness who attests the signature and expressed to be executed by the Company shall have the same effect as if executed under the Seal, provided that no instrument shall be so signed which makes it clear on its face that it is intended to have effect as a deed without the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorised by the Directors in that behalf.

 

123

The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the Statutes with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

Record Date

 

124

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles but subject always to the Statutes the

Company or the Directors may by resolution specify any date (the “record date”) as the date at the close of business (or such other time as the Directors may determine) on which persons registered as the holders of shares or other securities shall be entitled to receipt of any dividend, distribution, interest, allotment, issue, notice, information, document or circular and such record date may be on or at any time before the date on which the same is paid or made or (in the case of any dividend, distribution, interest, allotment or issue) at any time after the same is recommended, resolved, declared or announced but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of the same of transferors and transferees of any such shares or other securities.

Authentication of Documents

 

125

Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed at a shareholders’ meeting or at a meeting of the Directors or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts; and where any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be

 

44


  a person appointed by the Directors as aforesaid. A document purporting to be a copy of any such resolution, or an extract from the minutes of any such meeting which is certified as aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that any minute so extracted is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

Reserves

 

126

The Directors may from time to time set aside out of the profits of the Company and carry to reserve such sums as they think proper which, at the discretion of the Directors, shall be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may properly be applied and pending such application may either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested. The Directors may divide the reserve into such special funds as they think fit and may consolidate into one fund any special funds or any parts of any special funds into which the reserve may have been divided. The Directors may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits. In carrying sums to reserve and in applying the same the Directors shall comply with the provisions of the Statutes.

Dividends

 

127

Final dividends

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

128

Fixed and interim dividends

If and so far as in the opinion of the Directors the profits of the Company justify such payments, the Directors may pay the fixed dividends on any class of shares carrying a fixed dividend expressed to be payable on fixed dates on the half-yearly or other dates prescribed for the payment thereof and may also from time to time pay interim dividends on shares of any class of such amounts and on such dates and in respect of such periods as they think fit. Provided the Directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of any shares for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment, on any other class of shares having rights ranking after or pari passu with those shares, of any such fixed or interim dividend as aforesaid.

 

129

Ranking of shares for dividends

Unless and to the extent that the rights attached to any shares or the terms of issue thereof otherwise provide, all dividends shall (as regards any shares not fully paid throughout the period in respect of which the dividend is paid) be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. For the purposes of this Article no amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated as paid on the share.

 

45


130

No dividend except out of profits

No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits available for distribution under the provisions of the Statutes.

 

131

Treatment of dividend

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, where any asset, business or property is bought by the Company as from a past date the profits and losses thereof as from such date may at the discretion of the Directors in whole or in part be carried to revenue account and treated for all purposes as profits or losses of the Company. Subject as aforesaid, if any shares or securities are purchased cum dividend or interest, such dividend or interest may at the discretion of the Directors be treated as revenue, and it shall not be obligatory to capitalise the same or any part thereof.

 

132

No interest on dividends

No dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

133

Retention of dividends

 

133.1

The Directors may retain any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a Iien and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the moneys payable to the Company in respect of that share.

 

133.2

The Directors may retain the dividends payable upon shares:

 

  133.2.1

in respect of which any person is entitled to become a member under the provisions as to the transmission of shares contained in these Articles, until such person shall become a member in respect of such shares; or

 

  133.2.2

which any person is under those provisions entitled to transfer, until such person shall transfer the same.

 

134

Waiver of dividends

The waiver in whole or in part of any dividend on any share by any document (whether or not executed as a Deed) shall be effective only if such waiver is in writing (whether or not executed as a deed), signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 153 by the shareholder (or the person entitled to the share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law) and delivered to the Company and if or to the extent that the same is accepted as such or acted upon by the Company.

 

135

Unclaimed dividends

The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof, no interest shall be payable in respect of the same and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned on the net proceeds, which may be

 

46


employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company or its holding company if any) as the Directors may from time to time think fit. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

136

Distribution in specie

The Company may upon the recommendation of the Directors by Ordinary Resolution direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company) and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution. Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional certificates, may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof, may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of members and may vest any assets in trustees.

 

137

Manner of payment of dividends

 

137.1

Any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share shall be paid to the member or to such other person as the member (or, in the case of joint holders of a share, all of them) may in writing direct. Such dividend or other moneys may be paid (i) by cheque sent by post to the payee or, where there is more than one payee, to any one of them, or (ii) by inter-bank transfer to such account as the payee or payees shall in writing direct, or (iii) (if so authorised by the holder of shares in uncertificated form) using the facilities of a relevant system (subject to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system), or (iv) by such other method of payment as the member (or, in the case of joint holders of a share, all of them) may agree to. Every such payment shall be sent at the risk of the person or persons entitled to the money represented thereby, and payment of a cheque by the banker upon whom it is drawn, and any transfer or payment within (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

137.2

Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to the rights attaching to any shares, any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share may be paid in such currency as the Directors may determine, using such exchange rate for currency conversions as the Directors may select.

 

137.3

The Company may cease to send any cheque or order by post for any dividend on any shares which is normally paid in that manner if in respect of at least two consecutive dividends payable on those shares the cheque or order has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed but, subject to the provisions of these Articles, shall recommence sending cheques or orders in respect of the dividends payable on those shares if the holder or person entitled by transmission claims the arrears of dividend and does not instruct the Company to pay future dividends in some other way.

 

138

Joint holders

If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, or are entitled jointly to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law, any one of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable or property distributable on or in respect of the share.

 

47


139

Record date for dividends

Any resolution for the declaration or payment of a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in General Meeting or a resolution of the Directors, may specify that the same shall be payable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares.

Capitalisation of Profits and Shares

 

140

The Directors may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company, capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account by appropriating such sum to the holders of Ordinary Shares on the Register at the close of business on the date of the Resolution (or such other date as may be specified therein or determined as therein provided) in proportion to their then holdings of Ordinary Shares and applying such sum on their behalf in paying up in full Ordinary Shares (or, subject to any special rights previously conferred on any shares or class of shares for the time being issued) for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid up to and amongst them as bonus shares in the proportion aforesaid. The Directors may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any such capitalisation with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for any fractional entitlements which would arise on the basis aforesaid (including provisions whereby fractional entitlements are disregarded or the benefit thereof accrues to the Company rather than to the members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for any such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

141

Scrip dividends

 

141.1

Subject as hereinafter provided, the Directors may offer to ordinary shareholders the right to receive, in lieu of dividend (or part thereof), an allotment of new Ordinary Shares credited as fully paid.

 

141.2

The Directors shall not make such an offer unless so authorised by an Ordinary Resolution passed at any General Meeting, which authority may extend to dividends declared or paid prior to the Annual General Meeting of the Company occurring thereafter, but no further provided that this Article shall, without the need for any further Ordinary Resolution, authorise the Directors to offer rights of election in respect of any dividend declared or proposed after the date of the adoption of these Articles and at or prior to the Annual General Meeting which is held in the fifth year after the Ordinary Resolution is passed.

 

141.3

The Directors may either offer such rights of election in respect of the next dividend (or part thereof) proposed to be paid; or may offer such rights of election in respect of that dividend and all subsequent dividends, until such time as the election is revoked; or may allow shareholders to make an election in either form.

 

48


141.4

The basis of allotment on each occasion shall be determined by the Directors so that, as nearly as may be considered convenient, the value of the Ordinary Shares to be allotted in lieu of any amount of dividend shall equal such amount. For such purpose the value of an Ordinary Share shall be either (i) the average of the closing price of an Ordinary Share on the London Stock Exchange, as derived from the Daily Official List, on each of the first five business days on which the Ordinary Shares are quoted “ex” the relevant dividend; or (ii) established in such other manner as may be determined by the Directors.

 

141.5

If the Directors determine to offer such right of election on any occasion they shall give notice in writing to the ordinary shareholders of such right and shall issue forms of election and shall specify the procedures to be followed in order to exercise such right provided that they need not give such notice to a shareholder who has previously made, and has not revoked, an earlier election to receive Ordinary Shares in lieu of all future dividends, but instead shall send him or her a reminder that he or she has made such an election, indicating how that election may be revoked in time for the next dividend proposed to be paid.

 

141.6

On each occasion the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable on Ordinary Shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised and has not been revoked (the “elected Ordinary Shares”), and in lieu thereof additional shares (but not any fraction of a share) shall be allotted to the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid. For such purpose the Directors shall capitalise, out of such of the sums standing to the credit of reserves (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) or profit and loss account as the Directors may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the additional Ordinary Shares to be allotted on that occasion on such basis and shall apply the same in paying up in full the appropriate number of Ordinary Shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares on such basis.

 

141.7

The additional Ordinary Shares so allotted on any occasion shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully-paid Ordinary Shares then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend.

 

141.8

Article 140 shall apply (mutatis mutandis) to any capitalisation made pursuant to this Article.

 

141.9

No fraction of an Ordinary Share shall be allotted. The Directors may make such provision as they think fit for any fractional entitlements including, without limitation, provision whereby, in whole or in part, the benefit thereof accrues to the Company and/or fractional entitlements are accrued and/or retained and in either case accumulated on behalf of any ordinary shareholder.

 

141.10

The Directors may on any occasion determine that rights of election shall not be made available to any ordinary shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities the circulation of an offer of rights of election would or might be unlawful, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination.

 

49


141.11

In relation to any particular proposed dividend the Directors may in their absolute discretion decide (i) that shareholders shall not be entitled to make any election in respect thereof and that any election previously made shall not extend to such dividend or (ii) at any time prior to the allotment of the Ordinary Shares which would otherwise be allotted in lieu thereof, that all elections to take shares in lieu of such dividend shall be treated as not applying to that dividend, and if so the dividend shall be paid in cash as if no elections had been made in respect of it.

Minutes

 

142

The Directors shall cause Minutes to be made in books to be provided for the purpose:

 

142.1

of all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

142.2

of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of Directors and of any committee of Directors; and

 

142.3

of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company and of any class of members of the Company and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

Accounts

 

143

Accounting records

Accounting records sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and otherwise complying with the Statutes shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to inspection by the officers of the Company. Subject as aforesaid no member of the Company or other person shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by statute or ordered by a Court of competent jurisdiction or authorised by the Directors.

 

144

Copies of accounts for members

 

144.1

Subject as provided in Article 144.2, a copy of the Company’s annual accounts and reports which are to be laid before a General Meeting of the Company (including every document required by law to be comprised therein or attached or annexed thereto) shall not less than 21 days before the date of the meeting be sent to every member of, and every holder of debentures of, the Company and to every other person who is entitled to receive notices of General Meetings from the Company under the provisions of the Statutes or of these Articles.

 

144.2

Article 144.1 shall not require a copy of these documents to be sent to any member to whom a strategic report with supplementary material is sent in accordance with the Statutes and provided further that this Article shall not require a copy of these documents to be sent to more than one of joint holders nor to any person of whose postal address the Company is not aware, but any member or holder of debentures to whom a copy of these documents has not been sent shall be entitled to receive a copy free of charge on application at the Office.

 

50


Auditors

 

145

Validity of Auditor’s acts

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, all acts done by any person acting as an Auditor shall, as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, be valid, notwithstanding that there was some defect in his or her appointment or that he or she was at the time of his or her appointment not qualified for appointment or subsequently became disqualified.

 

146

Auditor’s rights to attend General Meetings

An Auditor shall be entitled to attend any General Meeting and to receive all notices of and other communications relating to any General Meeting which any member is entitled to receive and to be heard at any General Meeting on any part of the business of the meeting which concerns him or her as Auditor.

Communications with Members

 

147

Service of notices etc.

 

147.1

Any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be in writing, except that notice calling a meeting of the Directors may be given as provided for in Article 97.

 

147.2

The Company may, subject to and in accordance with the Companies Acts and these Articles, send or supply all types of notices, documents or information to members by electronic means, including by making such notices, documents or information available on a website.

 

147.3

The Company Communications Provisions have effect for the purposes of any provision of the Companies Acts or these Articles that authorises or requires notices, documents or information to be sent or supplied by or to the Company.

 

147.4

Any notice, document or information (including a share certificate) which is sent or supplied by the Company in hard copy form or in electronic form but to be delivered other than by electronic means and/or by means of a website and which is sent by pre-paid post and properly addressed shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient at the expiration of 24 hours (or, where second class mail is employed, 48 hours) after the time it was posted, and in proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted.

 

147.5

Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by electronic means and/or by means of a website shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient at 9 a.m. on the day following that on which it was transmitted, and in proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed.

 

147.6

Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by means of a website shall be deemed to have been received when the material was first made available on the website or, if later, when the recipient received (or is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material was available on the website.

 

51


147.7

The accidental failure to send, or the non-receipt by any person entitled to, any notice of, or other document or information relating to, any meeting or other proceeding shall not invalidate the relevant meeting or proceeding.

 

147.8

A member shall not be entitled to receive any document or information that is required or authorised to be sent or supplied to the member by the Company by a provision of the Statutes or pursuant to these Articles or to any other rules or regulations to which the Company may be subject if documents or information sent or supplied to that member by post have been returned undelivered to the Company:

 

  147.8.1

on at least two separate occasions; or

 

  147.8.2

on one occasion and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish that member’s address.

 

147.9

The provisions of this Article shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions relating to deemed delivery of notices, documents or information.

 

148

Joint holders

 

148.1

Anything which needs to be agreed or specified by the joint holders of a share shall for all purposes be taken to be agreed or specified by all the joint holders where it has been agreed or specified by the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share.

 

148.2

Any notice, document or information which is authorised or required to be sent or supplied to joint holders of a share may be sent or supplied to the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share, to the exclusion of the other joint holders.

 

148.3

The provisions of this Article shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions regarding joint holders of shares.

 

149

Deceased and bankrupt members

 

149.1

A person who claims to be entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law shall supply to the Company:

 

  149.1.1

such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his or her title to the share; and

 

  149.1.2

an address to which notices may be sent or supplied to such person,

whereupon he or she shall be entitled to have sent or supplied to him or her at such address any notice, document or information to which the said member would have been entitled, and in so sending or supplying the relevant notice, document or information such notice, document or information shall for all purposes be deemed as sufficiently sent or supplied to all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him or her) in the share.

 

52


149.2

Save as provided by Article 149.1, any notice, document or information sent or supplied to the address of any member pursuant to these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such member be then dead or bankrupt or in liquidation, and whether or not the Company has notice of his or her death or bankruptcy or liquidation, be deemed to have been duly sent or supplied in respect of any share registered in the name of such member as sole or first- named joint holder.

 

149.3

The provisions of this Article shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions regarding the death or bankruptcy or a holder of shares in the Company.

 

150

Overseas members

Subject to the Statutes, the Company shall not be required to send notices, documents or information to a member who (having no registered address within the United Kingdom) has not supplied to the Company an address within the United Kingdom for the service of notices. If on three consecutive occasions notices have been sent through the post to any member at his or her registered address or his or her address for the service of notices but have been returned undelivered, such member shall not thereafter be entitled to receive notices from the Company until he or she shall have communicated with the Company and supplied in writing to the Transfer Office a new registered address within the United Kingdom for the service of notices.

 

151

Suspension of postal services

If at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services within the United Kingdom the Company is unable to give notice by post in hard copy form of a shareholders’ meeting, such notice shall be deemed to have been given to all members entitled to receive such notice in hard copy form if such notice is advertised on the same date in at least two national daily newspapers with appropriate circulation and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day when the advertisement appears (or first appears). In any such case, the Company shall (i) make such notice available on its website from the date of such advertisement until the conclusion of the meeting or any adjournment thereof and (ii) send confirmatory copies of the notice by post to such members if at least seven days prior to the meeting the posting of notices again becomes practicable.

 

152

Statutory provisions as to notices

Nothing in any of Articles 147-152 inclusive shall affect any provision of the Statutes that requires or permits any particular notice, document or information be sent or supplied in any particular manner.

 

153

Signature or authentication of documents sent by electronic means

Where these Articles require a notice or other document to be signed or authenticated by a member or other person then any notice or other document sent or supplied in electronic form is sufficiently authenticated in any manner authorised by the Company Communications Provisions or in such other manner approved by the Directors. The Directors may designate mechanisms for validating any such notice or other document, and any such notice or other document not so validated by use of such mechanisms shall be deemed not to have been received by the Company.

 

53


Winding up

 

154

Directors’ powers to petition

The Directors shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the Court for the Company to be wound up.

 

155

Distribution of assets in specie

If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary, under supervision, or by the Court) the Liquidator may, with the authority of a Special Resolution, divide among the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of property of one kind or shall consist of properties of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he or she deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The Liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of members as the Liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

Directors’ liabilities

 

156

Indemnity

 

156.1

Subject to the provisions of, and so far as may be permitted by and consistent with, the Statutes and rules made by the UK Listing Authority, every Director and officer of the Company and of each of the Associated Companies of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company out of its own funds against:

 

  156.1.1

any liability incurred by or attaching to him or her in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his or her duties and/or the exercise or purported exercise of his or her powers other than:

 

  (i)

any liability to the Company or any Associated Company; and

 

  (ii)

any liability of the kind referred to in Section 234(3) of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

  156.1.2

any other liability incurred by or attaching to him or her in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his or her duties and/or the exercise or purported exercise of his or her powers and/or otherwise in relation to or in connection with his or her duties, powers or office.

Such indemnity shall extend to liabilities arising after a person ceases to be a Director or an officer of the Company in respect of acts or omissions while he or she was a Director or an officer if such acts or omissions would have been indemnified had the relevant person remained a Director or officer, as the case may be.

 

54


156.2

Subject to the Companies Acts and rules made by the UK Listing Authority the Company may indemnify a Director of the Company and any Associated Company of the Company if it is the trustee of an occupational pension scheme (within the meaning of Section 235(6) of the Companies Act 2006).

 

156.3

Where a Director or officer is indemnified against any liability in accordance with this Article 156 such indemnity shall extend to all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her in relation thereto.

 

156.4

In this Article 156 “Associated Company” shall have the meaning given thereto by Section 256 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

157

Insurance

 

157.1

Without prejudice to Article 156 above, the Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of:

 

  157.1.1

any person who is or was at any time a Director or officer of any Relevant Company (as defined in Article 157.2 below); or

 

  157.1.2

any person who is or was at any time a trustee of any pension fund or employees’ share scheme in which employees of any Relevant Company are interested,

including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any liability incurred by or attaching to him or her in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his or her duties and/or in the exercise or purported exercise of his or her powers and/or otherwise in relation to his or her duties, powers or offices in relation to any Relevant Company, or any such pension fund or employees’ share scheme (and all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her in relation thereto).

 

157.2

For the purpose of Article 157.1 above, “Relevant Company” shall mean:

 

  157.2.1

the Company;

 

  157.2.2

any holding company of the Company;

 

  157.2.3

any other body, whether or not incorporated, in which the Company or such holding company or any of the predecessors of the Company or of such holding company has or had any interest whether direct or indirect or which is in any way allied to or associated with the Company;

 

  157.2.4

any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or of such other body.

 

158

Defence expenditure

 

158.1

Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes and rules made by the UK Listing Authority, the Company:

 

55


  158.1.1

may provide any current or former Director or officer of the Company or any Associated Company of the Company with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him or her in:

 

  (i)

defending any criminal or civil proceedings in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to the Company or an Associated Company of the Company; or

 

  (ii)

in connection with any application for relief under the provisions mentioned in Section 205(5) of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

  158.1.2

may do anything to enable any such Director or officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

158.2

The terms set out in Section 205(2) of the Companies Act 2006 shall apply to any provision of funds or other things done under Article 158.1 provided that, for the purpose of this Article 158.2, references to “director” in Section 205(2) of the Companies Act 2006 shall be deemed to include references to a former Director or a current or former officer of the Company or an Associated Company of the Company.

 

158.3

Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes and rules made by the UK Listing Authority, the Company:

 

  (a)

may provide a Director or officer of the Company or any Associated Company of the Company with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him or her in defending himself or herself in an investigation by a regulatory authority or against action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company; and

 

  (b)

may do anything to enable any such Director or officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

158.4

In this Article 158 “Associated Company” shall have the meaning given thereto by Section 256 of the Companies Act 2006.

Overriding Provisions

 

159

Overriding provisions

 

159.1

If and for so long as the Company shall hold any class of security of Six Continents Hotels Inc. the provisions of this Article shall apply and to the extent of any inconsistency shall have overriding effect as against all other provisions of these Articles.

 

159.2

For the purposes of this Article the words and expressions set out below shall bear the meanings set opposite them respectively:

Disqualified Person” means any holder of any class of shares of the Company whose holding of such shares, either individually or when taken together with the holding of any class of shares of the Company by any other holders, may result, in the opinion of the Directors, in the loss, or the failure to secure the reinstatement, of any licence or franchise from any United States’ governmental agency held by Six Continents Hotels Inc. or any subsidiary thereof to conduct any portion of the business of Six Continents Hotels Inc. or any subsidiary thereof.

Relevant Shares” means shares of the Company comprised in the interest or holding of a Disqualified Person.

 

56


Required Disposal” means the sale and transfer of Relevant Shares or of interests therein in such manner as may be required to cause such shares to cease to be Relevant Shares.

 

159.3

 

  159.3.1

The Directors may at any time serve a notice upon any member requiring him or her to furnish the Directors with information (in the case of (ii) below, to the extent that such paragraph applies to any person other than the member so far as such information lies within the knowledge of such member), supported by a declaration and by such other evidence (if any) in support as the Directors may require, for the purpose of determining:

 

  (i)

whether such member is a party to an agreement or arrangement (whether legalIy enforceable or not) whereby any of the shares held by him or her are to be voted in accordance with some other person’s instructions (whether given by that other person directly or through any other person); or

 

  (ii)

whether such member and/or any other person who has an interest in any shares held by such member is a Disqualified Person.

If such information and evidence is not furnished within a reasonable period (not being less than 14 days) from the date of service of such notice or the information and evidence provided is, in the opinion of the Directors, unsatisfactory for the purposes of so determining, the Directors may serve upon such member a further notice calling upon him or her, within 14 days after the service of such further notice, to furnish the Directors with such information and evidence or further information and evidence as shall (in their opinion) enable them so to determine.

 

  159.3.2

Any person holding any share of the Company shall notify the Directors forthwith in writing if he or she, or to his or her knowledge any person controlling or beneficially owning or otherwise having an interest in such share, is likely to be or become a Disqualified Person.

 

  159.3.3

The Directors may assume without enquiry that a person is not or will not become a Disqualified Person unless the information obtained by them above or a notification under this Article 159.3 indicates to the contrary or the Directors have reason to believe otherwise; in these circumstances the Directors shall use all reasonable endeavours to discover whether the person concerned is a Disqualified Person.

159.4

 

  159.4.1

If any person becomes or is determined in accordance with Article 159.3.3 above to be a Disqualified Person the Directors shall serve a written notice (a “Disposal Notice”) on all those who (to the knowledge of the Directors) have interests in, and, if different, on the holder or holders of, the Relevant Shares. The Disposal Notice shall refer to the voting restrictions as set out in Article 159.6 below and shall call for a Required Disposal to be made and for reasonable evidence that such Required Disposal shall have been effected to be supplied to the Company within 21 days from the date of such notice or such other period as the Directors may

  consider reasonable and which they may extend. The Directors may withdraw a Disposal Notice (whether before or after the expiration of the period referred to) if it appears to them that there is no Disqualified Person in relation to the shares concerned.

 

57


  159.4.2

If a Disposal Notice served under Article 159.4.1 above is not complied with to the satisfaction of the Directors and has not been withdrawn, the Directors shall, so far as they are able, sell the shares comprised in such Disposal Notice, at the best price reasonably obtainable in all the circumstances and shall give written notice of such disposal to those persons on whom the Disposal Notice was served. Except as hereinafter provided such a sale shall be completed as soon as reasonably practicable after expiry of the Disposal Notice as may in the opinion of the Directors be consistent with obtaining the best price reasonably obtainable and in any event within 30 days of expiry of such notice provided that such a sale shall be postponed during the period when dealings by the Directors in the Company’s shares are not permitted either by law or by Regulations of the London Stock Exchange but any sale postponed as aforesaid shall be completed within 30 days after expiry of the period of such suspension and provided further that neither the Company nor the Director shall be liable to any holder or any person having an interest in any share or other person for failing to obtain the best price so long as the Directors act in good faith within the period specified above.

 

  159.4.3

For the purpose of effecting any Required Disposal, the Directors may authorise in writing an officer or employee of the Company to execute any necessary transfer on behalf of any holder and may issue a new certificate to the purchaser. The net proceeds of such disposal shall be received by the Company, whose receipt shall be a good discharge for the purchase money, and shall be paid (without any interest being payable thereon) to the former holder upon surrender by him or her of the certificate in respect of the shares sold and formerly held by him or her.

 

159.5

 

  159.5.1

The Directors shall not be obliged to serve any notice under the foregoing provisions of this Article upon any person if they do not know his or her identity or his or her address and the absence of service of such a notice in such circumstances as aforesaid and any accidental error in, or failure to give any notice to any person upon whom notice is required to be served under the foregoing provisions shall not prevent the implementation of or invalidate any procedure thereunder.

 

  159.5.2

Any notice to be served under this Article upon a person who is not a member shall be deemed validly served if sent through the post to that person at the address, if any, at which the Directors believe him or her to be resident or carrying on business. Any such notice shall be deemed served on the day following any day on which it was put in the post and, in proving service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put in the post.

 

58


  159.5.3

Any determination of the Directors under the foregoing provision of this Article shall be final and conclusive, but without prejudice to the power of the Directors subsequently to vary or revoke such determination.

 

159.6

 

  159.6.1

If in accordance with Article 159.3 above the Directors shall have assumed that any person is not a Disqualified Person, the exercise by that person and/or, if shares owned or controlled by such person are held by another person or by other persons, by such other person or persons shall not be challenged or invalidated by any subsequent determination by the Directors that such person is a Disqualified Person.

 

  159.6.2

If any person becomes or is determined by the Directors to be a Disqualified Person the Directors shall serve written notice on such person and, if different, on the holder or holders of the shares owned or controlled by such person to the effect that he or she has been determined to be a Disqualified Person.

 

  159.6.3

With effect from the expiration of such period as the Directors shall specify in the notice under Article 159.6.2 above (not being longer than 30 days from the date of service of such notice) the said person and, if different, the holder or holders of the shares owned or controlled by such person (to the extent that such holder or holders is/are not able to prove to the satisfaction of the Directors that shares registered in his or her/their name(s) are not owned or controlled by such person) shall not be entitled to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any General Meeting of the Company or any meeting of the holders of any class of shares.

 

  159.6.4

Any member who has pursuant to Article 159.3.1 above been served with a further notice by the Directors requiring him or her to furnish the Directors with information and evidence or further information or evidence within 14 days after the service of such further notice shall not, with effect from the expiration of such period and until information or evidence is furnished to the satisfaction of the Directors, be entitled to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any General Meeting of the Company or meeting of the holders of any class of shares other than in respect of such of the shares held by such member as are shares in respect of which it shall have been established to the satisfaction of the Directors that they are not shares in which a Disqualified Person has an interest or shares in respect of which the Directors may require a disposal pursuant to the provisions of Article 159.4 above.

 

159.7

No person shall be capable of being appointed or continuing as a Director if, in the opinion of the Directors, his or her directorship of the Company may result in the loss, or the failure to secure the reinstatement, of any licence or franchise from any United States governmental agency held by Six Continents Hotels Inc. or any subsidiary thereof to conduct any portion of the business of Six Continents Hotels Inc. or any subsidiary thereof.

 

59


Index

 

     Article No.      Page No.  

Accounts

     143-144        50  

Auditors

     145-146        51  

Authentication of Documents

     125        44-45  

Borrowing Powers

     109-110        41  

Capitalisation of Profits and Shares

     140-141        48-50  

Communications with Members

     147-153        51-54  

Corporations Acting by Representatives

     77        30  

Directors

     78-85        30-31  

Alternate

     93-96        33-34  

Appointment and Retirement of

     86-92        31-33  

Departmental, Divisional or Local

     119        43  

General Powers of

     111-117        42-43  

Meetings and Proceedings of

     97-108        34-41  

Directors’ liabilities

     156-158        54-56  

Dividends

     127-139        45-48  

Evidence of Title to Securities

     14        10  

Forfeiture and Lien

     26-33        13-14  

General Meetings

     45-46        18-19  

Notice of

     47-49        19-20  

Overflow of

     50-52        21  

Proceedings at

     53-63        21-24  

Minutes

     142        50  

Ordinary and Redeemable Shares

     3-4        6-7  

Overriding Provisions

     159        56-59  

Preliminary

     1-2        1-6  

President

     118        43  

Proceeds of consolidation and subdivision.

     7        8  

Proxies

     70-76        27-29  

Record Date

     124        44  

Reduction of capital.

     8        8  

Reserves

     126        45  

 

60


     Article No.      Page No.  

The Seal

     121-123        44  

Secretary

     120        43  

Share Certificates

     15-19        10-11  

Shares

     9-13        8-10  

Calls on

     20-25        11-12  

Transfer of

     34-39        14-17  

Transmission of

     40-42        17  

Untraced Shareholders

     43-44        18  

Variation of Rights

     5-8        7-8  

Votes of Members

     64-69        24-27  

Winding Up

     154-155        54  

 

61

Exhibit 2(d)

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES REGISTERED UNDER SECTION 12 OF THE EXCHANGE ACT

As of December 31, 2020, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the “Company” or “IHG”) had the following series of securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

  

Ticker symbol

  

Name of each exchange on
which registered

American Depositary Shares

   IHG    New York Stock Exchange

Ordinary Shares of 20340/399 pence each

   IHG    New York Stock Exchange*

 

*

Not for trading, but only in connection with the registration of American Depositary Shares, pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Capitalized terms used but not defined herein have the meanings given to them in the Company’s annual report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020.

ORDINARY SHARES

The following is a summary of the material terms of the ordinary shares of nominal value of 20340/399, as set forth in our Articles of Association and the material provisions of U.K. law. This description is a summary and does not purport to be complete. You are encouraged to read our Articles of Association, which are filed as an exhibit to the Group’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2020, incorporated by reference into this document.

Share Capital

The Company’s issued share capital at December 31, 2020 consisted of 187,717,720 ordinary shares of 20340/399 pence each, including 5,061,408 shares held in treasury, which constituted 2.7% of the total issued share capital (including treasury shares). There are no special control rights or restrictions on share transfers or limitations on the holding of any class of shares.

During 2020, 623,019 shares were transferred from treasury to the employee share ownership trust.

As far as is known to management, IHG is not directly or indirectly owned or controlled by another company or by any government. The Board focuses on shareholder value-creation. When it decides to return capital to shareholders, it considers all of its options, including share buybacks and special dividends.

Trading Markets

The principal trading market for the Company’s ordinary shares is the London Stock Exchange (LSE). The ordinary shares are also listed on the NYSE, trading in the form of ADSs evidenced by ADRs. Each ADS represents one ordinary share. The Company has a sponsored ADR facility with J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. as ADR Depositary.

Rights Attaching to Ordinary Shares

Dividend Rights and Rights to Share in the Company’s Profits

Under English law, dividends are payable on the Company’s ordinary shares only out of profits available for distribution, as determined in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the UK and by the Companies Act. No dividend will bear interest as against the Company.

Holders of the Company’s ordinary shares are entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared by the shareholders in general meeting, rateably according to the amounts paid up on such shares, provided that the dividend cannot exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

1


The Company’s Board of Directors may declare and pay to shareholders such interim dividends as appear to them to be justified by the Company’s financial position. If authorised by an ordinary resolution of the shareholders, the Board of Directors may also direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company). Any dividend unclaimed by a member (or by a person entitled by virtue of transmission on death or bankruptcy or otherwise by operation of law) after six years from the date the dividend was declared, or became due for payment, will be forfeited and will revert to the Company.

Voting Rights

The holders of ordinary shares are entitled, in respect of their holdings of such shares, to receive notice of general meetings and to attend, speak and vote at such meetings in accordance with the Articles.

Voting at any general meeting of shareholders is by a show of hands unless a poll, which is a written vote, is duly demanded. On a show of hands, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy at a general meeting has one vote regardless of the number of shares held. Resolutions put to the members at electronic general meetings shall be voted on by a poll, which poll votes may be cast by such electronic means as the Board in its sole discretion deems appropriate for the purposes of the meeting.

On a poll, every shareholder who is present in person or by proxy has one vote for every share held by that shareholder. A poll may be demanded by any of the following:

 

   

The Chair of the meeting;

 

   

At least five shareholders present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote at the meeting;

 

   

Any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy representing in the aggregate not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all shareholders entitled to vote at the meeting; or

 

   

Any shareholder or shareholders present in person or by proxy holding shares conferring a right to vote at the meeting and on which there have been paid up sums in the aggregate at least equal to one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

A proxy form will be treated as giving the proxy the authority to demand a poll, or to join others in demanding one.

The necessary quorum for a general meeting is two persons carrying a right to vote upon the business to be transacted, whether present in person or by proxy.

Matters are transacted at general meetings of the Company by the proposing and passing of resolutions, of which there are two kinds:

 

   

An ordinary resolution, which includes resolutions for the election of Directors, the approval of financial statements, the cumulative annual payment of dividends, the appointment of the Auditor, the increase of share capital or the grant of authority to allot shares.

 

   

A special resolution, which includes resolutions amending the Articles, disapplying statutory pre-emption rights, modifying the rights of any class of the Company’s shares at a meeting of the holders of such class or relating to certain matters concerning the Company’s winding up or changing the Company’s name.

An ordinary resolution requires the affirmative vote of a majority of the votes of those persons present and entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum.

Special resolutions require the affirmative vote of not less than three quarters of the persons present and entitled to vote at a meeting at which there is a quorum.

AGMs must be convened upon advance written notice of 21 days. Other meetings must be convened upon advance written notice of 14 days. The days of delivery or receipt of the notice are not included. The notice must specify the nature of the business to be transacted. The Board of Directors may, if they choose, make arrangements for shareholders, who are unable to attend the place of the meeting, to participate at other places. The Articles also allow for shareholders to attend and participate in shareholder meetings by electronic means.

 

2


Variation of Rights

If, at any time, the Company’s share capital is divided into different classes of shares, the rights attached to any class may be varied, subject to the provisions of the Companies Act, with the consent in writing of holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of that class or upon the adoption of a special resolution passed at a separate meeting of the holders of the shares of that class. At every such separate meeting, all of the provisions of the Articles relating to proceedings at a general meeting apply, except that the quorum is to be the number of persons (which must be two or more) who hold or represent by proxy not less than one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of that class.

Rights in a Winding-Up

Except as the Company’s shareholders have agreed or may otherwise agree, upon the Company’s winding up, the balance of assets available for distribution is to be distributed among the holders of ordinary shares according to the amounts paid up on the shares held by them:

 

   

After the payment of all creditors including certain preferential creditors, whether statutorily preferred creditors or normal creditors; and

 

   

Subject to any special rights attaching to any class of shares.

This distribution is generally to be made in cash. A liquidator may, however, upon the adoption of a special resolution of the shareholders, divide among the shareholders the whole or any part of the Company’s assets in kind.

Limitations on Voting and Shareholding

There are no limitations imposed by English law or the Articles on the right of non-residents or foreign persons to hold or vote the Company’s ordinary shares, other than the limitations that would generally apply to all of the Company’s shareholders.

Exchange controls and restrictions on payment of dividends

Other than economic sanctions which may be in force in the UK from time to time, there are no restrictions under the Articles or under English law that limit the right of non-resident or foreign owners to hold or vote the ordinary shares or the ADSs. In addition, the Articles contain certain limitations on the voting and other rights of any holder of ordinary shares whose holding may, in the opinion of the Directors, result in the loss or failure to secure the reinstatement of any licence or franchise from any US governmental agency held by Six Continents Hotels, Inc. or any subsidiary thereof.

Share Awards and Grants to Employees

Our current policy is to settle the majority of awards or grants under the Company’s share plans with shares purchased in the market or from shares held in treasury; however, the Company continues to review this policy. The Company’s share plans incorporate the current Investment Associations’ guidelines on dilution which provide that commitments to new shares or re-issue treasury shares under executive plans should not exceed 5% of the issued ordinary share capital of the Company (adjusted for share issuance and cancellation) in any 10-year period.

As at December 31, 2020, no options were outstanding. The Company has not utilised the authority given by shareholders at any of its AGMs to allot shares for cash without first offering such shares to existing shareholders.

Employee Share Ownership Trust (ESOT)

IHG operates an ESOT for the benefit of employees and former employees. The ESOT receives treasury shares from the Company and purchases ordinary shares in the market and releases them to current and former employees in satisfaction of share awards.

 

3


In July 2019, shares held in the ESOT that had been allocated to share plan participants under the Annual Performance Plan were transferred to Equatex UK Limited (now Computershare Investor Services Plc) where they are held in a nominee account on behalf of those participants (Nominee). The shares held by the Nominee have been allocated to share plan participants on terms that entitle those participants to request or require the Nominee to exercise the voting rights relating to those shares. The Nominee shall exercise those votes in accordance with the directions of the participants. Shares that have not been allocated to share plan participants under such terms continue to be held by the ESOT and the trustee may vote or abstain from exercising their voting rights in relation to those shares, or accept or reject any offer relating to the shares, in any way it sees fit.

As at 31 December 2020, the Nominee held 294,932 ordinary shares in the Company, in the form of unvested share plan awards, allocated to Annual Performance Plan share plan participants.

Unless otherwise requested by the Company, the trustee of the ESOT waives all ordinary dividends on the shares held in the ESOT, other than shares which have been allocated to participants on terms which entitle them to the benefit of dividends, except for such amount per share as shall, when multiplied by the number of shares held by it on the relevant date, equal one pence or less.

AMERICAN DEPOSITARY SHARES

The following is a summary of the general terms and provisions of the Second Amended and Restated Deposit Agreement (the “Deposit Agreement”) under which the Depositary will deliver the American Depositary Shares (“ADSs”). The Deposit Agreement is among us, J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Depositary, and all registered holders and beneficial owners from time to time of ADSs issued under it. This summary does not purport to be complete. You should read the Deposit Agreement, which we have filed with the SEC as an exhibit to the Form F-6EF filed on April 15, 2015. You may also read the Deposit Agreement at the corporate trust offices of J.P. Morgan Chase Bank, N.A. The principal executive office of the Depositary and its corporate trust office is currently located at J.P. Morgan Depositary Receipts, 83 Madison Avenue, Floor 11, New York, NY 10179, United States.

American Depositary Shares

The Company’s ordinary shares are listed on the NYSE in the form of ADSs, evidenced by American Depositary Receipts (“ADRs”) and traded under the symbol ‘IHG’. Each ADR represents one ordinary share.

Voting Rights

The Deposit Agreement has granted certain indirect rights to vote to the ADR holders. ADR holders may not attend the Company’s general meetings in person. ADR holders exercise their voting rights by instructing the Depositary to exercise the voting rights attached to the registered ordinary shares underlying the ADRs. The Depositary exercises the voting rights for registered ordinary shares underlying ADRs for which no voting instructions have been given by providing a discretionary proxy to an uninstructed independent designee pursuant to paragraph 12 of the form of ADR. The same voting restrictions apply to ADR holders as to those holding ordinary shares of the Company (i.e., the application of the United Kingdom Disclosure and Transparency Rules with regard to the notification to the Company of certain interests in the Company).

As soon as practicable after receipt from the Company of notice of any meeting or solicitation of consents or proxies of holders of ordinary shares or other deposited securities, the Depositary will distribute to holders a notice stating (a) such information as is contained in such notice and any solicitation materials, (b) that each holder on the record date set by the Depositary therefor will, subject to any provisions of United Kingdom law, be entitled to instruct the Depositary as to the exercise of the voting rights, if any, pertaining to the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs and (c) the manner in which such instructions may be given, including instructions to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company. Upon actual receipt by the ADR department of the Depositary of instructions of a holder on such record date in the manner and on or before the time established by the Depositary for such purpose, the Depositary will endeavor insofar as practicable and permitted under the provisions of or governing deposited securities to vote or cause to be voted the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such

 

4


holder’s ADRs in accordance with such instructions. The Depositary will not itself exercise any voting discretion in respect of any deposited securities. To the extent such instructions are not so received by the Depositary from any holder, the Depositary shall deem such holder to have so instructed the Depositary to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company and the Depositary shall endeavor insofar as practicable and permitted under the provisions of or governing deposited securities to give a discretionary proxy to a person designated by the Company to vote the deposited securities represented by the ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs as to which such instructions are so given, provided that no such instruction shall be deemed given and no discretionary proxy shall be given with respect to any matter (a) as to which the Company informs the Depositary (and the Company agrees to provide such information promptly in writing) that (i) the Company does not wish such proxy given, (ii) substantial opposition exists or (iii) materially affects the rights of holders of ordinary shares and (b) unless, with respect to such meeting, the Depositary has been provided with an opinion of counsel to the Company, in form and substance satisfactory to the Depositary, to the effect that (i) the granting of such discretionary proxy does not subject the Depositary to any reporting obligations in the United Kingdom, (ii) the granting of such proxy will not result in a violation of United Kingdom law, rule, regulation or permit, (iii) the voting arrangement and deemed instruction as contemplated herein will be given effect under United Kingdom law, and (iv) the granting of such discretionary proxy will not under any circumstances result in the ordinary shares represented by the ADSs being treated as assets of the Depositary under United Kingdom law. The Depositary may, but is not obligated to, require a certification by the Company as to the non-existence of the circumstances described in (a)(ii) and (a)(iii) above and shall incur no liability in connection with any matter related to such deemed instruction or the failure to provide such deemed instruction.

Share Dividends and Other Distributions

Subject to paragraphs 4 and 5 of the form ADR, to the extent practicable, the Depositary will distribute to each ADR holder entitled thereto on the record date set by the Depositary therefor at such ADR holder’s address shown on the ADR Register, in proportion to the number of deposited securities (on which the following distributions on deposited securities are received by the custodian) represented by ADSs evidenced by such holder’s ADRs:

(a) Cash: Any US dollars available to the Depositary resulting from a cash dividend or other cash distribution or the net proceeds of sales of any other distribution or portion thereof authorized in paragraph 10 (“Cash”) of the form of ADR, on an averaged or other practicable basis, subject to (i) appropriate adjustments for taxes withheld, (ii) such distribution being impermissible or impracticable with respect to certain holders, and (iii) deduction of the Depositary’s and/or its agents’ fees and expenses in (1) converting any foreign currency to US dollars by sale or in such other manner as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such conversion may be made on a reasonable basis, (2) transferring foreign currency or US dollars to the US by such means as the Depositary may determine to the extent that it determines that such transfer may be made on a reasonable basis, (3) obtaining any approval or license of any governmental authority required for such conversion or transfer, which is obtainable at a reasonable cost and within a reasonable time and (4) making any sale by public or private means in any commercially reasonable manner.

(b) Shares. (i) Additional ADRs evidencing whole ADSs representing any ordinary shares available to the Depositary resulting from a dividend or free distribution on deposited securities consisting of ordinary shares (a “Share Distribution”) and (ii) US dollars available to it resulting from the net proceeds of sales of ordinary shares received in a Share Distribution, which ordinary shares would give rise to fractional ADSs if additional ADRs were issued therefor, as in the case of Cash.

(c) Rights. (i) Warrants or other instruments in the discretion of the Depositary representing rights to acquire additional ADRs in respect of any rights to subscribe for additional ordinary shares or rights of any nature available to the Depositary as a result of a distribution on deposited securities (“Rights”), to the extent that the Company timely furnishes to the Depositary evidence satisfactory to the Depositary that the Depositary may lawfully distribute the same (the Company has no obligation to so furnish such evidence), or (ii) to the extent the

 

5


Company does not so furnish such evidence and sales of Rights are practicable, any US dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Rights as in the case of Cash, or (iii) to the extent the Company does not so furnish such evidence and such sales cannot practicably be accomplished by reason of the non-transferability of the Rights, limited markets therefor, their short duration or otherwise, nothing (and any Rights may lapse).

(d) Other Distributions. (i) Securities or property available to the Depositary resulting from any distribution on deposited securities other than Cash, Share Distributions and Rights (“Other Distributions”), by any means that the Depositary may deem equitable and practicable, or (ii) to the extent the Depositary deems distribution of such securities or property not to be equitable and practicable, any US dollars available to the Depositary from the net proceeds of sales of Other Distributions as in the case of Cash.

The Depositary will distribute US dollars by checks drawn on a bank in the US for whole dollars and cents (any fractional cents will be withheld without liability and dealt with by the Depositary in accordance with its then current practices), pursuant to paragraph 10 of the form of ADR.

Deposit, Withdrawal and Cancellation

Subject to paragraphs 4 and 5 of the form of ADR, upon surrender of (i) a certificated ADR in form satisfactory to the Depositary at the transfer office or (ii) proper instructions and documentation in the case of a Direct Registration ADR, the holder hereof is entitled to delivery, or to the extent in dematerialized form from, the custodian’s office of the deposited securities at the time represented by the ADSs evidenced by this ADR. At the request, risk and expense of the holder, the Depositary may deliver such deposited securities at such other place as may have been requested by the holder. Notwithstanding any other provision of the deposit agreement or this ADR, the withdrawal of deposited securities may be restricted only for the reasons set forth in General Instruction I.A.(1) of Form F-6 (as such instructions may be amended from time to time) under the Securities Act of 1933.

Reclassification, Recapitalizations and Mergers

If the Company takes certain actions that affect the deposited securities, including (i) any change in par value, split-up, consolidation, cancellation or other reclassification of deposited securities, (ii) any Share Distribution or Other Distribution not distributed to holders or (iii) any cash, securities or property available to the Depositary in respect of the Deposited Securities from any recapitalization, reorganization, merger, consolidation, liquidation, receivership, bankruptcy or sale of all or substantially all the assets of the company, then the Depositary may choose to:

 

  (a)

amend the applicable ADRs;

 

  (b)

distribute additional or amended ADRs; and

 

  (c)

distribute cash, securities or property on the record date set by the Depositary to reflect the transaction.

Amendment and Termination

The ADRs and the Deposit Agreement may be amended by the Company and the Depositary, provided that any amendment that imposes or increases any fees or charges (other than stock transfer or other taxes and other governmental charges, transfer or registration fees, cable, telex or facsimile transmission costs, delivery costs or other such expenses), or that shall otherwise prejudice any substantial existing right of holders, shall become effective 30 days after notice of such amendment shall have been given to the holders. Every holder of an ADR at the time any amendment to the Deposit Agreement so becomes effective shall be deemed, by continuing to hold such ADR, to consent and agree to such amendment and to be bound by the Deposit Agreement as amended thereby.

 

6


The Depositary may, and shall at the written direction of the Company, terminate the Deposit Agreement and this ADR by mailing notice of such termination to the holders at least 30 days prior to the date fixed in such notice for such termination, subject to the provisions of paragraph 17 of the form ADR. After the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary and its agents will perform no further acts under the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, except to receive and hold (or sell) distributions on deposited securities and deliver deposited securities being withdrawn. As soon as practicable after the expiration of six months from the date so fixed for termination, the Depositary shall sell the deposited securities and shall thereafter (as long as it may lawfully do so) hold in a segregated account the net proceeds of such sales, together with any other cash then held by it under the Deposit Agreement, without liability for interest, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of ADRs not theretofore surrendered. After making such sale, the Depositary shall be discharged from all obligations in respect of the Deposit Agreement and this ADR, except for its obligations to the Company under Section 16 of the Deposit Agreement and to account for such net proceeds and other cash. After the date so fixed for termination, the Company shall be discharged from all obligations under the Deposit Agreement except for its obligations to the Depositary and its agents.

Limitation on Obligations and Liability to ADR Holders

The Depositary, the Company, their agents and each of them shall: (a) incur no liability (i) if any present or future law, rule, fiat, order or decree of the United States, the United Kingdom or any other country, or of any governmental or regulatory authority or any securities exchange or market or automated quotation system, the provisions of or governing any deposited securities, any present or future provision of the Company’s charter, any act of God, war, terrorism, nationalization or other circumstance beyond its control shall prevent or delay, or shall cause any of them to be subject to any civil or criminal penalty in connection with, any act which the Deposit Agreement or this ADR provides shall be done or performed by it or them (including, without limitation, voting pursuant to paragraph 12 of the form ADR), or (ii) by reason of any exercise or failure to exercise any discretion given it in the Deposit Agreement or the ADR (including, without limitation, any failure to determine that any distribution or action maybe lawful or reasonably practicable); (b) assume no liability except to perform its obligations to the extent they are specifically set forth in this ADR and the Deposit Agreement without gross negligence or willful misconduct; (c) in the case of the Depositary and its agents, be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or this ADR? (d) in the case of the Company and its agents hereunder be under no obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any action, suit or other proceeding in respect of any Deposited Securities or this ADR, which in its opinion may involve it in expense or liability, unless indemnity satisfactory to it against all expense (including fees and disbursements of counsel) and liability be furnished as often as may be required? or (d) not be liable for any action or inaction by it in reliance upon the advice of or information from legal counsel, accountants, any person presenting shares for deposit, any holder, or any other person believed by it to be competent to give such advice or information.

The Depositary, its agents and the Company may rely and shall be protected in acting upon any written notice, request, direction, instruction or document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed, presented or given by the proper party or parties. The Depositary shall be under no obligation to inform holders or any other holders of an interest in any ADSs about the requirements of English law, rules or regulations or any changes therein or thereto. The Depositary and its agents will not be responsible for any failure to carry out any instructions to vote any of the deposited securities, for the manner in which any such vote is cast or for the effect of any such vote. The Depositary and its agents may own and deal in any class of securities of the Company and its affiliates and in ADRs. The Company has agreed to indemnify the Depositary and its agents under certain circumstances and the Depositary and its agents have agreed to indemnify the Company under certain circumstances. No disclaimer of liability under the Securities Act is intended by any provision hereof.

Books of Depositary

The Depositary will keep books at its principal office for the registration and transfer of ADRs, which will be open for your inspection at all reasonable times. Such inspection shall be for the purpose of communicating with holders in the interest of the business of the Company or a matter relating to the Deposit Agreement.

 

7

Exhibit 4(a)(i)(a)

TRUST DEED

EXECUTION VERSION

14 SEPTEMBER 2020

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

(the Issuer)

and

SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED

and

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED

(together, the Guarantors)

and

HSBC CORPORATE TRUSTEE COMPANY (UK) LIMITED

(the Trustee)

 

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST DEED

relating to a £3,000,000,000

EURO MEDIUM TERM NOTE PROGRAMME

 

 

 

 

LOGO


CONTENTS

 

CLAUSE

   PAGE  

1.

 

DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

     2  

2.

 

AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF THE NOTES

     11  

3.

 

COVENANT TO REPAY

     12  

4.

 

GUARANTEE

     14  

5.

 

THE NOTES

     16  

6.

 

CANCELLATION OF NOTES AND RECORDS

     18  

7.

 

COVENANT TO COMPLY WITH THE TRUST DEED

     19  

8.

 

COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTORS

     19  

9.

 

AMENDMENTS AND SUBSTITUTION

     25  

10.

 

BREACH

     29  

11.

 

ENFORCEMENT

     29  

12.

 

APPLICATION OF MONEYS

     30  

13.

 

TERMS OF APPOINTMENT

     33  

14.

 

COSTS AND EXPENSES

     40  

15.

 

APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT

     44  

16.

 

NOTICES

     45  

17.

 

LAW AND JURISDICTION

     47  

18.

 

SEVERABILITY

     47  

19.

 

CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

     47  

20.

 

COUNTERPARTS

     47  

SCHEDULE 1 TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES

     48  

SCHEDULE 2 FORM OF GLOBAL NOTES

     79  

SCHEDULE 3 PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS

     109  

 

Page I


THIS AMENDED AND RESTATED TRUST DEED is made on 14 September 2020 (this Trust Deed)

BETWEEN

 

(1)

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC (the Issuer);

 

(2)

SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED (Six Continents);

 

(3)

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED (InterContinental, and together with Six Continents, the Guarantors); and

 

(4)

HSBC CORPORATE TRUSTEE COMPANY (UK) LIMITED (the Trustee, which expression includes, where the context admits, all persons for the time being the trustee or trustees of this Trust Deed).

WHEREAS

(A) The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee are party to a trust deed dated 27 November 2009, as supplemented by the first supplemental trust deed dated 7 July 2011, the second supplemental trust deed dated 9 November 2012, the third supplemental trust deed dated 16 June 2015 and as amended and restated by the third amended and restated trust deed dated 11 August 2016 (the Principal Trust Deed) relating to the Euro Medium Term Note Programme established by the Issuer, pursuant to which, the Issuer may issue from time to time Notes as set out herein (the Programme). The Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee desire to amend and restate the Principal Trust Deed in its entirety as set forth in this Trust Deed.

(B) The Trustee has agreed to act as trustee of this Trust Deed on the following terms and conditions.

(C) Notes up to a maximum nominal amount from time to time outstanding of £3,000,000,000 (subject to increase as provided in the Dealer Agreement (as defined below)) (the Authorised Amount) may be issued pursuant to the Programme. Any Notes issued under the Programme on or after the date hereof shall be issued pursuant to this Trust Deed. This does not affect any Notes issued under the Programme or any rights or obligations accrued or incurred under the Principal Trust Deed prior to the date of this Trust Deed.

NOW THIS TRUST DEED WITNESSES AND IT IS HEREBY DECLARED as follows:

1. DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION

1.1 Definitions

In this Trust Deed the following expressions have the following meanings:

Additional Rating Agency means Moody’s and Fitch;

 

Page 2


Agency Agreement means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the amended and restated agency agreement dated 14 September 2020 (as further amended, modified and restated from time to time) between the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and HSBC Bank plc as Principal Paying Agent appointing the initial Paying Agent and the Calculation Agent in relation to such Series and any other agreement for the time being in force appointing Successor paying agents or a Successor calculation agent in relation to such Series, together with any agreement for the time being in force amending or modifying with the prior written approval of the Trustee any of the aforesaid agreements in relation to such Series;

Agents means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the Principal Paying Agent, the other Paying Agents, the Calculation Agent or any of them;

Appointee means any attorney, manager, agent, delegate, nominee, custodian, receiver or other person appointed by the Trustee under this Trust Deed;

Auditors means the auditors for the time being of the Issuer or, as the case may be, a Guarantor and, in the event of any of them being unable or unwilling to carry out any action requested of them pursuant to this Trust Deed, means such other firm of chartered accountants in England as may be nominated in writing by the Trustee for the purpose;

Authorised Signatory means any person who (a) is a Director of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor or (b) has been notified to the Trustee by any such Director as being an Authorised Signatory pursuant to sub-clause 8(p) (Authorised Signatories);

Calculation Agent means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the institution at its Specified Office initially appointed as calculation agent in relation to such Notes pursuant to the Agency Agreement and/or, if applicable, Successor calculation agent in relation to such Notes at its Specified office;

CGN Permanent Global Note means a Permanent Global Note representing Notes for which the relevant Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable;

CGN Temporary Global Note means a Temporary Global Note representing Notes for which the relevant Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable;

Change of Control has the meaning given to such term in Condition 2(a) (Interpretation - Definitions);

Clearstream means Clearstream Banking SA;

the Code means the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986;

Common Safekeeper means an ICSD in its capacity as common safekeeper or a person nominated by the ICSDs to perform the role of common safekeeper;

 

Page 3


Conditions means the terms and conditions to be endorsed on, or incorporated by reference in, the Notes of any Series, in the form set out in Schedule 1 or in such other form, having regard to the terms of the Notes of the relevant Series, as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Principal Paying Agent, the Trustee and the relevant Dealer(s) as modified and supplemented by the Final Terms(s) applicable to such Series, as any of the same may from time to time be modified in accordance with this Trust Deed and any reference in this Trust Deed to a particular numbered Condition shall be construed in relation to the Notes of such Series accordingly;

Contractual Currency means, in relation to any payment obligation of any Note, the currency in which that payment obligation is expressed and, in relation to Clause 14.1 (Remuneration), pounds sterling or such other currency as may be agreed between the Issuer and the Trustee from time to time;

Couponholder means the holder of a Coupon;

Coupons means any bearer interest coupons in or substantially in the form set out in Part E of Schedule 2 appertaining to the Notes of any Series and for the time being outstanding or, as the context may require, a specific number thereof and includes any replacement Coupons issued pursuant to Condition 14 (Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons) and, where the context so permits, the Talons appertaining to the Notes of such Series;

Dealer Agreement means the agreement between the Issuer and the Dealers named therein concerning the purchase of Notes to be issued pursuant to the Programme as amended from time to time or any restatement thereof for the time being in force;

Dealers means any person appointed as a Dealer by the Dealer Agreement and any other person which the Issuer may appoint as a Dealer and notice of whose appointment has been given to the Principal Paying Agent and the Trustee by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Dealer Agreement but excluding any entity whose appointment has been terminated in accordance with the terms of the Dealer Agreement and notice of whose termination has been given to the Principal Paying Agent and the Trustee by the Issuer in accordance with the provisions of the Dealer Agreement and references to the relevant Dealer(s) mean, in relation to any Note, the Dealer(s) with whom the Issuer has agreed the issue and purchase of such Note;

Director means any Director of the Issuer or, as the case may be, a Guarantor, from time to time;

Drawdown Prospectus means a prospectus specific to a Tranche of Notes which may be constituted either (a) by a single document or (b) by a registration document a securities note;

Euroclear means Euroclear Bank SA/NV;

Event of Default means any one of the circumstances described in Condition 12 (Events of Default);

 

Page 4


Extraordinary Resolution has the meaning set out in Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders);

FATCA means Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code (including any regulations thereunder or official interpretation thereof), intergovernmental agreements between the United States and other jurisdictions facilitating the implementation thereof, and any law implementing any such intergovernmental agreement;

FATCA Information has the meaning given to it in Clause 8(ff);

FATCA Withholding means any withholding or deduction required pursuant to an agreement described in Section 1471(b) of the Code or otherwise imposed pursuant to FATCA;

Final Terms has the meaning ascribed to it in the Dealer Agreement;

Fitch means Fitch Ratings Ltd or any successor;

Fixed Rate Note means a Note on which interest is calculated at a fixed rate payable in arrear on a fixed date or dates in each year and on redemption or on such other dates as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the relevant Dealer(s) (as indicated in the relevant Final Terms);

Floating Rate Note means a Note on which interest is calculated at a floating rate payable at intervals of one, two, three, six or twelve months or at such other intervals as may be agreed between the Issuer, the Guarantors and the relevant Dealer(s) (as indicated in the relevant Final Terms);

FSMA means the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000;

Global Note means a CGN Temporary Global Note, a CGN Permanent Global Note, an NGN Temporary Global Note or an NGN Permanent Global Note;

ICSDs means Clearstream and Euroclear;

Issue Date means, in relation to any Note, the date of issue of such Note pursuant to the Dealer Agreement or any other relevant agreement between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s);

Interest Commencement Date means, in relation to any interest-bearing Note, the date specified in the relevant Final Terms from which such Note bears interest or, if no such date is specified therein, the Issue Date;

Liabilities or Liability means any loss, damage, cost, charge, claim, demand, expense, judgment, action, proceeding or other liability whatsoever (including, without limitation, in respect of taxes, duties, levies, imposts and other charges) and including any value added tax or similar tax charged or chargeable in respect thereof and legal fees and expenses on a full indemnity basis;

London Stock Exchange means the London Stock Exchange plc;

 

Page 5


Material Subsidiary has the meaning set out in Condition 2(a) (Interpretation - Definitions);

Moody’s means Moody’s Investors Services Limited or any successor;

NGN Permanent Global Note means a Permanent Global Note representing Notes for which the relevant Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable;

NGN Temporary Global Note means a Temporary Global Note representing Notes for which the relevant Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable;

Noteholder and (in relation to a Note) holder means the bearer of a Note;

Notes means the bearer notes of each Series constituted in relation to or by this Trust Deed which shall be in or substantially in the form set out in Schedule 2 and, for the time being outstanding or, as the case may be, a specific number thereof and includes any replacement Notes of such Series issued pursuant to Condition 14 (Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons) and (except for the purposes of Clause 5.1 (Global Notes) and 5.3 (Signature)) each Global Note in respect of such Series for so long as it has not been exchanged in accordance with the terms thereof;

outstanding means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, all the Notes of such Series other than:

 

(a)

those which have been redeemed in accordance with this Trust Deed;

 

(b)

those in respect of which the date for redemption in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions has occurred and for which the redemption moneys (including all interest accrued thereon to the date for such redemption) have been duly paid to the Trustee or the Principal Paying Agent in the manner provided for in the Agency Agreement (and, where appropriate, notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices)) and remain available for payment in accordance with the Conditions;

 

(c)

those which have been purchased and surrendered for cancellation as provided in Condition 9(k) (Redemption and Purchase—Cancellation) and notice of the cancellation of which has been given to the Trustee;

 

(d)

those which have become void under Condition 13 (Prescription);

 

(e)

those mutilated or defaced Notes which have been surrendered or cancelled and in respect of which replacement Notes have been issued pursuant to Condition 14 (Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons); or

 

(f)

(for the purpose only of ascertaining the aggregate nominal amount of Notes outstanding and without prejudice to the status for any other purpose of the relevant Notes) those Notes which are alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed and in respect of which replacements have been issued pursuant to Condition 14 (Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons);

 

Page 6


provided that for each of the following purposes, namely:

 

  (i)

the right to attend and vote at any meeting of the holders of Notes of any Series;

 

  (ii)

the determination of how many and which Notes of any Series are for the time being outstanding for the purposes of Clauses 11.1 (Legal Proceedings) and 9.1 (Waiver), Conditions 12 (Events of Default) and 16 (Meetings of Noteholders; Modification and Waiver) and Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders);

 

  (iii)

any discretion, power or authority, whether contained in this Trust Deed or provided by law, which the Trustee is required to exercise in or by reference to the interests of the holders of the Notes of any Series or any of them; and

 

  (iv)

the determination by the Trustee whether any event, circumstance, matter or timing is, in its opinion, materially prejudicial to the interests of the holders of the Notes of any Series;

those Notes (if any) of the relevant Series which are for the time being held by any person (including but not limited to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary) for the benefit of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary shall (unless and until ceasing to be so held) be deemed not to remain outstanding;

Paying Agents means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the several institutions (including, where the context permits, the Principal Paying Agent) at their respective Specified Offices appointed pursuant to the relative Agency Agreement and/or, if applicable, any additional and/or Successor paying agents in relation to such Series at their respective Specified Offices;

Permanent Global Note means, in relation to any Series, a Global Note to be issued pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Global Notes) in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part B of Schedule 2;

Potential Event of Default means an event or circumstance which could, with the giving of notice, lapse of time, the issuing of a certificate and/or fulfilment of any other requirement provided for in Condition 12 (Events of Default), become an Event of Default;

Principal Paying Agent means, in relation to the Notes of any Series, the institution at its Specified Office initially appointed as issuing and principal paying agent in relation to such Series pursuant to the relative Agency Agreement or, if applicable, any Successor principal paying agent in relation to such Series at its Specified Office;

Put Option has the meaning given to such term in Condition 9(f) (Redemption and Purchase – Redemption at the option of Noteholders);

 

Page 7


Rating Agency means S&P or any of its respective successors or any Substitute Rating Agency and, for the purposes of Condition 9(g) (Redemption and Purchase – Change of Control Redemption), includes any Additional Rating Agency;

Relevant Date has the meaning ascribed to it in Condition 2(a) (Interpretation - Definitions);

Reserved Matter has the meaning set out in paragraph 1 of Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders);

repay includes redeem and vice versa and repaid, repayable, repayment, redeemed, redeemable and redemption shall be construed accordingly;

Series means a Tranche of Notes together with any further Tranche or Tranches of Notes expressed to be consolidated and form a single series with the Notes of the original Tranche and the terms of which are identical (save for the issue Date and/or the Interest Commencement Date but including as to whether or not the Notes are listed);

Specified Office means, in relation to any Agent in respect of any Series, either the office identified with its name in Condition 2(a) (Interpretation—Definitions) of such Series or any other office notified to any relevant parties pursuant to the Agency Agreement;

Subsidiary has the meaning set out in Condition 2(a) (Interpretation—Definitions);

Substitute Rating Agency means any rating agency of international standing substituted for the Rating Agency by the Issuer from time to time with the prior written approval of the Trustee, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

Successor means, in relation to the Paying Agents, such other or further person as may from time to time be appointed pursuant to the Agency Agreement as a Paying Agent;

Successor in Business means in respect of a company (the Original Company):

 

(a)

a company or other entity to whom the Original Company validly and effectually, in accordance with all enactments, orders and regulations in force for the time being and from time to time, transfers the whole or substantially the whole of its business, undertaking and assets for the purpose of assuming and conducting the business of the Original Company in its place; or

 

(b)

any other entity which acquires in any other manner the whole or substantially the whole of the undertaking, property and assets of the Original Company and carries on as a successor to the Original Company the whole or substantially the whole of the business carried on by the Original Company prior thereto;

S&P means S&P Global Ratings Europe Limited or any successor;

 

Page 8


Talonholder means the holder of a Talon;

Talons means any bearer talons appertaining to the Notes of any Series or, as the context may require, a specific number thereof and includes any replacement Talons issued pursuant to Condition 14 (Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons);

Temporary Global Note means, in relation to any Series, a Global Note to be issued pursuant to Clause 5.1 (Global Notes) in the form or substantially in the form set out in Part A of Schedule 2;

this Trust Deed means this Trust Deed and the Schedules (as from time to time modified in accordance with the provisions contained herein) and (unless the context requires otherwise) includes any deed or other document executed in accordance with the provisions hereof (as from time to time modified as aforesaid) and expressed to be supplemental hereto;

Tranche means all Notes of the same Series with the same Issue Date and Interest Commencement Date;

Trustee Acts means both the Trustee Act 1925 and the Trustee Act 2000 of England and Wales;

Written Resolution means, in relation to any Series, a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of the holders of 75 per cent. of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes of such Series for the time being outstanding, whether contained in one document or several documents in like form, each signed by or on behalf of one or more such Noteholders; and

Zero Coupon Note means a Note on which no interest is payable.

1.2 Principles of interpretation

In this Trust Deed:

 

(a)

Statutory modification: a provision of any statute shall be deemed also to refer to any statutory modification, amendment or re-enactment thereof or any statutory instrument, order or regulation made thereunder or under such modification, amendment or re-enactment;

 

(b)

Additional amounts: principal and/or interest in respect of the Notes of any Series shall be deemed also to include references to any additional amounts, any redemption amounts and any premium which may be payable under the Conditions;

 

(c)

Relevant Currency: relevant currency shall be construed as a reference to the currency in which payments in respect of the Notes and/or Coupons of the relevant Series are to be made as indicated in the relevant Final Terms;

 

(d)

Tax: costs, charges or expenses shall include any value added tax or similar tax charged or chargeable in respect thereof;

 

Page 9


(e)

Enforcement of rights: an action, remedy or method of judicial proceedings for the enforcement of rights of creditors shall include, in respect of any jurisdiction other than England, references to such action, remedy or method of judicial proceedings for the enforcement of rights of creditors available or appropriate in such jurisdictions as shall most nearly approximate thereto;

 

(f)

Clauses and Schedules: a Schedule or a Clause, sub-clause, paragraph or sub-paragraph is, unless otherwise stated, to a schedule hereto or a clause, sub-clause, paragraph or sub-paragraph hereof respectively;

 

(g)

Clearing systems: Euroclear and/or Clearstream shall, wherever the context so admits (but not in the case of any Notes in NGN form), be deemed to include references to any additional or alternative clearing system approved by the Issuer and the Trustee;

 

(h)

Trust corporation: a trust corporation denotes a corporation entitled by rules made under the Public Trustee Act 1906 to act as a custodian trustee or entitled pursuant to any other legislation applicable to a trustee in any jurisdiction other than England to act as trustee and carry on trust business under the laws of the country of its incorporation;

 

(i)

Gender: words denoting the masculine gender shall include the feminine gender also, words denoting individuals shall include companies, corporations and partnerships, words importing the singular number shall include the plural and, in each case, vice versa;

 

(j)

Records: any reference to the records of an ICSD shall be to the records that each of the ICSDs holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customers’ interests in the Notes (but excluding any interest in any Notes of one ICSD shown in the records of another ICSD);

 

(k)

Drawdown Prospectus: each reference to Final Terms shall, in the case of a Series of Notes which is the subject of a Drawdown Prospectus be read and construed as a reference to the final terms of the Notes set out in such Drawdown Prospectus;

 

(l)

Guarantees: all references in this Trust Deed to guarantees or to an obligation being guaranteed shall be deemed to include respectively references to indemnities or to an indemnity being given in respect thereof; and

 

(m)

Proceedings: all references in these presents to taking proceedings against the Issuer and/or the Guarantors shall be deemed to include references to proving in the winding up of the Issuer and/or any Guarantor (as the case may be).

1.3 The Conditions

In this Trust Deed, unless the context requires or the same are otherwise defined, words and expressions defined in the Conditions and not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning in this Trust Deed.

 

Page 10


1.4 Headings

The headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Trust Deed.

1.5 The Schedules

The schedules are part of this Trust Deed and shall have effect accordingly.

1.6 Written Notices/Approvals

Any reference to a written notice or approval being given by the Trustee shall, for the avoidance of doubt, be deemed to include such notice being given by email.

2. AMOUNT AND ISSUE OF THE NOTES

2.1 Amount of the Notes

The Notes will be issued in Series in an aggregate nominal amount from time to time outstanding not exceeding the Authorised Amount and, for the purpose of determining such aggregate nominal amount, Clause 14 of the Dealer Agreement shall apply.

2.2 Prior to each Issue Date

By not later than 3.00 p.m. (London time) on the fourth business day in London (which for this purpose shall be a day on which commercial banks are open for business in London) preceding each proposed Issue Date, the Issuer shall:

 

(a)

deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee a draft of the relevant Final Terms and, if applicable, notify the Trustee of any proposed changes to the draft Final Terms delivered to the Trustee; and

 

(b)

notify the Trustee in writing without delay of the Issue Date and the nominal amount of the Notes of the relevant Tranche.

For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall not be required in any case to approve such Final Terms.

2.3 Constitution of Notes

Upon the issue of the Temporary Global Note, initially representing the Notes of any Tranche, such Notes shall become constituted by this Trust Deed without further formality.

2.4 Further legal opinions

After each anniversary of this Trust Deed and prior to the first issue of any Notes, on each occasion when a legal opinion is delivered to a Dealer pursuant to Clause 5.11 of the Dealer Agreement and on such other occasions as the Trustee so requests, the Issuer will procure, at no cost to the Trustee, that further legal opinions in such form and with such content as the Trustee may require from the legal advisers specified in

 

Page 11


the Dealer Agreement or in the relevant jurisdiction approved by the Trustee are delivered to the Trustee, provided that the Trustee shall not be required to approve the applicable legal opinions. In each such case, receipt by the Trustee of the relevant opinion shall be a condition precedent to the issue of Notes pursuant to this Trust Deed.

3. COVENANT TO REPAY

3.1 Covenant to repay

The Issuer covenants with the Trustee that it shall, as and when the Notes of any Series or any of them become due to be redeemed or any principal on the Notes of any Series or any of them becomes due to be repaid in accordance with the Conditions, unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee in immediately available freely transferable funds in the relevant currency the principal amount of the Notes of such Series or any of them becoming due for payment on that date and shall (subject to the provisions of the Conditions and except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes), until all such payments (both before and after judgment or other order of a court of competent jurisdiction) are duly made, unconditionally pay or procure to be paid to or to the order of the Trustee as aforesaid on the dates provided for in the Conditions interest (which shall accrue from day to day) on the principal amount (or such other amount as may be specified in the Final Terms) of the Notes or any of them of such Series outstanding from time to time as set out in the Conditions (subject to Clause 3.3 (Interest on Floating Rate Notes following Event of Default)) provided that:

 

(a)

every payment of principal, interest or other sum due in respect of such Notes or any of them made to the Principal Paying Agent in the manner provided in the Agency Agreement shall satisfy pro tanto, to the extent of such payment, the relevant covenant by the Issuer contained in this Clause except to the extent that there is default in the subsequent payment thereof to the relevant Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be) in accordance with the Conditions;

 

(b)

if any payment of principal or interest in respect of such Notes or any of them is made after the due date, payment shall be deemed not to have been made until either the full amount is paid to the relevant Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be) or, if earlier, the seventh day after notice has been given to the relevant Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions that the full amount has been received by the Principal Paying Agent or the Trustee except, in the case of payment to the Principal Paying Agent, to the extent that there is failure in the subsequent payment to the Noteholders or Couponholders (as the case may be) under the Conditions; and

 

(c)

in any case where payment of the whole or any part of the principal amount due in respect of any Note is improperly withheld or refused upon due presentation of the relevant Note interest shall accrue on the whole or such part of such principal amount (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes, to which the provision of Condition 8 (Zero Coupon Note Provisions) shall apply) from the date of such withholding or refusal until the date either on

 

Page 12


  which such principal amount due is paid to the relevant Noteholders or, if earlier, the seventh day after which notice is given to the relevant Noteholders in accordance with the Conditions that the full amount payable in respect of the said principal amount is available for collection by the relevant Noteholders provided that on further due presentation of the relevant Note such payment is in fact made.

The Trustee will hold the benefit of this covenant and the other covenants in this Trust Deed on trust for the Noteholders in accordance with their respective interests.

3.2 Following an Event of Default

At any time after any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall have occurred or the Notes of all or any Series shall otherwise have become due and repayable or the Trustee shall have received any money which it proposes to pay under Clause 12 (Application of Moneys) to the relevant Noteholders and/or Couponholders, the Trustee may:

 

(a)

by notice in writing to the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Principal Paying Agent and the other Agents require the Principal Paying Agent and the other Agents or any of them:

 

  (i)

to act thereafter, until otherwise instructed by the Trustee, as Agents of the Trustee under the provisions of this Trust Deed on the terms provided in the Agency Agreement (with consequential amendments as necessary and save that the Trustee’s liability under any provisions thereof for the indemnification, remuneration and payment of out-of-pocket expenses of the Agents shall be limited to amounts for the time being held by the Trustee on the trusts of this Trust Deed in relation to the Notes on the terms of this Trust Deed and available to the Trustee for such purpose) and thereafter to hold all Notes and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes and Coupons on behalf of the Trustee; and/or

 

  (ii)

to deliver up all Notes and Coupons and all sums, documents and records held by them in respect of Notes and Coupons to the Trustee or as the Trustee shall direct in such notice provided that such notice shall be deemed not to apply to any document or record which the relevant Agent is obliged not to release by any law or regulation; and

 

(b)

by notice in writing to the Issuer and the Guarantors require each of them to make all subsequent payments in respect of Notes and Coupons to or to the order of the Trustee and, with effect from the issue of any such notice until such notice is withdrawn, proviso 3.1(a) to Clause 3.1 (Covenant to repay) and (so far as it concerns payments by the Issuer and the Guarantors) Clause 12.3 (Payments to Noteholders and Couponholders) shall cease to have effect.

 

Page 13


3.3 Interest on Floating Rate Notes following Event of Default

If Floating Rate Notes become immediately due and repayable under Condition 12 (Events of Default) the rate and/or amount of interest payable in respect of them will be calculated at the same intervals as if such Notes had not become due and repayable, the first of which will commence on the expiry of the Interest Period (as defined in the Conditions) during which the Notes of the relevant Series become so due and repayable in accordance with Condition 12 (Events of Default) (with consequential amendments as necessary) except that the rates of interest need not be published.

3.4 Currency of payments

All payments in respect of, under and in connection with this Trust Deed and the Notes to the relevant Noteholders and Couponholders shall be made in the relevant currency as required by the Conditions.

3.5 Separate Series

The Notes of each Series shall form a separate Series of Notes and accordingly, unless for any purpose the Trustee in its absolute discretion shall otherwise determine, all the provisions of this Trust Deed shall apply mutatis mutandis separately and independently to the Notes of each Series and in such Clauses and Schedule the expressions “Notes”, “Noteholders”, “Coupons”, “Couponholders”, “Talons” and “Talonholders” shall be construed accordingly.

4. GUARANTEE

4.1 The Guarantors hereby irrevocably and unconditionally and on a joint and several basis, and notwithstanding the release of any other guarantor or any other person under the terms of any composition or arrangement with any creditors of the Issuer, guarantee to the Trustee:

 

(a)

the due and punctual payment in accordance with the provisions of this Trust Deed of the principal of and premium (if any) and interest on the Notes and of any other amounts payable by the Issuer under this Trust Deed; and

 

(b)

the due and punctual performance and observance by the Issuer of each of the other provisions of this Trust Deed on the Issuer’s part to be performed or observed.

4.2 If the Issuer fails for any reason whatsoever punctually to pay any such principal, premium, interest or other amount, the Guarantors shall cause each and every such payment to be made as if the Guarantors instead of the Issuer were expressed to be the primary obligor under this Trust Deed and not merely as surety (but without affecting the nature of the Issuer’s obligations) to the intent that the holder of the relevant Note or Coupon or the Trustee (as the case may be) shall receive the same amounts in respect of principal, premium, interest or such other amount as would have been receivable had such payments been made by the Issuer.

 

Page 14


4.3 If any payment received by the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder under the provisions of this Trust Deed shall (whether on the subsequent bankruptcy, insolvency or corporate reorganisation of the Issuer or, without limitation, on any other event) be avoided or set aside for any reason, such payment shall not be considered as discharging or diminishing the liability of the Guarantors and this guarantee shall continue to apply as if such payment had at all times remained owing by the Issuer and the Guarantors shall indemnify the Trustee and the Noteholders and/or Couponholders (as the case may be) in respect thereof provided that the obligations of the Issuer and/or the Guarantors under this sub-clause shall, as regards each payment made to the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder which is avoided or set aside, be contingent upon such payment being reimbursed to the Issuer or other persons entitled through the Issuer.

4.4 Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that its obligations under this Clause shall be unconditional and that it shall be fully liable irrespective of the validity, regularity, legality or enforceability against the Issuer of, or of any defence or counter-claim whatsoever available to the Issuer in relation to, its obligations under this Trust Deed, whether or not any action has been taken to enforce the same or any judgment obtained against the Issuer, whether or not any of the other provisions of this Trust Deed have been modified, whether or not any time, indulgence, wavier, authorisation or consent has been granted to the Issuer by or on behalf of the Noteholders or the Couponholders or the Trustee, whether or not any determination has been made by the Trustee pursuant to Clause 9 (Amendments and Substitution) whether or not there have been any dealings or transactions between the Issuer, any of the Noteholders or Couponholders or the Trustee, whether or not the Issuer has been dissolved, liquidated, merged, consolidated, bankrupted or has changed its status, functions, control or ownership, whether or not the Issuer has been prevented from making payment by foreign exchange provisions applicable at its place of registration or incorporation and whether or not any other circumstances have occurred which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge of or defence to any guarantor. Accordingly, the validity of this guarantee shall not be affected by reason of any invalidity, irregularity, illegality or unenforceability of all or any of the obligations of the Issuer under this Trust Deed and this guarantee shall not be discharged nor shall the liability of a Guarantor under this Trust Deed be affected by any act, thing or omission or means whatever whereby its liability would not have been discharged if it had been the principal debtor.

4.5 Without prejudice to the provisions of Clause 11 (Enforcement) the Trustee may determine from time to time whether or not it will enforce this guarantee which it may do without making any demand of or taking any proceedings against the Issuer and may from time to time make any arrangement or compromise with the Guarantors in relation to this guarantee which the Trustee may consider expedient in the interests of the Noteholders.

4.6 The Guarantors waive diligence, presentment, demand of payment, filing of claims with a court in the event of dissolution, liquidation, merger or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to this Trust Deed or the indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever and covenants that this guarantee shall be a continuing guarantee, shall

 

Page 15


extend to the ultimate balance of all sums payable and obligations owed by the Issuer under this Trust Deed, shall not be discharged except by complete performance of the obligations in this Trust Deed and is additional to, and not instead of, any security or other guarantee or indemnity at any time existing in favour of any person, whether from the Guarantors or otherwise.

4.7 If any moneys shall become payable by the Guarantors under this guarantee the Guarantors shall not, so long as the same remain unpaid, without the prior written consent of the Trustee:

 

(a)

in respect of any amounts paid by it under these guarantees, exercise any rights of subrogation or contribution or, without limitation, any other right or remedy which may accrue to it in respect of or as a result of any such payment; or

 

(b)

in respect of any other moneys for the time being due to the Guarantors by the Issuer, claim payment thereof or exercise any other right or remedy.

(including in either case claiming the benefit of any security or right of set-off or, on the liquidation of the Issuer, proving in competition with the Trustee). If, notwithstanding the foregoing, upon the bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of the Issuer, any payment or distribution of assets of the Issuer of any kind or character, whether in cash, property or securities, shall be received by the Guarantors before payment in full of all amounts payable under this Trust Deed shall have been made to the Noteholders, the Couponholders and the Trustee, such payment or distribution shall be received by the Guarantors on trust to pay the same over immediately to the Trustee for application in or towards the payment of all sums due and unpaid under this Trust Deed in accordance with Clause 12 (Application of Moneys).

4.8 Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Issuer under this Trust Deed have been irrevocably paid in full, the Trustee may:

 

(a)

refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or received by the Trustee in respect of those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit (whether against those amounts or otherwise), and the Guarantors shall not be entitled to the benefit of the same; and

 

(b)

hold in a suspense account any moneys received from the Guarantors or an account of the Guarantors’ liability under this guarantee, without liability to pay interest on those moneys.

5. THE NOTES

5.1 Global Notes

 

(a)

The Notes of each Tranche will initially be together represented by a Temporary Global Note. Each Temporary Global Note shall (save as may be specified in the relevant Final Terms) be exchangeable, in accordance with its terms, for interests in a Permanent Global Note or Notes in definitive form together with, where applicable, (except in the case of Zero Coupon Notes) Coupons, and where applicable Talons attached.

 

Page 16


(b)

Each Permanent Global Note shall be exchangeable, in accordance with its terms, for Notes in definitive form.

All Global Notes shall be prepared, completed and delivered to a common depositary (in the case of a CGN) or common safekeeper (in the case of a NGN) for Euroclear and Clearstream in accordance with the provisions of the Dealer Agreement or to another appropriate depositary in accordance with any other agreement between the Issuer and the relevant Dealer(s) and, in each case, the Agency Agreement.

5.2 Notes in definitive form

Notes in definitive form will be security printed in accordance with applicable legal and stock exchange requirements substantially in the form set out in Part C of Schedule 2. Any Coupons and Talons will also be security printed in accordance with the same requirements and will be attached to the Notes in definitive form at the time of issue. Notes in definitive form will be endorsed with the Conditions and shall have endorsed thereon or attached thereto a copy of the applicable Final Terms (or the relevant provisions thereof).

5.3 Signature

The Global Notes and the Notes in definitive form will be signed electronically, manually or in facsimile by a duly authorised person designated by the Issuer and will be authenticated electronically or manually by or on behalf of the Principal Paying Agent and if applicable, will be effectuated electronically or manually by or on behalf of the Common Safekeeper. The Issuer may use the electronic or facsimile signature of a person who at the date such signature was originally produced was such a duly authorised person even if at the time of issue of any Global Note or Note in definitive form he is no longer so authorised. Global Notes and Notes in definitive form so executed, duly authenticated and, if applicable, duly effectuated will be binding and valid obligations of the Issuer and title thereto shall pass by delivery.

5.4 Entitlement to treat holder as owner

The Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any Paying Agent may deem and treat the holder of any Note and the holder of any Coupon as the absolute owner of such Note or Coupon, as the case may be, free of any equity, set-off or counterclaim on the part of the Issuer or any Guarantor against the original or any intermediate holder of such Note or Coupon (whether or not such Note or Coupon shall be overdue and notwithstanding any notation of ownership or other writing thereon or any notice of previous loss or theft of such Note or Coupon) for all purposes and, except as ordered by a court of competent jurisdiction or as required by applicable law, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and any Paying Agent shall not be affected by any notice to the contrary. All payments made to any such holder shall be valid and, to the extent of the sums so paid, effective to satisfy and discharge the liability for the moneys payable upon the Notes.

 

Page 17


5.5 Further Notes

The Issuer shall be at liberty from time to time (but subject always to the provisions of this Trust Deed) without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders to create and issue further Notes having terms and conditions the same as the Notes of any Series (or the same in all respects save for the amount and date of the first payment of interest thereon) and so that the same shall be consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding Notes of a particular Series.

6. CANCELLATION OF NOTES AND RECORDS

6.1 The Issuer shall procure that all Notes issued by it which are (a) redeemed or (b) purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer, a Guarantor or any Subsidiary and surrendered for cancellation or (c) which, being mutilated or defaced, have been surrendered and replaced pursuant to Condition 14 (Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons) (together in each case, in the case of Definitive Notes, with all unmatured Coupons attached thereto or delivered therewith), and all Coupons paid in accordance with the relevant Conditions or which, being mutilated or defaced, have been surrendered and replaced pursuant to Condition 14 (Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons), shall forthwith be cancelled by or on behalf of the Issuer and a certificate stating:

 

  (i)

the aggregate nominal amount of Notes which have been redeemed and the aggregate amounts in respect of Coupons which have been paid;

 

  (ii)

the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form;

 

  (iii)

the total numbers (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of such Coupons;

 

  (iv)

the aggregate amount of interest paid (and the due dates of such payments) on Global Notes;

 

  (v)

the aggregate nominal amount of Notes (if any) which have been purchased by or on behalf of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary and cancelled and the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form and, in the case of Notes in definitive form, the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of the Coupons and Talons attached thereto or surrendered therewith;

 

  (vi)

the aggregate nominal amounts of Notes and the aggregate amounts in respect of Coupons which have been so surrendered and replaced and the serial numbers of such Notes in definitive form and the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of such Coupons and Talons;

 

  (vii)

the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of the unmatured Coupons missing from Notes in definitive form bearing interest at a fixed rate which have been redeemed or surrendered and replaced and the serial numbers of the Notes in definitive form to which such missing unmatured Coupons appertained; and

 

Page 18


  (viii)

the total number (where applicable, of each denomination) by maturity date of Talons which have been exchanged for further Coupons,

shall be given to the Trustee by or on behalf of the Issuer as soon as possible and in any event within one month after the end of each calendar quarter during which any such redemption, purchase, payment, exchange or replacement (as the case may be) takes place. The Trustee may accept such certificate as conclusive evidence of redemption, purchase, payment, exchange or replacement pro tanto of the Notes or payment of interest thereon or exchange of the relative Talons respectively and of cancellation of the relative Notes and Coupons.

6.2 The Issuer shall procure (a) that the Principal Paying Agent shall keep a full and complete record of all Notes, Coupons and Talons issued by it (other than serial numbers of Coupons) and of their redemption, any cancellation or any payment (as the case may be) and of all replacement notes, coupons or talons issued in substitution for lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed Notes, Coupons or Talons, (b) that the Principal Paying Agent shall in respect of the Coupons of each maturity retain (in the case of Coupons other than Talons) until the expiry of ten years from the Relevant Date in respect of such Coupons and (in the case of Talons indefinitely) either all paid or exchanged Coupons of that maturity or a list of the serial numbers of Coupons of that maturity still remaining unpaid or unexchanged and (c) that such records and Coupons (if any) shall be made available to the Trustee at all reasonable times.

7. COVENANT TO COMPLY WITH THE TRUST DEED

7.1 Covenant to comply with the Trust Deed

Each of the Issuer and each Guarantor severally covenants with the Trustee to comply with those provisions of this Trust Deed and the Conditions which are expressed to be binding on it and to perform and observe the same. The Notes and the Coupons are subject to the provisions contained in this Trust Deed, all of which shall be binding upon the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Noteholders, the Couponholders and all persons claiming through or under them respectively. The Trustee shall hold the benefit of this covenant upon trust for itself and the Noteholders and the Couponholders according to its and their respective interests.

7.2 Trustee may enforce Conditions

The Trustee shall itself be entitled to enforce the obligations of the Issuer and each Guarantor under the Notes and the Conditions as if the same were set out and contained in this Trust Deed which shall be read and construed as one document with the Notes.

8. COVENANTS BY THE ISSUER AND THE GUARANTORS

So long as any of the Notes remains outstanding, the Issuer and the Guarantors will each:

 

Page 19


(a)

Books of account: at all times keep and procure that all its Subsidiaries keep such books of account as may be necessary to comply with all applicable laws and so as to enable the financial statements of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor to be prepared and, if the Trustee, in its sole opinion, determines that it is necessary to request access to such books of account, allow the Trustee and any person appointed by it, to whom the Issuer, the relevant Guarantor or the relevant Subsidiary (as the case may be) shall have no reasonable objection, free access to the same at all reasonable times during normal business hours and to discuss the same with responsible officers of the Issuer;

 

(b)

Event of Default: give notice in writing to the Trustee forthwith of the coming into existence of any security interest which would require any security to be given to the Notes pursuant to Condition 5 (Negative Pledge) or of the occurrence of any Event of Default, Potential Event of Default, Change of Control or Change of Control Put Event and without waiting for the Trustee to take any further action;

 

(c)

Certificate of Compliance: provide to the Trustee within seven days of any request by the Trustee and at the time of the despatch to the Trustee of its annual balance sheet and profit and loss account, and in any event not later than 180 days after the end of its financial year, a certificate, signed by two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor certifying that up to a specified date not earlier than seven days prior to the date of such certificate (the Certified Date) the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor has complied with its obligations under this Trust Deed and the Notes (or, if such is not the case, giving details of the circumstances of such non-compliance) and that as at such date there did not exist nor had there existed at any time prior thereto since the Certified Date in respect of the previous such certificate (or, in the case of the first such certificate, since the date of this Trust Deed) any Event of Default, Potential Event of Default, Change of Control Put Event, Change of Control or other matter which could affect the ability of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor to perform its obligations under this Trust Deed or (if such is not the case) specifying the same;

 

(d)

Financial statements: send to the Trustee and to the Principal Paying Agent (if the same are produced) as soon as practicable after their date of publication and in the case of annual financial statements in any event not more than 180 days after the end of each financial year, two copies of the Issuer’s or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor’s consolidated annual balance sheet and profit and loss account and of every balance sheet, profit and loss account, report or other notice, statement or circular issued (or which under any legal or contractual obligation should be issued) to the members or holders of debentures or creditors (or any class of them) of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor in their capacity as such at the time of the actual (or legally or contractually required) issue or publication thereof and procure that the same are made available for inspection by Noteholders and Couponholders at the Specified Offices of the Paying Agents as soon as practicable thereafter;

 

Page 20


(e)

Information: so far as permitted by applicable law, at all times give to the Trustee such information, opinions, certificates and other evidence as it shall require in accordance with its fiduciary duties and obligations to the Noteholders and in such form as it shall require (including, without limitation, the certificates called for by the Trustee pursuant to Clause 8(c) (Certificate of Compliance) for the exercise of its duties, trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it under this Trust Deed or by operation of law;

 

(f)

Notes held by Issuer and the Guarantors: send to the Trustee forthwith upon being so requested in writing by the Trustee a certificate of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor (signed on its behalf by two Authorised Signatories) setting out the total number of Notes of each Series which at the date of such certificate are held by or for the benefit of the Issuer, the relevant Guarantor or any Subsidiary;

 

(g)

Execution of further Documents: so far as permitted by applicable law, at all times execute all such further documents and do all such further acts and things as may be necessary at any time or times in the opinion of the Trustee to give effect to the provisions of this Trust Deed;

 

(h)

Notices to Noteholders: send or procure to be sent to the Trustee not less than five business days in London prior to the date of publication (unless a shorter period is agreed between the Issuer and the Trustee), for the Trustee’s approval, one copy of each notice to be given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices) and not publish such notice without such approval (such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed and unless so expressed, not to constitute approval of such notice for the purpose of Section 21 of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000) provided that such approval shall not be required in respect of notices required to be published by applicable laws and regulations, and, upon publication of any notice to Noteholders, send to the Trustee a copy of such notice;

 

(i)

Notification of non-payment: use its reasonable endeavours to procure that the Principal Paying Agent notifies the Trustee forthwith in the event that it does not, on or before the due date for payment in respect of the Notes or Coupons of any Series or any of them receive unconditionally the full amount in the relevant currency of the moneys payable on such due date on all such Notes or Coupons;

 

(j)

Notification of late payment: in the event of the unconditional payment to the Principal Paying Agent or the Trustee of any sum due in respect of any of the Notes or the Coupons or any of them being made after the due date for payment thereof, forthwith give notice to the Noteholders that such payment has been made in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices);

 

(k)

Notification of redemption or payment: not less than the number of days specified in the relevant Condition prior to the redemption or payment date in respect of any Note or Coupon give to the Trustee notice in writing of the amount of such redemption or payment pursuant to the Conditions and duly proceed to redeem or pay such Notes or Coupons accordingly;

 

Page 21


(l)

Tax or optional redemption: if the Issuer gives notice to the Trustee that it intends to redeem the Notes pursuant to Conditions 9(b) (Redemption and Purchase – Redemption for tax reasons) and 9(c) (Redemption and Purchase – Redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer Call Option)) and prior to the Issuer giving such notice to the Noteholders, provide such information to the Trustee as the Trustee requires in order to satisfy itself of the matters referred to in such Condition;

 

(m)

Obligations of Agents: observe and comply with its obligations and use all reasonable endeavours to procure that the Agents observe and comply with all their obligations under the Agency Agreement and notify the Trustee immediately it becomes aware of any material breach or failure by an Agent in relation to the Notes or Coupons and at all times maintain Paying Agents and a Calculation Agent in accordance with the Conditions;

 

(n)

Change of taxing jurisdiction: if before the Relevant Date for any Note or Coupon the Issuer or any Guarantor shall become subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of any territory or any political sub-division thereof or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax other than or in addition to the United Kingdom, immediately upon becoming aware thereof notify the Trustee of such event and (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) enter forthwith into a trust deed supplemental hereto, giving to the Trustee an undertaking or covenant in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 11 (Taxation) with the substitution for (or, as the case may be, the addition to) the references therein to the United Kingdom of references to that other or additional territory to whose taxing jurisdiction, or that of a political subdivision thereof or an authority therein or thereof, the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor shall have become subject as aforesaid, such trust deed also to modify Condition 11 (Taxation) so that such Condition shall make reference to that other or additional territory;

 

(o)

Listing: at all times use reasonable endeavours to maintain the admission to listing, trading and/or quotation of the Notes of each Series by the relevant competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system on which they are admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation on issue as indicated in the relevant Final Terms or, if it is unable to do so having used all reasonable endeavours or, if the Trustee considers that the maintenance of such admission to listing, trading and/or quotation is agreed by the Trustee to be unduly burdensome or impractical and the Trustee is of the opinion that to do so would not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders, use reasonable endeavours to obtain and maintain admission to listing, trading and/or quotation of the Notes on such other competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system as the Issuer and the Guarantors may (with the approval of the Trustee decide and give notice of the identity of such other competent authority, stock exchange or quotation system to the Noteholders;

 

(p)

Authorised Signatories: upon the execution hereof and thereafter forthwith upon any change of the same, deliver to the Trustee (with a copy to the Principal Paying Agent) a list of the Authorised Signatories of the Issuer and each Guarantor, together with certified specimen signatures of the same;

 

Page 22


(q)

Payments: pay moneys payable by it to the Trustee hereunder without set off, counterclaim, deduction or withholding, unless otherwise compelled by law and in the event of any deduction or withholding compelled by law pay such additional amount as will result in the payment to the Trustee of the amount which would otherwise have been payable by it to the Trustee hereunder; and

 

(r)

Notification of amendment to agreements: notify the Trustee of any amendment to the Dealer Agreement, and any amendment(s) to or waiver(s) of the terms of this Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement;

 

(s)

Auditor’s certificates: cause to be prepared and certified by the Auditors in respect of each financial accounting period accounts in such form as will comply with all relevant legal and accounting requirements and all requirements for the time being of the relevant stock exchange;

 

(t)

Further documents: at all times execute and do all such further documents, acts and things as may be necessary at any time or times in the reasonable opinion of the Trustee to give effect to this Trust Deed;

 

(u)

Appointment and removal of Agents: give notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices) of any appointment, resignation or removal of any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent (other than the appointment of the initial Agents and Calculation Agent) after having obtained the prior written approval of the Trustee thereto or any change of any Paying Agent’s specified office and (except as provided by the Agency Agreement or the Conditions) at least 30 days prior to such event taking effect; provided always that so long as any of the Notes remains outstanding in the case of the termination of the appointment of the Calculation Agent or so long as any of the Notes or Coupons remains liable to prescription in the case of the termination of the appointment of the Principal Paying Agent no such termination shall take effect until a new Calculation Agent or Principal Paying Agent (as the case may be) has been appointed on terms previously approved in writing by the Trustee;

 

(v)

Subsidiaries: procure its Subsidiaries to comply with all applicable provisions of Condition 9 (Redemption and Purchase);

 

(w)

Documents available for inspection: use reasonable endeavours to procure that each Paying Agent makes available for inspection by Noteholders and Couponholders at its specified office copies of this Trust Deed, the Agency Agreement and the then latest audited balance sheet and profit and loss account (consolidated if applicable) of the Issuer and the Guarantors;

 

(x)

U.S. Paying Agent: if, in accordance with the provisions of the Conditions, interest in respect of the Notes becomes payable at the specified office of any Paying Agent in the United States of America promptly give notice thereof to the relative Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices);

 

Page 23


(y)

Dealer Agreement: promptly provide the Trustee with copies of all supplements and/or amendments and/or restatements of the Dealer Agreement;

 

(z)

List of Material Subsidiaries: give to the Trustee (i) on the date hereof and (ii) at the same time as sending to it the certificates referred to in paragraph (c) above, a certificate signed by two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer addressed to the Trustee (with a form and content satisfactory to the Trustee) listing those Subsidiaries of the Issuer which as at the date hereof, as at the Certified Date (as defined in paragraph (c) above) of the relevant certificate given under paragraph (c) above or, as the case may be, as at the first day on which the then latest audited consolidated accounts of the Issuer became available were Material Subsidiaries for the purposes of Condition 12 (Events of Default);

 

(aa)

Change in Material Subsidiaries: give to the Trustee, as soon as reasonably practicable after the acquisition or disposal of any company which thereby becomes or ceases to be a Material Subsidiary or after any transfer is made to any Subsidiary of the Issuer which thereby becomes a Material Subsidiary, a certificate by two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer addressed to the Trustee (with a form and content satisfactory to the Trustee) to such effect;

 

(bb)

Coupons: upon due surrender in accordance with the Conditions, pay the face value of all Coupons (including Coupons issued in exchange for Talons) appertaining to all Notes purchased by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other Subsidiary of the Issuer;

 

(cc)

Legal Opinions: prior to making any modification or amendment or supplement to this Trust Deed, procure the delivery of (a) legal opinion(s) as to English and any other relevant law, addressed to the Trustee, dated the date of such modification or amendment or supplement, as the case may be, and in a form acceptable to the Trustee from legal advisers acceptable to the Trustee;

 

(dd)

Euroclear and Clearstream: use all reasonable endeavours to procure that Euroclear and/or Clearstream (as the case may be) issue(s) any record, certificate or other document requested by the Trustee as soon as practicable after such request;

 

(ee)

Notice of rating downgrade: promptly notify the Trustee upon becoming aware that any of the ratings assigned to the Notes has been downgraded or withdrawn;

 

(ff)

FATCA Information: to the extent it is legally permissible to do so to take commercially reasonable efforts to provide upon request by the Trustee to the Trustee, and consents to the collection and processing by the Trustee of, any authorisations, waivers, forms, documentation and other information relating to its status and required to be collected or reported by the Trustee under FATCA (FATCA Information). The Trustee shall treat such forms, documentation or other information relating to or provided by the Issuer as confidential, but the Issuer consents, solely to the extent required for or in connection with the Trustee’s compliance with FATCA, to the disclosure,

 

Page 24


  transfer and reporting of such FATCA Information to any relevant government or taxing authority, any member of the Trustee’s Group, any sub-contractors, agents, service providers or associates of the Trustee’s Group, and a member of the Trustee’s Group, including transfers to jurisdictions which do not have strict data protection or similar laws. The Issuer agrees to inform the Trustee promptly in writing if there are any changes to the FATCA Information supplied to the Trustee from time to time;

 

(gg)

FATCA Withholding: use commercially reasonable efforts to provide to the Trustee, upon reasonable request by the Trustee, with information necessary and required for the Trustee to determine whether it is required by applicable law to make any FATCA Withholding from a payment it makes under this Agreement; and

 

(hh)

Information Reporting & Sharing: within ten business days of a written request by the Trustee, supply to the Trustee such forms, documentation and other information relating to the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, their operations, or any Notes as the Trustee reasonably requests for the purposes of the Trustee’s compliance with applicable law and shall notify the Trustee reasonably promptly in the event that either the Issuer or the Guarantors become aware that any of the forms, documentation or other information provided is (or becomes) inaccurate in any material respect; provided, however, that the Issuer and/or the Guarantors, as applicable, shall not be required to provide any forms, documentation or other information pursuant to this clause to the extent that: (i) any such form, documentation or other information (or the information required to be provided on such form or documentation) is not reasonably available and cannot be obtained by using reasonable efforts; or (ii) doing so would or might in the reasonable opinion of the Issuer or the Guarantors, as applicable, constitute a breach of any: (a) applicable law; (b) fiduciary duty; or (c) duty of confidentiality.

9. AMENDMENTS AND SUBSTITUTION

9.1 Waiver

Without prejudice to Clause 9.4 (Rating Confirmations), the Trustee may, without any consent or sanction of the Noteholders or Couponholders and without prejudice to its rights in respect of any subsequent breach, Event of Default or Potential Event of Default, from time to time and at any time, but only if and in so far as in its opinion the interests of the Noteholders shall not be materially prejudiced thereby, authorise or waive, on such terms and conditions (if any) as shall seem expedient to it, any breach or proposed breach by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any of the covenants or provisions contained in this Trust Deed or the Notes or Coupons (other than a proposed breach or breach relating to the subject of a Reserved Matter) or determine that any Event of Default or Potential Event of Default shall not be treated as such for the purposes of this Trust Deed; any such authorisation, waiver or determination shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, if, but only if, the Trustee shall so require, the Issuer shall cause such authorisation, waiver or determination to be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable thereafter in accordance with the

 

Page 25


Conditions; provided that the Trustee shall not exercise any powers conferred upon it by this Clause in contravention of any express direction by an Extraordinary Resolution or of a request in writing made by the holders of not less than 20 per cent. in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (but so that no such direction or request shall affect any authorisation, waiver or determination previously given or made) or so as to authorise or waive any such breach or proposed breach relating to any of the matters the subject of the Reserved Matters as specified and defined in Schedule 3 (Provisions for Meetings of Noteholders).

9.2 Modifications

Without prejudice to Clause 9.4 (Rating Confirmations), the Trustee may from time to time and at any time without any consent or sanction of the Noteholders or Couponholders concur with the Issuer and the Guarantors in making (a) any modification to this Trust Deed (other than in respect of Reserved Matters as specified and defined in Schedule 3 or any provision of this Trust Deed referred to in that specification) or the Notes which in the opinion of the Trustee it may be proper to make provided the Trustee is of the opinion that such modification will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders or (b) any modification to this Trust Deed or the Notes if in the opinion of the Trustee such modification is of a formal, minor or technical nature or made to correct a manifest error or an error which is, in the opinion of the Trustee, proven. Any such modification shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, unless the Trustee otherwise agrees, the Issuer shall cause such modification to be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable thereafter in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices).

9.3 Substitution

 

(a)

Procedure: Without prejudice to Clause 9.4 (Rating Confirmations), the Trustee may (1) without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, agree to the substitution, in place of the Issuer (or of any previous substitute under this Clause) of a Guarantor or its successor in business or any Subsidiary of the Issuer (hereinafter called the Substituted Obligor) as the principal debtor under this Trust Deed in relation to the Notes and Coupons of any Series and under the Notes and Coupons of that Series and (2) without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders, agree to the substitution of any Subsidiary of any Guarantor (also a Substituted Obligor) in place of a Guarantor (or any previous substitute under this Clause) as the guarantor under this Trust Deed in relation to the Notes and Coupons of any Series and under the Notes and Coupons of that Series, in each case provided that:

 

  (i)

a trust deed is executed or some other written form of undertaking is given by the Substituted Obligor to the Trustee, in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee, agreeing to be bound by the terms of this Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons (with any consequential amendments which the Trustee may deem appropriate) as fully as if the Substituted Obligor had been named in this Trust Deed and on the Notes and the Coupons as the principal debtor in place of the Issuer or, as the case may be, as the guarantor in place of the relevant Guarantor (or of any previous substitute under this Clause);

 

Page 26


  (ii)

the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Substituted Obligor execute such other deeds, documents and instruments (if any) as the Trustee may require in order that the substitution is fully effective and comply with such other requirements as the Trustee may direct in the interests of the Noteholders and the Couponholders;

 

  (iii)

an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee shall have been given (x) in the case of the substitution of the Issuer as provided in (1) above, by the Issuer and each of the Guarantors or, if one of the Guarantors or its successor in business has become the Substituted Obligor, by the Issuer and the remaining Guarantor or (y) in the case of the substitution of a Guarantor as provided in (2) above, by each of the Guarantors, of the obligations of the Substituted Obligor under this Trust Deed and the Notes;

 

  (iv)

the Trustee is satisfied that (i) the Substituted Obligor has obtained all governmental and regulatory approvals and consents necessary for its assumption of liability as principal debtor or, as the case may be, as a guarantor in respect of this Trust Deed and the Notes and the Coupons in place of the Issuer and/or, as the case may be, the Guarantors or the relevant Guarantor (or such previous substitute as aforesaid) and (ii) the Issuer and/or, as the case may be, the Guarantors or the relevant Guarantor has obtained all governmental and regulatory approvals and consents necessary for the guarantee to be fully effective as referred to in sub-clause 9.3(c) and (iii) such approvals and consents are at the time of substitution in full force and effect;

 

  (v)

(without prejudice to the generality of the preceding sub-clauses of this sub-clause 9.3(a)) where the Substituted Obligor is incorporated, domiciled or resident in or is otherwise subject generally to the taxing jurisdiction of any territory or any political sub-division thereof or any authority of or in such territory having power to tax (the Substituted Territory) other than or in addition to the territory, the taxing jurisdiction of which (or to any such authority of or in which) the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor is subject generally (the Issuer’s Territory), the Substituted Obligor will (unless the Trustee otherwise agrees) give to the Trustee an undertaking in form and manner satisfactory to the Trustee in terms corresponding to the terms of Condition 11 (Taxation) with the substitution for the reference in that Condition to the Issuer’s Territory of references to the Substituted Territory and in such event the Trust Deed and Notes and Coupons will be interpreted accordingly;

 

  (vi)

without prejudice to the rights of reliance of the Trustee under sub-clause 9.3(d) (Directors’ certification) the Trustee is satisfied that the said substitution is not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders;

 

Page 27


  (vii)

the Rating Agency has confirmed in writing to the Trustee that the substitution of the Substituted Obligor will not result in:

 

  (A)

in respect of any Series of Notes which is not specifically rated by any rating agency, a downgrading of the then current credit rating of any rating agency applicable to the class of debt represented by the Notes; or

 

  (B)

in respect of any Series of Notes which is specifically rated by any rating agency, a downgrading of the then current credit rating applicable to such Series of Notes by such rating agency;

 

(b)

Change of law: in connection with any proposed substitution of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any previous substitute, the Trustee may, in its absolute discretion and without the consent of the Noteholders or the Couponholders agree to a change of the law from time to time governing the Notes and the Coupons and this Trust Deed provided that such change of law, in the opinion of the Trustee, would not be materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders;

 

(c)

Extra duties: the Trustee shall be entitled to refuse to approve any Substituted Obligor if, pursuant to the law of the country of incorporation of the Substituted Obligor, the assumption by the Substituted Obligor of its obligations hereunder imposes responsibilities on the Trustee over and above those which have been assumed under this Trust Deed;

 

(d)

Directors’ certification: if any two directors of the Substituted Obligor certify that immediately prior to the assumption of its obligations as Substituted Obligor under this Trust Deed the Substituted Obligor is solvent after taking account of all prospective and contingent liabilities resulting from its becoming the Substituted Obligor, the Trustee need not have regard to the financial condition, profits or prospects of the Substituted Obligor or compare the same with those of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor (or of any previous substitute under this Clause);

 

(e)

Interests of Noteholders: in connection with any proposed substitution, the Trustee shall not have regard to, or be in any way liable for, the consequences of such substitution for individual Noteholders or the Couponholders resulting from their being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory and no Noteholder or Couponholder shall, in connection with any such substitution, be entitled to claim from the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such substitution upon individual Noteholders or Couponholders;

 

(f)

Release of Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor: any agreement by the Trustee pursuant to sub-clause 9.3(a) (Procedure) shall, if so

 

Page 28


  expressed, operate to release the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor (or such previous substitute as aforesaid) from any or all of its obligations as principal debtor or, as the case may be, as guarantor, in respect of the Notes and Coupons and this Trust Deed (but without prejudice to its liabilities under any guarantee given pursuant to sub-clause 9.3(c) (Extra duties)). Not later than fourteen days after the execution of any such documents as aforesaid and after compliance with the said requirements of the Trustee, the Substituted Obligor shall cause notice thereof to be given to the Noteholders; and

 

(g)

Completion of substitution: upon the execution of such documents and compliance with the said requirements, the Substituted Obligor shall be deemed to be named in this Trust Deed and the Notes and Coupons as the principal debtor in place of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the guarantor in place of the relevant Guarantor (or in each case of any previous substitute under this Clause) and this Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons shall thereupon be deemed to be amended in such manner as shall be necessary to give effect to the substitution and without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing any references in this Trust Deed, in the Notes and Coupons to the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor shall be deemed to be references to the Substituted Obligor.

9.4 Rating Confirmations

For the purposes of determining whether or not the exercise by the Trustee of any of its trusts, powers, authorities, duties and discretions under this Trust Deed (including, without limitation, any modification, waiver, authorisation, determination or substitution), is materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders of any Series of Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on (but is not bound by) any S&P or any Substituted Rating Agency confirmation received in respect thereof.

10. BREACH

Any breach of or failure to comply by the Issuer or the Guarantors with any such terms and conditions as are referred to in Clauses 8 (Covenants by the Issuer and the Guarantors) and 9 (Amendments and Substitution) shall constitute a default by the Issuer or the Guarantors (as the case may be) in the performance or observance of a covenant or provision binding on it under or pursuant to this Trust Deed.

11. ENFORCEMENT

11.1 Legal proceedings

The Trustee may at any time, at its discretion and without further notice, institute such proceedings against the Issuer and the Guarantors as it may think fit to recover any amounts due in respect of the Notes which are unpaid or to enforce any of its rights under this Trust Deed or the Conditions but it shall not be bound to take any such proceedings or any other action under this Trust Deed or the Notes unless (a) it shall have been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution or so requested in writing by the holders of at least one-fifth in principal amount of the outstanding Notes and (b) it

 

Page 29


shall have been indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction against all Liabilities to which it may thereby become liable and all Liabilities incurred by it in connection therewith and provided that the Trustee shall not be held liable for the consequence of taking any such action and may take such action without having regard to the effect of such action on individual Noteholders or Couponholders. Only the Trustee may enforce the provisions of the this Trust Deed and the Notes and Coupons and no Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to proceed directly against the Issuer and/or any Guarantor unless the Trustee, having become bound so to proceed, fails, or is unable, to do so within 60 days and such failure or inability is continuing.

11.2 Evidence of default

Proof that:

 

(a)

as regards any specified Note the Issuer has made default in paying any principal due in respect of such Note shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the Issuer has made the like default as regards all other Notes in respect of which a corresponding payment is then due;

 

(b)

as regards any specified Coupon the Issuer has made default in paying any interest due in respect of such Coupon shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the Issuer has made the like default as regards all other Coupons in respect of which a corresponding payment is then due; and

 

(c)

as regards any Talon, the Issuer has made default in exchanging such Talon for further Coupons and a further Talon as provided by its terms shall (unless the contrary be proved) be sufficient evidence that the Issuer has made the like default as regards all other Talons which are then available for exchange,

and for the purposes of Subclauses 11.2(a) and 11.2(b) a payment shall be a “corresponding” payment notwithstanding that it is due in respect of a Note of a different denomination from that in respect of the above specified Note.

12. APPLICATION OF MONEYS

12.1 Application of moneys

All moneys received by the Trustee in respect of the Notes of any Series or amounts payable under this Trust Deed will despite any appropriation of all or part of them by the Issuer (including any moneys which represent principal or interest in respect of Notes or Coupons which have become void under the Conditions shall, unless and to the extent attributable, in the opinion of the Trustee, to a particular Series of the Notes, be apportioned pari passu and rateably between each Series of the Notes, and all moneys received by the Trustee under this Trust Deed from the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantors to the extent attributable in the opinion of the Trustee to a particular Series of the Notes or which are apportioned to such Series as aforesaid, be held by the Trustee on trust to apply them (subject to Clause 12.2 (Deposits):

 

Page 30


(a)

first, in payment or satisfaction of those Liabilities incurred by the Trustee or any Appointee in the preparation, maintenance and execution of the trusts of this Trust Deed (including remuneration and any additional remuneration of the Trustee);

 

(b)

secondly, in or towards payment pari passu and rateably of all interest remaining unpaid in respect of the Notes of the relevant Series and all principal moneys due on or in respect of the Notes of that Series provided that where the Notes of more than one Series become so due and payable, such monies shall be applied as between the amounts outstanding in respect of the different Series pari passu and rateably (except where, in the opinion of the Trustee, such monies are paid in respect of a specific Series or several specific Series, in which event such monies shall be applied solely to the amounts outstanding in respect of that Series or those Series respectively); and

 

(c)

thirdly, the balance (if any) in payment to the Issuer (without prejudice to, or liability in respect of, any question as to how such payments shall be dealt with as between the Issuer and the Guarantors and any other person).

Without prejudice to this Clause 12, if the Trustee holds any moneys which represent principal or interest in respect of Notes which have become void or in respect of which claims have been prescribed under Condition 13 (Prescription), the Trustee will hold such moneys on the above trusts.

12.2 Deposits

 

(a)

No provision of these presents shall (a) confer on the Trustee any right to exercise any investment discretion in relation to the assets subject to the trust constituted by these presents and, to the extent permitted by law, Section 3 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Trustee in relation to the trusts constituted by these presents and (b) require the Trustee to do anything which may cause the Trustee to be considered a sponsor of a covered fund under Section 619 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(b)

The Trustee may at its discretion accumulate such moneys until the accumulations, together with any other funds for the time being under the control of the Trustee and available for such purpose, amount to at least ten per cent. of the principal amount of the relevant Notes then outstanding and then such accumulations and funds (after deduction of, or provision for, any applicable taxes) shall be applied under clause 12.1 (Application of moneys). For the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall in no circumstances, have any discretion to invest any moneys referred to in this clause 12.2(b) in any investments or other assets.

 

(c)

The parties acknowledge and agree that in the event that any deposits in respect of the Notes are held by a bank or a financial institution in the name of the Trustee and the interest rate in respect of certain currencies is a negative value such that the application thereof would result in amounts being debited from funds held by such bank or financial institution, the Trustee shall not be

 

Page 31


  liable to make up any shortfall or be liable for any loss. The Trustee may at its discretion accumulate such deposits and the resulting interest and other income derived thereon. The accumulated deposits shall be applied under Clause 12.1 (Application of moneys).

12.3 Payment to Noteholders and Couponholders

The Trustee shall give notice to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices) of the date fixed for any payment under Clause 12.1 (Application of Moneys). Any payment to be made in respect of the Notes or Coupons of any Series by the Issuer, any Guarantor or the Trustee may be made in the manner provided in Condition 10 (Payments), the Agency Agreement and this Trust Deed and any payment so made shall be a good discharge of such payment to the extent of such payment by the Issuer, the relevant Guarantor or the Trustee (as the case may be).

12.4 Production of Notes and Coupons

Upon any payment under Clause 12.3 (Payment to Noteholders and Couponholders) of principal or interest, the Note or Coupon in respect of which such payment is made shall, if the Trustee so requires, be produced to the Trustee or the Paying Agent by or through whom such payment is made and the Trustee shall in respect of a Note or Coupon (a) in the case of part payment, enface or cause such Paying Agent to enface a memorandum of the amount and date of payment thereon (or, in the case of part payment of an NGN Temporary Global Note or an NGN Permanent Global Note cause the Principal Paying Agent to procure that the ICSDs make appropriate entries in their records to reflect such payment) or (b) in the case of payment in full, cause such Note or Coupon to be surrendered or shall cancel or procure the same to be cancelled and shall certify or procure the certification of such cancellation.

12.5 Noteholders to be treated as holding all Coupons

Wherever in this Trust Deed the Trustee is required or entitled to exercise a power, trust, authority or discretion under this Trust Deed, the Trustee shall, notwithstanding that it may have express notice to the contrary assume that each Noteholder is the holder of all Coupons and Talons appertaining to each Note of which he is the holder.

12.6 Regulated Activities

Notwithstanding anything in this Trust Deed to the contrary, the Trustee shall not be required to do anything which might constitute a regulated activity for the purpose of the FSMA, unless it is authorised under the FSMA to do so.

The Trustee shall have the discretion at any time (i) to delegate any of the functions which fall to be performed by an authorised person under the FSMA to any agent or person which has the necessary authorisations and licences and (ii) to apply for authorisation under the FSMA and perform any or all such functions itself if, in its absolute discretion, it considers it necessary, desirable or appropriate to do so.

Nothing in this Trust Deed shall require the Trustee to assume an obligation of the Issuer arising under any provision of the listing, prospectus, disclosure or transparency rules (or equivalent rules of any other competent authority besides the Financial Conduct Authority).

 

Page 32


12.7 Investment

Moneys held by the Trustee may at its election be placed on deposit into an account bearing a market rate interest (and for the avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall not be required to obtain best rates, be responsible for any loss occasioned by such deposit or exercise any other form of investment discretion with respect to such deposits) in the name or under the control of the Trustee at such bank or other financial institution and in such currency as the Trustee may think fit in light of the cash needs of the transaction and not for purposes of generating income. If such moneys are placed on deposit with a bank or financial institution which is a subsidiary, holding company, affiliate or associated company of the Trustee, it need only account for an amount of interest equal to the standard amount of interest payable by it on a deposit to an independent customer.

13. TERMS OF APPOINTMENT

By way of supplement to the Trustee Acts, it is expressly declared as follows:

13.1 Reliance on Information

 

(a)

Advice: the Trustee may in relation to this Trust Deed act on the opinion or advice of or a certificate or any information (whether addressed to the Trustee or not) obtained from any lawyer, banker, valuer, surveyor, broker, auctioneer, accountant or other expert (whether obtained by the Trustee, the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Subsidiary or any Agent) and shall not be responsible for any Liability occasioned by so acting; any such opinion, advice, certificate or information may be sent or obtained by letter or email and the Trustee shall not be liable for acting on any opinion, advice, certificate or information purporting to be so conveyed although the same shall contain some error or shall not be authentic;

 

(b)

Certificate of Directors or Authorised Signatories: the Trustee may call for and shall be at liberty to accept a certificate signed by two Directors and/or two Authorised Signatories of the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, or other person duly authorised on its behalf as to any fact or matter prima facie within the knowledge of the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor, as the case may be, as sufficient evidence thereof and a like certificate to the effect that any particular dealing, transaction or step or thing is, in the opinion of the person so certifying expedient, as sufficient evidence that it is expedient and the Trustee shall not be bound in any such case to call for further evidence or be responsible for any Liability that may be occasioned by its failing so to do;

 

(c)

Certificate of Auditors: a certificate of the Auditors of the Issuer that in their opinion a Subsidiary is or is not or was or was not at any particular time or during any particular period a Material Subsidiary shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders;

 

Page 33


(d)

Resolution or direction of Noteholders: the Trustee shall not be responsible for acting upon any resolution purporting to be a Written Resolution or to have been passed at any meeting of the Noteholders in respect whereof minutes have been made and signed or a direction of a specified percentage of Noteholders, even though it may subsequently be found that there was some defect in the constitution of the meeting or the passing of the resolution or the making of the directions or in the case of a Written Resolution in writing or a direction or a request it was not signed by the requisite number of Noteholders or that for any reason the resolution purporting to be a Written Resolution or to have been passed at any Meeting or the making of the directions was not valid or binding upon the Noteholders and the Couponholders;

 

(e)

Reliance on certification of clearing system: the Trustee may call for any certificate or other document issued by Euroclear, Clearstream or any other relevant clearing system in relation to any matter. Any such certificate or other document shall, in the absence of manifest error, be conclusive and binding for all purposes. Any such certificate or other document may comprise any form of statement or print out of electronic records provided by the relevant clearing system (including Euroclear’s EUCLID or Clearstream’s Cedcom system) in accordance with its usual procedures and in which the holder of a particular principal or nominal amount of the Notes is clearly identified together with the amount of such holding. The Trustee shall not be liable to any person by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any certificate or other document to such effect purporting to be issued by Euroclear or Clearstream or any other relevant clearing system and subsequently found to be forged or not authentic;

 

(f)

Noteholders as a class: whenever in this Trust Deed the Trustee is required in connection with any exercise of its powers, trusts, authorities or discretions to have regard to the interests of the Noteholders, it shall have regard to the interests of the Noteholders as a class and in particular, but without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing, shall not be obliged to have regard to the consequences of such exercise for any individual Noteholder resulting from his or its being for any purpose domiciled or resident in, or otherwise connected with, or subject to the jurisdiction of, any particular territory or any political sub-division thereof and the Trustee shall not be entitled to require, nor shall any Noteholder or Couponholder be entitled to claim, from the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any other person any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence of any such exercise upon individual Noteholders or Couponholders except to the extent already provided for in Condition 11 (Taxation) and/or any undertaking given in addition thereto or in substitution therefor under this Trust Deed;

 

(g)

Trustee not responsible for investigations: the Trustee shall not be responsible for, or for investigating any matter which is the subject of, any recital, statement, representation, warranty or covenant of any person contained in this Trust Deed, the Notes or any other agreement or document relating to the transactions herein or therein contemplated or for the execution, legality, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence thereof;

 

Page 34


(h)

No obligation to monitor: the Trustee shall be under no obligation to monitor or supervise the functions of any other person under the Notes or any other agreement or document relating to the transactions herein or therein contemplated and shall be entitled, in the absence of actual knowledge of a breach of obligation, to assume that each such person is properly performing and complying with its obligations;

 

(i)

Notes held by the Issuer: in the absence of knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee may assume without enquiry (other than requesting a certificate of the Issuer or any Guarantor under sub-clause 8(f) (Notes held by Issuer and the Guarantors), that no Notes are for the time being held by or for the benefit of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary;

 

(j)

Forged Notes: the Trustee shall not be liable to the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Noteholder or Couponholder by reason of having accepted as valid or not having rejected any Note or Coupon as such and subsequently found to be forged or not authentic;

 

(k)

Events of Default: the Trustee shall not be bound to give notice to any person of the execution of this Trust Deed or to take any steps to ascertain whether any Event of Default, Potential Event of Default, Change of Control or Change of Control Put Event has happened and, until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice to the contrary, the Trustee shall be entitled to assume that no such Event of Default, or Potential Event of Default, Change of Control or Change of Control Put Event has happened and that the Issuer and each Guarantor is observing and performing all the obligations on its part contained in the Notes and Coupons and under this Trust Deed and no event has happened as a consequence of which any of the Notes may become repayable;

 

(l)

Legal Opinions: the Trustee shall not be responsible to any person for failing to request, require or receive any legal opinion relating to any Notes or for checking or commenting upon the content of any such legal opinion and shall not be responsible for any Liability incurred thereby;

 

(m)

Authorised Amount: the Trustee shall not be concerned, and need not enquire, as to whether or not any Notes are issued in breach of the Authorised Amount;

 

(n)

Trustee not Responsible: the Trustee shall not be responsible for the execution, delivery, legality, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Trust Deed or any other document relating thereto and shall not be liable for any failure to obtain any rating of Notes (where required), any licence, consent or other authority for the execution, delivery, legality, effectiveness, adequacy, genuineness, validity, performance, enforceability or admissibility in evidence of this Trust Deed or any other document relating thereto. In addition the Trustee shall not be responsible for the effect of the exercise of any of its powers, duties and discretions hereunder;

 

Page 35


(o)

Freedom to Refrain: notwithstanding anything else herein contained, the Trustee may refrain from doing anything which would or might in its opinion be contrary to any law of any jurisdiction or any directive or regulation of any agency or any state of which would or might otherwise render it liable to any person and may do anything which is, in its opinion, necessary to comply with any such law, directive or regulation;

 

(p)

Right to Deduct or Withhold: notwithstanding anything contained in this Trust Deed, to the extent required by any applicable law, if the Trustee is or will be required to make any deduction or withholding from any distribution or payment made by it hereunder or if the Trustee is or will be otherwise charged to, or is or may become liable to, tax as a consequence of performing its duties hereunder whether as principal, agent or otherwise, and whether by reason of any assessment, prospective assessment or other imposition of liability to taxation of whatsoever nature and whensoever made upon the Trustee, and whether in connection with or arising from any sums received or distributed by it or to which it may be entitled under this Trust Deed (other than in connection with its remuneration as provided for herein) or any investments or deposits from time to time representing the same, including any income or gains arising therefrom or any action of the Trustee in connection with the trusts of this Trust Deed (other than the remuneration herein specified) or otherwise, then the Trustee shall be entitled to make such deduction or withholding or, as the case may be, to retain out of sums received by it an amount sufficient to discharge any liability to tax which relates to sums so received or distributed or to discharge any such other liability of the Trustee to tax from the funds held by the Trustee upon the trusts of this Trust Deed;

 

(q)

FATCA Withholding: the Trustee shall be entitled to deduct FACTA Withholding and shall have no obligation to gross-up any payment hereunder or to pay any additional amount as a result of such FACTA Withholding; and

 

(r)

Reliance by Trustee: any certificate or report of the Auditors or any other person called for by or provided to the Trustee (whether or not addressed to the Trustee) in accordance with or for the purposes of this Trust Deed may be relied upon by the Trustee as sufficient evidence of the facts stated therein notwithstanding that such certificate or report and/or any engagement letter or other document entered into by the Trustee in connection therewith contains a monetary or other limit on the liability of the Auditors or such other person in respect thereof and notwithstanding that the scope and/or basis of such certificate or report may be limited by any engagement or similar letter or by the terms of the certificate or report itself.

13.2 Trustee’s powers and duties

 

(a)

Trustee’s determination: The Trustee may determine whether or not a default in the performance or observance by the Issuer or any Guarantor of any obligation under the provisions of this Trust Deed or contained in the Notes or Coupons is capable of remedy and if the Trustee shall certify that any such default is, in its opinion, not capable of remedy such certificate shall be conclusive and binding upon the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Noteholders and the Couponholders;

 

Page 36


(b)

Determination of questions: the Trustee as between itself and the Noteholders and the Couponholders shall have full power to determine all questions and doubts arising in relation to any of the provisions of this Trust Deed and every such determination, whether made upon a question actually raised or implied in the acts or proceedings of the Trustee, shall be conclusive and shall bind the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders;

 

(c)

Trustee’s discretion: the Trustee shall (save as expressly otherwise provided herein) as regards all the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it by this Trust Deed or by operation of law have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise or non-exercise thereof and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any Liability that may result from the exercise or non-exercise thereof but, whenever the Trustee is under the provisions of this Trust Deed bound to act at the request or direction of the Noteholders, the Trustee shall nevertheless not be so bound unless first indemnified and/or provided with security and/or prefunded to its satisfaction against all actions, proceedings, claims and demands to which it may render itself liable and all Liabilities which it may incur by so doing;

 

(d)

Trustee’s consent: any consent or approval given by the Trustee for the purposes of this Trust Deed may be given on such terms and subject to such conditions (if any) as the Trustee may require. The Trustee may give any consent or approval, exercise any power, authority or discretion or take any similar action (whether or not such consent, approval, power, authority, discretion or action is specifically referred to in this Trust Deed) if it is satisfied that the interests of the Noteholders will not be materially prejudiced thereby. For any avoidance of doubt, the Trustee shall not have any duty to the Noteholders in relation to such matters other than that which is contained in the preceding sentence;

 

(e)

Conversion of currency: where it is necessary or desirable for any purpose in connection with this Trust Deed to convert any sum from one currency to another it shall (unless otherwise provided by this Trust Deed or required by law) be converted at such rate(s) of exchange, in accordance with such method and as at such date for the determination of such rate(s) of exchange as may be specified by the Trustee in its absolute discretion as relevant and any rate of exchange, method and date so specified shall be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Noteholders and the Couponholders;

 

(f)

Application of proceeds: the Trustee shall not be responsible for the receipt or application by the Issuer of the proceeds of the issue of the Notes, the exchange of any Temporary Global Note for any Permanent Global Note or Notes in definitive form, the exchange of any Permanent Global Note for Notes in definitive form or the delivery of any Note or Coupon to the persons entitled to them;

 

Page 37


(g)

Error of judgment: the Trustee shall not be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by any officer or employee of the Trustee assigned by the Trustee to administer its corporate trust matters;

 

(h)

Agents: the Trustee may, in the conduct of the trusts of this Trust Deed instead of acting personally, employ and pay an agent on any terms, whether or not a lawyer or other professional person, to transact or conduct, or concur in transacting or conducting, any business and to do or concur in doing all acts required to be done by the Trustee (including the receipt and payment of money) and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it hereunder or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such person;

 

(i)

Delegation: the Trustee may, in the execution and exercise of all or any of the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it by this Trust Deed, act by responsible officer(s) for the time being of the Trustee and the Trustee may also whenever it thinks fit, whether by power of attorney or otherwise, delegate to any person(s) or fluctuating body of persons (whether being a joint trustee of this Trust Deed or not) all or any of the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested in it by this Trust Deed and any such delegation may be made upon such terms and conditions and subject to such regulations (including power to sub-delegate with the consent of the Trustee) as the Trustee may think fit in the interests of the Noteholders and the Trustee shall not be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of and shall not in any way or to any extent be responsible for any Liability incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of such delegate or sub-delegate;

 

(j)

Custodians and nominees: the Trustee may appoint and pay any person to act as a custodian or nominee on any terms in relation to such assets of the trust as the Trustee may determine, including for the purpose of depositing with a custodian this Trust Deed or any document relating to the trust created hereunder and the Trustee shall not be responsible for any loss, liability, expense, demand, cost, claim or proceedings incurred by reason of the misconduct, omission or default on the part of any person appointed by it hereunder or be bound to supervise the proceedings or acts of any such person; the Trustee is not obliged to appoint a custodian if the Trustee invests in securities payable to bearer;

 

(k)

Maintenance of ratings: the Trustee shall have no responsibility whatsoever to the Issuer, the Guarantors, any Noteholder or Couponholder or any other person for the maintenance of or failure to maintain any rating of any of the Notes by any rating agency;

 

(l)

Confidential information: the Trustee shall not (unless required by law or ordered so to do by a court of competent jurisdiction) be required to disclose to any Noteholder or Couponholder confidential information or other information made available to the Trustee by the Issuer or any Guarantor in connection with this Trust Deed and no Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to take any action to obtain from the Trustee any such information; and

 

Page 38


(m)

Responsibility for loss: the Trustee shall not be liable or responsible for any Liabilities or inconvenience which may result from anything properly done or properly omitted to be done by it in accordance with the provisions of this Trust Deed.

13.3 Financial matters

 

(a)

Professional charges: Any trustee being a banker, lawyer, broker or other person engaged in any profession or business shall be entitled to charge and be paid all usual professional and other charges for business transacted and acts done by him or his partner or firm on matters arising in connection with the trusts of this Trust Deed and also his properly incurred charges in addition to disbursements for all other work and business done and all time spent by him or his partner or firm on matters arising in connection with this Trust Deed, including matters which might or should have been attended to in person by a trustee not being a banker, lawyer, broker or other professional person;

 

(b)

Expenditure by the Trustee: nothing contained in this Trust Deed shall require the Trustee to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of its duties or the exercise of any right, power, authority or discretion hereunder if it has grounds for believing the repayment of such funds or adequate indemnity against, or security for, such risk or liability is not assured to it; and

 

(c)

Trustee may enter into financial transactions with the Issuer and Guarantors: no Trustee and no director or officer of any corporation being a Trustee hereof shall by reason of the fiduciary position of such Trustee be in any way precluded from making any contracts or entering into any transactions in the ordinary course of business with the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or any person or body corporate directly or indirectly associated with the Issuer, any Guarantor, or any Subsidiary, or from accepting the trusteeship of any other debenture stock, debentures or securities of the Issuer or any Subsidiary, any Guarantor or any person or body corporate directly or indirectly associated with the Issuer or any Subsidiary, and neither the Trustee nor any such director or officer shall be accountable to the Noteholders, the Couponholders, the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary, or any person or body corporate directly or indirectly associated with the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Subsidiary, for any profit, fees, commissions, interest, discounts or share of brokerage earned, arising or resulting from any such contracts or transactions and the Trustee and any such director or officer shall also be at liberty to retain the same for its or his own benefit.

 

Page 39


13.4 Disapplication

Section 1 of the Trustee Act 2000 shall not apply to the duties of the Trustee in relation to the trusts constituted by this Trust Deed. Where there are any inconsistencies between the Trustee Acts and the provisions of this Trust Deed, the provisions of this Trust Deed shall, to the extent allowed by law, prevail and, in the case of any such inconsistency with the Trustee Act 2000, the provisions of this Trust Deed shall constitute a restriction or exclusion for the purposes of that Act.

13.5 Trustee Liability

 

(a)

Nothing in this Trust Deed shall in any case in which the Trustee has failed to show the degree of care and diligence required of it as trustee having regard to the provisions of this Trust Deed conferring on it any trusts, powers, authorities or discretions exempt the Trustee from or indemnify it against any liability for breach of trust of which it may be guilty in relation to its duties under this Trust Deed.

 

(b)

Notwithstanding any provision of this Trust Deed to the contrary, the Trustee shall not in any event be liable for special, indirect, punitive or consequential loss or damage of any kind whatsoever (including but not limited to lost profits, goodwill, reputation, business opportunity or anticipated saving), whether or not foreseeable, even if the Trustee has been advised of the likelihood of such loss or damage and regardless of whether the claim for loss or damage is made in negligence, for breach of contract, breach of trust or otherwise; provided however, that this clause shall not be deemed to apply in the event of a determination of fraud on the part of the Trustee in a judgement by a court having jurisdiction.

14. COSTS AND EXPENSES

14.1 Remuneration

 

(a)

Normal remuneration: The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee remuneration for its services as trustee as from the date of this Trust Deed, such remuneration to be at such rate as may from time to time be agreed between the Issuer and the Trustee. Such remuneration shall be payable in advance on the anniversary of the date hereof in each year and the first payment shall be made on the date hereof. Such remuneration shall accrue from day to day and be payable (in priority to payments to the Noteholders or Couponholders up to and including the date when, all the Notes having become due for redemption, the redemption moneys and interest thereon to the date of redemption have been paid to the Principal Paying Agent or the Trustee, provided that if upon due presentation (if required pursuant to the Conditions) of any Note or Coupon or any cheque, payment of the moneys due in respect thereof is improperly withheld or refused, remuneration will be deemed not to have ceased to accrue and will commence again to accrue until payment to such Noteholder or Couponholder is made).

 

Page 40


(b)

Extra remuneration: In the event of the occurrence of an Event of Default, a Potential Event of Default, a Change of Control or a Change of Control Put Event or the Trustee considering it expedient or necessary or being requested by the Issuer or any Guarantor to undertake duties which the Trustee and the Issuer or such Guarantor agree to be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee under this Trust Deed, the Issuer shall pay to the Trustee such additional remuneration as shall be agreed between them.

 

(c)

Value added tax: The Issuer shall in addition pay to the Trustee an amount equal to the amount of any value added tax or similar tax chargeable in respect of its remuneration under this Trust Deed.

 

(d)

Failure to agree: In the event of the Trustee and the Issuer failing to agree:

 

  (i)

(in a case to which sub-clause 14.1(a) (Normal remuneration) applies) upon the amount of the remuneration; or

 

  (ii)

(in a case to which sub-clause 14.1(b) (Extra remuneration) applies) upon whether such duties shall be of an exceptional nature or otherwise outside the scope of the normal duties of the Trustee under this Trust Deed, or upon such additional remuneration,

such matters shall be determined by an investment bank or other appropriate person (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) selected by the Trustee and approved by the Issuer or, failing such approval, nominated (on the application of the Trustee) by the President for the time being of The Law Society of England and Wales (the expenses involved in such nomination and the fees of such investment bank or other appropriate person being payable by the Issuer) and the determination of any such investment bank or other appropriate person shall be final and binding upon the Trustee and the Issuer.

 

(e)

Expenses: The Issuer shall also pay or discharge all costs, charges and expenses properly incurred by the Trustee in relation to the preparation and execution of, the exercise of its powers and the performance of its duties under, and in any other manner in relation to, this Trust Deed, including but not limited to legal and travelling expenses and any stamp, issue, registration, documentary and other taxes or duties paid or payable by the Trustee in connection with any action taken or contemplated by or on behalf of the Trustee for enforcing, or resolving any doubt concerning, or for any other purpose in relation to, this Trust Deed.

 

(f)

Indemnity: Without prejudice to the right of indemnity by law given to trustees, the Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee and every Appointee and keep it or him indemnified against all Liabilities to which it or he may be or become subject or which may be properly incurred by it or him in the preparation or execution or purported execution of any of its or his trusts, powers authorities and discretions under this Trust Deed or its or his functions under any such appointment or in respect of any other matter or thing done or omitted in any way relating to the Trust Deed or any such appointment (including all Liabilities incurred in disputing or defending the foregoing). The Trustee may use reasonable endeavours to provide to the Issuer written evidence of any Liabilities referred to in this Clause.

 

Page 41


(g)

Payment of amounts due: All amounts due and payable pursuant to sub-clauses 14.1(e) (Expenses) and 14.1(f) (Indemnity) shall be payable by the Issuer on the date specified in a demand by the Trustee; the rate of interest applicable to such payments shall be one per cent. per annum above the base rate from time to time of HSBC Bank plc and interest shall accrue:

 

  (i)

in the case of payments made by the Trustee prior to the date of the demand, from the date on which the payment was made or such later date as specified in such demand;

 

  (ii)

in the case of payments made by the Trustee on or after the date of the demand, from the date specified in such demand, which date shall not be a date earlier than the date such payments are made.

All remuneration payable to the Trustee shall carry interest at the rate specified in this Clause 14.1(g) (Payment of amounts due) from the due date thereof.

 

(h)

Apportionment of expenses: The Trustee shall apportion the costs, charges, expenses and liabilities incurred by the Trustee in the preparation and execution of the trusts of this Trust Deed (including remuneration of the Trustee) between the several Series of Notes in such manner and in such amounts as it shall, in its absolute discretion, consider appropriate.

 

(i)

Discharges: Unless otherwise specifically stated in any discharge of this Trust Deed the provisions of this Clause 14 (Costs and Expenses) shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding such discharge.

 

(j)

Payments: All payments to be made by the Issuer to the Trustee under this Trust Deed shall be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for, any taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or within any relevant jurisdiction or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax, unless such withholding or deduction is required by law. In that event, the Issuer shall pay such additional amount as will, after such deduction or withholding has been made, leave the Trustee with the full amount which would have been received by it had no such withholding or deduction been required.

14.2 Stamp duties

The Issuer will pay all stamp duties, registration taxes, capital duties and other similar fees, duties or taxes (if any), including interest and penalties, payable on or in connection with (a) the constitution and issue of the Notes and Coupons, (b) the initial delivery of the Notes, (c) any action taken by the Trustee (or any Noteholder or Couponholder where permitted or required under this Trust Deed so to do) to enforce

 

Page 42


the provisions of the Notes or this Trust Deed and (d) the execution and delivery of this Trust Deed. If the Trustee (or any Noteholder, or Couponholder where permitted under this Trust Deed so to do) shall take any proceedings against the Issuer in any other jurisdiction and if for the purpose of any such proceedings this Trust Deed or any Note is taken into any such jurisdiction and any stamp duties or other duties or taxes become payable thereon in any such jurisdiction, the Issuer will pay (or reimburse the person making payment of) such stamp duties or other duties or taxes (including penalties).

14.3 Exchange rate indemnity

 

(a)

Currency of Account and Payment: The Contractual Currency is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer and the Guarantors under or in connection with this Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons including damages;

 

(b)

Extent of Discharge: an amount received or recovered in a currency other than the Contractual Currency (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding up or dissolution of the Issuer or any Guarantor or otherwise) by the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer or any Guarantor will only discharge the Issuer or any Guarantor to the extent of the Contractual Currency amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not practicable to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is practicable to do so);

 

(c)

Indemnity: if that Contractual Currency amount is less than the Contractual Currency amount expressed to be due to the recipient under this Trust Deed or the Notes or the Coupons, the Issuer and the Guarantor will indemnify the Trustee or any Noteholder or Couponholder against any Liability sustained by it as a result. In any event, the Issuer and the Guarantor will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase; and

 

(d)

any deficiency arising or resulting from any variation in rates of exchange between (i) the date as of which the local currency equivalent of the amounts due or contingently due under this Trust Deed (other than this Clause) is calculated for the purposes of any bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation of the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Guarantor and (ii) the final date for ascertaining the amount of claims in such bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation. The amount of such deficiency shall be deemed not to be reduced by any variation in rates of exchange occurring between the said final date and the date of any distribution of assets in connection with any such bankruptcy, insolvency or liquidation.

14.4 Indemnities separate

The indemnities in this Clause 14 (Costs and Expenses) constitute separate and independent obligations from the other obligations in this Trust Deed, will give rise to

 

Page 43


separate and independent causes of action, will apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by the Trustee and/or any Noteholder or Couponholder and will continue in full force and effect despite any judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under this Trust Deed or the Notes or the Coupons or any other judgment or order. Any such Liability as referred to in sub-clause 14.3(c) (Indemnity) shall be deemed to constitute a Liability suffered by the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Couponholders and no proof or evidence of any actual Liability shall be required by the Issuer or any Guarantor or its liquidator or liquidators.

15. APPOINTMENT AND RETIREMENT

15.1 Appointment of Trustees

The power of appointing new trustees of this Trust Deed shall be vested in the Issuer but no person shall be appointed who shall not previously have been approved by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders. A trust corporation may be appointed sole trustee hereof but subject thereto there shall be at least two trustees hereof one at least of which shall be a trust corporation. Any appointment of a new trustee hereof shall as soon as practicable thereafter be notified by the Issuer to the Agents and the Noteholders. The Noteholders shall together have the power, exercisable by Extraordinary Resolution, to remove any trustee or trustees for the time being hereof. The removal of any trustee shall not become effective unless there remains a trustee hereof (being a trust corporation) in office after such removal. If, in such circumstances, no appointment of such a new trustee has become effective within 60 days of the date of such Extraordinary Resolution, the Trustee shall be entitled to appoint a Trust Corporation as trustee of this Trust Deed, but no such appointment shall take effect unless previously approved by an Extraordinary Resolution.

15.2 Co-trustees

Notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 15.1 (Appointment of Trustees), the Trustee may, upon giving prior notice to the Issuer and the Guarantors but without the consent of the Issuer or the Guarantors or the Noteholders or the Couponholders, appoint any person established or resident in any jurisdiction (whether a trust corporation or not) to act either as a separate trustee or as a co-trustee jointly with the Trustee:

 

(a)

if the Trustee considers such appointment to be in the interests of the Noteholders or the Couponholders; or for the purposes of conforming to any legal requirements, restrictions or conditions in any jurisdiction in which any particular act or acts are to be performed; or

 

(b)

for the purposes of obtaining a judgment in any jurisdiction or the enforcement in any jurisdiction either of a judgment already obtained or of this Trust Deed.

15.3 Attorneys

The Issuer and each Guarantor hereby irrevocably appoints the Trustee to be its attorney in its name and on its behalf to execute any such instrument of appointment. Such a person shall (subject always to the provisions of this Trust Deed) have such trusts, powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those conferred on the

 

Page 44


Trustee by this Trust Deed) and such duties and obligations as shall be conferred on such person or imposed by the instrument of appointment. The Trustee shall have power in like manner to remove any such person. Such remuneration as the Trustee may pay to any such person, together with any attributable Liabilities incurred by it in performing its function as such separate trustee or co-trustee, shall for the purposes of this Trust Deed be treated as Liabilities incurred by the Trustee.

15.4 Retirement of Trustees

Any Trustee for the time being of this Trust Deed may retire at any time upon giving not less than 60 days’ notice in writing to the Issuer without assigning any reason thereof and without being responsible for any Liabilities occasioned by such retirement. The retirement of any Trustee shall not become effective unless there remains a trustee hereof (being a trust corporation) in office after such retirement. The Issuer hereby covenants that in the event of the only trustee hereof which is a trust corporation giving notice under this Clause it shall use its reasonable endeavours to procure a new trustee, being a trust corporation, to be appointed and if the Issuer has not procured the appointment of a new trustee within 30 days of the expiry of the Trustee notice referred to in this Clause 15.4, the Trustee shall be entitled to procure forthwith a new trustee.

15.5 Competence of a majority of Trustees

Whenever there shall be more than two trustees hereof the majority of such trustees shall (provided such majority includes a trust corporation) be competent to execute and exercise all the trusts, powers, authorities and discretions vested by this Trust Deed in the Trustee generally.

15.6 Powers additional

The powers conferred by this Trust Deed upon the Trustee shall be in addition to any powers which may from time to time be vested in it by general law or as the holder of any of the Notes or the Coupons.

15.7 Merger

Any corporation into which the Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or consolidation to which the Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation succeeding to all or substantially all the corporate trust business of the Trustee, shall be the successor of the Trustee hereunder, provided such corporation shall be otherwise qualified and eligible under this Clause, without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any of the parties hereto.

16. NOTICES

16.1 Addresses for notices

All notices and other communications hereunder shall be made in writing and in English (by letter, email or fax) and shall be sent as follows:

 

Page 45


(a)

Issuer: if to the Issuer, to it at:

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

Broadwater Park

Denham

Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR

Fax: 01895 512 101

Email: ihgtreasuryfo@ihg.com and ihgtreasurybo@ihg.com

Attention: The General Counsel and Company Secretary

 

(b)

Guarantors: if to the Guarantors, to them c/o the Issuer

 

(c)

Trustee: if to the Trustee, to it at:

HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited

Issuer Services, Level 22

8 Canada Square

London E14 5HQ

Fax: +44 20 7991 4350

Email address: ctla.trustee.admin@hsbc.com

Attention:Issuer Services Trustee Administration

16.2 Effectiveness

Every notice or other communication sent in accordance with Clause 16.1 (Addresses for Notices) shall be effective as follows:

 

(a)

Letter or fax: if sent by letter, it shall be deemed to have been delivered 7 days after the time of despatch and if sent by fax it shall be deemed to have been delivered at the time of despatch; and

 

(b)

Email: if sent by email, it shall be deemed to have been delivered when received.

provided that any such notice or other communication which would otherwise take effect after 4.00 p.m. on any particular day shall not take effect until 10.00 a.m. on the immediately succeeding business day in the place of the addressee.

16.3 No Notice to Couponholders

Neither the Trustee nor the Issuer nor any Guarantor shall be required to give any notice to the Couponholders for any purpose under this Trust Deed and the Couponholders shall be deemed for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices).

 

Page 46


17. LAW AND JURISDICTION

17.1 Governing law

This Trust Deed and the Notes, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with this Trust Deed and the Notes, are governed by English law.

17.2 English courts

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a Dispute), arising out of or in connection with this Trust Deed or the Notes (including a dispute regarding the existence, validity or termination of this Trust Deed or the Notes or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with them) or the consequences of their nullity.

17.3 Appropriate forum

The parties agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any Dispute and, accordingly, that they will not argue to the contrary.

18. SEVERABILITY

In case any provision in or obligation under this Trust Deed shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions or obligations, or of such provision or obligation in any other jurisdiction, shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby.

19. CONTRACTS (RIGHTS OF THIRD PARTIES) ACT 1999

No person shall have any right to enforce any provision of this Trust Deed under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999, but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

20. COUNTERPARTS

This Trust Deed may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF this Trust Deed has been executed as a deed by the parties hereto and is intended to be and is hereby delivered on the date first before written.

 

Page 47


SCHEDULE 1

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE NOTES

The following is the text of the terms and conditions which, as completed by the relevant Final Terms, will be endorsed on each Note in definitive form issued under the Programme. The terms and conditions applicable to any Note in global form will differ from those terms and conditions which would apply to the Note were it in definitive form to the extent described under “Summary of Provisions Relating to the Notes while in Global Form” below.

 

1.

Introduction

 

(a)

Programme

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the “Issuer”) has established a Euro Medium Term Note Programme (the “Programme”) for the issuance of up to £3,000,000,000 in aggregate principal amount of notes (the “Notes”) unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by Six Continents Limited (“Six Continents”) and by InterContinental Hotels Limited (“Intercontinental” and, together with Six Continents, each a “Guarantor” and together, the “Guarantors”).

 

(b)

Final Terms

Notes issued under the Programme are issued in series (each a “Series”) and each Series may comprise one or more tranches (each a “Tranche”) of Notes. Each Tranche is the subject of final terms (the “Final Terms”) which supplements these terms and conditions (the “Conditions”). The terms and conditions applicable to any particular Tranche of Notes are these Conditions as supplemented and amended by the relevant Final Terms.

 

(c)

Trust Deed

The Notes are constituted by, have the benefit of and are in all respects subject to an amended and restated trust deed dated 14 September 2020 (as amended, restated and/or supplemented from time to time, the “Trust Deed”) between the Issuer, the Guarantors and HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited (the “Trustee”, which expression shall include all persons for the time being the trustee or trustees under the Trust Deed) as trustee for the Noteholders (as defined below).

 

(d)

Agency Agreement

The Notes are the subject of an agency agreement dated 14 September 2020 (the “Agency Agreement”) between the Issuer, the Guarantors, HSBC Bank plc as principal paying agent (the “Principal Paying Agent”, which expression includes any successor principal paying agent appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes) and the Trustee.

 

(e)

Guarantees

Each of the Guarantors has in the Trust Deed given an unconditional and irrevocable guarantee (each a “Guarantee” and together, the “Guarantees”) on a joint and several basis for the due payment of all sums expressed to be payable by the Issuer under the Trust Deed, the Notes and the Coupons.

 

(f)

The Notes

All subsequent references in these Conditions to “Notes” are to the Notes which are the subject of the relevant Final Terms. Copies of the relevant Final Terms are available for viewing during normal business hours and copies may be obtained from the Specified Office(s) of the Paying Agent(s), the initial Specified Office of the Principal Paying Agent being set out at the end of these Conditions. If the Notes are to be admitted to trading on the regulated market of the London Stock Exchange, the relevant Final Terms will be published on the website of the London Stock Exchange through a regulatory information service.

 

Page 48


(g)

Summaries

Certain provisions of these Conditions are summaries of the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement and are subject to their detailed provisions. The holders of the Notes (the “Noteholders”) and the holders of the related interest coupons, if any, (the “Coupon holders” and the “Coupons”, respectively) are entitled to the benefit of, are bound by, and are deemed to have notice of, all the provisions of the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement applicable to them. Copies of the Trust Deed and the Agency Agreement are available for inspection by Noteholders during normal business hours at the Specified Office(s) of the Paying Agent(s).

 

2.

Interpretation

 

(a)

Definitions

In these Conditions the following expressions have the following meanings:

Accrual Yield” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Additional Business Centre(s)” means the city or cities specified as such in the relevant Final Terms;

Additional Financial Centre(s)” means the city or cities specified as such in the relevant Final Terms;

Additional Rating Agency” means Moody’s and Fitch;

Borrowings” means, as at any particular time, the aggregate outstanding principal, capital or nominal amount (and any fixed or minimum premium payable on redemption) of the Financial Indebtedness of members of the Group, other than:

 

  (a)

any indebtedness referred to in paragraph (g) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness;

 

  (b)

any Project Finance Indebtedness; and

 

  (c)

any indebtedness referred to in paragraphs (i) and (j) of the definition of Financial Indebtedness except to the extent any such obligation or liability specified in such paragraphs has been provided for in the annual audited consolidated financial statements or interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Group or is disclosed as a contingency in the notes thereto and is quantified, and deducting, to the extent included, amounts attributable to interests of third parties in members of the Group.

For this purpose, any amount outstanding or repayable in a currency other than U.S.$ shall on that day be taken into account in its U.S.$ equivalent at the rate of exchange that would have been used had an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group been prepared as at that day in accordance with IFRS as applicable to the Original Financial Statements and taking into account the mark-to-market value of any derivative instruments taken out by a member of the Group specifically to hedge currency movements of any Financial Indebtedness otherwise constituting Borrowings and not denominated in U.S.$;

Business Day” means:

 

  (a)

in relation to any sum payable in euro, a TARGET Settlement Day and a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments generally in each (if any) Additional Business Centre; and

 

  (b)

in relation to any sum payable in a currency other than euro, a day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments generally, in the Principal Financial Centre of the relevant currency and in each (if any) Additional Business Centre;

Business Day Convention”, in relation to any particular date, has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms and, if so specified in the relevant Final Terms, may have different meanings in relation to different dates and, in this context, the following expressions shall have the following meanings:

 

Page 49


  (a)

Following Business Day Convention” means that the relevant date shall be postponed to the first following day that is a Business Day;

 

  (b)

Modified Following Business Day Convention” or “Modified Business Day Convention” means that the relevant date shall be postponed to the first following day that is a Business Day unless that day falls in the next calendar month in which case that date will be the first preceding day that is a Business Day; (c) “Preceding Business Day Convention” means that the relevant date shall be brought forward to the first preceding day that is a Business Day;

 

  (d)

FRN Convention”, “Floating Rate Convention” or “Eurodollar Convention” means that each relevant date shall be the date which numerically corresponds to the preceding such date in the calendar month which is the number of months specified in the relevant Final Terms as the Specified Period after the calendar month in which the preceding such date occurred, provided, however, that:

 

  (i)

if there is no such numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which any such date should occur, then such date will be the last day which is a Business Day in that calendar month;

 

  (ii)

if any such date would otherwise fall on a day which is not a Business Day, then such date will be the first following day which is a Business Day unless that day falls in the next calendar month, in which case it will be the first preceding day which is a Business Day; and

 

  (iii)

if the preceding such date occurred on the last day in a calendar month which was a Business Day, then all subsequent such dates will be the last day which is a Business Day in the calendar month which is the specified number of months after the calendar month in which the preceding such date occurred; and (e) “No Adjustment” means that the relevant date shall not be adjusted in accordance with any Business Day Convention;

Calculation Agent” means the Principal Paying Agent or such other Person specified in the relevant Final Terms as the party responsible for calculating the Rate(s) of Interest and/or Interest Amount(s) and/or Redemption Amount(s);

Calculation Amount” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms; a “Change of Control” will be deemed to have occurred if:

 

  (a)

any person or any persons acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers), other than a holding company (as defined in Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) whose shareholders are or are to be substantially similar to the pre-existing shareholders of the Issuer, shall become interested (within the meaning of Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006) in (A) more than 50 per cent. of the issued or allotted ordinary share capital of the Issuer or (B) shares in the capital of the Issuer carrying more than 50 per cent. of the voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of the Issuer; or

 

  (b)

any person or any persons acting in concert (as defined in the City Code on Takeovers and Mergers), other than a holding company (as defined in Section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006) whose shareholders are or are to be substantially similar to the pre-existing shareholders of any direct or indirect holding company of the Issuer, shall become interested (within the meaning of Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006) in (A) more than 50 per cent. of the issued or allotted ordinary share capital of any direct or indirect holding company of the Issuer or (B) shares in the capital of any direct or indirect holding company of the Issuer carrying more than 50 per cent. of the voting rights normally exercisable at a general meeting of any such direct or indirect holding company of the Issuer;

Change of Control Optional Redemption Amount” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Page 50


Change of Control Optional Redemption Date” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Change of Control Period” means the period commencing on the Relevant Announcement Date and ending 90 days after the Change of Control (or such longer period for which the Notes are under consideration (such consideration having been announced publicly within the period ending 90 days after the Change of Control) for rating review or, as the case may be, rating by a Rating Agency, such period not to exceed 60 days after the public announcement of such consideration);

a “Change of Control Put Event” will be deemed to occur if a Change of Control has occurred and:

 

  (a)

on the Relevant Announcement Date, the Notes carry from any Rating Agency:

 

  (i)

an investment grade credit rating (Baa3/BBB-, or equivalent, or better), and such rating from any Rating Agency is, within the Change of Control Period, either downgraded to a Non-Investment Grade Rating or withdrawn and is not, within the Change of Control Period, subsequently (in the case of a downgrade) upgraded or (in the case of a withdrawal) reinstated to an investment grade credit rating by such Rating Agency; or

 

  (ii)

a Non-Investment Grade Rating and such rating from any Rating Agency is, within the Change of Control Period, either downgraded by one or more notches (by way of example, Ba1 to Ba2 being one notch) or withdrawn and is not, within the Change of Control Period, subsequently (in the case of a downgrade) upgraded or (in the case of a withdrawal) reinstated to its earlier credit rating or better by such Rating Agency; or

 

  (iii)

no credit rating and a Negative Rating Event also occurs within the Change of Control Period, provided that if, at the time of the occurrence of the Change of Control, the Notes carry a credit rating from more than one Rating Agency, at least one of which is investment grade, then subparagraph (i) will apply; and

 

  (b)

in making any decision to downgrade or withdraw a credit rating pursuant to paragraphs (i) and (ii) above or not to award a credit rating of at least investment grade as described in paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Negative Rating Event”, the relevant Rating Agency announces publicly or confirms in writing to the Issuer or the Trustee that such decision(s) resulted, in whole or in part, from the occurrence of the Change of Control or the Relevant Potential Change of Control Announcement;

Change of Control Put Event Notice” means the notice to be given pursuant to Condition 9(f) (Change of Control redemption) by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the Trustee to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices) specifying the nature of the Change of Control Put Event and the procedure for exercising the Change of Control Put Option;

Change of Control Put Option” means the option of the Noteholders exercisable pursuant to Condition 9(g) (Change of Control redemption);

Change of Control Put Period” means the period of 45 days after a Change of Control Put Event Notice is given;

Consolidated Gross Assets” means the consolidated current assets plus consolidated non-current assets of the Group;

Coupon Sheet” means, in respect of a Note, a coupon sheet relating to the Note;

Day Count Fraction” means, in respect of the calculation of an amount for any period of time (the “Calculation Period”), such day count fraction as may be specified in these Conditions or the relevant Final Terms and:

 

  (a)

if “Actual/Actual (ICMA)” is so specified, means:

 

  (i)

where the Calculation Period is equal to or shorter than the Regular Period during which it falls, the actual number of days in the Calculation Period divided by the product of (1) the actual number of days in such Regular Period and (2) the number of Regular Periods in any year; and

 

Page 51


  (ii)

where the Calculation Period is longer than one Regular Period, the sum of: (A) the actual number of days in such Calculation Period falling in the Regular Period in which it begins divided by the product of (1) the actual number of days in such Regular Period and (2) the number of Regular Periods in any year; and (B) the actual number of days in such Calculation Period falling in the next Regular Period divided by the product of (a) the actual number of days in such Regular Period and (2) the number of Regular Periods in any year;

 

  (b)

if “Actual/Actual (ISDA)” is so specified, means the actual number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 365 (or, if any portion of the Calculation Period falls in a leap year, the sum of (A) the actual number of days in that portion of the Calculation Period falling in a leap year divided by 366 and (B) the actual number of days in that portion of the Calculation Period falling in a non-leap year divided by 365);

 

  (c)

if “Actual/365 (Fixed)” is so specified, means the actual number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 365;

 

  (d)

if “Actual/360” is so specified, means the actual number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 360;

 

  (e)

if “30/360” is so specified, the number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 360, calculated on a formula basis as follows:

 

LOGO

where:

Y1” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Calculation Period falls;

Y2” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period falls;

M1” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Calculation Period falls;

M2” is the calendar month, expressed as number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period falls;

D1” is the first calendar day, expressed as a number, of the Calculation Period, unless such number would be 31, in which case D1 will be 30; and

D2” is the calendar day, expressed as a number, immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period, unless such number would be 31 and D1 is greater than 29, in which case D2 will be 30”;

 

  (f)

if “30E/360” or “Eurobond Basis” is so specified, the number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 360, calculated on a formula basis as follows:

 

LOGO

where:

Y1” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Calculation Period falls;

Y2” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period falls;

 

Page 52


M1” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Calculation Period falls;

M2” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period falls;

D1” is the first calendar day, expressed as a number, of the Calculation Period, unless such number would be 31, in which case D1 will be 30; and

D2” is the calendar day, expressed as a number, immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period, unless such number would be 31, in which case D2 will be 30; and

 

  (g)

if “30E/360 (ISDA)” is so specified, the number of days in the Calculation Period divided by 360, calculated on a formula basis as follows:

 

LOGO

where:

Y1” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Calculation Period falls;

Y2” is the year, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period falls;

M1” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the first day of the Calculation Period falls;

M2” is the calendar month, expressed as a number, in which the day immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period falls;

D1” is the first calendar day, expressed as a number, of the Calculation Period, unless (i) that day is the last day of February or (ii) such number would be 31, in which case D1 will be 30; and

D2” is the calendar day, expressed as a number, immediately following the last day included in the Calculation Period, unless (i) that day is the last day of February but not the Maturity Date or (ii) such number would be 31, in which case D2 will be 30, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT in each such case the number of days in the Calculation Period is calculated from and including the first day of the Calculation Period to but excluding the last day of the Calculation Period;

Early Redemption Amount (Tax)” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in the relevant Final Terms;

Early Termination Amount” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in the relevant Final Terms;

EBITDA” means, in relation to any Relevant Period, the total consolidated operating profit of the Group for that Relevant Period:

 

  (a)

before taking into account:

 

  (i)

Net Interest Payable;

 

  (ii)

Tax; and

 

  (iii)

all exceptional items; and

 

  (b)

after adding back all amounts provided for depreciation and amortisation; and

 

  (c)

deducting, to the extent included, amounts attributable to interests of third parties in members of the Group;

Extraordinary Resolution” has the meaning given in the Trust Deed;

 

Page 53


Final Redemption Amount” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in the relevant Final Terms;

Financial Indebtedness” means any indebtedness (without double counting) for or in respect of:

 

  (a)

moneys borrowed;

 

  (b)

any amount raised by acceptance under any acceptance credit facility or dematerialised equivalent;

 

  (c)

any amount raised pursuant to any note purchase facility or the issue of bonds, notes, debentures, loan stock, commercial paper or any similar instrument (entered into or issued primarily as a method of raising finance) PROVIDED THAT Notes from time to time issued and outstanding under the Programme shall at the relevant time be valued as Financial Indebtedness having regard to the net effect of the marked-to-market value of any related interest and currency hedging arrangements in effect at that time;

 

  (d)

the amount of any liability in respect of any lease or hire purchase contract which would, in accordance with IFRS (as at the date of this Base Prospectus), be treated as a finance or capital lease;

 

  (e)

receivables sold or discounted (other than any receivables to the extent they are sold or discounted on a non-recourse basis);

 

  (f)

any amount raised under any other transaction (including any forward sale or purchase agreement) required by IFRS to be shown as a borrowing in the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Group:

 

  (g)

any derivative transaction entered into in connection with protection against or benefit from fluctuation in any rate or price (and, when calculating the value of any derivative transaction, only the marked-to-market value shall be taken into account);

 

  (h)

shares which are expressed to be redeemable prior to 20 March 2020;

 

  (i)

any counter-indemnity obligation in respect of a guarantee, indemnity, bond, letter of credit or any other instrument issued by a bank or financial institution; and

 

  (j)

the amount of any liability in respect of any guarantee or indemnity for any of the items referred to in paragraphs (a) to (i) above,

but excluding indebtedness owing by a member of the Group to another member of the Group;

First Interest Payment Date” means the date specified in the relevant Final Terms;

Fitch” means Fitch Ratings Ltd. or any successor;

Fixed Coupon Amount” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Green Projects” means projects and activities that promote climate-friendly and/or other environmental purposes (either in those words or otherwise);

Group” means the Issuer and its Subsidiaries for the time being;

Gross Redemption Yield” on the Notes and on the Reference Stock will be expressed as a percentage and will be calculated by the Calculation Agent on the basis as published by the Treasury Publisher on an annual compounding basis rounded up (if necessary) to three decimal places, 0.0005 being rounded up, or on such other basis as the Trustee may in its sole discretion approve;

Guarantee” and “Guarantees” have the meaning stated in Condition 1(e);

Guarantor” and “Guarantors” have the meaning stated in Condition 1(a);

IFRS” means international accounting standards within the meaning of IAS Regulation 1606/2002 to the extent applicable to the relevant financial statements;

 

Page 54


Indebtedness” means any indebtedness (whether being principal, premium, interest or other amounts) for or in respect of any notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock, loan stock or other securities or any borrowed money or any liability under or in respect of any acceptance or acceptance credit;

Interest Amount” means, in relation to a Note and an Interest Period, the amount of interest payable in respect of that Note for that Interest Period;

Interest Commencement Date” means the Issue Date of the Notes or such other date as may be specified as the Interest Commencement Date in the relevant Final Terms;

Interest Determination Date” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Interest Payment Date” means the First Interest Payment Date and any date or dates specified as such in, or determined in accordance with the provisions of, the relevant Final Terms and, if a Business Day Convention is specified in the relevant Final Terms:

 

  (a)

as the same may be adjusted in accordance with the relevant Business Day Convention; or

 

  (b)

if the Business Day Convention is the FRN Convention, Floating Rate Convention or Eurodollar Convention and an interval of a number of calendar months is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being the Specified Period, each of such dates as may occur in accordance with the FRN Convention, Floating Rate Convention or Eurodollar Convention at such Specified Period of calendar months following the Interest Commencement Date (in the case of the first Interest Payment Date) or the previous Interest Payment Date (in any other case);

Interest Period” means each period beginning on (and including) the Interest Commencement Date or any Interest Payment Date and ending on (but excluding) the next Interest Payment Date;

ISDA Definitions” means the 2006 ISDA Definitions (as amended and updated as at the date of issue of the first Tranche of the Notes of the relevant Series (as specified in the relevant Final Terms) as published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.);

Issue Date” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Make Whole Amount” means, in respect of any Note, the higher of:

 

  (a)

its principal amount; or

 

  (b)

an amount equal to the product of the Calculation Amount and the price, expressed as a percentage (rounded to three decimal places, 0.0005 being rounded up), at which the Gross Redemption Yield on the Note, if it were to be purchased at such price on the third dealing day prior to the date of publication of the notice of redemption, would be equal to the sum of the Make Whole Premium (expressed as a percentage) and the Gross Redemption Yield on such dealing day of the Reference Treasury or, if such stock is no longer in issue, of such other government stock issued by the central government of such sovereign country that issued the Reference Treasury as the Trustee, with the advice of three leading brokers operating in the Reference Treasury market and/or the Reference Treasury market makers or such other three persons operating in the Reference Treasury market as the Trustee may approve, shall determine to be appropriate (the “Reference Stock”) on the basis of the middle market price of the Reference Stock prevailing at 11.00 a.m. on such dealing day as determined by the Calculation Agent;

Make Whole Premium” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Margin” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Material Subsidiary” means, at any time, any Subsidiary of the Issuer:

 

  (a)

whose gross assets represent 10 per cent. or more of Consolidated Gross Assets or whose EBITDA represents 5 per cent. or more of consolidated EBITDA of the Group, in each case, as calculated by reference to the latest financial statements of

 

Page 55


  such Subsidiary (which shall be audited if such statements are prepared by that Subsidiary) and the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group adjusted in such manner as the auditors of the Issuer may determine (which determination shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error) (i) to reflect the gross assets and EBITDA of any person which has become or ceased to be a member of the Group since the end of the financial year to which the latest audited consolidated financial statements of the Group relate where such adjustment is requested by the Issuer and (ii) so that for the purposes of this definition, the gross assets of the relevant Subsidiary shall be calculated on the same basis as Consolidated Gross Assets are calculated and/or, as the case may be, EBITDA of the relevant Subsidiary shall be calculated on the same basis as consolidated EBITDA for the Group (but, in each case, relating only to the relevant Subsidiary) and making such adjustments and eliminations as are required to show the same as the contribution of the relevant Subsidiary to Consolidated Gross Assets and/or, as the case may be, consolidated EBITDA of the Group; or

 

  (b)

to which is transferred all or substantially all of the business, undertaking or assets of a Subsidiary which immediately prior to such transfer is a Material Subsidiary, whereupon the transferor Subsidiary shall cease to be a Material Subsidiary and the transferee Subsidiary shall become a Material Subsidiary under this sub-paragraph (b) upon the completion of such transfer.

Any determination made by the auditors of the Issuer as to whether a Subsidiary of the Issuer is or is not a Material Subsidiary at any time shall be conclusive in the absence of manifest error. The Trustee may rely on a report of the auditors of the Issuer, whether or not addressed to the Trustee, that, in their opinion, a Subsidiary is a Material Subsidiary, without liability to any person and without further enquiry or evidence, notwithstanding that such report and/or any engagement letter or other document entered into by the Trustee in connection therewith contains a monetary or other limit on the liability of the auditors of the Issuer and notwithstanding that the scope and/or basis of such a report may be limited by any engagement or similar letter or by the terms of the report itself;

Maturity Date” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Maximum Redemption Amount” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Minimum Redemption Amount” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. or any successor;

a “Negative Rating Event” shall be deemed to have occurred if at such time as there is no rating assigned to the Notes by a Rating Agency (i) the Issuer does not, either prior to, or not later than 21 days after, the occurrence of the Change of Control seek, and thereafter throughout the Change of Control Period use all reasonable endeavours to obtain, a rating of the Notes, or any other unsecured and unsubordinated debt of the Issuer or (ii) if the Issuer does so seek and use such endeavours, it is unable to obtain such a rating of at least investment grade by the end of the Change of Control Period;

Net Interest Payable” means, in relation to any Relevant Period, the aggregate amount of interest and any other finance charges accrued by the Group in that Relevant Period in respect of Borrowings including:

 

  (a)

the interest element of leasing and hire purchase payments;

 

  (b)

commitment fees, commissions and guarantee fees; and

 

  (c)

amounts in the nature of interest payable in respect of any shares other than equity share capital,

adjusted (but without double counting) by:

 

  (i)

deducting interest income of the Group in respect of that Relevant Period;

 

Page 56


  (ii)

adding back the net amount payable (or deducting the net amount receivable) by members of the Group in that Relevant Period as a result of close-out or termination of any interest or (so far as they relate to interest) currency hedging activities;

 

  (iii)

adding back the amount payable as a premium on any bond buy-back by members of the Group in that Relevant Period;

 

  (iv)

deducting, to the extent included, the amount payable by members of the Group in that Relevant Period for arrangement or related fees in respect of Borrowings (to include, for the avoidance of doubt, underwriting, syndication and fees of a similar nature); and

 

  (v)

deducting, to the extent included, the amount of interest and other finance charges attributable to interests of third parties in members of the Group and adjusting, as appropriate, the additions or deductions specified in paragraphs (i) to (iv) (inclusive) above as a consequence of interests of third parties in members of the Group,

but shall exclude in relation to the Relevant Period (A) net mark-to-market gains or losses on revaluation of financial instruments, and (B) for the avoidance of doubt, any amount of interest paid to the Group’s loyalty programme on the accumulated balance of cash received in advance of the redemption of loyalty points awarded;

Non-Investment Grade Rating” means a non-investment grade credit rating (Ba1/BB+, or equivalent, or worse);

Optional Redemption Amount (Call)” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or, if specified in the relevant Final Terms, the Make Whole Amount;

Optional Redemption Amount (Put)” means, in respect of any Note, its principal amount or such other amount as may be specified in the relevant Final Terms;

Optional Redemption Date (Call)” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Optional Redemption Date (Put)” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Original Financial Statements” means the audited consolidated financial statements of the Group for the financial period ended 31 December 2008;

Participating Member State” means a Member State of the European Communities which adopts the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with the Treaty;

Paying Agents” means the Principal Paying Agent and any substitute or additional paying agents appointed in accordance with the Agency Agreement and a “Paying Agent” means any of them;

Payment Business Day” means:

 

  (a)

if the currency of payment is euro, any day which is:

 

  (i)

a day on which banks in the relevant place of presentation are open for presentation and payment of bearer debt securities and for dealings in foreign currencies; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of payment by transfer to an account, a TARGET Settlement Day and a day on which dealings in foreign currencies may be carried on in each (if any) Additional Financial Centre(s); or

 

  (b)

if the currency of payment is not euro, any day which is:

 

  (i)

a day on which banks in the relevant place of presentation are open for presentation and payment of bearer debt securities and for dealings in foreign currencies; and

 

  (ii)

in the case of payment by transfer to an account, a day on which dealings in foreign currencies may be carried on in the Principal Financial Centre of the currency of payment and in each (if any) Additional Financial Centre(s);

 

Page 57


Person” means any individual, company, corporation, firm, partnership, joint venture, association, organisation, state or agency of a state or other entity, whether or not having separate legal personality;

Principal Financial Centre” means, in relation to any currency, the principal financial centre for that currency, PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT:

 

  (a)

in relation to euro, it means the principal financial centre of such Participating Member State of the European Communities as is selected (in the case of a payment) by the payee or (in the case of a calculation) by the Calculation Agent; and

 

  (b)

in relation to Australian dollars, it means either Sydney or Melbourne and, in relation to New Zealand dollars, it means either Wellington or Auckland; in each case as is selected (in the case of a payment) by the payee or (in the case of a calculation) by the Calculation Agent;

Project Finance Indebtedness” means Financial Indebtedness (in respect of which Security has been given) incurred by a member of the Group (a “Project Group Member”) for the purposes of financing the acquisition, construction, development and/or operation of an asset (a “Project Asset”) where the provider of the Financial Indebtedness has no recourse against any member of the Group, except for recourse to:

 

  (a)

the Project Asset of the Project Group Member or receivables arising from the Project Asset;

 

  (b)

a Project Group Member for the purpose of enforcing Security given by it so long as:

 

  (i)

the recourse is limited to recoveries in respect of the Project Asset; and

 

  (ii)

if the Project Asset does not comprise all or substantially all of the business of that Project Group Member, the provider of the Financial Indebtedness does not have the right to take any steps towards its winding up or dissolution or the appointment of a liquidator, administrator, receiver or similar officer or person, other than in respect of the Project Asset or receivables arising therefrom; or

 

  (c)

a member of the Group to the extent only of its shareholding in a Project Group Member;

Project Group Member” has the meaning given to it in the definition of Project Finance Indebtedness provided that the principal assets and business of such member of the Group is constituted by Project Assets and it has no other Financial Indebtedness except Project Finance Indebtedness;

Put Option Notice” means a notice which must be delivered to a Paying Agent by any Noteholder wanting to exercise a right to redeem a Note at the option of the Noteholder pursuant to Condition 9(f) (Redemption at the option of Noteholders);

Put Option Receipt” means a receipt issued by a Paying Agent to a depositing Noteholder upon deposit of a Note with such Paying Agent by any Noteholder wanting to exercise a right to redeem a Note at the option of the Noteholder;

Rate of Interest” means the rate or rates (expressed as a percentage per annum) of interest payable in respect of the Notes specified in the relevant Final Terms or calculated or determined in accordance with the provisions of these Conditions;

Rating Agency” means S&P or any of its respective successors or any Substitute Rating Agency and, for the purposes of Condition 9(g) (Change of Control redemption), includes any Additional Rating Agency;

Redemption Amount” means, as appropriate, the Final Redemption Amount, the Early Redemption Amount (Tax), the Optional Redemption Amount (Call), the Residual Call Early Redemption Amount, the Optional Redemption Amount (Put), the Change of Control Optional Redemption Amount, the Early Termination Amount or such other amount in the nature of a redemption amount as may be specified in the relevant Final Terms;

 

Page 58


Redemption of Relevant Debt” means the redemption in whole of the £400,000,000 3.875 per cent. notes due 28 November 2022 by the Issuer pursuant to their terms;

Reference Price” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Reference Rate” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Reference Treasury” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Regular Period” means:

 

  (a)

in the case of Notes where interest is scheduled to be paid only by means of regular payments, each period from and including the Interest Commencement Date to but excluding the first Interest Payment Date and each successive period from and including one Interest Payment Date to but excluding the next Interest Payment Date;

 

  (b)

in the case of Notes where, apart from the first Interest Period, interest is scheduled to be paid only by means of regular payments, each period from and including a Regular Date falling in any year to but excluding the next Regular Date, where “Regular Date” means the day and month (but not the year) on which any Interest Payment Date falls; and

 

  (c)

in the case of Notes where, apart from one Interest Period other than the first Interest Period, interest is scheduled to be paid only by means of regular payments, each period from and including a Regular Date falling in any year to but excluding the next Regular Date, where “Regular Date” means the day and month (but not the year) on which any Interest Payment Date falls other than the Interest Payment Date falling at the end of the irregular Interest Period;

Relevant Announcement Date” means the date that is the earlier of (a) the date of the first public announcement of the relevant Change of Control and (b) the date of the earliest Relevant Potential Change of Control Announcement (if any);

Relevant Date” means, in relation to any payment, whichever is the later of (a) the date on which the payment in question first becomes due and (b) if the full amount payable has not been received in the Principal Financial Centre of the currency of payment by the Principal Paying Agent on or prior to such due date, the date on which (the full amount having been so received) notice to that effect has been given to the Noteholders;

Relevant Financial Centre” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Relevant Indebtedness” means (a) any present or future indebtedness (whether being principal, premium, interest or other amounts) for or in respect of any notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock, loan stock or other securities which have an initial stated maturity of not less than one year and which are or are of a type which is customarily quoted, listed or ordinarily dealt in on any stock exchange, over-the-counter or other securities market, and (b) any guarantee or indemnity in respect of any such indebtedness;

Relevant Period” means:

 

  (a)

each financial year of the Issuer; and

 

  (b)

each period beginning on the first day of the second half of a financial year of the Issuer and ending on the last day of the first half of its next financial year;

Relevant Potential Change of Control Announcement” means any public announcement or statement by or on behalf of the Issuer, any actual or potential bidder or any adviser acting on behalf of any actual or potential bidder relating to any potential Change of Control where within 180 days following the date of such announcement or statement, a Change of Control occurs;

Reserved Matter” means any proposal:

 

  (a)

to change any date fixed for payment of principal or interest in respect of the Notes, to reduce the amount of principal or interest payable on any date in respect of the Notes or to alter the method of calculating the amount of any payment in respect of the Notes on redemption or maturity;

 

Page 59


  (b)

to effect the exchange or substitution of the Notes for, or the conversion of the Notes into, shares, bonds or other obligations or securities of the Issuer or any other person or body corporate formed or to be formed (other than as permitted under Clause 7.3 of the Trust Deed);

 

  (c)

to change the currency in which amounts due in respect of the Notes are payable;

 

  (d)

to change the quorum required at any meeting of Noteholders or the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution; or

 

  (e)

to amend this definition;

Residual Call Early Redemption Amount” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Rating Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. or any successor;

Security” means a mortgage, pledge, lien, hypothecation, security interest or other charge or encumbrance entered into for the purpose of securing any obligation of any person;

Security Interest” means any mortgage, charge, pledge, lien or other security interest including, without limitation, anything analogous to any of the foregoing under the laws of any jurisdiction;

Specified Currency” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Specified Denomination(s)” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Specified Office” has the meaning given in the Agency Agreement;

Specified Period” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Step Down Rating Change” means the first public announcement after a Step Up Rating Change by the Rating Agency of an increase in, or as the case may be the reinstatement of, the credit rating of the Issuer’s senior unsecured long-term debt with the result that, following such public announcement(s), the Rating Agency rates the Issuer’s senior unsecured long-term debt as BBB- or higher. For the avoidance of doubt, any further increases in the credit rating of the Issuer’s senior unsecured long-term debt by the Rating Agency above BBB- shall not constitute a Step Down Rating Change;

Step Up Rating Change” means the first public announcement by the Rating Agency of a decrease in the credit rating of the Issuer’s senior unsecured long-term debt to below BBB-. For the avoidance of doubt, any further decrease in the credit rating of the Issuer’s senior unsecured long-term debt by the Rating Agency from below BBB- shall not constitute a Step Up Rating Change;

Step Up/Step Down Margin” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Subsidiary” means any company where the Issuer:

 

  (a)

holds a majority of the voting rights in the company; or

 

  (b)

is a member of the company and has the right to appoint or remove a majority of its board of directors; or

 

  (c)

is a member of the company and controls alone, pursuant to an agreement with other members, a majority of the voting rights in it,

or if the company is a subsidiary of a company that is itself a subsidiary of the Issuer;

Substitute Rating Agency” means any rating agency of international standing substituted for the Rating Agency by the Issuer from time to time with the prior written approval of the Trustee, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed;

Talon” means a talon for further Coupons;

 

Page 60


TARGET2” means the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment system which utilises a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007;

TARGET Settlement Day” means any day on which TARGET2 is open for the settlement of payments in euro;

Tax” means any tax, levy, impost, duty or other charge or withholding of a similar nature (including any penalty or interest payable in connection with any failure by the Issuer to pay or any delay in paying by the Issuer any of the same);

Treasury Publisher” has the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms;

Treaty” means the Treaty on the functioning of the European Union, as amended;

Wholly-Owned Subsidiary” means any Person in which the Issuer, and/or one or more of its Wholly-Owned Subsidiaries, controls, directly or indirectly, all of the stock with ordinary voting power to elect the board of directors of that Person; and

Zero Coupon Note” means a Note specified as such in the relevant Final Terms.

 

(b)

Interpretation

In these Conditions:

 

  (i)

if the Notes are Zero Coupon Notes, references to Coupons and Couponholders are not applicable;

 

  (ii)

if Talons are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being attached to the Notes at the time of issue, references to Coupons shall be deemed to include references to Talons;

 

  (iii)

if Talons are not specified in the relevant Final Terms as being attached to the Notes at the time of issue, references to Talons are not applicable;

 

  (iv)

any reference to principal shall be deemed to include the Redemption Amount, any additional amounts in respect of principal which may be payable under Condition 11 (Taxation), any premium payable in respect of a Note and any other amount in the nature of principal payable pursuant to these Conditions;

 

  (v)

any reference to interest shall be deemed to include any additional amounts in respect of interest which may be payable under Condition 11 (Taxation) and any other amount in the nature of interest payable pursuant to these Conditions; (vi) references to Notes being “outstanding” shall be construed in accordance with the Trust Deed;

 

  (vii)

if an expression is stated in Condition 2(a) (Definitions) to have the meaning given in the relevant Final Terms, but the relevant Final Terms gives no such meaning or specifies that such expression is “not applicable” then such expression is not applicable to the Notes; and

 

  (viii)

any reference to the Agency Agreement or the Trust Deed shall be construed as a reference to the Agency Agreement or the Trust Deed, as the case may be, as amended and/or supplemented up to and including the Issue Date of the Notes.

 

3.

Form, Denomination and Title

The Notes are in bearer form in the Specified Denomination(s) with Coupons and, if specified in the relevant Final Terms, Talons attached at the time of issue. In the case of a Series of Notes with more than one denomination (the “Specified Denomination”) specified in the relevant Final Terms, Notes of one Specified Denomination will not be exchangeable for Notes of another Specified Denomination. Title to the Notes and the Coupons will pass by delivery. The holder of any Note or Coupon shall (except as otherwise required by law) be treated as its absolute owner for all purposes (whether or not it is overdue and regardless of any notice of ownership, trust or any other interest therein, any writing thereon or any notice of any previous loss or theft thereof) and no Person shall be liable for so treating such holder. No Person shall have any right to enforce any term or condition of any Note or the Trust Deed under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 but this does not affect any right or remedy of a third party which exists or is available apart from that Act.

 

Page 61


4.

Status of the Notes and Guarantees

The Notes and Coupons constitute direct, general, unsubordinated and unconditional obligations of the Issuer which will at all times rank pari passu among themselves and at least pari passu with all other present and future unsecured obligations of the Issuer, save for such obligations as may be preferred by provisions of law that are both mandatory and of general application.

The payment obligations of the Guarantors rank pari passu with all other present and future unsecured obligations of the Guarantors, save for such obligations as may be preferred by provisions of law that are both mandatory and of general application.

 

5.

Negative Pledge

So long as any of the Notes remains outstanding neither the Issuer nor any Guarantor nor any Material Subsidiary will create or have outstanding any Security Interest upon, or with respect to, any of the present or future business, undertaking, assets or revenues (including any uncalled capital) of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary to secure any Relevant Indebtedness, unless the Issuer or, as the case may be, such Guarantor or such Material Subsidiary, in the case of the creation of a Security Interest, before or at the same time and, in any other case, promptly, takes any and all action necessary to ensure that:

 

(a)

all amounts payable by it under the Notes, the Coupons and the Trust Deed are secured by the Security Interest equally and rateably with the Relevant Indebtedness to the satisfaction of the Trustee; or

 

(b)

such other Security Interest or other arrangement (whether or not it includes the giving of a Security Interest) is provided either (i) as the Trustee in its absolute discretion deems not materially less beneficial to the interest of the Noteholders or (ii) as is approved by an Extraordinary Resolution (which is defined in the Trust Deed as a resolution duly passed by a majority of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast thereon at a meeting of the Noteholders or by a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of the holders of not less than three quarters of the nominal amount of the Notes) of the Noteholders.

 

6.

Fixed Rate Note Provisions

 

(a)

Application

This Condition 6 is applicable to the Notes only if the Fixed Rate Note provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable.

 

(b)

Accrual of interest

The Notes bear interest from the Interest Commencement Date at the Rate of Interest payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, subject as provided in Condition 10 (Payments). Each Note will cease to bear interest from the due date for final redemption unless, upon due presentation, payment of the Redemption Amount is improperly withheld or refused, in which case it will continue to bear interest in accordance with this Condition 6 (as well after as before judgment) until whichever is the earlier of (i) the day on which all sums due in respect of such Note up to that day are received by or on behalf of the relevant Noteholder and (ii) the day which is seven days after the Principal Paying Agent has notified the Noteholders that it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such seventh day (except to the extent that there is any subsequent default in payment).

 

(c)

Fixed Coupon Amount

The amount of interest payable in respect of each Note for any Interest Period shall be the relevant Fixed Coupon Amount and, if the Notes are in more than one Specified Denomination, shall be the relevant Fixed Coupon Amount in respect of the relevant Specified Denomination.

 

Page 62


(d)

Calculation of interest amount

The amount of interest payable in respect of each Note for any period for which a Fixed Coupon Amount is not specified shall be calculated by applying the Rate of Interest to the Calculation Amount, multiplying the product by the relevant Day Count Fraction, rounding the resulting figure to the nearest sub-unit of the Specified Currency (half a sub-unit being rounded upwards) and multiplying such rounded figure by a fraction equal to the Specified Denomination of such Note divided by the Calculation Amount. For this purpose a “sub-unit” means, in the case of any currency other than euro, the lowest amount of such currency that is available as legal tender in the country of such currency and, in the case of euro, means one cent.

 

(e)

Step Up/Step Down provisions

 

  (i)

If the Step Up/Step Down provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable, the Rate of Interest payable on the Notes will be subject to adjustment from time to time in the event of a Step Up Rating Change or a Step Down Rating Change, as the case may be, in accordance with the provisions of this Condition 6(e).

 

  (ii)

From and including the first Interest Payment Date following the date of a Step Up Rating Change, if any, the Rate of Interest payable on the Notes shall, subject to any adjustment pursuant to a Step Down Rating Change and provided that either Redemption of Relevant Debt is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being not applicable or Redemption of Relevant Debt is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable but has not yet occurred, be increased by the Step Up/Step Down Margin.

 

  (iii)

Furthermore, in the event of a Step Down Rating Change following a Step Up Rating Change or, as the case may be, a Redemption of Relevant Debt having occurred following a Step Up Rating Change where Redemption of Relevant Debt has been specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable, with effect from and including the first Interest Payment Date following the date of such Step Down Rating Change or, as the case may be, Redemption of Relevant Debt, the Rate of Interest payable on the Notes shall be decreased by the Step Up/Step Down Margin.

 

  (iv)

The Issuer shall use all reasonable efforts to maintain a credit rating for its senior unsecured long-term debt from the Rating Agency. If, notwithstanding such reasonable efforts, the Rating Agency fails to or ceases to assign a credit rating to the Issuer’s senior unsecured long-term debt, the Issuer shall use all reasonable efforts to obtain a credit rating of its senior unsecured long-term debt from a Substitute Rating Agency, and references in this Condition 6(e) to the Rating Agency, or the credit ratings thereof, shall be to such Substitute Rating Agency and, as the case may be, the equivalent credit ratings thereof. Notwithstanding anything else in this Condition 6(e), if there is at any time no current rating by a Rating Agency for a period of 90 consecutive days, the Rate of Interest accruing to the Notes, with effect from and including the first Interest Payment Date immediately following such period of 90 consecutive days shall be as though a Step Up Rating Change had occurred unless such a rating is obtained on or prior to such Interest Payment Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the provisions of this sub-paragraph (iv) remain subject in all cases to the provisions relating to the Step Down Rating Change set out in sub-paragraphs (ii) and (iii) above.

 

  (v)

The Issuer will cause the occurrence of a Step Up Rating Change or a Step Down Rating Change to be notified to the Trustee and the Principal Paying Agent and notice thereof to be published in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices) as soon as possible after the occurrence of the Step Up Rating Change or the Step Down Rating Change (whichever the case may be) but in no event later than the fifth Business Day thereafter.

 

  (vi)

The Step Up Rating Change may occur only once during the term of the Notes.

 

Page 63


  (vii)

The Trustee is under no obligation to ascertain whether a change in the rating assigned to the Notes by the Rating Agency or any Substitute Rating Agency has occurred or whether there has been a failure or a ceasing by the Rating Agency or any Substitute Rating Agency to assign a credit rating to the Issuer’s senior unsecured long-term debt and until it shall have actual knowledge or express notice pursuant to the Trust Deed to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no such change to the credit rating assigned to the Notes has occurred or no such failure or ceasing by the Rating Agency or any Substitute Rating Agency has occurred.

 

  (viii)

If the rating designations employed by the Rating Agency are changed from those which are described in the definitions of “Step Down Rating Change” and “Step Up Rating Change”, or if a rating is procured from a Substitute Rating Agency, the Issuer shall determine, with the agreement of the Trustee (not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed), the rating designations of the Rating Agency or such Substitute Rating Agency (as appropriate) as are most equivalent to the prior rating designations of the Rating Agency, and this Condition 6(e) shall be construed accordingly.

 

7.

Floating Rate Note Provisions

 

(a)

Application

This Condition 7 is applicable to the Notes only if the Floating Rate Note provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable.

 

(b)

Accrual of interest

The Notes bear interest from the Interest Commencement Date at the Rate of Interest payable in arrear on each Interest Payment Date, subject as provided in Condition 10 (Payments). Each Note will cease to bear interest from the due date for final redemption unless, upon due presentation, payment of the Redemption Amount is improperly withheld or refused, in which case it will continue to bear interest in accordance with this Condition 7 (as well after as before judgment) until whichever is the earlier of (i) the day on which all sums due in respect of such Note up to that day are received by or on behalf of the relevant Noteholder and (ii) the day which is seven days after the Principal Paying Agent has notified the Noteholders that it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such seventh day (except to the extent that there is any subsequent default in payment).

 

(c)

ISDA Determination

The Rate of Interest applicable to the Notes for each Interest Period will be the sum of the Margin and the relevant ISDA Rate where “ISDA Rate” in relation to any Interest Period means a rate equal to the Floating Rate (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) that would be determined by the Calculation Agent under an interest rate swap transaction if the Calculation Agent were acting as Calculation Agent for that interest rate swap transaction under the terms of an agreement incorporating the ISDA Definitions and under which:

 

  (i)

the Floating Rate Option (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) is as specified in the relevant Final Terms;

 

  (ii)

the Designated Maturity (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) is a period specified in the relevant Final Terms; and

 

  (iii)

the relevant Reset Date (as defined in the ISDA Definitions) is as specified in the relevant Final Terms.

 

(e)

Maximum or Minimum Rate of Interest

If any Maximum Rate of Interest or Minimum Rate of Interest is specified in the relevant Final Terms, then the Rate of Interest shall in no event be greater than the maximum or be less than the minimum so specified.

 

(f)

Calculation of Interest Amount

The Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable after the time at which the Rate of Interest is to be determined in relation to each Interest Period, calculate the Interest Amount payable in respect of each Note for such Interest Period. The Interest Amount will be calculated by

 

Page 64


applying the Rate of Interest for such Interest Period to the Calculation Amount, multiplying the product by the relevant Day Count Fraction, rounding the resulting figure to the nearest sub-unit of the Specified Currency (half a sub-unit being rounded upwards) and multiplying such rounded figure by a fraction equal to the Specified Denomination of the relevant Note divided by the Calculation Amount. For this purpose a “sub-unit” means, in the case of any currency other than euro, the lowest amount of such currency that is available as legal tender in the country of such currency and, in the case of euro, means one cent.

 

(g)

Calculation of other amounts

If the relevant Final Terms specifies that any other amount is to be calculated by the Calculation Agent, the Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable after the time or times at which any such amount is to be determined, calculate the relevant amount. The relevant amount will be calculated by the Calculation Agent in the manner specified in the relevant Final Terms.

 

(h)

Publication

The Calculation Agent will cause each Rate of Interest and Interest Amount determined by it, together with the relevant Interest Payment Date, and any other amount(s) required to be determined by it together with any relevant payment date(s) to be notified to the Paying Agents and each competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system (if any) by which the Notes have then been admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation as soon as practicable after such determination but (in the case of each Rate of Interest, Interest Amount and Interest Payment Date) in any event not later than the first day of the relevant Interest Period. Notice thereof shall also promptly be given to the Noteholders. The Calculation Agent will be entitled to recalculate any Interest Amount (on the basis of the foregoing provisions) without notice in the event of an extension or shortening of the relevant Interest Period. If the Calculation Amount is less than the minimum Specified Denomination the Calculation Agent shall not be obliged to publish each Interest Amount but instead may publish only the Calculation Amount and the Interest Amount in respect of a Note having the minimum Specified Denomination.

 

(i)

Notifications etc.

All notifications, opinions, determinations, certificates, calculations, quotations and decisions given, expressed, made or obtained for the purposes of this Condition 7 by the Calculation Agent will (in the absence of manifest error) be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agents, the Noteholders and the Couponholders and (subject as aforesaid) no liability to any such Person will attach to the Calculation Agent in connection with the exercise or non-exercise by it of its powers, duties and discretions for such purposes.

 

(j)

Determination or Calculation by Trustee

If the Calculation Agent fails at any time to determine a Rate of Interest or to calculate an Interest Amount, the Trustee or a person appointed by the Trustee for that purpose (but without any liability accruing to the Trustee as a result) will determine such Rate of Interest and make such determination or calculation which shall be deemed to have been made by the Calculation Agent. In doing so, the Trustee or a person appointed by the Trustee for that purpose (but without any liability accruing to the Trustee as a result) shall apply all of the provisions of these Conditions with any necessary consequential amendments to the extent that, in its sole opinion and with absolute discretion, it can do so and in all other respects it shall do so in such manner as it shall deem fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and will not be liable for any loss, liability, cost, charge or expense which may arise as a result thereof. Any such determination or calculation made by the Trustee shall be binding on the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Noteholders and the Couponholders.

 

8.

Zero Coupon Note Provisions

 

(a)

Application

This Condition 8 is applicable to the Notes only if the Zero Coupon Note provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable.

 

Page 65


(b)

Late payment on Zero Coupon Notes

If the Redemption Amount payable in respect of any Zero Coupon Note is improperly withheld or refused, the Redemption Amount shall thereafter be an amount equal to the sum of:

 

  (i)

the Reference Price; and

 

  (ii)

the product of the Accrual Yield (compounded annually) being applied to the Reference Price on the basis of the relevant Day Count Fraction from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) whichever is the earlier of (A) the day on which all sums due in respect of such Note up to that day are received by or on behalf of the relevant Noteholder and (B) the day which is seven days after the Principal Paying Agent or, as the case may be, the Trustee has notified the Noteholders that it has received all sums due in respect of the Notes up to such seventh day (except to the extent that there is any subsequent default in payment).

 

9.

Redemption and Purchase

 

(a)

Scheduled redemption

Unless previously redeemed or purchased and cancelled in accordance with Condition 9(k) (Cancellation), the Notes will be redeemed at their Final Redemption Amount on the Maturity Date, subject as provided in Condition 10 (Payments).

 

(b)

Redemption for tax reasons

The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole, but not in part:

 

  (i)

at any time (if the Floating Rate Note provisions are not specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable); or

 

  (ii)

on any Interest Payment Date (if the Floating Rate Note provisions are specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable),

on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders (which notice shall be irrevocable), at their Early Redemption Amount (Tax), together with interest accrued (if any) to the date fixed for redemption, if:

 

  (A)

as a result of any change in, or amendment to, the tax laws or regulations of the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or any authority thereof or therein having power to tax, or any change in the application or official interpretation of such laws or regulations (including a holding by a court of competent jurisdiction), which change or amendment becomes effective on or after the date of issue of the first Tranche of the Notes on the next Interest Payment Date either (i) the Issuer would be obliged to pay additional amounts as provided or referred to in Condition 11 (Taxation) or (ii) each Guarantor would be unable for reasons outside its control to procure payment by the Issuer and in making payment itself would be required to pay such additional amounts; and

 

  (B)

such obligation cannot be avoided by the Issuer or, as the case may be, each of the Guarantors taking reasonable measures available to it,

PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT no such notice of redemption shall be given earlier than:

 

  (I)

where the Notes may be redeemed at any time, 90 days prior to the earliest date on which the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor would be obliged to pay such additional amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due; or

 

  (II)

where the Notes may be redeemed only on an Interest Payment Date, 60 days prior to the Interest Payment Date occurring immediately before the earliest date on which the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor would be obliged to pay such additional amounts if a payment in respect of the Notes were then due.

Prior to the publication of any notice of redemption pursuant to this paragraph, the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (i), if the Trustee so requests, an opinion of independent legal advisers of recognised standing to the effect that the Issuer or, as the case may be, a Guarantor has or

 

Page 66


will become obliged to pay such additional amounts as a result of such change or amendment and (ii) a certificate signed by two authorised officers of the Issuer or, as the case may be, each of the Guarantors, as the case may be, stating that the obligation referred to in (A) above cannot be avoided by the Issuer or, as the case may be, each of the Guarantors taking reasonable measures available to it and the Trustee shall be entitled to accept such certificate as sufficient evidence of the satisfaction of the condition precedent set out in (B) above in which event it shall be conclusive and binding on the Noteholders and Couponholders. Upon the expiry of any such notice as is referred to in this Condition 9(b), the Issuer shall be bound to redeem the Notes in accordance with this Condition 9(b).

 

(c)

Redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer Call Option)

If Issuer Call Option is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable, the Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole or, if so specified in the relevant Final Terms, in part on any Optional Redemption Date (Call) at the relevant Optional Redemption Amount (Call) on the Issuer giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice (or such other period of notice as is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable) to the Noteholders and the Trustee (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall oblige the Issuer to redeem the Notes or, as the case may be, the Notes specified in such notice on the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Call) at the Optional Redemption Amount (Call) plus accrued interest (if any) to such date).

 

(d)

Redemption at the option of the Issuer where Issuer Maturity Par Call Option or Issuer Residual Call Option is specified

The Notes may be redeemed at the option of the Issuer in whole, but not in part:

 

  i)

if Issuer Maturity Par Call Option is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable, at any time during the period commencing on (and including) the day that is 90 days prior to the Maturity Date to (but excluding) the Maturity Date, at the Final Redemption Amount specified in the relevant Final Terms, plus accrued interest (if any) to the date fixed for redemption, upon the Issuer having given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice (or such other period of notice as is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable) to the Noteholders and the Trustee (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption); or

 

  ii)

if Issuer Residual Call Option is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable and, at any time, the outstanding aggregate nominal amount of the Notes is 20 per cent. or less of the aggregate nominal amount of the Series issued, at any time (if this Note is not a Floating Rate Note) or on any Interest Payment Date (if this Note is a Floating Rate Note), at the Residual Call Early Redemption Amount, plus accrued interest (if any) to the date fixed for redemption, upon the Issuer having given not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice (or such other period of notice as is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable) to the Noteholders and the Trustee (which notice shall be irrevocable and shall specify the date fixed for redemption).

 

(e)

Partial redemption

If the Notes are to be redeemed in part only on any date in accordance with Condition 9(c) (Redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer Call Option)), the Notes to be redeemed shall be selected by the drawing of lots in such place and in such manner as the Trustee approves, subject to compliance with applicable law, the rules of each competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system (if any) by which the Notes have then been admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation and the notice to Noteholders referred to in Condition 9(c) (Redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer Call Option)) shall specify the serial numbers of the Notes so to be redeemed. If any Maximum Redemption Amount or Minimum Redemption Amount is specified in the relevant Final Terms, then the Optional Redemption Amount (Call) shall in no event be greater than the maximum or be less than the minimum so specified.

 

Page 67


(f)

Redemption at the option of Noteholders

If Put Option is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable, the Issuer shall, at the option of the holder of any Note redeem such Note on the Optional Redemption Date (Put) specified in the relevant Put Option Notice at the relevant Optional Redemption Amount (Put) together with interest (if any) accrued to such date. In order to exercise the option contained in this Condition 9(f), the holder of a Note must, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days before the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Put), deposit with any Paying Agent such Note together with all unmatured Coupons relating thereto and a duly completed Put Option Notice in the form obtainable from any Paying Agent. The Paying Agent with which such Note is so deposited shall deliver a duly completed Put Option Receipt to the depositing Noteholder. No Note, once deposited with a duly completed Put Option Notice in accordance with this Condition 9(f), may be withdrawn; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT if, prior to the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Put), any such Note becomes immediately due and payable or, upon due presentation of any such Note on the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Put), payment of the redemption moneys is improperly withheld or refused, the relevant Paying Agent shall mail notification thereof to the depositing Noteholder at such address as may have been given by such Noteholder in the relevant Put Option Notice and shall hold such Note at its Specified Office for collection by the depositing Noteholder against surrender of the relevant Put Option Receipt. For so long as any outstanding Note is held by a Paying Agent in accordance with this Condition 9(f), the depositor of such Note and not such Paying Agent shall be deemed to be the holder of such Note for all purposes.

If the Note is in definitive form and held through Euroclear or Clearstream, to exercise the right to require redemption or, as the case may be, purchase of a Note under this Condition 9(f) the holder of the Note must, not less than 30 nor more than 60 days before the relevant Optional Redemption Date (Put), give notice to the Principal Paying Agent of such exercise in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream (which may include notice being given on his instruction by Euroclear or Clearstream or any common depositary for them to the Principal Paying Agent by electronic means) in a form acceptable to Euroclear and Clearstream from time to time.

 

(g)

Change of Control redemption

If Change of Control Put Option is specified in the relevant Final Terms as being applicable and a Change of Control Put Event occurs, the holder of each Note will have the option (unless prior to the giving of the relevant Change of Control Put Event Notice the Issuer has given notice of redemption under Condition 9(b) (Redemption for tax reasons) or 9(c) (Redemption at the option of the Issuer), if applicable) to require the Issuer to redeem or, at the Issuer’s option, purchase (or procure the purchase of) that Note on the Change of Control Optional Redemption Date at its Change of Control Optional Redemption Amount together with interest accrued to (but excluding) the Change of Control Optional Redemption Date.

Promptly upon, and in any event within 14 days after, the Issuer becoming aware that a Change of Control Put Event has occurred the Issuer shall, and at any time upon the Trustee becoming similarly so aware the Trustee may, and if so requested by the holders of at least one-quarter in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding or if so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders, shall, (subject in each case to the Trustee being indemnified, secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction) give the Change of Control Put Event Notice to the Noteholders.

To exercise the Change of Control Put Option, the holder of the Note must deliver such Note to the specified office of any Paying Agent at any time during normal business hours of such Paying Agent falling within the Change of Control Put Period, accompanied by a duly signed and completed notice of exercise in the form (for the time being current) obtainable from the specified office of any Paying Agent (an “Exercise Notice”). The Note should be delivered together with all Coupons appertaining thereto maturing after the Change of Control Optional Redemption Date, failing which the Paying Agent will require payment from or on behalf of the Noteholder of an amount equal to the face value of any such missing Coupon. Any amount so paid will be reimbursed by the Paying Agent to the Noteholder against presentation and surrender of the relevant missing Coupon (or any replacement issued therefor pursuant to Condition 14 (Replacement of Notes and Coupons)) at any time after such payment, but before

 

Page 68


the expiry of the period of ten years from the date on which such Coupon would have become due, but not thereafter. If the Note is in definitive form and held through Euroclear or Clearstream, to exercise the right to require redemption or, as the case may be, purchase of a Note under this Condition 9(g) the holder of the Note must, within the Change of Control Put Period, give notice to the Principal Paying Agent of such exercise in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream (which may include notice being given on his instruction by Euroclear or Clearstream or any common depositary for them to the Principal Paying Agent by electronic means) in a form acceptable to Euroclear and Clearstream from time to time. The Paying Agent to which such Note and Exercise Notice are delivered will issue to the Noteholder concerned a non-transferable receipt in respect of the Note so delivered or, in the case of a Note held through Euroclear and/or Clearstream, notice received. Payment in respect of any Note so delivered will be made, if the holder duly specified a bank account in the Exercise Notice to which payment is to be made, on the Change of Control Optional Redemption Date by transfer to that bank account and, in every other case, on or after the Change of Control Optional Redemption Date against presentation and surrender or (as the case may be) endorsement of such receipt at the specified office of any Paying Agent. For the purposes of these Conditions, receipts issued pursuant to this Condition 9(g) shall be treated as if they were Notes. The Issuer shall redeem or purchase (or procure the purchase of) the Notes in respect of which the Change of Control Put Option has been validly exercised in accordance with the provisions of this Condition 9(g) on the Change of Control Optional Redemption Date unless previously redeemed (or purchased) and cancelled.

Any Exercise Notice, once given, shall be irrevocable except where prior to the Change of Control Optional Redemption Date an Event of Default shall have occurred and the Trustee shall have accelerated the Notes, in which event such holder, at its option, may elect by notice to the Issuer to withdraw the Exercise Notice and instead to treat its Notes as being forthwith due and payable pursuant to Condition 12 (Events of Default).

If 80 per cent. or more in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding have been redeemed or purchased pursuant to this Condition 9(g), the Issuer may, on giving not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice to the Noteholders (such notice being given within 30 days after the Change of Control Optional Redemption Date), redeem or purchase (or procure the purchase of), at its option, all but not some only of the remaining outstanding Notes at their principal amount, together with interest accrued to (but excluding) the date fixed for such redemption or purchase.

If the rating designations employed by any Rating Agency are changed from those which are described in paragraph (ii) of the definition of “Change of Control Put Event”, or if a rating is procured from a Substitute Rating Agency, the Issuer shall determine, with the agreement of the Trustee, the rating designations of such Rating Agency or such Substitute Rating Agency (as appropriate) as are most equivalent to the prior rating designations of the relevant Rating Agency and this Condition 9(g) shall be construed accordingly.

The Trustee is under no obligation to ascertain whether a Change of Control Put Event or Change of Control or any event which could lead to the occurrence of or could constitute a Change of Control Put Event or Change of Control has occurred, or to seek any confirmation from any Rating Agency pursuant to the definition of Negative Rating Event below, and, until it shall have actual knowledge or notice pursuant to the Trust Deed to the contrary, the Trustee may assume that no Change of Control Put Event or Change of Control or other such event has occurred.

 

(h)

No other redemption

The Issuer shall not be entitled to redeem the Notes otherwise than as provided in Conditions 9(a) (Scheduled redemption) to 9(g) (Change of control redemption) above.

 

(i)

Early redemption of Zero Coupon Notes

Unless otherwise specified in the relevant Final Terms, the Redemption Amount payable on redemption of a Zero Coupon Note at any time before the Maturity Date shall be an amount equal to the sum of:

 

Page 69


  (i)

the Reference Price; and

 

  (ii)

the product of the Accrual Yield (compounded annually) being applied to the Reference Price from (and including) the Issue Date to (but excluding) the date fixed for redemption or (as the case may be) the date upon which the Note becomes due and payable.

Where such calculation is to be made for a period which is not a whole number of years, the calculation in respect of the period of less than a full year shall be made on the basis of such Day Count Fraction as may be specified in the Final Terms for the purposes of this Condition 9(i) or, if none is so specified, a Day Count Fraction of 30E/360.

 

(j)

Purchase

The Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries may at any time purchase Notes in the open market or otherwise and at any price, PROVIDED THAT all unmatured Coupons are purchased therewith.

 

(k)

Cancellation

All Notes so redeemed or purchased by the Issuer or any of its Subsidiaries and any unmatured Coupons attached to or surrendered with them shall be cancelled and may not be reissued or resold.

 

10.

Payments

 

(a)

Principal

Payments of principal shall be made only against presentation and (PROVIDED THAT payment is made in full) surrender of Notes at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States by cheque drawn in the currency in which the payment is due on, or by transfer to an account denominated in that currency (or, if that currency is euro, any other account to which euro may be credited or transferred) and maintained by the payee with, a bank in the Principal Financial Centre of that currency (in the case of a sterling cheque, a town clearing branch of a bank in the City of London).

 

(b)

Interest

Payments of interest shall, subject to Condition 10(h) (Payments other than in respect of matured Coupons), be made only against presentation and (PROVIDED THAT payment is made in full) surrender of the appropriate Coupons at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States in the manner described in Condition 10(a) (Principal).

 

(c)

Payments in New York City

Payments of principal or interest may be made at the Specified Office of a Paying Agent in New York City as specified in Part B of the relevant Final Terms if (i) the Issuer has appointed Paying Agents outside the United States with the reasonable expectation that such Paying Agents will be able to make payment of the full amount of the interest on the Notes in the currency in which the payment is due when due, (ii) payment of the full amount of such interest at the offices of all such Paying Agents is illegal or effectively precluded by exchange controls or other similar restrictions and (iii) payment is permitted by applicable United States law.

 

(d)

Payments subject to fiscal laws

All payments in respect of the Notes will be subject in all cases to (i) any fiscal or other laws and regulations applicable thereto in the place of payment, but without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 11 (Taxation) and (ii) any withholding or deduction required pursuant to an agreement described in Section 1471(b) of the U.S. Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (the “Code”) or otherwise imposed pursuant to Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, any regulations or agreements thereunder, any official interpretations thereof, or (without prejudice to the provisions of Condition 11 (Taxation)) any law implementing an intergovernmental approach thereto.

 

Page 70


No commissions or expenses shall be charged to the Noteholders or Couponholders in respect of such payments.

 

(e)

Deductions for unmatured Coupons

If the relevant Final Terms specify that the Fixed Rate Note provisions are applicable and a Note is presented without all unmatured Coupons relating thereto:

 

  (i)

if the aggregate amount of the missing Coupons is less than or equal to the amount of principal due for payment, a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the missing Coupons will be deducted from the amount of principal due for payment; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT if the gross amount available for payment is less than the amount of principal due for payment, the sum deducted will be that proportion of the aggregate amount of such missing Coupons which the gross amount actually available for payment bears to the amount of principal due for payment;

 

  (ii)

if the aggregate amount of the missing Coupons is greater than the amount of principal due for payment:

 

  (A)

so many of such missing Coupons shall become void (in inverse order of maturity) as will result in the aggregate amount of the remainder of such missing Coupons (the “Relevant Coupons”) being equal to the amount of principal due for payment; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT where this sub-paragraph would otherwise require a fraction of a missing Coupon to become void, such missing Coupon shall become void in its entirety; and

 

  (B)

a sum equal to the aggregate amount of the Relevant Coupons (or, if less, the amount of principal due for payment) will be deducted from the amount of principal due for payment; PROVIDED, HOWEVER, THAT, if the gross amount available for payment is less than the amount of principal due for payment, the sum deducted will be that proportion of the aggregate amount of the Relevant Coupons (or, as the case may be, the amount of principal due for payment) which the gross amount actually available for payment bears to the amount of principal due for payment.

Each sum of principal so deducted shall be paid in the manner provided in Condition 10(a) (Principal) against presentation and (PROVIDED THAT payment is made in full) surrender of the relevant missing Coupons.

 

(f)

Unmatured Coupons void

If the relevant Final Terms specifies that this Condition 10(f) is applicable or that the Floating Rate Note provisions are applicable, on the due date for final redemption of any Note or early redemption in whole of such Note pursuant to Condition 9(b) (Redemption for tax reasons), Condition 9(f) (Redemption at the option of Noteholders), Condition 9(c) (Redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer Call Option)) or Condition 12 (Events of Default), all unmatured Coupons relating thereto (whether or not still attached) shall become void and no payment will be made in respect thereof.

 

(g)

Payments on business days

If the due date for payment of any amount in respect of any Note or Coupon is not a Payment Business Day in the place of presentation, the holder shall not be entitled to payment in such place of the amount due until the next succeeding Payment Business Day in such place and shall not be entitled to any further interest or other payment in respect of any such delay.

 

(h)

Payments other than in respect of matured Coupons

Payments of interest other than in respect of matured Coupons shall be made only against presentation of the relevant Notes at the Specified Office of any Paying Agent outside the United States (or in New York City if permitted by Condition 10(c) (Payments in New York City) above).

 

Page 71


(i)

Partial payments

If a Paying Agent makes a partial payment in respect of any Note or Coupon presented to it for payment, such Paying Agent will endorse thereon a statement indicating the amount and date of such payment.

 

(j)

Exchange of Talons

On or after the maturity date of the final Coupon which is (or was at the time of issue) part of a Coupon Sheet relating to the Notes, the Talon forming part of such Coupon Sheet may be exchanged at the Specified Office of the Principal Paying Agent for a further Coupon Sheet (including, if appropriate, a further Talon but excluding any Coupons in respect of which claims have already become void pursuant to Condition 13 (Prescription)). Upon the due date for redemption of any Note, any unexchanged Talon relating to such Note shall become void and no Coupon will be delivered in respect of such Talon.

 

11.

Taxation

 

(a)

Gross up

All payments of principal and interest in respect of the Notes and the Coupons by or on behalf of the Issuer or any Guarantor shall be made free and clear of, and without withholding or deduction for or on account of, any present or future taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges of whatever nature imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by or on behalf of the United Kingdom or any political subdivision therein or any authority therein or thereof having power to tax, unless the withholding or deduction of such taxes, duties, assessments, or governmental charges is required by law. In that event, the Issuer or, as the case may be, such Guarantor, shall pay such additional amounts as will result in receipt by the Noteholders and the Couponholders after such withholding or deduction of such amounts as would have been received by them had no such withholding or deduction been required, except that no such additional amounts shall be payable in respect of any Note or Coupon:

 

  (i)

presented for payment by or on behalf of a holder which is liable to such taxes, duties, assessments or governmental charges in respect of such Note or Coupon by reason of its having some connection with the jurisdiction by which such taxes, duties, assessments or charges have been imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed other than the mere holding of the Note or Coupon; or

 

  (ii)

presented for payment more than 30 days after the Relevant Date except to the extent that the holder of such Note or Coupon would have been entitled to such additional amounts on presenting such Note or Coupon for payment on the last day of such period of 30 days.

 

(b)

Taxing jurisdiction

If the Issuer or any Guarantor becomes subject at any time to any taxing jurisdiction other than the United Kingdom, references in these Conditions to the United Kingdom shall be construed as references to the United Kingdom and/or such other jurisdiction.

 

12.

Events of Default

If any of the following events occurs and is continuing then the Trustee may at its discretion and shall, if so requested in writing by the holders of at least one fifth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes, or if so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution (subject to the Trustee having been indemnified and/or provided with security and/or prefunded by the Noteholders to its satisfaction) by written notice to the Issuer, declare the Notes to be immediately due and payable, whereupon they shall become immediately due and payable at their Early Termination Amount together with accrued interest (if any) without further action or formality:

 

(a)

Non-payment

the Issuer fails to pay any amount of principal in respect of the Notes within ten days of the due date for payment thereof or any amount of interest in respect of the Notes within ten days of the due date for payment thereof; or

 

Page 72


(b)

Breach of other obligations

the Issuer or any Guarantor does not comply with any of their other obligations under or in respect of the Notes or the Trust Deed and (except in any case where, in the opinion of the Trustee, such failure is incapable of remedy in which case no continuation or notice as is hereinafter provided will be required) such failure to comply continues unremedied for 30 days (or such longer period as the Trustee may permit) after written notice thereof has been delivered by the Trustee to the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be; or

 

(c)

Cross Default

 

  (i)

any Indebtedness of the Issuer or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary becomes due and repayable prematurely by reason of an event of default (however described);

 

  (ii)

the Issuer or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary fails to make any payment in respect of any Indebtedness on the due date for payment or, as the case may be, within any applicable grace period as originally provided;

 

  (iii)

any security given by the Issuer or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary for any Indebtedness is enforced; or

 

  (iv)

default is made by the Issuer or any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary in making any payment due under any guarantee and/or indemnity given by it in relation to any Indebtedness of any other person,

provided that (i) no event described in this Condition 12(c) shall constitute an Event of Default where the Issuer or the relevant Guarantor or the relevant Material Subsidiary, as the case may be, satisfies the Trustee that it is contesting such Event of Default in good faith and by appropriate action and (ii) no event described in this Condition 12(c) shall constitute an Event of Default unless the Indebtedness or other relative liability, either alone or when aggregated with other Indebtedness and/or other liabilities relative to all (if any) other events described in this Condition 12(c) which have occurred and are continuing (excluding where the Issuer and/or the relevant Guarantor and/or the relevant Material Subsidiary, as the case may be, has satisfied the Trustee that it is contesting such event in good faith and by appropriate action), amounts to at least U.S.$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency); or

 

(d)

Security enforced

a secured party takes possession, or a receiver, manager or other similar officer is appointed, of all or substantially all of the undertaking, assets and revenues of the Issuer, a Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary; or

 

(e)

Creditor’s process

any expropriation, attachment, sequestration, distress or execution affects any asset or assets of the Issuer, any Guarantor or a Material Subsidiary having an aggregate value of and in respect of indebtedness aggregating at least U.S.$50,000,000 (or its equivalent in any other currency or currencies) and is not discharged within 30 days; or

 

(f)

Insolvency etc.

(i) the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary becomes insolvent or is unable to pay its debts as they fall due; (ii) an administrator or liquidator of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary of all or substantially all of the undertaking, assets and revenues of the Issuer, such Guarantor or such Material Subsidiary is appointed (otherwise than for the purposes of or pursuant to an amalgamation, reorganisation or restructuring whilst solvent on terms previously approved in writing by the Trustee or by an Extraordinary Resolution); or (iii) the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary makes a general assignment or an arrangement or composition with or for the benefit of its creditors generally or declares a moratorium in respect of any of its Indebtedness given by it; or (iv) a person presents a petition for the winding up, liquidation, dissolution, administration or suspension of payments of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary (excluding where the Issuer, such Guarantor or such Material Subsidiary has satisfied the Trustee that it is contesting such petition in good faith and by appropriate action); or

 

Page 73


(g)

Winding up etc.

an order is made or an effective resolution is passed for the winding up, liquidation or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary (otherwise than for the purposes of or pursuant to an amalgamation, reorganisation or restructuring whilst solvent on terms previously approved in writing by the Trustee or by an Extraordinary Resolution); or

 

(h)

Failure to take action etc.

any action, condition or thing at any time required to be taken, fulfilled or done in order (i) to enable the Issuer or the Guarantors lawfully to enter into, exercise their respective rights and perform and comply with their respective obligations under and in respect of the Notes, the Coupons and the Trust Deed, (ii) to ensure that those obligations are legal, valid, binding and enforceable and (iii) to make the Notes, the Coupons and the Trust Deed admissible in evidence in the courts of England is not taken, fulfilled or done; or

 

(i)

Cessation of business etc.

the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary ceases or threatens to cease to carry on all or substantially all of its business, save for (i) the purposes of or pursuant to an amalgamation, reorganisation or restructuring neither involving nor arising out of the insolvency of the Issuer or, as the case may be, such Guarantor or Material Subsidiary, (ii) any transfer of assets by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary to any other member of the Group, (iii) any transfer of assets by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary to a third party or parties (whether associated or not) on an arm’s length basis, (iv) any transfer of assets by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary whereby the transferee is or immediately upon such transfer becomes a Material Subsidiary, or (v) any transfer of assets by the Issuer, any Guarantor or any Material Subsidiary the terms of which have been previously approved by the Trustee or by an Extraordinary Resolution of the Noteholders; or

 

(j)

Guarantee etc.

any Guarantee ceases to be, or is claimed by a Guarantor not to be, in full force and effect; or

 

(k)

Guarantors etc.

any Guarantor ceases to be a Subsidiary controlled, directly or indirectly, by the Issuer,

provided that, in the case of Conditions 12(b), (d) and (f) to (i) inclusive, the Trustee shall have certified in writing that such event is in its opinion materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders.

 

13.

Prescription

Claims for principal shall become void unless such claims are made within ten years of the appropriate Relevant Date. Claims for interest shall become void unless such claims are made within five years of the appropriate Relevant Date.

 

14.

Replacement of Notes, Coupons and Talons

If any Note, Coupon or Talon is lost, stolen, mutilated, defaced or destroyed, it may be replaced at the Specified Office of the Principal Paying Agent (and, if the Notes are then admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by any competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system which requires the appointment of a Paying Agent, as specified in Part B of the relevant Final Terms, in any particular place, a Paying Agent having its Specified Office in the place required by such competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system), subject to all applicable laws and competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system requirements, upon payment by the claimant of the expenses incurred in connection with such replacement and on such terms as to evidence, security, indemnity and otherwise as the Issuer and the Guarantors may reasonably require. Mutilated or defaced Notes, Coupons or Talons must be surrendered before replacements will be issued.

 

15.

Trustee and Agents

The Trust Deed contains provisions for the indemnification of the Trustee and for its relief from responsibility, including provisions relieving it from any obligation to take proceedings to enforce

 

Page 74


repayment unless indemnified, secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction and to be paid its costs and expenses in priority to the claims of Noteholders. The Trust Deed also contains provisions pursuant to which the Trustee is entitled, inter alia, (i) to enter into business transactions with the Issuer, the Guarantors and/or any other Subsidiary and/or any related entity thereof and to act as trustee for the holders of any other securities issued or guaranteed by or relating to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other Subsidiary, (ii) to exercise and enforce its rights, comply with its obligations and perform its duties under or in relation to any such transactions or, as the case may be, any such trusteeship without regard to the interests of, or consequences for, the Noteholders or Couponholders, and (iii) to retain and not be liable to account for any profit made or any other amount or benefit received thereby or in connection therewith.

In the exercise of its powers and discretions under these Conditions and/or the Trust Deed, the Trustee will have regard to the interests of the Noteholders as a class and will not be responsible for any consequences for individual holders of Notes, Coupons or Talons as a result of such holders being connected in any way with a particular territory or taxing jurisdiction.

In acting under the Agency Agreement and in connection with the Notes and the Coupons, the Paying Agents and the Calculation Agent (if any) act solely as agents of the Issuer or, following the occurrence of an Event of Default, the Trustee and do not assume any obligations towards or relationship of agency or trust for or with any of the Noteholders or Couponholders.

The Principal Paying Agent and its initial Specified Office is set out below. If any additional Paying Agent is appointed in connection with any Series, the name of such Paying Agent will be specified in Part B of the relevant Final Terms. The initial Calculation Agent (if any) is specified in the relevant Final Terms. The Issuer reserves the right at any time, with the prior written consent of the Trustee, to vary or terminate the appointment of any Paying Agent or Calculation Agent and to appoint a successor principal paying agent or calculation agent and additional or successor paying agents; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT:

 

(a)

the Issuer shall at all times maintain a Principal Paying Agent; and

 

(b)

if a Calculation Agent is specified in the relevant Final Terms, the Issuer shall at all times maintain a Calculation Agent; and

 

(c)

if and for so long as the Notes are admitted to listing, trading and/or quotation by any competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system which requires the appointment of a Paying Agent in any particular place, the Issuer shall maintain a Paying Agent having its Specified Office in the place required by such competent authority, stock exchange and/or quotation system.

Notice of any appointment of, or change in, any of the Paying Agents or in their Specified Offices shall promptly be given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices).

 

16.

Meetings of Noteholders; Modification and Waiver

 

(a)

Meetings of Noteholders

The Trust Deed contains provisions for convening meetings (which may be physical or virtual) of Noteholders to consider matters relating to the Notes, including the modification of any provision of these Conditions or the Trust Deed. Any such modification may be made if sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution. Such a meeting may be convened by the Issuer or the Trustee and shall be convened by the Trustee upon the request in writing of Noteholders holding not less than one-tenth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. The quorum at any meeting convened to vote on an Extraordinary Resolution will be two or more Persons holding or representing more than half of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes or, at any adjourned meeting, two or more Persons being or representing Noteholders whatever the principal amount of the Notes held or represented; PROVIDED HOWEVER, THAT Reserved Matters may only be sanctioned by an Extraordinary Resolution passed at a meeting of Noteholders at which two or more Persons holding or representing not less than three-quarters or, at any adjourned meeting, not less than one quarter of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes form a quorum. Any Extraordinary Resolution duly passed at any such meeting shall be binding on all the Noteholders and Couponholders, whether present or not. Noteholders may attend and vote at such meetings or vote by way of electronic consents through the relevant clearing system(s) (in a form satisfactory to the Trustee).

 

Page 75


In addition, a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of at least 75 per cent. of the Noteholders who for the time being are entitled to receive notice of a meeting of Noteholders under the Trust Deed will take effect as if it were an Extraordinary Resolution. Such a resolution in writing may be contained in one document or several documents in the same form, each signed by or on behalf of one or more Noteholders.

 

(b)

Modification and waiver

The Trustee may agree, without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders, to (i) any modification to or of these Conditions, the Notes or the Trust Deed (other than in respect of a Reserved Matter) which is, in the opinion of the Trustee, proper to make if, in the opinion of the Trustee, such modification will not be materially prejudicial to the interests of Noteholders, (ii) any modification of these Conditions, the Notes or the Trust Deed that is of a formal, minor or technical nature or is made to correct a manifest error or to correct an error which, in the opinion of the Trustee, is proven, and (iii) any waiver or authorisation of any breach or proposed breach, of any of the provisions of these Conditions, the Notes or the Trust Deed (other than a proposed breach or breach relating to the subject of a Reserved Matter) that is in the opinion of the Trustee not materially prejudicial to the interests of the Noteholders. Any such modification, authorisation or waiver shall be binding on the Noteholders and the Couponholders and, if the Trustee so requires, such modification, authorisation or waiver shall be notified to the Noteholders as soon as practicable in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices).

 

(c)

Substitution

The Trust Deed contains provisions permitting the Trustee to agree, without the consent of the Noteholders, the Receiptholders or the Couponholders, to the substitution of certain other entities in place of the Issuer or any Guarantor (or in either case any previously substituted company) as principal debtor or, as the case may be, guarantor under the Trust Deed in relation to the Notes and Coupons of any Series of Notes, subject to (i) the Notes being unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by the Issuer or, as the case may be, the relevant Guarantor, (ii) the Trustee being satisfied that such substitution is not materially prejudicial to the interests of Noteholders; and (iii) certain other conditions set out in the Trust Deed being complied with.

No Noteholder or Couponholder shall, in connection with any substitution, be entitled to claim any indemnification or payment in respect of any tax consequence thereof for such Noteholder or (as the case may be) Couponholder except to the extent provided for in Condition 11 (Taxation) (or any undertaking given in addition to or substitution for it pursuant to the provisions of the Trust Deed).

 

17.

Enforcement

The Trustee may, at any time, at its discretion and without further notice, institute such proceedings against the Issuer and/or the Guarantors as it thinks fit to enforce any obligation, condition or provision binding on the Issuer and/or the Guarantors under these Conditions, the Notes or the Trust Deed, but shall not be bound to do so unless:

 

(a)

it has been so directed by an Extraordinary Resolution or it has been so requested in writing by the holders of at least one fifth of the nominal amount of the Notes outstanding; and

 

(b)

it has been indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded by the

Noteholders to its satisfaction. No Noteholder or Couponholder shall be entitled to institute proceedings directly against the Issuer or a Guarantor unless the Trustee, having become bound to proceed as aforesaid, fails to do so within a reasonable time and such failure is continuing.

 

Page 76


18.

Notices

 

(a)

Valid Notices

Notices to the Noteholders shall be valid if published in a leading English language daily newspaper published in London (which is expected to be the Financial Times) or, if such publication is not practicable, in a leading English language daily newspaper having general circulation in Europe. Any such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the date of first publication (or if required to be published in more than one newspaper, on the first date on which publication shall have been made in all the required newspapers).

 

(b)

Other Methods

Notwithstanding Condition 18(a) (Valid Notices), the Trustee may approve some other method of giving notice to the Noteholders if, in its opinion, that other method is reasonable having regard to market practice then prevailing and to the requirements of any stock exchange on which Notes are then listed and PROVIDED THAT notice of that other method is given to the Noteholders in the manner required by the Trustee.

 

(c)

Couponholders

Couponholders shall be deemed for all purposes to have notice of the contents of any notice given to the Noteholders.

 

19.

Rounding

For the purposes of any calculations referred to in these Conditions (unless otherwise specified in these Conditions), (a) all percentages resulting from such calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point (with 0.000005 per cent., being rounded up to 0.00001 per cent.), (b) all United States dollar amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest cent (with one half cent being rounded up), (c) all Japanese Yen amounts used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded downwards to the next lower whole Japanese Yen amount, and (d) all amounts denominated in any other currency used in or resulting from such calculations will be rounded to the nearest two decimal places in such currency, with 0.005 being rounded upwards.

 

20.

Further Issues

The Issuer may from time to time without the consent of the Noteholders or Couponholders create and issue further securities either having the same terms and conditions as the Notes in all respects (or in all respects except for the first payment of interest on them) and so that such further issue shall be consolidated and form a single series with the outstanding securities of any series (including the Notes) or upon such terms as the Issuer may determine at the time of their issue. References in these Conditions to the Notes include (unless the context requires otherwise) any other securities issued pursuant to this Condition and forming a single series with the Notes. The Trust Deed contains provisions for convening a single meeting of the Noteholders and the holders of securities of other series where the Trustee so decides.

 

21.

Governing Law and Jurisdiction

 

(a)

Governing law

The Notes and the Trust Deed, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with the Notes and the Trust Deed, are governed by, and construed in accordance with, English law.

 

(b)

English courts

The courts of England have exclusive jurisdiction to settle any dispute (a “Dispute”) arising out of or in connection with the Notes and the Trust Deed (including a dispute relating to the existence, validity or cancellation of the Notes or any non-contractual obligation arising out of or in connection with the Notes or the Trust Deed) or the consequences of their nullity.

 

Page 77


(c)

Appropriate forum

The Issuer and each of the Guarantors agree that the courts of England are the most appropriate and convenient courts to settle any Dispute and, accordingly, that they will not argue to the contrary.

 

Page 78


SCHEDULE 2

FORM OF GLOBAL NOTES

Part A Form of Temporary Global Note

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]1

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 05134420)

[Aggregate principal amount of Series]

[Title of Notes]

unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by

SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 913450)

and

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 4551528)

TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

 

1.

INTRODUCTION

 

1.1

The Notes

This Temporary Global Note is issued in respect of the notes (the Notes) of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the Issuer) and guaranteed by Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together, the Guarantors) described in the final terms (the Final Terms) or drawdown prospectus (the Drawdown Prospectus) or securities note (Securities Note) a copy of which is annexed hereto. If a Drawdown Prospectus or a Securities Note is annexed hereto, each reference in this Temporary Global Note to “Final Terms” shall be read and construed as a reference to the final terms of the Notes set out in such Drawdown Prospectus or Securities Note. The Notes:

 

(a)

Trust Deed: (insofar as they are represented by this Temporary Global Note) are subject to and have the benefit of an amended and restated trust deed made on 14 September 2020 (as further amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the Trust Deed) made between the Issuer, the Guarantors and HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited as trustee (the Trustee, which expression shall include all persons for the time being the trustee or trustees appointed under the Trust Deed); and

 

1 

Legend to appear on every Note with a maturity of more than one year.

 

Page 79


(b)

Agency Agreement: are the subject of an amended and restated agency agreement dated 14 September 2020 (as further amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the Agency Agreement) made between the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and HSBC Bank plc as principal paying agent (the Principal Paying Agent, which expression includes any successor or additional principal paying agent appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes, and together with any additional or successor paying agents appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes, the Paying Agents).

 

1.2

Construction

All references in this Temporary Global Note to an agreement, instrument or other document (including the Agency Agreement and the Trust Deed) shall be construed as a reference to that agreement, instrument or other document as the same may be amended, supplemented, replaced or novated from time to time provided that, in the case of any amendment, supplement, replacement or novation made after the date hereof, it is made in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed. Headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Temporary Global Note.

 

1.3

References to Conditions

Any reference herein to the Conditions is to the Conditions as defined in the Trust Deed, as supplemented, amended and/or replaced by the Final Terms and any reference to a numbered “Condition” is to the correspondingly numbered provision thereof. Words and expressions defined in Condition 2(a) (Interpretation - Definitions) shall have the same meanings when used in this Temporary Global Note.

 

2.

PROMISE TO PAY

 

2.1

Pay to bearer

The Issuer, for value received, promises to pay to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note, in respect of each Note represented by this Temporary Global Note, on each instalment date (if the Notes are repayable in instalments) and on the Maturity Date or on such earlier date or dates as the same may become payable in accordance with the Conditions, the Redemption Amount or such lesser amount as is repayable upon any such redemption or repayment (or to pay such other amounts of principal on such dates as may be specified in the Final Terms), and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by this Temporary Global Note on the dates and in the manner specified in the Conditions, together with any additional amounts payable in accordance with the Conditions, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions; provided, however, that such interest shall be payable only:

 

Page 80


(a)

Before the Exchange Date: in the case of interest falling due before the Exchange Date (as defined below), to the extent that a certificate or certificates issued by Euroclear Bank SA/NV (Euroclear) and/or Clearstream Banking S.A. (Clearstream and, together with Euroclear, the international central securities depositaries or ICSDs) and/or any other relevant clearing system dated not earlier than the date on which such interest falls due and in substantially the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Euroclear/Clearstream, Certification) hereto is/are delivered to the Specified Office of the Principal Paying Agent; or

 

(b)

Failure to exchange: in the case of interest falling due at any time, to the extent that the Issuer has failed to procure the exchange for a permanent global note of that portion of this Temporary Global Note in respect of which such interest has accrued.

 

2.2

NGN Principal Amount

If the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, this Temporary Global Note shall be a “New Global Note” or “NGN” and the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note shall be the aggregate amount from time to time entered in the records of both ICSDs. The records of the ICSDs (which expression in this Temporary Global Note means the records that each ICSD holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customers’ interests in the Notes (but excluding any interest in any Notes of one ICSD shown in the records of another ICSD)) shall be conclusive evidence of the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note and, for these purposes, a statement issued by an ICSD (which statement shall be made available to the bearer upon request) stating the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the ICSD at that time.

 

2.3

CGN Principal Amount

If the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable, this Temporary Global Note shall be a “Classic Global Note” or “CGN” and the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note shall be the amount stated in the Final Terms or, if lower, the principal amount most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule 1 (Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes).

 

3.

NEGOTIABILITY

This Temporary Global Note is negotiable and, accordingly, title to this Temporary Global Note shall pass by delivery.

 

4.

EXCHANGE

 

4.1

Permanent Global Note

If the Final Terms specify the form of Notes as being “Temporary Global Note exchangeable for a Permanent Global Note”, then on or after the day following the

 

Page 81


expiry of 40 days after the date of issue of this Temporary Global Note (the Exchange Date), the Issuer shall procure (in the case of first exchange) the delivery of a Permanent Global Note (which expression has the meaning given in the Trust Deed) in accordance with the Agency Agreement to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note or (in the case of any subsequent exchange) an increase in the principal amount of the Permanent Global Note in accordance with its terms against:

 

(a)

Presentation and surrender: presentation and (in the case of final exchange) surrender of this Temporary Global Note to or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent; and

 

(b)

Certification: receipt by the Principal Paying Agent of a certificate or certificates issued by Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system dated not earlier than the Exchange Date and in substantially the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Euroclear/Clearstream Certification) hereto.

The principal amount of Notes represented by the Permanent Global Note shall be equal to the aggregate of the principal amounts specified in the certificates issued by Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system and received by the Principal Paying Agent; provided, however, that in no circumstances shall the principal amount of Notes represented by the Permanent Global Note exceed the initial principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note.

 

4.2

Definitive Notes; Not D Rules

If the Final Terms specify the form of Notes as being “Temporary Global Note exchangeable for Definitive Notes” and also specifies that the C Rules are applicable or that neither the C Rules or the D Rules are applicable, then on or after the day following the expiry of 40 days after the date of issue of this Temporary Global Note (the Exchange Date), the Issuer shall procure the delivery of Definitive Notes (which expression has the meaning given in the Agency Agreement) in accordance with the Agency Agreement with Coupons and Talons (if so specified in the Final Terms) attached and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note against presentation and surrender of this Temporary Global Note to or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent.

 

4.3

Definitive Notes; D Rules

If the Final Terms specify the form of Notes as being “Temporary Global Note exchangeable for Definitive Notes” and also specifies that the D Rules are applicable, then on or after the day following the expiry of 40 days after the date of issue of this Temporary Global Note (the Exchange Date), the Issuer shall procure the delivery of Definitive Notes (which expression has the meaning given in the Agency Agreement) in accordance with the Agency Agreement with Coupons and Talons (if so specified in the Final Terms) attached against:

 

Page 82


(a)

Presentation and surrender: presentation and (in the case of final exchange) surrender of this Temporary Global Note to or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent; and

 

(b)

Certification: receipt by the Principal Paying Agent of a certificate or certificates issued by Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system dated not earlier than the Exchange Date and in substantially the form set out in Schedule 3 (Form of Euroclear/Clearstream Certification) hereto.

The Definitive Notes so delivered from time to time shall be in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate of the principal amounts specified in the certificates issued by Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system and received by the Principal Paying Agent; provided, however, that in no circumstances shall the aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes so delivered exceed the initial principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note.

 

5.

DELIVERY OF PERMANENT GLOBAL OR DEFINITIVE NOTES

 

5.1

Permanent Global Note

Whenever any interest in this Temporary Global Note is to be exchanged for an interest in a Permanent Global Note, the Issuer shall procure (in the case of first exchange) the prompt delivery (free of charge to the bearer) of such Permanent Global Note, duly authenticated, to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note or (in the case of any subsequent exchange) an increase in the principal amount of Notes represented by such Permanent Global Note in accordance with its terms, in each case in an aggregate principal amount equal to the aggregate of the principal amounts specified in the certificates issued by Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system and received by the Principal Paying Agent against presentation and (in the case of final exchange) surrender of this Temporary Global Note to or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent within 7 days of the bearer requesting such exchange.

 

5.2

Definitive Notes

Whenever this Temporary Global Note is to be exchanged for Definitive Notes, the Issuer shall procure the prompt delivery (free of charge to the bearer) of such Definitive Notes, duly authenticated and with Coupons and Talons attached (if so specified in the Final Terms), in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note against the surrender of this Temporary Global Note to or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent within 30 days of the bearer requesting such exchange.

 

Page 83


6.

WRITING DOWN

On each occasion on which:

 

6.1

Permanent Global Note: the Permanent Global Note is delivered or the principal amount of Notes represented thereby is increased in accordance with its terms in exchange for a further portion of this Temporary Global Note; or

 

6.2

Definitive Notes: Definitive Notes are delivered in exchange for this Temporary Global Note; or

 

6.3

Cancellation: Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note are to be cancelled in accordance with Condition 9(k) (Redemption and Purchase - Cancellation),

the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(a)

if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable, (i) the principal amount of Notes represented by the Permanent Global Note, the principal amount of such increase or (as the case may be) the aggregate principal amount of such Notes and (ii) the remaining principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note (which shall be the previous principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note less the aggregate of the amounts referred to in (i) above) are entered in Schedule 1 (Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes) hereto, whereupon the principal amount of Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note shall for all purposes be as most recently so entered; and

 

(b)

if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, details of the exchange or cancellation shall be entered pro rata in the records of the ICSDs.

 

7.

PAYMENTS

 

7.1

Recording of Payments

Upon any payment being made in respect of the Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note, the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(a)

CGN: if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable, details of such payment shall be entered in Schedule 1 (Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes) hereto and, in the case of any payment of principal, the principal amount of the Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so paid; and

 

(b)

NGN: if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, details of such payment shall be entered pro rata in the records of the ICSDs and, in the case of any payment of principal, the principal amount of the Notes entered in the records of ICSDs and represented by this Temporary Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so paid.

 

Page 84


7.2

Discharge of Issuer’s obligations

Payments due in respect of Notes for the time being represented by this Temporary Global Note shall be made to the bearer of this Temporary Global Note and each payment so made will discharge the Issuer’s obligations in respect thereof. Any failure to make the entries referred to above shall not affect such discharge.

 

8.

CONDITIONS APPLY

Until this Temporary Global Note has been exchanged as provided herein or cancelled in accordance with the Agency Agreement, the bearer of this Temporary Global Note shall be subject to the Conditions and the Trust Deed and, subject as otherwise provided herein, shall be entitled to the same rights and benefits under the Conditions and the Trust Deed as if the bearer were the holder of Definitive Notes and any related Coupons and Talons in the smallest Specified Denomination and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note.

 

9.

NOTICES

Notwithstanding Condition 18 (Notices), while all the Notes are represented by this Temporary Global Note (or by this Temporary Global Note and the Permanent Global Note) and this Temporary Global Note is (or this Temporary Global Note and the Permanent Global Note are) deposited with a depositary or a common depositary for Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system or a Common Safekeeper (which expression has the meaning given in the Agency Agreement), notices to Noteholders may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system and, in any case, such notices shall be deemed to have been given to the Noteholders in accordance with the Condition 18 (Notices) on the date of delivery to Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system; provided, however, that, so long as the Notes are listed on the London Stock Exchange and its rules so require, notices will also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in London (which is expected to be the Financial Times).

 

10.

MEETINGS

The holders of this Temporary Global Note shall, at any meeting of the Noteholders, be treated as having one vote in respect of each £1 in principal amount of the Notes represented by this Temporary Global Note.

 

11.

TRUSTEES POWERS

In considering the interests of Noteholders while this Temporary Global Note is held on behalf of a clearing system, the Trustee may have regard to any information provided to it by any such clearing system or its operator as to the identity (either individually or by category) of its accountholders with entitlements to this Temporary Global Note and may consider such interests as if such accountholders were the holders of this Temporary Global Note.

 

Page 85


12.

AUTHENTICATION

This Temporary Global Note shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been authenticated by and on behalf of HSBC Bank plc as principal paying agent.

 

13.

EFFECTUATION

If the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, this Temporary Global Note shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been effectuated for and on behalf of the entity appointed as common safekeeper by the ICSDs.

 

14.

GOVERNING LAW

This Temporary Global Note and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it are governed by English law.

AS WITNESS the manual/facsimile/electronic signature of a duly authorised person on behalf of the Issuer.

 

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS           )
GROUP PLC   )
    )
By:  

    

 

 

electronic, manual or facsimile signature  
(duly authorised)  
ISSUED on the Issue Date  
AUTHENTICATED by and on behalf of   )
HSBC BANK PLC   )
as principal paying agent without   )
recourse, warranty or liability   )

 

By:         

 

manual signature  
(duly authorised)  
[EFFECTUATED for and on behalf of   )
EUROCLEAR BANK SA/NV   )
as common safekeeper without recourse,   )
warranty or liability   )

 

Page 86


By:
manual signature
(duly authorised)]

 

Page 87


SCHEDULE 12

TO THE TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes

 

Date of payment, delivery or cancellation

  Amount of interest then paid   Principal amount of Permanent Global Note then delivered or by which Permanent Global Note then increased or aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes then delivered   Aggregate principal amount of Notes then cancelled   Remaining principal amount of this Temporary Global Note   Authorised Signature
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

 

 

2 

Schedule 1 should only be completed where the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable.

 

Page 88


SCHEDULE 2

TO THE TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

Form of Accountholder’s Certification

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 05134420)

[Aggregate principal amount of Series]

[Title of Notes]

This is to certify that as of the date hereof, and except as set forth below, the above-captioned Securities held by you for our account (a) are owned by persons that are not citizens or residents of the United States, domestic partnerships, domestic corporations or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source (United States persons), (b) are owned by United States person(s) that (i) are foreign branches of a United States financial institution (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(iv)) (financial institutions) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (ii) acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (i) or (ii), each such United States financial institution hereby agrees, on its own behalf or through its agent, that you may advise the issuer or the issuer’s agent that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (c) are owned by United States or foreign financial institution(s) for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and in addition if the owner of the Securities is a United States or foreign financial institution described in clause (c) (whether or not also described in clause (a) or (b)) this is to further certify that such financial institution has not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

If the Securities are of the category contemplated in Section 230.903(c)(3) of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act), then this is also to certify that, except as set forth below, the Securities are beneficially owned by (1) non-U.S. person(s) or (2) U.S. person(s) who purchased the Securities in transactions which did not require registration under the Act. As used in this paragraph the term U.S. person has the meaning given to it by Regulation S under the Act.

As used herein, United States means the United States of America (including the States and the District of Columbia); and its possessions include Puerto Rico, the U.S. Virgin Islands, Guam, American Samoa, Wake Island and the Northern Mariana Islands.

 

Page 89


We undertake to advise you promptly by electronic transmission on or prior to the date on which you intend to submit your certification relating to the Securities held by you for our account in accordance with your operating procedures if any applicable statement herein is not correct on such date, and in the absence of any such notification it may be assumed that this certification applies as of such date.

This certification excepts and does not relate to [currency] [amount] of such interest in the above Securities in respect of which we are not able to certify and as to which we understand exchange and delivery of definitive Securities (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) cannot be made until we do so certify.

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings or official enquiries are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorise you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated: [                    ]]

 

[name of account holder]

as, or as agent for,

the beneficial owner(s) of the Securities

to which this certificate relates.

By:    

 

  Authorised signatory

 

Page 90


SCHEDULE 3

TO THE TEMPORARY GLOBAL NOTE

FORM OF EUROCLEAR/CLEARSTREAM CERTIFICATION

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 05134420)

[Aggregate principal amount of Series]

[Title of Notes]

This is to certify that, based solely on certifications we have received in writing, by electronic transmission from member organisations appearing in our records as persons being entitled to a portion of the principal amount set forth below (our Member Organisations) substantially to the effect set forth in the temporary global note issued in respect of the securities, as of the date hereof, [currency] [amount] principal amount of the above-captioned Securities (a) is owned by persons that are not citizens or residents of the United States, domestic partnerships, domestic corporations or any estate or trust the income of which is subject to United States Federal income taxation regardless of its source (United States persons), (b) is owned by United States persons that (i) are foreign branches of United States financial institutions (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.165-12(c)(1)(iv)) (financial institutions) purchasing for their own account or for resale, or (ii) acquired the Securities through foreign branches of United States financial institutions and who hold the Securities through such United States financial institutions on the date hereof (and in either case (i) or (ii), each such United States financial institution has agreed, on its own behalf or through its agent, that we may advise the Issuer or the Issuer’s agent that it will comply with the requirements of Section 165(j)(3)(A), (B) or (C) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, and the regulations thereunder), or (c) is owned by United States or foreign financial institutions for purposes of resale during the restricted period (as defined in U.S. Treasury Regulations Section 1.163-5(c)(2)(i)(D)(7)), and to the further effect that United States or foreign financial institutions described in clause (c) (whether or not also described in clause (a) or (b)) have certified that they have not acquired the Securities for purposes of resale directly or indirectly to a United States person or to a person within the United States or its possessions.

If the Securities are of the category contemplated in Section 230.903(c)(3) of Regulation S under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Act), then this is also to certify with respect to the principal amount of Securities set forth above that, except as set forth below, we have received in writing, by electronic transmission, from our Member Organisations entitled to a portion of such principal amount, certifications with respect to such portion substantially to the effect set forth in the temporary global note issued in respect of the Securities.

We further certify (1) that we are not making available herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) any portion of the

 

Page 91


temporary global security excepted in such certifications and (2) that as of the date hereof we have not received any notification from any of our Member Organisations to the effect that the statements made by such Member Organisations with respect to any portion of the part submitted herewith for exchange (or, if relevant, exercise of any rights or collection of any interest) are no longer true and cannot be relied upon as of the date hereof.

We understand that this certification is required in connection with certain tax laws and, if applicable, certain securities laws of the United States. In connection therewith, if administrative or legal proceedings or official enquiries are commenced or threatened in connection with which this certification is or would be relevant, we irrevocably authorise you to produce this certification to any interested party in such proceedings.

Dated: [                    ]]

 

Euroclear Bank SA/NV
or  
Clearstream Banking S.A.
By:    

 

  Authorised signatory

 

Page 92


Part B

Form of Permanent Global Note

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]3

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 05134420)

[Aggregate principal amount of Series]

[Title of Notes]

unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by

SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 913450)

and

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 4551528)

PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

 

1.

INTRODUCTION

 

1.1

The Notes

This Global Note is issued in respect of the notes (the Notes) of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the Issuer) and guaranteed by Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together, the Guarantors) described in the final terms (the Final Terms) or drawdown prospectus (Drawdown Prospectus) or securities note (Securities Note) a copy of which is annexed hereto. If a Drawdown Prospectus or a Securities Note is annexed hereto, each reference in this Global Note to “Final Terms” shall be read and construed as a reference to the final terms of the Notes set out in such Drawdown Prospectus or Securities Note. The Notes:

 

(a)

Trust Deed: (insofar as they are represented by this Global Note) are subject to and have the benefit of an amended and restated trust deed made on 14 September 2020 (as further amended, supplemented or restated from time to time, the Trust Deed) made between the Issuer, the Guarantors and HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited as trustee (the Trustee, which expression shall include all persons for the time being the trustee or trustees appointed under the Trust Deed); and

 

3 

Legend to appear on every Note with a maturity of more than one year.

 

Page 93


(b)

Agency Agreement: are the subject of an amended and restated agency agreement dated 14 September 2020 (as further amended, supplemented or restated from time to time) (the Agency Agreement) made between the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and HSBC Bank plc as principal paying agent (the Principal Paying Agent, which expression includes any successor or additional principal paying agent appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes, and, together with any additional or successor paying agents appointed from time to time in connection with the Notes, the Paying Agents).

 

1.2

Construction

All references in this Global Note to an agreement, instrument or other document (including the Agency Agreement and the Trust Deed) shall be construed as a reference to that agreement, instrument or other document as the same may be amended, supplemented, replaced or novated from time to time provided that, in the case of any amendment, supplement, replacement or novation made after the date hereof, it is made in accordance with the Conditions and the Trust Deed. Headings and sub-headings are for ease of reference only and shall not affect the construction of this Global Note.

 

1.3

References to Conditions

Any reference herein to the Conditions is to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes set out in Schedule 2 (Terms and Conditions of the Notes) hereto, as supplemented, amended and/or replaced by the Final Terms and any reference to a numbered Condition is to the correspondingly numbered provision thereof. Words and expressions defined in the Conditions shall have the same meanings when used in this Global Note.

 

2.

PROMISE TO PAY

 

2.1

Pay to bearer

The Issuer, for value received, promises to pay to the bearer of this Global Note, in respect of each Note represented by this Global Note, on each instalment date (if the Notes are repayable in instalments) and on the Maturity Date or on such earlier date or dates as the same may become payable in accordance with the Conditions, the Redemption Amount or such lesser amount as is repayable upon any such redemption or repayment of instalment (or to repay such other amounts of principal on such dates as may be specified in the Final Terms and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of the Notes from time to time represented by this Global Note on the dates and in the manner specified in the Conditions, together with any additional amounts payable in accordance with the Conditions, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions.

 

2.2

NGN Principal Amount

If the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, this Global Note shall be a “New Global Note” or “NGN” and the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the aggregate amount from time to time

 

Page 94


entered in the records of both ICSDs. The records of the ICSDs (which expression in this Global Note means the records that each ICSD holds for its customers which reflect the amount of such customers’ interests in the Notes (but excluding any interest in any Notes of one ICSD shown in the records of another ICSD)) shall be conclusive evidence of the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note and, for these purposes, a statement issued by an ICSD (which statement shall be made available to the bearer upon request) stating the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note at any time shall be conclusive evidence of the records of the ICSD at that time.

 

2.3

CGN Principal Amount

If the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable, this Global Note shall be a “Classic Global Note” or “CGN” and the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be the amount stated in the Final Terms or, if lower, the principal amount most recently entered by or on behalf of the Issuer in the relevant column in Schedule 1 (Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes) hereto.

 

3.

NEGOTIABILITY

This Global Note is negotiable and, accordingly, title to this Global Note shall pass by delivery.

 

4.

EXCHANGE

This Global Note will become exchangeable, in whole but not in part only and at the request of the bearer of this Global Note, for Definitive Notes (which expression has the meaning given in the Trust Deed) in accordance with the Agency Agreement:

 

4.1

Upon notice: on the expiry of such period of notice as may be specified in the Final Terms; or

 

4.2

Upon demand: at any time, if so specified in the Final Terms; or

 

4.3

In limited circumstances: if the Final Terms specify “in the limited circumstances described in the Permanent Global Note”, then if either of the following events occurs:

 

(a)

Closure of clearing systems: Euroclear Bank SA/NV (Euroclear) or Clearstream Banking S.A. (Clearstream and, together with Euroclear, the international central securities depositaries or ICSDs) or any other relevant clearing system is closed for business for a continuous period of 14 days (other than by reason of legal holidays) or announces an intention permanently to cease business and no successor clearing system approved by the Trustee is available; or

 

(b)

Event of Default: any of the circumstances described in Condition 12 (Events of Default) occurs; or

 

Page 95


(c)

Adverse tax consequences: the Issuer has or will become subject to adverse tax consequences which would not be suffered were the Notes represented by the Permanent Global Note in definitive form.

 

5.

DELIVERY OF DEFINITIVE NOTES

Whenever this Global Note is to be exchanged for Definitive Notes, the Issuer shall procure the prompt delivery (free of charge to the bearer) of such Definitive Notes, duly authenticated and with Coupons and Talons attached (if so specified in the Final Terms), in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note to the bearer of this Global Note against the surrender of this Global Note to or to the order of the Principal Paying Agent within 30 days of the bearer requesting such exchange.

 

6.

WRITING DOWN

On each occasion on which:

 

6.1

Payment of principal: a payment of principal is made in respect of this Global Note;

 

6.2

Definitive Notes: Definitive Notes are delivered; or

 

6.3

Cancellation: Notes represented by this Global Note are to be cancelled in accordance with Condition 9(k) (Redemption and Purchase - Cancellation),

the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(a)

if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note Form is not applicable, (i) the amount of such payment and the aggregate principal amount of such Notes; and (ii) the remaining principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note (which shall be the previous principal amount hereof less the aggregate of the amounts referred to in (i) above) are entered in Schedule 1 (Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes) hereto, whereupon the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall for all purposes be as most recently so entered; and

 

(b)

if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note Form is applicable, details of the exchange or cancellation shall be entered pro rata in the records of the ISCDs.

 

7.

WRITING UP

 

7.1

Initial Exchange

If this Global Note was originally issued in exchange for part only of a temporary global note representing the Notes, then all references in this Global Note to the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be construed as references to the principal amount of Notes represented by the part of the temporary

 

Page 96


global note in exchange for which this Global Note was originally issued which the Issuer shall procure:

 

(a)

CGN: if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable, is entered in Schedule 1 (Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes) hereto, whereupon the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall for all purposes be as most recently so entered; and

 

(b)

NGN: if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, is entered by the ICSDs in their records.

 

7.2

Subsequent Exchange

If at any subsequent time any further portion of such temporary global note is exchanged for an interest in this Global Note, the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note shall be increased by the amount of such further portion, and the Issuer shall procure that the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note (which shall be the previous principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note plus the amount of such further portion) is:

 

(a)

CGN: if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable, entered in Schedule 1 (Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes) hereto, whereupon the principal amount of this Global Note shall for all purposes be as most recently so entered; and

 

(b)

NGN: if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, entered by the ICSDs in their records.

 

8.

PAYMENTS

 

8.1

Recording of Payments

Upon any payment being made in respect of the Notes represented by this Global Note, the Issuer shall procure that:

 

(a)

CGN: if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable, details of such payment shall be entered in Schedule 1 (Payments, Exchange and Cancellation of Notes) hereto and, in the case of any payment of principal, the principal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so paid; and

 

(b)

NGN: if the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, details of such payment shall be entered pro rata in the records of the ICSDs and, in the case of any payment of principal, the principal amount of the Notes entered in the records of ICSDs and represented by this Global Note shall be reduced by the principal amount so paid.

 

Page 97


8.2

Discharge of Issuer’s obligations

Payments due in respect of Notes for the time being represented by this Global Note shall be made to the bearer of this Global Note and each payment so made will discharge the Issuer’s obligations in respect thereof. Any failure to make the entries referred to above shall not affect such discharge.

 

9.

CONDITIONS APPLY

Until this Global Note has been exchanged as provided herein or cancelled in accordance with the Agency Agreement, the bearer of this Global Note shall be subject to the Conditions and, subject as otherwise provided herein, shall be entitled to the same rights and benefits under the Conditions as if the bearer were the holder of Definitive Notes and any related Coupons and Talons in the smallest Specified Denomination and in an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of Notes represented by this Global Note.

 

10.

EXERCISE OF PUT OPTION OR CHANGE OF CONTROL PUT OPTION

For so long as all of the Notes are represented by one or both of the Global Notes and such Global Note(s) is/are held on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, the option of the Noteholders provided for in Condition 9(f) (Redemption and Purchase - Redemption at the option of the Noteholders) or, as the case may be, the option of the Noteholders provided for in Condition 9(g) (Redemption and Purchase - Change of Control redemption) may be exercised by an accountholder giving notice to the Principal Paying Agent in accordance with the standard procedures of Euroclear and Clearstream (which may include notice being given on his instructions by Euroclear or Clearstream or any common depositary for them to the Principal Paying Agent by electronic means) of the principal amount of the Notes in respect of which such option is exercised and at the same time presenting or procuring the presentation of the relevant Global Note to the Principal Paying Agent for notation accordingly within the time limits set forth in the relevant Condition.

 

11.

EXERCISE OF CALL OPTION

For so long as all of the Notes are represented by one or both of the temporary global note and this Global Note and such Global Note(s) is/are held on behalf of Euroclear and/or Clearstream, no drawing of Notes will be required under Condition 9(e) (Redemption and Purchase - Partial redemption) in the event that the Issuer exercises its call option pursuant to Condition 9(c) (Redemption and Purchase - Redemption at the option of the Issuer (Issuer Call Option)) in respect of less than the aggregate principal amount of the Notes outstanding at such time. In such event, the standard procedures of Euroclear and/or Clearstream shall operate to determine which interests in the Global Note(s) are to be subject to such option.

 

12.

NOTICES

Notwithstanding Condition 18 (Notices), while all the Notes are represented by this Global Note (or by this Global Note and a temporary global note) and this Global Note is (or this Global Note and the temporary global note are) deposited with a

 

Page 98


depositary or a common depositary for Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system or a Common Safekeeper (which expression has the meaning given in the Agency Agreement), notices to Noteholders may be given by delivery of the relevant notice to Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system and, in any case, such notices shall be deemed to have been given to the Noteholders in accordance with Condition 18 (Notices) on the date of delivery to Euroclear and/or Clearstream and/or any other relevant clearing system; provided, however, that, so long as the Notes are listed on the London Stock Exchange and its rules so require, notices will also be published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in London (which is expected to be the Financial Times).

Whilst any Notes held by a Noteholder are represented by a Global Note, notices to be given by such Noteholder may be given by such Noteholder to the Principal Paying Agent through Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as the case may be, in such a manner as the Principal Paying Agent and Euroclear and/or Clearstream, as the case may be, may approve for this purpose.

 

13.

MEETINGS

The holders of this Global Note shall, at any meeting of the Noteholders, be treated as having one vote in respect of each £1 in principal amount of the Notes represented by this Global Note.

 

14.

TRUSTEES POWERS

In considering the interests of Noteholders while this Global Note is held on behalf of a clearing system, the Trustee may have regard to any information provided to it by any such clearing system or its operator as to the identity (either individually or by category) of its accountholders with entitlements to this Global Note and may consider such interests as if such accountholders were the holders of this Global Note.

 

15.

AUTHENTICATION

This Global Note shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been authenticated by and on behalf of HSBC Bank plc as principal paying agent.

 

16.

EFFECTUATION

If the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is applicable, this Permanent Global Note shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been effectuated for and on behalf of the entity appointed as Common Safekeeper (which expression has the meaning given in the Agency Agreement).

 

17.

GOVERNING LAW

This Global Note, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, are governed by English law.

AS WITNESS the manual/facsimile/electronic signature of a duly authorised person on behalf of the Issuer.

 

Page 99


INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS

  )

GROUP PLC

  )
    )
By:        

electronic, manual or facsimile signature

 

(duly authorised)

 

ISSUED on the Issue Date

 

AUTHENTICATED for and on behalf of

  )

HSBC BANK PLC

  )

as principal paying agent without

  )

recourse, warranty or liability

  )
By:        

electronic/manual signature

 

(duly authorised)

 

[EFFECTUATED for and on behalf of

  )

EUROCLEAR BANK SA/NV

  )

as common safekeeper without recourse,

  )

warranty or liability

  )
By:        

electronic/manual signature

 

(duly authorised)]

 

 

Page 100


SCHEDULE 14

TO THE PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

PAYMENTS, EXCHANGE AND CANCELLATION OF NOTES

 

Date of
payment,
exchange,
delivery or
cancellation
  Amount of
interest then
paid
  Amount of
principal then
paid
  Principal
amount of
Temporary
Global Note
then
exchanged
  Aggregate
principal
amount of
Definitive
Notes then
delivered
  Aggregate
principal
amount of
Notes then
cancelled
  New principal
amount of this
Global Note
  Authorised
signature
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             
                             

 

4 

Schedule 1 should only be completed where the Final Terms specify that the New Global Note form is not applicable.

 

Page 101


SCHEDULE 2

TO THE PERMANENT GLOBAL NOTE

Terms and Conditions of the Notes

[As set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed]

 

Page 102


Part C

Form of Definitive Note

[On the face of the Note:]

[currency][denomination]

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 05134420)

[Aggregate principal amount of Series]

[Title of Notes]

unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by

SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 913450)

and

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED

(incorporated in England and Wales with company number 4551528)

This Note is one of a series of notes (the Notes) of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the Issuer) and guaranteed by Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together, the Guarantors) as described in the final terms (the Final Terms) or drawdown prospectus (Drawdown Prospectus) or securities note (Securities Note) a copy of the relevant particulars of which is endorsed on this Note. Any reference herein to the Conditions is to the Terms and Conditions of the Notes endorsed on this Note, as supplemented, amended and/or replaced by the Final Terms or Drawdown Prospectus or Securities Note and any reference to a numbered “Condition” is to the correspondingly numbered provision thereof. Words and expressions defined in Condition 2(a) (Interpretation - Definitions) shall have the same meanings when used in this Note.

This Note is issued subject to, and with the benefit of, the Conditions and an amended and restated trust deed (as further modified and/or supplemented and/or novated from time to time, the Trust Deed) dated 14 September 2020 and made between the Issuer, the Guarantors and HSBC Corporate Trustee Company (UK) Limited as trustee for the holders of the Notes.

The Issuer, for value received, promises to pay to the bearer of this Note the Redemption Amount on the Maturity Date or on such earlier date or dates as the same may become payable in accordance with the Conditions (or to pay such other amounts

 

Page 103


of principal on such dates as may be specified in the Final Terms or Drawdown Prospectus or Securities Note), and to pay interest (if any) on the nominal amount of this Note on the dates and in the manner specified in the Conditions, together with any additional amounts payable in accordance with the Conditions, all subject to and in accordance with the Conditions.

This Note shall not be valid for any purpose until it has been authenticated by and on behalf of HSBC Bank plc as principal paying agent.

This Note, and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in connection with it, are governed by English law.

AS WITNESS the electronic, manual or facsimile signature of a duly authorised person on behalf of the Issuer.

 

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS

  )

GROUP PLC

  )
  )
By:      

electronic, manual or facsimile signature

 

(duly authorised)

 

ISSUED on the Issue Date

 

AUTHENTICATED by and on behalf of

  )

HSBC BANK PLC as principal

  )

paying agent without recourse, warranty or

  )

liability

  )
By:      

electronic or manual signature

 

(duly authorised)

 

 

Page 104


[On the reverse of the Note:]

FINAL TERMS

The following is a copy of the relevant particulars of the Final Terms or Drawdown Prospectus or Securities Note.

TERMS AND CONDITIONS

[As set out in Schedule 1 to the Trust Deed]

[At the foot of the Terms and Conditions:]

PRINCIPAL PAYING AGENT

HSBC Bank plc

8 Canada Square,

London E14 5HQ.

 

Page 105


Part D

Form of Coupon

[On the face of the Coupon:]

[For Fixed Rate Notes]

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

[Title of Notes]

unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by

SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED

and

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED

Coupon for [currency][amount of interest payment] due on [interest payment date].

Such amount is payable, subject to the terms and conditions (the Conditions) endorsed on the Note to which this Coupon relates (which are binding on the holder of this Coupon whether or not it is for the time being attached to such Note), against presentation and surrender of this Coupon at the specified office for the time being of any of the agents shown on the reverse of this Coupon (or any successor or additional agents appointed from time to time in accordance with the Conditions).

[For Floating Rate Notes]

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

[Title of Notes]

unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by

SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED

and

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED

This Coupon relates to a Note in the denomination of [currency] [amount].

Coupon for the amount of interest due on the Interest Payment Date falling in [month and year].

Such amount is payable, subject to the terms and conditions (the Conditions) endorsed on the Note to which this Coupon relates (which are binding on the holder of this Coupon whether or not it is for the time being attached to such Note), against presentation and surrender of this Coupon at the specified office for the time being of any of the agents shown on the reverse of this Coupon (or any successor or additional agents appointed from time to time in accordance with the Conditions).

 

Page 106


The Note to which this Coupon relates may, in certain circumstances specified in the Conditions), fall due for redemption before the maturity date of this Coupon. In such event, this Coupon shall become void and no payment will be made in respect hereof.

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]5

[On the reverse of the Coupon:]

Principal Paying Agent: HSBC Bank plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.

 

5 

Legend to appear on every Note with a maturity of more than one year.

 

Page 107


Part E

Form of Talon

[On the face of the Talon:]

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

[Title of Notes]

unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by

SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED

and

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED

Talon for further Coupons.

On or after the maturity date of the final Coupon which is (or was at the time of issue) part of the Coupon Sheet to which this Talon is (or was at the time of issue) attached, this Talon may be exchanged at the specified office for the time being of the principal paying agent shown on the reverse of this Talon (or any successor principal paying agent appointed from time to time in accordance with the terms and conditions (the Conditions) of the Notes to which this Talon relates) for a further Coupon Sheet (including a further Talon but excluding any Coupons in respect of which claims have already become void pursuant to the Conditions).

The Note to which this Talon relates may, in certain circumstances specified in the Conditions, fall due for redemption before the maturity date of such final Coupon. In such event, this Talon shall become void and no Coupon will be delivered in respect hereof.

[ANY UNITED STATES PERSON WHO HOLDS THIS OBLIGATION WILL BE SUBJECT TO LIMITATIONS UNDER THE UNITED STATES INCOME TAX LAWS, INCLUDING THE LIMITATIONS PROVIDED IN SECTIONS 165(j) AND 1287(a) OF THE INTERNAL REVENUE CODE.]6

[On the reverse of the Talon:]

Principal Paying Agent: HSBC Bank plc, 8 Canada Square, London E14 5HQ.

 

6 

Legend to appear on every Note with a maturity of more than one year.

 

Page 108


SCHEDULE 3

PROVISIONS FOR MEETINGS OF NOTEHOLDERS

 

1.

DEFINITIONS

In this Trust Deed and the Conditions, the following expressions have the following meanings:

Block Voting Instruction means, in relation to any Meeting, a document in the English language issued by a Paying Agent:

 

(a)

certifying that the Deposited Notes have been deposited with such Paying Agent (or to its order at a bank or other depositary) or blocked in an account with a clearing system and will not be released until the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the conclusion of the Meeting specified in such Block Voting Instruction; and

 

  (ii)

the surrender to such Paying Agent, not less than 48 hours before the time fixed for the Meeting (or, if the Meeting has been adjourned, the time fixed for its resumption), of the receipt for the deposited held to its order or under its control or blocked Notes and notification thereof by such Paying Agent to the Issuer and the Trustee; and

 

(b)

certifying that the depositor of each Deposited Note or a duly authorised person on its behalf has instructed the relevant Paying Agent that the votes attributable to such Deposited Note are to be cast in a particular way on each resolution to be put to the Meeting and that, during the period of 48 hours before the time fixed for the Meeting and ending at the conclusion or adjournment thereof, such instructions may not be amended or revoked;

 

(c)

listing the aggregate nominal amount and (if in definitive form) the certificate numbers of the Deposited Notes, distinguishing for each resolution between those in respect of which instructions have been given to vote for, or against, the resolution; and

 

(d)

authorising a named individual or individuals to vote in respect of the Deposited Notes in accordance with such instructions;

Chairman means, in relation to any Meeting, the individual who takes the chair in accordance with paragraph 7 (Chairman);

Deposited Notes means certain specified Notes which have been deposited with a Paying Agent (or to its order at a bank or other depositary) held to its order or under its control or blocked in an account with a clearing system, for the purposes of a Block Voting Instruction or a Voting Certificate;

 

Page 109


Extraordinary Resolution means a resolution passed at a Meeting duly convened and held in accordance with this Schedule by a majority of not less than three quarters of the persons voting thereat upon a show of hands or if a poll is duly demanded by a majority consisting of not less than three-quarters of the votes cast on such poll;

Meeting means a meeting of Noteholders (whether originally convened or resumed following an adjournment);

Proxy means, in relation to any Meeting, a person appointed to vote under a Block Voting Instruction other than:

 

(a)

any such person whose appointment has been revoked and in relation to whom the relevant Paying Agent has been notified in writing of such revocation by the time which is 48 hours before the time fixed for such Meeting; and

 

(b)

any such person appointed to vote at a Meeting which has been adjourned for want of a quorum and who has not been re-appointed to vote at the Meeting when it is resumed;

Relevant Fraction means:

 

(a)

for all business other than voting on an Extraordinary Resolution, one tenth;

 

(b)

for voting on any Extraordinary Resolution other than one relating to a Reserved Matter, more than half; and

 

(c)

for voting on any Extraordinary Resolution relating to a Reserved Matter, not less than three quarters;

provided, however, that, in the case of a Meeting which has resumed after adjournment for want of a quorum, it means:

 

  (i)

for all business other than voting on an Extraordinary Resolution relating to a Reserved Matter, the fraction of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes represented or held by the Voters actually present at the Meeting; and

 

  (ii)

for voting on any Extraordinary Resolution relating to a Reserved Matter, not less than one quarter;

Reserved Matter means any proposal:

 

(a)

to change any date fixed for payment of principal or interest in respect of the Notes, to reduce the amount of principal or interest payable on any date in respect of the Notes or to alter the method of calculating the amount of any payment in respect of the Notes on redemption or maturity;

 

(b)

to effect the exchange or substitution of the Notes for, or the conversion of the Notes into, shares, bonds or other obligations or securities of the Issuer or any other person or body corporate formed or to be formed (other than as permitted under Clause 9.3 of this Trust Deed);

 

Page 110


(c)

to change the currency in which amounts due in respect of the Notes are payable;

 

(d)

to change the quorum required at any Meeting or the majority required to pass an Extraordinary Resolution; or

 

(e)

to amend this definition;

Voter means, in relation to any Meeting, the bearer of a Voting Certificate, Proxy or the bearer of a definitive Note who produces such definitive Note at the Meeting;

Voting Certificate means, in relation to any Meeting, a certificate in the English language issued by a Paying Agent and dated in which it is stated:

 

(a)

that the Deposited Notes have been deposited with such Paying Agent (or to its order or under its control at a bank or other depositary) or blocked in an account with a clearing system and will not be released until the earlier of:

 

  (i)

the conclusion of the Meeting; and

 

  (ii)

the surrender of such certificate to such Paying Agent; and

 

(b)

that the bearer of such certificate is entitled to attend and vote at the Meeting in respect of the Deposited Notes;

Written Resolution means a resolution in writing signed by or on behalf of at least 75 per cent. of the holders of Notes who for the time being are entitled to receive notice of a Meeting in accordance with the provisions of this Schedule, whether contained in one document or several documents in the same form, each signed by or on behalf of one or more such holders of the Notes;

24 hours means a period of 24 hours including all or part of a day (disregarding for this purpose the day upon which such Meeting is to be held) upon which banks are open for business in both the place where the relevant Meeting is to be held and in each of the places where the Paying Agents have their Specified Offices and such period shall be extended by one period or, to the extent necessary, more periods of 24 hours until there is included as aforesaid all or part of a day upon which banks are open for business as aforesaid; and

48 hours means 2 consecutive periods of 24 hours.

 

2.

ISSUE OF VOTING CERTIFICATES AND BLOCK VOTING INSTRUCTIONS

The holder of a Note may obtain a Voting Certificate from any Paying Agent or require any Paying Agent to issue a Block Voting Instruction by depositing such Note with such Paying Agent or arranging for such Note to be (to its satisfaction) held to its order or under its control or blocked in an account with a clearing system not later than 48 hours before the time fixed for the relevant Meeting. A Voting Certificate or Block Voting Instruction shall be valid until the release of the Deposited Notes to which it relates. So long as a Voting Certificate or Block Voting Instruction is valid,

 

Page 111


the bearer thereof (in the case of a Voting Certificate) or any Proxy named therein (in the case of a Block Voting Instruction) shall be deemed to be the holder of the Notes to which it relates for all purposes in connection with the Meeting. A Voting Certificate and a Block Voting Instruction cannot be outstanding simultaneously in respect of the same Note.

 

3.

REFERENCES TO DEPOSIT/RELEASE OF NOTES

Where Notes are represented by a Global Note or are held in definitive form within a clearing system, references to the deposit, or release, of Notes shall be construed in accordance with the usual practices (including blocking the relevant account) of such clearing system.

 

4.

VALIDITY OF BLOCK VOTING INSTRUCTIONS

A Block Voting Instruction shall be valid only if deposited at the Specified Office of the relevant Paying Agent or at some other place approved by the Trustee, at least 24 hours before the time fixed for the relevant Meeting or the Chairman decides otherwise before the Meeting proceeds to business. If the Trustee so requires, a notarised copy of each Block Voting Instruction and satisfactory proof of the identity of each Proxy named therein shall be produced at the Meeting, but the Trustee shall not be obliged to investigate the validity of any Block Voting Instruction or the authority of any Proxy.

 

5.

CONVENING OF MEETING

The Issuer or the Trustee may convene a Meeting at any time, and the Trustee shall be obliged to do so subject to its being indemnified and/or secured and/or prefunded to its satisfaction upon the request in writing of Noteholders holding not less than one tenth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. Every Meeting shall be held on a date, and at a time and place (which need not be a physical space and instead may be by way of conference call), approved by the Trustee.

 

6.

NOTICE

At least 21 days’ notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and of the day on which the relevant Meeting is to be held) specifying the date, time and place of the Meeting shall be given to the Noteholders and the Paying Agents (with a copy to the Issuer) where the Meeting is convened by the Trustee or, where the Meeting is convened by the Issuer, the Trustee. The notice shall set out the full text of any resolutions to be proposed unless the Trustee agrees that the notice shall instead specify the nature of the resolutions without including the full text and shall state that the Notes may be deposited with, or to the order of, any Paying Agent for the purpose of obtaining Voting Certificates or appointing Proxies not later than 48 hours before the time fixed for the Meeting. A copy of the notice shall be sent by post to the Trustee (unless the meeting is convened by the Trustee), to the Issuer (unless the meeting is convened by the Issuer) and to each Guarantor (unless the meeting is convened by that Guarantor).

 

Page 112


7.

CHAIRMAN

An individual (who may, but need not, be a Noteholder) nominated in writing by the Trustee may take the chair at any Meeting but, if no such nomination is made or if the individual nominated is not present within 15 minutes after the time fixed for the Meeting, those present shall elect one of themselves to take the chair failing which, the Issuer may appoint a Chairman. The Chairman of an adjourned Meeting need not be the same person as was the Chairman of the original Meeting.

 

8.

QUORUM

The quorum at any Meeting shall be at least two Voters representing or holding not less than the Relevant Fraction of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes; provided, however, that, so long as at least the Relevant Fraction of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes is represented by the Global Note(s), a Voter appointed in relation thereto or being the holder of the Notes represented thereby shall be deemed to be two Voters for the purpose of forming a quorum.

 

9.

ADJOURNMENT FOR WANT OF QUORUM

If within 15 minutes (or such longer period not exceeding 30 minutes as the Chairman may decide) after the time fixed for any Meeting a quorum is not present, then:

 

(a)

in the case of a Meeting requested by Noteholders, it shall be dissolved; and

 

(b)

in the case of any other Meeting (unless the Issuer and the Trustee otherwise agree), it shall be adjourned for such period (which shall be not less than 14 days and not more than 42 days) and to such place (which need not be a physical place and instead may be by way of a conference call) as the Chairman determines (with the approval of the Trustee); provided, however, that:

 

  (i)

the Meeting shall be dissolved if the Issuer and the Trustee together so decide; and

 

  (ii)

no Meeting may be adjourned more than once for want of a quorum.

 

10.

ADJOURNED MEETING

The Chairman may, with the consent of, and shall if directed by, any Meeting adjourn such Meeting from time to time and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned Meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the Meeting from which the adjournment took place.

 

Page 113


11.

NOTICE FOLLOWING ADJOURNMENT

Paragraph 6 (Notice) shall apply to any Meeting which is to be resumed after adjournment for want of a quorum save that:

 

(a)

10 days’ notice (exclusive of the day on which the notice is given and of the day on which the Meeting is to be resumed) shall be sufficient; and

 

(b)

the notice shall specifically set out the quorum requirements which will apply when the Meeting resumes.

It shall not be necessary to give notice of the resumption of a Meeting which has been adjourned for any other reason.

 

12.

PARTICIPATION

The following may attend and speak but not vote at a Meeting:

(a) Voters;

(b) representatives of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee;

(c) the financial advisers of the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee;

 

(d)

the legal counsel to the Issuer, the Guarantors and the Trustee and such advisers; and

 

(e)

any other person approved by the Meeting or the Trustee.

 

13.

SHOW OF HANDS

Every question submitted to a Meeting shall be decided in the first instance by a show of hands. Unless a poll is validly demanded before or at the time that the result is declared, the Chairman’s declaration that on a show of hands a resolution has been passed, passed by a particular majority, rejected or rejected by a particular majority shall be conclusive, without proof of the number of votes cast for, or against, the resolution. Where there is only one Voter, this paragraph shall not apply and the resolution will immediately be decided by means of a poll.

 

14.

POLL

A demand for a poll shall be valid if it is made by the Chairman, the Issuer, any Guarantor, the Trustee or one or more Voters representing or holding not less than one fiftieth of the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes. The poll may be taken immediately or after such adjournment as the Chairman directs, but any poll demanded on the election of the Chairman or on any question of adjournment shall be taken at the Meeting without adjournment. A valid demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuation of the relevant Meeting for any other business as the Chairman directs.

 

15.

VOTES

Every Voter shall have:

 

(a)

on a show of hands, one vote; and

 

Page 114


(b)

on a poll, the number of votes obtained by dividing the aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Note(s) represented or held by him by the unit of currency in which the Notes are denominated.

In the case of a voting tie the Chairman shall have a casting vote.

Unless the terms of any Block Voting Instruction state otherwise, a Voter shall not be obliged to exercise all the votes to which he is entitled or to cast all the votes which he exercises in the same way.

In the case of any Meeting of holders of more than one Series of Notes where not all such Series are in the same currency, the principal amount of such Notes shall for all purposes in this Schedule 3 (whether inter alia in respect of the Meeting or any poll resulting therefrom), be the equivalent in pounds sterling translated at the spot rate of a bank nominated by the Trustee for the sale of the relevant currency or currencies for pounds sterling on the seventh dealing day prior to such Meeting, or in the case of a written request pursuant to paragraph 5, the date of such request. In such circumstances, on any poll each person present shall have one vote for each Unit of Notes (converted as above) which he holds.

In this paragraph, a “Unit” means the lowest denomination of the Notes as stated in the Applicable Supplement or in the case of a meeting of Noteholders of more than one Series, shall be the lowest common denominator of the lowest denomination of the Notes.

 

16.

VALIDITY OF VOTES BY PROXIES

Any vote by a Proxy in accordance with the relevant Block Voting Instruction shall be valid even if such Block Voting Instruction or any instruction pursuant to which it was given has been amended or revoked, provided that neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor the Chairman has been notified in writing of such amendment or revocation by the time which is 24 hours before the time fixed for the relevant Meeting. Unless revoked, any appointment of a Proxy under a Block Voting Instruction in relation to a Meeting shall remain in force in relation to any resumption of such Meeting following an adjournment; provided, however, that no such appointment of a Proxy in relation to a Meeting originally convened which has been adjourned for want of a quorum shall remain in force in relation to such Meeting when it is resumed. Any person appointed to vote at such a Meeting must be re-appointed under a Block Voting Instruction to vote at the Meeting when it is resumed.

 

17.

POWERS

A Meeting shall have power (exercisable only by Extraordinary Resolution), without prejudice to any other powers conferred on it or any other person:

 

(a)

to approve any Reserved Matter;

 

(b)

to approve any proposal by the Issuer for any modification, abrogation, variation or compromise of any provisions of this Trust Deed or the Conditions or any arrangement in respect of the obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under or in respect of the Notes;

 

Page 115


(c)

(other than as permitted under Clause 9.3 of this Trust Deed) to approve the substitution of any person for the Issuer (or any previous substitute) as principal obligor under the Notes or the substitution of any person for any Guarantor (or any previous substitute) as guarantor under the Notes;

 

(d)

(other than as permitted under Clause 9.3 of this Trust Deed) to waive any breach or authorise any proposed breach by the Issuer or any Guarantor of its obligations under or in respect of this Trust Deed or the Notes or any act or omission which might otherwise constitute an Event of Default under the Notes;

 

(e)

to remove any Trustee;

 

(f)

to approve the appointment of a new Trustee;

 

(g)

to authorise the Trustee (subject to its being indemnified and/or secured to its satisfaction) or any other person to execute all documents and do all things necessary to give effect to any Extraordinary Resolution;

 

(h)

to discharge or exonerate the Trustee from any liability in respect of any act or omission for which it may become responsible under this Trust Deed or the Notes;

 

(i)

to give any other authorisation or approval which under this Trust Deed or the Notes is required to be given by Extraordinary Resolution;

 

(j)

to appoint any persons as a committee to represent the interests of the Noteholders and to confer upon such committee any powers which the Noteholders could themselves exercise by Extraordinary Resolution;

 

(k)

to sanction any scheme or proposal for the exchange or sale of the Notes for or the conversion of the Notes into or the cancellation of the Notes in consideration of shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other obligations and/or securities of the Issuer or any other company formed or to be formed, or for or into or in consideration of cash, or partly for or into or in consideration of such shares, stock, notes, bonds, debentures, debenture stock and/or other obligations and/or securities as aforesaid and partly for or into or in consideration of cash; and

 

(l)

to approve the substitution of any entity for the Issuer and/or a Guarantor (or any previous substitute) as principal debtor and/or guarantor, as the case may be, under this Trust Deed and the Notes and Coupons.

 

18.

EXTRAORDINARY RESOLUTION BINDS ALL HOLDERS

An Extraordinary Resolution shall be binding upon all Noteholders and Couponholders, whether or not present at such Meeting, and each of the Noteholders shall be bound to give effect to it accordingly. Notice of the result of every vote on an Extraordinary Resolution shall be given to the Noteholders and the Paying Agents (with a copy to the Issuer and the Trustee) within 14 days of the conclusion of the Meeting.

 

Page 116


19.

MINUTES

Minutes of all resolutions and proceedings at each Meeting shall be made. The Chairman shall sign the minutes, which shall be prima facie evidence of the proceedings recorded therein. Unless and until the contrary is proved, every such Meeting in respect of the proceedings of which minutes have been summarised and signed shall be deemed to have been duly convened and held and all resolutions passed or proceedings transacted at it to have been duly passed and transacted.

 

20.

WRITTEN RESOLUTION

A Written Resolution shall take effect as if it were an Extraordinary Resolution.

 

21.

FURTHER REGULATIONS

Subject to all other provisions contained in this Trust Deed, the Trustee may without the consent of the Issuer or the Noteholders prescribe such further regulations regarding the holding of Meetings of Noteholders and attendance and voting at them as the Trustee may in its sole discretion determine and agree to the holding of meetings by conference call in circumstances where it may be impossible or inadvisable to hold physical meetings.

 

22.

SEVERAL SERIES

The following provisions shall apply where outstanding Notes belong to more than one Series:

 

(a)

Business which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of only one Series shall be transacted at a separate Meeting of the holders of the Notes of that Series.

 

(b)

Business which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of more than one Series but does not give rise to an actual or potential conflict of interest between the holder of Notes or one such Series and the holders of Notes of any other such Series shall be transacted either at separate Meetings of the holders of the Notes of each such Series or at a single Meeting of the holders of the Notes of all such Series, as the Trustee shall in its absolute discretion determine.

 

(c)

Business which in the opinion of the Trustee affects the Notes of more than one Series and gives rise to an actual or potential conflict of interest between the holders of Notes of one such Series and the holders of Notes of any other such Series shall be transacted at separate Meetings of the holders of the Notes of each such Series.

 

Page 117


(d)

The preceding paragraphs of this Schedule shall be applied as if references to the Notes and Noteholders were to the Notes of the relevant Series and to the holders of such Notes.

In this paragraph, “business” includes (without limitation) the passing or rejection of any resolution

 

Page 118


TRUST DEED EXECUTION CLAUSES

 

The Issuer      
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED by    )   
INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC    )   
a company incorporated in England and Wales acting by    )   

 

a director of the Company

  

)

)

  

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

 

a director / company secretary of the Company

  

)

)

  

/s/ Nicolette Henfrey

The Guarantors      
EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED by    )   
INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS LIMITED    )   
a company incorporated in England and Wales acting by    )   

 

a director of the Company

  

)

)

  

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

 

a director / company secretary of the Company

  

)

)

  

/s/ Nicolette Henfrey

EXECUTED and DELIVERED as a DEED by    )   
SIX CONTINENTS LIMITED    )   
a company incorporated in England and Wales acting by    )   

 

a director of the Company

  

)

)

  

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

 

a director / company secretary of the Company

  

)

)

  

/s/ Nicolette Henfrey

 

Trust Deed signature pages


The Trustee      
EXECUTED as a DEED by    )   

/s/ Chloc Slattery

as attorney for    )
HSBC CORPORATE TRUSTEE    )
COMPANY (UK) LIMITED    )
     

Chloc Slattery

Authorised Signatory

WITNESS: /s/ Colin Kiely                                              
WITNESS NAME: COLIN KIELY      

WITNESS ADDRESS: 45 BEAUCHAMP RO

                                       LONDON

                                       SW11 1PG

     

 

Trust Deed signature pages

Exhibit 4(a)(iii)

 

LOGO

 

To:    The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubushi UFJ, Ltd.
   as Facility Agent under the Facility Agreement
   (as defined below) and on behalf of the
   Finance Parties under the Facility Agreement

20 April 2020

Dear Sir/Madam,

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC – Waiver and Amendment Request

 

1.

BACKGROUND

1.1 We refer to the US$1,275,000,000 Facility Agreement dated 30 March 2015 (as amended and restated from time to time) (the Facility Agreement) made between, among others, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the Company), Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together with the Company, the Original Borrowers), Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together with the Company, the Original Guarantors) Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank N.A., London Branch, Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, London Branch, DBS Bank Ltd., London Branch, HSBC Bank plc, Suntrust Bank, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., London Branch as original lenders and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. as facility agent.

1.2 Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meanings in this letter, unless the context otherwise requires. The provisions of Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement apply to this letter as though they were set out in full in this letter except that references to the Agreement are to be construed as references to this letter.

1.3 We are writing to you to apply for the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) to the following requests.

1.4 As a result of the economic implications of Covid-19, we are seeking consent of the Majority Lenders to waive the next three financial covenant test dates.

 

LOGO

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR


LOGO

 

2.

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT REQUEST

2.1 Accordingly, in accordance with Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers) of the Facility Agreement, we request that you seek the consent of the Majority Lenders to the waiver and amendment, as applicable, of the following provisions of the Facility Agreement:

 

(a)

the waiver of the requirement to test the financial covenants contained in Clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) on the next three test dates, being the Relevant Periods ending on 30 June 2020, 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2021;

 

(b)

the waiver of the requirement in Clause 20.2(a)(i) (Compliance Certificate) of the Facility Agreement for each Compliance Certificate delivered to the Facility Agent with each set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) or (b) of Clause 20.1 (Financial Statements) of the Facility Agreement in respect of the Relevant Periods ending on 30 June 2020, 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2021 to include computations as to compliance with Clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement;

 

(c)

the waiver of the requirement in Clause 20.4(b)(i) (Requirements as to Financial Statements) of the Facility Agreement in respect of the Relevant Periods ending on 30 June 2020, 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2021, to deliver sufficient information to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement has been complied with, provided that sufficient information is delivered to enable the Lenders to determine (i) the ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Payable for each Relevant Period and (ii) the ratio of Net Borrowings as at the last day of each Relevant Period to EBITDA for such Relevant Periods;

 

(d)

the waiver of the requirement in Clause 20.3 (Margin Certificate) of the Facility Agreement to supply to the Facility Agent a Margin Certificate within 80 days of each Quarter Date setting out a computation of the Margin Ratio, until the Quarter Date falling on 30 June 2021;

 

(e)

the addition of a new Clause 20.9 (Quarterly Information) as follows:

 

  “20.9

Quarterly Information

The Company shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 days after the Quarter Dates falling on 30 September 2020, 31 March 2021 and 30 September 2021;

(a) its profit and loss statement;

(b) its cash flow statement; and

(c) its Net Borrowings calculation,

in each case, for the quarter of the financial year immediately preceding the Quarter Dates falling on 30 September 2020, 31 March 2021 and 30 September 2021.”; and

 

(f)

the addition of a new Clause 21.2 (Liquidity Covenant) as follows, and re-numbering of the current Clause 21.2 (Financial Covenant calculations) and Clause 21.3 (Definitions) accordingly:

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  “21.2

Liquidity Covenant

 

  (a)

The Company shall ensure that, as at 30 June 2020, 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2021, the sum of (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents available to members of the Group, net of bank overdrafts, plus (ii) the aggregate total undrawn amount of committed bank facilities available to the Obligors that have a remaining tenor of at least 6 months as at such date, is at least $400,000,000.

 

  (b)

The Company shall supply to the Facility Agent, with the set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 (Financial Statements) in respect of the end of the half financial years ending on 30 June 2020, 31 December 2020 and 30 June 2021, a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 21.2(a) (Liquidity Covenant), as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.”

(together, the Waiver and Amendment Request).

2.2 The Margin applicable from the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date (as defined below) until the date on which the Margin Certificate is delivered to the Facility Agent for the Relevant Period ending on 30 June 2021 will be 1.00 per cent. per annum.

2.3 We request that the Majority Lenders consent to the Waiver and Amendment Request set out in paragraph 2.1 as soon as possible, and in any event by no later than 5.00pm on 24 April 2020.

 

3.

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT FEE

Each Lender who confirms to you its unconditional agreement to the Waiver and Amendment Request before 5.00pm on 24 April 2020 will be entitled to receive a waiver and amendment fee of 0.10 per cent. on the amount of its individual Commitment, which the Company will pay to the Facility Agent for each relevant consenting Lender’s account within 5 Business Days of the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date.

 

4.

CONSENT

Subject to paragraph 6 (Conditions) below, by your countersignature of this letter in the appropriate place, you confirm that the Waiver and Amendment Request has been approved by the Majority Lenders.

 

5.

GUARANTEE

5.1 On the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date, each Obligor:

 

(a)

confirms its acceptance of the Facility Agreement, as amended by the relevant parts of this letter;

 

(b)

agrees that it is bound as an Obligor by the terms of the Facility Agreement, as amended by this letter at the appropriate time; and

 

(c)

if a Guarantor, confirms that its guarantee and indemnity obligations under the Facility Agreement, as amended by this letter:

 

  (i)

continues in full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement (as amended by this letter); and

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  (ii)

extends to the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents (including the Facility Agreement (as amended by this letter) and notwithstanding the imposition of any amended, additional or more onerous obligations).

 

6.

CONDITIONS

6.1 The Waiver and Amendment Request shall not be effective until the date (the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date) on which the Facility Agent has notified the other parties that it has received the documentation listed in Schedule 1 (Conditions to Waiver and Amendment Request) to this letter in form and substance satisfactory to it. The Facility Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

6.2 Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph 6.1 above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

7.

MISCELLANEOUS

7.1 Save as expressly set out in this letter:

 

(a)

the Finance Documents remain in full force and effect; and

 

(b)

nothing in this letter shall constitute or be construed as a waiver or compromise of any other term or condition of the Finance Documents or any of the Finance Parties rights in relation to them which for the avoidance of doubt shall continue to apply in full force and effect.

7.2 With effect from the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date this letter shall be (i) designated a Finance Document and (ii) read and construed as one document with the Facility Agreement.

7.3 This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts and all those counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same letter. Delivery of a counterpart of this letter by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.

7.4 This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in relation to this letter are governed by English law.

7.5 The provisions of Clauses 31 (Notices), 33 (Partial invalidity), 34 (Remedies and Waivers), 39 (Governing law) and 40 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement apply to this letter as though they were set out in full in this letter except that references to the Agreement are to be construed as references to this letter.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

Please sign and return to us a counterpart of this letter in order to indicate your agreement to its terms.

 

Yours faithfully

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson
for and on behalf of
InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

 

Yours faithfully

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson
for and on behalf of
InterContinental Hotels Limited

 

Yours faithfully

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson
for and on behalf of

Six Continents Limited

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

We acknowledge and agree to the Waiver and Amendment Request as set out in this letter

 

/s/ Darren Proctor
for and on behalf of

The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubushi UFJ, Ltd.

as Facility Agent and on behalf of the

Finance Parties (each as defined in the Facility Agreement)

(acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders

pursuant to Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers) of the Facility Agreement)

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 1

Conditions to Waiver and Amendment Request

 

1.

The Obligors

 

1.1

A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

 

1.2

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors and/or a committee of the board of directors of each Obligor (together with a copy of the resolutions appointing such committee) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by and the execution, delivery and performance of, this letter and authorising a specified person or persons to execute this letter.

 

1.3

A specimen of the signature of each person who executes this letter and who is authorised on behalf of the Obligor by the resolutions referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.4

A copy of any necessary resolution signed by the holders of the issued shares in each Guarantor (other than the Company) which is a Subsidiary of the Company and is incorporated in England and Wales, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this letter.

 

1.5

A certificate of each Obligor (signed by an authorised signatory) certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H

Exhibit 4(a)(iv)

 

LOGO

 

To:

MUFG Bank Ltd

as Facility Agent under the Facility Agreement

(as defined below) and on behalf of the

Finance Parties under the Facility Agreement

27 April 2020

Dear Sir/Madam,

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC – Extension Request

 

1.

BACKGROUND

1.1 We refer to the US$1,275,000,000 Facility Agreement dated 30 March 2015 (as amended and restated from time to time) (the Facility Agreement) made between, among others, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the Company), Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together with the Company, the Original Borrowers), Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together with the Company, the Original Guarantors) Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank N.A., London Branch, Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, London Branch, DBS Bank Ltd., London Branch, HSBC Bank plc, Suntrust Bank, The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd., The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., London Branch as original lenders and The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd. as facility agent.

1.2 Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meanings in this letter, unless the context otherwise requires. The provisions of Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement apply to this letter as though they were set out in full in this letter except that references to the Agreement are to be construed as references to this letter.

1.3 We are writing to you to apply for the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of all Lenders) to the following requests.

1.4 As a result of the economic implications of Covid-19, we are seeking consent of all Lenders to extend the Termination Date by 18 months.

 

LOGO

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR


LOGO

 

2.

EXTENSION REQUEST

2.1 We are seeking the consent of all Lenders to an 18-month extension to the Termination Date, so that the Termination Date of the Facility Agreement for those Lenders who agree to extend the Termination Date in respect of their Commitment, is extended to 30 September 2023 (the Termination Date Extension Request). As a separate request, we are also seeking consent of Lenders to extend their Commitment to the extended Termination Date (the Commitment Extension Request). For the avoidance of doubt, Lenders may consent to the Termination Date Extension Request and not consent to the Commitment Extension Request (such Lender, a Non-Extending Lender). A Lender who consents to the Termination Date Extension Request and the Commitment Extension Request is an Extending Lender.

2.2 If all of the Lenders consent to the Termination Date Extension Request and one or more Lenders consent to the Commitment Extension Request, on the Extension Request Effective Date (as defined below) the Facility Agreement shall be amended such that the Margin applicable in respect of each Extending Lender’s participation in each Loan from (and including) the day immediately following the Extension Request Effective Date, to the extended Termination Date will be determined in accordance with the following table:

 

Net Borrowings / EBITDA

   Margin (per cent. p.a.)

Higher than 4.50:1

   2.75

Equal to or lower than 4.50:1 but higher than 4.00:1

   2.50

Equal to or lower than 4.00:1 but higher than 3.50:1

   2.00

Equal to or lower than 3.50:1 but higher than 3.00:1

   1.75

Equal to or lower than 3.00:1 but higher than 2.50:1

   1.50

Equal to or lower than 2.50:1 but higher than 2.00:1

   1.25

Equal to or lower than 2.00:1 but higher than 1.50:1

   1.00

Equal to or lower than 1.50:1

   0.90

2.3 Notwithstanding any waiver of the requirement in Clause 20.3 (Margin Certificate) of the Facility Agreement to supply to the Facility Agent a Margin Certificate within 80 days of each Quarter Date setting out a computation of the Margin Ratio, if all of the Lenders consent to the Termination Date Extension Request, the Company shall continue to supply a Margin Certificate to the Facility Agent in accordance with Clause 20.3 (Margin Certificate) of the Facility Agreement in order for the Margin applicable in respect of each Extending Lender’s participation in each Loan to be calculated.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

2.4 For the avoidance of doubt, (i) the Margin applicable in respect of each Non-Extending Lender’s participation in each Loan will continue to be determined in accordance with the original table included in the definition of Margin in the Facility Agreement; or (ii) if testing of the ratio of Net Borrowings to EBITDA has been waived by the Majority Lenders for a certain period, the Margin applicable in respect of each Non-Extending Lender’s participation in each Loan during such period shall be determined in accordance with such waiver (being 1.00 per cent. per annum. following the Majority Lenders consenting to the amendment and waiver request dated 20 April 2020).

2.5 If all of the Lenders consent to the Termination Date Extension Request, such Lenders shall be deemed to have also consented to the following amendments to the Facility Agreement which will become effective on the Extension Request Effective Date such that:

 

(a)

Clause 35.3 (Replacement of Screen Rate) of the Facility Agreement is replaced in its entirety with the new clause set out in Part A of Schedule 2 (Further Amendments) to this letter;

 

(b)

the clause set out in Part B of Schedule 2 (Further Amendments) to this letter is added as a new Clause 39 (Contractual Recognition of Bail-In) of the Facility Agreement;

 

(c)

the clause set out in Part C of Schedule 2 (Further Amendments) to this letter is added as a new Clause 40 (Acknowledgement regarding any supported QFCs) of the Facility Agreement;

 

(d)

the current Clause 39 (Governing Law) and Clause 40 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement, and references thereto, are re-numbered accordingly;

 

(e)

the definition of “FATCA Application Date” is replaced in its entirety with the new definition set out in Part D of Schedule 2 (Further Amendments) to this letter;

 

(f)

the definition of “Reference Bank Rate” is replaced in its entirety with the new definition set out in Part E of Schedule 2 (Further Amendments) to this letter;

 

(g)

the addition of a new definition of “Blocking Regulation” between the definitions of “Basel III” and “Borrower” as set out in Part F of Schedule 2 (Further Amendments) to this letter;

 

(h)

the addition of a new paragraph (b) to Clause 19.11 (Sanctions) as set out in Part G of Schedule 2 (Further Amendments) to this letter and the re-numbering of the current paragraph to paragraph “(a)” accordingly; and

 

(i)

the replacement of paragraph (b) of Clause 22.11 (Use of proceeds) in its entirety with the paragraph set out in Part H of Schedule 2 (Further Amendments) to this letter.

2.6 We request that all Lenders consent to the Termination Date Extension Request set out in paragraph 2.1 as soon as possible, and in any event by no later than 5.00pm on 1 May 2020.

2.7 We further request that all Lenders consent to the Commitment Extension Request set out in paragraph 2.1 as soon as possible, and in any event by no later than 5.00pm on 1 May 2020. For the avoidance of doubt, any Non-Extending Lender will be repaid, and its Commitment cancelled in full on the current Termination Date, being 30 March 2022.

 

3.

EXTENSION FEE

Each Lender who consents to both the Termination Date Extension Request and the Commitment Extension Request before 5.00pm on 1 May 2020 will, conditional upon the Extension Request Effective Date occurring, be entitled to receive an extension fee of 0.25 per cent. of the amount of its individual Commitment as at the date of this letter, which the Company will pay to the Facility Agent for each relevant Extending Lender’s account within 5 Business Days of the Extension Request Effective Date.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

4.

CONSENT

Subject to paragraph 6 (Conditions) below, by your countersignature of this letter, you confirm that the Termination Date Extension Request has been approved by all of the Lenders and you agree to notify the Company of the Extending Lenders and Non-Extending Lenders in respect of the Commitment Extension Request at the same time as returning a countersigned version of this letter.

 

5.

GUARANTEE

5.1 On the Extension Request Effective Date, each Obligor:

 

(a)

confirms its acceptance of the Facility Agreement, as amended by the relevant parts of this letter;

 

(b)

agrees that it is bound as an Obligor by the terms of the Facility Agreement, as amended by this letter at the appropriate time; and

 

(c)

if a Guarantor, confirms that its guarantee and indemnity obligations under the Facility Agreement, as amended by this letter:

 

  (i)

continues in full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement (as amended by this letter); and

 

  (ii)

extends to the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents (including the Facility Agreement (as amended by this letter) and notwithstanding the imposition of any amended, additional or more onerous obligations).

 

6.

CONDITIONS

6.1 Each of the Termination Date Extension Request, the Commitment Extension Request and the additional amendments set out in paragraph 2.5 above shall not be effective until the date (the Extension Request Effective Date) on which the Facility Agent has notified the other parties that it has received the documentation listed in Schedule 1 (Conditions to Extension Request) to this letter in form and substance satisfactory to it. The Facility Agent shall notify the Company and the Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.

6.2 Other than to the extent that the Majority Lenders notify the Facility Agent in writing to the contrary before the Facility Agent gives the notification described in paragraph 6.1 above, the Lenders authorise (but do not require) the Facility Agent to give that notification. The Facility Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever as a result of giving any such notification.

 

7.

REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Each Obligor makes the Repeating Representations on the date hereof and on the Extension Request Effective Date on the basis that each reference to “Finance Documents” shall be construed so as to include this letter and the Facility Agreement as amended by this letter.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

8.

MISCELLANEOUS

8.1 Save as expressly set out in this letter:

 

(a)

the Finance Documents remain in full force and effect; and

 

(b)

nothing in this letter shall constitute or be construed as a waiver or compromise of any other term or condition of the Finance Documents or any of the Finance Parties rights in relation to them which for the avoidance of doubt shall continue to apply in full force and effect.

8.2 With effect from the Extension Request Effective Date this letter shall be (i) designated a Finance Document and (ii) read and construed as one document with the Facility Agreement.

8.3 This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts and all those counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same letter. Delivery of a counterpart of this letter by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.

8.4 This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in relation to this letter are governed by English law.

8.5 The provisions of Clauses 31 (Notices), 33 (Partial invalidity), 34 (Remedies and Waivers). 39 (Governing law) and 40 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement apply to this letter as though they were set out in full in this letter except that references to the Agreement are to be construed as references to this letter.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

Please sign and return to us a counterpart of this letter in order to indicate your agreement to its terms.

 

Yours faithfully
/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

for and on behalf of

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

 

Yours faithfully
/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

for and on behalf of

InterContinental Hotels Limited

 

Yours faithfully
/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

for and on behalf of

Six Continents Limited

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

We acknowledge and agree to the Termination Date Extension Request as set out in this letter. We will separately confirm the Extending Lenders and Non-Extending Lenders in respect of the Commitment Extension Request to you.

 

/s/ Darren Proctor

for and on behalf of

MUFG Bank Ltd

as Facility Agent and on behalf of the

Finance Parties (each as defined in the Facility Agreement) (acting on the instructions of all of the Lenders pursuant to Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers) of the Facility Agreement)

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 1

Conditions to Extension Request

 

1.

The Obligors

 

1.1

A copy of the constitutional documents of each Obligor.

 

1.2

A copy of a resolution of the board of directors and/or a committee of the board of directors of each Obligor (together with a copy of the resolutions appointing such committee) approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by and the execution, delivery and performance of, this letter and authorising a specified person or persons to execute this letter.

 

1.3

A specimen of the signature of each person who executes this letter and who is authorised on behalf of the Obligor by the resolutions referred to in paragraph 1.2 above.

 

1.4

A copy of any necessary resolution signed by the holders of the issued shares in each Guarantor (other than the Company) which is a Subsidiary of the Company and is incorporated in England and Wales, approving the terms of, and the transactions contemplated by, this letter.

 

1.5

A certificate of each Obligor (signed by an authorised signatory) certifying that each copy document relating to it specified in this Schedule 1 is correct, complete and in full force and effect as at a date no earlier than the date of this Agreement.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

SCHEDULE 2

Further Amendments

Part A

 

“35.3

Replacement of Screen Rate

 

  (a)

If a Screen Rate Replacement Event has occurred in relation to any Screen Rate for a currency which can be selected for a Loan, any amendment or waiver which relates to:

 

  (i)

providing for the use of a Replacement Benchmark in relation to that currency in place of that Screen Rate; and

 

  (ii)

 

  (A)

aligning any provision of any Finance Document to the use of that Replacement Benchmark;

 

  (B)

enabling that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the calculation of interest under this Agreement (including, without limitation, any consequential changes required to enable that Replacement Benchmark to be used for the purposes of this Agreement);

 

  (C)

implementing market conventions applicable to that Replacement Benchmark;

 

  (D)

providing for appropriate fallback (and market disruption) provisions for that Replacement Benchmark; or

 

  (E)

adjusting the pricing to reduce or eliminate, to the extent reasonably practicable, any transfer of economic value from one Party to another as a result of the application of that Replacement Benchmark (and if any adjustment or method for calculating any adjustment has been formally designated, nominated or recommended by the Relevant Nominating Body, the adjustment shall be determined on the basis of that designation, nomination or recommendation),

may be made with the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) and the Obligors.

 

  (b)

If any Lender fails to respond to a request for an amendment or waiver described in paragraph (a) above within five (5) Business Days (or such longer time period in relation to any request which the Company and the Facility Agent may agree) of that request being made:

 

  (i)

its Commitment shall not be included for the purpose of calculating the Total Commitments when ascertaining whether any relevant percentage of Total Commitments has been obtained to approve that request; and

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  (ii)

its status as a Lender shall be disregarded for the purpose of ascertaining whether the agreement of any specified group of Lenders has been obtained to approve that request.

 

  (c)

In this Clause 35.3:

Relevant Nominating Body means any applicable central bank, regulator or other supervisory authority or a group of them, or any working group or committee sponsored or chaired by, or constituted at the request of, any of them or the Financial Stability Board.

Replacement Benchmark means a benchmark rate which is:

 

  (a)

formally designated, nominated or recommended as the replacement for a Screen Rate by:

 

  (i)

the administrator of that Screen Rate (provided that the market or economic reality that such benchmark rate measures is the same as that measured by that Screen Rate); or

 

  (ii)

any Relevant Nominating Body,

and if replacements have, at the relevant time, been formally designated, nominated or recommended under both paragraphs, the “Replacement Benchmark” will be the replacement under paragraph (ii) above;

 

  (b)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, generally accepted in the international or any relevant domestic syndicated loan markets as the appropriate successor to a Screen Rate; or

 

  (c)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, an appropriate successor to a Screen Rate.

Screen Rate Replacement Event means, in relation to a Screen Rate:

 

  (a)

the methodology, formula or other means of determining that Screen Rate has, in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, materially changed;

 

  (b)

 

  (i)

 

  (A)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor publicly announces that such administrator is insolvent; or

 

  (B)

information is published in any order, decree, notice, petition or filing, however described, of or filed with a court, tribunal, exchange, regulatory authority or similar administrative, regulatory or judicial body which reasonably confirms that the administrator of that Screen Rate is insolvent, provided that, in each case, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  (ii)

the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that it has ceased or will cease to provide that Screen Rate permanently or indefinitely and, at that time, there is no successor administrator to continue to provide that Screen Rate;

 

  (iii)

the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate publicly announces that such Screen Rate has been or will be permanently or indefinitely discontinued; or

 

  (iv)

the administrator of that Screen Rate or its supervisor announces that that Screen Rate may no longer be used; or

 

  (c)

the administrator of that Screen Rate determines that that Screen Rate should be calculated in accordance with its reduced submissions or other contingency or fallback policies or arrangements and either:

 

  (i)

the circumstance(s) or event(s) leading to such determination are not (in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors) temporary; or

 

  (ii)

that Screen Rate is calculated in accordance with any such policy or arrangement for a period no less than one (1) Month; or

 

  (d)

in the opinion of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors, that Screen Rate is otherwise no longer appropriate for the purposes of calculating interest under this Agreement.”

Part B

 

“39

Contractual recognition of Bail-In

 

  (a)

Notwithstanding any other term of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or understanding between the Parties, each Party acknowledges and accepts that any liability of any Party to any other Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents may be subject to Bail-In Action by the relevant Resolution Authority and acknowledges and accepts to be bound by the effect of:

 

  (i)

any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability, including (without limitation):

 

  (A)

a reduction, in full or in part, in the principal amount, or outstanding amount due (including any accrued but unpaid interest) in respect of any such liability;

 

  (B)

a conversion of all, or part of, any such liability into shares or other instruments of ownership that may be issued to, or conferred on, it; and

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  (C)

a cancellation of any such liability; and

 

  (ii)

a variation of any term of any Finance Document to the extent necessary to give effect to any Bail-In Action in relation to any such liability.

 

  (b)

In this Clause 39:

Article 55 BRRD means Article 55 of Directive 2014/59/EU establishing a framework for the recovery and resolution of credit institutions and investment firms.

Bail-In Action means the exercise of any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

Bail-In Legislation means:

 

  (i)

in relation to an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or which at any time implements, Article 55 BRRD, the relevant implementing law or regulation as described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time; and

 

  (ii)

in relation to any state other than such an EEA Member Country or (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not such an EEA Member Country) the United Kingdom, any analogous law or regulation from time to time which requires contractual recognition of any Write-down and Conversion Powers contained in that law or regulation.

EEA Member Country means any member state of the European Union, Iceland, Liechtenstein and Norway.

EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule means the document described as such and published by the Loan Market Association (or any successor person) from time to time.

Resolution Authority means any body which has authority to exercise any Write-down and Conversion Powers.

UK Bail-In Legislation means (to the extent that the United Kingdom is not an EEA Member Country which has implemented, or implements, Article 55 BRRD) Part I of the United Kingdom Banking Act 2009 and any other law or regulation applicable in the United Kingdom relating to the resolution of unsound or failing banks, investment firms or other financial institutions or their affiliates (otherwise than through liquidation, administration or other insolvency proceedings).

Write-down and Conversion Powers means:

 

  (i)

in relation to any Bail-In Legislation described in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule from time to time, the powers described as such in relation to that Bail-In Legislation in the EU Bail-In Legislation Schedule;

 

  (ii)

in relation to any other applicable Bail-In Legislation:

 

  (A)

any powers under that Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (B)

any similar or analogous powers under that Bail-In Legislation; and

 

  (iii)

in relation to any UK Bail-In Legislation:

 

  (A)

any powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation to cancel, transfer or dilute shares issued by a person that is a bank or investment firm or other financial institution or affiliate of a bank, investment firm or other financial institution, to cancel, reduce, modify or change the form of a liability of such a person or any contract or instrument under which that liability arises, to convert all or part of that liability into shares, securities or obligations of that person or any other person, to provide that any such contract or instrument is to have effect as if a right had been exercised under it or to suspend any obligation in respect of that liability or any of the powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation that are related to or ancillary to any of those powers; and

 

  (B)

any similar or analogous powers under that UK Bail-In Legislation.”

Part C

 

“40

Acknowledgement regarding any supported QFCs

To the extent that the Finance Documents provide support, through a guarantee or otherwise, for any agreement or instrument that is a QFC (such support, QFC Credit Support and each such QFC a Supported QFC), the parties acknowledge and agree as follows with respect to the resolution power of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (together with the regulations promulgated thereunder, the U.S. Special Resolution Regimes) in respect of such Supported QFC and QFC Credit Support (with the provisions below applicable notwithstanding that the Finance Document and any Supported QFC may in fact be stated to be governed by the laws of the State of New York and/or of the United States or any other state of the United States):

 

  (a)

in the event a Covered Entity that is party to a Supported QFC (each, a Covered Party) becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, the transfer of such Supported QFC and the benefit of such QFC Credit Support (and any interest and obligation in or under such Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support, and any rights in property securing such Supported QFC or such QFC Credit Support) from such Covered Party will be effective to the same extent as the transfer would be effective under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and such QFC Credit Support (and any such interest, obligation and rights in property) were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. In the event a

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  Covered Party or a BHC Act Affiliate of a Covered Party becomes subject to a proceeding under a U.S. Special Resolution Regime, Default Rights under the Finance Documents that might otherwise apply to such Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support that may be exercised against such Covered Party are permitted to be exercised to no greater extent than such Default Rights could be exercised under the U.S. Special Resolution Regime if the Supported QFC and the Finance Documents were governed by the laws of the United States or a state of the United States. Without limitation of the foregoing, it is understood and agreed that rights and remedies of the parties with respect to a Defaulting Lender shall in no event affect the rights of any Covered Party with respect to a Supported QFC or any QFC Credit Support; and

 

  (b)

as used in this Clause 40 (Acknowledgement regarding any supported QFCs), the following terms have the following meanings:

BHC Act Affiliate of a party means an “affiliate” (as such term is defined under, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 1841(k)) of such party.

Covered Entity means any of the following:

 

  (i)

a “covered entity” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 252.82(b);

 

  (ii)

a “covered bank” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 47.3(b); or

 

  (iii)

a “covered FSI” as that term is defined in, and interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. § 382.2(b).

Default Right has the meaning assigned to that term in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 C.F.R. §§ 252.81, 47.2 or 382.1, as applicable.

QFC has the meaning assigned to the term “qualified financial contract” in, and shall be interpreted in accordance with, 12 U.S.C. 5390(c)(8)(D).”

Part D

FATCA Application Date means:

 

  (a)

in relation to a “withholdable payment” described in section 1473(1)(A)(i) of the Code (which relates to payments of interest and certain other payments from sources within the US), 1 July 2014; or

 

  (b)

in relation to a “passthru payment” described in section 1471(d)(7) of the Code not falling within paragraph (a) above, the first date from which such payment may become subject to a deduction or withholding required by FATCA.”

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

Part E

Reference Bank Rate means:

 

  (a)

the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to the Agent at its request by the Reference Banks:

 

  (i)

in relation to LIBOR as either:

 

  (A)

if:

 

  (1)

the Reference Bank is a contributor to the applicable Screen Rate; and

 

  (2)

it consists of a single figure,

the rate (applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant currency and period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator; or

 

  (B)

in any other case, the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank could fund itself in the relevant currency for the relevant period with reference to the unsecured wholesale funding market; or

 

  (ii)

in relation to EURIBOR:

 

  (A)

(other than where paragraph (B) below applies) as the rate at which the relevant Reference Bank believes one prime bank is quoting to another prime bank for interbank term deposits in euro within the Participating Member States for the relevant period; or

 

  (B)

if different, as the rate (if any and applied to the relevant Reference Bank and the relevant period) which contributors to the applicable Screen Rate are asked to submit to the relevant administrator.”

Part F

Blocking Regulation means Regulation (EU) No 2271/96 of the European Parliament and of the Council of 22 November 1996 protecting against the effects of the extraterritorial application of legislation adopted by a third country, and actions based on or resulting therefrom.”

Part G

 

“(b)

The representation in paragraph (a) shall be given by and apply to the Obligors for the benefit of each Finance Party only to the extent that giving, complying with or receiving the benefit of (as applicable) such representation does not result in any violation of (i) the Blocking Regulation or (ii) any similar anti-boycott statute.”

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

Part H

 

“(b)

The undertakings in this Clause 22.11 shall be given by and apply to the Obligors for the benefit of each Finance Party only to the extent that giving, complying with or receiving the benefit of (as applicable) such undertaking does not result in any violation of (i) the Blocking Regulation or (ii) any similar anti-boycott statute.”

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H

Exhibit 4(a)(v)

 

LOGO

 

To:

MUFG Bank, Ltd.

as Facility Agent under the Facility Agreement

(as defined below) and on behalf of the

Finance Parties under the Facility Agreement

4 December 2020

Dear Sir/Madam,

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC – Waiver and Amendment Request

 

1.

BACKGROUND

1.1 We refer to the US$1,275,000,000 Facility Agreement dated 30 March 2015 (as amended from time to time, including by (i) the waiver and amendment request relating to the Facility Agreement dated 20 April 2020 (the First Waiver and Amendment Request), and (ii) the extension request in relation to the Facility Agreement dated 27 April 2020 (the Extension Request)) (the Facility Agreement), made between, among others, InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (the Company), Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together with the Company, the Original Borrowers), Six Continents Limited and InterContinental Hotels Limited (together with the Company, the Original Guarantors) Bank of America Merrill Lynch International Limited, Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank N.A., London Branch, Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, London Branch, DBS Bank Ltd., London Branch, HSBC Bank plc, Suntrust Bank, MUFG Bank, Ltd., The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, U.S. Bank National Association and Wells Fargo Bank N.A., London Branch as original lenders and MUFG Bank, Ltd. as facility agent.

1.2 Terms defined in the Facility Agreement have the same meanings in this letter, unless the context otherwise requires. The provisions of Clause 1.2 (Construction) of the Facility Agreement apply to this letter as though they were set out in full in this letter except that references to the Agreement are to be construed as references to this letter.

 

LOGO

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5HR


LOGO

 

1.3 We are writing to you to apply for the consent of the Facility Agent (acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders) to the following requests.

1.4 As a result of the economic implications of Covid-19, we are seeking consent of the Majority Lenders to (i) waive the financial covenants in respect of the Relevant Period ending on 31 December 2021 and (ii) amend the financial covenants in respect of the Relevant Periods ending on 30 June 2022 and 31 December 2022, among other things.

 

2.

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT REQUEST

2.1 Accordingly, in accordance with Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers) of the Facility Agreement, we request that you seek the consent of the Majority Lenders to the waiver and amendment, as applicable, of the following provisions of the Facility Agreement:

 

(a)

the waiver of the requirement to test the financial covenants contained in Clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement for the Relevant Period ending on 31 December 2021;

 

(b)

the waiver of the requirement in Clause 20.2(a)(i) (Compliance Certificate) of the Facility Agreement for the Compliance Certificate delivered to the Facility Agent with the set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (a)(i) of Clause 20.1 (Financial Statements) of the Facility Agreement in respect of the Relevant Period ending on 31 December 2021 to include computations as to compliance with Clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement;

 

(c)

the waiver of the requirement in Clause 20.4(b)(i) (Requirements as to Financial Statements) of the Facility Agreement in respect of the Relevant Period ending on 31 December 2021, to deliver sufficient information to enable the Lenders to determine whether Clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement has been complied with, provided that sufficient information is delivered to enable the Lenders to determine (i) the ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Payable for such Relevant Period and (ii) the ratio of Net Borrowings as at the last day of the Relevant Period to EBITDA for the Relevant Period ending on 31 December 2021;

 

(d)

the amendment of Clause 20.9 (Quarterly Information) of the Facility Agreement so that the words struck through below are deleted and the words underlined below are added:

 

  “20.9

Quarterly Information

The Company shall supply to the Facility Agent in sufficient copies for all the Lenders, as soon as the same become available, but in any event within 45 days after the Quarter Dates falling on 30 September 2020, 31 March 2021 and, 30 September 2021, 31 March 2022 and 30 September 2022:

 

  (a)

its profit and loss statement;

 

  (b)

its cash flow statement; and

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  (c)

its Net Borrowings calculation,

in each case, for the quarter of the financial year immediately preceding the Quarter Dates falling on 30 September 2020, 31 March 2021 and, 30 September 2021, 31 March 2022 and 30 September 2022.”;

 

(e)

the deletion in its entirety and replacement of Clause 21.1 (Financial Condition) of the Facility Agreement as follows:

 

  “21.1

Financial Condition

The Company shall ensure that:

 

  (a)

the ratio of EBITDA to Net Interest Payable for each Relevant Period will not be less than:

 

  (i)

for the Relevant Period ending on 30 June 2022, 1.50:1;

 

  (ii)

for the Relevant Period ending on 31 December 2022, 2.0:1; and

 

  (iii)

for each Relevant Period ending thereafter, 3.50:1; and

 

  (b)

the ratio of Net Borrowings as at the last day of the Relevant Period to EBITDA for that Relevant Period will not be more than:

 

  (i)

for the Relevant Period ending on 30 June 2022, 7.50:1;

 

  (ii)

for the Relevant Period ending on 31 December 2022, 6.50:1; and

 

  (iii)

for each Relevant Period ending thereafter, 3.50:1,

where EBITDA for the purpose of this covenant shall be adjusted to take into account the pro forma impact of any acquisitions or disposals (other than disposals of Managed Assets) made during the Relevant Period by a member of the Group.”;

 

(f)

the amendment of Clause 21.2 (Liquidity Covenant) of the Facility Agreement so that the words struck through below are deleted and the words underlined below are added:

 

  “21.2

Liquidity Covenant

 

  (a)

The Company shall ensure that, as at 30 June 2020, 31 December 2020 and, 30 June 2021, 31 December 2021, 30 June 2022 and 31 December 2022, the sum of (i) Cash and Cash Equivalents available to members of the Group, net of bank overdrafts, plus (ii) the aggregate total undrawn amount of committed bank facilities available to the Obligors that have a remaining tenor of at least 6 months as at such date, is at least $400,000,000.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

  (b)

The Company shall supply to the Facility Agent, with the set of financial statements delivered pursuant to paragraph (b) of Clause 20.1 (Financial Statements) in respect of the end of the half financial years ending on 30 June 2020, 31 December 2020 and, 30 June 2021, 31 December 2021, 30 June 2022 and 31 December 2022, a Compliance Certificate setting out (in reasonable detail) computations as to compliance with Clause 21.2(a) (Liquidity Covenant), as at the date at which those financial statements were drawn up.”; and

 

(g)

the amendment of the definition of “Screen Rate Replacement Event” in Clause 35.3 (Replacement of Screen Rate) of the Facility Agreement so that a new sub-paragraph (v) is added in paragraph (b) of the definition, immediately following sub-paragraph (b)(iv) and before paragraph (c), as follows:

 

  “(v)

the supervisor of the administrator of that Screen Rate makes a public announcement or publishes information:

 

  (A)

stating that that Screen Rate is no longer or, as of a specified future date will no longer be, representative of the underlying market or economic reality that it is intended to measure and that representativeness will not be restored (as determined by such supervisor); and

 

  (B)

with awareness that any such announcement or publication will engage certain triggers for fallback provisions in contracts which may be activated by any such pre-cessation announcement or publication; or”

(together, the Waiver and Amendment Request).

2.2 For the avoidance of doubt, the Margin applicable in respect of the Facility Agreement will continue to be determined in accordance with the terms of the Facility Agreement as amended by the Extension Request.

2.3 We request that the Majority Lenders consent to the Waiver and Amendment Request set out in paragraph 2.1 as soon as possible, and in any event by no later than 5.00pm on 10 December 2020.

 

3.

WAIVER AND AMENDMENT FEE

Each Lender who confirms to you its unconditional agreement to the Waiver and Amendment Request before 5.00pm on 10 December 2020 will be entitled to receive a waiver and amendment fee of 0.10 per cent. on the amount of its individual Commitment, which the Company will pay to the Facility Agent for each relevant consenting Lender’s account within 5 Business Days of the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date (as defined below).

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

4.

CONSENT

By your countersignature of this letter in the appropriate place, you confirm that the Waiver and Amendment Request has been approved by the Majority Lenders and that the Waiver and Amendment Request is immediately effective (the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date).

 

5.

OBLIGOR CONFIRMATIONS

5.1 The articles of association of the Company (the Articles) were updated on 7 May 2020 to allow shareholders of the Company to participate in and vote at meetings electronically. The Company confirms that, on the date hereof, the Articles appended at Appendix 1 of this Amendment and Waiver Request are correct, complete and in full force and effect and that there have been no subsequent amendments to the Articles.

5.2 On the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date, each Obligor:

 

(a)

confirms that the constitutional documents, authorisations and specimen signatures appended to the Officer’s Certificate it delivered in connection with the First Waiver and Amendment Request and the Extension Request remain correct, complete and in full force and effect, save that in respect of the Company, the Articles have been updated and the Company hereby confirms that the updated Articles (appended at Appendix 1) are correct, complete and in full force and effect as at the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date;

 

(b)

confirms its acceptance of the Facility Agreement, as amended by the relevant parts of this letter;

 

(c)

agrees that it is bound as an Obligor by the terms of the Facility Agreement, as amended by this letter at the appropriate time; and

 

(d)

if a Guarantor, confirms that its guarantee and indemnity obligations under the Facility Agreement, as amended by this letter:

 

  (i)

continues in full force and effect on the terms of the Facility Agreement (as amended by this letter); and

 

  (ii)

extends to the obligations of the Obligors under the Finance Documents (including the Facility Agreement (as amended by this letter) and notwithstanding the imposition of any amended, additional or more onerous obligations).

 

6.

MISCELLANEOUS

 

6.1

Save as expressly set out in this letter:

 

(a)

the Finance Documents remain in full force and effect; and

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

(b)

nothing in this letter shall constitute or be construed as a waiver or compromise of any other term or condition of the Finance Documents or any of the Finance Parties rights in relation to them which for the avoidance of doubt shall continue to apply in full force and effect.

6.2 With effect from the Waiver and Amendment Request Effective Date this letter shall be (i) designated a Finance Document and (ii) read and construed as one document with the Facility Agreement.

6.3 This letter may be executed in any number of counterparts and all those counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same letter. Delivery of a counterpart of this letter by e-mail attachment or telecopy shall be an effective mode of delivery.

6.4 This letter and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or in relation to this letter are governed by English law.

6.5 The provisions of Clauses 31 (Notices), 33 (Partial invalidity), 34 (Remedies and Waivers), 39 (Governing law) and 40 (Enforcement) of the Facility Agreement apply to this letter as though they were set out in full in this letter except that references to the Agreement are to be construed as references to this letter.

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

Please sign and return to us a counterpart of this letter in order to indicate your agreement to its terms.

 

Yours faithfully
/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

for and on behalf of

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC

 

Yours faithfully
/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

for and on behalf of

InterContinental Hotels Limited

 

Yours faithfully
/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

for and on behalf of

Six Continents Limited

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

We acknowledge and agree to the Waiver and Amendment Request as set out in this letter

 

/s/ Nicola Florido

for and on behalf of

MUFG Bank, Ltd.

as Facility Agent and on behalf of the

Finance Parties (each as defined in the Facility Agreement)

(acting on the instructions of the Majority Lenders

pursuant to Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers)
of the Facility Agreement)

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


LOGO

 

Appendix 1

The Company’s updated Articles

 

InterContinental Hotels Group PLC Registered in England No.5134420 Registered Office: Broadwater Park, Denham, Buckinghamshire UB9 5H


 

No. 5134420

The Companies Act 2006

Company Limited by Shares

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC

 

ARTICLES OF ASSOCIATION

Adopted with effect from 7 May 2020

The Articles of Association were first adopted with effect from 27 June 2005 pursuant to a Special Resolution of the Company passed on 15 June 2005 and have been amended by Special Resolutions of the Company passed on 1 June 2007 with immediate effect, 30 May 2008 with effect from 1 October 2008, 29 May 2009 with effect from 1 October 2009, on 28 May 2010 with effect from 9 June 2010, on 4 May 2018 with immediate effect, and on 7 May 2020 with immediate effect.


Contents

 

     Article No.      Page No.  

Preliminary

     1-2        1-6  

Ordinary and Redeemable Shares

     3-4        6-7  

Variation of Rights

     5-8        7-8  

Shares.

     9-13        8-10  

Evidence of Title to Securities

     14        10  

Share Certificates.

     15-19        10-11  

Calls on Shares

     20-25        11-12  

Forfeiture and Lien

     26-33        13-14  

Transfer of Shares

     34-39        14-17  

Transmission of Shares.

     40-42        17  

Untraced Shareholders

     43-44        18  

General Meetings

     45-46        18-19  

Notice of General Meetings

     47-49        19-20  

Overflow of General Meetings

     50-52        21  

Proceedings at General Meetings.

     53-63        21-24  

Votes of Members

     64-69        24-27  

Proxies

     70-76        27-29  

Corporations Acting by Representatives

     77        30  

Directors

     78-85        30-31  

Appointment and Retirement of Directors

     86-92        31-33  

Alternate Directors

     93-96        33-34  

Meetings and Proceedings of Directors

     97-108        34-41  

Borrowing Powers

     109-110        41  

General Powers of Directors

     111-117        42-43  

President

     118        43  

Departmental, Divisional or Local Directors

     119        43  

Secretary

     120        43  

The Seal

     121-123        44  

Record Date

     124        44  

Authentication of Documents

     125        44-45  

 

i


     Article No.      Page No.  

Reserves

     126        45  

Dividends.

     127-139        45-48  

Capitalisation of Profits and Shares.

     140-141        48-50  

Minutes.

     142        50  

Accounts

     143-144        50  

Auditors

     145-146        51  

Communications with Members.

     147-153        51-54  

Winding up

     154-155        54  

Directors’ liabilities

     156-158        54-56  

Overriding Provisions.

     159        56-59  

 

ii


The Companies Act 2006

COMPANY LIMITED BY SHARES

Articles of Association

Adopted by Special Resolution passed on 7 May 20201 of

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP PLC2

(the “Company”)

Preliminary

 

1

The regulations in Table A in The Companies (Tables A to F) Regulations 1985 and in any Table A applicable to the Company under any former enactment relating to companies shall not apply to the Company.

 

2

In these Articles (if not inconsistent with the subject or context) the words and expressions set out below shall have the following meanings:

Auditors” means the auditors for the time being of the Company.

Company Communications Provisions” shall have the same meaning as in the Companies Acts.

in writing” means written or produced by any substitute for writing (including anything in electronic form) or partly one and partly another.

London Stock Exchange” means London Stock Exchange plc. “month” means calendar month.

Office” means the registered office of the Company for the time being.

Operator” means CRESTCo Limited or such other person as may for the time being be approved by H.M. Treasury as Operator under the Regulations.

 

1 

The Articles of Association were first adopted with effect from 27 June 2005, pursuant to a Special Resolution of the Company passed on 15 June 2005, and have been amended by Special Resolutions of the Company passed on 1 June 2007 with immediate effect, 30 May 2008 with effect from 1 October 2008, on 29 May 2009 with effect from 1 October 2009, on 28 May 2010 with effect from 9 June 2010, on 4 May 2018 with immediate effect, and on 7 May 2020 with immediate effect.

2

The Company was incorporated as Hackremco (No. 2154) Limited on 21 May 2004. On 24 March 2005 the name of the Company was changed to New InterContinental Hotels Group Limited. On 27 April 2005, the Company re-registered as a public limited company and its name was changed to New InterContinental Hotels Group PLC with effect from that date. With effect from 27 June 2005, the name of the Company was changed to InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

 

1


Operator-instruction” means a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction attributable to the Operator.

paid” means paid or credited as paid.

participating security” means a security, title to units of which is permitted by the Operator to be transferred by means of a relevant system.

“present” means for the purposes of physical meetings, present in person or, for the purposes of electronic meetings, present by electronic means.

Register” means the register of members of the Company.

Regulations” means the Uncertificated Securities Regulations 2001 including any modification or re-enactment of them for the time being in force.

relevant system” means a computer-based system, and procedures, which enable title to units of a security to be evidenced and transferred without a written instrument pursuant to the Regulations.

Seal” means the Common Seal of the Company.

Securities Seal” means the official seal kept by the Company for sealing securities issued by the Company, or for sealing documents creating or evidencing securities so issued, as permitted by the Companies Acts.

Statutes” means the Companies Acts, the Regulations and every other enactment (to the extent the same is in force) concerning companies and affecting the Company.

these Articles” means these Articles of Association as from time to time altered.

Transfer Office” means the place where the Register is situated for the time being.

United Kingdom” means the United Kingdom of Great Britain and Northern Ireland.

UK Listing Authority” means the Financial Conduct Authority in its capacity as competent authority for official listing under Part VI of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

year” means calendar year.

The expression “address” includes any number or address (including in the use of any

Uncertificated Proxy Instruction permitted under Article 71, an identification number of a participant in the relevant system) used for the purposes of sending or receiving notices, documents or information by electronic means and/or by means of a website.

The expression “Companies Acts” shall have the meaning given thereto by Section 2 of the

Companies Act 2006 but shall only extend to provisions which are in force at the relevant date.

The expressions “hard copy form”, “electronic form” and “electronic means” shall have the same respective meanings as in the Company Communications Provisions.

The expressions “debenture” and “debenture holder” shall respectively include “debenture stock” and “debenture stockholder”.

The expression “Director” shall include all the directors of the Company.

The expression “Group” in relation to moneys borrowed means the Company and its subsidiary undertakings for the time being.

 

2


The expression “moneys borrowed” shall be deemed to include (to the extent that the same would not otherwise fall to be taken into account):

 

  (i)

the principal amount of any debentures, as defined in Section 738 of the Companies Act 2006 and any fixed premium payable on final repayment thereof save to the extent that such amounts otherwise fall to be included as moneys borrowed;

 

  (ii)

the principal amount raised by the acceptance of bills by the Company or any subsidiary (not being acceptance of trade bills for the purchase of goods in the ordinary course of business) or by any bank or accepting house under any acceptance credit opened on behalf of the Company or any subsidiary;

 

  (iii)

the nominal amount of any share capital and the principal amount of any other debentures or other borrowed moneys (together with any fixed premium payable on final redemption or repayment) the redemption or repayment of which is guaranteed (or is the subject of an indemnity granted) by the Company or a subsidiary, save to the extent that the amount guaranteed otherwise falls to be included as moneys borrowed;

 

  (iv)

the nominal amount of any paid-up share capital, except ordinary share capital, of a subsidiary which is not for the time being beneficially owned by the Company or a subsidiary;

 

  (v)

the aggregate amount owing by any member of the Group under leases (as determined in accordance with any then current International Financial Reporting Standard or otherwise in accordance with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles but excluding leaseholds of immovable property);

 

  (vi)

the principal amount of any book debts of any member of the Group which have been sold or agreed to be sold, to the extent that any member of the Group is for the time being liable to indemnify or reimburse the purchaser in respect of any non- payment in respect of such book debts; and

 

  (vii)

any part of the purchase price of any movable or immovable assets acquired by any member of the Group, the payment of which is deferred beyond the date of completion of the conveyance, assignment or transfer of the legal estate to such assets or, if no such conveyance, assignment or transfer is to take place within six months after the date on which the contract for such purchase is entered into or (if later) becomes unconditional, beyond that date;

but shall be deemed not to include:

 

  (viii)

a proportion of the moneys borrowed by any partly owned subsidiary otherwise than from the Company or a subsidiary equal to the proportion of its ordinary share capital not directly or indirectly attributable to the Company;

 

  (ix)

amounts borrowed and falling to be taken into account as moneys borrowed pending their application for the purpose of repaying the whole or any part of the other moneys borrowed provided that they are so applied within six months of being so borrowed;

 

  (x)

amounts borrowed by the Company or any subsidiary to finance any contract for the sale of goods in respect of which any part of the price receivable is guaranteed by the Export Credit Guarantee Department of the Board of Trade or any institution carrying on similar business to the extent of that part of the contract price

 

3


  guaranteed notwithstanding that such amount is secured by a pledge or charge on the interest in such contract or the underlying goods or bills of exchange or the negotiable instruments drawn or made in connection therewith or the interest in any letters of credit issued or guarantee or indemnity or security held in relation thereto;

 

  (xi)

all sums (whether or not carrying interest) deposited with the Company or with any subsidiary by tenants or managers of premises owned by any such company by way of earnest or security for the performance by such tenants or managers of their obligations or by loan clubs or by similar associations;

and so that:

 

  (xii)

no amount shall be taken into account more than once in the same calculation but subject thereto (i) to (xii) above shall be read cumulatively;

 

  (xiii)

moneys borrowed shall be offset by cash and cash equivalence as determined in accordance with any then current International Financial Reporting Standards or otherwise in accordance with United Kingdom generally accepted accounting principles; and

 

  (xiv)

in determining the amount of any debentures or other moneys borrowed or of any share capital for the purpose of this paragraph there shall be taken into account the nominal or principal amount thereof (or, in the case of partly-paid debentures or shares, the amount for the time being paid up thereon) together with any fixed or minimum premium payable on final redemption or repayment provided that if moneys are borrowed or shares are issued on terms that they may be repayable or redeemable (or that any member of the Group may be required to purchase them) earlier than their final maturity date (whether by exercise of an option on the part of the issuer or the creditor (or a trustee for the creditor) or the shareholder, by reason of a default or for any other reason) at a premium or discount to their nominal or principal amount then there shall be taken into account the amount (or the greater or greatest of two or more alternative amounts) which would, if those circumstances occurred, be payable on such repayment, redemption or purchase at the date as at which the calculation is being made.

The expression “electronic facilities” shall include, without limitation, website addresses and conference call systems, and references to persons attending meetings by electronic means, means attendance at electronic General Meetings via the electronic facilities stated in the notice of such meeting.

The reference to a person’s “participation” in the business of any General Meeting, includes without limitation and as relevant the right (including, in the case of a corporation, through a duly appointed representative) to speak, vote, be represented by a proxy and have access in hard copy or electronic form to all documents which are required by the Statutes or these articles to be made available at the meeting and participate and participating shall be construed accordingly.

The expression “meeting”means a meeting convened and held in any manner permitted by these articles, including without limitation a General Meeting of the Company at which some or all persons entitled to be present attend and participate by means of electronic facility or facilities, and such persons shall be deemed to present at that meeting for all purposes of the Statutes and these articles and attend and participate, attending and participating and attendance and participation shall be construed accordingly.

 

4


The expression “officer” shall include a Director, manager and the Secretary, but shall not include an auditor.

The expressions “recognised clearing house” and “recognised investment exchange” shall mean any clearing house or investment exchange (as the case may be) granted recognition under the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000.

The expression “Secretary” shall include any person appointed by the Directors to perform any of the duties of the Secretary including, but not limited to, a joint, assistant or deputy Secretary.

The expression “share capital and consolidated reserves” shall mean at any time a sum equal to the aggregate, as shown by the relevant balance sheet, of the amount paid up on the issued or allotted share capital of the Company and the amount standing to the credit of the reserves (including the profit and loss account and any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) of the Company and its subsidiary undertakings included in the consolidation in the relevant balance sheet but after:

 

  (i)

adding back any debit balance on profit and loss account or on any other reserve;

 

  (ii)

excluding any amount taken directly to reserves for taxation;

 

  (iii)

making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any variation in the amount of such paid up share capital and/or any such reserves (other than profit and loss account) subsequent to the date of the relevant balance sheet and so that for this purpose if any issue or proposed issue of shares by the Company for cash has been underwritten then such shares shall be deemed to have been issued and the amount (including any premium) of the subscription moneys payable in respect thereof (not being moneys payable later than six months after the date of allotment) shall to the extent so underwritten be deemed to have been paid up on the date when the issue of such shares was underwritten (or, if such underwriting was conditional, on the date when it became unconditional);

 

  (iv)

making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any distribution declared, recommended or made by the Company or its subsidiary undertakings (to the extent not attributable directly or indirectly to the Company) out of profits earned up to and including the date of the relevant balance sheet to the extent that such distribution is not provided for in such balance sheet;

 

  (v)

making such adjustments as may be appropriate in respect of any variation in the interests of the Company in its subsidiary undertakings (including a variation whereby an undertaking becomes or ceases to be a subsidiary undertaking) since the date of the relevant balance sheet;

 

  (vi)

if the calculation is required for the purposes of or in connection with a transaction under or in connection with which any undertaking is to become or cease to be a subsidiary undertaking of the Company, making all such adjustments as would be appropriate if such transaction had been carried into effect; and

 

  (vii)

excluding minority interests in subsidiary undertakings to the extent not already excluded.

For the purpose of this definition, the “relevant balance sheet” means, at any time, the latest audited consolidated balance sheet dealing with the state of affairs of the Company and (with or without exceptions) its subsidiary undertakings.

 

5


For the purposes of this definition:

 

  (i)

capital allotted shall be treated as issued and any capital already called up or payable at any fixed future date shall be treated as already paid up, and

 

  (ii)

any company which it is proposed shall become a subsidiary shall be treated as if it had already become a subsidiary.

The expression “shareholders’ meeting” shall include both a General Meeting and a meeting of the holders of any class of shares of the Company. The expression “General Meeting” shall include any general meeting of the Company, including any general meeting held as the Company’s annual general meeting in accordance with Section 336 of the Companies Act 2006 (“Annual General Meeting”).

All such provisions of these Articles as are applicable to paid-up shares shall apply to stock, and the words “share” and “shareholder” shall be construed accordingly.

Except where the context otherwise requires, any reference to issued shares of any class (whether of the Company or of any other company) shall not include any shares of that class held as treasury shares.

Words denoting the singular shall include the plural and vice versa. Words denoting the masculine shall include the feminine. Words denoting persons shall include bodies corporate and unincorporated associations.

References to any statute or statutory provision shall be construed as relating to any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof for the time being in force (whether coming into force before or after the adoption of these Articles).

Except as provided above any words or expressions defined in the Companies Acts or the Regulations shall (if not inconsistent with the subject or context) bear the same meanings in these Articles.

A Special Resolution shall be effective for any purpose for which an Ordinary Resolution is expressed to be required under any provision of these Articles.

References herein to a share (or to a holding of shares) being in uncertificated form or in certificated form are references, respectively, to that share being an uncertificated unit of a security or a certificated unit of a security for the purposes of the Regulations.

Ordinary and Redeemable Shares

 

3

Ordinary Shares

The Ordinary Shares will have attached thereto the rights and privileges and be subject to the limitations and restrictions specified in this Article 3.

 

3.1

Income

Subject to the rights attached to any other share or class of share, the holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled to be paid any profits of the Company available for distribution and determined to be paid by the Directors rateably according to the amounts paid up on such shares.

 

3.2

Capital

On a return of capital on winding up or otherwise (except on redemption in accordance with the terms of issue of any share, or purchase by the Company of any share or on a

 

6


capitalisation issue and subject to the rights of any other class of shares that may be issued) after paying such sums as may be due in priority to holders of any other class of shares in the capital of the Company, any further such amount shall be paid to the holders of the Ordinary Shares rateably according to the amounts paid up or credited as paid up in respect of each Ordinary Share.

 

3.3

Voting at General Meetings

The holders of Ordinary Shares shall be entitled, in respect of their holdings of such shares, to receive notice of General Meetings and to attend, speak and vote at such meetings in accordance with these Articles.

 

4

Redeemable Shares

The Company may issue shares which are to be redeemed, or liable to be redeemed at the option of the Company or the holder, and the directors may determine the terms, conditions and manner of redemption of any such shares.

Variation of Rights

 

5

Manner of variation of rights

 

5.1

Whenever the share capital of the Company is divided into different classes of shares, the special rights attached to any class may, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, be varied or abrogated either with the consent in writing of the holders of three-quarters in nominal value of the issued shares of the class or with the sanction of a Special Resolution passed at a separate General Meeting of the holders of the shares of the class (but not otherwise) and may be so varied or abrogated either whilst the Company is a going concern or during or in contemplation of a winding up.

 

5.2

To every such separate General Meeting all the provisions of these Articles relating to General Meetings of the Company and to the proceedings thereat shall mutatis mutandis apply, except that the necessary quorum shall be two persons at least holding or representing by proxy at least one-third in nominal value of the issued shares of the class (but so that at any adjourned meeting any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy shall be a quorum) and that any holder of shares of the class present in person or by proxy may demand a poll and that every such holder shall on a poll have one vote for every share of the class held by him or her but not otherwise.

 

5.3

The foregoing provisions of this Article shall apply to the variation or abrogation of the special rights attached to some only of the shares of any class as if each group of shares of the class differently treated formed a separate class the special rights whereof are to be varied.

 

6

Matters not constituting variation of rights

The special rights attached to any class of shares having preferential rights shall not unless otherwise expressly provided by the terms of issue thereof be deemed to be varied by the creation or issue of further shares ranking as regards participation in the profits or assets of the Company in some or all respects pari passu therewith but in no respect in priority thereto or by the purchase or redemption by the Company of any of its own shares.

 

7


7

Proceeds of consolidation and subdivision

Whenever as a result of a consolidation or subdivision of shares any members would become entitled to fractions of a share, the Directors may, on behalf of those members, sell the shares representing the fractions for the best price reasonably obtainable to any person (including, subject to the provisions of the Statutes, the Company) and distribute the net proceeds of sale in due proportion among those members, and the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser. The transferee shall not be bound to see to the application of the purchase money nor shall his title to the shares be affected by any irregularity in or invalidity of the proceedings in reference to the sale. So far as the Statutes allow, the Directors may treat shares of a member in certificated form and in uncertificated form as separate holdings in giving effect to subdivisions and/or consolidations and may cause any shares arising on consolidation or subdivision and representing fractional entitlements to be entered in the Register as shares in certificated form where this is desirable to facilitate the sale thereof.

 

8

Reduction of capital

Holders of shares of the Company allotted and issued pursuant to the scheme of arrangement (the “Scheme”) under section 425 of the Companies Act 1985 dated 3 May 2005 between the company formerly known as “InterContinental Hotels Group PLC” (with registered number 4551528) and the holders of its Scheme Shares (as defined in the Scheme) shall be bound by any Special Resolution to reduce or approve the reduction of the capital of the Company in any way duly passed at any General Meeting prior to the Scheme becoming effective.

Shares

 

9

Shares and special rights

Without prejudice to any special rights previously conferred on the holders of any shares or class of shares for the time being issued, any share in the Company may be issued with such preferred, deferred or other special rights, or subject to such restrictions, whether as regards dividend, return of capital, voting or otherwise, as the Company may from time to time by Ordinary Resolution determine (or, in the absence of any such determination, as the Directors may determine) and subject to the provisions of the Statutes the Company may issue any shares which are, or at the option of the Company or the holder are liable, to be redeemed. All new shares shall be subject to the provisions of the Statutes and of these Articles with reference to allotment, payment of calls, lien, transfer, transmission, forfeiture and otherwise.

 

10

Directors’ power to allot securities and to sell treasury shares

 

10.1

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes relating to authority, pre-emption rights and otherwise and of any resolution of the Company in General Meeting passed pursuant thereto, all shares shall be at the disposal of the Directors and they may allot (with or without conferring a right of renunciation), grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, grant options over or otherwise dispose of them to such persons, at such times and on such terms as they think proper.

 

8


10.2

The Directors shall be generally and unconditionally authorised pursuant to, and in accordance with, Section 551 of the Companies Act 2006 to exercise for each Allotment Period all the powers of the Company to allot shares in the Company or to grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares of the Company up to a maximum aggregate nominal amount equal to the Section 551 Amount.

 

10.3

During each Allotment Period the Directors shall be empowered to allot equity securities wholly for cash pursuant to and within the terms of any authority in Article 10.2 above and to sell treasury shares wholly for cash:

 

  10.3.1

in connection with a rights issue; and

 

  10.3.2

otherwise than in connection with a rights issue, up to an aggregate nominal amount equal to the Section 561 Amount,

as if Section 561(1) of the Companies Act 2006 did not apply to any such allotment or sale.

 

10.4

By such authority and power the Directors may, during the Allotment Period, make offers or agreements which would or might require shares in the Company to be allotted or rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares to be granted after the expiry of such period. The Directors may allot shares or grant rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares in pursuance of that offer or agreement as if the authority or power pursuant to which that offer or agreement was made had not expired.

 

10.5

For the purposes of this Article 10:

 

  10.5.1

Allotment Period” means the period ending on the date of the next Annual General Meeting of the Company or on 1 July 2011, whichever is the earlier, or any other period (not exceeding five years on any occasion) for which the authority conferred by this Article 10 is renewed by Resolution of the Company in General Meeting stating the Section 551 Amount for such period;

 

  10.5.2

rights issue” means an offer of equity securities open for acceptance for a period fixed by the Directors to (i) holders (other than the Company) of Ordinary Shares on the Register on a record date fixed by the Directors in proportion to their respective holdings (for which purpose holdings in certificated and uncertificated form may be treated as separate holdings); and (ii) other persons so entitled by virtue of the rights attaching to any other equity securities held by them, but subject in both cases to such exclusions or other arrangements which the Directors consider necessary or appropriate to deal with treasury shares, fractional entitlements, record dates, legal, regulatory or practical problems under the laws of, or the requirements of any recognised regulatory body or any stock exchange in, any territory or other matter whatsoever;

 

  10.5.3

Section 551 Amount” shall, without prejudice to any other authority given to the Directors, for any Allotment Period be stated in the relevant Resolution renewing the authority conferred by Article 10.2 above for such period or any increased amount fixed by Resolution of the Company;

 

  10.5.4

Section 561 Amount” shall for any Allotment Period be that stated in the relevant Special Resolution renewing the power conferred by Article 10.3 above for such period or any increased amount fixed by Special Resolution of the Company; and

 

  10.5.5

the nominal amount of any shares in the Company or rights to subscribe for, or convert any security into, shares of the Company shall be taken to be, in the case of rights to subscribe for or to convert any securities into shares of the Company, the nominal amount of such shares which may be allotted pursuant to such rights.

 

9


11

Commission on issue of shares

The Company may exercise the powers of paying commissions conferred by the Statutes to the full extent thereby permitted. The Company may also on any issue of shares pay such brokerage as may be lawful.

 

12

Renunciation of allotment

The Directors may at any time after the allotment of any share but before any person has been entered in the Register as the holder:

 

12.1

recognise a renunciation thereof by the allottee in favour of some other person and may accord to any allottee of a share a right to effect such renunciation; and/or

 

12.2

allow the rights represented thereby to be one or more participating securities, in each case upon and subject to such terms and conditions as the Directors may think fit to impose.

 

13

Trust etc. interests not recognised

Except as required by law, no person shall be recognised by the Company as holding any share upon any trust, and the Company shall not be bound by or compelled in any way to recognise any equitable, contingent, future or partial interest in any share, any interest in any fractional part of a share or (except only as by these Articles or by law otherwise provided) any other right in respect of any share, except an absolute right to the entirety thereof in the registered holder.

Evidence of Title to Securities

 

14

Nothing in these Articles shall require title to any securities of the Company to be evidenced or transferred by a written instrument, the regulations from time to time made under the Statutes so permitting. The Directors shall have power to implement any arrangements which they may think fit for such evidencing and transfer which accord with those regulations.

Share Certificates

 

15

Issue of share certificate

Every share certificate shall be executed by the Company in such manner as the Directors may decide (which may include use of the Seal or the Securities Seal (or, in the case of shares on a branch register, an official seal for use in the relevant territory) and/or manual or facsimile signatures by one or more Directors) and shall specify the number and class of shares to which it relates and the amount paid up thereon. No certificate shall be issued representing shares of more than one class. No certificate shall normally be issued in respect of shares held by a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange.

 

10


16

Joint holder

In the case of a share held jointly by several persons in certificated form the Company shall not be bound to issue more than one certificate therefor and delivery of a certificate to one of the joint holders shall be sufficient delivery to all.

 

17

Timing of issue of share certificate

Any person (except a person to whom the Company is not required by law to issue a certificate) whose name is entered in the Register in respect of any shares in certificated form of any one class upon the issue or transfer to him or her thereof shall be entitled without payment to a certificate therefor (in the case of issue) within one month (or such longer period as the terms of issue shall provide) after allotment or (in the case of a transfer of fully-paid shares) within 14 days after lodgement of a transfer or (in the case of a transfer of partly-paid shares) within two months after lodgement of a transfer.

 

18

Balance certificate

Where some only of the shares comprised in a share certificate are transferred, the old certificate shall be cancelled and, to the extent that the balance is to be held in certificated form, a new certificate for the balance of such shares issued in lieu without charge.

 

19

Replacement of share certificates

 

19.1

Any two or more certificates representing shares of any one class held by any member may at his or her request be cancelled and a single new certificate for such shares issued in lieu without charge.

 

19.2

If any member shall surrender for cancellation a share certificate representing shares held by him or her and request the Company to issue in lieu two or more share certificates representing such shares in such proportions as he or she may specify, the Directors may, if they think fit, comply with such request.

 

19.3

If a share certificate shall be damaged or defaced or alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed, a new certificate representing the same shares may be issued to the holder upon request subject to delivery up of the old certificate or (if alleged to have been lost, stolen or destroyed) compliance with such conditions as to evidence and indemnity and the payment of any exceptional out-of-pocket expenses of the Company in connection with the request as the Directors may think fit.

 

19.4

In the case of shares held jointly by several persons any such request may be made by any one of the joint holders.

Calls on Shares

 

20

Power to make calls

The Directors may from time to time make calls upon the members in respect of any moneys unpaid on their shares (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or, when permitted, by way of premium) but subject always to the terms of allotment of such shares. A call shall be deemed to have been made at the time when the resolution of the Directors authorising the call was passed and may be made payable by instalments.

 

11


21

Liability for calls

Each member shall (subject to being given at least 14 days’ notice specifying the time or times and place of payment) pay to the Company at the time or times and place so specified, the amount called on his or her shares. The joint holders of a share shall be jointly and severally liable to pay all calls in respect thereof. A call may be wholly or partly revoked or postponed as the Directors may determine. The liability of members of the Company is limited to the amount, if any, unpaid on the shares in the Company held by them.

 

22

Interest on overdue amounts

If a sum called in respect of a share is not paid before or on the day appointed for payment thereof, the person from whom the sum is due shall pay interest on the sum from the day appointed for payment thereof to the time of actual payment at such rate (not exceeding 3 per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC on the date on which payments are made to the Company) as the Directors determine but the Directors shall be at liberty in any case or cases to waive payment of such interest wholly or in part.

 

23

Other sums due on shares

Any sum (whether on account of the nominal value of the share or by way of premium) which by the terms of allotment of a share becomes payable upon allotment or at any fixed date shall for all the purposes of these Articles be deemed to be a call duly made and payable on the date on which by the terms of allotment the same becomes payable. In case of non-payment all the relevant provisions of these Articles as to payment of interest and expenses, forfeiture or otherwise shall apply as if such sum had become payable by virtue of a call duly made and notified.

 

24

Power to differentiate between holders

The Directors may on the allotment of shares differentiate between the holders as to the amount of calls to be paid and the times of payment.

 

25

Payment of calls in advance

The Directors may if they think fit receive from any member willing to advance the same all or any part of the moneys (whether on account of the nominal value of the shares or by way of premium) uncalled and unpaid upon the shares held by him or her and such payment in advance of calls shall extinguish pro tanto the liability upon the shares in respect of which it is made and upon the money so received (until and to the extent that the same would but for such advance become payable) the Company may pay interest at such rate (not exceeding 3 per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC on the date on which payments are made to the Company) as the member paying such sum and the Directors may agree.

 

12


Forfeiture and Lien

 

26

Notice on failure to pay a call

 

26.1

If a member fails to pay in full any call or instalment of a call on or before the due date for payment thereof, the Directors may at any time thereafter serve a notice on him or her requiring payment of so much of the call or instalment as is unpaid together with any interest which may have accrued thereon and any expenses incurred by the Company by reason of such non-payment.

 

26.2

The notice shall name a further day (not being less than seven days from the date of service of the notice) on or before which and the place where the payment required by the notice is to be made, and shall state that in the event of non-payment in accordance therewith the shares on which the call has been made will be liable to be forfeited.

 

27

Forfeiture for non-compliance

If the requirements of any such notice as aforesaid are not complied with, any share in respect of which such notice has been given may at any time thereafter, before payment of all calls and interest and expenses due in respect thereof has been made, be forfeited by a resolution of the Directors to that effect. Such forfeiture shall include all dividends declared in respect of the forfeited share and not actually paid before forfeiture. The Directors may accept a surrender of any share liable to be forfeited hereunder.

 

28

Disposal of forfeited share

A share so forfeited or surrendered shall become the property of the Company and may be sold, re-allotted or otherwise disposed of either to the person who was before such forfeiture or surrender the holder thereof or entitled thereto or to any other person upon such terms and in such manner as the Directors shall think fit and at any time before a sale, re-allotment or disposal the forfeiture or surrender may be cancelled on such terms as the Directors think fit. The Directors may, if necessary, authorise some person to transfer a forfeited or surrendered share to any such other person as aforesaid.

 

29

Holder to remain liable despite forfeiture

A person whose shares have been forfeited or surrendered shall cease to be a member in respect of the shares and shall, in the case of shares held in certificated form, surrender to the Company for cancellation the certificate for such shares. Such person shall nevertheless remain liable to pay to the Company all moneys which at the date of forfeiture or surrender were presently payable by him or her to the Company in respect of the shares with interest thereon at 3 per cent per annum above the base rate for the time being of Barclays Bank PLC on the date on which payments are made to the Company (or such lower rate as the Directors may determine) from the date of forfeiture or surrender until payment. The Directors may at their absolute discretion enforce payment without any allowance for the value of the shares at the time of forfeiture or surrender or for any consideration received on their disposal. They may also waive payment in whole or in part.

 

13


30

Lien on partly-paid shares

The Company shall have a first and paramount lien on every share (not being a fully-paid share) for all moneys (whether presently payable or not) called or payable at a fixed time in respect of such share and the Directors may waive any lien which has arisen and may resolve that any share shall for some limited period be exempt wholly or partially from the provisions of this Article.

 

31

Sale of shares subject to lien

The Company may sell in such manner as the Directors think fit any share on which the Company has a lien, but no sale shall be made unless some sum in respect of which the lien exists is presently payable nor until the expiration of 14 days after a notice in writing demanding payment of the sum presently payable and giving notice of intention to sell the share in default of payment shall have been given to the holder for the time being of the share or the person entitled thereto by reason of his or her death or bankruptcy or otherwise by operation of law.

 

32

Proceeds of sale of shares subject to lien

The net proceeds of such sale after payment of the costs of such sale shall be applied in or towards payment or satisfaction of the amount in respect whereof the lien exists so far as the same is then payable and any residue shall, upon surrender (in the case of shares held in certificated form) to the Company for cancellation of the certificate for the shares sold and subject to a like lien for sums not presently payable as existed upon the shares prior to the sale, be paid to the person entitled to the shares at the time of the sale. For the purpose of giving effect to any such sale the Directors may authorise some person to transfer the shares sold to, or in accordance with the directions of, the purchaser.

 

33

Evidence of forfeiture

A statutory declaration that the declarant is a Director or the Secretary and that a share has been duly forfeited or surrendered or sold to satisfy a lien of the Company on a date stated in the declaration shall be conclusive evidence of the facts therein stated as against all persons claiming to be entitled to the share. Such declaration shall (subject to the relevant share transfer being made, if the same be required) constitute a good title to the share. The person to whom the share is sold, re-allotted or disposed of shall not be bound to see to the application of the consideration (if any). The title of such person to the share shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating to the forfeiture, surrender, sale, re-allotment or disposal of the share.

Transfer of Shares

 

34

Form of transfer

 

34.1

Subject to the provisions of Article 14, all transfers of shares which are in certificated form may be effected by transfer in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form acceptable to the Directors and may be under hand only. The instrument of transfer shall be signed by or on behalf of the transferor and (except in the case of fully-paid shares) by or on behalf of the transferee. The transferor shall remain the holder of the shares concerned until the name of the transferee is entered in the Register in respect thereof.

 

14


34.2

All transfers of shares which are in uncertificated form may, unless the Regulations otherwise provide, be effected by means of a relevant system.

 

35

Right to refuse registration

 

35.1

The Directors may decline to recognise any instrument of transfer relating to shares in certificated form unless:

 

  35.1.1

the instrument of transfer is in respect of only one class of share;

 

  35.1.2

is lodged (duly stamped if required) at the Transfer Office accompanied by the relevant share certificate(s); and 35.1.3 when lodged it is accompanied by such other evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show the right of the transferor to make the transfer or, if the instrument of transfer is executed by some other person on his behalf, the authority of that person to do so. Provided that, where any such shares are admitted to the official list maintained by the UK Listing Authority, such discretion may not be exercised in such a way as to prevent dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis. In the case of a transfer of shares in certificated form by a recognised clearing house or a nominee of a recognised clearing house or of a recognised investment exchange the lodgement of share certificates will only be necessary if and to the extent that certificates have been issued in respect of the shares in question.

 

35.2

The Directors may, in the case of shares in certificated form, in their absolute discretion refuse to register any transfer of shares (not being fully-paid shares) provided that, where any such shares are admitted to the official list maintained by the UK Listing Authority, such discretion may not be exercised in such a way as to prevent dealings in the shares of that class from taking place on an open and proper basis.

 

35.3

The Directors may also refuse to register an allotment or transfer of shares (whether fully- paid or not) in favour of more than four persons jointly.

 

35.4

If the Directors refuse to register an allotment or transfer of shares they shall as soon as is practicable and in any event within two months after the date on which:

 

  35.4.1

the letter of allotment or instrument of transfer was lodged with the Company (in the case of shares held in certificated form); or

 

  35.4.2

the Operator-instruction was received by the Company (in the case of shares held in uncertificated form),

send to the allottee or transferee notice of the refusal giving reasons for the refusal.

 

36

Instruments of transfer

All instruments of transfer which are registered may be retained by the Company.

 

15


37

No fee on registration

No fee will be charged by the Company in respect of the registration of any transfer or any document relating to or affecting the title to any shares or otherwise for making any entry in the Register affecting the title to any shares.

 

38

Destruction of documents

 

38.1

Subject to compliance with the rules (as defined in the Regulations) applicable to shares of the Company in uncertificated form, the Company shall be entitled to destroy:

 

  38.1.1

all instruments of transfer or other documents (whether in hard copy or electronic form) which have been registered or on the basis of which registration was made at any time after the expiration of six years from the date of registration thereof;

 

  38.1.2

all dividend mandates and notifications of change of address at any time after the expiration of two years from the date of recording thereof;

 

  38.1.3

all share certificates which have been cancelled at any time after the expiration of one year from the date of the cancellation thereof.

 

38.2

It shall conclusively be presumed in favour of the Company that:

 

  38.2.1

every entry in the Register purporting to have been made on the basis of an instrument of transfer or other document so destroyed or deleted was duly and properly made;

 

  38.2.2

every instrument of transfer so destroyed or deleted was a valid and effective instrument duly and properly registered;

 

  38.2.3

every share certificate so destroyed was a valid and effective certificate duly and properly cancelled; and

 

  38.2.4

every other document hereinbefore mentioned so destroyed or deleted was a valid and effective document in accordance with the recorded particulars thereof in the books or records of the Company.

 

38.3

For the purposes of this Article:

 

  38.3.1

the foregoing provisions shall apply only to the destruction or deletion of a document in good faith and without notice of any claim (regardless of the parties thereto) to which the document might be relevant;

 

  38.3.2

nothing herein contained shall be construed as imposing upon the Company any liability in respect of the destruction or deletion of any such document earlier than as aforesaid or in any other circumstances which would not attach to the Company in the absence of this Article;

 

  38.3.3

any document referred to above may, subject to the Statutes, be destroyed before the end of the relevant period so long as a copy of such document (whether made electronically, by microfilm, by digital imaging or by any other means) has been made and is retained until the end of the relevant period; and

 

  38.3.4

references herein to the destruction or deletion of any document include references to the disposal thereof in any manner.

 

16


39

Further provisions on shares in uncertificated form

 

39.1

Subject to the Statutes and the rules (as defined in the Regulations), and apart from any class of wholly dematerialised security, the Directors may determine that any class of shares may be held in uncertificated form and that title to such shares may be transferred by means of a relevant system or that shares of any class should cease to be held and transferred as aforesaid.

 

39.2

The provisions of these Articles shall not apply to shares of any class which are in uncertificated form to the extent that such Articles are inconsistent with:

 

  39.2.1

the holding of shares of that class in uncertificated form;

 

  39.2.2

the transfer of title to shares of that class by means of a relevant system; or 39.2.3 any provision of the Regulations.

Transmission of Shares

 

40

Persons entitled on death

In case of the death of a member, the survivors or survivor where the deceased was a joint holder, and the executors or administrators of the deceased where he or she was a sole or only surviving holder, shall be the only persons recognised by the Company as having any title to his or her interest in the shares, but nothing in this Article shall release the estate of a deceased member (whether sole or joint) from any liability in respect of any share held by him or her.

 

41

Election by persons entitled by transmission

Any person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law may (subject as hereinafter provided) upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his or her title to the share either be registered himself or herself as holder of the share upon giving to the Company notice in writing to that effect or transfer such share to some other person. All the limitations, restrictions and provisions of these Articles relating to the right to transfer and the registration of transfers of shares shall be applicable to any such notice or transfer as aforesaid as if the notice or transfer were a transfer made by the member registered as the holder of any such share.

 

42

Rights of persons entitled by transmission

Save as otherwise provided by or in accordance with these Articles, a person becoming entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law (upon supplying to the Company such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his or her title to the share) shall be entitled to the same dividends and other advantages as those to which he or she would be entitled if he or she were the registered holder of the share except that he or she shall not be entitled in respect thereof (except with the authority of the Directors) to exercise any right conferred by membership in relation to shareholders’ meetings until he or she shall have been registered as a member in respect of the share.

 

17


Untraced Shareholders

 

43

Untraced shareholders

The Company shall be entitled to sell at the best price reasonably obtainable at the time of sale the shares of a member or the shares to which a person is entitled by virtue of transmission on death or bankruptcy or otherwise by operation of law if and provided that:

 

43.1

during the period of six years prior to the date engagement of a professional asset reunification company referred to in Article 43.2 below no communication has been received by the Company from the member or the person entitled by transmission and no cheque sent by the Company through the post in a pre-paid letter addressed to the member or to the person entitled by transmission to the shares at his address on the Register or the last known address given by the member or the person entitled by transmission to which cheques are to be sent has been cashed and at least three dividends in respect of the shares in question have become payable and no dividend in respect of those shares has been claimed;

 

43.2

the Company shall on expiry of the said period of six years engage a professional asset reunification company in the area in which the address referred to in Article 43.1 above is located giving notice of its intention to sell the said shares; and

 

43.3

during the said period of six years and the period of three months following the engagement of said professional asset reunification company the Company shall have received no communication from such member or person.

 

44

Executor and proceeds

To give effect to any such sale the Company may appoint any person to transfer, as transferor, the said shares and such transfer shall be as effective as if it had been carried out by the registered holder of or person entitled by transmission to such shares and the title of the transferee shall not be affected by any irregularity or invalidity in the proceedings relating thereto. The net proceeds of sale shall be forfeited and will belong to the Company which shall not be liable in any respect, nor be required to account to, the former member or other person previously entitled as aforesaid for an amount equal to such proceeds. The Company shall be entitled to use or invest the net proceeds of such sale for the Company’s benefit in any matter as the Directors may from time to time think fit.

General Meetings

 

45

Annual General Meetings

An Annual General Meeting shall be held in each period of six months beginning with the day following the Company’s accounting reference date, at such place, date and time as may be determined by the Directors.

 

46

Convening of General Meetings

 

46.1

The Board shall determine in relation to each General Meeting the means of attendance at and participation in the meeting, including whether the persons entitled to attend and participate in the General Meeting shall be enabled to do so by simultaneous attendance

 

18


  and participation at a physical place anywhere in the world determined by it, or by means of electronic facility or facilities determined by it, or partly in one way and partly in another.

 

46.2

The Board may convene a General Meeting other than an Annual General Meeting whenever it thinks fit. If there are insufficient directors in the United Kingdom to call a General Meeting any Director of the Company may call a General Meeting, but where no director is willing or able to do so any two members of the Company may summon a meeting for the purpose of appointing one or more directors.

 

46.3

Nothing in these articles prevents a General Meeting being held both physically and electronically.

 

46.4

The Directors may whenever they think fit, and shall on requisition in accordance with the Statutes, proceed to convene a General Meeting.

Notice of General Meetings

 

47

Notice of General Meetings

 

47.1

An Annual General Meeting shall be called by notice of at least 21 days.

 

47.2

The period of notice shall in either case be exclusive of the day on which it is served or deemed to be served and of the day on which the meeting is to be held.

 

47.3

Notice shall be given to all members other than such as are not under the provisions of these Articles entitled to receive such notices from the Company. The Company may determine that only those persons entered on the Register at the close of business on a day determined by the Company, such day being no more than 21 days before the day that notice of the meeting is sent, shall be entitled to receive such a notice.

 

47.4

A General Meeting, notwithstanding that it has been called by a shorter notice than that specified above, shall be deemed to have been duly called if it is so agreed:

 

  47.4.1

in the case of an Annual General Meeting by all the members entitled to attend and vote thereat; and

 

  47.4.2

in the case of any other General Meeting by a majority in number of the members having a right to attend and vote thereat, being a majority together holding not less than 95 per cent in nominal value of the shares giving that right.

 

48

Contents of notice of General Meetings

 

48.1

Every notice calling a General Meeting shall include all such information as required by the Statutes and shall specify:

 

  48.1.1

whether the General Meeting is an Annual General Meeting;

 

  48.1.2

whether the meeting shall be a physical or electronic General Meeting;

 

  48.1.3

for physical General Meetings, the time, date and place of the meeting;

 

  48.1.4

for General Meetings to be held wholly or partly by means of electronic facility, the time, date and electronic facility for the meeting, which electronic facility may vary from time to time and from meeting to meeting as the Board, in its sole discretion sees fit;

 

19


  48.1.5

the general nature of the business to be dealt with; and

 

  48.1.6

in the case of a General Meeting to pass a Special Resolution, the intention to propose such resolution as a Special Resolution.

 

48.2

The Board may resolve to enable persons entitled to attend and participate in a General Meeting to do so (wholly or in part) by simultaneous attendance and participation by means of an electronic facility or facilities and determine the means, or all different means, of attendance and participation used in relation to a General meeting. The members present personally or by proxy by means of an electronic facility or facilities shall be counted in the quorum for, and entitled to participate in, the General Meeting in question. That meeting shall be duly constituted and its proceedings valid if the chair of the meeting is satisfied that adequate facilities are available throughout the meeting to ensure that members attending the meeting by all means (including by means of electronic facility or facilities) are able to:

 

  48.2.1

participate in the business for which the meeting has been convened;

 

  48.2.2

hear all persons who speak at the meeting; and

 

  48.2.3

be heard by all other persons present at the meeting.

In relation to electronic General Meetings, the right of a member to participate in the business of any General Meeting shall include without limitation the right to speak, vote on a poll, be represented by a proxy and have access (including electronic access) to all documents which are required by the Statutes or these articles to be made available at the meeting.

 

49

Postponement of General Meeting

If, after the sending of the notice of a General Meeting but before the meeting is held, or after the adjournment of a General Meeting but before the adjourned meeting is held (whether or not notice of the adjourned meeting is required), the Board, in its absolute discretion, considers that it is impracticable or unreasonable for a reason beyond its control to hold a General meeting on the date or at the time or place specified in the notice calling the General Meeting and/or by means of the electronic facility or facilities specified in the notice, it may postpone the General Meeting to another date and/or time and it may chance the place (or in the case of a General Meeting to be held at the Principal Place and one or more Satellite Meeting Places, to such other places) and/or electronic facility or facilities. If such a decision is made, the Board may then change the place and/or the electronic facility or facilities and/or postpone the date and/or time again it considers that it is reasonable to do so. No new notice of the General Meeting need be sent but the Board shall, if practicable, advertise the date and time of the General Meeting, and the means of attendance and participation (including any place and/or electronic facility or facilities) for the General Meeting, in at least two newspapers having a national circulation and shall make arrangements for notices of the change of date, time, place of and/or electronic facility or facilities for the postponed meeting appear at the original time and at the original place and/or on the original electronic facility or facilities. If a General Meeting is postponed in accordance with this Article, the appointment of a proxy will be valid if it is delivered and received as required by these Articles not less than 48 hours before the time appointed for holding the postponed meeting. When calculating the 48 hour period mentioned in this Article, the Directors can decide not to take account of any part of a day that is not a working day.

 

20


Overflow of General Meetings

 

50

The Board may, notwithstanding that the notice of any General Meeting may specify the place of the meeting (the “Principal Place”), at which the chair of the meeting shall preside, make arrangements for simultaneous attendance and participation at other places (“Satellite Meeting Places”) by members and proxies entitled to attend the General Meeting but unable to do so at the Principal Place.

 

51

Such arrangements for simultaneous attendance at the meeting may include arrangements regarding the level of attendance as aforesaid at the Satellite Meeting Places provided that they shall operate so that any members and proxies excluded from attendance at the Principal Place are able to attend at one or more of the Satellite Meeting Places. For the purpose of all other provisions of these Articles any such meeting shall be treated as being held and taking place at the Principal Place.

 

52

The Board may, for the purpose of facilitating the organisation and administration of any General Meeting to which such arrangements apply, from time to time make arrangements, whether involving the issue of tickets (on a basis intended to afford all members and proxies entitled to attend the meeting an equal opportunity of being admitted to the Principal Place) or the imposition of some random means of selection or otherwise as it shall in its absolute discretion consider to be appropriate, and may from time to time vary any such arrangements or make new arrangements in their place and the entitlement of any member or proxy to attend a General Meeting at the Principal Place shall be subject to the arrangements as may be for the time being in force whether stated in the notice of meeting to apply to that meeting or notified to the members concerned subsequent to the provision of the notice of the meeting.

Proceedings at General Meetings

 

53

Chair

The Chair of the Directors, failing whom a Deputy Chair, failing whom any Director present and willing to act and, if more than one, chosen by the Directors present at the meetings shall preside as chair at a General Meeting. If neither the Chair of the Directors, the Deputy Chair nor such other Director are present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting and willing to act as chair, the Directors present shall choose one of their number or, if no Director be present or if all the Directors present decline to take the chair, a member may be elected to be the chair by a resolution of the Company passed at the meeting.

 

54

Quorum

No business other than the appointment of a chair shall be transacted at any General Meeting unless a quorum is present at the time when the meeting proceeds to business. Two members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote shall be a quorum for all purposes.

 

21


55

Lack of quorum

If within five minutes from the time appointed for a General Meeting (or such longer interval as the chair of the meeting may think fit to allow) a quorum is not present, or if during the meeting a quorum ceases to be present, the meeting shall be adjourned, unless convened on the requisition of members in which case it shall be dissolved. If adjourned in such circumstances and there is no business to be dealt with at the adjourned meeting the general nature of which was not stated in the notice of the original meeting, it shall stand adjourned to such other day, which must be at least 10 days after the original meeting, and such other means of attendance and participation, and at such time and place as may have been specified for the purpose in the notice convening the meeting or (if not so specified) as the chair of the meeting may determine.

 

56

Adjournment

The chair of any General Meeting at which a quorum is present may with the consent of the meeting (and shall if so directed by the meeting) adjourn the meeting from time to time (or sine die) and from place to place, but no business shall be transacted at any adjourned meeting except business which might lawfully have been transacted at the meeting from which the adjournment took place. Where a meeting is adjourned sine die, the time and place for the adjourned meeting shall be fixed by the Directors. When a meeting is adjourned for 30 days or more or sine die, not less than seven days’ notice of the adjourned meeting shall be given in like manner as in the case of the original meeting. In addition (and without prejudice to the chair’s power to adjourn a meeting conferred by Article 55), the chair may adjourn the meeting without such consent, if it appears to him or her that it would facilitate the conduct of the business of the meeting to do so, or the electronic facility by which members are enabled to attend and participate in the General Meeting has become inadequate for the purposes referred to in Article 48.

 

57

Notice of adjourned meeting

Save as hereinbefore expressly provided and as long as in accordance with the Statutes, it shall not be necessary to give any notice of an adjournment or of the business to be transacted at an adjourned meeting.

 

58

Accommodation of members, and security arrangements at General meetings

 

58.1

The Board and, at any General Meeting, the chair may, for the purpose of ensuring the safety of those attending at any place specified for the holding of a General meeting and ensuring the security of the meeting, from time to time make such arrangements as it considers to be appropriate and may from time to time vary any such arrangements or make new arrangements therefor, including without limitation, requirements for evidence of identity to be produced by those attending the General Meeting, the searching of personal property and the restriction of items that may be taken into the General Meeting place. The Board and, at any General Meeting, the chair are entitled to refuse entry to a person who refuses to comply with these arrangements, requirements or restrictions. Any decision made under this Article 58.1 shall be final and the entitlement of any member or proxy to attend a General Meeting at such place shall be subject to any such arrangements as may be for the time being approved by the Board and, at any General Meeting, the chair.

 

22


58.2

If a General Meeting is held partly by means of an electronic facility or facilities pursuant to Article 48, the Board and, at any General Meeting, the chair may make any arrangement and impose any requirement or restriction that is:

 

  58.2.1

necessary to ensure the identification of those taking part by means of such electronic facility or facilities and the security of the electronic communication; and

 

  58.2.2

in its or his or her view, proportionate to the achievement of those objectives.

 

59

Amendments to resolutions

If an amendment shall be proposed to any resolution under consideration but shall in good faith be ruled out of order by the chair of the meeting the proceedings on the substantive resolution shall not be invalidated by any error in such ruling. In the case of a resolution duly proposed as a Special Resolution, no amendment thereto (other than a mere clerical amendment to correct a patent error) may in any event be considered or voted upon.

 

60

Polls

At any General Meeting a resolution put to the vote of the meeting shall be decided on a show of hands unless a poll is (before, or on the declaration of the result of, the show of hands) demanded by:

 

60.1

the chair of the meeting;

 

60.2

(except on the election of the chair of the meeting or on a question of adjournment) not less than five members present in person or by proxy and entitled to vote;

 

60.3

a member or members present in person or by proxy and representing not less than one-tenth of the total voting rights of all the members having the right to vote at the meeting; or

 

60.4

a member or members present in person or by proxy and holding shares in the Company conferring a right to vote at the meeting being shares on which an aggregate sum has been paid up equal to not less than one-tenth of the total sum paid up on all the shares conferring that right.

 

61

Demand for poll

A demand for a poll may, before the poll is taken, be withdrawn only with the approval of the chair of the meeting. A demand so withdrawn shall not be taken to have invalidated the result of a show of hands declared before the demand was made. Unless a poll is taken a declaration by the chair that a resolution has been carried, or carried unanimously, or by a particular majority, or lost, and an entry to that effect in the minute book, shall be conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded for or against such resolution. If a poll is demanded, it shall be taken in such manner (including by use of ballot, voting papers, tickets, electronic means, or any combination thereof) as the chair of the meeting may direct, and the result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. The chair of the meeting may (and if so directed by the meeting shall) appoint scrutineers (who need not be members) and may adjourn the meeting to some place and time fixed by him or her for the purpose of declaring the result of the poll. The result of the poll shall be deemed to be the resolution of the meeting at which the poll was demanded. All resolutions put to the members at electronic General Meetings shall be voted on by a poll, which poll votes may be cast by such electronic means as the board in its sole discretion deems appropriate for the purposes of the meeting.

 

23


62

Voting on a poll

On a poll votes may be given either personally or by proxy and a person entitled to more than one vote need not use all his or her votes or cast all the votes he or she uses in the same way.

 

63

Timing of poll

A poll demanded on the choice of a chair or on a question of adjournment shall be taken forthwith. A poll demanded on any other question shall be taken either immediately or at such subsequent time (not being more than 30 days from the date of the meeting) and place as the chair may direct. No notice need be given of a poll not taken immediately. The demand for a poll shall not prevent the continuance of the meeting for the transaction of any business other than the question on which the poll has been demanded.

Votes of Members

 

64

Votes attaching to shares

 

64.1

Subject to Article 68 and to any special rights or restrictions as to voting attached by or in accordance with these Articles to any class of shares:

 

  64.1.1

on a show of hands every member who is present in person and every proxy present who has been duly appointed by a member entitled to vote on the resolution shall have one vote, unless the proxy has been appointed by more than one member and has been instructed by one or more of those members to vote for the resolution and by one or more of those members to vote against the resolution, in which case the proxy shall have one vote for and one vote against the resolution; and

 

  64.1.2

on a poll every member who is present in person or by proxy shall have one vote for every share of which he or she is the holder.

 

64.2

The Company will determine that only those persons entered on the Register no more than 48 hours before the commencement of the General Meeting or adjourned meeting shall be entitled to vote at such meeting of the Company. In calculating this, the Directors shall determine that no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day (within the meaning of Section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006).

 

65

Votes of joint holders

In the case of joint holders of a share the vote of the senior who tenders a vote, whether in person or by proxy, shall be accepted to the exclusion of the votes of the other joint holders and for this purpose seniority shall be determined by the order in which the names stand in the Register in respect of the share.

 

24


66

Voting by guardian

Where in England or elsewhere a guardian, receiver or other person (by whatever name called) has been appointed by any Court claiming jurisdiction in that behalf to exercise powers with respect to the property or affairs of any member on the ground (however formulated) of mental disorder, the Directors may in their absolute discretion, upon or subject to production of such evidence of the appointment as the Directors may require, permit such guardian, receiver or other person on behalf of such member to vote in person or by proxy at any shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to shareholders’ meetings.

 

67

Restrictions on voting if holding unpaid shares

No member shall, unless the Directors otherwise determine, be entitled in respect of any share held by him or her to vote either personally or by proxy at a shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to shareholders’ meetings if any call or other sum presently payable by him or her to the Company in respect of that share remains unpaid.

 

68

Restrictions on voting in particular circumstances

 

68.1

If any member, or any other person appearing to be interested in shares (within the meaning of Part 22 of the Companies Act 2006) held by such member, has been duly served with a notice under Section 793 of the Companies Act 2006 and is in default for a period of 14 days from the date of service in supplying to the Company the information thereby required, then (unless the Directors otherwise determine) in respect of:

 

  68.1.1

the shares comprising the shareholding account in the Register which comprises or includes the shares in relation to which the default occurred (all or the relevant number as appropriate of such shares being the “default shares”, which expression shall include any further shares which are issued in respect of such shares after the date of the notice under Section 793 of the Companies Act 2006); and

 

  68.1.2

any other shares held by the member, the member shall (for so long as the default continues) not, nor shall any transferee to whom any of such shares are transferred (other than pursuant to an approved transfer or pursuant to Article 68.2.2 below) be entitled to attend or vote either personally or by proxy at a shareholders’ meeting or to exercise any other right conferred by membership in relation to shareholders’ meetings.

 

68.2

Where the default shares represent at least 0.25 per cent of the issued shares of the class in question, the Directors may in their absolute discretion by notice (a “direction notice”) to such member direct that:

 

  68.2.1

any dividend or part thereof or other money which would otherwise be payable in respect of the default shares shall be retained by the Company without any liability to pay interest thereon when such dividend or other money is finally paid to the member and the member shall not be entitled to elect to receive shares in lieu of dividend; and/or

 

  68.2.2

no transfer of any of the shares held by such member shall be registered unless the transfer is an approved transfer or:

 

  (i)

the member is not himself or herself in default as regards supplying the information required; and

 

25


  (ii)

the transfer is of part only of the member’s holding and, when presented for registration, is accompanied by a certificate by the member in a form satisfactory to the Directors to the effect that after due and careful enquiry the member is satisfied that none of the shares the subject of the transfer are default shares,

provided that, in the case of shares in uncertificated form, the Directors may only exercise their discretion not to register a transfer if permitted to do so by the Regulations.

Any direction notice may treat shares of a member in certificated and uncertificated form as separate holdings and either apply only to the former or to the latter or make different provision for the former and the latter.

Upon the giving of a direction notice its terms shall apply accordingly.

 

68.3

The Company shall send to each other person appearing to be interested in the shares which are the subject of any direction notice a copy of the notice, but the failure or omission by the Company to do so shall not invalidate such notice.

 

68.4

 

  68.4.1

Save as herein provided any direction notice shall have effect in accordance with its terms for so long as the default in respect of which the direction notice was issued continues and shall cease to have effect thereafter upon the Directors so determining (such determination to be made within a period of one week of the default being duly remedied, with written notice thereof being given forthwith to the member).

 

  68.4.2

Any direction notice shall cease to have effect in relation to any shares which are transferred by such member by means of an approved transfer or in accordance with Article 68.2.2 above.

 

68.5

For the purposes of this Article:

 

  68.5.1

a person shall be treated as appearing to be interested in any shares if the member holding such shares has been served with a notice under the said Section 793 and either (a) the member has named such person as being so interested or (b) (after taking into account the response of the member to the said notice and any other relevant information) the Company knows or has reasonable cause to believe that the person in question is or may be interested in the shares; and

 

  68.5.2

a transfer of shares is an approved transfer if:

 

  (i)

it is a transfer of shares to an offeror by way or in pursuance of acceptance of a takeover offer (as defined in Section 974 of the Companies Act 2006); or

 

  (ii)

the Directors are satisfied that the transfer is made pursuant to a bona fide sale of the whole of the beneficial ownership of the shares to a party unconnected with the member or with any person appearing to be interested in such shares including any such sale made through a recognised investment exchange or through a stock exchange outside the United Kingdom on which the Company’s shares are normally traded. For the purposes of this sub-paragraph any associate (as that term is defined in Section 435 of the Insolvency Act 1986) shall be included amongst the persons who are connected with the member or any person appearing to be interested in such shares.

 

26


68.6

The provisions of this Article are in addition and without prejudice to the provisions of the Companies Acts.

 

69

Validity and result of vote

 

69.1

No objection shall be raised as to the qualification of any voter or the admissibility of any vote except at the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the vote is tendered. Every vote not disallowed at such meeting shall be valid for all purposes. Any such objection shall be referred to the chair of the meeting, whose decision shall be final and conclusive.

 

69.2

On a vote on a resolution at a meeting on a show of hands, a declaration by the Chair that the resolution:

 

  69.2.1

has or has not been passed; or

 

  69.2.2

has been passed with a particular majority,

is conclusive evidence of that fact without proof of the number or proportion of the votes recorded in favour of or against the resolution. An entry in respect of such a declaration in the minutes of the meeting recorded in accordance with the Companies Acts is also conclusive evidence of that fact without such proof. This Article does not have effect if a poll is demanded in respect of the resolution (and the demand is not subsequently withdrawn).

Proxies

 

70

Appointment of proxies

 

70.1

A member is entitled to appoint a proxy or (subject to Article 71) proxies to exercise all or any of his or her rights to attend and to speak and vote at a meeting of the Company.

 

70.2

A proxy need not be a member of the Company.

 

71

Multiple proxies

A member may appoint more than one proxy in relation to a meeting provided that each proxy is appointed to exercise the rights attached to a different share or shares held by him or her.

 

72

Form of proxy

The appointment of a proxy must be in writing in any usual or common form or in any other form which the Directors may approve and:

 

72.1

in the case of an individual must either be signed by the appointor or his or her attorney or authenticated in accordance with Article 153; and

 

27


72.2

in the case of a corporation must be either given under its common seal or be signed on its behalf by an attorney or a duly authorised officer of the corporation or authenticated in accordance with Article 153.

Any signature on or authentication of such appointment need not be witnessed. Where an appointment of a proxy is signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 153 on behalf of the appointor by an attorney, the power of attorney or a copy thereof certified notarially or in some other way approved by the Directors must (failing previous registration with the Company) be submitted to the Company, failing which the appointment may be treated as invalid.

 

73

Deposit of form of proxy

 

73.1

The appointment of a proxy (together with any supporting documentation required under Article 72) must be received at the address or one of the addresses (if any) specified for that purpose in, or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office):

 

  73.1.1

in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which it relates;

 

  73.1.2

in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting, but not more than 48 hours after the poll was demanded, not less than 48 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll was demanded; and

 

  73.1.3

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll;

and in default shall not be treated as valid.

 

73.2

The Directors may at their discretion determine that, in calculating the periods mentioned in Article 73.1, no account shall be taken of any part of any day that is not a working day (within the meaning of Section 1173 of the Companies Act 2006).

 

73.3

Without limiting the foregoing, in relation to any shares in uncertificated form the Directors may permit a proxy to be appointed by electronic means and/or by means of a website in the form of an Uncertificated Proxy Instruction (that is, a properly authenticated dematerialised instruction, and/or other instruction or notification, sent by means of a relevant system to such participant in that system acting on behalf of the Company as the Directors may prescribe, in such form and subject to such terms and conditions as may from time to time be prescribed by the Directors (subject always to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system)); and may permit any supplement to, or amendment or revocation of, any such Uncertificated Proxy Instruction to be made by a further Uncertificated Proxy Instruction. The Directors may in addition prescribe the method of determining the time at which any such instruction or notification is to be treated as received by the Company. The Directors may treat any such instruction or notification purporting or expressed to be sent on behalf of a holder of a share as sufficient evidence of the authority of the person sending the instruction to send it on behalf of that holder.

 

73.4

The appointment of a proxy shall, unless the contrary is stated thereon, be as valid for any adjournment of a meeting as it is for the meeting to which it relates. An appointment relating to more than one meeting (including any adjournment of any such meeting) having once been delivered in accordance with this Article 73 for the purposes of any such meeting does not need to be delivered again for the purposes of any subsequent meeting to which it relates.

 

28


74

Differing proxy appointments

When two or more valid but differing proxy appointments are delivered in respect of the same share for use at the same meeting, the one which is last delivered (regardless of its date or the date of its execution (if relevant)) shall be treated as replacing and revoking the others as regards that share and if the Company is unable to determine which was last delivered none of them shall be treated as valid in respect of that share.

 

75

Rights of proxy

 

75.1

A proxy shall have the right to exercise all or any of the rights of his or her appointor, or (where more than one proxy is appointed) all or any of the rights attached to the shares in respect of which he or she is appointed the proxy to attend, and to speak and vote, at a meeting of the Company.

 

75.2

Unless his or her appointment provides otherwise, a proxy may vote or abstain at his or her discretion on any matter coming before the meeting on which proxies are entitled to vote. The Company is under no obligation to check whether a proxy is voting in accordance with his or her appointor’s instructions and regardless of whether or not they are followed such vote cast shall not be invalid.

 

76

Termination of proxy’s authority

 

76.1

Neither the death or insanity of a member who has appointed a proxy, nor the revocation or termination by a member of the appointment of a proxy (or of the authority under which the appointment was made), shall invalidate the proxy or the exercise of any of the rights of the proxy thereunder, unless notice of such death, insanity, revocation or termination shall have been received by the Company in accordance with Article 76.2.

 

76.2

Any such notice of death, insanity, revocation or termination must be received at the address or one of the addresses (if any) specified for receipt of proxies in, or by way of note to, or in any document accompanying, the notice convening the meeting to which the appointment of the proxy relates (or if no address is so specified, at the Transfer Office):

 

  76.2.1

in the case of a meeting or adjourned meeting, not less than 24 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting to which the proxy appointment relates;

 

  76.2.2

in the case of a poll taken following the conclusion of a meeting or adjourned meeting, but not more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the commencement of the meeting or adjourned meeting at which the poll was demanded; or

 

  76.2.3

in the case of a poll taken more than 48 hours after it was demanded, not less than 24 hours before the time appointed for the taking of the poll.

 

29


Corporations Acting by Representatives

 

77

Subject to the Statutes, any corporation which is a member of the Company may by resolution of its directors or other governing body authorise a person or persons to act as its representative or representatives at any shareholders’ meeting.

Directors

 

78

Number of Directors

Subject as hereinafter provided the Directors shall not be less than five nor more than 18 in number. The Company may by Ordinary Resolution from time to time vary the minimum number and/or maximum number of Directors.

 

79

Share qualification

A Director shall not be required to hold any shares of the Company by way of qualification. A Director who is not a member of the Company shall nevertheless be entitled to receive notice of, attend and speak at shareholders’ meetings.

 

80

Directors’ fees

Each of the Directors, other than those who hold executive office or are employees of the Company or any subsidiary, shall be paid a fee (which shall accrue from day to day) at such rate as may from time to time be determined by the Directors, provided that the aggregate of all such fees shall not in respect of any year exceed £1,000,000 or such other sum as shall be determined by Ordinary Resolution of the Company.

 

81

Other remuneration of Directors

Any Director who holds any executive office (including for this purpose the office of Chair, Deputy Chair or Vice Chair whether or not such office is held in an executive capacity), or who serves on any committee of the Directors, or who otherwise performs services which in the opinion of the Directors are outside the scope of the ordinary duties of a Director, may be paid such extra remuneration by way of salary, commission or otherwise or may receive such other benefits as the Directors may determine.

 

82

Directors’ expenses

The Directors may repay to any Director all such reasonable expenses as he or she may incur in attending and returning from meetings of the Directors or of any committee of the Directors or shareholders’ meetings or otherwise in connection with the business of the Company.

 

30


83

Directors’ pensions and other benefits

The Directors shall have power to pay and agree to pay gratuities, pensions or other retirement, superannuation, death or disability benefits to (or to any person in respect of) any Director or ex-Director of the Company or any of its subsidiaries and for the purpose of providing any such gratuities, pensions or other benefits to contribute to any scheme or fund or to pay premiums.

 

84

Appointment of executive Directors

 

84.1

The Directors may from time to time appoint one or more of their body to be the holder of any executive office (including, where considered appropriate, the office of Chair, Deputy Chair, Vice Chair or Group Chief Executive) on such terms and for such period as they may (subject to the provisions of the Statutes) determine and, without prejudice to the terms of any contract entered into in any particular case, may at any time revoke or vary the terms of any such appointment.

 

84.2

The appointment of any Director to the office of Chair, Deputy Chair, Vice Chair or Group Chief Executive or Managing or Joint Managing or Deputy or Assistant Managing Director shall automatically determine if he or she ceases to be a Director but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company.

 

84.3

The appointment of any Director to any other executive office shall not automatically determine if he or she ceases from any cause to be a Director, unless the contract or resolution under which he or she holds office shall expressly state otherwise, in which event such determination shall be without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company.

 

85

Powers of executive Directors

The Directors may entrust to and confer upon any Director holding any executive office any of the powers exercisable by them as Directors upon such terms and conditions and with such restrictions as they think fit, and either collaterally with or to the exclusion of their own powers, and may from time to time revoke, withdraw, alter or vary all or any of such powers.

Appointment and Retirement of Directors

 

86

Election or appointment of additional director

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution elect any person to be a Director either to fill a casual vacancy or as an additional Director. Without prejudice thereto the Directors shall have power at any time so to do, but so that the total number of Directors shall not thereby exceed the maximum number (if any) fixed by or in accordance with these Articles. Any person so appointed by the Directors shall retire at the next Annual General Meeting and shall then be eligible for election.

 

31


87

Vacation of office

The office of a Director shall be vacated in any of the following events, namely:

 

87.1

if he or she shall become prohibited by law from acting as a Director;

 

87.2

if he or she shall resign by writing under his or her hand left at the Office or if he or she shall in writing offer to resign and the Directors shall resolve to accept such offer;

 

87.3

if he or she shall have a bankruptcy order made against him or her or shall compound with his or her creditors generally or shall apply to the Court for an interim order under Section 253 of the Insolvency Act 1986 in connection with a voluntary arrangement under that act;

 

87.4

if he or she shall be absent from meetings of the Directors for three months without leave and the Directors shall resolve that his or her office be vacated; or

 

87.5

if a notice in writing is served upon him or her, signed by at least 75 per cent of his or her co-Directors for the time being, to the effect that his or her office as Director shall on receipt (or deemed receipt) of such notice ipso facto be vacated, but so that if he or she holds an appointment to an executive office which thereby automatically determines such removal shall be deemed an act of the Company and shall have effect without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company.

 

88

Retirement of Directors

 

88.1

At every Annual General Meeting all the directors at the date of the notice convening the Annual General Meeting shall retire from office. A retiring director shall be eligible for re-election.

 

89

Re-election of retiring Director

The Company at the meeting at which a Director retires under any provision of these Articles may by Ordinary Resolution fill the office being vacated by electing thereto the retiring Director (if eligible for re-election) or some other person eligible for election. In the absence of such a resolution the retiring Director shall nevertheless be deemed to have been re-elected except in any of the following cases:

 

89.1

where at such meeting it is expressly resolved not to fill such office or a resolution for the re-election of such Director is put to the meeting and lost;

 

89.2

where such Director is ineligible for re-election or has given notice in writing to the Company that he or she is unwilling to be re-elected; or

 

89.3

where a resolution to elect such Director is void by reason of contravention of the next following Article.

The retirement shall not have effect until the conclusion of the meeting except where a resolution is passed to elect some other person in the place of the retiring Director or a resolution for his or her re-election is put to the meeting and lost and accordingly a retiring Director who is re-elected or deemed to have been re-elected will continue in office without a break.

 

32


90

Election of two or more Directors

A resolution for the election of two or more persons as Directors by a single resolution shall not be moved at any General Meeting unless a resolution that it shall be so moved has first been agreed to by the meeting without any vote being given against it. Any resolution moved in contravention of this provision shall be void.

 

91

Nomination of Directors for election

No person other than a Director retiring at the meeting shall, unless recommended by the Directors for election, be eligible for election as a Director at any General Meeting unless not less than seven nor more than forty-two days (inclusive of the date on which the notice is given) before the date appointed for the meeting there shall have been lodged at the Office:

 

91.1

notice in writing signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 153 by some member (other than the person to be proposed) duly qualified to attend and vote at the meeting for which such notice is given of his or her intention to propose such person for election; and

 

91.2

notice in writing signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 153 by the person to be proposed of his or her willingness to be elected.

 

92

Power to remove a Director

The Company may, in accordance with and subject to the provisions of the Statutes, by Ordinary Resolution of which special notice has been given remove any Director from office (notwithstanding any provision of these Articles or of any agreement between the Company and such Director, but without prejudice to any claim he or she may have for damages for breach of any such agreement) and elect another person in place of a Director so removed from office.

Alternate Directors

 

93

Any Director may at any time by writing under his or her hand and deposited at the Office, or delivered at a meeting of the Directors, appoint any person (including another Director) to be his or her alternate Director and may in like manner at any time terminate such appointment. Such appointment, unless previously approved by the Directors or unless the appointee is another Director, shall have effect only upon and subject to being so approved.

 

94

The appointment of an alternate Director shall determine on the happening of any event which if he or she were a Director would cause him or her to vacate such office or if his or her appointor ceases to be a Director, otherwise than by retirement at a General Meeting at which he or she is re-elected.

 

95

An alternate Director shall be entitled to receive notices of meetings of the Directors and shall be entitled to attend and vote as a Director at any such meeting at which the Director appointing him or her is not personally present and generally at such meeting to perform all functions of his or her appointor as a Director and for the purposes of the proceedings at

 

33


  such meeting the provisions of these Articles shall apply as if he or she (instead of his or her appointor) were a Director. If he or she shall be himself or herself a Director or shall attend any such meeting as an alternate for more than one Director, his or her voting rights shall be cumulative but he or she shall not be counted more than once for the purposes of the quorum. If his or her appointor is for the time being absent from the United Kingdom or temporarily unable to act through ill health or disability his or her signature to any resolution in writing of the Directors shall be as effective as the signature of his or her appointor. To such extent as the Directors may from time to time determine in relation to any committees of the Directors the foregoing provisions of this Article shall also apply mutatis mutandis to any meeting of any such committee of which his or her appointor is a member. An alternate Director shall not (save as aforesaid) have power to act as a Director, nor shall he or she be deemed to be the agent of his or her appointor.

 

96

An alternate Director shall be entitled to contract and be interested in and benefit from contracts or arrangements or transactions and to be repaid expenses and to be indemnified to the same extent mutatis mutandis as if he or she were a Director but he or she shall not be entitled to receive from the Company in respect of his or her appointment as alternate Director any remuneration except only such part (if any) of the remuneration otherwise payable to his or her appointor as such appointor may by notice in writing to the Company from time to time direct.

Meetings and Proceedings of Directors

 

97

Governing of meetings of Directors

 

97.1

Subject to the provisions of these Articles the Directors may meet together for the despatch of business, adjourn and otherwise regulate their proceedings as they think fit. At any time any Director may, and the Secretary at the request of a Director shall, call a meeting of the Directors. Any Director may waive notice of any meeting and any such waiver may be retroactive.

 

97.2

A notice of a meeting of directors convened in accordance with Article 97.1, or a copy of the text of any written resolution proposed to be passed in accordance with Article 107, (each a “Communication”) shall be provided to each Director personally, by word of mouth, by notice in writing or by electronic means (in the case of a written notice or a notice sent by electronic means, sent to him or her at his or her last known address or such other address as may be notified to the Secretary from time to time), and each Director shall, on appointment, be taken to have agreed to the giving of notices in any such manner. Any such Communication may be delivered by hand or sent by courier, fax, electronic mail or pre-paid first-class post. If sent by fax or electronic mail such Communication shall conclusively be deemed to have been given or served at the time of despatch. If sent by post or courier such Communication shall conclusively be deemed to have been received 24 hours from the time of posting or despatch, in the case of inland mail and couriers in the United Kingdom, or 48 hours from the time of posting or despatch in the case of international mail and couriers.

 

97.3

A Communication shall be deemed duly served under Article 97.2 if sent to the address, fax number or electronic mail address last provided by each Director to the Secretary. The non-receipt by any Director of any Communication served in accordance with the provisions of this Article 97 shall not invalidate any meeting of directors, or any written resolution signed in accordance with Article 107, to which the Communication relates if such meeting or resolution is otherwise held or signed in accordance with the provisions of these Articles.

 

34


98

Quorum

The quorum necessary for the transaction of business of the Directors may be fixed from time to time by the Directors and unless so fixed at any other number shall be three. A meeting of the Directors at which a quorum is present shall be competent to exercise all powers and discretions for the time being exercisable by the Directors. For the purposes of these Articles any Director who is able (directly or by telephonic or other communication equipment) to speak and be heard by each of the other Directors present or deemed to be present at any meeting of the Directors, shall be deemed to be present in person at such meeting and shall be entitled to vote or be counted in the quorum accordingly. Such meeting shall be deemed to take place where the largest group of those participating is assembled, or, if there is no such group, where the chair of the meeting then is, and the word “meeting” shall be construed accordingly.

 

99

Casting vote

Questions arising at any meeting of the Directors shall be determined by a majority of votes. In the case of an equality of votes, the chair of the meeting shall have a second or casting vote.

 

100

Authorisation of Directors’ interests

 

100.1

For the purposes of Section 175 of the Companies Act 2006, the Directors shall have the power to authorise any matter which would or might otherwise constitute or give rise to a breach of the duty of a Director under that Section to avoid a situation in which he or she has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest3 that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company.

 

100.2

Authorisation of a matter under this Article shall be effective only if:

 

  100.2.1

the matter in question shall have been proposed in writing for consideration by the Directors, or in such other manner as the Directors may determine;

 

  100.2.2

any requirement as to the quorum at the meeting of the Directors at which the matter is considered is met without counting the Director in question and any other interested Director (together the “Interested Directors”); and

 

  100.2.3

the matter was agreed to without the Interested Directors voting or would have been agreed to if the votes of the Interested Directors had not been counted.

 

3

Neither the duty in Section 175(1), nor the authorisation procedure under Section 175(5), applies to a conflict of interest arising in relation to a transaction or arrangement with the Company. The disclosure and approval provisions of Articles 100 and 101 are intended to deal with such conflicts.

 

35


100.3

Any authorisation of a matter under this Article shall extend to any actual or potential conflict of interest which may reasonably be expected to arise out of the matter so authorised.

 

100.4

Any authorisation of a matter under this Article shall be subject to such conditions or limitations as the Directors may determine, whether at the time such authorisation is given or subsequently. and may be terminated by the Directors at any time. A Director shall comply with any obligations imposed on him or her by the Directors pursuant to any such authorisation.

 

100.5

A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by him or her, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he or she (or a person connected with him or her) derives from any matter authorised by the Directors under this Article and any contract, transaction or arrangement relating thereto shall not be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such benefit.

 

101

Directors’ Permitted Interests

 

101.1

Subject to compliance with Article 101.2, a Director, notwithstanding his or her office, may have an interest of the following kind:

 

  101.1.1

where a Director (or a person connected with him or her) is a director or other officer of, or employed by, or otherwise interested (including by the holding of shares) in any Relevant Company;

 

  101.1.2

where a Director (or a person connected with him or her) is a party to, or otherwise interested in, any contract, transaction or arrangement with a Relevant Company, or in which the Company is otherwise interested;

 

  101.1.3

where the Director (or a person connected with him or her) acts (or any firm of which he or she is a partner, employee or member acts) in a professional capacity for any Relevant Company (other than as Auditor) whether or not he or she or it is remunerated therefore;

 

  101.1.4

an interest which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest;

 

  101.1.5

an interest, or a transaction or arrangement giving rise to an interest, of which the Director is not aware; or

 

  101.1.6

any other interest authorised by Ordinary Resolution.

No authorisation under Article 100 shall be necessary in respect of any such interest.

 

101.2

The Director shall declare the nature and extent of any interest permitted under Article 101.1, and not falling with Article 101.3, at a meeting of the Directors or in the manner set out in Section 184 or 185 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

101.3

No declaration of an interest shall be required by a Director in relation to an interest:

 

  101.3.1

falling within Article 101.1.4 or 101.1.5;

 

  101.3.2

if, or to the extent that, the other Directors are already aware of such interest (and for this purpose the other Directors are treated as aware of anything of which they ought reasonably to be aware); or

 

36


  101.1.1.

if, or to the extent that, it concerns the terms of his or her service contract (as defined in Section 227 of the Companies Act 2006) that have been or are to be considered by a meeting of the Directors, or by a committee of Directors appointed for the purpose under these Articles.

 

101.4

A Director shall not, save as otherwise agreed by him or her, be accountable to the Company for any benefit which he or she (or a person connected with him or her) derives from any such contract, transaction or arrangement or from any such office or employment or from any interest in any Relevant Company or for such remuneration, each as referred to in Article 99.1, and no such contract, transaction or arrangement shall be liable to be avoided on the grounds of any such interest or benefit.

 

101.5

For the purposes of this Article, “Relevant Company” shall mean:

 

  (a)

the Company;

 

  (b)

a subsidiary undertaking of the Company;

 

  (c)

any holding company of the Company or a subsidiary undertaking of any such holding company;

 

  (d)

any body corporate promoted by the Company; or

 

  (e)

any body corporate in which the Company is otherwise interested.

 

102

Restrictions on quorum and voting

 

102.1

Save as provided in this Article, and whether or not the interest is one which is authorised pursuant to Article 100 or permitted under Article 101, a Director shall not be entitled to vote on any resolution in respect of any contract, transaction or arrangement, or any other proposal, in which he or she (or a person connected with him or her) is interested. Any vote of a Director in respect of a matter where he or she is not entitled to vote shall be disregarded.

 

102.2

A Director shall not be counted in the quorum for a meeting of the Directors in relation to any resolution on which he or she is not entitled to vote.

 

102.3

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, a Director shall (in the absence of some other interest than is set out below) be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of any resolution concerning any contract, transaction or arrangement, or any other proposal:

 

  102.3.1

in which he or she has an interest of which he or she is not aware;

 

  102.3.2

in which he or she has an interest which cannot reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest;

 

  102.3.3

in which he or she has an interest only by virtue of interests in shares, debentures or other securities of the Company, or by reason of any other interest in or through the Company;

 

  102.3.4

which involves the giving of any security, guarantee or indemnity to the Director or any other person in respect of (i) money lent or obligations incurred by him or her or by any other person at the request of or for the benefit of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings; or (ii) a debt or other obligation of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings for which he or she himself or herself has assumed responsibility in whole or in part under a guarantee or indemnity or by the giving of security;

 

37


  102.3.5

concerning an offer of shares or debentures or other securities of or by the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings (i) in which offer he or she is or may be entitled to participate as a holder of securities; or (ii) in the underwriting or sub- underwriting of which he or she is to participate;

 

  102.3.6

concerning any other body corporate in which he or she is interested, directly or indirectly and whether as an officer, shareholder, creditor, employee or otherwise, provided that he or she (together with persons connected with him or her) is not the holder of, or beneficially interested in, one per cent or more of the issued equity share capital of any class of such body corporate or of the voting rights available to members of the relevant body corporate;

 

  102.3.7

relating to an arrangement for the benefit of the employees or former employees of the Company or any of its subsidiary undertakings which does not award him or her any privilege or benefit not generally awarded to the employees or former employees to whom such arrangement relates;

 

  102.3.8

concerning the purchase or maintenance by the Company of insurance for any liability for the benefit of Directors or for the benefit of persons who include Directors;

 

  102.3.9

concerning the giving of indemnities in favour of Directors;

 

  102.3.10

concerning the funding of expenditure by any Director or Directors on (i) defending criminal, civil or regulatory proceedings or actions against him or her or them; (ii) in connection with an application to the court for relief; or (iii) defending him or her or them in any regulatory investigations;

 

  102.3.11

concerning the doing of anything to enable any Director or Directors to avoid incurring expenditure as described in Article 102.3.10; and

 

  102.3.12

in respect of which his or her interest, or the interest of Directors generally, has been authorised by Ordinary Resolution.

 

102.4

Where proposals are under consideration concerning the appointment (including fixing or varying the terms of appointment) of two or more Directors to offices or employments with the Company (or any body corporate in which the Company is interested), the proposals may be divided and considered in relation to each Director separately. In such case, each of the Directors concerned (if not debarred from voting under Article 102.3.6) shall be entitled to vote, and be counted in the quorum, in respect of each resolution except that concerning his or her own appointment or the fixing or variation of the terms thereof.

 

102.5

If a question arises at any time as to whether any interest of a Director prevents him or her from voting, or being counted in the quorum, under this Article, and such question is not resolved by his or her voluntarily agreeing to abstain from voting, such question shall be referred to the chair of the meeting and his or her ruling in relation to any Director other than himself or herself shall be final and conclusive, except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of such Director has not been fairly disclosed. If any such question shall arise in respect of the chair of the meeting, the question shall be decided by resolution of the Directors and the resolution shall be conclusive except in a case where the nature or extent of the interest of the chair of the meeting (so far as it is known to him or her) has not been fairly disclosed to the Directors.

 

38


103

Confidential information

 

103.1

Subject to Article 103.2, if a Director, otherwise than by virtue of his or her position as Director, receives information in respect of which he or she owes a duty of confidentiality to a person other than the Company, he or she shall not be required:

 

  103.1.1

to disclose such information to the Company or to the Directors, or to any Director, officer or employee of the Company; or

 

  103.1.2

otherwise use or apply such confidential information for the purpose of or in connection with the performance of his or her duties as a Director.

 

103.2

Where such duty of confidentiality arises out of a situation in which the Director has, or can have, a direct or indirect interest that conflicts, or possibly may conflict, with the interests of the Company, Article 103.1 shall apply only if the conflict arises out of a matter which has been authorised under Article 100 above or falls within Article 101 above.

 

103.3

This Article is without prejudice to any equitable principle or rule of law which may excuse or release the Director from disclosing information, in circumstances where disclosure may otherwise be required under this Article.

 

104

Directors’ interests - general

 

104.1

For the purposes of Articles 100 to 104:

 

  104.1.1

an interest of a person who is connected with a Director shall be treated as an interest of the Director; and

 

  104.1.2

Section 252 of the Companies Act 2006 shall determine whether a person is connected with a Director.

 

104.2

Where a Director has an interest which can reasonably be regarded as likely to give rise to a conflict of interest, the Director shall if so requested by the Directors take such additional steps as may be necessary or desirable for the purpose of managing such conflict of interest, including compliance with any procedures laid down from time to time by the Directors for the purpose of managing conflicts of interest generally and/or any specific procedures approved by the Directors for the purpose of or in connection with the situation or matter in question, including without limitation:

 

  104.2.1

absenting him or herself from any meetings of the Directors at which the relevant situation or matter falls to be considered; and

 

  104.2.2

not reviewing documents or information made available to the Directors generally in relation to such situation or matter and/or arranging for such documents or information to be reviewed by a professional adviser to ascertain the extent to which it might be appropriate for him or her to have access to such documents or information.

 

104.3

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution ratify any contract, transaction or arrangement, or other proposal, not properly authorised by reason of a contravention of any provisions of Articles 100 to 104.

 

39


105

Number of Directors below minimum

The continuing Directors may act notwithstanding any vacancies, but if and so long as the number of Directors is reduced below the minimum number fixed by or in accordance with these Articles the continuing Directors or Director may act for the purpose of filling such vacancies or of summoning General Meetings, but not for any other purpose. If there be no Directors or Director able or willing to act, then any two members may summon a General Meeting for the purpose of appointing Directors.

 

106

Chair

 

106.1

The Directors may elect from their number a Chair, a Deputy Chair and/or a Vice Chair (or two or more Deputy Chairs and/or Vice Chairs) and determine the period for which each is to hold office. If no Chair, Deputy Chair or Vice Chair shall have been appointed or if at any meeting of the Directors no Chair, Deputy Chair or Vice Chair shall be present within five minutes after the time appointed for holding the meeting, the Directors present may choose one of their number to be chair of the meeting.

 

106.2

If at any time there is more than one Deputy Chair and/or Vice Chair the right in the absence of the Chair to preside at a meeting of the Directors or of the Company shall be determined as between the Deputy Chairs and/or Vice Chairs present (if more than one) by seniority in length of appointment or otherwise as resolved by the Directors.

 

107

Directors’ written resolutions

 

107.1

A Directors’ written resolution is adopted when 70 per cent of the Directors entitled to vote on such resolution have:

 

  107.1.1

signed one or more copies of it, or

 

  107.1.2

otherwise indicated their agreement to it in writing.

 

107.2

A Directors’ written resolution is not adopted if the number of Directors who have signed it is less than the quorum for Directors’ meetings.

 

107.3

Once a Directors’ written resolution has been adopted, it must be treated as if it had been a resolution passed at a Directors’ meeting in accordance with the Articles.

 

108

Appointment and constitution of committees

 

108.1

The Directors may delegate any of their powers or discretions (including without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing all powers and discretions whose exercise involves or may involve the payment of remuneration to or the conferring of any other benefit on all or any of the Directors) to committees. Any such committee shall, unless the Directors otherwise resolve, have power to sub-delegate to sub-committees any of the powers or discretions delegated to it. Any such committee or sub-committee shall consist of one or more Directors and (if thought fit) one or more other named person or persons to be co- opted as hereinafter provided. Insofar as any such power or discretion is delegated to a committee or subcommittee, any reference in these Articles to the exercise by the Directors of the power or discretion so delegated shall be read and construed as if it were a reference to the exercise hereof by such committee or sub-committee. Any committee or sub-committee so formed shall in the exercise of the powers so delegated conform to any regulations which may from

 

40


  time to time be imposed by the Directors. Any such regulations may provide for or authorise the co-option to the committee or sub-committee of persons other than Directors and may provide for members who are not Directors to have voting rights as members of the committee or sub-committee.

 

108.2

The meetings and proceedings of any such committee or sub-committee consisting of two or more persons shall be governed mutatis mutandis by the provisions of these Articles regulating the meetings and proceedings of the Directors, so far as the same are not superseded by any regulations made by the Directors under the last preceding Article.

 

108.3

All acts done by any meeting of Directors, or of any such committee or sub-committee, or by any person acting as a member of any such committee or sub-committee, shall as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, notwithstanding that there was some defect in the appointment of any Director or any of the persons acting as aforesaid, or that any such persons were disqualified or had vacated office, or were not entitled to vote, be as valid as if every such person had been duly appointed and was qualified and had continued to be a Director or member of the committee or sub-committee and had been entitled to vote.

Borrowing Powers

 

109

Borrowing powers

Subject to the restrictions in Article 110 (Borrowing Restrictions) and to the provisions of the Statutes, the Directors may exercise all the powers of the Company to borrow money, and to mortgage or charge its undertaking, property (present and future) and uncalled capital or any part or parts thereof and to issue debentures and other securities, whether outright or as collateral security for any debt, liability or obligation of the Company or of any third party.

 

110

Borrowing restrictions

 

110.1

The Directors shall restrict the borrowings of the Company and exercise all voting and other rights or powers of control exercisable by the Company in relation to its subsidiary companies (if any) so as to secure (so far, as regards subsidiaries, as by such exercise they can secure) that the aggregate amount for the time being remaining outstanding of all moneys borrowed by the Group and for the time being owing to persons outside the Group shall not at any time without the previous sanction of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company exceed an amount equal to three times the share capital and consolidated reserves.

 

110.2

No person dealing with the Company or any of its subsidiaries shall by reason of the foregoing provision be concerned to see or enquire whether the said limit is observed and no debt incurred or security given in excess of such limit shall be invalid or ineffectual unless the lender or the recipient of the security had, at the time when the debt was incurred or security given, express notice that the said limit had been or would thereby be exceeded.

 

41


General Powers of Directors

 

111

General powers

The business and affairs of the Company shall be managed by the Directors, who may exercise all such powers of the Company as are not by the Statutes or by these Articles required to be exercised by the Company in General Meeting subject nevertheless to any regulations of these Articles, to the provisions of the Statutes and to such regulations, whether or not consistent with these Articles, as may be prescribed by Special Resolution of the Company, but no regulation so made by the Company shall invalidate any prior act of the Directors which would have been valid if such regulation had not been made. The general powers given by this Article shall not be limited or restricted by any special authority or power given to the Directors by any other Article.

 

112

Name

The Company may change its name by resolution of the board.

 

113

Local boards

The Directors may establish any local boards or agencies for managing any of the affairs of the Company, either in the United Kingdom or elsewhere, and may appoint any persons to be members of such local boards, or any managers or agents, and may fix their remuneration, and may delegate to any local board, manager or agent any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in the Directors, with power to sub-delegate, and may authorise the members of any local boards, or any of them, to fill any vacancies therein, and to act notwithstanding vacancies, and any such appointment or delegation may be made upon such terms and subject to such conditions as the Directors may think fit, and the Directors may remove any person so appointed, and may annul or vary any such delegation, but no person dealing in good faith and without notice of any such annulment or variation shall be affected thereby.

 

114

Appointment of attorney

The Directors may from time to time and at any time by power of attorney or otherwise appoint any company, firm or person or any fluctuating body of persons, whether nominated directly or indirectly by the Directors, to be the attorney or attorneys of the Company for such purposes and with such powers, authorities and discretions (not exceeding those vested in or exercisable by the Directors under these Articles) and for such period and subject to such conditions as they may think fit, and any such appointment may contain such provisions for the protection and convenience of persons dealing with any such attorney as the Directors may think fit, and may also authorise any such attorney to sub-delegate all or any of the powers, authorities and discretions vested in him or her.

 

115

Register of members in territories

Subject to and to the extent permitted by the Statutes, the Company, or the Directors on behalf of the Company, may cause to be kept in any territory a branch register of members resident in such territory, and the Directors may make and vary such regulations as they may think fit respecting the keeping of any such register.

 

42


116

Signature on cheques etc.

All cheques, promissory notes, drafts, bills of exchange, and other negotiable or transferable instruments, and all receipts for moneys paid to the Company, shall be signed, drawn, accepted, endorsed, or otherwise executed, as the case may be, in such manner as the Directors shall from time to time by resolution determine.

 

117

Provision for employees on cessation of business

The Directors may decide to make provision for the benefit of persons employed or formerly employed by the Company or any of its subsidiaries (other than a Director or former director or shadow director) in connection with the cessation or transfer to any person of the whole or part of the undertaking of the Company or that subsidiary.

President

 

118

The Directors may from time to time elect a President of the Company and may determine the period for which he or she shall hold office. Such President may be either honorary or paid such remuneration as the Directors in their discretion shall think fit, and need not be a Director but shall, if not a Director, be entitled to receive notice of and attend and speak, but not to vote, at meetings of the Board of Directors only if so invited by the Directors. The President (unless he or she is a Director) shall not be an officer of the Company for the purposes of the Companies Acts.

Departmental, Divisional or Local Directors

 

119

The Directors may from time to time appoint any person to be a Departmental, Divisional or Local Director and define, limit or restrict his or her powers and duties and determine his or her remuneration and the designation of his or her office and may at any time remove any such person from such office. A Departmental, Divisional or Local Director (notwithstanding that the designation of his or her office may include the word “Director”) shall not by virtue of such office be or have power in any respect to act as a Director of the Company nor be entitled to receive notice of or attend or vote at meetings of the Directors nor be deemed to be a Director for any of the purposes of these presents.

Secretary

 

120

The Secretary shall be appointed by the Directors on such terms and for such period as they may think fit. Any Secretary so appointed may at any time be removed from office by the Directors, but without prejudice to any claim for damages for breach of any contract of service between him or her and the Company. If thought fit two or more persons may be appointed as Joint Secretaries. The Directors may also appoint from time to time on such terms as they may think fit one or more Deputy and/or Assistant Secretaries.

 

43


The Seal

 

121

The Directors shall provide for the safe custody of the Seal and any Securities Seal and neither shall be used without the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorised by the Directors in that behalf. The Securities Seal shall be used only for sealing securities issued by the Company and documents creating or evidencing securities so issued. Every instrument to which the Seal or the Securities Seal shall be affixed (other than a certificate for or evidencing shares, debentures or other securities (including options) issued by the Company) shall be signed autographically by one Director and the Secretary or Deputy or Assistant Secretary or by two Directors, or by a Director or other person authorised for the purpose by the Directors in the presence of the witness.

 

122

Where the Statutes so permit, any instrument signed by one Director and the Secretary or by two Directors or by a Director in the presence of a witness who attests the signature and expressed to be executed by the Company shall have the same effect as if executed under the Seal, provided that no instrument shall be so signed which makes it clear on its face that it is intended to have effect as a deed without the authority of the Directors or of a committee authorised by the Directors in that behalf.

 

123

The Company may exercise the powers conferred by the Statutes with regard to having an official seal for use abroad and such powers shall be vested in the Directors.

Record Date

 

124

Notwithstanding any other provision of these Articles but subject always to the Statutes the

Company or the Directors may by resolution specify any date (the “record date”) as the date at the close of business (or such other time as the Directors may determine) on which persons registered as the holders of shares or other securities shall be entitled to receipt of any dividend, distribution, interest, allotment, issue, notice, information, document or circular and such record date may be on or at any time before the date on which the same is paid or made or (in the case of any dividend, distribution, interest, allotment or issue) at any time after the same is recommended, resolved, declared or announced but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of the same of transferors and transferees of any such shares or other securities.

Authentication of Documents

 

125

Any Director or the Secretary or any person appointed by the Directors for the purpose shall have power to authenticate any documents affecting the constitution of the Company and any resolution passed at a shareholders’ meeting or at a meeting of the Directors or any committee, and any books, records, documents and accounts relating to the business of the Company, and to certify copies thereof or extracts therefrom as true copies or extracts; and where any books, records, documents or accounts are elsewhere than at the Office the local manager or other officer of the Company having the custody thereof shall be deemed to be

 

44


  a person appointed by the Directors as aforesaid. A document purporting to be a copy of any such resolution, or an extract from the minutes of any such meeting which is certified as aforesaid shall be conclusive evidence in favour of all persons dealing with the Company upon the faith thereof that such resolution has been duly passed or, as the case may be, that any minute so extracted is a true and accurate record of proceedings at a duly constituted meeting.

Reserves

 

126

The Directors may from time to time set aside out of the profits of the Company and carry to reserve such sums as they think proper which, at the discretion of the Directors, shall be applicable for any purpose to which the profits of the Company may properly be applied and pending such application may either be employed in the business of the Company or be invested. The Directors may divide the reserve into such special funds as they think fit and may consolidate into one fund any special funds or any parts of any special funds into which the reserve may have been divided. The Directors may also without placing the same to reserve carry forward any profits. In carrying sums to reserve and in applying the same the Directors shall comply with the provisions of the Statutes.

Dividends

 

127

Final dividends

The Company may by Ordinary Resolution declare dividends but no such dividend shall exceed the amount recommended by the Directors.

 

128

Fixed and interim dividends

If and so far as in the opinion of the Directors the profits of the Company justify such payments, the Directors may pay the fixed dividends on any class of shares carrying a fixed dividend expressed to be payable on fixed dates on the half-yearly or other dates prescribed for the payment thereof and may also from time to time pay interim dividends on shares of any class of such amounts and on such dates and in respect of such periods as they think fit. Provided the Directors act in good faith they shall not incur any liability to the holders of any shares for any loss they may suffer by the lawful payment, on any other class of shares having rights ranking after or pari passu with those shares, of any such fixed or interim dividend as aforesaid.

 

129

Ranking of shares for dividends

Unless and to the extent that the rights attached to any shares or the terms of issue thereof otherwise provide, all dividends shall (as regards any shares not fully paid throughout the period in respect of which the dividend is paid) be apportioned and paid pro rata according to the amounts paid on the shares during any portion or portions of the period in respect of which the dividend is paid. For the purposes of this Article no amount paid on a share in advance of calls shall be treated as paid on the share.

 

45


130

No dividend except out of profits

No dividend shall be paid otherwise than out of profits available for distribution under the provisions of the Statutes.

 

131

Treatment of dividend

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, where any asset, business or property is bought by the Company as from a past date the profits and losses thereof as from such date may at the discretion of the Directors in whole or in part be carried to revenue account and treated for all purposes as profits or losses of the Company. Subject as aforesaid, if any shares or securities are purchased cum dividend or interest, such dividend or interest may at the discretion of the Directors be treated as revenue, and it shall not be obligatory to capitalise the same or any part thereof.

 

132

No interest on dividends

No dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share shall bear interest as against the Company.

 

133

Retention of dividends

 

133.1

The Directors may retain any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share on which the Company has a Iien and may apply the same in or towards satisfaction of the moneys payable to the Company in respect of that share.

 

133.2

The Directors may retain the dividends payable upon shares:

 

  133.2.1

in respect of which any person is entitled to become a member under the provisions as to the transmission of shares contained in these Articles, until such person shall become a member in respect of such shares; or

 

  133.2.2

which any person is under those provisions entitled to transfer, until such person shall transfer the same.

 

134

Waiver of dividends

The waiver in whole or in part of any dividend on any share by any document (whether or not executed as a Deed) shall be effective only if such waiver is in writing (whether or not executed as a deed), signed or authenticated in accordance with Article 153 by the shareholder (or the person entitled to the share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law) and delivered to the Company and if or to the extent that the same is accepted as such or acted upon by the Company.

 

135

Unclaimed dividends

The payment by the Directors of any unclaimed dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share into a separate account shall not constitute the Company a trustee in respect thereof, no interest shall be payable in respect of the same and the Company shall not be required to account for any money earned on the net proceeds, which may be

 

46


employed in the business of the Company or invested in such investments (other than shares of the Company or its holding company if any) as the Directors may from time to time think fit. Any dividend unclaimed after a period of six years from the date of declaration of such dividend shall be forfeited and shall revert to the Company.

 

136

Distribution in specie

The Company may upon the recommendation of the Directors by Ordinary Resolution direct payment of a dividend in whole or in part by the distribution of specific assets (and in particular of paid-up shares or debentures of any other company) and the Directors shall give effect to such resolution. Where any difficulty arises in regard to such distribution, the Directors may settle the same as they think expedient and in particular may issue fractional certificates, may fix the value for distribution of such specific assets or any part thereof, may determine that cash payments shall be made to any members upon the footing of the value so fixed in order to adjust the rights of members and may vest any assets in trustees.

 

137

Manner of payment of dividends

 

137.1

Any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share shall be paid to the member or to such other person as the member (or, in the case of joint holders of a share, all of them) may in writing direct. Such dividend or other moneys may be paid (i) by cheque sent by post to the payee or, where there is more than one payee, to any one of them, or (ii) by inter-bank transfer to such account as the payee or payees shall in writing direct, or (iii) (if so authorised by the holder of shares in uncertificated form) using the facilities of a relevant system (subject to the facilities and requirements of the relevant system), or (iv) by such other method of payment as the member (or, in the case of joint holders of a share, all of them) may agree to. Every such payment shall be sent at the risk of the person or persons entitled to the money represented thereby, and payment of a cheque by the banker upon whom it is drawn, and any transfer or payment within (ii), (iii) or (iv) above, shall be a good discharge to the Company.

 

137.2

Subject to the provisions of these Articles and to the rights attaching to any shares, any dividend or other moneys payable on or in respect of a share may be paid in such currency as the Directors may determine, using such exchange rate for currency conversions as the Directors may select.

 

137.3

The Company may cease to send any cheque or order by post for any dividend on any shares which is normally paid in that manner if in respect of at least two consecutive dividends payable on those shares the cheque or order has been returned undelivered or remains uncashed but, subject to the provisions of these Articles, shall recommence sending cheques or orders in respect of the dividends payable on those shares if the holder or person entitled by transmission claims the arrears of dividend and does not instruct the Company to pay future dividends in some other way.

 

138

Joint holders

If two or more persons are registered as joint holders of any share, or are entitled jointly to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of the holder or otherwise by operation of law, any one of them may give effectual receipts for any dividend or other moneys payable or property distributable on or in respect of the share.

 

47


139

Record date for dividends

Any resolution for the declaration or payment of a dividend on shares of any class, whether a resolution of the Company in General Meeting or a resolution of the Directors, may specify that the same shall be payable to the persons registered as the holders of such shares at the close of business on a particular date, notwithstanding that it may be a date prior to that on which the resolution is passed, and thereupon the dividend shall be payable to them in accordance with their respective holdings so registered, but without prejudice to the rights inter se in respect of such dividend of transferors and transferees of any such shares.

Capitalisation of Profits and Shares

 

140

The Directors may, with the sanction of an Ordinary Resolution of the Company, capitalise any sum standing to the credit of any of the Company’s reserve accounts (including any share premium account, capital redemption reserve or other undistributable reserve) or any sum standing to the credit of profit and loss account by appropriating such sum to the holders of Ordinary Shares on the Register at the close of business on the date of the Resolution (or such other date as may be specified therein or determined as therein provided) in proportion to their then holdings of Ordinary Shares and applying such sum on their behalf in paying up in full Ordinary Shares (or, subject to any special rights previously conferred on any shares or class of shares for the time being issued) for allotment and distribution credited as fully paid up to and amongst them as bonus shares in the proportion aforesaid. The Directors may do all acts and things considered necessary or expedient to give effect to any such capitalisation with full power to the Directors to make such provisions as they think fit for any fractional entitlements which would arise on the basis aforesaid (including provisions whereby fractional entitlements are disregarded or the benefit thereof accrues to the Company rather than to the members concerned). The Directors may authorise any person to enter on behalf of all the members interested into an agreement with the Company providing for any such capitalisation and matters incidental thereto and any agreement made under such authority shall be effective and binding on all concerned.

 

141

Scrip dividends

 

141.1

Subject as hereinafter provided, the Directors may offer to ordinary shareholders the right to receive, in lieu of dividend (or part thereof), an allotment of new Ordinary Shares credited as fully paid.

 

141.2

The Directors shall not make such an offer unless so authorised by an Ordinary Resolution passed at any General Meeting, which authority may extend to dividends declared or paid prior to the Annual General Meeting of the Company occurring thereafter, but no further provided that this Article shall, without the need for any further Ordinary Resolution, authorise the Directors to offer rights of election in respect of any dividend declared or proposed after the date of the adoption of these Articles and at or prior to the Annual General Meeting which is held in the fifth year after the Ordinary Resolution is passed.

 

141.3

The Directors may either offer such rights of election in respect of the next dividend (or part thereof) proposed to be paid; or may offer such rights of election in respect of that dividend and all subsequent dividends, until such time as the election is revoked; or may allow shareholders to make an election in either form.

 

48


141.4

The basis of allotment on each occasion shall be determined by the Directors so that, as nearly as may be considered convenient, the value of the Ordinary Shares to be allotted in lieu of any amount of dividend shall equal such amount. For such purpose the value of an Ordinary Share shall be either (i) the average of the closing price of an Ordinary Share on the London Stock Exchange, as derived from the Daily Official List, on each of the first five business days on which the Ordinary Shares are quoted “ex” the relevant dividend; or (ii) established in such other manner as may be determined by the Directors.

 

141.5

If the Directors determine to offer such right of election on any occasion they shall give notice in writing to the ordinary shareholders of such right and shall issue forms of election and shall specify the procedures to be followed in order to exercise such right provided that they need not give such notice to a shareholder who has previously made, and has not revoked, an earlier election to receive Ordinary Shares in lieu of all future dividends, but instead shall send him or her a reminder that he or she has made such an election, indicating how that election may be revoked in time for the next dividend proposed to be paid.

 

141.6

On each occasion the dividend (or that part of the dividend in respect of which a right of election has been accorded) shall not be payable on Ordinary Shares in respect whereof the share election has been duly exercised and has not been revoked (the “elected Ordinary Shares”), and in lieu thereof additional shares (but not any fraction of a share) shall be allotted to the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares on the basis of allotment determined as aforesaid. For such purpose the Directors shall capitalise, out of such of the sums standing to the credit of reserves (including any share premium account or capital redemption reserve) or profit and loss account as the Directors may determine, a sum equal to the aggregate nominal amount of the additional Ordinary Shares to be allotted on that occasion on such basis and shall apply the same in paying up in full the appropriate number of Ordinary Shares for allotment and distribution to and amongst the holders of the elected Ordinary Shares on such basis.

 

141.7

The additional Ordinary Shares so allotted on any occasion shall rank pari passu in all respects with the fully-paid Ordinary Shares then in issue save only as regards participation in the relevant dividend.

 

141.8

Article 140 shall apply (mutatis mutandis) to any capitalisation made pursuant to this Article.

 

141.9

No fraction of an Ordinary Share shall be allotted. The Directors may make such provision as they think fit for any fractional entitlements including, without limitation, provision whereby, in whole or in part, the benefit thereof accrues to the Company and/or fractional entitlements are accrued and/or retained and in either case accumulated on behalf of any ordinary shareholder.

 

141.10

The Directors may on any occasion determine that rights of election shall not be made available to any ordinary shareholders with registered addresses in any territory where in the absence of a registration statement or other special formalities the circulation of an offer of rights of election would or might be unlawful, and in such event the provisions aforesaid shall be read and construed subject to such determination.

 

49


141.11

In relation to any particular proposed dividend the Directors may in their absolute discretion decide (i) that shareholders shall not be entitled to make any election in respect thereof and that any election previously made shall not extend to such dividend or (ii) at any time prior to the allotment of the Ordinary Shares which would otherwise be allotted in lieu thereof, that all elections to take shares in lieu of such dividend shall be treated as not applying to that dividend, and if so the dividend shall be paid in cash as if no elections had been made in respect of it.

Minutes

 

142

The Directors shall cause Minutes to be made in books to be provided for the purpose:

 

142.1

of all appointments of officers made by the Directors;

 

142.2

of the names of the Directors present at each meeting of Directors and of any committee of Directors; and

 

142.3

of all resolutions and proceedings at all meetings of the Company and of any class of members of the Company and of the Directors and of committees of Directors.

Accounts

 

143

Accounting records

Accounting records sufficient to show and explain the Company’s transactions and otherwise complying with the Statutes shall be kept at the Office, or at such other place as the Directors think fit, and shall always be open to inspection by the officers of the Company. Subject as aforesaid no member of the Company or other person shall have any right of inspecting any account or book or document of the Company except as conferred by statute or ordered by a Court of competent jurisdiction or authorised by the Directors.

 

144

Copies of accounts for members

 

144.1

Subject as provided in Article 144.2, a copy of the Company’s annual accounts and reports which are to be laid before a General Meeting of the Company (including every document required by law to be comprised therein or attached or annexed thereto) shall not less than 21 days before the date of the meeting be sent to every member of, and every holder of debentures of, the Company and to every other person who is entitled to receive notices of General Meetings from the Company under the provisions of the Statutes or of these Articles.

 

144.2

Article 144.1 shall not require a copy of these documents to be sent to any member to whom a strategic report with supplementary material is sent in accordance with the Statutes and provided further that this Article shall not require a copy of these documents to be sent to more than one of joint holders nor to any person of whose postal address the Company is not aware, but any member or holder of debentures to whom a copy of these documents has not been sent shall be entitled to receive a copy free of charge on application at the Office.

 

50


Auditors

 

145

Validity of Auditor’s acts

Subject to the provisions of the Statutes, all acts done by any person acting as an Auditor shall, as regards all persons dealing in good faith with the Company, be valid, notwithstanding that there was some defect in his or her appointment or that he or she was at the time of his or her appointment not qualified for appointment or subsequently became disqualified.

 

146

Auditor’s rights to attend General Meetings

An Auditor shall be entitled to attend any General Meeting and to receive all notices of and other communications relating to any General Meeting which any member is entitled to receive and to be heard at any General Meeting on any part of the business of the meeting which concerns him or her as Auditor.

Communications with Members

 

147

Service of notices etc.

 

147.1

Any notice to be given to or by any person pursuant to these Articles shall be in writing, except that notice calling a meeting of the Directors may be given as provided for in Article 97.

 

147.2

The Company may, subject to and in accordance with the Companies Acts and these Articles, send or supply all types of notices, documents or information to members by electronic means, including by making such notices, documents or information available on a website.

 

147.3

The Company Communications Provisions have effect for the purposes of any provision of the Companies Acts or these Articles that authorises or requires notices, documents or information to be sent or supplied by or to the Company.

 

147.4

Any notice, document or information (including a share certificate) which is sent or supplied by the Company in hard copy form or in electronic form but to be delivered other than by electronic means and/or by means of a website and which is sent by pre-paid post and properly addressed shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient at the expiration of 24 hours (or, where second class mail is employed, 48 hours) after the time it was posted, and in proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed, pre-paid and posted.

 

147.5

Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by electronic means and/or by means of a website shall be deemed to have been received by the intended recipient at 9 a.m. on the day following that on which it was transmitted, and in proving such receipt it shall be sufficient to show that such notice, document or information was properly addressed.

 

147.6

Any notice, document or information which is sent or supplied by the Company by means of a website shall be deemed to have been received when the material was first made available on the website or, if later, when the recipient received (or is deemed to have received) notice of the fact that the material was available on the website.

 

51


147.7

The accidental failure to send, or the non-receipt by any person entitled to, any notice of, or other document or information relating to, any meeting or other proceeding shall not invalidate the relevant meeting or proceeding.

 

147.8

A member shall not be entitled to receive any document or information that is required or authorised to be sent or supplied to the member by the Company by a provision of the Statutes or pursuant to these Articles or to any other rules or regulations to which the Company may be subject if documents or information sent or supplied to that member by post have been returned undelivered to the Company:

 

  147.8.1

on at least two separate occasions; or

 

  147.8.2

on one occasion and reasonable enquiries have failed to establish that member’s address.

 

147.9

The provisions of this Article shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions relating to deemed delivery of notices, documents or information.

 

148

Joint holders

 

148.1

Anything which needs to be agreed or specified by the joint holders of a share shall for all purposes be taken to be agreed or specified by all the joint holders where it has been agreed or specified by the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share.

 

148.2

Any notice, document or information which is authorised or required to be sent or supplied to joint holders of a share may be sent or supplied to the joint holder whose name stands first in the Register in respect of the share, to the exclusion of the other joint holders.

 

148.3

The provisions of this Article shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions regarding joint holders of shares.

 

149

Deceased and bankrupt members

 

149.1

A person who claims to be entitled to a share in consequence of the death or bankruptcy of a member or otherwise by operation of law shall supply to the Company:

 

  149.1.1

such evidence as the Directors may reasonably require to show his or her title to the share; and

 

  149.1.2

an address to which notices may be sent or supplied to such person,

whereupon he or she shall be entitled to have sent or supplied to him or her at such address any notice, document or information to which the said member would have been entitled, and in so sending or supplying the relevant notice, document or information such notice, document or information shall for all purposes be deemed as sufficiently sent or supplied to all persons interested (whether jointly with or as claiming through or under him or her) in the share.

 

52


149.2

Save as provided by Article 149.1, any notice, document or information sent or supplied to the address of any member pursuant to these Articles shall, notwithstanding that such member be then dead or bankrupt or in liquidation, and whether or not the Company has notice of his or her death or bankruptcy or liquidation, be deemed to have been duly sent or supplied in respect of any share registered in the name of such member as sole or first- named joint holder.

 

149.3

The provisions of this Article shall have effect in place of the Company Communications Provisions regarding the death or bankruptcy or a holder of shares in the Company.

 

150

Overseas members

Subject to the Statutes, the Company shall not be required to send notices, documents or information to a member who (having no registered address within the United Kingdom) has not supplied to the Company an address within the United Kingdom for the service of notices. If on three consecutive occasions notices have been sent through the post to any member at his or her registered address or his or her address for the service of notices but have been returned undelivered, such member shall not thereafter be entitled to receive notices from the Company until he or she shall have communicated with the Company and supplied in writing to the Transfer Office a new registered address within the United Kingdom for the service of notices.

 

151

Suspension of postal services

If at any time by reason of the suspension or curtailment of postal services within the United Kingdom the Company is unable to give notice by post in hard copy form of a shareholders’ meeting, such notice shall be deemed to have been given to all members entitled to receive such notice in hard copy form if such notice is advertised on the same date in at least two national daily newspapers with appropriate circulation and such notice shall be deemed to have been given on the day when the advertisement appears (or first appears). In any such case, the Company shall (i) make such notice available on its website from the date of such advertisement until the conclusion of the meeting or any adjournment thereof and (ii) send confirmatory copies of the notice by post to such members if at least seven days prior to the meeting the posting of notices again becomes practicable.

 

152

Statutory provisions as to notices

Nothing in any of Articles 147-152 inclusive shall affect any provision of the Statutes that requires or permits any particular notice, document or information be sent or supplied in any particular manner.

 

153

Signature or authentication of documents sent by electronic means

Where these Articles require a notice or other document to be signed or authenticated by a member or other person then any notice or other document sent or supplied in electronic form is sufficiently authenticated in any manner authorised by the Company Communications Provisions or in such other manner approved by the Directors. The Directors may designate mechanisms for validating any such notice or other document, and any such notice or other document not so validated by use of such mechanisms shall be deemed not to have been received by the Company.

 

53


Winding up

 

154

Directors’ powers to petition

The Directors shall have power in the name and on behalf of the Company to present a petition to the Court for the Company to be wound up.

 

155

Distribution of assets in specie

If the Company shall be wound up (whether the liquidation is voluntary, under supervision, or by the Court) the Liquidator may, with the authority of a Special Resolution, divide among the members in specie or kind the whole or any part of the assets of the Company and whether or not the assets shall consist of property of one kind or shall consist of properties of different kinds, and may for such purpose set such value as he or she deems fair upon any one or more class or classes of property and may determine how such division shall be carried out as between the members or different classes of members. The Liquidator may, with the like authority, vest any part of the assets in trustees upon such trusts for the benefit of members as the Liquidator with the like authority shall think fit, and the liquidation of the Company may be closed and the Company dissolved but so that no contributory shall be compelled to accept any shares or other property in respect of which there is a liability.

Directors’ liabilities

 

156

Indemnity

 

156.1

Subject to the provisions of, and so far as may be permitted by and consistent with, the Statutes and rules made by the UK Listing Authority, every Director and officer of the Company and of each of the Associated Companies of the Company shall be indemnified by the Company out of its own funds against:

 

  156.1.1

any liability incurred by or attaching to him or her in connection with any negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his or her duties and/or the exercise or purported exercise of his or her powers other than:

 

  (i)

any liability to the Company or any Associated Company; and

 

  (ii)

any liability of the kind referred to in Section 234(3) of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

  156.1.2

any other liability incurred by or attaching to him or her in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his or her duties and/or the exercise or purported exercise of his or her powers and/or otherwise in relation to or in connection with his or her duties, powers or office.

Such indemnity shall extend to liabilities arising after a person ceases to be a Director or an officer of the Company in respect of acts or omissions while he or she was a Director or an officer if such acts or omissions would have been indemnified had the relevant person remained a Director or officer, as the case may be.

 

54


156.2

Subject to the Companies Acts and rules made by the UK Listing Authority the Company may indemnify a Director of the Company and any Associated Company of the Company if it is the trustee of an occupational pension scheme (within the meaning of Section 235(6) of the Companies Act 2006).

 

156.3

Where a Director or officer is indemnified against any liability in accordance with this Article 156 such indemnity shall extend to all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her in relation thereto.

 

156.4

In this Article 156 “Associated Company” shall have the meaning given thereto by Section 256 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

157

Insurance

 

157.1

Without prejudice to Article 156 above, the Directors shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance for or for the benefit of:

 

  157.1.1

any person who is or was at any time a Director or officer of any Relevant Company (as defined in Article 157.2 below); or

 

  157.1.2

any person who is or was at any time a trustee of any pension fund or employees’ share scheme in which employees of any Relevant Company are interested,

including (without prejudice to the generality of the foregoing) insurance against any liability incurred by or attaching to him or her in respect of any act or omission in the actual or purported execution and/or discharge of his or her duties and/or in the exercise or purported exercise of his or her powers and/or otherwise in relation to his or her duties, powers or offices in relation to any Relevant Company, or any such pension fund or employees’ share scheme (and all costs, charges, losses, expenses and liabilities incurred by him or her in relation thereto).

 

157.2

For the purpose of Article 157.1 above, “Relevant Company” shall mean:

 

  157.2.1

the Company;

 

  157.2.2

any holding company of the Company;

 

  157.2.3

any other body, whether or not incorporated, in which the Company or such holding company or any of the predecessors of the Company or of such holding company has or had any interest whether direct or indirect or which is in any way allied to or associated with the Company;

 

  157.2.4

any subsidiary undertaking of the Company or of such other body.

 

158

Defence expenditure

 

158.1

Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes and rules made by the UK Listing Authority, the Company:

 

55


  158.1.1

may provide any current or former Director or officer of the Company or any Associated Company of the Company with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him or her in:

 

  (i)

defending any criminal or civil proceedings in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to the Company or an Associated Company of the Company; or

 

  (ii)

in connection with any application for relief under the provisions mentioned in Section 205(5) of the Companies Act 2006; and

 

  158.1.2

may do anything to enable any such Director or officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

158.2

The terms set out in Section 205(2) of the Companies Act 2006 shall apply to any provision of funds or other things done under Article 158.1 provided that, for the purpose of this Article 158.2, references to “director” in Section 205(2) of the Companies Act 2006 shall be deemed to include references to a former Director or a current or former officer of the Company or an Associated Company of the Company.

 

158.3

Subject to the provisions of and so far as may be permitted by the Statutes and rules made by the UK Listing Authority, the Company:

 

  (a)

may provide a Director or officer of the Company or any Associated Company of the Company with funds to meet expenditure incurred or to be incurred by him or her in defending himself or herself in an investigation by a regulatory authority or against action proposed to be taken by a regulatory authority in connection with any alleged negligence, default, breach of duty or breach of trust by him or her in relation to the Company or any Associated Company of the Company; and

 

  (b)

may do anything to enable any such Director or officer to avoid incurring such expenditure.

 

158.4

In this Article 158 “Associated Company” shall have the meaning given thereto by Section 256 of the Companies Act 2006.

Overriding Provisions

 

159

Overriding provisions

 

159.1

If and for so long as the Company shall hold any class of security of Six Continents Hotels Inc. the provisions of this Article shall apply and to the extent of any inconsistency shall have overriding effect as against all other provisions of these Articles.

 

159.2

For the purposes of this Article the words and expressions set out below shall bear the meanings set opposite them respectively:

Disqualified Person” means any holder of any class of shares of the Company whose holding of such shares, either individually or when taken together with the holding of any class of shares of the Company by any other holders, may result, in the opinion of the Directors, in the loss, or the failure to secure the reinstatement, of any licence or franchise from any United States’ governmental agency held by Six Continents Hotels Inc. or any subsidiary thereof to conduct any portion of the business of Six Continents Hotels Inc. or any subsidiary thereof.

Relevant Shares” means shares of the Company comprised in the interest or holding of a Disqualified Person.

 

56


Required Disposal” means the sale and transfer of Relevant Shares or of interests therein in such manner as may be required to cause such shares to cease to be Relevant Shares.

 

159.3

 

  159.3.1

The Directors may at any time serve a notice upon any member requiring him or her to furnish the Directors with information (in the case of (ii) below, to the extent that such paragraph applies to any person other than the member so far as such information lies within the knowledge of such member), supported by a declaration and by such other evidence (if any) in support as the Directors may require, for the purpose of determining:

 

  (i)

whether such member is a party to an agreement or arrangement (whether legalIy enforceable or not) whereby any of the shares held by him or her are to be voted in accordance with some other person’s instructions (whether given by that other person directly or through any other person); or

 

  (ii)

whether such member and/or any other person who has an interest in any shares held by such member is a Disqualified Person.

If such information and evidence is not furnished within a reasonable period (not being less than 14 days) from the date of service of such notice or the information and evidence provided is, in the opinion of the Directors, unsatisfactory for the purposes of so determining, the Directors may serve upon such member a further notice calling upon him or her, within 14 days after the service of such further notice, to furnish the Directors with such information and evidence or further information and evidence as shall (in their opinion) enable them so to determine.

 

  159.3.2

Any person holding any share of the Company shall notify the Directors forthwith in writing if he or she, or to his or her knowledge any person controlling or beneficially owning or otherwise having an interest in such share, is likely to be or become a Disqualified Person.

 

  159.3.3

The Directors may assume without enquiry that a person is not or will not become a Disqualified Person unless the information obtained by them above or a notification under this Article 159.3 indicates to the contrary or the Directors have reason to believe otherwise; in these circumstances the Directors shall use all reasonable endeavours to discover whether the person concerned is a Disqualified Person.

159.4

 

  159.4.1

If any person becomes or is determined in accordance with Article 159.3.3 above to be a Disqualified Person the Directors shall serve a written notice (a “Disposal Notice”) on all those who (to the knowledge of the Directors) have interests in, and, if different, on the holder or holders of, the Relevant Shares. The Disposal Notice shall refer to the voting restrictions as set out in Article 159.6 below and shall call for a Required Disposal to be made and for reasonable evidence that such Required Disposal shall have been effected to be supplied to the Company within 21 days from the date of such notice or such other period as the Directors may

  consider reasonable and which they may extend. The Directors may withdraw a Disposal Notice (whether before or after the expiration of the period referred to) if it appears to them that there is no Disqualified Person in relation to the shares concerned.

 

57


  159.4.2

If a Disposal Notice served under Article 159.4.1 above is not complied with to the satisfaction of the Directors and has not been withdrawn, the Directors shall, so far as they are able, sell the shares comprised in such Disposal Notice, at the best price reasonably obtainable in all the circumstances and shall give written notice of such disposal to those persons on whom the Disposal Notice was served. Except as hereinafter provided such a sale shall be completed as soon as reasonably practicable after expiry of the Disposal Notice as may in the opinion of the Directors be consistent with obtaining the best price reasonably obtainable and in any event within 30 days of expiry of such notice provided that such a sale shall be postponed during the period when dealings by the Directors in the Company’s shares are not permitted either by law or by Regulations of the London Stock Exchange but any sale postponed as aforesaid shall be completed within 30 days after expiry of the period of such suspension and provided further that neither the Company nor the Director shall be liable to any holder or any person having an interest in any share or other person for failing to obtain the best price so long as the Directors act in good faith within the period specified above.

 

  159.4.3

For the purpose of effecting any Required Disposal, the Directors may authorise in writing an officer or employee of the Company to execute any necessary transfer on behalf of any holder and may issue a new certificate to the purchaser. The net proceeds of such disposal shall be received by the Company, whose receipt shall be a good discharge for the purchase money, and shall be paid (without any interest being payable thereon) to the former holder upon surrender by him or her of the certificate in respect of the shares sold and formerly held by him or her.

 

159.5

 

  159.5.1

The Directors shall not be obliged to serve any notice under the foregoing provisions of this Article upon any person if they do not know his or her identity or his or her address and the absence of service of such a notice in such circumstances as aforesaid and any accidental error in, or failure to give any notice to any person upon whom notice is required to be served under the foregoing provisions shall not prevent the implementation of or invalidate any procedure thereunder.

 

  159.5.2

Any notice to be served under this Article upon a person who is not a member shall be deemed validly served if sent through the post to that person at the address, if any, at which the Directors believe him or her to be resident or carrying on business. Any such notice shall be deemed served on the day following any day on which it was put in the post and, in proving service, it shall be sufficient to prove that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put in the post.

 

58


  159.5.3

Any determination of the Directors under the foregoing provision of this Article shall be final and conclusive, but without prejudice to the power of the Directors subsequently to vary or revoke such determination.

 

159.6

 

  159.6.1

If in accordance with Article 159.3 above the Directors shall have assumed that any person is not a Disqualified Person, the exercise by that person and/or, if shares owned or controlled by such person are held by another person or by other persons, by such other person or persons shall not be challenged or invalidated by any subsequent determination by the Directors that such person is a Disqualified Person.

 

  159.6.2

If any person becomes or is determined by the Directors to be a Disqualified Person the Directors shall serve written notice on such person and, if different, on the holder or holders of the shares owned or controlled by such person to the effect that he or she has been determined to be a Disqualified Person.

 

  159.6.3

With effect from the expiration of such period as the Directors shall specify in the notice under Article 159.6.2 above (not being longer than 30 days from the date of service of such notice) the said person and, if different, the holder or holders of the shares owned or controlled by such person (to the extent that such holder or holders is/are not able to prove to the satisfaction of the Directors that shares registered in his or her/their name(s) are not owned or controlled by such person) shall not be entitled to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any General Meeting of the Company or any meeting of the holders of any class of shares.

 

  159.6.4

Any member who has pursuant to Article 159.3.1 above been served with a further notice by the Directors requiring him or her to furnish the Directors with information and evidence or further information or evidence within 14 days after the service of such further notice shall not, with effect from the expiration of such period and until information or evidence is furnished to the satisfaction of the Directors, be entitled to receive notice of, or to attend or vote at, any General Meeting of the Company or meeting of the holders of any class of shares other than in respect of such of the shares held by such member as are shares in respect of which it shall have been established to the satisfaction of the Directors that they are not shares in which a Disqualified Person has an interest or shares in respect of which the Directors may require a disposal pursuant to the provisions of Article 159.4 above.

 

159.7

No person shall be capable of being appointed or continuing as a Director if, in the opinion of the Directors, his or her directorship of the Company may result in the loss, or the failure to secure the reinstatement, of any licence or franchise from any United States governmental agency held by Six Continents Hotels Inc. or any subsidiary thereof to conduct any portion of the business of Six Continents Hotels Inc. or any subsidiary thereof.

 

59


Index

 

     Article No.      Page No.  

Accounts

     143-144        50  

Auditors

     145-146        51  

Authentication of Documents

     125        44-45  

Borrowing Powers

     109-110        41  

Capitalisation of Profits and Shares

     140-141        48-50  

Communications with Members

     147-153        51-54  

Corporations Acting by Representatives

     77        30  

Directors

     78-85        30-31  

Alternate

     93-96        33-34  

Appointment and Retirement of

     86-92        31-33  

Departmental, Divisional or Local

     119        43  

General Powers of

     111-117        42-43  

Meetings and Proceedings of

     97-108        34-41  

Directors’ liabilities

     156-158        54-56  

Dividends

     127-139        45-48  

Evidence of Title to Securities

     14        10  

Forfeiture and Lien

     26-33        13-14  

General Meetings

     45-46        18-19  

Notice of

     47-49        19-20  

Overflow of

     50-52        21  

Proceedings at

     53-63        21-24  

Minutes

     142        50  

Ordinary and Redeemable Shares

     3-4        6-7  

Overriding Provisions

     159        56-59  

Preliminary

     1-2        1-6  

President

     118        43  

Proceeds of consolidation and subdivision.

     7        8  

Proxies

     70-76        27-29  

Record Date

     124        44  

Reduction of capital.

     8        8  

Reserves

     126        45  

 

60


     Article No.      Page No.  

The Seal

     121-123        44  

Secretary

     120        43  

Share Certificates

     15-19        10-11  

Shares

     9-13        8-10  

Calls on

     20-25        11-12  

Transfer of

     34-39        14-17  

Transmission of

     40-42        17  

Untraced Shareholders

     43-44        18  

Variation of Rights

     5-8        7-8  

Votes of Members

     64-69        24-27  

Winding Up

     154-155        54  

 

61

Exhibit 4(c)(ii)

 

LOGO

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP

RULES

LONG TERM INCENTIVE PLAN

Original approval:

 

   Directors’ Adoption:    13 February 2014   
   Shareholders’ Approval:    2 May 2014   
   Effective Date:    2 May 2014   
   Expiry Date:    2 May 2024   

Subsequent amendments:

Amended by Directors on 14 February 2019, 4 December 2019 and 13 February 2020

Amended by shareholders on 7 May 2020.


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1   Meanings of Words Used

     1  

2   Operation of the Plan

     3  

2.1  Committee Authority

     3  

2.2  Eligibility

     3  

2.3  End date for Awards

     3  

3   Making of Awards

     3  

3.1  Contract

     3  

3.2  Details

     3  

3.3  Timing of Awards

     3  

3.4  Notification

     4  

3.5  US Participants

     4  

4   Individual limits

     4  

4.1  Salary limit

     4  

4.2  Exceptional circumstances

     4  

5   Plan Limits

     4  

5.1  10 per cent. 10 year limit

     4  

5.2  5 per cent. 10 year limit

     4  

5.3  Exclusions

     4  

5.4  Meaning of Allocate

     4  

6   Voting, dividends and Dividend Equivalents

     5  

6.1  Rights

     5  

6.2  Dividend Equivalents

     5  

6.3  Settling Dividend Equivalents

     5  

7   Vesting Date

     5  

7.1  Normal Vesting Date

     5  

7.2  Delayed Vesting Date

     5  

7.3  US Participants

     5  

8   Holding Period

     5  

8.1  Application of rule

     5  

8.2  Nominee

     6  

8.3  Cash awards

     6  

8.4  Proof of ownership

     6  

9   Termination provisions

     6  

9.1  Death

     6  

9.2  Good Leavers

     7  

9.3  Other leavers

     7  

9.4  Leavers – Holding Period

     7  

9.5  Date of termination

     7  

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

i

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


10   Determination of Awards

     8  

10.1  End of Performance Period

     8  

10.2  Options

     8  

11   Vesting of Conditional Awards

     8  

11.1  Satisfying Conditional Awards

     8  

11.2  Vesting statement

     8  

12   Exercise of Options

     8  

12.1  Exercise Period

     8  

12.2  Method

     8  

12.3  Delivery

     8  

12.4  Lapse

     8  

13   Cash alternative

     9  

14   Reconstructions and Takeovers

     9  

14.1  Acceleration of rights

     9  

14.2  Exchange of rights

     9  

14.3  Other transactions

     9  

15   Discretion to reduce Awards

     10  

15.1  Committee can reduce Awards

     10  

15.2  Circumstances

     10  

15.3  Notification

     10  

16   General

     10  

16.1  Notice

     10  

16.2  Final and conclusive

     11  

16.3  Costs

     11  

16.4  Withholding

     11  

16.5  Regulations

     11  

16.6  Section 409A

     11  

17   Terms of employment

     11  

17.1  Application

     11  

17.2  Not part of employment contract

     11  

17.3  No future expectation

     12  

17.4  No entitlement

     12  

17.5  Decisions

     12  

17.6  No compensation

     12  

17.7  Waiver

     12  

17.8  Third parties

     12  

17.9  Separate and independent

     12  

18   Personal data

     13  

18.1  Consent

     13  

18.2  Types of processing

     13  

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

ii

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


19   Changes to and termination of the Plan

     13  

19.1  Committee powers

     13  

19.2  Participant’s consent

     13  

19.3  Shareholder approval

     13  

19.4  Minor changes

     13  

19.5  Employees’ share scheme

     14  

19.6  Termination

     14  

20   Operating the Plan overseas

     14  

21   Governing law

     14  

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

iii

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


InterContinental Hotels Group Long Term Incentive Plan Rules

 

1

Meanings of Words Used

In these Rules:

Award” means a Conditional Award, an Option or a conditional award of cash made to a Participant under this Plan. An Award may be designated to relate to a particular Plan Cycle.

Award Date” means the date of the Award set by the Committee under Rule 3.2.

Change in Ownership under Section 409A” means a “change in ownership” within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v). In general, a change in the ownership of a corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined for purposes of Section 409A), acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation. However, if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to own more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of a corporation, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or persons is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the corporation. An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one person, or persons acting as a group, as a result of a transaction in which the corporation acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock for purposes of this section. This section applies only when there is a transfer of stock of a corporation (or issuance of stock of a corporation) and stock in such corporation remains outstanding after the transaction.

Clawback” has the meaning given in the Malus and Clawback Policy.

Committee” means the board of directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee.

Company” means InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (with registered number 5134420).

Conditional Award” means a conditional award of Shares.

“Dividend Equivalent” means a cash payment (as defined in Rule 6.2) which, although not a real dividend payment, reflects the economic value of dividends that are paid on real Shares.

Employee” means, except for the purposes of Rule 17, any employee, or former employee of any Group Company.

“Good Leaver” means Participants who terminate employment in certain termination situations as described in Rule 9.2.

Group Company” means:

 

(i)

the Company;

 

(ii)

a Subsidiary; or

 

(iii)

any other company which is associated with the Company and is so designated by the Committee.

“Holding Period” means a period after Vesting during which the Participant is required to hold Shares.

“Lapse Date” is defined in Rule 12.4.

“Malus” means:

 

  (i)

the adjustment of an Award under rule 15 (Discretion to reduce Awards); or

 

  (ii)

where the Malus and Clawback Policy is expressed to apply to an Award, as set out in the Malus and Clawback Policy.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

1

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


“Malus and Clawback Policy” means the Company’s malus and clawback policy (as amended from time to time).

“Option” means a right to acquire Shares. The amount payable for the Shares comprised in an Option shall be nil irrespective of the number of Shares acquired, unless the Committee decides otherwise.

“Participant” means an Employee to whom the Committee has made an Award, and includes his personal representatives where appropriate.

“Performance Condition” means the performance condition specified in relation to an Award, if any.

“Performance Period” means the period during which the Performance Condition is to be satisfied.

“Plan” means the InterContinental Hotels Group Long Term Incentive Plan constituted by this document as amended from time to time.

“Plan Cycle” means the operation of the Plan in a particular year or period or in relation to particular off cycle Awards.

“Reconstruction or Takeover” means any takeover or merger, however effected, including a reverse takeover, partial offer, reorganisation or scheme of arrangement sanctioned by the court other than an internal reconstruction or reorganisation which does not involve a significant change in the identity of the ultimate shareholders of the Company.

“Remuneration Policy” means the Company’s Directors’ Remuneration Policy as last approved by Shareholders;

“Rules” means these rules as amended from time to time.

“Salary” for a financial year, means the basic annual salary in effect on the last day of that financial year excluding all payments additional to basic salary (for example mortgage support allowance, expatriate allowance etc).

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Shares” means ordinary shares in the Company, and includes any shares representing them following a Reconstruction or Takeover.

“Subsidiary” means a company which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

“Tax Election” means an election for a particular tax and/or social security treatment in respect of an Award and/or any Shares acquired pursuant to it;

“US Participant” means a Participant who is or becomes subject to taxation under the federal income tax rules of the United States of America.

Vested Shares” means

 

(i)

in relation to a Conditional Award, the number of Shares to be transferred to a Participant or his nominee; and

 

(ii)

in relation to an Option, the number of Shares which may be acquired by a Participant on the exercise of the Option;

and “Vest” shall be construed accordingly.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

2

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


“Vesting Date” is defined in Rule 7.

References in the Plan to any statutory provisions are to those provisions as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time and include any regulations made under them; and, unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural (and vice versa) and words imputing gender include all genders.

 

2

Operation of the Plan

 

2.1

Committee Authority

The Plan shall be operated and administered by the Committee on behalf of the Company. The Committee shall have full authority from the Company to operate the Plan as it considers reasonable in all the circumstances.

 

2.2

Eligibility

Only Employees may be made Awards.

The Committee shall have an absolute discretion as to the selection of Employees for participation in the Plan in respect of any Plan Cycle.

 

2.3

End date for Awards

Awards may be granted at any time before 2 May, 2024.

 

3

Making of Awards

 

3.1

Contract

Awards will be granted by deed or in any other manner which is legally enforceable in the relevant jurisdiction.

 

3.2

Details

When the Committee grants an Award it shall determine the terms of the Award in its absolute discretion, including:

 

  3.2.1

the Award Date;

 

  3.2.2

whether the Award is an Option, a Conditional Award or a conditional award of cash;

 

  3.2.3

the Performance Period;

 

  3.2.4

the Performance Condition, if any;

 

  3.2.5

the maximum number of Shares subject to the Award;

 

  3.2.6

the Vesting Date;

 

  3.2.7

details of any Holding Period;

 

  3.2.8

whether the Malus and Clawback Policy will apply;

 

  3.2.9

whether the Participant is required to enter into any Tax Election; and

 

  3.2.10

whether or not Dividend Equivalents will be paid.

 

3.3

Timing of Awards

Subject to any dealing restrictions, Awards may only be made within 42 days of:

 

  3.3.1

the day after the announcement of the Company’s results for any period;

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

3

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


  3.3.2

any day on which the Directors decide that exceptional circumstances exist which justify the grant of Awards;

 

  3.3.3

any day on which changes to law or regulation affecting employee share plans are announced, made or become effective; or

 

  3.3.4

the lifting of dealing restrictions which prevented the granting of Awards during any period specified above.

No awards may be granted after 2 May, 2024.

 

3.4

Notification

The Company may send an award certificate or statement to the Participant specifying the terms of the Award.

 

3.5

US Participants

Options will not be granted to US Participants.

 

3.6

Malus and Clawback

If there is any discrepancy between the Malus and Clawback Policy and the Plan, the Malus and Clawback Policy will prevail.

 

4

Individual limits

 

4.1

Salary limit

Subject to Rule 4.2, an Award must not be made to an Employee if it would at the proposed Award Date cause the aggregate of the market value of Shares or the amount of cash over which Awards have been made in any financial year to exceed 3.5 times his Salary as at the Award Date.

 

4.2

Exceptional circumstances

The limit in this Rule 4 may be exceeded if the Committee determine that exceptional circumstances make it desirable that Awards should be granted in excess of those limits.

 

5

Plan Limits

 

5.1

10 per cent. 10 year limit

The number of Shares which may be allocated under the Plan on any day must not exceed 10 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue immediately before that day, when added to the total number of Shares which have been allocated in the previous 10 years under the Plan and all other employee share plan operated by the Company.

 

5.2

5 per cent. 10 year limit

The number of Shares which may be allocated under the Plan on any day must not exceed 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue immediately before that day when added to the total number of Shares which have been allocated in the previous 10 years under the Plan and any other discretionary share plans operated by the Company.

 

5.3

Exclusions

Where the right to acquire Shares is released or lapses, the Shares concerned are ignored when calculating the limits in this Rule 5.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

4

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


5.4

Meaning of Allocate

Allocate” means granting a right to acquire unissued Shares or to acquire Shares which are held by the Company in treasury or, if there is no such grant, the issue and allotment of Shares or the transfer of Shares from treasury. (However, if at any time the relevant institutional investor guidelines cease to require treasury shares to be taken into account for this purpose, then Allocate shall not include such treasury shares.)

 

6

Voting, dividends and Dividend Equivalents

 

6.1

Rights

A Participant shall not be entitled to vote, to receive dividends or to have any other rights of a shareholder in respect of Shares subject to an Award until the Shares are issued or transferred to the Participant or his nominee.

 

6.2

Dividend Equivalents

Notwithstanding Rule 6.1, the Company may grant an Award on the basis that the Participant shall receive an amount equal to the dividends the record date for which falls between the Award Date and the Vesting Date, multiplied by the number of Shares in respect of which the Award is Vesting and adjusted assuming full dividend reinvestment (“Dividend Equivalents”). In the case of a Participant’s death, the relevant period will be extended (if relevant) to the date of issue or transfer to the Participants’ personal representatives. No shareholder rights or Dividend Equivalents shall attach to conditional awards of cash.

 

6.3

Settling Dividend Equivalents

Any Dividend Equivalent may be paid in cash or in such whole number of Shares (rounded down) as has a market value (as at the Vesting Date) as nearly as practicable equal to that amount. The cash will be paid or Shares issued or transferred on the same date as cash is paid or Shares are issued or transferred with respect to the underlying Award.

 

7

Vesting Date

 

7.1

Normal Vesting Date

“Vesting Date” shall generally mean the first business day after the announcement of the Company’s results for the last financial year of the Performance Period.

The Committee may decide in its reasonable discretion that the Vesting Date will be a date within 45 days of the announcement of the Company’s results for the last financial year of the Performance Period.

 

7.2

Delayed Vesting Date

In the event that the acquisition or disposal of Shares is not permitted by law or by any relevant restrictions, the Vesting Date will be deferred until the ending of such restrictions unless the Committee decides otherwise. For US Participants, such a deferral shall be effected only to the extent permitted under Section 409A.

 

7.3

Vesting – impact of investigation

If an investigation is ongoing which might lead to Malus and/or Clawback being triggered then, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Participant’s Award will not Vest, if at all, until the investigation is concluded and, if an Option, Rule 12.5 will apply. For US Participants, such a deferral shall be effected only to the extent permitted under Section 409A.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

5

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


7.4

US Participants

In all cases, for Awards granted to US Participants, the Vesting Date shall be a date during the period from January 1 to March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Performance Period ends.

 

8

Holding Period

 

8.1

Application of rule

An Award granted to an executive director of the Company will be subject to a Holding Period as determined by the Committee under Rule 3.2 (Details) for at least such period as is set out in the Remuneration Policy, if any. Any other Award may be subject to a Holding Period as determined by the Committee under Rule 3.2 (Details).

If a Holding Period applies, the Shares may not be transferred, assigned or otherwise disposed of during the Holding Period other than a transfer:

 

  8.1.1

to the Participant’s personal representatives on death;

 

  8.1.2

to a nominee in accordance with Rule 8.2 (Nominee);

 

  8.1.3

in accordance with Rule 16.4 (Withholding);

 

  8.1.4

in accordance with the Malus and Clawback Policy;

 

  8.1.5

in connection with an event described in Rule 14 (Reconstructions and takeovers) or Rule 15 (Discretion to reduce); or

 

  8.1.6

otherwise with the agreement of the Committee,

and any such attempted action will be invalid and ineffective.

 

8.2

Nominee

The Committee may determine that Shares will be delivered to and held by a nominee on behalf of the Participant until the expiry of the Holding Period on such terms as the Committee may determine.

At the end of the Holding Period, the Participant may take the Shares out of the nominee arrangement.

 

8.3

Cash awards

The Committee will decide if and how any Holding Period will operate in relation to cash and will communicate this to the Participant.

 

8.4

Proof of ownership

If the Committee requires, a Participant must provide such proof of continued beneficial ownership of the Shares, as the Committee requests, during and at the end of the Holding Period.

 

9

Termination provisions

 

9.1

Death

If a Participant dies before the Vesting Date, the Committee will as soon as reasonably practicable determine in its reasonable discretion the number of Shares which shall Vest. The Committee will take account of the proportion of the Performance Period that has elapsed and the extent to which the Performance Condition has been satisfied.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

6

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


In the case of a Conditional Award, the Committee will then procure the transfer of the Vested Shares or will pay the cash to the Participant’s personal representatives as soon as reasonably practicable. In the case of Awards granted to US Participants, the Committee will settle such Conditional Award, to the extent deemed Vested, within 60 days following the Participant’s date of death.

In the case of an Option, this may be exercised by the Participant’s personal representatives over the Vested Shares in the period of six months from the date of death, and will lapse if not exercised.

On death any Holding Period will be waived.

 

9.2

Good Leavers

If a Participant’s employment with any Group Company terminates before the Vesting Date for any of the reasons specified below, then the number of Vested Shares relating to his Awards shall be the number determined under Rule 10 after the end of the Performance Period, reduced pro rata to reflect the proportion of the Performance Period that had elapsed on the date of termination. However, the Committee shall retain discretion to accelerate the Vesting Date if it considers it reasonable to do so in all the circumstances. If the Vesting Date is accelerated then the number of Shares which will vest will be determined by the Committee in its reasonable discretion.

The reasons are:

 

  9.2.1

ill-health, injury, disability;

 

  9.2.2

redundancy;

 

  9.2.3

retirement by agreement with the Participant’s employer;

 

  9.2.4

the Participant’s employing company being transferred to a person which is not a Group Company;

 

  9.2.5

a transfer of the undertaking, or part of the undertaking, in which the Participant works to a person which is not a Group Company; or

 

  9.2.6

any other reason determined by the Committee.

The Committee will procure the transfer of the Vested Shares in a Conditional Award or pay cash to the Participant in accordance with Rule 11. For a US Participant, the transfer or payment will be made before March 15 of the calendar year following the calendar year in which the Performance Period ends. An Option may be exercised by the Participant over the Vested Shares in the period of six months from the Vesting Date, and will lapse if not exercised.

 

9.3

Other leavers

If a Participant’s office or employment with any Group Company terminates before the Vesting Date for any reason not included in Rules 9.1 and 9.2, he shall cease to be a Participant in the Plan. The Participant shall not be eligible to receive any Shares or cash in respect of his Awards unless the Committee decides otherwise within a reasonable time of the termination. For US Participants the timing of any settlement of an Award pursuant to this Rule 9.3 shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, if applicable. If the termination is by reason of gross misconduct, he shall not be eligible to receive any Shares or cash in respect of any Awards in any circumstances.

 

9.4

Leavers – Holding Period

If a Participant’s office or employment terminates, any Holding Period will continue to apply unless the Committee determines otherwise, except that any Holding Period will cease to apply on death.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

7

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


9.5

Date of termination

For the purposes of this Rule, a Participant’s employment with a Group Company will not be treated as having terminated until the Participant ceases to be employed by any Group Company. Unless the Committee decides otherwise, in the case of termination for any of the reasons set out in Rule 9.2 (other than retirement) the Participant will be treated as having terminated on the date of actual termination and not at the end of his contractual notice period or severance period.

 

10

Determination of Awards

 

10.1

End of Performance Period

As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the Performance Period, the Committee will calculate:

 

  10.1.1

the extent to which the Performance Condition has been satisfied; and

 

  10.1.2

the number of Shares which Vest in respect of each Award, or the amount of cash to be awarded to each Participant.

 

10.2

Options

In the case of an Option:

 

  10.2.1

the Committee will notify the Participant of the number of Vested Shares; and

 

  10.2.2

the balance of the Option will immediately lapse.

 

11

Vesting of Conditional Awards

 

11.1

Satisfying Conditional Awards

The Committee shall arrange delivery of the Vested Shares or cash to each Participant or his nominee on, or as soon as reasonably practical after, the Vesting Date, subject to Rule 11.3 (Investigation).

 

11.2

Vesting statement

The Committee may notify each Participant of the number of Vested Shares transferred to him or his nominee in respect of his Conditional Award and the amount of any tax and social security contributions withheld.

 

11.3

Investigation

If an investigation is ongoing which might lead to Malus and/or Clawback being triggered then, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Participant’s Award will only be settled (if at all) after such investigation has been concluded.

 

12

Exercise of Options

 

12.1

Exercise Period

Except as otherwise provided in Rule 8 and this Rule 12, a Participant may exercise an Option to the extent that it has Vested at any time from the Vesting Date until the Lapse Date.

 

12.2

Method

In order to exercise an Option, the Participant must deliver to the Company a notice of exercise in the prescribed form. The date on which the notice is received by the Company shall, unless the notice is conditional or specifies some other date, be the Option exercise date.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

8

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


12.3

Delivery

Subject to Rules 12.4 (Lapse) and 12.5 (Timing of Investigation), as soon as reasonably practicable following the Option exercise, the Committee will arrange delivery of the appropriate number of Shares to the Participant.

 

12.4

Lapse

The Lapse Date in relation to an Option is the earliest of the following dates:

 

  12.4.1

the second anniversary of the Vesting Date;

 

  12.4.2

if a Participant dies or terminates employment before the Vesting Date then, subject to Rule 8, the date on which the Participant’s employment with any Group Company ends; and

 

  12.4.3

if a Participant dies or terminates employment after the Vesting Date, six months after the date on which the Participant’s employment with any Group Company ends.

 

12.5

Impact of investigation

If an investigation is ongoing which might lead to Malus and/or Clawback being triggered then, unless otherwise determined by the Committee:

 

  12.5.1

exercise (if any) and/or delivery will take effect after the investigation is concluded; and

 

  12.5.2

if the exercise period would otherwise have ended, it will be extended as determined by the Committee.

 

13

Cash alternative

The Committee may decide to satisfy any Award by paying an equivalent amount in cash, if it considers in its discretion that this would be appropriate. The Committee will in its discretion determine the appropriate cash amount by any reasonable means.

 

14

Reconstructions and Takeovers

 

14.1

Acceleration of rights

In the event of a Reconstruction or Takeover before the Vesting Date, the Award may be accelerated and the Committee will as soon as practicable determine the number of Vested Shares or cash due in relation to all Awards, taking account of the proportion of the Performance Period that has elapsed, and the degree to which the Performance Condition has been satisfied.

The Committee will procure as soon as reasonably practicable the delivery to each Participant of the Vested Shares in a Conditional Award or payment of the cash so determined.

For a US Participant the transfer of Shares or payment of cash with respect to an Award subject to Section 409A may be advanced only if the Reconstruction or Takeover constitutes a Change in Ownership under Section 409A in which case the transfer or payment, as applicable, shall be made upon the date of the Reconstruction or Takeover. For a US Participant, such a Reconstruction or Takeover that is a Change in Ownership under Section 409A shall always trigger an advancement in time of the transfer of Shares or payment of cash.

In the case of an Option, this may only be exercised by the Participant over the number of Vested Shares in the period of 21 days from the date of the Reconstruction or Takeover, unless the Committee decides a longer period should apply, and will lapse if it has not been exercised.

If Awards are accelerated under this rule any Holding Period will still apply unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

9

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


14.2

Exchange of rights

In the case of a Reconstruction or Takeover involving the exchange of Shares for shares in another company, or in more than one other company, the Committee may in its discretion determine that no Shares or cash should be transferred, and that instead the Participant’s right to the Shares comprised in an Award should be replaced by a right to the appropriate number of shares in that other company or companies. For US Participants who are subject to Section 409A any such replacement of Shares with shares in that other company or companies, if made, shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

If Awards are exchanged under this rule any Holding Period will still apply unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

14.3

Other transactions

The Committee has discretion to take such action as it may think appropriate if other events happen which may have an effect on Awards. For a US Participant no such action shall result in an advancement or additional deferral in time of the transfer of shares or payment of cash with respect to an Award subject to Section 409A, unless otherwise permitted under Section 409A.

 

14.4

Malus and Clawback Policy

If this Rule 14 (Reconstructions and Takeovers) applies to an Award, the Committee may determine that the Malus and Clawback Policy will no longer apply to an Award or will be varied in its application to the Award.

In relation to any cash or Shares acquired prior to the relevant event, the Malus and Clawback Policy will continue to apply, subject to Committee discretion to disapply or make other such amendments as it so determines.

 

15

Discretion to reduce Awards

 

15.1

Committee can reduce Awards

Notwithstanding any other Rule of the Plan, if circumstances occur which, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, justify a reduction in one or more Awards granted to any one or more Participants, the Committee may reduce the Awards. The Committee may, at any time prior to the Vesting Date, determine (acting fairly and reasonably) that the cash amount payable under an Award or the number of Shares over which an Award is granted shall be reduced to such amount or number (including to nil) as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances.

 

15.2

Circumstances

The circumstances in which the Committee may consider that it is appropriate to exercise its discretion under Rule 15.1, include the following:

 

  15.2.1

the misconduct of a Participant which results in or is reasonably likely to result in

 

  (i)

significant reputational damage to the Company, any Group Company or to a relevant business unit (as appropriate);

 

  (ii)

a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company, any Group Company or to a relevant business unit (as appropriate); or

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

10

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


  (iii)

a material adverse effect on the business opportunities and prospects for sustained performance or profitability of the Company, any Group Company or relevant business unit (as appropriate);

 

  15.2.2

a material misstatement or restatement in the Company’s or any Group Company’s audited financial accounts (other than as a result of a change in accounting practice).

 

15.3

Notification

If the Committee decides to exercise its discretion under this Rule, it shall confirm this in writing to each affected Participant. For the purposes of these Rules:

 

  15.3.1

the Award shall be deemed to have been granted over the reduced cash amount or reduced number of Shares (as the case may be);

 

  15.3.2

any subsequent vesting of an Award shall be determined by reference to this reduced cash amount or reduced number of Shares; and

 

  15.3.3

if the cash amount or number of Shares is reduced to nil, the Award shall be treated as if it had never been granted and a Participant (including a Participant who has left employment before the Vesting Date other than by reason of death) shall have no rights to any cash amount or Shares.

 

16

General

 

16.1

Notice

Any notice or other document given to any Employee or Participant pursuant to the Plan shall be delivered to him or sent to him by post or by an electronic communication (including by the updating of any web page) at his address according to the records of his employing company. Notices or other documents sent by post shall be deemed to have been given 5 days following the date of posting. Notices or other documents delivered electronically shall be deemed to have been given the day of transmission.

 

16.2

Final and conclusive

The decision of the Committee in any question of interpretation of the Rules or any dispute relating to or connected with this Plan shall be final and conclusive.

 

16.3

Costs

The costs of introducing, operating and administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and the relevant Group Companies. The Group Company will, if required by the Company, reimburse the Company for any costs incurred in connection with Awards made to Participants who are employed by it.

 

16.4

Withholding

The Company, any relevant Group Company and/or any relevant trustee may withhold any amounts or make such arrangements as they consider necessary to meet any liability to taxation and social security contributions in respect of the Shares, Dividend Equivalents or cash awarded under the Plan. The arrangements may include the sale of some or all of any Shares subject to an Award on behalf of the Participant, and the use of the proceeds to discharge the liability.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

11

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


16.5

Regulations

The Committee shall have power from time to time to make or vary regulations for the administration and operation of the Plan provided that they are not inconsistent with these Rules.

 

16.6

Section 409A

With respect to Awards granted to Participants who are or become subject to taxation under the federal income tax rules of the United States of America, it is intended for such Awards to be exempt from Section 409A and, to the extent such Awards are not so exempt, for such Awards to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. In furtherance of such intent the provisions of the Plan and any Award document shall be interpreted in a manner that does not result in the imputation of any tax, penalty or interest pursuant to Section 409A, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Award would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Plan or any Award document is not warranted or guaranteed.

 

17

Terms of employment

 

17.1

Application

This Rule applies:

 

  17.1.1

during an Employee’s employment or employment relationship; and

 

  17.1.2

after the termination of an Employee’s employment or employment relationship, whether the termination is lawful or unlawful.

 

17.2

Not part of employment contract

Nothing in the Rules or the operation of the Plan forms part of the contract of employment or employment relationship of an Employee. The rights and obligations of an Employee are separate from, and are not affected by, the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not create any right to, or expectation of, continued employment or a continued employment relationship.

 

17.3

No future expectation

The grant of Awards on a particular basis in any year does not create any right to or expectation of the grant of Awards on the same basis, or at all, in any future year.

 

17.4

No entitlement

No Employee is entitled to participate in the Plan, or be considered for participation in it, at a particular level or at all. Participation in one operation of the Plan does not imply any right to participate, or to be considered for participation in any later operation of the Plan.

 

17.5

Decisions

Without prejudice to an Employee’s right to receive the Shares comprised in an Award subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the Rules and the Performance Condition, no Employee has any rights in respect of the exercise or omission to exercise any discretion, or the making or omission to make any decision, relating to the Award. Any and all discretions, decisions or omissions relating to the Award may operate to the disadvantage of the Employee, even if this could be regarded as capricious or unreasonable, or could be regarded as in breach of any implied term between the Employee and his employer, including any implied duty of trust and confidence. Any such implied term is excluded and overridden by this Rule.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

12

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


17.6

No compensation

No Employee has any right to compensation for any loss in relation to the Plan, including:

 

  17.6.1

any loss or reduction of any rights or expectations under the Plan in any circumstances or for any reason (including lawful or unlawful termination of employment or the employment relationship);

 

  17.6.2

any exercise of a discretion or a decision taken in relation to an Award or to the Plan, or any failure to exercise a discretion or take a decision;

 

  17.6.3

the operation, suspension, termination or amendment of the Plan.

 

17.7

Waiver

Participation in the Plan is permitted only on the basis that the Participant accepts all the provisions of the Rules, including in particular this Rule. By participating in the Plan, an Employee waives all rights under the Plan, other than the right to receive Shares subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the Rules and the Performance Condition, in consideration for, and as a condition of, the grant of an Award under the Plan.

 

17.8

Third parties

Nothing in this Plan confers any benefit, right or expectation on a person who is not an Employee. No such third party has any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Plan. This does not affect any other right or remedy of a third party which may exist.

 

17.9

Separate and independent

Each of the provisions of this Rule is entirely separate and independent from each of the other provisions. If any provision is found to be invalid then it will be deemed never to have been part of these Rules and to the extent that it is possible to do so, this will not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the remaining provisions.

 

18

Personal data

 

18.1

Consent

By participating in the Plan the Participant consents to the holding and processing of personal data provided by the Participant to the Company for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan.

 

18.2

Types of processing

These include, but are not limited to:

 

  18.2.1

administering and maintaining Participant records;

 

  18.2.2

providing information to trustees of any employee benefit trust, registrars, brokers or third party administrators of the Plan;

 

  18.2.3

providing information to future purchasers of the Company or the business in which the Participant works;

 

  18.2.4

transferring information about the Participant to a country or territory outside the European Economic Area.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

13

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


19

Changes to and termination of the Plan

 

19.1

Committee powers

Subject as provided in this Rule, the Committee may, in its discretion, amend the Rules or any part of the Plan as it considers appropriate. Variations may affect the terms of Awards which have already been made.

 

19.2

Participant’s consent

No amendment shall be made to the Rules or to any outstanding Award which would have the effect of abrogating or altering adversely in any material respect any of the subsisting rights of Participants in relation to Awards, except with the consent of the majority of the Participants affected by the proposed amendment. For a US Participant, no amendment of the Plan may result in the advancement or additional deferral in timing of the transfer of shares or payment of cash with respect to an Award subject to Section 409A except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 

19.3

Shareholder approval

Except as provided in Rule 19.4, the prior approval of the Company in general meeting is required for any proposed change to the Rules to the advantage of present or future Participants which relates to:

 

  19.3.1

the persons to or for whom Awards may be made;

 

  19.3.2

the limitations on the number of Shares which may be allocated under the Plan;

 

  19.3.3

the individual limits under Rule 4;

 

  19.3.4

any rights attaching to Conditional Awards, Options, Awards or Shares;

 

  19.3.5

the terms of this Rule 19.3.

 

19.4

Minor changes

The approval of the Company in general meeting is not required for any minor changes to the Rules which are:

 

  19.4.1

to benefit the administration of the Plan;

 

  19.4.2

to comply with or take account of the provisions of any proposed or existing legislation;

 

  19.4.3

to take account of any changes to legislation; or

 

  19.4.4

to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment of any Group Company or any present or future Participant.

 

19.5

Employees’ share scheme

No amendment shall take effect to the extent that it would cause the Plan to cease to be an “employees’ share scheme” as defined in section 1166 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

19.6

Termination

The Committee shall have discretion to terminate the Plan at any time, without prejudice to subsisting Awards.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

14

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018


20

Operating the Plan overseas

The Plan may be operated by the Company both in the United Kingdom and overseas. If the Plan is operated overseas the Committee may vary these rules as it reasonably considers necessary for legal; tax; regulatory or administrative reasons to facilitate the operation of the Plan.

In order to enable the Plan to operate in other overseas jurisdictions, the Committee may decide that when a Participant terminates employment with an employing entity in an overseas jurisdiction or when a Participant relocates outside of an overseas jurisdiction, all rights that the Participant may have under the plan may be terminated; accelerated; varied or settled as the Committee thinks reasonable in all the circumstances.

 

21

Governing law

The Plan is governed by English law and if there is any conflict of laws, English law shall prevail. All Group Companies and Participants shall submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts as regards any matter arising under the Plan.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Long Term Incentive Plan

15

©Tapestry Compliance LLP 2018

Exhibit 4(c)(iii)

 

LOGO

INTERCONTINENTAL HOTELS GROUP

RULES

ANNUAL PERFORMANCE PLAN

(as amended on 4 December 2019)

 

 

Directors’ Adoption:

  

13 February 2014

    

 

Shareholders’ Approval:

  

2 May 2014

 

Effective Date:

  

2 May 2014

 

Expiry Date:

  

2 May 2024


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

1

  Meanings of Words Used      1  

2

  Administration of the Plan      2  

3

  Operation of the Plan      3  
  3.1    Setting Performance Targets      3  
  3.2    Basis of calculation of Performance Payments      3  
  3.3    Nature of Performance Payments      3  
  3.4    Notification to Participants      3  
  3.5    Variation      4  
  3.6    Malus and Clawback      4  

4

  Plan limits      4  
  4.2    Exclusions      4  
  4.3    Meaning of Allocate      4  

5

  Voting, dividends and Dividend Equivalents      4  
  5.1    Rights      4  
  5.2    Dividend Equivalents      4  
  5.3    Settling Dividend Equivalents      5  

6

  Material events before the making of Performance Payments      5  
  6.1    New joiners      5  
  6.2    Death during the Performance Period      5  
  6.3    Good Leaver terminations during the Performance Period      5  
  6.4    Other leavers during the Performance Period      6  
  6.5    Reconstructions and Takeovers during the Performance Period      6  
  6.6    Death after the Performance Period      6  
  6.7    Good Leaver terminations after the Performance Period      6  
  6.8    Other leavers after the Performance Period      6  
  6.9    Reconstructions and Takeovers after the Performance Period      6  
  6.10    Date of termination      7  

7

  Making of Performance Payments      7  
  7.1    Calculation of Performance Payments      7  
  7.2    Performance Payments in cash      7  
  7.3    Performance Payments in Shares      7  
  7.4    Timing of APP Deferred Share Awards      7  

8

  Termination of employment before the Release Date      8  
  8.1    Death      8  
  8.2    Good Leaver terminations      8  
  8.3    Other terminations      8  
  8.4    Reconstruction or Takeover      8  

9

  Release Date      8  

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   i    ©Tapestry 2014


   9.1    Rights      8  
   9.2    Dealing restrictions      9  
   9.3    Impact of investigation      9  

10

   Cash alternative      9  

11

   Reconstructions and Takeovers      9  
   11.1    Acceleration of rights      9  
   11.2    Exchange of rights      9  
   11.3    Other transactions      9  
   11.4    Malus and Clawback Policy      10  

12

   Discretion to reduce Performance Payments      10  
   12.1    Committee can reduce Performance Payments      10  
   12.2    Circumstances      10  
   12.3    Notification      10  

13

   General      11  
   13.1    Notice      11  
   13.2    Final and conclusive      11  
   13.3    Costs      11  
   13.4    Withholding      11  
   13.5    Regulations      11  
   13.6    Section 409A      11  

14

   Terms of employment:      11  
   14.1    Application      11  
   14.2    Not part of employment contract      12  
   14.3    No future expectation      12  
   14.4    No entitlement      12  
   14.5    Decisions      12  
   14.6    No compensation      12  
   14.7    Waiver      12  
   14.8    Third parties      12  
   14.9    Separate and independent      13  

15

   Personal data      13  
   15.1    Consent      13  
   15.2    Types of processing      13  

16

   Changes to and termination of the Plan      13  
   16.1    Committee powers      13  
   16.2    Shareholder approval      13  
   16.3    Minor amendments      14  
   16.4    Employees’ share scheme      14  
   16.5    Termination      14  

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   ii    ©Tapestry 2014


17

   Operating the Plan overseas      14  

18

   Governing law      14  

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   iii    ©Tapestry 2014


Intercontinental Hotels Group Annual Performance Plan (“APP”) Rules

 

1

Meanings of Words Used

In these Rules:

“APP Cash Award” means a conditional cash award payable under this Plan.

“APP Deferred Share Award” means any Shares comprised in a Performance Payment, which may be in the form of a Conditional Award or a Forfeitable Award.

“Change in Ownership under Section 409A” means a “change in ownership” within the meaning of US Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-3(i)(5)(v). In general, a change in the ownership of a corporation occurs on the date that any one person, or more than one person acting as a group (as defined for purposes of Section 409A), acquires ownership of stock of the corporation that, together with stock held by such person or group, constitutes more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of such corporation. However, if any one person, or more than one person acting as a group, is considered to own more than 50 percent of the total fair market value or total voting power of the stock of a corporation, the acquisition of additional stock by the same person or persons is not considered to cause a change in the ownership of the corporation. An increase in the percentage of stock owned by any one person, or persons acting as a group, as a result of a transaction in which the corporation acquires its stock in exchange for property will be treated as an acquisition of stock for purposes of this section. This section applies only when there is a transfer of stock of a corporation (or issuance of stock of a corporation) and stock in such corporation remains outstanding after the transaction.

Clawback” has the meaning given in the Malus and Clawback Policy.

Committee” means the Board of Directors of the Company or a duly authorised committee.

Company” means InterContinental Hotels Group PLC (with registered number 5134420).

Conditional Award” means an APP Deferred Share Award within Rule 7.3.1.

Dividend Equivalent” means a cash payment (as defined in Rule 5.2) which, although not a real dividend payment, reflects the economic value of dividends that are paid on real Shares.

Employee” means, except for the purposes of Rule 14, any employee or former employee of any Group Company.

Forfeitable Award” means an APP Deferred Share Award within Rule 7.3.2.

Forfeitable Share Agreement” means the agreement setting out the terms of a Forfeitable Award as required by Rule 7.3.2.

“Good Leaver” and “Good Leaver Reason” means Participants who terminate employment in certain termination situations as described in Rule 6.3.

“Group Company” means:

 

(i)

the Company;

 

(ii)

a Subsidiary; or

 

(iii)

any other company which is associated with the Company and is so designated by the Committee.

“LTIP” means the InterContinental Hotels Group Long Term Incentive Plan as amended from time to time.

Malus means:

 

(i)

the adjustment of a Performance Payment under Rule 12; or

 

(ii)

where the Malus and Clawback Policy is expressed to apply to a Performance Payment, as set out in the Malus and Clawback Policy.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   1    ©Tapestry 2014


Malus and Clawback Policy” means the Company’s malus and clawback policy (as amended from time to time).

“Participant” means a person who has been selected to participate in the Plan.

“Performance Payment” means an award of an APP Cash Award or an APP Deferred Share Award, or both, made to a Participant in accordance with the Plan. Such Performance Payments may be designated to a particular Performance Payment Cycle.

“Performance Payment Cycle” means the operation of the Plan in a particular year or period or in relation to particular one-off awards;

“Performance Period” means the period set by the Committee for the achievement of the Performance Target. The Performance Period shall not, generally, exceed one financial year.

“Performance Target” means any target specified in relation to a Performance Payment.

“Plan” means The InterContinental Hotels Group Annual Performance Plan constituted by this document as amended from time to time.

“Reconstruction or Takeover” means any takeover or merger, however effected, including a reverse takeover, partial offer or scheme of arrangement sanctioned by the court other than an internal reconstruction or reorganisation which does not involve a significant change in the identity of the ultimate shareholders of the Company.

“Release Date” in relation to Shares under any Forfeitable Award, means the date on which the Participant is entitled to the Shares free of any restrictions, and in relation to any Shares subject to a Conditional Award, means the date on which the Participant becomes entitled to receive the Shares under Rule 9, but in all cases subject to any delay under Rules 9.2 and 9.3 and subject to any advancement under any other provision of the Rules.

“Rules” means these rules as amended from time to time.

“Salary” in relation to a Performance Payment for a financial year, means the basic annual salary in effect on the last day of that financial year excluding all payments additional to basic salary (for example mortgage support allowance, expatriate allowance etc).

“Section 409A” means Section 409A of the US Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

“Shares” means ordinary shares in the Company, and includes any shares representing them following a Reconstruction or Takeover.

“Subsidiary” means a company which is a subsidiary of the Company within the meaning of section 1159 of the Companies Act 2006.

“US Participant” means a Participant who is or who becomes subject to taxation under the federal income tax rules of the United States of America.

References in the Plan to any statutory provisions are to those provisions as amended, extended or re-enacted from time to time and include any regulations made under them; and, unless the context otherwise requires, words in the singular include the plural (and vice versa) and words imputing gender include all genders.

 

2

Administration of the Plan

The Plan shall be operated and administered by the Committee on behalf of the Company. The Committee shall have full authority from the Company to operate the Plan as it considers reasonable in all the circumstances.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   2    ©Tapestry 2014


Only Employees may be selected to participate in the Plan. The Committee shall have an absolute discretion as to the selection of Employees for participation in the Plan in respect of any Performance Payment Cycle. The Committee may decide at any time and at its discretion when the Plan shall be operated. Performance Payments may be granted at any time before 2 May, 2024.

 

3

Operation of the Plan

 

3.1

Setting Performance Targets

The Committee may set Performance Targets for Participants it selects to participate in any Performance Payment Cycle. However, the Committee may determine that Performance Targets are not necessary for any particular Performance Payment Cycle. The Committee may decide to make Performance Payments if those Performance Targets (if any) are achieved. However, the Committee retains a general discretion to withdraw some or all of the Participants from the Plan or Performance Payment Cycle at any time and not to make any Performance Payments if it considers it reasonable to do so in all the circumstances. These circumstances may, for example, include Company performance, business unit performance, individual performance or any combination of such factors. In the case of individual performance this may include the Participant’s failure or inability to contribute to the management team effort for example if:

 

  3.1.1

the Participant’s personal performance is formally appraised as unsatisfactory; or

 

  3.1.2

the Participant is subject to disciplinary action.

 

3.2

Basis of calculation of Performance Payments

Any potential Performance Payments shall be calculated as a specified percentage of Salary. Performance Payments given to any individual Participant in any given financial year must not exceed 200% of Salary.

 

3.3

Nature of Performance Payments

Performance Payments in any Performance Payment Cycle may take the form of APP Cash Awards or APP Deferred Share Awards, or a combination of the two, as the Committee may determine.

An APP Deferred Share Award may take the form of a Conditional Award or a Forfeitable Award and shall be deferred until the Release Date determined by the Committee.

The Committee may determine that there shall be more than one Release Date.

 

3.4

Notification to Participants

Participants may be notified that they have been selected for participation in the Plan in respect of a Performance Payment Cycle. The notice may include details of:

 

  3.4.1

any Performance Target and any Performance Period;

 

  3.4.2

the percentage of Salary comprising any Performance Payment;

 

  3.4.3

whether any Performance Payment will be an APP Cash Award, an APP Deferred Share award or a combination of the two;

 

  3.4.4

whether any APP Deferred Share Award will be a Conditional Award or a Forfeitable Award;

 

  3.4.5

whether the Malus and Clawback Policy will apply to any Performance Payment; and

 

  3.4.6

the Release Date.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   3    ©Tapestry 2014


For Participants who are or who become subject to taxation under the federal income tax rules of the United States of America, the number of Shares that will be subject to a Conditional Award and the number of Shares that will be subject to a Forfeitable Award must be determined at the time the Performance Payments are determined and notified to the Participant under this Rule.

 

3.5

Variation

The Committee may, at any time after giving notice of participation, vary its terms as regards the operation of the Plan generally or in respect of any Participant and specify any other terms applicable to the operation of the Plan.

 

3.6

Malus and Clawback

If there is any discrepancy between the Malus and Clawback Policy and the Plan, the Malus and Clawback Policy will prevail.

 

4

Plan limits

 

  4.1.1

10 per cent. 10 year limit

The number of Shares which may be allocated under the Plan on any day must not exceed 10 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue immediately before that day, when added to the total number of Shares which have been allocated in the previous 10 years under the Plan and all other employee share plans operated by the Company.

 

  4.1.2

5 per cent. 10 year limit

The number of Shares which may be allocated under the Plan on any day must not exceed 5 per cent. of the ordinary share capital of the Company in issue immediately before that day when added to the total number of Shares which have been allocated in the previous 10 years under the Plan and any other discretionary share plan operated by the Company.

 

4.2

Exclusions

Where the right to acquire Shares is released or lapses, the Shares concerned are ignored when calculating the limits in this Rule 4.

 

4.3

Meaning of Allocate

“Allocate” means granting a right to acquire unissued Shares or to acquire Shares which are held by the Company in treasury or, if there is no such grant, the issue and allotment of Shares or the transfer of Shares from treasury. (However, if at any time the relevant institutional investor guidelines cease to require treasury shares to be taken into account for this purpose, then Allocate shall not include such treasury shares.)

 

5

Voting, dividends and Dividend Equivalents

 

5.1

Rights

A Participant shall not be entitled to vote, to receive dividends or to have any other rights of a shareholder in respect of Shares until the Shares are issued or transferred to the Participant or his nominee.

 

5.2

Dividend Equivalents

Notwithstanding Rule 5.1, the Company may grant a Conditional Award on the basis that the Participant shall receive an amount equal to the declared and payable dividends the record date for which falls between the date the Conditional Award is made and the Release Date (“Dividend Equivalents”),

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   4    ©Tapestry 2014


multiplied by the number of Shares comprised in the Conditional Award, and adjusted assuming full dividend reinvestment. In the case of a Participant’s death, the relevant period will be extended (if relevant) to the date of issue or transfer to the Participant or his nominee. No shareholder rights or Dividend Equivalents shall attach to APP Cash Awards.

 

5.3

Settling Dividend Equivalents

Any Dividend Equivalent may be paid in cash or in such whole number of Shares (rounded down) as has a market value (as at the Release Date) as nearly as practicable equal to that amount. The cash will be paid or Shares issued or transferred on the same date as cash is paid or Shares are issued or transferred with respect to the underlying Conditional Award, or such other date as the Committee may determine.

 

6

Material events before the making of Performance Payments

 

6.1

New joiners

The Committee may permit an Employee to join the Plan part way through a financial year, on the basis that any Performance Payment is either payable for the full year or pro-rated from the date of entry, at its discretion. The Participant shall be notified of the terms of participation accordingly.

 

6.2

Death during the Performance Period

If a Participant dies during the Performance Period then, unless the Committee decides otherwise and provided that the Committee has determined that a Performance Payment is payable pursuant to Rule 3.1, the Participant shall receive the Performance Payment as an APP Cash Award (and, for the avoidance of doubt, if any part of the Performance Payment had been designated as an APP Deferred Share Award, it shall be paid as an APP Cash Award) prorated to reflect the proportion of the Performance Period which occurred before the Participant’s death and the Committee will as soon as reasonably practicable procure the payment of the APP Cash Award to the Participant’s personal representatives.

 

6.3

Good Leaver terminations during the Performance Period

If a Participant’s employment with any Group Company terminates during the Performance Period by reason of:

 

  (i)

ill-health, injury, disability;

 

  (ii)

redundancy;

 

  (iii)

retirement by agreement with the Participant’s employer;

 

  (iv)

the Participant’s employing company being transferred to a person which is not a Group Company; or

 

  (v)

a transfer of the undertaking, or part of the undertaking, in which the Participant works to a person which is not a Group Company;

(each a “Good Leaver Reason”) the Participant shall, provided that the Committee has determined that a Performance Payment is payable pursuant to Rule 3.1, receive a Performance Payment which will be prorated to the date of termination or, exceptionally, to such later date as the Committee may determine. Unless the Committee determines otherwise, the form of the Performance Payment will not be changed from that notified under Rule 3.4. Unless the Committee decides otherwise, there will be no acceleration of settlement as a result of such termination.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   5    ©Tapestry 2014


6.4

Other leavers during the Performance Period

If a Participant’s employment with any Group Company terminates during the Performance Period other than because of death or for a Good Leaver Reason, he shall not receive any Performance Payment unless the Committee decides otherwise. If the Committee decides to exercise its discretion to make a Performance Payment in these circumstances, it may prorate the Performance Payment to reflect the proportion of the Performance Period which occurred before the termination and will determine all other terms applicable to the Performance Payment. For US Participants the timing of any settlement of a Conditional Award pursuant to this Rule 6.4 shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, if applicable.

 

6.5

Reconstructions and Takeovers during the Performance Period

If there is a Reconstruction or Takeover during the Performance Period, Performance Payments will be pro-rated to the date of the Reconstruction or Takeover, or such later date as the Committee may determine, and shall consist of an APP Cash Award rather than an APP Deferred Share Award, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

There will be no acceleration of settlement as a result of any such Reconstruction or Takeover, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

6.6

Death after the Performance Period

If a Participant dies after the end of the Performance Period but before Performance Payments have been made under Rule 7, then, unless the Committee decides otherwise and provided that the Committee has determined that a Performance Payment is payable pursuant to Rule 3.1, the Committee will as soon as reasonably practicable procure the awarding and payment of the Performance Payment as an APP Cash Award to the Participant’s personal representatives. For the avoidance of doubt, if any part of the Performance Payment had been designated as an APP Deferred Share Award, it shall be paid as an APP Cash Award.

 

6.7

Good Leaver terminations after the Performance Period

If a Participant’s employment with any Group Company terminates for a Good Leaver Reason after the end of the Performance Period, but before Performance Payments have been made under Rule 7, provided that the Committee has decided to make Performance Payments, the Participant shall receive a Performance Payment in the form specified under Rule 3.4, unless the Committee determines otherwise. There will be no acceleration of settlement as a result of such termination.

 

6.8

Other leavers after the Performance Period

If a Participant’s employment with any Group Company terminates after the Performance Period other than for a Good Leaver Reason the Participant shall receive only an APP Cash Award (and for the avoidance of doubt, if any part of the Performance Payment had been designated as an APP Deferred Share Award, Participants shall not receive an APP Deferred Share Award), provided the Committee has decided to make Performance Payments, unless the Committee determines otherwise. There will be no acceleration of settlement as a result of such termination.

 

6.9

Reconstructions and Takeovers after the Performance Period

If there is a Reconstruction or Takeover during the period between the end of the Performance Period and the making of Performance Payments under Rule 7, Performance Payments will be made in full, and shall consist of an APP Cash Award and not an APP Deferred Share Award, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   6    ©Tapestry 2014


There will be no acceleration of settlement as a result of any such Reconstruction or Takeover, unless the Committee determines otherwise.

 

6.10

Date of termination

For the purposes of this Rule and Rule 8, a Participant’s employment with a Group Company will not be treated as having terminated until the Participant ceases to be employed by any Group Company. Unless the Committee decides otherwise, in the case of termination for any of the reasons set out in Rule 6.3 (other than retirement) the Participant will be treated as having terminated on the date of actual termination and not at the end of his contractual notice period or severance period.

 

7

Making of Performance Payments

 

7.1

Calculation of Performance Payments

As soon as reasonably practicable after the end of the Performance Period, if any, (and if the Committee decides to make Performance Payments) the Performance Target (if any) shall be evaluated, and the amount of each Participant’s Performance Payment shall be calculated.

 

7.2

Performance Payments in cash

Subject to Rule 9.3, APP Cash Awards shall be paid as soon as reasonably practicable by the Company or, where relevant the Group Company employing the Participant, and in any event within 90 days of the end of the Performance Period (if any). However, US Participants shall receive payment no later than 15 March of the calendar year following the end of the Performance Period.

 

7.3

Performance Payments in Shares

In respect of each APP Deferred Share Award, the Committee shall determine whether to make it in the form of a Conditional Award or a Forfeitable Award. The relevant number of Shares will be calculated by reference to the market value of the Shares. The market value of the Shares will be taken as the average of the middle market quotation of a Share for the three business days following the announcement of the Company’s results for the relevant financial year or by such other method and for such other days as the Committee may determine.

APP Deferred Share Awards will be granted by deed or in any other manner which is legally enforceable in the relevant jurisdiction.

 

  7.3.1

Conditional Award: The Participant is entitled to receive the relevant number of Shares on the Release Date, provided he remains an Employee of a Group Company until the Release Date.

 

  7.3.2

Forfeitable Award: The relevant number of Shares is transferred to the Participant or his nominee for his absolute benefit but on terms that he may forfeit them if he ceases to be an Employee of a Group Company before the Release Date, and on any other terms contained in the Forfeitable Share Agreement. The Participant must sign the Forfeitable Share Agreement within a specified time, and failure to do so will result in the forfeiture of the Shares, unless the Committee decides otherwise.

 

7.4

Timing of APP Deferred Share Awards

Subject to any dealing restrictions, APP Deferred Share Awards may only be made within 42 days of:

 

  7.4.1

the day after the announcement of the Company’s results for any period;

 

  7.4.2

any day on which the Directors decide that exceptional circumstances exist which justify the grant of APP Deferred Share Awards;

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   7    ©Tapestry 2014


  7.4.3

any day on which changes to law or regulation affecting employee share plans are announced, made or become effective; or

 

  7.4.4

the lifting of dealing restrictions which prevented the granting of APP Deferred Share Awards during any period specified above.

 

8

Termination of employment before the Release Date

 

8.1

Death

If the Participant dies before the Release Date, the Release Date for the Shares comprised in the APP Deferred Share Award will be accelerated, unless the Committee decides otherwise. For any US Participants the Release Date shall be advanced and accelerated to the date that is not more than 60 days after the date of his death.

 

8.2

Good Leaver terminations

If the Participant’s employment with a Group Company is terminated before the Release Date for a Good Leaver Reason, the employee will continue to participate in the Plan and the Release Date for the Shares comprised in the APP Deferred Share Award will generally not be accelerated. However the Committee may, in its discretion, accelerate the Release Date for some or all of the Shares to the date of termination. However, notwithstanding the above, for any US Participants the Release Date may not be advanced.

 

8.3

Other terminations

If the Participant ceases to be in the employment of any Group Company before the Release Date for any reason other than Death or a Good Leaver Reason, all Shares subject to Forfeitable Awards are forfeited immediately, and his right to receive Shares pursuant to a Conditional Award on the Release Date is lost, unless the Committee decides otherwise. For US Participants the timing of any settlement of a Conditional Award pursuant to this Rule 8.3 shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A, if applicable.

 

8.4

Reconstruction or Takeover

If the Participant’s employment with a Group Company is terminated in connection with a Reconstruction or Takeover before the Release Date, the Release Date in respect of all the Shares comprised in his APP Deferred Share Award will, unless the Committee decides otherwise, be advanced to the date of termination of employment. However, for the APP Deferred Share Award of any US Participants, (i) if the Reconstruction or Takeover is also a Change in Ownership, this Rule 8.4 shall not apply to such APP Deferred Share Award because Rule 11.1 would have already taken effect upon the date of the Reconstruction or Takeover; and (ii) if the Reconstruction or Takeover is not also a Change in Ownership, the Release Date shall not be advanced.

 

9

Release Date

 

9.1

Rights

Unless otherwise provided in these Rules, the Participant is entitled to receive the Shares comprised in his Conditional Award on the Release Date.

The Committee shall arrange delivery of the Shares or cash to each Participant or his nominee on, or as soon as reasonably practical after, the Release Date.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   8    ©Tapestry 2014


9.2

Dealing restrictions

In the event that the acquisition or disposal of Shares is not permitted by law or by any relevant restrictions, the Release Date will be deferred until the ending of such restrictions unless the Committee decides otherwise. For US Participants, such a deferral shall be effected only to the extent permitted under Section 409A.

 

9.3

Impact of investigation

If an investigation is ongoing which might lead to Malus and/or Clawback being triggered then, unless otherwise determined by the Committee, the Release Date will be delayed and/or the Participant’s Shares or cash will only be delivered (if at all) as soon as reasonably practical after such investigation has been concluded.

 

10

Cash alternative

The Committee may decide to satisfy any APP Deferred Share Award by paying an equivalent amount in cash, if it considers in its discretion that this would be appropriate. The Committee will in its discretion determine the appropriate cash amount by any reasonable means.

 

11

Reconstructions and Takeovers

 

11.1

Acceleration of rights

In the event of a Reconstruction or Takeover before the Release Date, unless the Committee decides otherwise, the Company will as soon as reasonably practicable deliver to each Participant the Shares in the Conditional Awards and the Participants will become entitled to the Shares subject to a Forfeitable Award free of any restrictions.

For US Participants, the transfer of Shares or payment of cash with respect to a Performance Payment subject to Section 409A may be advanced only if the Reconstruction or Takeover constitutes a Change in Ownership under Section 409A in which case the transfer or payment, as applicable, shall be made upon the date of the Reconstruction or Takeover. For US Participants such a Reconstruction or Takeover that is a Change in Ownership under Section 409A shall always trigger an advancement in time of the transfer of Shares or payment of cash.

 

11.2

Exchange of rights

In the case of a Reconstruction or Takeover involving the exchange of Shares for shares in another company, or in more than one other company, the Committee may in its discretion determine that no Shares or cash should be transferred, and that instead the Participant’s right to the Shares comprised in a Conditional Award should be replaced by a right to the appropriate number of shares in that other company or companies. The Committee may also determine that any Shares subject to a Forfeitable Award shall remain subject to equivalent restrictions until the Release Date. For US Participants who are subject to Section 409A any such replacement of Shares with shares in that other company or companies, if made, shall be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 409A.

 

11.3

Other transactions

The Committee has discretion to take such action as it may think appropriate if other events happen which may have an effect on Performance Payments. For a US Participant, no such action shall result in an advancement or additional deferral in time of the transfer of shares or payment of cash with respect to a Performance Payment subject to Section 409A, unless otherwise permitted under Section 409A.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   9    ©Tapestry 2014


11.4

Malus and Clawback Policy

If this Rule 11 applies to a Performance Payment, the Committee may determine that the Malus and Clawback Policy will no longer apply to the Performance Payment or will be varied in its application to the Performance Payment.

In relation to any cash or Shares acquired prior to the relevant event, the Malus and Clawback Policy will continue to apply, subject to Committee discretion to disapply or make other such amendments as it so determines.

 

12

Discretion to reduce Performance Payments

 

12.1

Committee can reduce Performance Payments

Notwithstanding any other Rule of the Plan, if circumstances occur which, in the reasonable opinion of the Committee, justify a reduction in one or more Performance Payments granted to any one or more Participants, the Committee may in its discretion at any time prior to the Release Date determine (acting fairly and reasonably) that the cash amount payable under a Performance Payment or the number of Shares over which a Performance Payment is granted shall be reduced to such amount or number (including to nil) as the Committee considers appropriate in the circumstances.

 

12.2

Circumstances

The circumstances in which the Committee may consider that it is appropriate to exercise its discretion under this Rule, include the following:

 

  12.2.1

the misconduct of a Participant which results in or is reasonably likely to result in

 

  (i)

significant reputational damage to the Company, any Group Company or to a relevant business unit (as appropriate);

 

  (ii)

a material adverse effect on the financial position of the Company, any Group Company or to a relevant business unit (as appropriate); or

 

  (iii)

a material adverse effect on the business opportunities and prospects for sustained performance or profitability of the Company, any Group Company or relevant business unit (as appropriate);

 

  12.2.2

a material misstatement or restatement in the Company’s or any Group Company’s audited financial accounts (other than as a result of a change in accounting practice).

 

12.3

Notification

If the Committee decides to exercise its discretion under this Rule, it shall confirm this in writing to each affected Participant. For the purposes of these Rules:

 

  12.3.1

the Performance Payment shall be deemed to have been granted over the reduced cash amount or reduced number of Shares (as the case may be);

 

  12.3.2

any subsequent release of a Performance Payment shall be determined by reference to this reduced cash amount or reduced number of Shares;

 

  12.3.3

if the cash amount or number of Shares is reduced to nil, the Performance Payment shall be treated as if it had never been granted and a Participant (including a Participant who has left employment before the Release Date other than by reason of death) shall have no rights to any cash amount or Shares.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   10    ©Tapestry 2014


13

General

 

13.1

Notice

Any notice or other document given to any Employee or Participant pursuant to the Plan shall be delivered to him or sent to him by post or by an electronic communication (including by the updating of any web page) at his address according to the records of his employing company. Notices or other documents sent by post shall be deemed to have been given 5 days following the date of posting. Notices or other documents delivered electronically shall be deemed to have been given the day of transmission.

 

13.2

Final and conclusive

The decision of the Committee in any question of interpretation of the Rules or any dispute relating to or connected with this Plan shall be final and conclusive.

 

13.3

Costs

The costs of introducing, operating and administering the Plan shall be borne by the Company and the relevant Group Companies.

Each relevant Group Company will, if required by the Company, reimburse the Company for any costs incurred in connection with Performance Payments made to Participants who are employed by it.

 

13.4

Withholding

The Company, any relevant Group Company and/or any relevant trustee may withhold any amounts or make such arrangements as are necessary to meet any liability to taxation and social security contributions in respect of the Shares, Dividend Equivalents or cash awarded under the Plan. The arrangements may include the sale of some or all of any Shares subject to an APP Deferred Share Award on behalf of the Participant, and the use of the proceeds to discharge the liability.

 

13.5

Regulations

The Company shall have power from time to time to make or vary regulations for the administration and operation of the Plan provided that they are not inconsistent with these Rules.

 

13.6

Section 409A

With respect to Performance Payments granted to US Participants, it is intended for such Performance Payments to be exempt from Section 409A and, to the extent such Performance Payments are not so exempt, for such Performance Payments to comply with the requirements of Section 409A. In furtherance of such intent the provisions of the Plan and any Performance Payment document shall be interpreted in a manner that does not result in the imputation of any tax penalty or interest pursuant to Section 409A, and the Plan shall be operated accordingly. If any provision of the Plan or any term or condition of any Performance Payment would otherwise frustrate or conflict with this intent, the provision, term or condition will be interpreted and deemed amended so as to avoid this conflict. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the tax treatment of the benefits provided under the Plan or any Performance Payment document is not warranted or guaranteed.

 

14

Terms of employment:

 

14.1

Application This Rule applies:

 

  14.1.1

during an Employee’s employment or employment relationship; and

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   11    ©Tapestry 2014


  14.1.2

after the termination of an Employee’s employment or employment relationship, whether the termination is lawful or unlawful.

 

14.2

Not part of employment contract

Nothing in the Rules or the operation of the Plan forms part of the contract of employment or employment relationship of an Employee. The rights and obligations of an Employee are separate from, and are not affected by, the Plan. Participation in the Plan does not create any right to, or expectation of, continued employment or a continued employment relationship.

 

14.3

No future expectation

The grant of Performance Payments on a particular basis in any year does not create any right to or expectation of the grant of Performance Payments on the same basis, or at all, in any future year.

 

14.4

No entitlement

No Employee is entitled to participate in the Plan, or be considered for participation in it, at a particular level or at all. Participation in one operation of the Plan does not imply any right to participate, or to be considered for participation in any later operation of the Plan.

 

14.5

Decisions

Without prejudice to an Employee’s right to receive the Shares comprised in an APP Deferred Share Award subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the Rules, no Employee has any rights in respect of the exercise or omission to exercise any discretion, or the making or omission to make any decision, relating to the Performance Payment. Any and all discretions, decisions or omissions relating to the Performance Payment may operate to the disadvantage of the Employee, even if this could be regarded as capricious or unreasonable, or could be regarded as in breach of any implied term between the Employee and his employer, including any implied duty of trust and confidence. Any such implied term is excluded and overridden by this Rule.

 

14.6

No compensation

No Employee has any right to compensation for any loss in relation to the Plan, including:

 

  14.6.1

any loss or reduction of any rights or expectations under the Plan in any circumstances or for any reason (including lawful or unlawful termination of employment or the employment relationship);

 

  14.6.2

any exercise of a discretion or a decision taken in relation to a Performance Payment or to the Plan, or any failure to exercise a discretion or take a decision;

 

  14.6.3

the operation, suspension, termination or amendment of the Plan.

 

14.7

Waiver

Participation in the Plan is permitted only on the basis that the Participant accepts all the provisions of the Rules, including in particular this Rule. By participating in the Plan, an Employee waives all rights under the Plan, other than the right to receive Shares subject to and in accordance with the express terms of the Rules and the Performance Condition, in consideration for, and as a condition of, the grant of a Performance Payment under the Plan.

 

14.8

Third parties

Nothing in this Plan confers any benefit, right or expectation on a person who is not an Employee. No such third party has any rights under the Contracts (Rights of Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce any term of this Plan. This does not affect any other right or remedy of a third party which may exist.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   12    ©Tapestry 2014


14.9

Separate and independent

Each of the provisions of this Rule is entirely separate and independent from each of the other provisions. If any provision is found to be invalid then it will be deemed never to have been part of these Rules and to the extent that it is possible to do so, this will not affect the validity or enforceability of any of the remaining provisions.

 

15

Personal data

 

15.1

Consent

By participating in the Plan the Participant consents to the holding and processing of personal data provided by the Participant to the Company for all purposes relating to the operation of the Plan.

 

15.2

Types of processing

These include, but are not limited to:

 

  15.2.1

administering and maintaining Participant records;

 

  15.2.2

providing information to trustees of any employee benefit trust, registrars, brokers or third party administrators of the Plan;

 

  15.2.3

providing information to future purchasers of the Company or the business in which the Participant works;

 

  15.2.4

transferring information about the Participant to a country or territory outside the European Economic Area.

 

16

Changes to and termination of the Plan

 

16.1

Committee powers

Subject as provided in this Rule, the Committee may, in its discretion, amend the Rules or any part of the Plan as it considers appropriate. Variations may affect the terms of Performance Payments which have already been made.

No amendment shall be made to the Rules or to any outstanding Performance Payment which would have the effect of abrogating or altering adversely in any material respect any of the subsisting rights of Participants, except with the consent of the majority of the Participants affected by the proposed amendment.

For a Participant who is or becomes subject to taxation under the federal income tax rules of the United States of America, no amendment of the Plan may result in the advancement or additional deferral in timing of the transfer of shares or payment of cash with respect to a Performance Payment subject to Section 409A except to the extent permitted by Section 409A.

 

16.2

Shareholder approval

Except as provided in Rule 16.3, the prior approval of the Company in general meeting is required for any proposed change to the Rules to the advantage of present or future Participants which relates to:

 

  16.2.1

the persons to or for whom Performance Payments may be made;

 

  16.2.2

the limitations on the number of Shares which may be allocated under the Plan;

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   13    ©Tapestry 2014


  16.2.3

the individual limit under Rule 3.2;

 

  16.2.4

any rights attaching to Performance Payments or Shares;

 

  16.2.5

the terms of this Rule.

 

16.3

Minor amendments

The approval of the Company in general meeting is not required for any minor changes to the Rules which are:

 

  16.3.1

to benefit the administration of the Plan;

 

  16.3.2

to comply with or take account of the provisions of any proposed or existing legislation;

 

  16.3.3

to take account of any changes to legislation; or

 

  16.3.4

to obtain or maintain favourable tax, exchange control or regulatory treatment of any Group Company or any present or future Participant.

 

16.4

Employees’ share scheme

No amendment shall take effect to the extent that it would cause the Plan to cease to be an “employees’ share scheme” as defined in section 1166 of the Companies Act 2006.

 

16.5

Termination

The Committee shall have discretion to terminate the Plan at any time, without prejudice to subsisting Performance Payments.

 

17

Operating the Plan overseas

The Plan may be operated by the Company both in the United Kingdom and overseas. If the plan is operated overseas the Committee may vary these Rules as it reasonably considers necessary for legal, tax, regulatory or administrative reasons to facilitate the operation of the Plan.

In order to enable the Plan to operate in other overseas jurisdictions the Committee may decide that when a Participant terminates employment with an employing entity in an overseas jurisdiction or when a Participant relocates outside of an overseas jurisdiction all rights that the Participant may have under the plan may be terminated; accelerated; varied or settled as the Committee thinks reasonable in all the circumstances.

 

18

Governing law

The Plan is governed by English law and if there is any conflict of laws English law will prevail. All Group Companies and all Participants shall submit to the jurisdiction of the English Courts as regards any matter arising under the Plan.

 

 

IHG – Rules – Annual Performance Plan

 

   14    ©Tapestry 2014

Exhibit 12(a)

I, Keith Barr, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 4, 2021

/s/ Keith Barr

Chief Executive Officer

Exhibit 12(b)

I, Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 20-F of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the company as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the company and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the company, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the company’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the company’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the period covered by the annual report that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the company’s internal control over financial reporting; and


5. The company’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the company’s auditors and the audit committee of the company’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the company’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the company’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: March 4, 2021

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 13(a)

906 Certification

The certification set forth below is being submitted in connection with the Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2020 (the “Report”) for the purpose of complying with Rule 13a-14(b) or Rule 15d-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) and Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code.

Keith Barr, the Chief Executive Officer, and Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson, the Chief Financial Officer of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, each certifies that, to the best of his knowledge:

 

1.

the Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act; and

 

2.

the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC.

Date: March 4, 2021

 

By:  

/s/ Keith Barr

  Name:   Keith Barr
  Title:   Chief Executive Officer

 

By:  

/s/ Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson

  Name:   Paul Edgecliffe-Johnson
  Title:   Chief Financial Officer

Exhibit 15(a)(i)

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the following Registration Statements (Form S-8 Nos. 333-99785, 333-89508, 333-104691, 333-126139, 333-181334 and 333-197846) of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC of our reports dated 22 February 2021, with respect to the Consolidated Financial Statements of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of InterContinental Hotels Group PLC, included in this Annual Report (Form 20-F) for the year ended 31 December 2020.

 

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

London, England

3 March 2021